LCOV - code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/commands - tablecmds.c (source / functions) Coverage Total Hit
Test: PostgreSQL 20devel Lines: 92.4 % 6985 6457
Test Date: 2026-09-26 03:15:48 Functions: 99.5 % 211 210
Legend: Lines:     hit not hit
Branches: + taken - not taken # not executed
Branches: 73.1 % 5708 4174

             Branch data     Line data    Source code
       1                 :             : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
       2                 :             :  *
       3                 :             :  * tablecmds.c
       4                 :             :  *    Commands for creating and altering table structures and settings
       5                 :             :  *
       6                 :             :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2026, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
       7                 :             :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
       8                 :             :  *
       9                 :             :  *
      10                 :             :  * IDENTIFICATION
      11                 :             :  *    src/backend/commands/tablecmds.c
      12                 :             :  *
      13                 :             :  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
      14                 :             :  */
      15                 :             : #include "postgres.h"
      16                 :             : 
      17                 :             : #include "access/attmap.h"
      18                 :             : #include "access/genam.h"
      19                 :             : #include "access/gist.h"
      20                 :             : #include "access/heapam.h"
      21                 :             : #include "access/heapam_xlog.h"
      22                 :             : #include "access/multixact.h"
      23                 :             : #include "access/reloptions.h"
      24                 :             : #include "access/relscan.h"
      25                 :             : #include "access/sysattr.h"
      26                 :             : #include "access/tableam.h"
      27                 :             : #include "access/toast_compression.h"
      28                 :             : #include "access/tupconvert.h"
      29                 :             : #include "access/xact.h"
      30                 :             : #include "access/xlog.h"
      31                 :             : #include "access/xloginsert.h"
      32                 :             : #include "catalog/catalog.h"
      33                 :             : #include "catalog/heap.h"
      34                 :             : #include "catalog/index.h"
      35                 :             : #include "catalog/namespace.h"
      36                 :             : #include "catalog/objectaccess.h"
      37                 :             : #include "catalog/partition.h"
      38                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_am.h"
      39                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_attrdef.h"
      40                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_collation.h"
      41                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_constraint.h"
      42                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_depend.h"
      43                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_foreign_table.h"
      44                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_inherits.h"
      45                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_largeobject.h"
      46                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_largeobject_metadata.h"
      47                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_namespace.h"
      48                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_opclass.h"
      49                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_policy.h"
      50                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
      51                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_publication_rel.h"
      52                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_rewrite.h"
      53                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_statistic_ext.h"
      54                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_tablespace.h"
      55                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_trigger.h"
      56                 :             : #include "catalog/pg_type.h"
      57                 :             : #include "catalog/storage.h"
      58                 :             : #include "catalog/storage_xlog.h"
      59                 :             : #include "catalog/toasting.h"
      60                 :             : #include "commands/comment.h"
      61                 :             : #include "commands/defrem.h"
      62                 :             : #include "commands/event_trigger.h"
      63                 :             : #include "commands/repack.h"
      64                 :             : #include "commands/sequence.h"
      65                 :             : #include "commands/tablecmds.h"
      66                 :             : #include "commands/tablespace.h"
      67                 :             : #include "commands/trigger.h"
      68                 :             : #include "commands/typecmds.h"
      69                 :             : #include "commands/user.h"
      70                 :             : #include "commands/vacuum.h"
      71                 :             : #include "common/int.h"
      72                 :             : #include "executor/executor.h"
      73                 :             : #include "foreign/fdwapi.h"
      74                 :             : #include "foreign/foreign.h"
      75                 :             : #include "miscadmin.h"
      76                 :             : #include "nodes/makefuncs.h"
      77                 :             : #include "nodes/nodeFuncs.h"
      78                 :             : #include "nodes/parsenodes.h"
      79                 :             : #include "optimizer/optimizer.h"
      80                 :             : #include "parser/parse_coerce.h"
      81                 :             : #include "parser/parse_collate.h"
      82                 :             : #include "parser/parse_expr.h"
      83                 :             : #include "parser/parse_relation.h"
      84                 :             : #include "parser/parse_type.h"
      85                 :             : #include "parser/parse_utilcmd.h"
      86                 :             : #include "parser/parser.h"
      87                 :             : #include "partitioning/partbounds.h"
      88                 :             : #include "partitioning/partdesc.h"
      89                 :             : #include "pgstat.h"
      90                 :             : #include "rewrite/rewriteDefine.h"
      91                 :             : #include "rewrite/rewriteHandler.h"
      92                 :             : #include "rewrite/rewriteManip.h"
      93                 :             : #include "storage/bufmgr.h"
      94                 :             : #include "storage/lmgr.h"
      95                 :             : #include "storage/lock.h"
      96                 :             : #include "storage/predicate.h"
      97                 :             : #include "storage/smgr.h"
      98                 :             : #include "tcop/utility.h"
      99                 :             : #include "utils/acl.h"
     100                 :             : #include "utils/builtins.h"
     101                 :             : #include "utils/fmgroids.h"
     102                 :             : #include "utils/inval.h"
     103                 :             : #include "utils/lsyscache.h"
     104                 :             : #include "utils/memutils.h"
     105                 :             : #include "utils/partcache.h"
     106                 :             : #include "utils/relcache.h"
     107                 :             : #include "utils/ruleutils.h"
     108                 :             : #include "utils/snapmgr.h"
     109                 :             : #include "utils/syscache.h"
     110                 :             : #include "utils/timestamp.h"
     111                 :             : #include "utils/typcache.h"
     112                 :             : #include "utils/usercontext.h"
     113                 :             : 
     114                 :             : /*
     115                 :             :  * ON COMMIT action list
     116                 :             :  */
     117                 :             : typedef struct OnCommitItem
     118                 :             : {
     119                 :             :     Oid         relid;          /* relid of relation */
     120                 :             :     OnCommitAction oncommit;    /* what to do at end of xact */
     121                 :             : 
     122                 :             :     /*
     123                 :             :      * If this entry was created during the current transaction,
     124                 :             :      * creating_subid is the ID of the creating subxact; if created in a prior
     125                 :             :      * transaction, creating_subid is zero.  If deleted during the current
     126                 :             :      * transaction, deleting_subid is the ID of the deleting subxact; if no
     127                 :             :      * deletion request is pending, deleting_subid is zero.
     128                 :             :      */
     129                 :             :     SubTransactionId creating_subid;
     130                 :             :     SubTransactionId deleting_subid;
     131                 :             : } OnCommitItem;
     132                 :             : 
     133                 :             : static List *on_commits = NIL;
     134                 :             : 
     135                 :             : 
     136                 :             : /*
     137                 :             :  * State information for ALTER TABLE
     138                 :             :  *
     139                 :             :  * The pending-work queue for an ALTER TABLE is a List of AlteredTableInfo
     140                 :             :  * structs, one for each table modified by the operation (the named table
     141                 :             :  * plus any child tables that are affected).  We save lists of subcommands
     142                 :             :  * to apply to this table (possibly modified by parse transformation steps);
     143                 :             :  * these lists will be executed in Phase 2.  If a Phase 3 step is needed,
     144                 :             :  * necessary information is stored in the constraints and newvals lists.
     145                 :             :  *
     146                 :             :  * Phase 2 is divided into multiple passes; subcommands are executed in
     147                 :             :  * a pass determined by subcommand type.
     148                 :             :  */
     149                 :             : 
     150                 :             : typedef enum AlterTablePass
     151                 :             : {
     152                 :             :     AT_PASS_UNSET = -1,         /* UNSET will cause ERROR */
     153                 :             :     AT_PASS_DROP,               /* DROP (all flavors) */
     154                 :             :     AT_PASS_ALTER_TYPE,         /* ALTER COLUMN TYPE */
     155                 :             :     AT_PASS_ADD_COL,            /* ADD COLUMN */
     156                 :             :     AT_PASS_SET_EXPRESSION,     /* ALTER SET EXPRESSION */
     157                 :             :     AT_PASS_OLD_INDEX,          /* re-add existing indexes */
     158                 :             :     AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR,         /* re-add existing constraints */
     159                 :             :     /* We could support a RENAME COLUMN pass here, but not currently used */
     160                 :             :     AT_PASS_ADD_CONSTR,         /* ADD constraints (initial examination) */
     161                 :             :     AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS,          /* set column attributes, eg NOT NULL */
     162                 :             :     AT_PASS_ADD_INDEXCONSTR,    /* ADD index-based constraints */
     163                 :             :     AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX,          /* ADD indexes */
     164                 :             :     AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR,    /* ADD other constraints, defaults */
     165                 :             :     AT_PASS_MISC,               /* other stuff */
     166                 :             : } AlterTablePass;
     167                 :             : 
     168                 :             : #define AT_NUM_PASSES           (AT_PASS_MISC + 1)
     169                 :             : 
     170                 :             : typedef struct AlteredTableInfo
     171                 :             : {
     172                 :             :     /* Information saved before any work commences: */
     173                 :             :     Oid         relid;          /* Relation to work on */
     174                 :             :     char        relkind;        /* Its relkind */
     175                 :             :     TupleDesc   oldDesc;        /* Pre-modification tuple descriptor */
     176                 :             : 
     177                 :             :     /*
     178                 :             :      * Transiently set during Phase 2, normally set to NULL.
     179                 :             :      *
     180                 :             :      * ATRewriteCatalogs sets this when it starts, and closes when ATExecCmd
     181                 :             :      * returns control.  This can be exploited by ATExecCmd subroutines to
     182                 :             :      * close/reopen across transaction boundaries.
     183                 :             :      */
     184                 :             :     Relation    rel;
     185                 :             : 
     186                 :             :     /* Information saved by Phase 1 for Phase 2: */
     187                 :             :     List       *subcmds[AT_NUM_PASSES]; /* Lists of AlterTableCmd */
     188                 :             :     /* Information saved by Phases 1/2 for Phase 3: */
     189                 :             :     List       *constraints;    /* List of NewConstraint */
     190                 :             :     List       *newvals;        /* List of NewColumnValue */
     191                 :             :     List       *afterStmts;     /* List of utility command parsetrees */
     192                 :             :     bool        verify_new_notnull; /* T if we should recheck NOT NULL */
     193                 :             :     int         rewrite;        /* Reason for forced rewrite, if any */
     194                 :             :     bool        chgAccessMethod;    /* T if SET ACCESS METHOD is used */
     195                 :             :     Oid         newAccessMethod;    /* new access method; 0 means no change,
     196                 :             :                                      * if above is true */
     197                 :             :     Oid         newTableSpace;  /* new tablespace; 0 means no change */
     198                 :             :     bool        chgPersistence; /* T if SET LOGGED/UNLOGGED is used */
     199                 :             :     char        newrelpersistence;  /* if above is true */
     200                 :             :     Expr       *partition_constraint;   /* for attach partition validation */
     201                 :             :     /* true, if validating default due to some other attach/detach */
     202                 :             :     bool        validate_default;
     203                 :             :     /* Objects to rebuild after completing ALTER TYPE operations */
     204                 :             :     List       *changedConstraintOids;  /* OIDs of constraints to rebuild */
     205                 :             :     List       *changedConstraintDefs;  /* string definitions of same */
     206                 :             :     List       *changedIndexOids;   /* OIDs of indexes to rebuild */
     207                 :             :     List       *changedIndexDefs;   /* string definitions of same */
     208                 :             :     char       *replicaIdentityIndex;   /* index to reset as REPLICA IDENTITY */
     209                 :             :     char       *clusterOnIndex; /* index to use for CLUSTER */
     210                 :             :     List       *changedStatisticsOids;  /* OIDs of statistics to rebuild */
     211                 :             :     List       *changedStatisticsDefs;  /* string definitions of same */
     212                 :             :     List       *changedStatisticsOwners;    /* owners of same */
     213                 :             : } AlteredTableInfo;
     214                 :             : 
     215                 :             : /* Struct describing one new constraint to check in Phase 3 scan */
     216                 :             : /* Note: new not-null constraints are handled elsewhere */
     217                 :             : typedef struct NewConstraint
     218                 :             : {
     219                 :             :     char       *name;           /* Constraint name, or NULL if none */
     220                 :             :     ConstrType  contype;        /* CHECK or FOREIGN */
     221                 :             :     Oid         refrelid;       /* PK rel, if FOREIGN */
     222                 :             :     Oid         refindid;       /* OID of PK's index, if FOREIGN */
     223                 :             :     bool        conwithperiod;  /* Whether the new FOREIGN KEY uses PERIOD */
     224                 :             :     Oid         conid;          /* OID of pg_constraint entry, if FOREIGN */
     225                 :             :     Node       *qual;           /* Check expr or CONSTR_FOREIGN Constraint */
     226                 :             :     ExprState  *qualstate;      /* Execution state for CHECK expr */
     227                 :             : } NewConstraint;
     228                 :             : 
     229                 :             : /*
     230                 :             :  * Struct describing one new column value that needs to be computed during
     231                 :             :  * Phase 3 copy (this could be either a new column with a non-null default, or
     232                 :             :  * a column that we're changing the type of).  Columns without such an entry
     233                 :             :  * are just copied from the old table during ATRewriteTable.  Note that the
     234                 :             :  * expr is an expression over *old* table values, except when is_generated
     235                 :             :  * is true; then it is an expression over columns of the *new* tuple.
     236                 :             :  */
     237                 :             : typedef struct NewColumnValue
     238                 :             : {
     239                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;         /* which column */
     240                 :             :     Expr       *expr;           /* expression to compute */
     241                 :             :     ExprState  *exprstate;      /* execution state */
     242                 :             :     bool        is_generated;   /* is it a GENERATED expression? */
     243                 :             : } NewColumnValue;
     244                 :             : 
     245                 :             : /*
     246                 :             :  * Error-reporting support for RemoveRelations
     247                 :             :  */
     248                 :             : struct dropmsgstrings
     249                 :             : {
     250                 :             :     char        kind;
     251                 :             :     int         nonexistent_code;
     252                 :             :     const char *nonexistent_msg;
     253                 :             :     const char *skipping_msg;
     254                 :             :     const char *nota_msg;
     255                 :             :     const char *drophint_msg;
     256                 :             : };
     257                 :             : 
     258                 :             : static const struct dropmsgstrings dropmsgstringarray[] = {
     259                 :             :     {RELKIND_RELATION,
     260                 :             :         ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE,
     261                 :             :         gettext_noop("table \"%s\" does not exist"),
     262                 :             :         gettext_noop("table \"%s\" does not exist, skipping"),
     263                 :             :         gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a table"),
     264                 :             :     gettext_noop("Use DROP TABLE to remove a table.")},
     265                 :             :     {RELKIND_SEQUENCE,
     266                 :             :         ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE,
     267                 :             :         gettext_noop("sequence \"%s\" does not exist"),
     268                 :             :         gettext_noop("sequence \"%s\" does not exist, skipping"),
     269                 :             :         gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a sequence"),
     270                 :             :     gettext_noop("Use DROP SEQUENCE to remove a sequence.")},
     271                 :             :     {RELKIND_VIEW,
     272                 :             :         ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE,
     273                 :             :         gettext_noop("view \"%s\" does not exist"),
     274                 :             :         gettext_noop("view \"%s\" does not exist, skipping"),
     275                 :             :         gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a view"),
     276                 :             :     gettext_noop("Use DROP VIEW to remove a view.")},
     277                 :             :     {RELKIND_MATVIEW,
     278                 :             :         ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE,
     279                 :             :         gettext_noop("materialized view \"%s\" does not exist"),
     280                 :             :         gettext_noop("materialized view \"%s\" does not exist, skipping"),
     281                 :             :         gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a materialized view"),
     282                 :             :     gettext_noop("Use DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW to remove a materialized view.")},
     283                 :             :     {RELKIND_INDEX,
     284                 :             :         ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT,
     285                 :             :         gettext_noop("index \"%s\" does not exist"),
     286                 :             :         gettext_noop("index \"%s\" does not exist, skipping"),
     287                 :             :         gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not an index"),
     288                 :             :     gettext_noop("Use DROP INDEX to remove an index.")},
     289                 :             :     {RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE,
     290                 :             :         ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT,
     291                 :             :         gettext_noop("type \"%s\" does not exist"),
     292                 :             :         gettext_noop("type \"%s\" does not exist, skipping"),
     293                 :             :         gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a type"),
     294                 :             :     gettext_noop("Use DROP TYPE to remove a type.")},
     295                 :             :     {RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE,
     296                 :             :         ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT,
     297                 :             :         gettext_noop("foreign table \"%s\" does not exist"),
     298                 :             :         gettext_noop("foreign table \"%s\" does not exist, skipping"),
     299                 :             :         gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a foreign table"),
     300                 :             :     gettext_noop("Use DROP FOREIGN TABLE to remove a foreign table.")},
     301                 :             :     {RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE,
     302                 :             :         ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE,
     303                 :             :         gettext_noop("table \"%s\" does not exist"),
     304                 :             :         gettext_noop("table \"%s\" does not exist, skipping"),
     305                 :             :         gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not a table"),
     306                 :             :     gettext_noop("Use DROP TABLE to remove a table.")},
     307                 :             :     {RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX,
     308                 :             :         ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT,
     309                 :             :         gettext_noop("index \"%s\" does not exist"),
     310                 :             :         gettext_noop("index \"%s\" does not exist, skipping"),
     311                 :             :         gettext_noop("\"%s\" is not an index"),
     312                 :             :     gettext_noop("Use DROP INDEX to remove an index.")},
     313                 :             :     {'\0', 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL}
     314                 :             : };
     315                 :             : 
     316                 :             : /* communication between RemoveRelations and RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation */
     317                 :             : struct DropRelationCallbackState
     318                 :             : {
     319                 :             :     /* These fields are set by RemoveRelations: */
     320                 :             :     char        expected_relkind;
     321                 :             :     LOCKMODE    heap_lockmode;
     322                 :             :     /* These fields are state to track which subsidiary locks are held: */
     323                 :             :     Oid         heapOid;
     324                 :             :     Oid         partParentOid;
     325                 :             :     /* These fields are passed back by RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation: */
     326                 :             :     char        actual_relkind;
     327                 :             :     char        actual_relpersistence;
     328                 :             : };
     329                 :             : 
     330                 :             : /* Alter table target-type flags for ATSimplePermissions */
     331                 :             : #define     ATT_TABLE               0x0001
     332                 :             : #define     ATT_VIEW                0x0002
     333                 :             : #define     ATT_MATVIEW             0x0004
     334                 :             : #define     ATT_INDEX               0x0008
     335                 :             : #define     ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE      0x0010
     336                 :             : #define     ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE       0x0020
     337                 :             : #define     ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX   0x0040
     338                 :             : #define     ATT_SEQUENCE            0x0080
     339                 :             : #define     ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE   0x0100
     340                 :             : 
     341                 :             : /*
     342                 :             :  * ForeignTruncateInfo
     343                 :             :  *
     344                 :             :  * Information related to truncation of foreign tables.  This is used for
     345                 :             :  * the elements in a hash table. It uses the server OID as lookup key,
     346                 :             :  * and includes a per-server list of all foreign tables involved in the
     347                 :             :  * truncation.
     348                 :             :  */
     349                 :             : typedef struct ForeignTruncateInfo
     350                 :             : {
     351                 :             :     Oid         serverid;
     352                 :             :     List       *rels;
     353                 :             : } ForeignTruncateInfo;
     354                 :             : 
     355                 :             : /* Partial or complete FK creation in addFkConstraint() */
     356                 :             : typedef enum addFkConstraintSides
     357                 :             : {
     358                 :             :     addFkReferencedSide,
     359                 :             :     addFkReferencingSide,
     360                 :             :     addFkBothSides,
     361                 :             : } addFkConstraintSides;
     362                 :             : 
     363                 :             : /*
     364                 :             :  * Partition tables are expected to be dropped when the parent partitioned
     365                 :             :  * table gets dropped. Hence for partitioning we use AUTO dependency.
     366                 :             :  * Otherwise, for regular inheritance use NORMAL dependency.
     367                 :             :  */
     368                 :             : #define child_dependency_type(child_is_partition)   \
     369                 :             :     ((child_is_partition) ? DEPENDENCY_AUTO : DEPENDENCY_NORMAL)
     370                 :             : 
     371                 :             : static void truncate_check_rel(Oid relid, Form_pg_class reltuple);
     372                 :             : static void truncate_check_perms(Oid relid, Form_pg_class reltuple);
     373                 :             : static void truncate_check_activity(Relation rel);
     374                 :             : static void RangeVarCallbackForTruncate(const RangeVar *relation,
     375                 :             :                                         Oid relId, Oid oldRelId, void *arg);
     376                 :             : static List *MergeAttributes(List *columns, const List *supers, char relpersistence,
     377                 :             :                              bool is_partition, List **supconstr,
     378                 :             :                              List **supnotnulls);
     379                 :             : static List *MergeCheckConstraint(List *constraints, const char *name, Node *expr, bool is_enforced);
     380                 :             : static void MergeChildAttribute(List *inh_columns, int exist_attno, int newcol_attno, const ColumnDef *newdef);
     381                 :             : static ColumnDef *MergeInheritedAttribute(List *inh_columns, int exist_attno, const ColumnDef *newdef);
     382                 :             : static void MergeAttributesIntoExisting(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel, bool ispartition);
     383                 :             : static void MergeConstraintsIntoExisting(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel);
     384                 :             : static void StoreCatalogInheritance(Oid relationId, List *supers,
     385                 :             :                                     bool child_is_partition);
     386                 :             : static void StoreCatalogInheritance1(Oid relationId, Oid parentOid,
     387                 :             :                                      int32 seqNumber, Relation inhRelation,
     388                 :             :                                      bool child_is_partition);
     389                 :             : static int  findAttrByName(const char *attributeName, const List *columns);
     390                 :             : static void AlterIndexNamespaces(Relation classRel, Relation rel,
     391                 :             :                                  Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved);
     392                 :             : static void AlterSeqNamespaces(Relation classRel, Relation rel,
     393                 :             :                                Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved,
     394                 :             :                                LOCKMODE lockmode);
     395                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecAlterConstraint(List **wqueue, Relation rel,
     396                 :             :                                            ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon,
     397                 :             :                                            bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     398                 :             : static bool ATExecAlterConstraintInternal(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel,
     399                 :             :                                           Relation tgrel, Relation rel, HeapTuple contuple,
     400                 :             :                                           bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     401                 :             : static bool ATExecAlterFKConstrEnforceability(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon,
     402                 :             :                                               Relation conrel, Relation tgrel,
     403                 :             :                                               Oid fkrelid, Oid pkrelid,
     404                 :             :                                               HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode,
     405                 :             :                                               Oid ReferencedParentDelTrigger,
     406                 :             :                                               Oid ReferencedParentUpdTrigger,
     407                 :             :                                               Oid ReferencingParentInsTrigger,
     408                 :             :                                               Oid ReferencingParentUpdTrigger);
     409                 :             : static bool ATExecAlterCheckConstrEnforceability(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon,
     410                 :             :                                                  Relation conrel, HeapTuple contuple,
     411                 :             :                                                  bool recurse, bool recursing,
     412                 :             :                                                  List *changing_conids,
     413                 :             :                                                  LOCKMODE lockmode);
     414                 :             : static bool ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon,
     415                 :             :                                            Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Relation rel,
     416                 :             :                                            HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse,
     417                 :             :                                            List **otherrelids, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     418                 :             : static bool ATExecAlterConstrInheritability(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon,
     419                 :             :                                             Relation conrel, Relation rel,
     420                 :             :                                             HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     421                 :             : static void AlterConstrTriggerDeferrability(Oid conoid, Relation tgrel, Relation rel,
     422                 :             :                                             bool deferrable, bool initdeferred,
     423                 :             :                                             List **otherrelids);
     424                 :             : static void AlterFKConstrEnforceabilityRecurse(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon,
     425                 :             :                                                Relation conrel, Relation tgrel,
     426                 :             :                                                Oid fkrelid, Oid pkrelid,
     427                 :             :                                                HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode,
     428                 :             :                                                Oid ReferencedParentDelTrigger,
     429                 :             :                                                Oid ReferencedParentUpdTrigger,
     430                 :             :                                                Oid ReferencingParentInsTrigger,
     431                 :             :                                                Oid ReferencingParentUpdTrigger);
     432                 :             : static void AlterCheckConstrEnforceabilityRecurse(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon,
     433                 :             :                                                   Relation conrel, Oid conrelid,
     434                 :             :                                                   bool recurse, bool recursing,
     435                 :             :                                                   List *changing_conids,
     436                 :             :                                                   LOCKMODE lockmode);
     437                 :             : static void AlterConstrDeferrabilityRecurse(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon,
     438                 :             :                                             Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Relation rel,
     439                 :             :                                             HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse,
     440                 :             :                                             List **otherrelids, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     441                 :             : static void AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel,
     442                 :             :                                              HeapTuple contuple);
     443                 :             : static bool ATCheckCheckConstrHasEnforcedParent(Relation conrel, Relation rel,
     444                 :             :                                                 HeapTuple contuple,
     445                 :             :                                                 List *changing_conids,
     446                 :             :                                                 Oid *enforced_parentoid);
     447                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecValidateConstraint(List **wqueue,
     448                 :             :                                               Relation rel, char *constrName,
     449                 :             :                                               bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     450                 :             : static void QueueFKConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation fkrel,
     451                 :             :                                         Oid pkrelid, HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     452                 :             : static void QueueCheckConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation rel,
     453                 :             :                                            char *constrName, HeapTuple contuple,
     454                 :             :                                            bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     455                 :             : static void QueueNNConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation rel,
     456                 :             :                                         HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, bool recursing,
     457                 :             :                                         LOCKMODE lockmode);
     458                 :             : static bool constraints_equivalent(HeapTuple a, HeapTuple b, TupleDesc tupleDesc);
     459                 :             : static int  transformColumnNameList(Oid relId, List *colList,
     460                 :             :                                     int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids, Oid *attcollids);
     461                 :             : static int  transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey(Relation pkrel, Oid *indexOid,
     462                 :             :                                        List **attnamelist,
     463                 :             :                                        int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids, Oid *attcollids,
     464                 :             :                                        Oid *opclasses, bool *pk_has_without_overlaps);
     465                 :             : static Oid  transformFkeyCheckAttrs(Relation pkrel,
     466                 :             :                                     int numattrs, int16 *attnums,
     467                 :             :                                     bool with_period, Oid *opclasses,
     468                 :             :                                     bool *pk_has_without_overlaps);
     469                 :             : static void checkFkeyPermissions(Relation rel, int16 *attnums, int natts);
     470                 :             : static CoercionPathType findFkeyCast(Oid targetTypeId, Oid sourceTypeId,
     471                 :             :                                      Oid *funcid);
     472                 :             : static void validateForeignKeyConstraint(char *conname,
     473                 :             :                                          Relation rel, Relation pkrel,
     474                 :             :                                          Oid pkindOid, Oid constraintOid, bool hasperiod);
     475                 :             : static void CheckAlterTableIsSafe(Relation rel);
     476                 :             : static void ATController(AlterTableStmt *parsetree,
     477                 :             :                          Relation rel, List *cmds, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode,
     478                 :             :                          AlterTableUtilityContext *context);
     479                 :             : static void ATPrepCmd(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd,
     480                 :             :                       bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode,
     481                 :             :                       AlterTableUtilityContext *context);
     482                 :             : static void ATRewriteCatalogs(List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode,
     483                 :             :                               AlterTableUtilityContext *context);
     484                 :             : static void ATExecCmd(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab,
     485                 :             :                       AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTablePass cur_pass,
     486                 :             :                       AlterTableUtilityContext *context);
     487                 :             : static AlterTableCmd *ATParseTransformCmd(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab,
     488                 :             :                                           Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd,
     489                 :             :                                           bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode,
     490                 :             :                                           AlterTablePass cur_pass,
     491                 :             :                                           AlterTableUtilityContext *context);
     492                 :             : static void ATRewriteTables(AlterTableStmt *parsetree,
     493                 :             :                             List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode,
     494                 :             :                             AlterTableUtilityContext *context);
     495                 :             : static void ATRewriteTable(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Oid OIDNewHeap);
     496                 :             : static AlteredTableInfo *ATGetQueueEntry(List **wqueue, Relation rel);
     497                 :             : static void ATSimplePermissions(AlterTableType cmdtype, Relation rel, int allowed_targets);
     498                 :             : static void ATSimpleRecursion(List **wqueue, Relation rel,
     499                 :             :                               AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode,
     500                 :             :                               AlterTableUtilityContext *context);
     501                 :             : static void ATCheckPartitionsNotInUse(Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     502                 :             : static void ATTypedTableRecursion(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd,
     503                 :             :                                   LOCKMODE lockmode,
     504                 :             :                                   AlterTableUtilityContext *context);
     505                 :             : static List *find_typed_table_dependencies(Oid typeOid, const char *typeName,
     506                 :             :                                            DropBehavior behavior);
     507                 :             : static void ATPrepAddColumn(List **wqueue, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing,
     508                 :             :                             bool is_view, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode,
     509                 :             :                             AlterTableUtilityContext *context);
     510                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecAddColumn(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab,
     511                 :             :                                      Relation rel, AlterTableCmd **cmd,
     512                 :             :                                      bool recurse, bool recursing,
     513                 :             :                                      LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTablePass cur_pass,
     514                 :             :                                      AlterTableUtilityContext *context);
     515                 :             : static bool check_for_column_name_collision(Relation rel, const char *colname,
     516                 :             :                                             bool if_not_exists);
     517                 :             : static void add_column_datatype_dependency(Oid relid, int32 attnum, Oid typid);
     518                 :             : static void add_column_collation_dependency(Oid relid, int32 attnum, Oid collid);
     519                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecDropNotNull(Relation rel, const char *colName, bool recurse,
     520                 :             :                                        LOCKMODE lockmode);
     521                 :             : static void set_attnotnull(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum,
     522                 :             :                            bool queue_validation);
     523                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecSetNotNull(List **wqueue, Relation rel,
     524                 :             :                                       char *conName, char *colName,
     525                 :             :                                       bool recurse, bool recursing,
     526                 :             :                                       LOCKMODE lockmode);
     527                 :             : static bool NotNullImpliedByRelConstraints(Relation rel, Form_pg_attribute attr);
     528                 :             : static bool ConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(Relation scanrel,
     529                 :             :                                              List *testConstraint, List *provenConstraint);
     530                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecColumnDefault(Relation rel, const char *colName,
     531                 :             :                                          Node *newDefault, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     532                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecCookedColumnDefault(Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum,
     533                 :             :                                                Node *newDefault);
     534                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecAddIdentity(Relation rel, const char *colName,
     535                 :             :                                        Node *def, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool recurse, bool recursing);
     536                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecSetIdentity(Relation rel, const char *colName,
     537                 :             :                                        Node *def, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool recurse, bool recursing);
     538                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecDropIdentity(Relation rel, const char *colName, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode,
     539                 :             :                                         bool recurse, bool recursing);
     540                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecSetExpression(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *colName,
     541                 :             :                                          Node *newExpr, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     542                 :             : static void ATPrepDropExpression(Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     543                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecDropExpression(Relation rel, const char *colName, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     544                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecSetStatistics(Relation rel, const char *colName, int16 colNum,
     545                 :             :                                          Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     546                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecSetOptions(Relation rel, const char *colName,
     547                 :             :                                       Node *options, bool isReset, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     548                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecSetStorage(Relation rel, const char *colName,
     549                 :             :                                       Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     550                 :             : static void ATPrepDropColumn(List **wqueue, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing,
     551                 :             :                              AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode,
     552                 :             :                              AlterTableUtilityContext *context);
     553                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecDropColumn(List **wqueue, Relation rel, const char *colName,
     554                 :             :                                       DropBehavior behavior,
     555                 :             :                                       bool recurse, bool recursing,
     556                 :             :                                       bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode,
     557                 :             :                                       ObjectAddresses *addrs);
     558                 :             : static void ATPrepAddPrimaryKey(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd,
     559                 :             :                                 bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode,
     560                 :             :                                 AlterTableUtilityContext *context);
     561                 :             : static void verifyNotNullPKCompatible(HeapTuple tuple, const char *colname);
     562                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecAddIndex(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel,
     563                 :             :                                     IndexStmt *stmt, bool is_rebuild, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     564                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecAddStatistics(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel,
     565                 :             :                                          CreateStatsStmt *stmt, bool is_rebuild, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     566                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecAddConstraint(List **wqueue,
     567                 :             :                                          AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel,
     568                 :             :                                          Constraint *newConstraint, bool recurse, bool is_readd,
     569                 :             :                                          LOCKMODE lockmode);
     570                 :             : static char *ChooseForeignKeyConstraintNameAddition(List *colnames);
     571                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecAddIndexConstraint(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel,
     572                 :             :                                               IndexStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     573                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATAddCheckNNConstraint(List **wqueue,
     574                 :             :                                             AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel,
     575                 :             :                                             Constraint *constr,
     576                 :             :                                             bool recurse, bool recursing, bool is_readd,
     577                 :             :                                             LOCKMODE lockmode);
     578                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab,
     579                 :             :                                                Relation rel, Constraint *fkconstraint,
     580                 :             :                                                bool recurse, bool recursing,
     581                 :             :                                                LOCKMODE lockmode);
     582                 :             : static int  validateFkOnDeleteSetColumns(int numfks, const int16 *fkattnums,
     583                 :             :                                          int numfksetcols, int16 *fksetcolsattnums,
     584                 :             :                                          List *fksetcols);
     585                 :             : static ObjectAddress addFkConstraint(addFkConstraintSides fkside,
     586                 :             :                                      char *constraintname,
     587                 :             :                                      Constraint *fkconstraint, Relation rel,
     588                 :             :                                      Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid,
     589                 :             :                                      Oid parentConstr,
     590                 :             :                                      int numfks, int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum,
     591                 :             :                                      Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators,
     592                 :             :                                      Oid *ffeqoperators, int numfkdelsetcols,
     593                 :             :                                      int16 *fkdelsetcols, bool is_internal,
     594                 :             :                                      bool with_period);
     595                 :             : static void addFkRecurseReferenced(Constraint *fkconstraint,
     596                 :             :                                    Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr,
     597                 :             :                                    int numfks, int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum,
     598                 :             :                                    Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators, Oid *ffeqoperators,
     599                 :             :                                    int numfkdelsetcols, int16 *fkdelsetcols,
     600                 :             :                                    bool old_check_ok,
     601                 :             :                                    Oid parentDelTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger,
     602                 :             :                                    bool with_period);
     603                 :             : static void addFkRecurseReferencing(List **wqueue, Constraint *fkconstraint,
     604                 :             :                                     Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr,
     605                 :             :                                     int numfks, int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum,
     606                 :             :                                     Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators, Oid *ffeqoperators,
     607                 :             :                                     int numfkdelsetcols, int16 *fkdelsetcols,
     608                 :             :                                     bool old_check_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode,
     609                 :             :                                     Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger,
     610                 :             :                                     bool with_period);
     611                 :             : static void CloneForeignKeyConstraints(List **wqueue, Relation parentRel,
     612                 :             :                                        Relation partitionRel);
     613                 :             : static void CloneFkReferenced(Relation parentRel, Relation partitionRel);
     614                 :             : static void CloneFkReferencing(List **wqueue, Relation parentRel,
     615                 :             :                                Relation partRel);
     616                 :             : static void createForeignKeyCheckTriggers(Oid myRelOid, Oid refRelOid,
     617                 :             :                                           Constraint *fkconstraint, Oid constraintOid,
     618                 :             :                                           Oid indexOid,
     619                 :             :                                           Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger,
     620                 :             :                                           Oid *insertTrigOid, Oid *updateTrigOid);
     621                 :             : static void createForeignKeyActionTriggers(Oid myRelOid, Oid refRelOid,
     622                 :             :                                            Constraint *fkconstraint, Oid constraintOid,
     623                 :             :                                            Oid indexOid,
     624                 :             :                                            Oid parentDelTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger,
     625                 :             :                                            Oid *deleteTrigOid, Oid *updateTrigOid);
     626                 :             : static bool tryAttachPartitionForeignKey(List **wqueue,
     627                 :             :                                          ForeignKeyCacheInfo *fk,
     628                 :             :                                          Relation partition,
     629                 :             :                                          Oid parentConstrOid, int numfks,
     630                 :             :                                          AttrNumber *mapped_conkey, AttrNumber *confkey,
     631                 :             :                                          Oid *conpfeqop,
     632                 :             :                                          Oid parentInsTrigger,
     633                 :             :                                          Oid parentUpdTrigger,
     634                 :             :                                          Relation trigrel);
     635                 :             : static void AttachPartitionForeignKey(List **wqueue, Relation partition,
     636                 :             :                                       Oid partConstrOid, Oid parentConstrOid,
     637                 :             :                                       Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger,
     638                 :             :                                       Relation trigrel);
     639                 :             : static void RemoveInheritedConstraint(Relation conrel, Relation trigrel,
     640                 :             :                                       Oid conoid, Oid conrelid);
     641                 :             : static void DropForeignKeyConstraintTriggers(Relation trigrel, Oid conoid,
     642                 :             :                                              Oid confrelid, Oid conrelid);
     643                 :             : static void GetForeignKeyActionTriggers(Relation trigrel,
     644                 :             :                                         Oid conoid, Oid confrelid, Oid conrelid,
     645                 :             :                                         Oid *deleteTriggerOid,
     646                 :             :                                         Oid *updateTriggerOid);
     647                 :             : static void GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers(Relation trigrel,
     648                 :             :                                        Oid conoid, Oid confrelid, Oid conrelid,
     649                 :             :                                        Oid *insertTriggerOid,
     650                 :             :                                        Oid *updateTriggerOid);
     651                 :             : static void ATExecDropConstraint(Relation rel, const char *constrName,
     652                 :             :                                  DropBehavior behavior, bool recurse,
     653                 :             :                                  bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     654                 :             : static ObjectAddress dropconstraint_internal(Relation rel,
     655                 :             :                                              HeapTuple constraintTup, DropBehavior behavior,
     656                 :             :                                              bool recurse, bool recursing,
     657                 :             :                                              bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     658                 :             : static void ATPrepAlterColumnType(List **wqueue,
     659                 :             :                                   AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel,
     660                 :             :                                   bool recurse, bool recursing,
     661                 :             :                                   AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode,
     662                 :             :                                   AlterTableUtilityContext *context);
     663                 :             : static bool ATColumnChangeRequiresRewrite(Node *expr, AttrNumber varattno);
     664                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecAlterColumnType(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel,
     665                 :             :                                            AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     666                 :             : static void RememberAllDependentForRebuilding(AlteredTableInfo *tab, AlterTableType subtype,
     667                 :             :                                               Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, const char *colName);
     668                 :             : static void RememberWholeRowDependentForRebuilding(AlteredTableInfo *tab, AlterTableType subtype, Relation rel);
     669                 :             : static void RememberConstraintForRebuilding(Oid conoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab);
     670                 :             : static void RememberIndexForRebuilding(Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab);
     671                 :             : static void RememberStatisticsForRebuilding(Oid stxoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab);
     672                 :             : static void ATPostAlterTypeCleanup(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab,
     673                 :             :                                    LOCKMODE lockmode);
     674                 :             : static void ATPostAlterTypeParse(Oid oldId, Oid oldRelId, Oid refRelId, Oid ownerId,
     675                 :             :                                  const char *cmdstring, List **wqueue,
     676                 :             :                                  LOCKMODE lockmode, bool rewrite);
     677                 :             : static void RebuildConstraintComment(AlteredTableInfo *tab, AlterTablePass pass,
     678                 :             :                                      Oid objid, Relation rel, List *domname,
     679                 :             :                                      const char *conname);
     680                 :             : static void TryReuseIndex(Oid oldId, IndexStmt *stmt);
     681                 :             : static void TryReuseForeignKey(Oid oldId, Constraint *con);
     682                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecAlterColumnGenericOptions(Relation rel, const char *colName,
     683                 :             :                                                      List *options, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     684                 :             : static void change_owner_fix_column_acls(Oid relationOid,
     685                 :             :                                          Oid oldOwnerId, Oid newOwnerId);
     686                 :             : static void change_owner_recurse_to_sequences(Oid relationOid,
     687                 :             :                                               Oid newOwnerId, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     688                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecClusterOn(Relation rel, const char *indexName,
     689                 :             :                                      LOCKMODE lockmode);
     690                 :             : static void ATExecDropCluster(Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     691                 :             : static void ATPrepSetAccessMethod(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *amname);
     692                 :             : static void ATExecSetAccessMethodNoStorage(Relation rel, Oid newAccessMethodId);
     693                 :             : static void ATPrepChangePersistence(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel,
     694                 :             :                                     bool toLogged);
     695                 :             : static void ATPrepSetTableSpace(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel,
     696                 :             :                                 const char *tablespacename, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     697                 :             : static void ATExecSetTableSpace(Oid tableOid, Oid newTableSpace, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     698                 :             : static void ATExecSetTableSpaceNoStorage(Relation rel, Oid newTableSpace);
     699                 :             : static void ATExecSetRelOptions(Relation rel, List *defList,
     700                 :             :                                 AlterTableType operation,
     701                 :             :                                 LOCKMODE lockmode);
     702                 :             : static void ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(Relation rel, const char *trigname,
     703                 :             :                                        char fires_when, bool skip_system, bool recurse,
     704                 :             :                                        LOCKMODE lockmode);
     705                 :             : static void ATExecEnableDisableRule(Relation rel, const char *rulename,
     706                 :             :                                     char fires_when, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     707                 :             : static void ATPrepChangeInherit(Relation child_rel);
     708                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecAddInherit(Relation child_rel, RangeVar *parent, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     709                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecDropInherit(Relation rel, RangeVar *parent, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     710                 :             : static void drop_parent_dependency(Oid relid, Oid refclassid, Oid refobjid,
     711                 :             :                                    DependencyType deptype);
     712                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecAddOf(Relation rel, const TypeName *ofTypename, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     713                 :             : static void ATExecDropOf(Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     714                 :             : static void ATExecReplicaIdentity(Relation rel, ReplicaIdentityStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     715                 :             : static void ATExecGenericOptions(Relation rel, List *options);
     716                 :             : static void ATExecSetRowSecurity(Relation rel, bool rls);
     717                 :             : static void ATExecForceNoForceRowSecurity(Relation rel, bool force_rls);
     718                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecSetCompression(Relation rel,
     719                 :             :                                           const char *column, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode);
     720                 :             : 
     721                 :             : static void index_copy_data(Relation rel, RelFileLocator newrlocator);
     722                 :             : static const char *storage_name(char c);
     723                 :             : 
     724                 :             : static void RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation(const RangeVar *rel, Oid relOid,
     725                 :             :                                             Oid oldRelOid, void *arg);
     726                 :             : static void RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation(const RangeVar *rv, Oid relid,
     727                 :             :                                              Oid oldrelid, void *arg);
     728                 :             : static PartitionSpec *transformPartitionSpec(Relation rel, PartitionSpec *partspec);
     729                 :             : static void ComputePartitionAttrs(ParseState *pstate, Relation rel, List *partParams, AttrNumber *partattrs,
     730                 :             :                                   List **partexprs, Oid *partopclass, Oid *partcollation,
     731                 :             :                                   PartitionStrategy strategy);
     732                 :             : static void CreateInheritance(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel, bool ispartition);
     733                 :             : static void RemoveInheritance(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel,
     734                 :             :                               bool expect_detached);
     735                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecAttachPartition(List **wqueue, Relation rel,
     736                 :             :                                            PartitionCmd *cmd,
     737                 :             :                                            AlterTableUtilityContext *context);
     738                 :             : static void AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes(List **wqueue, Relation rel, Relation attachrel);
     739                 :             : static void QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation scanrel,
     740                 :             :                                                List *partConstraint,
     741                 :             :                                                bool validate_default);
     742                 :             : static void CloneRowTriggersToPartition(Relation parent, Relation partition);
     743                 :             : static void DropClonedTriggersFromPartition(Oid partitionId);
     744                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecDetachPartition(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab,
     745                 :             :                                            Relation rel, RangeVar *name,
     746                 :             :                                            bool concurrent);
     747                 :             : static void DetachPartitionFinalize(Relation rel, Relation partRel,
     748                 :             :                                     bool concurrent, Oid defaultPartOid);
     749                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecDetachPartitionFinalize(Relation rel, RangeVar *name);
     750                 :             : static ObjectAddress ATExecAttachPartitionIdx(List **wqueue, Relation parentIdx,
     751                 :             :                                               RangeVar *name);
     752                 :             : static void validatePartitionedIndex(Relation partedIdx, Relation partedTbl);
     753                 :             : static void refuseDupeIndexAttach(Relation parentIdx, Relation partIdx,
     754                 :             :                                   Relation partitionTbl);
     755                 :             : static void verifyPartitionIndexNotNull(IndexInfo *iinfo, Relation partition);
     756                 :             : static List *GetParentedForeignKeyRefs(Relation partition);
     757                 :             : static void ATDetachCheckNoForeignKeyRefs(Relation partition);
     758                 :             : static char GetAttributeCompression(Oid atttypid, const char *compression);
     759                 :             : static char GetAttributeStorage(Oid atttypid, const char *storagemode);
     760                 :             : 
     761                 :             : 
     762                 :             : /* ----------------------------------------------------------------
     763                 :             :  *      DefineRelation
     764                 :             :  *              Creates a new relation.
     765                 :             :  *
     766                 :             :  * stmt carries parsetree information from an ordinary CREATE TABLE statement.
     767                 :             :  * The other arguments are used to extend the behavior for other cases:
     768                 :             :  * relkind: relkind to assign to the new relation
     769                 :             :  * ownerId: if not InvalidOid, use this as the new relation's owner.
     770                 :             :  * typaddress: if not null, it's set to the pg_type entry's address.
     771                 :             :  * queryString: for error reporting
     772                 :             :  *
     773                 :             :  * Note that permissions checks are done against current user regardless of
     774                 :             :  * ownerId.  A nonzero ownerId is used when someone is creating a relation
     775                 :             :  * "on behalf of" someone else, so we still want to see that the current user
     776                 :             :  * has permissions to do it.
     777                 :             :  *
     778                 :             :  * If successful, returns the address of the new relation.
     779                 :             :  * ----------------------------------------------------------------
     780                 :             :  */
     781                 :             : ObjectAddress
     782                 :       40979 : DefineRelation(CreateStmt *stmt, char relkind, Oid ownerId,
     783                 :             :                ObjectAddress *typaddress, const char *queryString)
     784                 :             : {
     785                 :             :     char        relname[NAMEDATALEN];
     786                 :             :     Oid         namespaceId;
     787                 :             :     Oid         relationId;
     788                 :             :     Oid         tablespaceId;
     789                 :             :     Relation    rel;
     790                 :             :     TupleDesc   descriptor;
     791                 :             :     List       *inheritOids;
     792                 :             :     List       *old_constraints;
     793                 :             :     List       *old_notnulls;
     794                 :             :     List       *rawDefaults;
     795                 :             :     List       *cookedDefaults;
     796                 :             :     List       *nncols;
     797                 :       40979 :     List       *connames = NIL;
     798                 :             :     Datum       reloptions;
     799                 :             :     ListCell   *listptr;
     800                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
     801                 :             :     bool        partitioned;
     802                 :       40979 :     const char *const validnsps[] = HEAP_RELOPT_NAMESPACES;
     803                 :             :     Oid         ofTypeId;
     804                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
     805                 :             :     LOCKMODE    parentLockmode;
     806                 :       40979 :     Oid         accessMethodId = InvalidOid;
     807                 :             : 
     808                 :             :     /*
     809                 :             :      * Truncate relname to appropriate length (probably a waste of time, as
     810                 :             :      * parser should have done this already).
     811                 :             :      */
     812                 :       40979 :     strlcpy(relname, stmt->relation->relname, NAMEDATALEN);
     813                 :             : 
     814                 :             :     /*
     815                 :             :      * Check consistency of arguments
     816                 :             :      */
     817         [ +  + ]:       40979 :     if (stmt->oncommit != ONCOMMIT_NOOP
     818         [ +  + ]:         124 :         && stmt->relation->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
     819         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
     820                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
     821                 :             :                  errmsg("ON COMMIT can only be used on temporary tables")));
     822                 :             : 
     823         [ +  + ]:       40971 :     if (stmt->partspec != NULL)
     824                 :             :     {
     825         [ -  + ]:        3409 :         if (relkind != RELKIND_RELATION)
     826         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "unexpected relkind: %d", (int) relkind);
     827                 :             : 
     828                 :        3409 :         relkind = RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE;
     829                 :        3409 :         partitioned = true;
     830                 :             :     }
     831                 :             :     else
     832                 :       37562 :         partitioned = false;
     833                 :             : 
     834         [ +  + ]:       40971 :     if (relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE &&
     835         [ +  + ]:        3409 :         stmt->relation->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED)
     836         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
     837                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     838                 :             :                  errmsg("partitioned tables cannot be unlogged")));
     839                 :             : 
     840                 :             :     /*
     841                 :             :      * Look up the namespace in which we are supposed to create the relation,
     842                 :             :      * check we have permission to create there, lock it against concurrent
     843                 :             :      * drop, and mark stmt->relation as RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP if a temporary
     844                 :             :      * namespace is selected.
     845                 :             :      */
     846                 :             :     namespaceId =
     847                 :       40967 :         RangeVarGetAndCheckCreationNamespace(stmt->relation, NoLock, NULL);
     848                 :             : 
     849                 :             :     /*
     850                 :             :      * Security check: disallow creating temp tables from security-restricted
     851                 :             :      * code.  This is needed because calling code might not expect untrusted
     852                 :             :      * tables to appear in pg_temp at the front of its search path.
     853                 :             :      */
     854         [ +  + ]:       40967 :     if (stmt->relation->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP
     855         [ -  + ]:        2343 :         && InSecurityRestrictedOperation())
     856         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
     857                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
     858                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot create temporary table within security-restricted operation")));
     859                 :             : 
     860                 :             :     /*
     861                 :             :      * Determine the lockmode to use when scanning parents.  A self-exclusive
     862                 :             :      * lock is needed here.
     863                 :             :      *
     864                 :             :      * For regular inheritance, if two backends attempt to add children to the
     865                 :             :      * same parent simultaneously, and that parent has no pre-existing
     866                 :             :      * children, then both will attempt to update the parent's relhassubclass
     867                 :             :      * field, leading to a "tuple concurrently updated" error.  Also, this
     868                 :             :      * interlocks against a concurrent ANALYZE on the parent table, which
     869                 :             :      * might otherwise be attempting to clear the parent's relhassubclass
     870                 :             :      * field, if its previous children were recently dropped.
     871                 :             :      *
     872                 :             :      * If the child table is a partition, then we instead grab an exclusive
     873                 :             :      * lock on the parent because its partition descriptor will be changed by
     874                 :             :      * addition of the new partition.
     875                 :             :      */
     876         [ +  + ]:       40967 :     parentLockmode = (stmt->partbound != NULL ? AccessExclusiveLock :
     877                 :             :                       ShareUpdateExclusiveLock);
     878                 :             : 
     879                 :             :     /* Determine the list of OIDs of the parents. */
     880                 :       40967 :     inheritOids = NIL;
     881   [ +  +  +  +  :       48621 :     foreach(listptr, stmt->inhRelations)
                   +  + ]
     882                 :             :     {
     883                 :        7654 :         RangeVar   *rv = (RangeVar *) lfirst(listptr);
     884                 :             :         Oid         parentOid;
     885                 :             : 
     886                 :        7654 :         parentOid = RangeVarGetRelid(rv, parentLockmode, false);
     887                 :             : 
     888                 :             :         /*
     889                 :             :          * Reject duplications in the list of parents.
     890                 :             :          */
     891         [ -  + ]:        7654 :         if (list_member_oid(inheritOids, parentOid))
     892         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
     893                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
     894                 :             :                      errmsg("relation \"%s\" would be inherited from more than once",
     895                 :             :                             get_rel_name(parentOid))));
     896                 :             : 
     897                 :        7654 :         inheritOids = lappend_oid(inheritOids, parentOid);
     898                 :             :     }
     899                 :             : 
     900                 :             :     /*
     901                 :             :      * Select tablespace to use: an explicitly indicated one, or (in the case
     902                 :             :      * of a partitioned table) the parent's, if it has one.
     903                 :             :      */
     904         [ +  + ]:       40967 :     if (stmt->tablespacename)
     905                 :             :     {
     906                 :          82 :         tablespaceId = get_tablespace_oid(stmt->tablespacename, false);
     907                 :             : 
     908   [ +  +  +  + ]:          78 :         if (partitioned && tablespaceId == MyDatabaseTableSpace)
     909         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
     910                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
     911                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot specify default tablespace for partitioned relations")));
     912                 :             :     }
     913         [ +  + ]:       40885 :     else if (stmt->partbound)
     914                 :             :     {
     915                 :             :         Assert(list_length(inheritOids) == 1);
     916                 :        5976 :         tablespaceId = get_rel_tablespace(linitial_oid(inheritOids));
     917                 :             :     }
     918                 :             :     else
     919                 :       34909 :         tablespaceId = InvalidOid;
     920                 :             : 
     921                 :             :     /* still nothing? use the default */
     922         [ +  + ]:       40959 :     if (!OidIsValid(tablespaceId))
     923                 :       40871 :         tablespaceId = GetDefaultTablespace(stmt->relation->relpersistence,
     924                 :             :                                             partitioned);
     925                 :             : 
     926                 :             :     /* Check permissions except when using database's default */
     927   [ +  +  +  + ]:       40955 :     if (OidIsValid(tablespaceId) && tablespaceId != MyDatabaseTableSpace)
     928                 :             :     {
     929                 :             :         AclResult   aclresult;
     930                 :             : 
     931                 :         104 :         aclresult = object_aclcheck(TableSpaceRelationId, tablespaceId, GetUserId(),
     932                 :             :                                     ACL_CREATE);
     933         [ +  + ]:         104 :         if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
     934                 :           3 :             aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_TABLESPACE,
     935                 :           3 :                            get_tablespace_name(tablespaceId));
     936                 :             :     }
     937                 :             : 
     938                 :             :     /* In all cases disallow placing user relations in pg_global */
     939         [ +  + ]:       40952 :     if (tablespaceId == GLOBALTABLESPACE_OID)
     940         [ +  - ]:          12 :         ereport(ERROR,
     941                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
     942                 :             :                  errmsg("only shared relations can be placed in pg_global tablespace")));
     943                 :             : 
     944                 :             :     /* Identify user ID that will own the table */
     945         [ +  + ]:       40940 :     if (!OidIsValid(ownerId))
     946                 :       40785 :         ownerId = GetUserId();
     947                 :             : 
     948                 :             :     /*
     949                 :             :      * Parse and validate reloptions, if any.
     950                 :             :      */
     951                 :       40940 :     reloptions = transformRelOptions((Datum) 0, stmt->options, NULL, validnsps,
     952                 :             :                                      true, false);
     953                 :             : 
     954      [ +  +  + ]:       40928 :     switch (relkind)
     955                 :             :     {
     956                 :       10533 :         case RELKIND_VIEW:
     957                 :       10533 :             (void) view_reloptions(reloptions, true);
     958                 :       10521 :             break;
     959                 :        3393 :         case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE:
     960                 :        3393 :             (void) partitioned_table_reloptions(reloptions, true);
     961                 :        3385 :             break;
     962                 :       27002 :         default:
     963                 :       27002 :             (void) heap_reloptions(relkind, reloptions, true);
     964                 :             :     }
     965                 :             : 
     966         [ +  + ]:       40840 :     if (stmt->ofTypename)
     967                 :             :     {
     968                 :             :         AclResult   aclresult;
     969                 :             : 
     970                 :          57 :         ofTypeId = typenameTypeId(NULL, stmt->ofTypename);
     971                 :             : 
     972                 :          57 :         aclresult = object_aclcheck(TypeRelationId, ofTypeId, GetUserId(), ACL_USAGE);
     973         [ +  + ]:          57 :         if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
     974                 :           4 :             aclcheck_error_type(aclresult, ofTypeId);
     975                 :             :     }
     976                 :             :     else
     977                 :       40783 :         ofTypeId = InvalidOid;
     978                 :             : 
     979                 :             :     /*
     980                 :             :      * Look up inheritance ancestors and generate relation schema, including
     981                 :             :      * inherited attributes.  (Note that stmt->tableElts is destructively
     982                 :             :      * modified by MergeAttributes.)
     983                 :             :      */
     984                 :       40672 :     stmt->tableElts =
     985                 :       40836 :         MergeAttributes(stmt->tableElts, inheritOids,
     986                 :       40836 :                         stmt->relation->relpersistence,
     987                 :       40836 :                         stmt->partbound != NULL,
     988                 :             :                         &old_constraints, &old_notnulls);
     989                 :             : 
     990                 :             :     /*
     991                 :             :      * NB: The defaults and constraints we just inherited are already cooked,
     992                 :             :      * so they don't get the USAGE checks that AddRelationNewConstraints()
     993                 :             :      * applies to raw ones.  That's intentional: the parent's own catalog
     994                 :             :      * entries already depend on those types, so copying them pins nothing
     995                 :             :      * new, and creating a child requires owning the parent, anyway.
     996                 :             :      */
     997                 :             : 
     998                 :             :     /*
     999                 :             :      * Create a tuple descriptor from the relation schema.  Note that this
    1000                 :             :      * deals with column names, types, and in-descriptor NOT NULL flags, but
    1001                 :             :      * not default values, NOT NULL or CHECK constraints; we handle those
    1002                 :             :      * below.
    1003                 :             :      */
    1004                 :       40672 :     descriptor = BuildDescForRelation(stmt->tableElts);
    1005                 :             : 
    1006                 :             :     /*
    1007                 :             :      * Find columns with default values and prepare for insertion of the
    1008                 :             :      * defaults.  Pre-cooked (that is, inherited) defaults go into a list of
    1009                 :             :      * CookedConstraint structs that we'll pass to heap_create_with_catalog,
    1010                 :             :      * while raw defaults go into a list of RawColumnDefault structs that will
    1011                 :             :      * be processed by AddRelationNewConstraints.  (We can't deal with raw
    1012                 :             :      * expressions until we can do transformExpr.)
    1013                 :             :      */
    1014                 :       40640 :     rawDefaults = NIL;
    1015                 :       40640 :     cookedDefaults = NIL;
    1016                 :       40640 :     attnum = 0;
    1017                 :             : 
    1018   [ +  +  +  +  :      203669 :     foreach(listptr, stmt->tableElts)
                   +  + ]
    1019                 :             :     {
    1020                 :      163029 :         ColumnDef  *colDef = lfirst(listptr);
    1021                 :             : 
    1022                 :      163029 :         attnum++;
    1023         [ +  + ]:      163029 :         if (colDef->raw_default != NULL)
    1024                 :             :         {
    1025                 :             :             RawColumnDefault *rawEnt;
    1026                 :             : 
    1027                 :             :             Assert(colDef->cooked_default == NULL);
    1028                 :             : 
    1029                 :        2133 :             rawEnt = palloc_object(RawColumnDefault);
    1030                 :        2133 :             rawEnt->attnum = attnum;
    1031                 :        2133 :             rawEnt->raw_default = colDef->raw_default;
    1032                 :        2133 :             rawEnt->generated = colDef->generated;
    1033                 :        2133 :             rawDefaults = lappend(rawDefaults, rawEnt);
    1034                 :             :         }
    1035         [ +  + ]:      160896 :         else if (colDef->cooked_default != NULL)
    1036                 :             :         {
    1037                 :             :             CookedConstraint *cooked;
    1038                 :             : 
    1039                 :         270 :             cooked = palloc_object(CookedConstraint);
    1040                 :         270 :             cooked->contype = CONSTR_DEFAULT;
    1041                 :         270 :             cooked->conoid = InvalidOid; /* until created */
    1042                 :         270 :             cooked->name = NULL;
    1043                 :         270 :             cooked->attnum = attnum;
    1044                 :         270 :             cooked->expr = colDef->cooked_default;
    1045                 :         270 :             cooked->is_enforced = true;
    1046                 :         270 :             cooked->skip_validation = false;
    1047                 :         270 :             cooked->is_local = true; /* not used for defaults */
    1048                 :         270 :             cooked->inhcount = 0;    /* ditto */
    1049                 :         270 :             cooked->is_no_inherit = false;
    1050                 :         270 :             cookedDefaults = lappend(cookedDefaults, cooked);
    1051                 :             :         }
    1052                 :             :     }
    1053                 :             : 
    1054                 :       40640 :     TupleDescFinalize(descriptor);
    1055                 :             : 
    1056                 :             :     /*
    1057                 :             :      * For relations with table AM and partitioned tables, select access
    1058                 :             :      * method to use: an explicitly indicated one, or (in the case of a
    1059                 :             :      * partitioned table) the parent's, if it has one.
    1060                 :             :      */
    1061         [ +  + ]:       40640 :     if (stmt->accessMethod != NULL)
    1062                 :             :     {
    1063                 :             :         Assert(RELKIND_HAS_TABLE_AM(relkind) || relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
    1064                 :          79 :         accessMethodId = get_table_am_oid(stmt->accessMethod, false);
    1065                 :             :     }
    1066   [ +  +  +  -  :       40561 :     else if (RELKIND_HAS_TABLE_AM(relkind) || relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
             +  +  +  + ]
    1067                 :             :     {
    1068         [ +  + ]:       26155 :         if (stmt->partbound)
    1069                 :             :         {
    1070                 :             :             Assert(list_length(inheritOids) == 1);
    1071                 :        5861 :             accessMethodId = get_rel_relam(linitial_oid(inheritOids));
    1072                 :             :         }
    1073                 :             : 
    1074   [ +  +  +  -  :       26155 :         if (RELKIND_HAS_TABLE_AM(relkind) && !OidIsValid(accessMethodId))
             +  +  +  + ]
    1075                 :       22761 :             accessMethodId = get_table_am_oid(default_table_access_method, false);
    1076                 :             :     }
    1077                 :             : 
    1078                 :             :     /*
    1079                 :             :      * Create the relation.  Inherited defaults and CHECK constraints are
    1080                 :             :      * passed in for immediate handling --- since they don't need parsing,
    1081                 :             :      * they can be stored immediately.
    1082                 :             :      */
    1083                 :       40628 :     relationId = heap_create_with_catalog(relname,
    1084                 :             :                                           namespaceId,
    1085                 :             :                                           tablespaceId,
    1086                 :             :                                           InvalidOid,
    1087                 :             :                                           InvalidOid,
    1088                 :             :                                           ofTypeId,
    1089                 :             :                                           ownerId,
    1090                 :             :                                           accessMethodId,
    1091                 :             :                                           descriptor,
    1092                 :             :                                           list_concat(cookedDefaults,
    1093                 :             :                                                       old_constraints),
    1094                 :             :                                           relkind,
    1095                 :       40628 :                                           stmt->relation->relpersistence,
    1096                 :             :                                           false,
    1097                 :             :                                           false,
    1098                 :             :                                           stmt->oncommit,
    1099                 :             :                                           reloptions,
    1100                 :             :                                           true,
    1101                 :             :                                           allowSystemTableMods,
    1102                 :             :                                           false,
    1103                 :             :                                           InvalidOid,
    1104                 :             :                                           typaddress);
    1105                 :             : 
    1106                 :             :     /*
    1107                 :             :      * We must bump the command counter to make the newly-created relation
    1108                 :             :      * tuple visible for opening.
    1109                 :             :      */
    1110                 :       40595 :     CommandCounterIncrement();
    1111                 :             : 
    1112                 :             :     /*
    1113                 :             :      * Open the new relation and acquire exclusive lock on it.  This isn't
    1114                 :             :      * really necessary for locking out other backends (since they can't see
    1115                 :             :      * the new rel anyway until we commit), but it keeps the lock manager from
    1116                 :             :      * complaining about deadlock risks.
    1117                 :             :      */
    1118                 :       40595 :     rel = relation_open(relationId, AccessExclusiveLock);
    1119                 :             : 
    1120                 :             :     /*
    1121                 :             :      * Now add any newly specified column default and generation expressions
    1122                 :             :      * to the new relation.  These are passed to us in the form of raw
    1123                 :             :      * parsetrees; we need to transform them to executable expression trees
    1124                 :             :      * before they can be added. The most convenient way to do that is to
    1125                 :             :      * apply the parser's transformExpr routine, but transformExpr doesn't
    1126                 :             :      * work unless we have a pre-existing relation. So, the transformation has
    1127                 :             :      * to be postponed to this final step of CREATE TABLE.
    1128                 :             :      *
    1129                 :             :      * This needs to be before processing the partitioning clauses because
    1130                 :             :      * those could refer to generated columns.
    1131                 :             :      */
    1132         [ +  + ]:       40595 :     if (rawDefaults)
    1133                 :        1827 :         AddRelationNewConstraints(rel, rawDefaults, NIL,
    1134                 :             :                                   true, true, false, queryString);
    1135                 :             : 
    1136                 :             :     /*
    1137                 :             :      * Make column generation expressions visible for use by partitioning.
    1138                 :             :      */
    1139                 :       40463 :     CommandCounterIncrement();
    1140                 :             : 
    1141                 :             :     /* Process and store partition bound, if any. */
    1142         [ +  + ]:       40463 :     if (stmt->partbound)
    1143                 :             :     {
    1144                 :             :         PartitionBoundSpec *bound;
    1145                 :             :         ParseState *pstate;
    1146                 :        5924 :         Oid         parentId = linitial_oid(inheritOids),
    1147                 :             :                     defaultPartOid;
    1148                 :             :         Relation    parent,
    1149                 :        5924 :                     defaultRel = NULL;
    1150                 :             :         ParseNamespaceItem *nsitem;
    1151                 :             : 
    1152                 :             :         /* Already have strong enough lock on the parent */
    1153                 :        5924 :         parent = table_open(parentId, NoLock);
    1154                 :             : 
    1155                 :             :         /*
    1156                 :             :          * We are going to try to validate the partition bound specification
    1157                 :             :          * against the partition key of parentRel, so it better have one.
    1158                 :             :          */
    1159         [ +  + ]:        5924 :         if (parent->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    1160         [ +  - ]:          12 :             ereport(ERROR,
    1161                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
    1162                 :             :                      errmsg("\"%s\" is not partitioned",
    1163                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(parent))));
    1164                 :             : 
    1165                 :             :         /*
    1166                 :             :          * The partition constraint of the default partition depends on the
    1167                 :             :          * partition bounds of every other partition. It is possible that
    1168                 :             :          * another backend might be about to execute a query on the default
    1169                 :             :          * partition table, and that the query relies on previously cached
    1170                 :             :          * default partition constraints. We must therefore take a table lock
    1171                 :             :          * strong enough to prevent all queries on the default partition from
    1172                 :             :          * proceeding until we commit and send out a shared-cache-inval notice
    1173                 :             :          * that will make them update their index lists.
    1174                 :             :          *
    1175                 :             :          * Order of locking: The relation being added won't be visible to
    1176                 :             :          * other backends until it is committed, hence here in
    1177                 :             :          * DefineRelation() the order of locking the default partition and the
    1178                 :             :          * relation being added does not matter. But at all other places we
    1179                 :             :          * need to lock the default relation before we lock the relation being
    1180                 :             :          * added or removed i.e. we should take the lock in same order at all
    1181                 :             :          * the places such that lock parent, lock default partition and then
    1182                 :             :          * lock the partition so as to avoid a deadlock.
    1183                 :             :          */
    1184                 :             :         defaultPartOid =
    1185                 :        5912 :             get_default_oid_from_partdesc(RelationGetPartitionDesc(parent,
    1186                 :             :                                                                    true));
    1187         [ +  + ]:        5912 :         if (OidIsValid(defaultPartOid))
    1188                 :         267 :             defaultRel = table_open(defaultPartOid, AccessExclusiveLock);
    1189                 :             : 
    1190                 :             :         /* Transform the bound values */
    1191                 :        5912 :         pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
    1192                 :        5912 :         pstate->p_sourcetext = queryString;
    1193                 :             : 
    1194                 :             :         /*
    1195                 :             :          * Add an nsitem containing this relation, so that transformExpr
    1196                 :             :          * called on partition bound expressions is able to report errors
    1197                 :             :          * using a proper context.
    1198                 :             :          */
    1199                 :        5912 :         nsitem = addRangeTableEntryForRelation(pstate, rel, AccessShareLock,
    1200                 :             :                                                NULL, false, false);
    1201                 :        5912 :         addNSItemToQuery(pstate, nsitem, false, true, true);
    1202                 :             : 
    1203                 :        5912 :         bound = transformPartitionBound(pstate, parent, stmt->partbound);
    1204                 :             : 
    1205                 :             :         /*
    1206                 :             :          * Check first that the new partition's bound is valid and does not
    1207                 :             :          * overlap with any of existing partitions of the parent.
    1208                 :             :          */
    1209                 :        5776 :         check_new_partition_bound(relname, parent, bound, pstate);
    1210                 :             : 
    1211                 :             :         /*
    1212                 :             :          * If the default partition exists, its partition constraints will
    1213                 :             :          * change after the addition of this new partition such that it won't
    1214                 :             :          * allow any row that qualifies for this new partition. So, check that
    1215                 :             :          * the existing data in the default partition satisfies the constraint
    1216                 :             :          * as it will exist after adding this partition.
    1217                 :             :          */
    1218         [ +  + ]:        5700 :         if (OidIsValid(defaultPartOid))
    1219                 :             :         {
    1220                 :         247 :             check_default_partition_contents(parent, defaultRel, bound);
    1221                 :             :             /* Keep the lock until commit. */
    1222                 :         235 :             table_close(defaultRel, NoLock);
    1223                 :             :         }
    1224                 :             : 
    1225                 :             :         /* Update the pg_class entry. */
    1226                 :        5688 :         StorePartitionBound(rel, parent, bound);
    1227                 :             : 
    1228                 :        5688 :         table_close(parent, NoLock);
    1229                 :             :     }
    1230                 :             : 
    1231                 :             :     /* Store inheritance information for new rel. */
    1232                 :       40227 :     StoreCatalogInheritance(relationId, inheritOids, stmt->partbound != NULL);
    1233                 :             : 
    1234                 :             :     /*
    1235                 :             :      * Process the partitioning specification (if any) and store the partition
    1236                 :             :      * key information into the catalog.
    1237                 :             :      */
    1238         [ +  + ]:       40227 :     if (partitioned)
    1239                 :             :     {
    1240                 :             :         ParseState *pstate;
    1241                 :             :         int         partnatts;
    1242                 :             :         AttrNumber  partattrs[PARTITION_MAX_KEYS];
    1243                 :             :         Oid         partopclass[PARTITION_MAX_KEYS];
    1244                 :             :         Oid         partcollation[PARTITION_MAX_KEYS];
    1245                 :        3384 :         List       *partexprs = NIL;
    1246                 :             : 
    1247                 :        3384 :         pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
    1248                 :        3384 :         pstate->p_sourcetext = queryString;
    1249                 :             : 
    1250                 :        3384 :         partnatts = list_length(stmt->partspec->partParams);
    1251                 :             : 
    1252                 :             :         /* Protect fixed-size arrays here and in executor */
    1253         [ -  + ]:        3384 :         if (partnatts > PARTITION_MAX_KEYS)
    1254         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    1255                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS),
    1256                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot partition using more than %d columns",
    1257                 :             :                             PARTITION_MAX_KEYS)));
    1258                 :             : 
    1259                 :             :         /*
    1260                 :             :          * We need to transform the raw parsetrees corresponding to partition
    1261                 :             :          * expressions into executable expression trees.  Like column defaults
    1262                 :             :          * and CHECK constraints, we could not have done the transformation
    1263                 :             :          * earlier.
    1264                 :             :          */
    1265                 :        3384 :         stmt->partspec = transformPartitionSpec(rel, stmt->partspec);
    1266                 :             : 
    1267                 :        3364 :         ComputePartitionAttrs(pstate, rel, stmt->partspec->partParams,
    1268                 :             :                               partattrs, &partexprs, partopclass,
    1269                 :        3364 :                               partcollation, stmt->partspec->strategy);
    1270                 :             : 
    1271                 :        3276 :         StorePartitionKey(rel, stmt->partspec->strategy, partnatts, partattrs,
    1272                 :             :                           partexprs,
    1273                 :             :                           partopclass, partcollation);
    1274                 :             : 
    1275                 :             :         /* make it all visible */
    1276                 :        3272 :         CommandCounterIncrement();
    1277                 :             :     }
    1278                 :             : 
    1279                 :             :     /*
    1280                 :             :      * If we're creating a partition, create now all the indexes, triggers,
    1281                 :             :      * FKs defined in the parent.
    1282                 :             :      *
    1283                 :             :      * We can't do it earlier, because DefineIndex wants to know the partition
    1284                 :             :      * key which we just stored.
    1285                 :             :      */
    1286         [ +  + ]:       40115 :     if (stmt->partbound)
    1287                 :             :     {
    1288                 :        5684 :         Oid         parentId = linitial_oid(inheritOids);
    1289                 :             :         Relation    parent;
    1290                 :             :         List       *idxlist;
    1291                 :             :         ListCell   *cell;
    1292                 :             : 
    1293                 :             :         /* Already have strong enough lock on the parent */
    1294                 :        5684 :         parent = table_open(parentId, NoLock);
    1295                 :        5684 :         idxlist = RelationGetIndexList(parent);
    1296                 :             : 
    1297                 :             :         /*
    1298                 :             :          * For each index in the parent table, create one in the partition
    1299                 :             :          */
    1300   [ +  +  +  +  :        6625 :         foreach(cell, idxlist)
                   +  + ]
    1301                 :             :         {
    1302                 :         953 :             Relation    idxRel = index_open(lfirst_oid(cell), AccessShareLock);
    1303                 :             :             AttrMap    *attmap;
    1304                 :             :             IndexStmt  *idxstmt;
    1305                 :             :             Oid         constraintOid;
    1306                 :             : 
    1307         [ +  + ]:         953 :             if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
    1308                 :             :             {
    1309         [ +  + ]:          24 :                 if (idxRel->rd_index->indisunique)
    1310         [ +  - ]:           8 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    1311                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    1312                 :             :                              errmsg("cannot create foreign partition of partitioned table \"%s\"",
    1313                 :             :                                     RelationGetRelationName(parent)),
    1314                 :             :                              errdetail("Table \"%s\" contains indexes that are unique.",
    1315                 :             :                                        RelationGetRelationName(parent))));
    1316                 :             :                 else
    1317                 :             :                 {
    1318                 :          16 :                     index_close(idxRel, AccessShareLock);
    1319                 :          16 :                     continue;
    1320                 :             :                 }
    1321                 :             :             }
    1322                 :             : 
    1323                 :         929 :             attmap = build_attrmap_by_name(RelationGetDescr(rel),
    1324                 :             :                                            RelationGetDescr(parent),
    1325                 :             :                                            false);
    1326                 :             :             idxstmt =
    1327                 :         929 :                 generateClonedIndexStmt(NULL, idxRel,
    1328                 :             :                                         attmap, &constraintOid);
    1329                 :         929 :             DefineIndex(NULL,
    1330                 :             :                         RelationGetRelid(rel),
    1331                 :             :                         idxstmt,
    1332                 :             :                         InvalidOid,
    1333                 :             :                         RelationGetRelid(idxRel),
    1334                 :             :                         constraintOid,
    1335                 :             :                         -1,
    1336                 :             :                         false, false, false, false, false);
    1337                 :             : 
    1338                 :         925 :             index_close(idxRel, AccessShareLock);
    1339                 :             :         }
    1340                 :             : 
    1341                 :        5672 :         list_free(idxlist);
    1342                 :             : 
    1343                 :             :         /*
    1344                 :             :          * If there are any row-level triggers, clone them to the new
    1345                 :             :          * partition.
    1346                 :             :          */
    1347         [ +  + ]:        5672 :         if (parent->trigdesc != NULL)
    1348                 :         232 :             CloneRowTriggersToPartition(parent, rel);
    1349                 :             : 
    1350                 :             :         /*
    1351                 :             :          * And foreign keys too.  Note that because we're freshly creating the
    1352                 :             :          * table, there is no need to verify these new constraints.
    1353                 :             :          */
    1354                 :        5672 :         CloneForeignKeyConstraints(NULL, parent, rel);
    1355                 :             : 
    1356                 :        5672 :         table_close(parent, NoLock);
    1357                 :             :     }
    1358                 :             : 
    1359                 :             :     /*
    1360                 :             :      * Now add any newly specified CHECK constraints to the new relation. Same
    1361                 :             :      * as for defaults above, but these need to come after partitioning is set
    1362                 :             :      * up.  We save the constraint names that were used, to avoid dupes below.
    1363                 :             :      */
    1364         [ +  + ]:       40103 :     if (stmt->constraints)
    1365                 :             :     {
    1366                 :             :         List       *conlist;
    1367                 :             : 
    1368                 :         522 :         conlist = AddRelationNewConstraints(rel, NIL, stmt->constraints,
    1369                 :             :                                             true, true, false, queryString);
    1370   [ +  +  +  +  :        1569 :         foreach_ptr(CookedConstraint, cons, conlist)
                   +  + ]
    1371                 :             :         {
    1372         [ +  - ]:         573 :             if (cons->name != NULL)
    1373                 :         573 :                 connames = lappend(connames, cons->name);
    1374                 :             :         }
    1375                 :             :     }
    1376                 :             : 
    1377                 :             :     /*
    1378                 :             :      * Finally, merge the not-null constraints that are declared directly with
    1379                 :             :      * those that come from parent relations (making sure to count inheritance
    1380                 :             :      * appropriately for each), create them, and set the attnotnull flag on
    1381                 :             :      * columns that don't yet have it.
    1382                 :             :      */
    1383                 :       40079 :     nncols = AddRelationNotNullConstraints(rel, stmt->nnconstraints,
    1384                 :             :                                            old_notnulls, connames);
    1385   [ +  +  +  +  :       89703 :     foreach_int(attrnum, nncols)
                   +  + ]
    1386                 :        9649 :         set_attnotnull(NULL, rel, attrnum, false);
    1387                 :             : 
    1388                 :       40027 :     ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, relationId);
    1389                 :             : 
    1390                 :             :     /*
    1391                 :             :      * Clean up.  We keep lock on new relation (although it shouldn't be
    1392                 :             :      * visible to anyone else anyway, until commit).
    1393                 :             :      */
    1394                 :       40027 :     relation_close(rel, NoLock);
    1395                 :             : 
    1396                 :       40027 :     return address;
    1397                 :             : }
    1398                 :             : 
    1399                 :             : /*
    1400                 :             :  * BuildDescForRelation
    1401                 :             :  *
    1402                 :             :  * Given a list of ColumnDef nodes, build a TupleDesc.
    1403                 :             :  *
    1404                 :             :  * Note: This is only for the limited purpose of table and view creation.  Not
    1405                 :             :  * everything is filled in.  A real tuple descriptor should be obtained from
    1406                 :             :  * the relcache.
    1407                 :             :  */
    1408                 :             : TupleDesc
    1409                 :       42802 : BuildDescForRelation(const List *columns)
    1410                 :             : {
    1411                 :             :     int         natts;
    1412                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
    1413                 :             :     ListCell   *l;
    1414                 :             :     TupleDesc   desc;
    1415                 :             :     char       *attname;
    1416                 :             :     Oid         atttypid;
    1417                 :             :     int32       atttypmod;
    1418                 :             :     Oid         attcollation;
    1419                 :             :     int         attdim;
    1420                 :             : 
    1421                 :             :     /*
    1422                 :             :      * allocate a new tuple descriptor
    1423                 :             :      */
    1424                 :       42802 :     natts = list_length(columns);
    1425                 :       42802 :     desc = CreateTemplateTupleDesc(natts);
    1426                 :             : 
    1427                 :       42802 :     attnum = 0;
    1428                 :             : 
    1429   [ +  +  +  +  :      208185 :     foreach(l, columns)
                   +  + ]
    1430                 :             :     {
    1431                 :      165423 :         ColumnDef  *entry = lfirst(l);
    1432                 :             :         AclResult   aclresult;
    1433                 :             :         Form_pg_attribute att;
    1434                 :             : 
    1435                 :             :         /*
    1436                 :             :          * for each entry in the list, get the name and type information from
    1437                 :             :          * the list and have TupleDescInitEntry fill in the attribute
    1438                 :             :          * information we need.
    1439                 :             :          */
    1440                 :      165423 :         attnum++;
    1441                 :             : 
    1442                 :      165423 :         attname = entry->colname;
    1443                 :      165423 :         typenameTypeIdAndMod(NULL, entry->typeName, &atttypid, &atttypmod);
    1444                 :             : 
    1445                 :      165423 :         aclresult = object_aclcheck(TypeRelationId, atttypid, GetUserId(), ACL_USAGE);
    1446         [ +  + ]:      165423 :         if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
    1447                 :          28 :             aclcheck_error_type(aclresult, atttypid);
    1448                 :             : 
    1449                 :      165395 :         attcollation = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, entry, atttypid);
    1450                 :      165395 :         attdim = list_length(entry->typeName->arrayBounds);
    1451         [ -  + ]:      165395 :         if (attdim > PG_INT16_MAX)
    1452         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    1453                 :             :                     errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
    1454                 :             :                     errmsg("too many array dimensions"));
    1455                 :             : 
    1456         [ -  + ]:      165395 :         if (entry->typeName->setof)
    1457         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    1458                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
    1459                 :             :                      errmsg("column \"%s\" cannot be declared SETOF",
    1460                 :             :                             attname)));
    1461                 :             : 
    1462                 :      165395 :         TupleDescInitEntry(desc, attnum, attname,
    1463                 :             :                            atttypid, atttypmod, attdim);
    1464                 :      165395 :         att = TupleDescAttr(desc, attnum - 1);
    1465                 :             : 
    1466                 :             :         /* Override TupleDescInitEntry's settings as requested */
    1467                 :      165395 :         TupleDescInitEntryCollation(desc, attnum, attcollation);
    1468                 :             : 
    1469                 :             :         /* Fill in additional stuff not handled by TupleDescInitEntry */
    1470                 :      165395 :         att->attnotnull = entry->is_not_null;
    1471                 :      165395 :         att->attislocal = entry->is_local;
    1472                 :      165395 :         att->attinhcount = entry->inhcount;
    1473                 :      165395 :         att->attidentity = entry->identity;
    1474                 :      165395 :         att->attgenerated = entry->generated;
    1475                 :      165395 :         att->attcompression = GetAttributeCompression(att->atttypid, entry->compression);
    1476         [ +  + ]:      165387 :         if (entry->storage)
    1477                 :       14077 :             att->attstorage = entry->storage;
    1478         [ +  + ]:      151310 :         else if (entry->storage_name)
    1479                 :          24 :             att->attstorage = GetAttributeStorage(att->atttypid, entry->storage_name);
    1480                 :             : 
    1481                 :      165383 :         populate_compact_attribute(desc, attnum - 1);
    1482                 :             :     }
    1483                 :             : 
    1484                 :       42762 :     TupleDescFinalize(desc);
    1485                 :             : 
    1486                 :       42762 :     return desc;
    1487                 :             : }
    1488                 :             : 
    1489                 :             : /*
    1490                 :             :  * Emit the right error or warning message for a "DROP" command issued on a
    1491                 :             :  * non-existent relation
    1492                 :             :  */
    1493                 :             : static void
    1494                 :         613 : DropErrorMsgNonExistent(RangeVar *rel, char rightkind, bool missing_ok)
    1495                 :             : {
    1496                 :             :     const struct dropmsgstrings *rentry;
    1497                 :             : 
    1498   [ +  +  +  + ]:         693 :     if (rel->schemaname != NULL &&
    1499                 :          80 :         !OidIsValid(LookupNamespaceNoError(rel->schemaname)))
    1500                 :             :     {
    1501         [ -  + ]:          28 :         if (!missing_ok)
    1502                 :             :         {
    1503         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    1504                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_SCHEMA),
    1505                 :             :                      errmsg("schema \"%s\" does not exist", rel->schemaname)));
    1506                 :             :         }
    1507                 :             :         else
    1508                 :             :         {
    1509         [ +  - ]:          28 :             ereport(NOTICE,
    1510                 :             :                     (errmsg("schema \"%s\" does not exist, skipping",
    1511                 :             :                             rel->schemaname)));
    1512                 :             :         }
    1513                 :          28 :         return;
    1514                 :             :     }
    1515                 :             : 
    1516         [ +  - ]:         798 :     for (rentry = dropmsgstringarray; rentry->kind != '\0'; rentry++)
    1517                 :             :     {
    1518         [ +  + ]:         798 :         if (rentry->kind == rightkind)
    1519                 :             :         {
    1520         [ +  + ]:         585 :             if (!missing_ok)
    1521                 :             :             {
    1522         [ +  - ]:          86 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    1523                 :             :                         (errcode(rentry->nonexistent_code),
    1524                 :             :                          errmsg(rentry->nonexistent_msg, rel->relname)));
    1525                 :             :             }
    1526                 :             :             else
    1527                 :             :             {
    1528         [ +  + ]:         499 :                 ereport(NOTICE, (errmsg(rentry->skipping_msg, rel->relname)));
    1529                 :         499 :                 break;
    1530                 :             :             }
    1531                 :             :         }
    1532                 :             :     }
    1533                 :             : 
    1534                 :             :     Assert(rentry->kind != '\0');    /* Should be impossible */
    1535                 :             : }
    1536                 :             : 
    1537                 :             : /*
    1538                 :             :  * Emit the right error message for a "DROP" command issued on a
    1539                 :             :  * relation of the wrong type
    1540                 :             :  */
    1541                 :             : static void
    1542                 :           0 : DropErrorMsgWrongType(const char *relname, char wrongkind, char rightkind)
    1543                 :             : {
    1544                 :             :     const struct dropmsgstrings *rentry;
    1545                 :             :     const struct dropmsgstrings *wentry;
    1546                 :             : 
    1547         [ #  # ]:           0 :     for (rentry = dropmsgstringarray; rentry->kind != '\0'; rentry++)
    1548         [ #  # ]:           0 :         if (rentry->kind == rightkind)
    1549                 :           0 :             break;
    1550                 :             :     Assert(rentry->kind != '\0');
    1551                 :             : 
    1552         [ #  # ]:           0 :     for (wentry = dropmsgstringarray; wentry->kind != '\0'; wentry++)
    1553         [ #  # ]:           0 :         if (wentry->kind == wrongkind)
    1554                 :           0 :             break;
    1555                 :             :     /* wrongkind could be something we don't have in our table... */
    1556                 :             : 
    1557   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :     ereport(ERROR,
    1558                 :             :             (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    1559                 :             :              errmsg(rentry->nota_msg, relname),
    1560                 :             :              (wentry->kind != '\0') ? errhint("%s", _(wentry->drophint_msg)) : 0));
    1561                 :             : }
    1562                 :             : 
    1563                 :             : /*
    1564                 :             :  * RemoveRelations
    1565                 :             :  *      Implements DROP TABLE, DROP INDEX, DROP SEQUENCE, DROP VIEW,
    1566                 :             :  *      DROP MATERIALIZED VIEW, DROP FOREIGN TABLE
    1567                 :             :  */
    1568                 :             : void
    1569                 :       11457 : RemoveRelations(DropStmt *drop)
    1570                 :             : {
    1571                 :             :     ObjectAddresses *objects;
    1572                 :             :     char        relkind;
    1573                 :             :     ListCell   *cell;
    1574                 :       11457 :     int         flags = 0;
    1575                 :       11457 :     LOCKMODE    lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
    1576                 :             : 
    1577                 :             :     /* DROP CONCURRENTLY uses a weaker lock, and has some restrictions */
    1578         [ +  + ]:       11457 :     if (drop->concurrent)
    1579                 :             :     {
    1580                 :             :         /*
    1581                 :             :          * Note that for temporary relations this lock may get upgraded later
    1582                 :             :          * on, but as no other session can access a temporary relation, this
    1583                 :             :          * is actually fine.
    1584                 :             :          */
    1585                 :         103 :         lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock;
    1586                 :             :         Assert(drop->removeType == OBJECT_INDEX);
    1587         [ +  + ]:         103 :         if (list_length(drop->objects) != 1)
    1588         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
    1589                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    1590                 :             :                      errmsg("DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY does not support dropping multiple objects")));
    1591         [ -  + ]:          99 :         if (drop->behavior == DROP_CASCADE)
    1592         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    1593                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    1594                 :             :                      errmsg("DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY does not support CASCADE")));
    1595                 :             :     }
    1596                 :             : 
    1597                 :             :     /*
    1598                 :             :      * First we identify all the relations, then we delete them in a single
    1599                 :             :      * performMultipleDeletions() call.  This is to avoid unwanted DROP
    1600                 :             :      * RESTRICT errors if one of the relations depends on another.
    1601                 :             :      */
    1602                 :             : 
    1603                 :             :     /* Determine required relkind */
    1604   [ +  +  +  +  :       11453 :     switch (drop->removeType)
                +  +  - ]
    1605                 :             :     {
    1606                 :        9914 :         case OBJECT_TABLE:
    1607                 :        9914 :             relkind = RELKIND_RELATION;
    1608                 :        9914 :             break;
    1609                 :             : 
    1610                 :         550 :         case OBJECT_INDEX:
    1611                 :         550 :             relkind = RELKIND_INDEX;
    1612                 :         550 :             break;
    1613                 :             : 
    1614                 :         123 :         case OBJECT_SEQUENCE:
    1615                 :         123 :             relkind = RELKIND_SEQUENCE;
    1616                 :         123 :             break;
    1617                 :             : 
    1618                 :         672 :         case OBJECT_VIEW:
    1619                 :         672 :             relkind = RELKIND_VIEW;
    1620                 :         672 :             break;
    1621                 :             : 
    1622                 :          84 :         case OBJECT_MATVIEW:
    1623                 :          84 :             relkind = RELKIND_MATVIEW;
    1624                 :          84 :             break;
    1625                 :             : 
    1626                 :         110 :         case OBJECT_FOREIGN_TABLE:
    1627                 :         110 :             relkind = RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE;
    1628                 :         110 :             break;
    1629                 :             : 
    1630                 :           0 :         default:
    1631         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "unrecognized drop object type: %d",
    1632                 :             :                  (int) drop->removeType);
    1633                 :             :             relkind = 0;        /* keep compiler quiet */
    1634                 :             :             break;
    1635                 :             :     }
    1636                 :             : 
    1637                 :             :     /* Lock and validate each relation; build a list of object addresses */
    1638                 :       11453 :     objects = new_object_addresses();
    1639                 :             : 
    1640   [ +  -  +  +  :       25441 :     foreach(cell, drop->objects)
                   +  + ]
    1641                 :             :     {
    1642                 :       14095 :         RangeVar   *rel = makeRangeVarFromNameList((List *) lfirst(cell));
    1643                 :             :         Oid         relOid;
    1644                 :             :         ObjectAddress obj;
    1645                 :             :         struct DropRelationCallbackState state;
    1646                 :             : 
    1647                 :             :         /*
    1648                 :             :          * These next few steps are a great deal like relation_openrv, but we
    1649                 :             :          * don't bother building a relcache entry since we don't need it.
    1650                 :             :          *
    1651                 :             :          * Check for shared-cache-inval messages before trying to access the
    1652                 :             :          * relation.  This is needed to cover the case where the name
    1653                 :             :          * identifies a rel that has been dropped and recreated since the
    1654                 :             :          * start of our transaction: if we don't flush the old syscache entry,
    1655                 :             :          * then we'll latch onto that entry and suffer an error later.
    1656                 :             :          */
    1657                 :       14095 :         AcceptInvalidationMessages();
    1658                 :             : 
    1659                 :             :         /* Look up the appropriate relation using namespace search. */
    1660                 :       14095 :         state.expected_relkind = relkind;
    1661                 :       28190 :         state.heap_lockmode = drop->concurrent ?
    1662         [ +  + ]:       14095 :             ShareUpdateExclusiveLock : AccessExclusiveLock;
    1663                 :             :         /* We must initialize these fields to show that no locks are held: */
    1664                 :       14095 :         state.heapOid = InvalidOid;
    1665                 :       14095 :         state.partParentOid = InvalidOid;
    1666                 :             : 
    1667                 :       14095 :         relOid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(rel, lockmode, RVR_MISSING_OK,
    1668                 :             :                                           RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation,
    1669                 :             :                                           &state);
    1670                 :             : 
    1671                 :             :         /* Not there? */
    1672         [ +  + ]:       14078 :         if (!OidIsValid(relOid))
    1673                 :             :         {
    1674                 :         613 :             DropErrorMsgNonExistent(rel, relkind, drop->missing_ok);
    1675                 :         527 :             continue;
    1676                 :             :         }
    1677                 :             : 
    1678                 :             :         /*
    1679                 :             :          * Decide if concurrent mode needs to be used here or not.  The
    1680                 :             :          * callback retrieved the rel's persistence for us.
    1681                 :             :          */
    1682         [ +  + ]:       13465 :         if (drop->concurrent &&
    1683         [ +  + ]:          95 :             state.actual_relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
    1684                 :             :         {
    1685                 :             :             Assert(list_length(drop->objects) == 1 &&
    1686                 :             :                    drop->removeType == OBJECT_INDEX);
    1687                 :          83 :             flags |= PERFORM_DELETION_CONCURRENTLY;
    1688                 :             :         }
    1689                 :             : 
    1690                 :             :         /*
    1691                 :             :          * Concurrent index drop cannot be used with partitioned indexes,
    1692                 :             :          * either.
    1693                 :             :          */
    1694         [ +  + ]:       13465 :         if ((flags & PERFORM_DELETION_CONCURRENTLY) != 0 &&
    1695         [ +  + ]:          83 :             state.actual_relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
    1696         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
    1697                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    1698                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot drop partitioned index \"%s\" concurrently",
    1699                 :             :                             rel->relname)));
    1700                 :             : 
    1701                 :             :         /*
    1702                 :             :          * If we're told to drop a partitioned index, we must acquire lock on
    1703                 :             :          * all the children of its parent partitioned table before proceeding.
    1704                 :             :          * Otherwise we'd try to lock the child index partitions before their
    1705                 :             :          * tables, leading to potential deadlock against other sessions that
    1706                 :             :          * will lock those objects in the other order.
    1707                 :             :          */
    1708         [ +  + ]:       13461 :         if (state.actual_relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
    1709                 :          50 :             (void) find_all_inheritors(state.heapOid,
    1710                 :             :                                        state.heap_lockmode,
    1711                 :             :                                        NULL);
    1712                 :             : 
    1713                 :             :         /* OK, we're ready to delete this one */
    1714                 :       13461 :         obj.classId = RelationRelationId;
    1715                 :       13461 :         obj.objectId = relOid;
    1716                 :       13461 :         obj.objectSubId = 0;
    1717                 :             : 
    1718                 :       13461 :         add_exact_object_address(&obj, objects);
    1719                 :             :     }
    1720                 :             : 
    1721                 :       11346 :     performMultipleDeletions(objects, drop->behavior, flags);
    1722                 :             : 
    1723                 :       11251 :     free_object_addresses(objects);
    1724                 :       11251 : }
    1725                 :             : 
    1726                 :             : /*
    1727                 :             :  * Before acquiring a table lock, check whether we have sufficient rights.
    1728                 :             :  * In the case of DROP INDEX, also try to lock the table before the index.
    1729                 :             :  * Also, if the table to be dropped is a partition, we try to lock the parent
    1730                 :             :  * first.
    1731                 :             :  */
    1732                 :             : static void
    1733                 :       14308 : RangeVarCallbackForDropRelation(const RangeVar *rel, Oid relOid, Oid oldRelOid,
    1734                 :             :                                 void *arg)
    1735                 :             : {
    1736                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    1737                 :             :     struct DropRelationCallbackState *state;
    1738                 :             :     char        expected_relkind;
    1739                 :             :     bool        is_partition;
    1740                 :             :     Form_pg_class classform;
    1741                 :             :     LOCKMODE    heap_lockmode;
    1742                 :       14308 :     bool        invalid_system_index = false;
    1743                 :             : 
    1744                 :       14308 :     state = (struct DropRelationCallbackState *) arg;
    1745                 :       14308 :     heap_lockmode = state->heap_lockmode;
    1746                 :             : 
    1747                 :             :     /*
    1748                 :             :      * If we previously locked some other index's heap, and the name we're
    1749                 :             :      * looking up no longer refers to that relation, release the now-useless
    1750                 :             :      * lock.
    1751                 :             :      */
    1752   [ +  +  -  + ]:       14308 :     if (relOid != oldRelOid && OidIsValid(state->heapOid))
    1753                 :             :     {
    1754                 :           0 :         UnlockRelationOid(state->heapOid, heap_lockmode);
    1755                 :           0 :         state->heapOid = InvalidOid;
    1756                 :             :     }
    1757                 :             : 
    1758                 :             :     /*
    1759                 :             :      * Similarly, if we previously locked some other partition's heap, and the
    1760                 :             :      * name we're looking up no longer refers to that relation, release the
    1761                 :             :      * now-useless lock.
    1762                 :             :      */
    1763   [ +  +  -  + ]:       14308 :     if (relOid != oldRelOid && OidIsValid(state->partParentOid))
    1764                 :             :     {
    1765                 :           0 :         UnlockRelationOid(state->partParentOid, AccessExclusiveLock);
    1766                 :           0 :         state->partParentOid = InvalidOid;
    1767                 :             :     }
    1768                 :             : 
    1769                 :             :     /* Didn't find a relation, so no need for locking or permission checks. */
    1770         [ +  + ]:       14308 :     if (!OidIsValid(relOid))
    1771                 :         614 :         return;
    1772                 :             : 
    1773                 :       13694 :     tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relOid));
    1774         [ -  + ]:       13694 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    1775                 :           0 :         return;                 /* concurrently dropped, so nothing to do */
    1776                 :       13694 :     classform = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    1777                 :       13694 :     is_partition = classform->relispartition;
    1778                 :             : 
    1779                 :             :     /* Pass back some data to save lookups in RemoveRelations */
    1780                 :       13694 :     state->actual_relkind = classform->relkind;
    1781                 :       13694 :     state->actual_relpersistence = classform->relpersistence;
    1782                 :             : 
    1783                 :             :     /*
    1784                 :             :      * Both RELKIND_RELATION and RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE are OBJECT_TABLE,
    1785                 :             :      * but RemoveRelations() can only pass one relkind for a given relation.
    1786                 :             :      * It chooses RELKIND_RELATION for both regular and partitioned tables.
    1787                 :             :      * That means we must be careful before giving the wrong type error when
    1788                 :             :      * the relation is RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE.  An equivalent problem
    1789                 :             :      * exists with indexes.
    1790                 :             :      */
    1791         [ +  + ]:       13694 :     if (classform->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    1792                 :        1991 :         expected_relkind = RELKIND_RELATION;
    1793         [ +  + ]:       11703 :     else if (classform->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
    1794                 :          56 :         expected_relkind = RELKIND_INDEX;
    1795                 :             :     else
    1796                 :       11647 :         expected_relkind = classform->relkind;
    1797                 :             : 
    1798         [ -  + ]:       13694 :     if (state->expected_relkind != expected_relkind)
    1799                 :           0 :         DropErrorMsgWrongType(rel->relname, classform->relkind,
    1800                 :           0 :                               state->expected_relkind);
    1801                 :             : 
    1802                 :             :     /* Allow DROP to either table owner or schema owner */
    1803         [ +  + ]:       13694 :     if (!object_ownercheck(RelationRelationId, relOid, GetUserId()) &&
    1804         [ +  - ]:          12 :         !object_ownercheck(NamespaceRelationId, classform->relnamespace, GetUserId()))
    1805                 :          12 :         aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER,
    1806                 :          12 :                        get_relkind_objtype(classform->relkind),
    1807                 :          12 :                        rel->relname);
    1808                 :             : 
    1809                 :             :     /*
    1810                 :             :      * Check the case of a system index that might have been invalidated by a
    1811                 :             :      * failed concurrent process and allow its drop. For the time being, this
    1812                 :             :      * only concerns indexes of toast relations that became invalid during a
    1813                 :             :      * REINDEX CONCURRENTLY process.
    1814                 :             :      */
    1815   [ +  +  -  + ]:       13682 :     if (IsSystemClass(relOid, classform) && classform->relkind == RELKIND_INDEX)
    1816                 :             :     {
    1817                 :             :         HeapTuple   locTuple;
    1818                 :             :         Form_pg_index indexform;
    1819                 :             :         bool        indisvalid;
    1820                 :             : 
    1821                 :           0 :         locTuple = SearchSysCache1(INDEXRELID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relOid));
    1822         [ #  # ]:           0 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(locTuple))
    1823                 :             :         {
    1824                 :           0 :             ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
    1825                 :           0 :             return;
    1826                 :             :         }
    1827                 :             : 
    1828                 :           0 :         indexform = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(locTuple);
    1829                 :           0 :         indisvalid = indexform->indisvalid;
    1830                 :           0 :         ReleaseSysCache(locTuple);
    1831                 :             : 
    1832                 :             :         /* Mark object as being an invalid index of system catalogs */
    1833         [ #  # ]:           0 :         if (!indisvalid)
    1834                 :           0 :             invalid_system_index = true;
    1835                 :             :     }
    1836                 :             : 
    1837                 :             :     /* In the case of an invalid index, it is fine to bypass this check */
    1838   [ +  -  +  +  :       13682 :     if (!invalid_system_index && !allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemClass(relOid, classform))
                   +  + ]
    1839         [ +  - ]:           5 :         ereport(ERROR,
    1840                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    1841                 :             :                  errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
    1842                 :             :                         rel->relname)));
    1843                 :             : 
    1844                 :       13677 :     ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
    1845                 :             : 
    1846                 :             :     /*
    1847                 :             :      * In DROP INDEX, attempt to acquire lock on the parent table before
    1848                 :             :      * locking the index.  index_drop() will need this anyway, and since
    1849                 :             :      * regular queries lock tables before their indexes, we risk deadlock if
    1850                 :             :      * we do it the other way around.  No error if we don't find a pg_index
    1851                 :             :      * entry, though --- the relation may have been dropped.  Note that this
    1852                 :             :      * code will execute for either plain or partitioned indexes.
    1853                 :             :      */
    1854   [ +  +  +  + ]:       13677 :     if (expected_relkind == RELKIND_INDEX &&
    1855                 :             :         relOid != oldRelOid)
    1856                 :             :     {
    1857                 :         542 :         state->heapOid = IndexGetRelation(relOid, true);
    1858         [ +  - ]:         542 :         if (OidIsValid(state->heapOid))
    1859                 :         542 :             LockRelationOid(state->heapOid, heap_lockmode);
    1860                 :             :     }
    1861                 :             : 
    1862                 :             :     /*
    1863                 :             :      * Similarly, if the relation is a partition, we must acquire lock on its
    1864                 :             :      * parent before locking the partition.  That's because queries lock the
    1865                 :             :      * parent before its partitions, so we risk deadlock if we do it the other
    1866                 :             :      * way around.
    1867                 :             :      */
    1868   [ +  +  +  + ]:       13677 :     if (is_partition && relOid != oldRelOid)
    1869                 :             :     {
    1870                 :         403 :         state->partParentOid = get_partition_parent(relOid, true);
    1871         [ +  - ]:         403 :         if (OidIsValid(state->partParentOid))
    1872                 :         403 :             LockRelationOid(state->partParentOid, AccessExclusiveLock);
    1873                 :             :     }
    1874                 :             : }
    1875                 :             : 
    1876                 :             : /*
    1877                 :             :  * ExecuteTruncate
    1878                 :             :  *      Executes a TRUNCATE command.
    1879                 :             :  *
    1880                 :             :  * This is a multi-relation truncate.  We first open and grab exclusive
    1881                 :             :  * lock on all relations involved, checking permissions and otherwise
    1882                 :             :  * verifying that the relation is OK for truncation.  Note that if relations
    1883                 :             :  * are foreign tables, at this stage, we have not yet checked that their
    1884                 :             :  * foreign data in external data sources are OK for truncation.  These are
    1885                 :             :  * checked when foreign data are actually truncated later.  In CASCADE mode,
    1886                 :             :  * relations having FK references to the targeted relations are automatically
    1887                 :             :  * added to the group; in RESTRICT mode, we check that all FK references are
    1888                 :             :  * internal to the group that's being truncated.  Finally all the relations
    1889                 :             :  * are truncated and reindexed.
    1890                 :             :  */
    1891                 :             : void
    1892                 :        1174 : ExecuteTruncate(TruncateStmt *stmt)
    1893                 :             : {
    1894                 :        1174 :     List       *rels = NIL;
    1895                 :        1174 :     List       *relids = NIL;
    1896                 :        1174 :     List       *relids_logged = NIL;
    1897                 :             :     ListCell   *cell;
    1898                 :             : 
    1899                 :             :     /*
    1900                 :             :      * Open, exclusive-lock, and check all the explicitly-specified relations
    1901                 :             :      */
    1902   [ +  -  +  +  :        2484 :     foreach(cell, stmt->relations)
                   +  + ]
    1903                 :             :     {
    1904                 :        1346 :         RangeVar   *rv = lfirst(cell);
    1905                 :             :         Relation    rel;
    1906                 :        1346 :         bool        recurse = rv->inh;
    1907                 :             :         Oid         myrelid;
    1908                 :        1346 :         LOCKMODE    lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
    1909                 :             : 
    1910                 :        1346 :         myrelid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(rv, lockmode,
    1911                 :             :                                            0, RangeVarCallbackForTruncate,
    1912                 :             :                                            NULL);
    1913                 :             : 
    1914                 :             :         /* don't throw error for "TRUNCATE foo, foo" */
    1915         [ +  + ]:        1323 :         if (list_member_oid(relids, myrelid))
    1916                 :           1 :             continue;
    1917                 :             : 
    1918                 :             :         /* open the relation, we already hold a lock on it */
    1919                 :        1322 :         rel = table_open(myrelid, NoLock);
    1920                 :             : 
    1921                 :             :         /*
    1922                 :             :          * RangeVarGetRelidExtended() has done most checks with its callback,
    1923                 :             :          * but other checks with the now-opened Relation remain.
    1924                 :             :          */
    1925                 :        1322 :         truncate_check_activity(rel);
    1926                 :             : 
    1927                 :        1317 :         rels = lappend(rels, rel);
    1928                 :        1317 :         relids = lappend_oid(relids, myrelid);
    1929                 :             : 
    1930                 :             :         /* Log this relation only if needed for logical decoding */
    1931   [ +  +  -  +  :        1317 :         if (RelationIsLogicallyLogged(rel))
          +  -  -  +  -  
          -  -  -  +  -  
                   +  + ]
    1932                 :          39 :             relids_logged = lappend_oid(relids_logged, myrelid);
    1933                 :             : 
    1934         [ +  + ]:        1317 :         if (recurse)
    1935                 :             :         {
    1936                 :             :             ListCell   *child;
    1937                 :             :             List       *children;
    1938                 :             : 
    1939                 :        1282 :             children = find_all_inheritors(myrelid, lockmode, NULL);
    1940                 :             : 
    1941   [ +  -  +  +  :        3784 :             foreach(child, children)
                   +  + ]
    1942                 :             :             {
    1943                 :        2502 :                 Oid         childrelid = lfirst_oid(child);
    1944                 :             : 
    1945         [ +  + ]:        2502 :                 if (list_member_oid(relids, childrelid))
    1946                 :        1282 :                     continue;
    1947                 :             : 
    1948                 :             :                 /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */
    1949                 :        1220 :                 rel = table_open(childrelid, NoLock);
    1950                 :             : 
    1951                 :             :                 /*
    1952                 :             :                  * It is possible that the parent table has children that are
    1953                 :             :                  * temp tables of other backends.  We cannot safely access
    1954                 :             :                  * such tables (because of buffering issues), and the best
    1955                 :             :                  * thing to do is to silently ignore them.  Note that this
    1956                 :             :                  * check is the same as one of the checks done in
    1957                 :             :                  * truncate_check_activity() called below, still it is kept
    1958                 :             :                  * here for simplicity.
    1959                 :             :                  */
    1960   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1220 :                 if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(rel))
    1961                 :             :                 {
    1962                 :           4 :                     table_close(rel, lockmode);
    1963                 :           4 :                     continue;
    1964                 :             :                 }
    1965                 :             : 
    1966                 :             :                 /*
    1967                 :             :                  * Inherited TRUNCATE commands perform access permission
    1968                 :             :                  * checks on the parent table only. So we skip checking the
    1969                 :             :                  * children's permissions and don't call
    1970                 :             :                  * truncate_check_perms() here.
    1971                 :             :                  */
    1972                 :        1216 :                 truncate_check_rel(RelationGetRelid(rel), rel->rd_rel);
    1973                 :        1216 :                 truncate_check_activity(rel);
    1974                 :             : 
    1975                 :        1216 :                 rels = lappend(rels, rel);
    1976                 :        1216 :                 relids = lappend_oid(relids, childrelid);
    1977                 :             : 
    1978                 :             :                 /* Log this relation only if needed for logical decoding */
    1979   [ +  +  -  +  :        1216 :                 if (RelationIsLogicallyLogged(rel))
          +  -  -  +  -  
          -  -  -  +  -  
                   +  - ]
    1980                 :          11 :                     relids_logged = lappend_oid(relids_logged, childrelid);
    1981                 :             :             }
    1982                 :             :         }
    1983         [ +  + ]:          35 :         else if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    1984         [ +  - ]:           8 :             ereport(ERROR,
    1985                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    1986                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot truncate only a partitioned table"),
    1987                 :             :                      errhint("Do not specify the ONLY keyword, or use TRUNCATE ONLY on the partitions directly.")));
    1988                 :             :     }
    1989                 :             : 
    1990                 :        1138 :     ExecuteTruncateGuts(rels, relids, relids_logged,
    1991                 :        1138 :                         stmt->behavior, stmt->restart_seqs, false);
    1992                 :             : 
    1993                 :             :     /* And close the rels */
    1994   [ +  -  +  +  :        3509 :     foreach(cell, rels)
                   +  + ]
    1995                 :             :     {
    1996                 :        2424 :         Relation    rel = (Relation) lfirst(cell);
    1997                 :             : 
    1998                 :        2424 :         table_close(rel, NoLock);
    1999                 :             :     }
    2000                 :        1085 : }
    2001                 :             : 
    2002                 :             : /*
    2003                 :             :  * ExecuteTruncateGuts
    2004                 :             :  *
    2005                 :             :  * Internal implementation of TRUNCATE.  This is called by the actual TRUNCATE
    2006                 :             :  * command (see above) as well as replication subscribers that execute a
    2007                 :             :  * replicated TRUNCATE action.
    2008                 :             :  *
    2009                 :             :  * explicit_rels is the list of Relations to truncate that the command
    2010                 :             :  * specified.  relids is the list of Oids corresponding to explicit_rels.
    2011                 :             :  * relids_logged is the list of Oids (a subset of relids) that require
    2012                 :             :  * WAL-logging.  This is all a bit redundant, but the existing callers have
    2013                 :             :  * this information handy in this form.
    2014                 :             :  */
    2015                 :             : void
    2016                 :        1158 : ExecuteTruncateGuts(List *explicit_rels,
    2017                 :             :                     List *relids,
    2018                 :             :                     List *relids_logged,
    2019                 :             :                     DropBehavior behavior, bool restart_seqs,
    2020                 :             :                     bool run_as_table_owner)
    2021                 :             : {
    2022                 :             :     List       *rels;
    2023                 :        1158 :     List       *seq_relids = NIL;
    2024                 :        1158 :     HTAB       *ft_htab = NULL;
    2025                 :             :     EState     *estate;
    2026                 :             :     ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfos;
    2027                 :             :     ResultRelInfo *resultRelInfo;
    2028                 :             :     SubTransactionId mySubid;
    2029                 :             :     ListCell   *cell;
    2030                 :             :     Oid        *logrelids;
    2031                 :             : 
    2032                 :             :     /*
    2033                 :             :      * Check the explicitly-specified relations.
    2034                 :             :      *
    2035                 :             :      * In CASCADE mode, suck in all referencing relations as well.  This
    2036                 :             :      * requires multiple iterations to find indirectly-dependent relations. At
    2037                 :             :      * each phase, we need to exclusive-lock new rels before looking for their
    2038                 :             :      * dependencies, else we might miss something.  Also, we check each rel as
    2039                 :             :      * soon as we open it, to avoid a faux pas such as holding lock for a long
    2040                 :             :      * time on a rel we have no permissions for.
    2041                 :             :      */
    2042                 :        1158 :     rels = list_copy(explicit_rels);
    2043         [ +  + ]:        1158 :     if (behavior == DROP_CASCADE)
    2044                 :             :     {
    2045                 :             :         for (;;)
    2046                 :          26 :         {
    2047                 :             :             List       *newrelids;
    2048                 :             : 
    2049                 :          51 :             newrelids = heap_truncate_find_FKs(relids);
    2050         [ +  + ]:          51 :             if (newrelids == NIL)
    2051                 :          25 :                 break;          /* nothing else to add */
    2052                 :             : 
    2053   [ +  -  +  +  :          88 :             foreach(cell, newrelids)
                   +  + ]
    2054                 :             :             {
    2055                 :          62 :                 Oid         relid = lfirst_oid(cell);
    2056                 :             :                 Relation    rel;
    2057                 :             : 
    2058                 :          62 :                 rel = table_open(relid, AccessExclusiveLock);
    2059         [ +  - ]:          62 :                 ereport(NOTICE,
    2060                 :             :                         (errmsg("truncate cascades to table \"%s\"",
    2061                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    2062                 :          62 :                 truncate_check_rel(relid, rel->rd_rel);
    2063                 :          62 :                 truncate_check_perms(relid, rel->rd_rel);
    2064                 :          62 :                 truncate_check_activity(rel);
    2065                 :          62 :                 rels = lappend(rels, rel);
    2066                 :          62 :                 relids = lappend_oid(relids, relid);
    2067                 :             : 
    2068                 :             :                 /* Log this relation only if needed for logical decoding */
    2069   [ +  -  -  +  :          62 :                 if (RelationIsLogicallyLogged(rel))
          -  -  -  -  -  
          -  -  -  -  -  
                   -  - ]
    2070                 :           0 :                     relids_logged = lappend_oid(relids_logged, relid);
    2071                 :             :             }
    2072                 :             :         }
    2073                 :             :     }
    2074                 :             : 
    2075                 :             :     /*
    2076                 :             :      * Check foreign key references.  In CASCADE mode, this should be
    2077                 :             :      * unnecessary since we just pulled in all the references; but as a
    2078                 :             :      * cross-check, do it anyway if in an Assert-enabled build.
    2079                 :             :      */
    2080                 :             : #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
    2081                 :             :     heap_truncate_check_FKs(rels, false);
    2082                 :             : #else
    2083         [ +  + ]:        1158 :     if (behavior == DROP_RESTRICT)
    2084                 :        1133 :         heap_truncate_check_FKs(rels, false);
    2085                 :             : #endif
    2086                 :             : 
    2087                 :             :     /*
    2088                 :             :      * If we are asked to restart sequences, find all the sequences, lock them
    2089                 :             :      * (we need AccessExclusiveLock for ResetSequence), and check permissions.
    2090                 :             :      * We want to do this early since it's pointless to do all the truncation
    2091                 :             :      * work only to fail on sequence permissions.
    2092                 :             :      */
    2093         [ +  + ]:        1109 :     if (restart_seqs)
    2094                 :             :     {
    2095   [ +  -  +  +  :          32 :         foreach(cell, rels)
                   +  + ]
    2096                 :             :         {
    2097                 :          16 :             Relation    rel = (Relation) lfirst(cell);
    2098                 :          16 :             List       *seqlist = getOwnedSequences(RelationGetRelid(rel));
    2099                 :             :             ListCell   *seqcell;
    2100                 :             : 
    2101   [ +  +  +  +  :          39 :             foreach(seqcell, seqlist)
                   +  + ]
    2102                 :             :             {
    2103                 :          23 :                 Oid         seq_relid = lfirst_oid(seqcell);
    2104                 :             :                 Relation    seq_rel;
    2105                 :             : 
    2106                 :          23 :                 seq_rel = relation_open(seq_relid, AccessExclusiveLock);
    2107                 :             : 
    2108                 :             :                 /* This check must match AlterSequence! */
    2109         [ -  + ]:          23 :                 if (!object_ownercheck(RelationRelationId, seq_relid, GetUserId()))
    2110                 :           0 :                     aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, OBJECT_SEQUENCE,
    2111                 :           0 :                                    RelationGetRelationName(seq_rel));
    2112                 :             : 
    2113                 :          23 :                 seq_relids = lappend_oid(seq_relids, seq_relid);
    2114                 :             : 
    2115                 :          23 :                 relation_close(seq_rel, NoLock);
    2116                 :             :             }
    2117                 :             :         }
    2118                 :             :     }
    2119                 :             : 
    2120                 :             :     /* Prepare to catch AFTER triggers. */
    2121                 :        1109 :     AfterTriggerBeginQuery();
    2122                 :             : 
    2123                 :             :     /*
    2124                 :             :      * To fire triggers, we'll need an EState as well as a ResultRelInfo for
    2125                 :             :      * each relation.  We don't need to call ExecOpenIndices, though.
    2126                 :             :      *
    2127                 :             :      * We put the ResultRelInfos in the es_opened_result_relations list, even
    2128                 :             :      * though we don't have a range table and don't populate the
    2129                 :             :      * es_result_relations array.  That's a bit bogus, but it's enough to make
    2130                 :             :      * ExecGetTriggerResultRel() find them.
    2131                 :             :      */
    2132                 :        1109 :     estate = CreateExecutorState();
    2133                 :        1109 :     resultRelInfos = palloc_array(ResultRelInfo, list_length(rels));
    2134                 :        1109 :     resultRelInfo = resultRelInfos;
    2135   [ +  -  +  +  :        3635 :     foreach(cell, rels)
                   +  + ]
    2136                 :             :     {
    2137                 :        2526 :         Relation    rel = (Relation) lfirst(cell);
    2138                 :             : 
    2139                 :        2526 :         InitResultRelInfo(resultRelInfo,
    2140                 :             :                           rel,
    2141                 :             :                           0,    /* dummy rangetable index */
    2142                 :             :                           NULL,
    2143                 :             :                           0);
    2144                 :        2526 :         estate->es_opened_result_relations =
    2145                 :        2526 :             lappend(estate->es_opened_result_relations, resultRelInfo);
    2146                 :        2526 :         resultRelInfo++;
    2147                 :             :     }
    2148                 :             : 
    2149                 :             :     /*
    2150                 :             :      * Process all BEFORE STATEMENT TRUNCATE triggers before we begin
    2151                 :             :      * truncating (this is because one of them might throw an error). Also, if
    2152                 :             :      * we were to allow them to prevent statement execution, that would need
    2153                 :             :      * to be handled here.
    2154                 :             :      */
    2155                 :        1109 :     resultRelInfo = resultRelInfos;
    2156   [ +  -  +  +  :        3635 :     foreach(cell, rels)
                   +  + ]
    2157                 :             :     {
    2158                 :             :         UserContext ucxt;
    2159                 :             : 
    2160         [ +  + ]:        2526 :         if (run_as_table_owner)
    2161                 :          36 :             SwitchToUntrustedUser(resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc->rd_rel->relowner,
    2162                 :             :                                   &ucxt);
    2163                 :        2526 :         ExecBSTruncateTriggers(estate, resultRelInfo);
    2164         [ +  + ]:        2526 :         if (run_as_table_owner)
    2165                 :          36 :             RestoreUserContext(&ucxt);
    2166                 :        2526 :         resultRelInfo++;
    2167                 :             :     }
    2168                 :             : 
    2169                 :             :     /*
    2170                 :             :      * OK, truncate each table.
    2171                 :             :      */
    2172                 :        1109 :     mySubid = GetCurrentSubTransactionId();
    2173                 :             : 
    2174   [ +  -  +  +  :        3635 :     foreach(cell, rels)
                   +  + ]
    2175                 :             :     {
    2176                 :        2526 :         Relation    rel = (Relation) lfirst(cell);
    2177                 :             : 
    2178                 :             :         /* Skip partitioned tables as there is nothing to do */
    2179         [ +  + ]:        2526 :         if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    2180                 :         477 :             continue;
    2181                 :             : 
    2182                 :             :         /*
    2183                 :             :          * Build the lists of foreign tables belonging to each foreign server
    2184                 :             :          * and pass each list to the foreign data wrapper's callback function,
    2185                 :             :          * so that each server can truncate its all foreign tables in bulk.
    2186                 :             :          * Each list is saved as a single entry in a hash table that uses the
    2187                 :             :          * server OID as lookup key.
    2188                 :             :          */
    2189         [ +  + ]:        2049 :         if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
    2190                 :          17 :         {
    2191                 :          17 :             Oid         serverid = GetForeignServerIdByRelId(RelationGetRelid(rel));
    2192                 :             :             bool        found;
    2193                 :             :             ForeignTruncateInfo *ft_info;
    2194                 :             : 
    2195                 :             :             /* First time through, initialize hashtable for foreign tables */
    2196         [ +  + ]:          17 :             if (!ft_htab)
    2197                 :             :             {
    2198                 :             :                 HASHCTL     hctl;
    2199                 :             : 
    2200                 :          15 :                 memset(&hctl, 0, sizeof(HASHCTL));
    2201                 :          15 :                 hctl.keysize = sizeof(Oid);
    2202                 :          15 :                 hctl.entrysize = sizeof(ForeignTruncateInfo);
    2203                 :          15 :                 hctl.hcxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
    2204                 :             : 
    2205                 :          15 :                 ft_htab = hash_create("TRUNCATE for Foreign Tables",
    2206                 :             :                                       32,   /* start small and extend */
    2207                 :             :                                       &hctl,
    2208                 :             :                                       HASH_ELEM | HASH_BLOBS | HASH_CONTEXT);
    2209                 :             :             }
    2210                 :             : 
    2211                 :             :             /* Find or create cached entry for the foreign table */
    2212                 :          17 :             ft_info = hash_search(ft_htab, &serverid, HASH_ENTER, &found);
    2213         [ +  + ]:          17 :             if (!found)
    2214                 :          15 :                 ft_info->rels = NIL;
    2215                 :             : 
    2216                 :             :             /*
    2217                 :             :              * Save the foreign table in the entry of the server that the
    2218                 :             :              * foreign table belongs to.
    2219                 :             :              */
    2220                 :          17 :             ft_info->rels = lappend(ft_info->rels, rel);
    2221                 :          17 :             continue;
    2222                 :             :         }
    2223                 :             : 
    2224                 :             :         /*
    2225                 :             :          * Normally, we need a transaction-safe truncation here.  However, if
    2226                 :             :          * the table was either created in the current (sub)transaction or has
    2227                 :             :          * a new relfilenumber in the current (sub)transaction, then we can
    2228                 :             :          * just truncate it in-place, because a rollback would cause the whole
    2229                 :             :          * table or the current physical file to be thrown away anyway.
    2230                 :             :          */
    2231         [ +  + ]:        2032 :         if (rel->rd_createSubid == mySubid ||
    2232         [ +  + ]:        2014 :             rel->rd_newRelfilelocatorSubid == mySubid)
    2233                 :             :         {
    2234                 :             :             /* Immediate, non-rollbackable truncation is OK */
    2235                 :          50 :             heap_truncate_one_rel(rel);
    2236                 :             :         }
    2237                 :             :         else
    2238                 :             :         {
    2239                 :             :             Oid         heap_relid;
    2240                 :             :             Oid         toast_relid;
    2241                 :        1982 :             ReindexParams reindex_params = {0};
    2242                 :             : 
    2243                 :             :             /*
    2244                 :             :              * This effectively deletes all rows in the table, and may be done
    2245                 :             :              * in a serializable transaction.  In that case we must record a
    2246                 :             :              * rw-conflict in to this transaction from each transaction
    2247                 :             :              * holding a predicate lock on the table.
    2248                 :             :              */
    2249                 :        1982 :             CheckTableForSerializableConflictIn(rel);
    2250                 :             : 
    2251                 :             :             /*
    2252                 :             :              * Need the full transaction-safe pushups.
    2253                 :             :              *
    2254                 :             :              * Create a new empty storage file for the relation, and assign it
    2255                 :             :              * as the relfilenumber value. The old storage file is scheduled
    2256                 :             :              * for deletion at commit.
    2257                 :             :              */
    2258                 :        1982 :             RelationSetNewRelfilenumber(rel, rel->rd_rel->relpersistence);
    2259                 :             : 
    2260                 :        1982 :             heap_relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
    2261                 :             : 
    2262                 :             :             /*
    2263                 :             :              * The same for the toast table, if any.
    2264                 :             :              */
    2265                 :        1982 :             toast_relid = rel->rd_rel->reltoastrelid;
    2266         [ +  + ]:        1982 :             if (OidIsValid(toast_relid))
    2267                 :             :             {
    2268                 :        1197 :                 Relation    toastrel = relation_open(toast_relid,
    2269                 :             :                                                      AccessExclusiveLock);
    2270                 :             : 
    2271                 :        1197 :                 RelationSetNewRelfilenumber(toastrel,
    2272                 :        1197 :                                             toastrel->rd_rel->relpersistence);
    2273                 :        1197 :                 table_close(toastrel, NoLock);
    2274                 :             :             }
    2275                 :             : 
    2276                 :             :             /*
    2277                 :             :              * Reconstruct the indexes to match, and we're done.
    2278                 :             :              */
    2279                 :        1982 :             reindex_relation(NULL, heap_relid, REINDEX_REL_PROCESS_TOAST,
    2280                 :             :                              &reindex_params);
    2281                 :             :         }
    2282                 :             : 
    2283                 :        2032 :         pgstat_count_truncate(rel);
    2284                 :             :     }
    2285                 :             : 
    2286                 :             :     /* Now go through the hash table, and truncate foreign tables */
    2287         [ +  + ]:        1109 :     if (ft_htab)
    2288                 :             :     {
    2289                 :             :         ForeignTruncateInfo *ft_info;
    2290                 :             :         HASH_SEQ_STATUS seq;
    2291                 :             : 
    2292                 :          15 :         hash_seq_init(&seq, ft_htab);
    2293                 :             : 
    2294         [ +  + ]:          15 :         PG_TRY();
    2295                 :             :         {
    2296         [ +  + ]:          26 :             while ((ft_info = hash_seq_search(&seq)) != NULL)
    2297                 :             :             {
    2298                 :          15 :                 FdwRoutine *routine = GetFdwRoutineByServerId(ft_info->serverid);
    2299                 :             : 
    2300                 :             :                 /* truncate_check_rel() has checked that already */
    2301                 :             :                 Assert(routine->ExecForeignTruncate != NULL);
    2302                 :             : 
    2303                 :          15 :                 routine->ExecForeignTruncate(ft_info->rels,
    2304                 :             :                                              behavior,
    2305                 :             :                                              restart_seqs);
    2306                 :             :             }
    2307                 :             :         }
    2308                 :           4 :         PG_FINALLY();
    2309                 :             :         {
    2310                 :          15 :             hash_destroy(ft_htab);
    2311                 :             :         }
    2312         [ +  + ]:          15 :         PG_END_TRY();
    2313                 :             :     }
    2314                 :             : 
    2315                 :             :     /*
    2316                 :             :      * Restart owned sequences if we were asked to.
    2317                 :             :      */
    2318   [ +  +  +  +  :        1128 :     foreach(cell, seq_relids)
                   +  + ]
    2319                 :             :     {
    2320                 :          23 :         Oid         seq_relid = lfirst_oid(cell);
    2321                 :             : 
    2322                 :          23 :         ResetSequence(seq_relid);
    2323                 :             :     }
    2324                 :             : 
    2325                 :             :     /*
    2326                 :             :      * Write a WAL record to allow this set of actions to be logically
    2327                 :             :      * decoded.
    2328                 :             :      *
    2329                 :             :      * Assemble an array of relids so we can write a single WAL record for the
    2330                 :             :      * whole action.
    2331                 :             :      */
    2332         [ +  + ]:        1105 :     if (relids_logged != NIL)
    2333                 :             :     {
    2334                 :             :         xl_heap_truncate xlrec;
    2335                 :          33 :         int         i = 0;
    2336                 :             : 
    2337                 :             :         /* should only get here if effective_wal_level is 'logical' */
    2338                 :             :         Assert(XLogLogicalInfoActive());
    2339                 :             : 
    2340                 :          33 :         logrelids = palloc_array(Oid, list_length(relids_logged));
    2341   [ +  -  +  +  :          84 :         foreach(cell, relids_logged)
                   +  + ]
    2342                 :          51 :             logrelids[i++] = lfirst_oid(cell);
    2343                 :             : 
    2344                 :          33 :         xlrec.dbId = MyDatabaseId;
    2345                 :          33 :         xlrec.nrelids = list_length(relids_logged);
    2346                 :          33 :         xlrec.flags = 0;
    2347         [ +  + ]:          33 :         if (behavior == DROP_CASCADE)
    2348                 :           1 :             xlrec.flags |= XLH_TRUNCATE_CASCADE;
    2349         [ +  + ]:          33 :         if (restart_seqs)
    2350                 :           2 :             xlrec.flags |= XLH_TRUNCATE_RESTART_SEQS;
    2351                 :             : 
    2352                 :          33 :         XLogBeginInsert();
    2353                 :          33 :         XLogRegisterData(&xlrec, SizeOfHeapTruncate);
    2354                 :          33 :         XLogRegisterData(logrelids, list_length(relids_logged) * sizeof(Oid));
    2355                 :             : 
    2356                 :          33 :         XLogSetRecordFlags(XLOG_INCLUDE_ORIGIN);
    2357                 :             : 
    2358                 :          33 :         (void) XLogInsert(RM_HEAP_ID, XLOG_HEAP_TRUNCATE);
    2359                 :             :     }
    2360                 :             : 
    2361                 :             :     /*
    2362                 :             :      * Process all AFTER STATEMENT TRUNCATE triggers.
    2363                 :             :      */
    2364                 :        1105 :     resultRelInfo = resultRelInfos;
    2365   [ +  -  +  +  :        3627 :     foreach(cell, rels)
                   +  + ]
    2366                 :             :     {
    2367                 :             :         UserContext ucxt;
    2368                 :             : 
    2369         [ +  + ]:        2522 :         if (run_as_table_owner)
    2370                 :          36 :             SwitchToUntrustedUser(resultRelInfo->ri_RelationDesc->rd_rel->relowner,
    2371                 :             :                                   &ucxt);
    2372                 :        2522 :         ExecASTruncateTriggers(estate, resultRelInfo);
    2373         [ +  + ]:        2522 :         if (run_as_table_owner)
    2374                 :          36 :             RestoreUserContext(&ucxt);
    2375                 :        2522 :         resultRelInfo++;
    2376                 :             :     }
    2377                 :             : 
    2378                 :             :     /* Handle queued AFTER triggers */
    2379                 :        1105 :     AfterTriggerEndQuery(estate);
    2380                 :             : 
    2381                 :             :     /* We can clean up the EState now */
    2382                 :        1105 :     FreeExecutorState(estate);
    2383                 :             : 
    2384                 :             :     /*
    2385                 :             :      * Close any rels opened by CASCADE (can't do this while EState still
    2386                 :             :      * holds refs)
    2387                 :             :      */
    2388                 :        1105 :     rels = list_difference_ptr(rels, explicit_rels);
    2389   [ +  +  +  +  :        1167 :     foreach(cell, rels)
                   +  + ]
    2390                 :             :     {
    2391                 :          62 :         Relation    rel = (Relation) lfirst(cell);
    2392                 :             : 
    2393                 :          62 :         table_close(rel, NoLock);
    2394                 :             :     }
    2395                 :        1105 : }
    2396                 :             : 
    2397                 :             : /*
    2398                 :             :  * Check that a given relation is safe to truncate.  Subroutine for
    2399                 :             :  * ExecuteTruncate() and RangeVarCallbackForTruncate().
    2400                 :             :  */
    2401                 :             : static void
    2402                 :        2711 : truncate_check_rel(Oid relid, Form_pg_class reltuple)
    2403                 :             : {
    2404                 :        2711 :     char       *relname = NameStr(reltuple->relname);
    2405                 :             : 
    2406                 :             :     /*
    2407                 :             :      * Only allow truncate on regular tables, foreign tables using foreign
    2408                 :             :      * data wrappers supporting TRUNCATE and partitioned tables (although, the
    2409                 :             :      * latter are only being included here for the following checks; no
    2410                 :             :      * physical truncation will occur in their case.).
    2411                 :             :      */
    2412         [ +  + ]:        2711 :     if (reltuple->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
    2413                 :             :     {
    2414                 :          19 :         Oid         serverid = GetForeignServerIdByRelId(relid);
    2415                 :          19 :         FdwRoutine *fdwroutine = GetFdwRoutineByServerId(serverid);
    2416                 :             : 
    2417         [ +  + ]:          18 :         if (!fdwroutine->ExecForeignTruncate)
    2418         [ +  - ]:           1 :             ereport(ERROR,
    2419                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    2420                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot truncate foreign table \"%s\"",
    2421                 :             :                             relname)));
    2422                 :             :     }
    2423         [ +  + ]:        2692 :     else if (reltuple->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
    2424         [ -  + ]:         490 :              reltuple->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    2425         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    2426                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    2427                 :             :                  errmsg("\"%s\" is not a table", relname)));
    2428                 :             : 
    2429                 :             :     /*
    2430                 :             :      * Most system catalogs can't be truncated at all, or at least not unless
    2431                 :             :      * allow_system_table_mods=on. As an exception, however, we allow
    2432                 :             :      * pg_largeobject and pg_largeobject_metadata to be truncated as part of
    2433                 :             :      * pg_upgrade, because we need to change its relfilenode to match the old
    2434                 :             :      * cluster, and allowing a TRUNCATE command to be executed is the easiest
    2435                 :             :      * way of doing that. We also allow TRUNCATE on the conflict log tables,
    2436                 :             :      * to permit users to manually prune conflict data to manage disk space.
    2437                 :             :      */
    2438   [ +  +  +  + ]:        2709 :     if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemClass(relid, reltuple) &&
    2439         [ +  + ]:          73 :         !IsConflictLogTableClass(reltuple)
    2440   [ +  +  +  + ]:          65 :         && (!IsBinaryUpgrade ||
    2441         [ -  + ]:          32 :             (relid != LargeObjectRelationId &&
    2442                 :             :              relid != LargeObjectMetadataRelationId)))
    2443         [ +  - ]:           1 :         ereport(ERROR,
    2444                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    2445                 :             :                  errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
    2446                 :             :                         relname)));
    2447                 :             : 
    2448         [ -  + ]:        2708 :     InvokeObjectTruncateHook(relid);
    2449                 :        2708 : }
    2450                 :             : 
    2451                 :             : /*
    2452                 :             :  * Check that current user has the permission to truncate given relation.
    2453                 :             :  */
    2454                 :             : static void
    2455                 :        1492 : truncate_check_perms(Oid relid, Form_pg_class reltuple)
    2456                 :             : {
    2457                 :        1492 :     char       *relname = NameStr(reltuple->relname);
    2458                 :             :     AclResult   aclresult;
    2459                 :             : 
    2460                 :             :     /* Permissions checks */
    2461                 :        1492 :     aclresult = pg_class_aclcheck(relid, GetUserId(), ACL_TRUNCATE);
    2462         [ +  + ]:        1492 :     if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
    2463                 :          20 :         aclcheck_error(aclresult, get_relkind_objtype(reltuple->relkind),
    2464                 :             :                        relname);
    2465                 :        1472 : }
    2466                 :             : 
    2467                 :             : /*
    2468                 :             :  * Set of extra sanity checks to check if a given relation is safe to
    2469                 :             :  * truncate.  This is split with truncate_check_rel() as
    2470                 :             :  * RangeVarCallbackForTruncate() cannot open a Relation yet.
    2471                 :             :  */
    2472                 :             : static void
    2473                 :        2600 : truncate_check_activity(Relation rel)
    2474                 :             : {
    2475                 :             :     /*
    2476                 :             :      * Don't allow truncate on temp tables of other backends ... their local
    2477                 :             :      * buffer manager is not going to cope.
    2478                 :             :      */
    2479   [ +  +  +  + ]:        2600 :     if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(rel))
    2480         [ +  - ]:           1 :         ereport(ERROR,
    2481                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    2482                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot truncate temporary tables of other sessions")));
    2483                 :             : 
    2484                 :             :     /*
    2485                 :             :      * Also check for active uses of the relation in the current transaction,
    2486                 :             :      * including open scans and pending AFTER trigger events.
    2487                 :             :      */
    2488                 :        2599 :     CheckTableNotInUse(rel, "TRUNCATE");
    2489                 :        2595 : }
    2490                 :             : 
    2491                 :             : /*
    2492                 :             :  * storage_name
    2493                 :             :  *    returns the name corresponding to a typstorage/attstorage enum value
    2494                 :             :  */
    2495                 :             : static const char *
    2496                 :          16 : storage_name(char c)
    2497                 :             : {
    2498   [ -  -  +  +  :          16 :     switch (c)
                      - ]
    2499                 :             :     {
    2500                 :           0 :         case TYPSTORAGE_PLAIN:
    2501                 :           0 :             return "PLAIN";
    2502                 :           0 :         case TYPSTORAGE_EXTERNAL:
    2503                 :           0 :             return "EXTERNAL";
    2504                 :           8 :         case TYPSTORAGE_EXTENDED:
    2505                 :           8 :             return "EXTENDED";
    2506                 :           8 :         case TYPSTORAGE_MAIN:
    2507                 :           8 :             return "MAIN";
    2508                 :           0 :         default:
    2509                 :           0 :             return "???";
    2510                 :             :     }
    2511                 :             : }
    2512                 :             : 
    2513                 :             : /*----------
    2514                 :             :  * MergeAttributes
    2515                 :             :  *      Returns new schema given initial schema and superclasses.
    2516                 :             :  *
    2517                 :             :  * Input arguments:
    2518                 :             :  * 'columns' is the column/attribute definition for the table. (It's a list
    2519                 :             :  *      of ColumnDef's.) It is destructively changed.
    2520                 :             :  * 'supers' is a list of OIDs of parent relations, already locked by caller.
    2521                 :             :  * 'relpersistence' is the persistence type of the table.
    2522                 :             :  * 'is_partition' tells if the table is a partition.
    2523                 :             :  *
    2524                 :             :  * Output arguments:
    2525                 :             :  * 'supconstr' receives a list of CookedConstraint representing
    2526                 :             :  *      CHECK constraints belonging to parent relations, updated as
    2527                 :             :  *      necessary to be valid for the child.
    2528                 :             :  * 'supnotnulls' receives a list of CookedConstraint representing
    2529                 :             :  *      not-null constraints based on those from parent relations.
    2530                 :             :  *
    2531                 :             :  * Return value:
    2532                 :             :  * Completed schema list.
    2533                 :             :  *
    2534                 :             :  * Notes:
    2535                 :             :  *    The order in which the attributes are inherited is very important.
    2536                 :             :  *    Intuitively, the inherited attributes should come first. If a table
    2537                 :             :  *    inherits from multiple parents, the order of those attributes are
    2538                 :             :  *    according to the order of the parents specified in CREATE TABLE.
    2539                 :             :  *
    2540                 :             :  *    Here's an example:
    2541                 :             :  *
    2542                 :             :  *      create table person (name text, age int4, location point);
    2543                 :             :  *      create table emp (salary int4, manager text) inherits(person);
    2544                 :             :  *      create table student (gpa float8) inherits (person);
    2545                 :             :  *      create table stud_emp (percent int4) inherits (emp, student);
    2546                 :             :  *
    2547                 :             :  *    The order of the attributes of stud_emp is:
    2548                 :             :  *
    2549                 :             :  *                          person {1:name, 2:age, 3:location}
    2550                 :             :  *                          /    \
    2551                 :             :  *             {6:gpa}  student   emp {4:salary, 5:manager}
    2552                 :             :  *                          \    /
    2553                 :             :  *                         stud_emp {7:percent}
    2554                 :             :  *
    2555                 :             :  *     If the same attribute name appears multiple times, then it appears
    2556                 :             :  *     in the result table in the proper location for its first appearance.
    2557                 :             :  *
    2558                 :             :  *     Constraints (including not-null constraints) for the child table
    2559                 :             :  *     are the union of all relevant constraints, from both the child schema
    2560                 :             :  *     and parent tables.  In addition, in legacy inheritance, each column that
    2561                 :             :  *     appears in a primary key in any of the parents also gets a NOT NULL
    2562                 :             :  *     constraint (partitioning doesn't need this, because the PK itself gets
    2563                 :             :  *     inherited.)
    2564                 :             :  *
    2565                 :             :  *     The default value for a child column is defined as:
    2566                 :             :  *      (1) If the child schema specifies a default, that value is used.
    2567                 :             :  *      (2) If neither the child nor any parent specifies a default, then
    2568                 :             :  *          the column will not have a default.
    2569                 :             :  *      (3) If conflicting defaults are inherited from different parents
    2570                 :             :  *          (and not overridden by the child), an error is raised.
    2571                 :             :  *      (4) Otherwise the inherited default is used.
    2572                 :             :  *
    2573                 :             :  *      Note that the default-value infrastructure is used for generated
    2574                 :             :  *      columns' expressions too, so most of the preceding paragraph applies
    2575                 :             :  *      to generation expressions too.  We insist that a child column be
    2576                 :             :  *      generated if and only if its parent(s) are, but it need not have
    2577                 :             :  *      the same generation expression.
    2578                 :             :  *----------
    2579                 :             :  */
    2580                 :             : static List *
    2581                 :       40836 : MergeAttributes(List *columns, const List *supers, char relpersistence,
    2582                 :             :                 bool is_partition, List **supconstr, List **supnotnulls)
    2583                 :             : {
    2584                 :       40836 :     List       *inh_columns = NIL;
    2585                 :       40836 :     List       *constraints = NIL;
    2586                 :       40836 :     List       *nnconstraints = NIL;
    2587                 :       40836 :     bool        have_bogus_defaults = false;
    2588                 :             :     int         child_attno;
    2589                 :             :     static Node bogus_marker = {0}; /* marks conflicting defaults */
    2590                 :       40836 :     List       *saved_columns = NIL;
    2591                 :             :     ListCell   *lc;
    2592                 :             : 
    2593                 :             :     /*
    2594                 :             :      * Check for and reject tables with too many columns. We perform this
    2595                 :             :      * check relatively early for two reasons: (a) we don't run the risk of
    2596                 :             :      * overflowing an AttrNumber in subsequent code (b) an O(n^2) algorithm is
    2597                 :             :      * okay if we're processing <= 1600 columns, but could take minutes to
    2598                 :             :      * execute if the user attempts to create a table with hundreds of
    2599                 :             :      * thousands of columns.
    2600                 :             :      *
    2601                 :             :      * Note that we also need to check that we do not exceed this figure after
    2602                 :             :      * including columns from inherited relations.
    2603                 :             :      */
    2604         [ -  + ]:       40836 :     if (list_length(columns) > MaxHeapAttributeNumber)
    2605         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    2606                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS),
    2607                 :             :                  errmsg("tables can have at most %d columns",
    2608                 :             :                         MaxHeapAttributeNumber)));
    2609                 :             : 
    2610                 :             :     /*
    2611                 :             :      * Check for duplicate names in the explicit list of attributes.
    2612                 :             :      *
    2613                 :             :      * Although we might consider merging such entries in the same way that we
    2614                 :             :      * handle name conflicts for inherited attributes, it seems to make more
    2615                 :             :      * sense to assume such conflicts are errors.
    2616                 :             :      *
    2617                 :             :      * We don't use foreach() here because we have two nested loops over the
    2618                 :             :      * columns list, with possible element deletions in the inner one.  If we
    2619                 :             :      * used foreach_delete_current() it could only fix up the state of one of
    2620                 :             :      * the loops, so it seems cleaner to use looping over list indexes for
    2621                 :             :      * both loops.  Note that any deletion will happen beyond where the outer
    2622                 :             :      * loop is, so its index never needs adjustment.
    2623                 :             :      */
    2624         [ +  + ]:      190376 :     for (int coldefpos = 0; coldefpos < list_length(columns); coldefpos++)
    2625                 :             :     {
    2626                 :      149556 :         ColumnDef  *coldef = list_nth_node(ColumnDef, columns, coldefpos);
    2627                 :             : 
    2628   [ +  +  +  + ]:      149556 :         if (!is_partition && coldef->typeName == NULL)
    2629                 :             :         {
    2630                 :             :             /*
    2631                 :             :              * Typed table column option that does not belong to a column from
    2632                 :             :              * the type.  This works because the columns from the type come
    2633                 :             :              * first in the list.  (We omit this check for partition column
    2634                 :             :              * lists; those are processed separately below.)
    2635                 :             :              */
    2636         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
    2637                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
    2638                 :             :                      errmsg("column \"%s\" does not exist",
    2639                 :             :                             coldef->colname)));
    2640                 :             :         }
    2641                 :             : 
    2642                 :             :         /* restpos scans all entries beyond coldef; incr is in loop body */
    2643         [ +  + ]:     4106965 :         for (int restpos = coldefpos + 1; restpos < list_length(columns);)
    2644                 :             :         {
    2645                 :     3957425 :             ColumnDef  *restdef = list_nth_node(ColumnDef, columns, restpos);
    2646                 :             : 
    2647         [ +  + ]:     3957425 :             if (strcmp(coldef->colname, restdef->colname) == 0)
    2648                 :             :             {
    2649         [ +  + ]:          33 :                 if (coldef->is_from_type)
    2650                 :             :                 {
    2651                 :             :                     /*
    2652                 :             :                      * merge the column options into the column from the type
    2653                 :             :                      */
    2654                 :          21 :                     coldef->is_not_null = restdef->is_not_null;
    2655                 :          21 :                     coldef->raw_default = restdef->raw_default;
    2656                 :          21 :                     coldef->cooked_default = restdef->cooked_default;
    2657                 :          21 :                     coldef->constraints = restdef->constraints;
    2658                 :          21 :                     coldef->is_from_type = false;
    2659                 :          21 :                     columns = list_delete_nth_cell(columns, restpos);
    2660                 :             :                 }
    2661                 :             :                 else
    2662         [ +  - ]:          12 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    2663                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
    2664                 :             :                              errmsg("column \"%s\" specified more than once",
    2665                 :             :                                     coldef->colname)));
    2666                 :             :             }
    2667                 :             :             else
    2668                 :     3957392 :                 restpos++;
    2669                 :             :         }
    2670                 :             :     }
    2671                 :             : 
    2672                 :             :     /*
    2673                 :             :      * In case of a partition, there are no new column definitions, only dummy
    2674                 :             :      * ColumnDefs created for column constraints.  Set them aside for now and
    2675                 :             :      * process them at the end.
    2676                 :             :      */
    2677         [ +  + ]:       40820 :     if (is_partition)
    2678                 :             :     {
    2679                 :        5968 :         saved_columns = columns;
    2680                 :        5968 :         columns = NIL;
    2681                 :             :     }
    2682                 :             : 
    2683                 :             :     /*
    2684                 :             :      * Scan the parents left-to-right, and merge their attributes to form a
    2685                 :             :      * list of inherited columns (inh_columns).
    2686                 :             :      */
    2687                 :       40820 :     child_attno = 0;
    2688   [ +  +  +  +  :       48398 :     foreach(lc, supers)
                   +  + ]
    2689                 :             :     {
    2690                 :        7638 :         Oid         parent = lfirst_oid(lc);
    2691                 :             :         Relation    relation;
    2692                 :             :         TupleDesc   tupleDesc;
    2693                 :             :         TupleConstr *constr;
    2694                 :             :         AttrMap    *newattmap;
    2695                 :             :         List       *inherited_defaults;
    2696                 :             :         List       *cols_with_defaults;
    2697                 :             :         List       *nnconstrs;
    2698                 :             :         ListCell   *lc1;
    2699                 :             :         ListCell   *lc2;
    2700                 :        7638 :         Bitmapset  *nncols = NULL;
    2701                 :             : 
    2702                 :             :         /* caller already got lock */
    2703                 :        7638 :         relation = table_open(parent, NoLock);
    2704                 :             : 
    2705                 :             :         /*
    2706                 :             :          * Check for active uses of the parent partitioned table in the
    2707                 :             :          * current transaction, such as being used in some manner by an
    2708                 :             :          * enclosing command.
    2709                 :             :          */
    2710         [ +  + ]:        7638 :         if (is_partition)
    2711                 :        5968 :             CheckTableNotInUse(relation, "CREATE TABLE .. PARTITION OF");
    2712                 :             : 
    2713                 :             :         /*
    2714                 :             :          * We do not allow partitioned tables and partitions to participate in
    2715                 :             :          * regular inheritance.
    2716                 :             :          */
    2717   [ +  +  +  + ]:        7634 :         if (relation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE && !is_partition)
    2718         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
    2719                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    2720                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot inherit from partitioned table \"%s\"",
    2721                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
    2722   [ +  +  +  + ]:        7630 :         if (relation->rd_rel->relispartition && !is_partition)
    2723         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
    2724                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    2725                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot inherit from partition \"%s\"",
    2726                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
    2727                 :             : 
    2728                 :             :         /*
    2729                 :             :          * Conflict log tables are managed by the system for logical
    2730                 :             :          * replication and should not be used as parent tables, as inheritance
    2731                 :             :          * could interfere with the logging behavior.
    2732                 :             :          */
    2733         [ +  + ]:        7626 :         if (IsConflictLogTableNamespace(relation->rd_rel->relnamespace))
    2734         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
    2735                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    2736                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot inherit from conflict log table \"%s\"",
    2737                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(relation)),
    2738                 :             :                      errdetail("Conflict log tables are system-managed tables for logical replication conflicts.")));
    2739                 :             : 
    2740         [ +  + ]:        7622 :         if (relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
    2741         [ +  + ]:        5964 :             relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE &&
    2742         [ -  + ]:        5952 :             relation->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    2743         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    2744                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    2745                 :             :                      errmsg("inherited relation \"%s\" is not a table or foreign table",
    2746                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
    2747                 :             : 
    2748                 :             :         /*
    2749                 :             :          * If the parent is permanent, so must be all of its partitions.  Note
    2750                 :             :          * that inheritance allows that case.
    2751                 :             :          */
    2752         [ +  + ]:        7622 :         if (is_partition &&
    2753   [ +  +  +  + ]:        5964 :             relation->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP &&
    2754                 :             :             relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
    2755         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
    2756                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    2757                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot create a temporary relation as partition of permanent relation \"%s\"",
    2758                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
    2759                 :             : 
    2760                 :             :         /* Permanent rels cannot inherit from temporary ones */
    2761         [ +  + ]:        7618 :         if (relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP &&
    2762         [ +  + ]:        7380 :             relation->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
    2763   [ +  -  +  + ]:          16 :             ereport(ERROR,
    2764                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    2765                 :             :                      errmsg(!is_partition
    2766                 :             :                             ? "cannot inherit from temporary relation \"%s\""
    2767                 :             :                             : "cannot create a permanent relation as partition of temporary relation \"%s\"",
    2768                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
    2769                 :             : 
    2770                 :             :         /* If existing rel is temp, it must belong to this session */
    2771   [ +  +  -  + ]:        7602 :         if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(relation))
    2772   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    2773                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    2774                 :             :                      errmsg(!is_partition
    2775                 :             :                             ? "cannot inherit from temporary relation of another session"
    2776                 :             :                             : "cannot create as partition of temporary relation of another session")));
    2777                 :             : 
    2778                 :             :         /*
    2779                 :             :          * We should have an UNDER permission flag for this, but for now,
    2780                 :             :          * demand that creator of a child table own the parent.
    2781                 :             :          */
    2782         [ -  + ]:        7602 :         if (!object_ownercheck(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(relation), GetUserId()))
    2783                 :           0 :             aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(relation->rd_rel->relkind),
    2784                 :           0 :                            RelationGetRelationName(relation));
    2785                 :             : 
    2786                 :        7602 :         tupleDesc = RelationGetDescr(relation);
    2787                 :        7602 :         constr = tupleDesc->constr;
    2788                 :             : 
    2789                 :             :         /*
    2790                 :             :          * newattmap->attnums[] will contain the child-table attribute numbers
    2791                 :             :          * for the attributes of this parent table.  (They are not the same
    2792                 :             :          * for parents after the first one, nor if we have dropped columns.)
    2793                 :             :          */
    2794                 :        7602 :         newattmap = make_attrmap(tupleDesc->natts);
    2795                 :             : 
    2796                 :             :         /* We can't process inherited defaults until newattmap is complete. */
    2797                 :        7602 :         inherited_defaults = cols_with_defaults = NIL;
    2798                 :             : 
    2799                 :             :         /*
    2800                 :             :          * Request attnotnull on columns that have a not-null constraint
    2801                 :             :          * that's not marked NO INHERIT (even if not valid).
    2802                 :             :          */
    2803                 :        7602 :         nnconstrs = RelationGetNotNullConstraints(RelationGetRelid(relation),
    2804                 :             :                                                   true, false);
    2805   [ +  +  +  +  :       16808 :         foreach_ptr(CookedConstraint, cc, nnconstrs)
                   +  + ]
    2806                 :        1604 :             nncols = bms_add_member(nncols, cc->attnum);
    2807                 :             : 
    2808         [ +  + ]:       22214 :         for (AttrNumber parent_attno = 1; parent_attno <= tupleDesc->natts;
    2809                 :       14612 :              parent_attno++)
    2810                 :             :         {
    2811                 :       14636 :             Form_pg_attribute attribute = TupleDescAttr(tupleDesc,
    2812                 :             :                                                         parent_attno - 1);
    2813                 :       14636 :             char       *attributeName = NameStr(attribute->attname);
    2814                 :             :             int         exist_attno;
    2815                 :             :             ColumnDef  *newdef;
    2816                 :             :             ColumnDef  *mergeddef;
    2817                 :             : 
    2818                 :             :             /*
    2819                 :             :              * Ignore dropped columns in the parent.
    2820                 :             :              */
    2821         [ +  + ]:       14636 :             if (attribute->attisdropped)
    2822                 :         132 :                 continue;       /* leave newattmap->attnums entry as zero */
    2823                 :             : 
    2824                 :             :             /*
    2825                 :             :              * Create new column definition
    2826                 :             :              */
    2827                 :       14504 :             newdef = makeColumnDef(attributeName, attribute->atttypid,
    2828                 :             :                                    attribute->atttypmod, attribute->attcollation);
    2829                 :       14504 :             newdef->storage = attribute->attstorage;
    2830                 :       14504 :             newdef->generated = attribute->attgenerated;
    2831         [ +  + ]:       14504 :             if (CompressionMethodIsValid(attribute->attcompression))
    2832                 :          24 :                 newdef->compression =
    2833                 :          24 :                     pstrdup(GetCompressionMethodName(attribute->attcompression));
    2834                 :             : 
    2835                 :             :             /*
    2836                 :             :              * Regular inheritance children are independent enough not to
    2837                 :             :              * inherit identity columns.  But partitions are integral part of
    2838                 :             :              * a partitioned table and inherit identity column.
    2839                 :             :              */
    2840         [ +  + ]:       14504 :             if (is_partition)
    2841                 :       11548 :                 newdef->identity = attribute->attidentity;
    2842                 :             : 
    2843                 :             :             /*
    2844                 :             :              * Does it match some previously considered column from another
    2845                 :             :              * parent?
    2846                 :             :              */
    2847                 :       14504 :             exist_attno = findAttrByName(attributeName, inh_columns);
    2848         [ +  + ]:       14504 :             if (exist_attno > 0)
    2849                 :             :             {
    2850                 :             :                 /*
    2851                 :             :                  * Yes, try to merge the two column definitions.
    2852                 :             :                  */
    2853                 :         253 :                 mergeddef = MergeInheritedAttribute(inh_columns, exist_attno, newdef);
    2854                 :             : 
    2855                 :         229 :                 newattmap->attnums[parent_attno - 1] = exist_attno;
    2856                 :             : 
    2857                 :             :                 /*
    2858                 :             :                  * Partitions have only one parent, so conflict should never
    2859                 :             :                  * occur.
    2860                 :             :                  */
    2861                 :             :                 Assert(!is_partition);
    2862                 :             :             }
    2863                 :             :             else
    2864                 :             :             {
    2865                 :             :                 /*
    2866                 :             :                  * No, create a new inherited column
    2867                 :             :                  */
    2868                 :       14251 :                 newdef->inhcount = 1;
    2869                 :       14251 :                 newdef->is_local = false;
    2870                 :       14251 :                 inh_columns = lappend(inh_columns, newdef);
    2871                 :             : 
    2872                 :       14251 :                 newattmap->attnums[parent_attno - 1] = ++child_attno;
    2873                 :       14251 :                 mergeddef = newdef;
    2874                 :             :             }
    2875                 :             : 
    2876                 :             :             /*
    2877                 :             :              * mark attnotnull if parent has it
    2878                 :             :              */
    2879         [ +  + ]:       14480 :             if (bms_is_member(parent_attno, nncols))
    2880                 :        1604 :                 mergeddef->is_not_null = true;
    2881                 :             : 
    2882                 :             :             /*
    2883                 :             :              * Locate default/generation expression if any
    2884                 :             :              */
    2885         [ +  + ]:       14480 :             if (attribute->atthasdef)
    2886                 :             :             {
    2887                 :             :                 Node       *this_default;
    2888                 :             : 
    2889                 :         462 :                 this_default = TupleDescGetDefault(tupleDesc, parent_attno);
    2890         [ -  + ]:         462 :                 if (this_default == NULL)
    2891         [ #  # ]:           0 :                     elog(ERROR, "default expression not found for attribute %d of relation \"%s\"",
    2892                 :             :                          parent_attno, RelationGetRelationName(relation));
    2893                 :             : 
    2894                 :             :                 /*
    2895                 :             :                  * If it's a GENERATED default, it might contain Vars that
    2896                 :             :                  * need to be mapped to the inherited column(s)' new numbers.
    2897                 :             :                  * We can't do that till newattmap is ready, so just remember
    2898                 :             :                  * all the inherited default expressions for the moment.
    2899                 :             :                  */
    2900                 :         462 :                 inherited_defaults = lappend(inherited_defaults, this_default);
    2901                 :         462 :                 cols_with_defaults = lappend(cols_with_defaults, mergeddef);
    2902                 :             :             }
    2903                 :             :         }
    2904                 :             : 
    2905                 :             :         /*
    2906                 :             :          * Now process any inherited default expressions, adjusting attnos
    2907                 :             :          * using the completed newattmap map.
    2908                 :             :          */
    2909   [ +  +  +  +  :        8040 :         forboth(lc1, inherited_defaults, lc2, cols_with_defaults)
          +  +  +  +  +  
             +  +  -  +  
                      + ]
    2910                 :             :         {
    2911                 :         462 :             Node       *this_default = (Node *) lfirst(lc1);
    2912                 :         462 :             ColumnDef  *def = (ColumnDef *) lfirst(lc2);
    2913                 :             :             bool        found_whole_row;
    2914                 :             : 
    2915                 :             :             /* Adjust Vars to match new table's column numbering */
    2916                 :         462 :             this_default = map_variable_attnos(this_default,
    2917                 :             :                                                1, 0,
    2918                 :             :                                                newattmap,
    2919                 :             :                                                InvalidOid, &found_whole_row);
    2920                 :             : 
    2921                 :             :             /*
    2922                 :             :              * For the moment we have to reject whole-row variables.  We could
    2923                 :             :              * convert them, if we knew the new table's rowtype OID, but that
    2924                 :             :              * hasn't been assigned yet.  (A variable could only appear in a
    2925                 :             :              * generation expression, so the error message is correct.)
    2926                 :             :              */
    2927         [ -  + ]:         462 :             if (found_whole_row)
    2928         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    2929                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    2930                 :             :                          errmsg("cannot convert whole-row table reference"),
    2931                 :             :                          errdetail("Generation expression for column \"%s\" contains a whole-row reference to table \"%s\".",
    2932                 :             :                                    def->colname,
    2933                 :             :                                    RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
    2934                 :             : 
    2935                 :             :             /*
    2936                 :             :              * If we already had a default from some prior parent, check to
    2937                 :             :              * see if they are the same.  If so, no problem; if not, mark the
    2938                 :             :              * column as having a bogus default.  Below, we will complain if
    2939                 :             :              * the bogus default isn't overridden by the child columns.
    2940                 :             :              */
    2941                 :             :             Assert(def->raw_default == NULL);
    2942         [ +  + ]:         462 :             if (def->cooked_default == NULL)
    2943                 :         434 :                 def->cooked_default = this_default;
    2944         [ +  + ]:          28 :             else if (!equal(def->cooked_default, this_default))
    2945                 :             :             {
    2946                 :          24 :                 def->cooked_default = &bogus_marker;
    2947                 :          24 :                 have_bogus_defaults = true;
    2948                 :             :             }
    2949                 :             :         }
    2950                 :             : 
    2951                 :             :         /*
    2952                 :             :          * Now copy the CHECK constraints of this parent, adjusting attnos
    2953                 :             :          * using the completed newattmap map.  Identically named constraints
    2954                 :             :          * are merged if possible, else we throw error.
    2955                 :             :          */
    2956   [ +  +  +  + ]:        7578 :         if (constr && constr->num_check > 0)
    2957                 :             :         {
    2958                 :         281 :             ConstrCheck *check = constr->check;
    2959                 :             : 
    2960         [ +  + ]:         842 :             for (int i = 0; i < constr->num_check; i++)
    2961                 :             :             {
    2962                 :         561 :                 char       *name = check[i].ccname;
    2963                 :             :                 Node       *expr;
    2964                 :             :                 bool        found_whole_row;
    2965                 :             : 
    2966                 :             :                 /* ignore if the constraint is non-inheritable */
    2967         [ +  + ]:         561 :                 if (check[i].ccnoinherit)
    2968                 :          32 :                     continue;
    2969                 :             : 
    2970                 :             :                 /* Adjust Vars to match new table's column numbering */
    2971                 :         529 :                 expr = map_variable_attnos(stringToNode(check[i].ccbin),
    2972                 :             :                                            1, 0,
    2973                 :             :                                            newattmap,
    2974                 :             :                                            InvalidOid, &found_whole_row);
    2975                 :             : 
    2976                 :             :                 /*
    2977                 :             :                  * For the moment we have to reject whole-row variables. We
    2978                 :             :                  * could convert them, if we knew the new table's rowtype OID,
    2979                 :             :                  * but that hasn't been assigned yet.
    2980                 :             :                  */
    2981         [ -  + ]:         529 :                 if (found_whole_row)
    2982         [ #  # ]:           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    2983                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    2984                 :             :                              errmsg("cannot convert whole-row table reference"),
    2985                 :             :                              errdetail("Constraint \"%s\" contains a whole-row reference to table \"%s\".",
    2986                 :             :                                        name,
    2987                 :             :                                        RelationGetRelationName(relation))));
    2988                 :             : 
    2989                 :         529 :                 constraints = MergeCheckConstraint(constraints, name, expr,
    2990                 :         529 :                                                    check[i].ccenforced);
    2991                 :             :             }
    2992                 :             :         }
    2993                 :             : 
    2994                 :             :         /*
    2995                 :             :          * Also copy the not-null constraints from this parent.  The
    2996                 :             :          * attnotnull markings were already installed above.
    2997                 :             :          */
    2998   [ +  +  +  +  :       16760 :         foreach_ptr(CookedConstraint, nn, nnconstrs)
                   +  + ]
    2999                 :             :         {
    3000                 :             :             Assert(nn->contype == CONSTR_NOTNULL);
    3001                 :             : 
    3002                 :        1604 :             nn->attnum = newattmap->attnums[nn->attnum - 1];
    3003                 :             : 
    3004                 :        1604 :             nnconstraints = lappend(nnconstraints, nn);
    3005                 :             :         }
    3006                 :             : 
    3007                 :        7578 :         free_attrmap(newattmap);
    3008                 :             : 
    3009                 :             :         /*
    3010                 :             :          * Close the parent rel, but keep our lock on it until xact commit.
    3011                 :             :          * That will prevent someone else from deleting or ALTERing the parent
    3012                 :             :          * before the child is committed.
    3013                 :             :          */
    3014                 :        7578 :         table_close(relation, NoLock);
    3015                 :             :     }
    3016                 :             : 
    3017                 :             :     /*
    3018                 :             :      * If we had no inherited attributes, the result columns are just the
    3019                 :             :      * explicitly declared columns.  Otherwise, we need to merge the declared
    3020                 :             :      * columns into the inherited column list.  Although, we never have any
    3021                 :             :      * explicitly declared columns if the table is a partition.
    3022                 :             :      */
    3023         [ +  + ]:       40760 :     if (inh_columns != NIL)
    3024                 :             :     {
    3025                 :        7280 :         int         newcol_attno = 0;
    3026                 :             : 
    3027   [ +  +  +  +  :        7928 :         foreach(lc, columns)
                   +  + ]
    3028                 :             :         {
    3029                 :         700 :             ColumnDef  *newdef = lfirst_node(ColumnDef, lc);
    3030                 :         700 :             char       *attributeName = newdef->colname;
    3031                 :             :             int         exist_attno;
    3032                 :             : 
    3033                 :             :             /*
    3034                 :             :              * Partitions have only one parent and have no column definitions
    3035                 :             :              * of their own, so conflict should never occur.
    3036                 :             :              */
    3037                 :             :             Assert(!is_partition);
    3038                 :             : 
    3039                 :         700 :             newcol_attno++;
    3040                 :             : 
    3041                 :             :             /*
    3042                 :             :              * Does it match some inherited column?
    3043                 :             :              */
    3044                 :         700 :             exist_attno = findAttrByName(attributeName, inh_columns);
    3045         [ +  + ]:         700 :             if (exist_attno > 0)
    3046                 :             :             {
    3047                 :             :                 /*
    3048                 :             :                  * Yes, try to merge the two column definitions.
    3049                 :             :                  */
    3050                 :         251 :                 MergeChildAttribute(inh_columns, exist_attno, newcol_attno, newdef);
    3051                 :             :             }
    3052                 :             :             else
    3053                 :             :             {
    3054                 :             :                 /*
    3055                 :             :                  * No, attach new column unchanged to result columns.
    3056                 :             :                  */
    3057                 :         449 :                 inh_columns = lappend(inh_columns, newdef);
    3058                 :             :             }
    3059                 :             :         }
    3060                 :             : 
    3061                 :        7228 :         columns = inh_columns;
    3062                 :             : 
    3063                 :             :         /*
    3064                 :             :          * Check that we haven't exceeded the legal # of columns after merging
    3065                 :             :          * in inherited columns.
    3066                 :             :          */
    3067         [ -  + ]:        7228 :         if (list_length(columns) > MaxHeapAttributeNumber)
    3068         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    3069                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS),
    3070                 :             :                      errmsg("tables can have at most %d columns",
    3071                 :             :                             MaxHeapAttributeNumber)));
    3072                 :             :     }
    3073                 :             : 
    3074                 :             :     /*
    3075                 :             :      * Now that we have the column definition list for a partition, we can
    3076                 :             :      * check whether the columns referenced in the column constraint specs
    3077                 :             :      * actually exist.  Also, merge column defaults.
    3078                 :             :      */
    3079         [ +  + ]:       40708 :     if (is_partition)
    3080                 :             :     {
    3081   [ +  +  +  +  :        6075 :         foreach(lc, saved_columns)
                   +  + ]
    3082                 :             :         {
    3083                 :         151 :             ColumnDef  *restdef = lfirst(lc);
    3084                 :         151 :             bool        found = false;
    3085                 :             :             ListCell   *l;
    3086                 :             : 
    3087   [ +  -  +  +  :         549 :             foreach(l, columns)
                   +  + ]
    3088                 :             :             {
    3089                 :         422 :                 ColumnDef  *coldef = lfirst(l);
    3090                 :             : 
    3091         [ +  + ]:         422 :                 if (strcmp(coldef->colname, restdef->colname) == 0)
    3092                 :             :                 {
    3093                 :         151 :                     found = true;
    3094                 :             : 
    3095                 :             :                     /*
    3096                 :             :                      * Check for conflicts related to generated columns.
    3097                 :             :                      *
    3098                 :             :                      * Same rules as above: generated-ness has to match the
    3099                 :             :                      * parent, but the contents of the generation expression
    3100                 :             :                      * can be different.
    3101                 :             :                      */
    3102         [ +  + ]:         151 :                     if (coldef->generated)
    3103                 :             :                     {
    3104   [ +  -  +  + ]:          80 :                         if (restdef->raw_default && !restdef->generated)
    3105         [ +  - ]:           8 :                             ereport(ERROR,
    3106                 :             :                                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
    3107                 :             :                                      errmsg("column \"%s\" inherits from generated column but specifies default",
    3108                 :             :                                             restdef->colname)));
    3109         [ -  + ]:          72 :                         if (restdef->identity)
    3110         [ #  # ]:           0 :                             ereport(ERROR,
    3111                 :             :                                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
    3112                 :             :                                      errmsg("column \"%s\" inherits from generated column but specifies identity",
    3113                 :             :                                             restdef->colname)));
    3114                 :             :                     }
    3115                 :             :                     else
    3116                 :             :                     {
    3117         [ +  + ]:          71 :                         if (restdef->generated)
    3118         [ +  - ]:           8 :                             ereport(ERROR,
    3119                 :             :                                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
    3120                 :             :                                      errmsg("child column \"%s\" specifies generation expression",
    3121                 :             :                                             restdef->colname),
    3122                 :             :                                      errhint("A child table column cannot be generated unless its parent column is.")));
    3123                 :             :                     }
    3124                 :             : 
    3125   [ +  +  +  -  :         135 :                     if (coldef->generated && restdef->generated && coldef->generated != restdef->generated)
                   +  + ]
    3126   [ +  -  +  +  :           8 :                         ereport(ERROR,
                   +  + ]
    3127                 :             :                                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
    3128                 :             :                                  errmsg("column \"%s\" inherits from generated column of different kind",
    3129                 :             :                                         restdef->colname),
    3130                 :             :                                  errdetail("Parent column is %s, child column is %s.",
    3131                 :             :                                            coldef->generated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_STORED ? "STORED" : "VIRTUAL",
    3132                 :             :                                            restdef->generated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_STORED ? "STORED" : "VIRTUAL")));
    3133                 :             : 
    3134                 :             :                     /*
    3135                 :             :                      * Override the parent's default value for this column
    3136                 :             :                      * (coldef->cooked_default) with the partition's local
    3137                 :             :                      * definition (restdef->raw_default), if there's one. It
    3138                 :             :                      * should be physically impossible to get a cooked default
    3139                 :             :                      * in the local definition or a raw default in the
    3140                 :             :                      * inherited definition, but make sure they're nulls, for
    3141                 :             :                      * future-proofing.
    3142                 :             :                      */
    3143                 :             :                     Assert(restdef->cooked_default == NULL);
    3144                 :             :                     Assert(coldef->raw_default == NULL);
    3145         [ +  + ]:         127 :                     if (restdef->raw_default)
    3146                 :             :                     {
    3147                 :          79 :                         coldef->raw_default = restdef->raw_default;
    3148                 :          79 :                         coldef->cooked_default = NULL;
    3149                 :             :                     }
    3150                 :             :                 }
    3151                 :             :             }
    3152                 :             : 
    3153                 :             :             /* complain for constraints on columns not in parent */
    3154         [ -  + ]:         127 :             if (!found)
    3155         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    3156                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
    3157                 :             :                          errmsg("column \"%s\" does not exist",
    3158                 :             :                                 restdef->colname)));
    3159                 :             :         }
    3160                 :             :     }
    3161                 :             : 
    3162                 :             :     /*
    3163                 :             :      * If we found any conflicting parent default values, check to make sure
    3164                 :             :      * they were overridden by the child.
    3165                 :             :      */
    3166         [ +  + ]:       40684 :     if (have_bogus_defaults)
    3167                 :             :     {
    3168   [ +  -  +  +  :          60 :         foreach(lc, columns)
                   +  + ]
    3169                 :             :         {
    3170                 :          48 :             ColumnDef  *def = lfirst(lc);
    3171                 :             : 
    3172         [ +  + ]:          48 :             if (def->cooked_default == &bogus_marker)
    3173                 :             :             {
    3174         [ +  + ]:          12 :                 if (def->generated)
    3175         [ +  - ]:           8 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    3176                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
    3177                 :             :                              errmsg("column \"%s\" inherits conflicting generation expressions",
    3178                 :             :                                     def->colname),
    3179                 :             :                              errhint("To resolve the conflict, specify a generation expression explicitly.")));
    3180                 :             :                 else
    3181         [ +  - ]:           4 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    3182                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
    3183                 :             :                              errmsg("column \"%s\" inherits conflicting default values",
    3184                 :             :                                     def->colname),
    3185                 :             :                              errhint("To resolve the conflict, specify a default explicitly.")));
    3186                 :             :             }
    3187                 :             :         }
    3188                 :             :     }
    3189                 :             : 
    3190                 :       40672 :     *supconstr = constraints;
    3191                 :       40672 :     *supnotnulls = nnconstraints;
    3192                 :             : 
    3193                 :       40672 :     return columns;
    3194                 :             : }
    3195                 :             : 
    3196                 :             : 
    3197                 :             : /*
    3198                 :             :  * MergeCheckConstraint
    3199                 :             :  *      Try to merge an inherited CHECK constraint with previous ones
    3200                 :             :  *
    3201                 :             :  * If we inherit identically-named constraints from multiple parents, we must
    3202                 :             :  * merge them, or throw an error if they don't have identical definitions.
    3203                 :             :  *
    3204                 :             :  * constraints is a list of CookedConstraint structs for previous constraints.
    3205                 :             :  *
    3206                 :             :  * If the new constraint matches an existing one, then the existing
    3207                 :             :  * constraint's inheritance count is updated.  If there is a conflict (same
    3208                 :             :  * name but different expression), throw an error.  If the constraint neither
    3209                 :             :  * matches nor conflicts with an existing one, a new constraint is appended to
    3210                 :             :  * the list.
    3211                 :             :  */
    3212                 :             : static List *
    3213                 :         529 : MergeCheckConstraint(List *constraints, const char *name, Node *expr, bool is_enforced)
    3214                 :             : {
    3215                 :             :     ListCell   *lc;
    3216                 :             :     CookedConstraint *newcon;
    3217                 :             : 
    3218   [ +  +  +  +  :        1557 :     foreach(lc, constraints)
                   +  + ]
    3219                 :             :     {
    3220                 :        1136 :         CookedConstraint *ccon = (CookedConstraint *) lfirst(lc);
    3221                 :             : 
    3222                 :             :         Assert(ccon->contype == CONSTR_CHECK);
    3223                 :             : 
    3224                 :             :         /* Non-matching names never conflict */
    3225         [ +  + ]:        1136 :         if (strcmp(ccon->name, name) != 0)
    3226                 :        1028 :             continue;
    3227                 :             : 
    3228         [ +  - ]:         108 :         if (equal(expr, ccon->expr))
    3229                 :             :         {
    3230                 :             :             /* OK to merge constraint with existing */
    3231         [ -  + ]:         108 :             if (pg_add_s16_overflow(ccon->inhcount, 1,
    3232                 :             :                                     &ccon->inhcount))
    3233         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    3234                 :             :                         errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
    3235                 :             :                         errmsg("too many inheritance parents"));
    3236                 :             : 
    3237                 :             :             /*
    3238                 :             :              * When enforceability differs, the merged constraint should be
    3239                 :             :              * marked as ENFORCED because one of the parents is ENFORCED.
    3240                 :             :              */
    3241   [ +  +  +  + ]:         108 :             if (!ccon->is_enforced && is_enforced)
    3242                 :             :             {
    3243                 :          32 :                 ccon->is_enforced = true;
    3244                 :          32 :                 ccon->skip_validation = false;
    3245                 :             :             }
    3246                 :             : 
    3247                 :         108 :             return constraints;
    3248                 :             :         }
    3249                 :             : 
    3250         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    3251                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
    3252                 :             :                  errmsg("check constraint name \"%s\" appears multiple times but with different expressions",
    3253                 :             :                         name)));
    3254                 :             :     }
    3255                 :             : 
    3256                 :             :     /*
    3257                 :             :      * Constraint couldn't be merged with an existing one and also didn't
    3258                 :             :      * conflict with an existing one, so add it as a new one to the list.
    3259                 :             :      */
    3260                 :         421 :     newcon = palloc0_object(CookedConstraint);
    3261                 :         421 :     newcon->contype = CONSTR_CHECK;
    3262                 :         421 :     newcon->name = pstrdup(name);
    3263                 :         421 :     newcon->expr = expr;
    3264                 :         421 :     newcon->inhcount = 1;
    3265                 :         421 :     newcon->is_enforced = is_enforced;
    3266                 :         421 :     newcon->skip_validation = !is_enforced;
    3267                 :         421 :     return lappend(constraints, newcon);
    3268                 :             : }
    3269                 :             : 
    3270                 :             : /*
    3271                 :             :  * MergeChildAttribute
    3272                 :             :  *      Merge given child attribute definition into given inherited attribute.
    3273                 :             :  *
    3274                 :             :  * Input arguments:
    3275                 :             :  * 'inh_columns' is the list of inherited ColumnDefs.
    3276                 :             :  * 'exist_attno' is the number of the inherited attribute in inh_columns
    3277                 :             :  * 'newcol_attno' is the attribute number in child table's schema definition
    3278                 :             :  * 'newdef' is the column/attribute definition from the child table.
    3279                 :             :  *
    3280                 :             :  * The ColumnDef in 'inh_columns' list is modified.  The child attribute's
    3281                 :             :  * ColumnDef remains unchanged.
    3282                 :             :  *
    3283                 :             :  * Notes:
    3284                 :             :  * - The attribute is merged according to the rules laid out in the prologue
    3285                 :             :  *   of MergeAttributes().
    3286                 :             :  * - If matching inherited attribute exists but the child attribute can not be
    3287                 :             :  *   merged into it, the function throws respective errors.
    3288                 :             :  * - A partition can not have its own column definitions. Hence this function
    3289                 :             :  *   is applicable only to a regular inheritance child.
    3290                 :             :  */
    3291                 :             : static void
    3292                 :         251 : MergeChildAttribute(List *inh_columns, int exist_attno, int newcol_attno, const ColumnDef *newdef)
    3293                 :             : {
    3294                 :         251 :     char       *attributeName = newdef->colname;
    3295                 :             :     ColumnDef  *inhdef;
    3296                 :             :     Oid         inhtypeid,
    3297                 :             :                 newtypeid;
    3298                 :             :     int32       inhtypmod,
    3299                 :             :                 newtypmod;
    3300                 :             :     Oid         inhcollid,
    3301                 :             :                 newcollid;
    3302                 :             : 
    3303         [ +  + ]:         251 :     if (exist_attno == newcol_attno)
    3304         [ +  - ]:         229 :         ereport(NOTICE,
    3305                 :             :                 (errmsg("merging column \"%s\" with inherited definition",
    3306                 :             :                         attributeName)));
    3307                 :             :     else
    3308         [ +  - ]:          22 :         ereport(NOTICE,
    3309                 :             :                 (errmsg("moving and merging column \"%s\" with inherited definition", attributeName),
    3310                 :             :                  errdetail("User-specified column moved to the position of the inherited column.")));
    3311                 :             : 
    3312                 :         251 :     inhdef = list_nth_node(ColumnDef, inh_columns, exist_attno - 1);
    3313                 :             : 
    3314                 :             :     /*
    3315                 :             :      * Must have the same type and typmod
    3316                 :             :      */
    3317                 :         251 :     typenameTypeIdAndMod(NULL, inhdef->typeName, &inhtypeid, &inhtypmod);
    3318                 :         251 :     typenameTypeIdAndMod(NULL, newdef->typeName, &newtypeid, &newtypmod);
    3319   [ +  +  +  + ]:         251 :     if (inhtypeid != newtypeid || inhtypmod != newtypmod)
    3320         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
    3321                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
    3322                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" has a type conflict",
    3323                 :             :                         attributeName),
    3324                 :             :                  errdetail("%s versus %s",
    3325                 :             :                            format_type_with_typemod(inhtypeid, inhtypmod),
    3326                 :             :                            format_type_with_typemod(newtypeid, newtypmod))));
    3327                 :             : 
    3328                 :             :     /*
    3329                 :             :      * Must have the same collation
    3330                 :             :      */
    3331                 :         243 :     inhcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, inhdef, inhtypeid);
    3332                 :         243 :     newcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, newdef, newtypeid);
    3333         [ +  + ]:         243 :     if (inhcollid != newcollid)
    3334         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    3335                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_COLLATION_MISMATCH),
    3336                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" has a collation conflict",
    3337                 :             :                         attributeName),
    3338                 :             :                  errdetail("\"%s\" versus \"%s\"",
    3339                 :             :                            get_collation_name(inhcollid),
    3340                 :             :                            get_collation_name(newcollid))));
    3341                 :             : 
    3342                 :             :     /*
    3343                 :             :      * Identity is never inherited by a regular inheritance child. Pick
    3344                 :             :      * child's identity definition if there's one.
    3345                 :             :      */
    3346                 :         239 :     inhdef->identity = newdef->identity;
    3347                 :             : 
    3348                 :             :     /*
    3349                 :             :      * Copy storage parameter
    3350                 :             :      */
    3351         [ -  + ]:         239 :     if (inhdef->storage == 0)
    3352                 :           0 :         inhdef->storage = newdef->storage;
    3353   [ +  +  +  + ]:         239 :     else if (newdef->storage != 0 && inhdef->storage != newdef->storage)
    3354         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    3355                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
    3356                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" has a storage parameter conflict",
    3357                 :             :                         attributeName),
    3358                 :             :                  errdetail("%s versus %s",
    3359                 :             :                            storage_name(inhdef->storage),
    3360                 :             :                            storage_name(newdef->storage))));
    3361                 :             : 
    3362                 :             :     /*
    3363                 :             :      * Copy compression parameter
    3364                 :             :      */
    3365         [ +  + ]:         235 :     if (inhdef->compression == NULL)
    3366                 :         231 :         inhdef->compression = newdef->compression;
    3367         [ +  - ]:           4 :     else if (newdef->compression != NULL)
    3368                 :             :     {
    3369         [ +  - ]:           4 :         if (strcmp(inhdef->compression, newdef->compression) != 0)
    3370         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
    3371                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
    3372                 :             :                      errmsg("column \"%s\" has a compression method conflict",
    3373                 :             :                             attributeName),
    3374                 :             :                      errdetail("%s versus %s", inhdef->compression, newdef->compression)));
    3375                 :             :     }
    3376                 :             : 
    3377                 :             :     /*
    3378                 :             :      * Merge of not-null constraints = OR 'em together
    3379                 :             :      */
    3380                 :         231 :     inhdef->is_not_null |= newdef->is_not_null;
    3381                 :             : 
    3382                 :             :     /*
    3383                 :             :      * Check for conflicts related to generated columns.
    3384                 :             :      *
    3385                 :             :      * If the parent column is generated, the child column will be made a
    3386                 :             :      * generated column if it isn't already.  If it is a generated column,
    3387                 :             :      * we'll take its generation expression in preference to the parent's.  We
    3388                 :             :      * must check that the child column doesn't specify a default value or
    3389                 :             :      * identity, which matches the rules for a single column in
    3390                 :             :      * parse_utilcmd.c.
    3391                 :             :      *
    3392                 :             :      * Conversely, if the parent column is not generated, the child column
    3393                 :             :      * can't be either.  (We used to allow that, but it results in being able
    3394                 :             :      * to override the generation expression via UPDATEs through the parent.)
    3395                 :             :      */
    3396         [ +  + ]:         231 :     if (inhdef->generated)
    3397                 :             :     {
    3398   [ +  +  +  + ]:          41 :         if (newdef->raw_default && !newdef->generated)
    3399         [ +  - ]:           8 :             ereport(ERROR,
    3400                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
    3401                 :             :                      errmsg("column \"%s\" inherits from generated column but specifies default",
    3402                 :             :                             inhdef->colname)));
    3403         [ +  + ]:          33 :         if (newdef->identity)
    3404         [ +  - ]:           8 :             ereport(ERROR,
    3405                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
    3406                 :             :                      errmsg("column \"%s\" inherits from generated column but specifies identity",
    3407                 :             :                             inhdef->colname)));
    3408                 :             :     }
    3409                 :             :     else
    3410                 :             :     {
    3411         [ +  + ]:         190 :         if (newdef->generated)
    3412         [ +  - ]:           8 :             ereport(ERROR,
    3413                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
    3414                 :             :                      errmsg("child column \"%s\" specifies generation expression",
    3415                 :             :                             inhdef->colname),
    3416                 :             :                      errhint("A child table column cannot be generated unless its parent column is.")));
    3417                 :             :     }
    3418                 :             : 
    3419   [ +  +  +  +  :         207 :     if (inhdef->generated && newdef->generated && newdef->generated != inhdef->generated)
                   +  + ]
    3420   [ +  -  +  +  :           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
                   +  + ]
    3421                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
    3422                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" inherits from generated column of different kind",
    3423                 :             :                         inhdef->colname),
    3424                 :             :                  errdetail("Parent column is %s, child column is %s.",
    3425                 :             :                            inhdef->generated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_STORED ? "STORED" : "VIRTUAL",
    3426                 :             :                            newdef->generated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_STORED ? "STORED" : "VIRTUAL")));
    3427                 :             : 
    3428                 :             :     /*
    3429                 :             :      * If new def has a default, override previous default
    3430                 :             :      */
    3431         [ +  + ]:         199 :     if (newdef->raw_default != NULL)
    3432                 :             :     {
    3433                 :          20 :         inhdef->raw_default = newdef->raw_default;
    3434                 :          20 :         inhdef->cooked_default = newdef->cooked_default;
    3435                 :             :     }
    3436                 :             : 
    3437                 :             :     /* Mark the column as locally defined */
    3438                 :         199 :     inhdef->is_local = true;
    3439                 :         199 : }
    3440                 :             : 
    3441                 :             : /*
    3442                 :             :  * MergeInheritedAttribute
    3443                 :             :  *      Merge given parent attribute definition into specified attribute
    3444                 :             :  *      inherited from the previous parents.
    3445                 :             :  *
    3446                 :             :  * Input arguments:
    3447                 :             :  * 'inh_columns' is the list of previously inherited ColumnDefs.
    3448                 :             :  * 'exist_attno' is the number the existing matching attribute in inh_columns.
    3449                 :             :  * 'newdef' is the new parent column/attribute definition to be merged.
    3450                 :             :  *
    3451                 :             :  * The matching ColumnDef in 'inh_columns' list is modified and returned.
    3452                 :             :  *
    3453                 :             :  * Notes:
    3454                 :             :  * - The attribute is merged according to the rules laid out in the prologue
    3455                 :             :  *   of MergeAttributes().
    3456                 :             :  * - If matching inherited attribute exists but the new attribute can not be
    3457                 :             :  *   merged into it, the function throws respective errors.
    3458                 :             :  * - A partition inherits from only a single parent. Hence this function is
    3459                 :             :  *   applicable only to a regular inheritance.
    3460                 :             :  */
    3461                 :             : static ColumnDef *
    3462                 :         253 : MergeInheritedAttribute(List *inh_columns,
    3463                 :             :                         int exist_attno,
    3464                 :             :                         const ColumnDef *newdef)
    3465                 :             : {
    3466                 :         253 :     char       *attributeName = newdef->colname;
    3467                 :             :     ColumnDef  *prevdef;
    3468                 :             :     Oid         prevtypeid,
    3469                 :             :                 newtypeid;
    3470                 :             :     int32       prevtypmod,
    3471                 :             :                 newtypmod;
    3472                 :             :     Oid         prevcollid,
    3473                 :             :                 newcollid;
    3474                 :             : 
    3475         [ +  - ]:         253 :     ereport(NOTICE,
    3476                 :             :             (errmsg("merging multiple inherited definitions of column \"%s\"",
    3477                 :             :                     attributeName)));
    3478                 :         253 :     prevdef = list_nth_node(ColumnDef, inh_columns, exist_attno - 1);
    3479                 :             : 
    3480                 :             :     /*
    3481                 :             :      * Must have the same type and typmod
    3482                 :             :      */
    3483                 :         253 :     typenameTypeIdAndMod(NULL, prevdef->typeName, &prevtypeid, &prevtypmod);
    3484                 :         253 :     typenameTypeIdAndMod(NULL, newdef->typeName, &newtypeid, &newtypmod);
    3485   [ +  -  -  + ]:         253 :     if (prevtypeid != newtypeid || prevtypmod != newtypmod)
    3486         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    3487                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
    3488                 :             :                  errmsg("inherited column \"%s\" has a type conflict",
    3489                 :             :                         attributeName),
    3490                 :             :                  errdetail("%s versus %s",
    3491                 :             :                            format_type_with_typemod(prevtypeid, prevtypmod),
    3492                 :             :                            format_type_with_typemod(newtypeid, newtypmod))));
    3493                 :             : 
    3494                 :             :     /*
    3495                 :             :      * Must have the same collation
    3496                 :             :      */
    3497                 :         253 :     prevcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, prevdef, prevtypeid);
    3498                 :         253 :     newcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, newdef, newtypeid);
    3499         [ -  + ]:         253 :     if (prevcollid != newcollid)
    3500         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    3501                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_COLLATION_MISMATCH),
    3502                 :             :                  errmsg("inherited column \"%s\" has a collation conflict",
    3503                 :             :                         attributeName),
    3504                 :             :                  errdetail("\"%s\" versus \"%s\"",
    3505                 :             :                            get_collation_name(prevcollid),
    3506                 :             :                            get_collation_name(newcollid))));
    3507                 :             : 
    3508                 :             :     /*
    3509                 :             :      * Copy/check storage parameter
    3510                 :             :      */
    3511         [ -  + ]:         253 :     if (prevdef->storage == 0)
    3512                 :           0 :         prevdef->storage = newdef->storage;
    3513         [ +  + ]:         253 :     else if (prevdef->storage != newdef->storage)
    3514         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    3515                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
    3516                 :             :                  errmsg("inherited column \"%s\" has a storage parameter conflict",
    3517                 :             :                         attributeName),
    3518                 :             :                  errdetail("%s versus %s",
    3519                 :             :                            storage_name(prevdef->storage),
    3520                 :             :                            storage_name(newdef->storage))));
    3521                 :             : 
    3522                 :             :     /*
    3523                 :             :      * Copy/check compression parameter
    3524                 :             :      */
    3525         [ +  + ]:         249 :     if (prevdef->compression == NULL)
    3526                 :         237 :         prevdef->compression = newdef->compression;
    3527         [ +  + ]:          12 :     else if (newdef->compression != NULL)
    3528                 :             :     {
    3529         [ +  - ]:           4 :         if (strcmp(prevdef->compression, newdef->compression) != 0)
    3530         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
    3531                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
    3532                 :             :                      errmsg("column \"%s\" has a compression method conflict",
    3533                 :             :                             attributeName),
    3534                 :             :                      errdetail("%s versus %s",
    3535                 :             :                                prevdef->compression, newdef->compression)));
    3536                 :             :     }
    3537                 :             : 
    3538                 :             :     /*
    3539                 :             :      * Check for GENERATED conflicts
    3540                 :             :      */
    3541         [ +  + ]:         245 :     if (prevdef->generated != newdef->generated)
    3542         [ +  - ]:          16 :         ereport(ERROR,
    3543                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
    3544                 :             :                  errmsg("inherited column \"%s\" has a generation conflict",
    3545                 :             :                         attributeName)));
    3546                 :             : 
    3547                 :             :     /*
    3548                 :             :      * Default and other constraints are handled by the caller.
    3549                 :             :      */
    3550                 :             : 
    3551         [ -  + ]:         229 :     if (pg_add_s16_overflow(prevdef->inhcount, 1,
    3552                 :             :                             &prevdef->inhcount))
    3553         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    3554                 :             :                 errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
    3555                 :             :                 errmsg("too many inheritance parents"));
    3556                 :             : 
    3557                 :         229 :     return prevdef;
    3558                 :             : }
    3559                 :             : 
    3560                 :             : /*
    3561                 :             :  * StoreCatalogInheritance
    3562                 :             :  *      Updates the system catalogs with proper inheritance information.
    3563                 :             :  *
    3564                 :             :  * supers is a list of the OIDs of the new relation's direct ancestors.
    3565                 :             :  */
    3566                 :             : static void
    3567                 :       40227 : StoreCatalogInheritance(Oid relationId, List *supers,
    3568                 :             :                         bool child_is_partition)
    3569                 :             : {
    3570                 :             :     Relation    relation;
    3571                 :             :     int32       seqNumber;
    3572                 :             :     ListCell   *entry;
    3573                 :             : 
    3574                 :             :     /*
    3575                 :             :      * sanity checks
    3576                 :             :      */
    3577                 :             :     Assert(OidIsValid(relationId));
    3578                 :             : 
    3579         [ +  + ]:       40227 :     if (supers == NIL)
    3580                 :       33239 :         return;
    3581                 :             : 
    3582                 :             :     /*
    3583                 :             :      * Store INHERITS information in pg_inherits using direct ancestors only.
    3584                 :             :      * Also enter dependencies on the direct ancestors, and make sure they are
    3585                 :             :      * marked with relhassubclass = true.
    3586                 :             :      *
    3587                 :             :      * (Once upon a time, both direct and indirect ancestors were found here
    3588                 :             :      * and then entered into pg_ipl.  Since that catalog doesn't exist
    3589                 :             :      * anymore, there's no need to look for indirect ancestors.)
    3590                 :             :      */
    3591                 :        6988 :     relation = table_open(InheritsRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    3592                 :             : 
    3593                 :        6988 :     seqNumber = 1;
    3594   [ +  -  +  +  :       14206 :     foreach(entry, supers)
                   +  + ]
    3595                 :             :     {
    3596                 :        7218 :         Oid         parentOid = lfirst_oid(entry);
    3597                 :             : 
    3598                 :        7218 :         StoreCatalogInheritance1(relationId, parentOid, seqNumber, relation,
    3599                 :             :                                  child_is_partition);
    3600                 :        7218 :         seqNumber++;
    3601                 :             :     }
    3602                 :             : 
    3603                 :        6988 :     table_close(relation, RowExclusiveLock);
    3604                 :             : }
    3605                 :             : 
    3606                 :             : /*
    3607                 :             :  * Make catalog entries showing relationId as being an inheritance child
    3608                 :             :  * of parentOid.  inhRelation is the already-opened pg_inherits catalog.
    3609                 :             :  */
    3610                 :             : static void
    3611                 :        8776 : StoreCatalogInheritance1(Oid relationId, Oid parentOid,
    3612                 :             :                          int32 seqNumber, Relation inhRelation,
    3613                 :             :                          bool child_is_partition)
    3614                 :             : {
    3615                 :             :     ObjectAddress childobject,
    3616                 :             :                 parentobject;
    3617                 :             : 
    3618                 :             :     /* store the pg_inherits row */
    3619                 :        8776 :     StoreSingleInheritance(relationId, parentOid, seqNumber);
    3620                 :             : 
    3621                 :             :     /*
    3622                 :             :      * Store a dependency too
    3623                 :             :      */
    3624                 :        8776 :     parentobject.classId = RelationRelationId;
    3625                 :        8776 :     parentobject.objectId = parentOid;
    3626                 :        8776 :     parentobject.objectSubId = 0;
    3627                 :        8776 :     childobject.classId = RelationRelationId;
    3628                 :        8776 :     childobject.objectId = relationId;
    3629                 :        8776 :     childobject.objectSubId = 0;
    3630                 :             : 
    3631         [ +  + ]:        8776 :     recordDependencyOn(&childobject, &parentobject,
    3632                 :             :                        child_dependency_type(child_is_partition));
    3633                 :             : 
    3634                 :             :     /*
    3635                 :             :      * Post creation hook of this inheritance. Since object_access_hook
    3636                 :             :      * doesn't take multiple object identifiers, we relay oid of parent
    3637                 :             :      * relation using auxiliary_id argument.
    3638                 :             :      */
    3639         [ -  + ]:        8776 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(InheritsRelationId,
    3640                 :             :                                  relationId, 0,
    3641                 :             :                                  parentOid, false);
    3642                 :             : 
    3643                 :             :     /*
    3644                 :             :      * Mark the parent as having subclasses.
    3645                 :             :      */
    3646                 :        8776 :     SetRelationHasSubclass(parentOid, true);
    3647                 :        8776 : }
    3648                 :             : 
    3649                 :             : /*
    3650                 :             :  * Look for an existing column entry with the given name.
    3651                 :             :  *
    3652                 :             :  * Returns the index (starting with 1) if attribute already exists in columns,
    3653                 :             :  * 0 if it doesn't.
    3654                 :             :  */
    3655                 :             : static int
    3656                 :       15204 : findAttrByName(const char *attributeName, const List *columns)
    3657                 :             : {
    3658                 :             :     ListCell   *lc;
    3659                 :       15204 :     int         i = 1;
    3660                 :             : 
    3661   [ +  +  +  +  :       26553 :     foreach(lc, columns)
                   +  + ]
    3662                 :             :     {
    3663         [ +  + ]:       11853 :         if (strcmp(attributeName, lfirst_node(ColumnDef, lc)->colname) == 0)
    3664                 :         504 :             return i;
    3665                 :             : 
    3666                 :       11349 :         i++;
    3667                 :             :     }
    3668                 :       14700 :     return 0;
    3669                 :             : }
    3670                 :             : 
    3671                 :             : 
    3672                 :             : /*
    3673                 :             :  * SetRelationHasSubclass
    3674                 :             :  *      Set the value of the relation's relhassubclass field in pg_class.
    3675                 :             :  *
    3676                 :             :  * It's always safe to set this field to true, because all SQL commands are
    3677                 :             :  * ready to see true and then find no children.  On the other hand, commands
    3678                 :             :  * generally assume zero children if this is false.
    3679                 :             :  *
    3680                 :             :  * Caller must hold any self-exclusive lock until end of transaction.  If the
    3681                 :             :  * new value is false, caller must have acquired that lock before reading the
    3682                 :             :  * evidence that justified the false value.  That way, it properly waits if
    3683                 :             :  * another backend is simultaneously concluding no need to change the tuple
    3684                 :             :  * (new and old values are true).
    3685                 :             :  *
    3686                 :             :  * NOTE: an important side-effect of this operation is that an SI invalidation
    3687                 :             :  * message is sent out to all backends --- including me --- causing plans
    3688                 :             :  * referencing the relation to be rebuilt with the new list of children.
    3689                 :             :  * This must happen even if we find that no change is needed in the pg_class
    3690                 :             :  * row.
    3691                 :             :  */
    3692                 :             : void
    3693                 :       10832 : SetRelationHasSubclass(Oid relationId, bool relhassubclass)
    3694                 :             : {
    3695                 :             :     Relation    relationRelation;
    3696                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    3697                 :             :     Form_pg_class classtuple;
    3698                 :             : 
    3699                 :             :     Assert(CheckRelationOidLockedByMe(relationId,
    3700                 :             :                                       ShareUpdateExclusiveLock, false) ||
    3701                 :             :            CheckRelationOidLockedByMe(relationId,
    3702                 :             :                                       ShareRowExclusiveLock, true));
    3703                 :             : 
    3704                 :             :     /*
    3705                 :             :      * Fetch a modifiable copy of the tuple, modify it, update pg_class.
    3706                 :             :      */
    3707                 :       10832 :     relationRelation = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    3708                 :       10832 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relationId));
    3709         [ -  + ]:       10832 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    3710         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relationId);
    3711                 :       10832 :     classtuple = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    3712                 :             : 
    3713         [ +  + ]:       10832 :     if (classtuple->relhassubclass != relhassubclass)
    3714                 :             :     {
    3715                 :        5248 :         classtuple->relhassubclass = relhassubclass;
    3716                 :        5248 :         CatalogTupleUpdate(relationRelation, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
    3717                 :             :     }
    3718                 :             :     else
    3719                 :             :     {
    3720                 :             :         /* no need to change tuple, but force relcache rebuild anyway */
    3721                 :        5584 :         CacheInvalidateRelcacheByTuple(tuple);
    3722                 :             :     }
    3723                 :             : 
    3724                 :       10832 :     heap_freetuple(tuple);
    3725                 :       10832 :     table_close(relationRelation, RowExclusiveLock);
    3726                 :       10832 : }
    3727                 :             : 
    3728                 :             : /*
    3729                 :             :  * CheckRelationTableSpaceMove
    3730                 :             :  *      Check if relation can be moved to new tablespace.
    3731                 :             :  *
    3732                 :             :  * NOTE: The caller must hold AccessExclusiveLock on the relation.
    3733                 :             :  *
    3734                 :             :  * Returns true if the relation can be moved to the new tablespace; raises
    3735                 :             :  * an error if it is not possible to do the move; returns false if the move
    3736                 :             :  * would have no effect.
    3737                 :             :  */
    3738                 :             : bool
    3739                 :         156 : CheckRelationTableSpaceMove(Relation rel, Oid newTableSpaceId)
    3740                 :             : {
    3741                 :             :     Oid         oldTableSpaceId;
    3742                 :             : 
    3743                 :             :     /*
    3744                 :             :      * No work if no change in tablespace.  Note that MyDatabaseTableSpace is
    3745                 :             :      * stored as 0.
    3746                 :             :      */
    3747                 :         156 :     oldTableSpaceId = rel->rd_rel->reltablespace;
    3748         [ +  + ]:         156 :     if (newTableSpaceId == oldTableSpaceId ||
    3749   [ +  +  +  + ]:         151 :         (newTableSpaceId == MyDatabaseTableSpace && oldTableSpaceId == 0))
    3750                 :          10 :         return false;
    3751                 :             : 
    3752                 :             :     /*
    3753                 :             :      * We cannot support moving mapped relations into different tablespaces.
    3754                 :             :      * (In particular this eliminates all shared catalogs.)
    3755                 :             :      */
    3756   [ +  +  +  +  :         146 :     if (RelationIsMapped(rel))
          +  -  +  +  +  
                +  -  + ]
    3757         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    3758                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    3759                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot move system relation \"%s\"",
    3760                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    3761                 :             : 
    3762                 :             :     /* Cannot move a non-shared relation into pg_global */
    3763         [ +  + ]:         146 :     if (newTableSpaceId == GLOBALTABLESPACE_OID)
    3764         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
    3765                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    3766                 :             :                  errmsg("only shared relations can be placed in pg_global tablespace")));
    3767                 :             : 
    3768                 :             :     /*
    3769                 :             :      * Do not allow moving temp tables of other backends ... their local
    3770                 :             :      * buffer manager is not going to cope.
    3771                 :             :      */
    3772   [ +  +  -  + ]:         138 :     if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(rel))
    3773         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    3774                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    3775                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot move temporary tables of other sessions")));
    3776                 :             : 
    3777                 :         138 :     return true;
    3778                 :             : }
    3779                 :             : 
    3780                 :             : /*
    3781                 :             :  * SetRelationTableSpace
    3782                 :             :  *      Set new reltablespace and relfilenumber in pg_class entry.
    3783                 :             :  *
    3784                 :             :  * newTableSpaceId is the new tablespace for the relation, and
    3785                 :             :  * newRelFilenumber its new filenumber.  If newRelFilenumber is
    3786                 :             :  * InvalidRelFileNumber, this field is not updated.
    3787                 :             :  *
    3788                 :             :  * NOTE: The caller must hold AccessExclusiveLock on the relation.
    3789                 :             :  *
    3790                 :             :  * The caller of this routine had better check if a relation can be
    3791                 :             :  * moved to this new tablespace by calling CheckRelationTableSpaceMove()
    3792                 :             :  * first, and is responsible for making the change visible with
    3793                 :             :  * CommandCounterIncrement().
    3794                 :             :  */
    3795                 :             : void
    3796                 :         138 : SetRelationTableSpace(Relation rel,
    3797                 :             :                       Oid newTableSpaceId,
    3798                 :             :                       RelFileNumber newRelFilenumber)
    3799                 :             : {
    3800                 :             :     Relation    pg_class;
    3801                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    3802                 :             :     ItemPointerData otid;
    3803                 :             :     Form_pg_class rd_rel;
    3804                 :         138 :     Oid         reloid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
    3805                 :             : 
    3806                 :             :     Assert(CheckRelationTableSpaceMove(rel, newTableSpaceId));
    3807                 :             : 
    3808                 :             :     /* Get a modifiable copy of the relation's pg_class row. */
    3809                 :         138 :     pg_class = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    3810                 :             : 
    3811                 :         138 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheLockedCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(reloid));
    3812         [ -  + ]:         138 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    3813         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", reloid);
    3814                 :         138 :     otid = tuple->t_self;
    3815                 :         138 :     rd_rel = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    3816                 :             : 
    3817                 :             :     /* Update the pg_class row. */
    3818                 :         276 :     rd_rel->reltablespace = (newTableSpaceId == MyDatabaseTableSpace) ?
    3819         [ +  + ]:         138 :         InvalidOid : newTableSpaceId;
    3820         [ +  + ]:         138 :     if (RelFileNumberIsValid(newRelFilenumber))
    3821                 :         109 :         rd_rel->relfilenode = newRelFilenumber;
    3822                 :         138 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(pg_class, &otid, tuple);
    3823                 :         138 :     UnlockTuple(pg_class, &otid, InplaceUpdateTupleLock);
    3824                 :             : 
    3825                 :             :     /*
    3826                 :             :      * Record dependency on tablespace.  This is only required for relations
    3827                 :             :      * that have no physical storage.
    3828                 :             :      */
    3829   [ +  +  +  +  :         138 :     if (!RELKIND_HAS_STORAGE(rel->rd_rel->relkind))
          +  -  +  +  +  
                      + ]
    3830                 :          20 :         changeDependencyOnTablespace(RelationRelationId, reloid,
    3831                 :             :                                      rd_rel->reltablespace);
    3832                 :             : 
    3833                 :         138 :     heap_freetuple(tuple);
    3834                 :         138 :     table_close(pg_class, RowExclusiveLock);
    3835                 :         138 : }
    3836                 :             : 
    3837                 :             : /*
    3838                 :             :  *      renameatt_check         - basic sanity checks before attribute rename
    3839                 :             :  */
    3840                 :             : static void
    3841                 :         683 : renameatt_check(Oid myrelid, Form_pg_class classform, bool recursing)
    3842                 :             : {
    3843                 :         683 :     char        relkind = classform->relkind;
    3844                 :             : 
    3845   [ +  +  +  + ]:         683 :     if (classform->reloftype && !recursing)
    3846         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    3847                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    3848                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot rename column of typed table")));
    3849                 :             : 
    3850                 :             :     /*
    3851                 :             :      * Renaming the columns of sequences or toast tables doesn't actually
    3852                 :             :      * break anything from the system's point of view, since internal
    3853                 :             :      * references are by attnum.  But it doesn't seem right to allow users to
    3854                 :             :      * change names that are hardcoded into the system, hence the following
    3855                 :             :      * restriction.
    3856                 :             :      */
    3857   [ +  +  +  + ]:         679 :     if (relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
    3858         [ +  - ]:          56 :         relkind != RELKIND_VIEW &&
    3859         [ +  + ]:          56 :         relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW &&
    3860         [ +  - ]:          24 :         relkind != RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE &&
    3861         [ +  - ]:          24 :         relkind != RELKIND_INDEX &&
    3862         [ -  + ]:          24 :         relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX &&
    3863         [ #  # ]:           0 :         relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE &&
    3864                 :             :         relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    3865         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    3866                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    3867                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot rename columns of relation \"%s\"",
    3868                 :             :                         NameStr(classform->relname)),
    3869                 :             :                  errdetail_relkind_not_supported(relkind)));
    3870                 :             : 
    3871                 :             :     /*
    3872                 :             :      * permissions checking.  only the owner of a class can change its schema.
    3873                 :             :      */
    3874         [ -  + ]:         679 :     if (!object_ownercheck(RelationRelationId, myrelid, GetUserId()))
    3875                 :           0 :         aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(myrelid)),
    3876                 :           0 :                        NameStr(classform->relname));
    3877                 :             : 
    3878                 :             :     /*
    3879                 :             :      * Conflict log tables are used internally for logical replication
    3880                 :             :      * conflict logging and should not be modified directly, as it could
    3881                 :             :      * disrupt conflict logging.
    3882                 :             :      */
    3883         [ +  + ]:         679 :     if (IsConflictLogTableClass(classform))
    3884         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    3885                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    3886                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot rename columns of conflict log table \"%s\"",
    3887                 :             :                         NameStr(classform->relname)),
    3888                 :             :                  errdetail("Conflict log tables are system-managed tables for logical replication conflicts.")));
    3889                 :             : 
    3890   [ +  +  +  + ]:         675 :     if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemClass(myrelid, classform))
    3891         [ +  - ]:           1 :         ereport(ERROR,
    3892                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    3893                 :             :                  errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
    3894                 :             :                         NameStr(classform->relname))));
    3895                 :         674 : }
    3896                 :             : 
    3897                 :             : /*
    3898                 :             :  *      renameatt_internal      - workhorse for renameatt
    3899                 :             :  *
    3900                 :             :  * Return value is the attribute number in the 'myrelid' relation.
    3901                 :             :  */
    3902                 :             : static AttrNumber
    3903                 :         366 : renameatt_internal(Oid myrelid,
    3904                 :             :                    const char *oldattname,
    3905                 :             :                    const char *newattname,
    3906                 :             :                    bool recurse,
    3907                 :             :                    bool recursing,
    3908                 :             :                    int expected_parents,
    3909                 :             :                    DropBehavior behavior)
    3910                 :             : {
    3911                 :             :     Relation    targetrelation;
    3912                 :             :     Relation    attrelation;
    3913                 :             :     HeapTuple   atttup;
    3914                 :             :     Form_pg_attribute attform;
    3915                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
    3916                 :             : 
    3917                 :             :     /*
    3918                 :             :      * Grab an exclusive lock on the target table, which we will NOT release
    3919                 :             :      * until end of transaction.
    3920                 :             :      */
    3921                 :         366 :     targetrelation = relation_open(myrelid, AccessExclusiveLock);
    3922                 :         366 :     renameatt_check(myrelid, RelationGetForm(targetrelation), recursing);
    3923                 :             : 
    3924                 :             :     /*
    3925                 :             :      * if the 'recurse' flag is set then we are supposed to rename this
    3926                 :             :      * attribute in all classes that inherit from 'relname' (as well as in
    3927                 :             :      * 'relname').
    3928                 :             :      *
    3929                 :             :      * any permissions or problems with duplicate attributes will cause the
    3930                 :             :      * whole transaction to abort, which is what we want -- all or nothing.
    3931                 :             :      */
    3932         [ +  + ]:         366 :     if (recurse)
    3933                 :             :     {
    3934                 :             :         List       *child_oids,
    3935                 :             :                    *child_numparents;
    3936                 :             :         ListCell   *lo,
    3937                 :             :                    *li;
    3938                 :             : 
    3939                 :             :         /*
    3940                 :             :          * we need the number of parents for each child so that the recursive
    3941                 :             :          * calls to renameatt() can determine whether there are any parents
    3942                 :             :          * outside the inheritance hierarchy being processed.
    3943                 :             :          */
    3944                 :         164 :         child_oids = find_all_inheritors(myrelid, AccessExclusiveLock,
    3945                 :             :                                          &child_numparents);
    3946                 :             : 
    3947                 :             :         /*
    3948                 :             :          * find_all_inheritors does the recursive search of the inheritance
    3949                 :             :          * hierarchy, so all we have to do is process all of the relids in the
    3950                 :             :          * list that it returns.
    3951                 :             :          */
    3952   [ +  -  +  +  :         486 :         forboth(lo, child_oids, li, child_numparents)
          +  -  +  +  +  
             +  +  -  +  
                      + ]
    3953                 :             :         {
    3954                 :         342 :             Oid         childrelid = lfirst_oid(lo);
    3955                 :         342 :             int         numparents = lfirst_int(li);
    3956                 :             : 
    3957         [ +  + ]:         342 :             if (childrelid == myrelid)
    3958                 :         164 :                 continue;
    3959                 :             :             /* note we need not recurse again */
    3960                 :         178 :             renameatt_internal(childrelid, oldattname, newattname, false, true, numparents, behavior);
    3961                 :             :         }
    3962                 :             :     }
    3963                 :             :     else
    3964                 :             :     {
    3965                 :             :         /*
    3966                 :             :          * If we are told not to recurse, there had better not be any child
    3967                 :             :          * tables; else the rename would put them out of step.
    3968                 :             :          *
    3969                 :             :          * expected_parents will only be 0 if we are not already recursing.
    3970                 :             :          */
    3971   [ +  +  +  + ]:         226 :         if (expected_parents == 0 &&
    3972                 :          24 :             find_inheritance_children(myrelid, NoLock) != NIL)
    3973         [ +  - ]:           8 :             ereport(ERROR,
    3974                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
    3975                 :             :                      errmsg("inherited column \"%s\" must be renamed in child tables too",
    3976                 :             :                             oldattname)));
    3977                 :             :     }
    3978                 :             : 
    3979                 :             :     /* rename attributes in typed tables of composite type */
    3980         [ +  + ]:         338 :     if (targetrelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE)
    3981                 :             :     {
    3982                 :             :         List       *child_oids;
    3983                 :             :         ListCell   *lo;
    3984                 :             : 
    3985                 :          16 :         child_oids = find_typed_table_dependencies(targetrelation->rd_rel->reltype,
    3986                 :          16 :                                                    RelationGetRelationName(targetrelation),
    3987                 :             :                                                    behavior);
    3988                 :             : 
    3989   [ +  +  +  +  :          16 :         foreach(lo, child_oids)
                   +  + ]
    3990                 :           4 :             renameatt_internal(lfirst_oid(lo), oldattname, newattname, true, true, 0, behavior);
    3991                 :             :     }
    3992                 :             : 
    3993                 :         334 :     attrelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    3994                 :             : 
    3995                 :         334 :     atttup = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(myrelid, oldattname);
    3996         [ +  + ]:         334 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(atttup))
    3997         [ +  - ]:          16 :         ereport(ERROR,
    3998                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
    3999                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" does not exist",
    4000                 :             :                         oldattname)));
    4001                 :         318 :     attform = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(atttup);
    4002                 :             : 
    4003                 :         318 :     attnum = attform->attnum;
    4004         [ -  + ]:         318 :     if (attnum <= 0)
    4005         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4006                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    4007                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot rename system column \"%s\"",
    4008                 :             :                         oldattname)));
    4009                 :             : 
    4010                 :             :     /*
    4011                 :             :      * if the attribute is inherited, forbid the renaming.  if this is a
    4012                 :             :      * top-level call to renameatt(), then expected_parents will be 0, so the
    4013                 :             :      * effect of this code will be to prohibit the renaming if the attribute
    4014                 :             :      * is inherited at all.  if this is a recursive call to renameatt(),
    4015                 :             :      * expected_parents will be the number of parents the current relation has
    4016                 :             :      * within the inheritance hierarchy being processed, so we'll prohibit the
    4017                 :             :      * renaming only if there are additional parents from elsewhere.
    4018                 :             :      */
    4019         [ +  + ]:         318 :     if (attform->attinhcount > expected_parents)
    4020         [ +  - ]:          20 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4021                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
    4022                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot rename inherited column \"%s\"",
    4023                 :             :                         oldattname)));
    4024                 :             : 
    4025                 :             :     /* new name should not already exist */
    4026                 :         298 :     (void) check_for_column_name_collision(targetrelation, newattname, false);
    4027                 :             : 
    4028                 :             :     /* apply the update */
    4029                 :         290 :     namestrcpy(&(attform->attname), newattname);
    4030                 :             : 
    4031                 :         290 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &atttup->t_self, atttup);
    4032                 :             : 
    4033         [ -  + ]:         290 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, myrelid, attnum);
    4034                 :             : 
    4035                 :         290 :     heap_freetuple(atttup);
    4036                 :             : 
    4037                 :         290 :     table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock);
    4038                 :             : 
    4039                 :         290 :     relation_close(targetrelation, NoLock); /* close rel but keep lock */
    4040                 :             : 
    4041                 :         290 :     return attnum;
    4042                 :             : }
    4043                 :             : 
    4044                 :             : /*
    4045                 :             :  * Perform permissions and integrity checks before acquiring a relation lock.
    4046                 :             :  */
    4047                 :             : static void
    4048                 :         281 : RangeVarCallbackForRenameAttribute(const RangeVar *rv, Oid relid, Oid oldrelid,
    4049                 :             :                                    void *arg)
    4050                 :             : {
    4051                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    4052                 :             :     Form_pg_class form;
    4053                 :             : 
    4054                 :         281 :     tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
    4055         [ +  + ]:         281 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    4056                 :          24 :         return;                 /* concurrently dropped */
    4057                 :         257 :     form = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    4058                 :         257 :     renameatt_check(relid, form, false);
    4059                 :         248 :     ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
    4060                 :             : }
    4061                 :             : 
    4062                 :             : /*
    4063                 :             :  *      renameatt       - changes the name of an attribute in a relation
    4064                 :             :  *
    4065                 :             :  * The returned ObjectAddress is that of the renamed column.
    4066                 :             :  */
    4067                 :             : ObjectAddress
    4068                 :         213 : renameatt(RenameStmt *stmt)
    4069                 :             : {
    4070                 :             :     Oid         relid;
    4071                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
    4072                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
    4073                 :             : 
    4074                 :             :     /* lock level taken here should match renameatt_internal */
    4075                 :         213 :     relid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(stmt->relation, AccessExclusiveLock,
    4076                 :         213 :                                      stmt->missing_ok ? RVR_MISSING_OK : 0,
    4077                 :             :                                      RangeVarCallbackForRenameAttribute,
    4078                 :             :                                      NULL);
    4079                 :             : 
    4080         [ +  + ]:         200 :     if (!OidIsValid(relid))
    4081                 :             :     {
    4082         [ +  - ]:          16 :         ereport(NOTICE,
    4083                 :             :                 (errmsg("relation \"%s\" does not exist, skipping",
    4084                 :             :                         stmt->relation->relname)));
    4085                 :          16 :         return InvalidObjectAddress;
    4086                 :             :     }
    4087                 :             : 
    4088                 :             :     attnum =
    4089                 :         184 :         renameatt_internal(relid,
    4090                 :         184 :                            stmt->subname,    /* old att name */
    4091                 :         184 :                            stmt->newname,    /* new att name */
    4092                 :         184 :                            stmt->relation->inh, /* recursive? */
    4093                 :             :                            false,   /* recursing? */
    4094                 :             :                            0,   /* expected inhcount */
    4095                 :             :                            stmt->behavior);
    4096                 :             : 
    4097                 :         128 :     ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId, relid, attnum);
    4098                 :             : 
    4099                 :         128 :     return address;
    4100                 :             : }
    4101                 :             : 
    4102                 :             : /*
    4103                 :             :  * same logic as renameatt_internal
    4104                 :             :  */
    4105                 :             : static ObjectAddress
    4106                 :          64 : rename_constraint_internal(Oid myrelid,
    4107                 :             :                            Oid mytypid,
    4108                 :             :                            const char *oldconname,
    4109                 :             :                            const char *newconname,
    4110                 :             :                            bool recurse,
    4111                 :             :                            bool recursing,
    4112                 :             :                            int expected_parents)
    4113                 :             : {
    4114                 :          64 :     Relation    targetrelation = NULL;
    4115                 :             :     Oid         constraintOid;
    4116                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    4117                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint con;
    4118                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
    4119                 :             : 
    4120                 :             :     Assert(!myrelid || !mytypid);
    4121                 :             : 
    4122         [ +  + ]:          64 :     if (mytypid)
    4123                 :             :     {
    4124                 :           4 :         constraintOid = get_domain_constraint_oid(mytypid, oldconname, false);
    4125                 :             :     }
    4126                 :             :     else
    4127                 :             :     {
    4128                 :          60 :         targetrelation = relation_open(myrelid, AccessExclusiveLock);
    4129                 :             : 
    4130                 :             :         /*
    4131                 :             :          * don't tell it whether we're recursing; we allow changing typed
    4132                 :             :          * tables here
    4133                 :             :          */
    4134                 :          60 :         renameatt_check(myrelid, RelationGetForm(targetrelation), false);
    4135                 :             : 
    4136                 :          60 :         constraintOid = get_relation_constraint_oid(myrelid, oldconname, false);
    4137                 :             :     }
    4138                 :             : 
    4139                 :          64 :     tuple = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(constraintOid));
    4140         [ -  + ]:          64 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    4141         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u",
    4142                 :             :              constraintOid);
    4143                 :          64 :     con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    4144                 :             : 
    4145         [ +  + ]:          64 :     if (myrelid &&
    4146         [ +  + ]:          60 :         (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK ||
    4147         [ +  + ]:          20 :          con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL) &&
    4148         [ +  + ]:          44 :         !con->connoinherit)
    4149                 :             :     {
    4150         [ +  + ]:          36 :         if (recurse)
    4151                 :             :         {
    4152                 :             :             List       *child_oids,
    4153                 :             :                        *child_numparents;
    4154                 :             :             ListCell   *lo,
    4155                 :             :                        *li;
    4156                 :             : 
    4157                 :          24 :             child_oids = find_all_inheritors(myrelid, AccessExclusiveLock,
    4158                 :             :                                              &child_numparents);
    4159                 :             : 
    4160   [ +  -  +  +  :          56 :             forboth(lo, child_oids, li, child_numparents)
          +  -  +  +  +  
             +  +  -  +  
                      + ]
    4161                 :             :             {
    4162                 :          32 :                 Oid         childrelid = lfirst_oid(lo);
    4163                 :          32 :                 int         numparents = lfirst_int(li);
    4164                 :             : 
    4165         [ +  + ]:          32 :                 if (childrelid == myrelid)
    4166                 :          24 :                     continue;
    4167                 :             : 
    4168                 :           8 :                 rename_constraint_internal(childrelid, InvalidOid, oldconname, newconname, false, true, numparents);
    4169                 :             :             }
    4170                 :             :         }
    4171                 :             :         else
    4172                 :             :         {
    4173   [ +  +  +  - ]:          16 :             if (expected_parents == 0 &&
    4174                 :           4 :                 find_inheritance_children(myrelid, NoLock) != NIL)
    4175         [ +  - ]:           4 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    4176                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
    4177                 :             :                          errmsg("inherited constraint \"%s\" must be renamed in child tables too",
    4178                 :             :                                 oldconname)));
    4179                 :             :         }
    4180                 :             : 
    4181         [ +  + ]:          32 :         if (con->coninhcount > expected_parents)
    4182         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
    4183                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
    4184                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot rename inherited constraint \"%s\"",
    4185                 :             :                             oldconname)));
    4186                 :             :     }
    4187                 :             : 
    4188         [ +  + ]:          56 :     if (con->conindid
    4189         [ +  + ]:          16 :         && (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_PRIMARY
    4190         [ +  + ]:           8 :             || con->contype == CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE
    4191         [ -  + ]:           4 :             || con->contype == CONSTRAINT_EXCLUSION))
    4192                 :             :         /* rename the index; this renames the constraint as well */
    4193                 :          12 :         RenameRelationInternal(con->conindid, newconname, false, true);
    4194                 :             :     else
    4195                 :          44 :         RenameConstraintById(constraintOid, newconname);
    4196                 :             : 
    4197                 :          56 :     ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, constraintOid);
    4198                 :             : 
    4199                 :          56 :     ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
    4200                 :             : 
    4201         [ +  + ]:          56 :     if (targetrelation)
    4202                 :             :     {
    4203                 :             :         /*
    4204                 :             :          * Invalidate relcache so as others can see the new constraint name.
    4205                 :             :          */
    4206                 :          52 :         CacheInvalidateRelcache(targetrelation);
    4207                 :             : 
    4208                 :          52 :         relation_close(targetrelation, NoLock); /* close rel but keep lock */
    4209                 :             :     }
    4210                 :             : 
    4211                 :          56 :     return address;
    4212                 :             : }
    4213                 :             : 
    4214                 :             : ObjectAddress
    4215                 :          60 : RenameConstraint(RenameStmt *stmt)
    4216                 :             : {
    4217                 :          60 :     Oid         relid = InvalidOid;
    4218                 :          60 :     Oid         typid = InvalidOid;
    4219                 :             : 
    4220         [ +  + ]:          60 :     if (stmt->renameType == OBJECT_DOMCONSTRAINT)
    4221                 :             :     {
    4222                 :             :         Relation    rel;
    4223                 :             :         HeapTuple   tup;
    4224                 :             : 
    4225                 :           4 :         typid = typenameTypeId(NULL, makeTypeNameFromNameList(castNode(List, stmt->object)));
    4226                 :           4 :         rel = table_open(TypeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    4227                 :           4 :         tup = SearchSysCache1(TYPEOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(typid));
    4228         [ -  + ]:           4 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup))
    4229         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for type %u", typid);
    4230                 :           4 :         checkDomainOwner(tup);
    4231                 :           4 :         ReleaseSysCache(tup);
    4232                 :           4 :         table_close(rel, NoLock);
    4233                 :             :     }
    4234                 :             :     else
    4235                 :             :     {
    4236                 :             :         /* lock level taken here should match rename_constraint_internal */
    4237                 :          56 :         relid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(stmt->relation, AccessExclusiveLock,
    4238                 :          56 :                                          stmt->missing_ok ? RVR_MISSING_OK : 0,
    4239                 :             :                                          RangeVarCallbackForRenameAttribute,
    4240                 :             :                                          NULL);
    4241         [ +  + ]:          56 :         if (!OidIsValid(relid))
    4242                 :             :         {
    4243         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(NOTICE,
    4244                 :             :                     (errmsg("relation \"%s\" does not exist, skipping",
    4245                 :             :                             stmt->relation->relname)));
    4246                 :           4 :             return InvalidObjectAddress;
    4247                 :             :         }
    4248                 :             :     }
    4249                 :             : 
    4250                 :             :     return
    4251                 :          56 :         rename_constraint_internal(relid, typid,
    4252                 :          56 :                                    stmt->subname,
    4253                 :          56 :                                    stmt->newname,
    4254         [ +  + ]:         108 :                                    (stmt->relation &&
    4255         [ +  + ]:          52 :                                     stmt->relation->inh), /* recursive? */
    4256                 :             :                                    false,   /* recursing? */
    4257                 :          56 :                                    0 /* expected inhcount */ );
    4258                 :             : }
    4259                 :             : 
    4260                 :             : /*
    4261                 :             :  * Execute ALTER TABLE/INDEX/SEQUENCE/VIEW/MATERIALIZED VIEW/FOREIGN TABLE
    4262                 :             :  * RENAME
    4263                 :             :  */
    4264                 :             : ObjectAddress
    4265                 :         303 : RenameRelation(RenameStmt *stmt)
    4266                 :             : {
    4267                 :         303 :     bool        is_index_stmt = stmt->renameType == OBJECT_INDEX;
    4268                 :             :     Oid         relid;
    4269                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
    4270                 :             : 
    4271                 :             :     /*
    4272                 :             :      * Grab an exclusive lock on the target table, index, sequence, view,
    4273                 :             :      * materialized view, or foreign table, which we will NOT release until
    4274                 :             :      * end of transaction.
    4275                 :             :      *
    4276                 :             :      * Lock level used here should match RenameRelationInternal, to avoid lock
    4277                 :             :      * escalation.  However, because ALTER INDEX can be used with any relation
    4278                 :             :      * type, we mustn't believe without verification.
    4279                 :             :      */
    4280                 :             :     for (;;)
    4281                 :           8 :     {
    4282                 :             :         LOCKMODE    lockmode;
    4283                 :             :         char        relkind;
    4284                 :             :         bool        obj_is_index;
    4285                 :             : 
    4286         [ +  + ]:         311 :         lockmode = is_index_stmt ? ShareUpdateExclusiveLock : AccessExclusiveLock;
    4287                 :             : 
    4288                 :         311 :         relid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(stmt->relation, lockmode,
    4289                 :         311 :                                          stmt->missing_ok ? RVR_MISSING_OK : 0,
    4290                 :             :                                          RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation,
    4291                 :             :                                          stmt);
    4292                 :             : 
    4293         [ +  + ]:         278 :         if (!OidIsValid(relid))
    4294                 :             :         {
    4295         [ +  - ]:          12 :             ereport(NOTICE,
    4296                 :             :                     (errmsg("relation \"%s\" does not exist, skipping",
    4297                 :             :                             stmt->relation->relname)));
    4298                 :          12 :             return InvalidObjectAddress;
    4299                 :             :         }
    4300                 :             : 
    4301                 :             :         /*
    4302                 :             :          * We allow mismatched statement and object types (e.g., ALTER INDEX
    4303                 :             :          * to rename a table), but we might've used the wrong lock level.  If
    4304                 :             :          * that happens, retry with the correct lock level.  We don't bother
    4305                 :             :          * if we already acquired AccessExclusiveLock with an index, however.
    4306                 :             :          */
    4307                 :         266 :         relkind = get_rel_relkind(relid);
    4308   [ +  +  +  + ]:         266 :         obj_is_index = (relkind == RELKIND_INDEX ||
    4309                 :             :                         relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX);
    4310   [ +  +  +  + ]:         266 :         if (obj_is_index || is_index_stmt == obj_is_index)
    4311                 :             :             break;
    4312                 :             : 
    4313                 :           8 :         UnlockRelationOid(relid, lockmode);
    4314                 :           8 :         is_index_stmt = obj_is_index;
    4315                 :             :     }
    4316                 :             : 
    4317                 :             :     /* Do the work */
    4318                 :         258 :     RenameRelationInternal(relid, stmt->newname, false, is_index_stmt);
    4319                 :             : 
    4320                 :         250 :     ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, relid);
    4321                 :             : 
    4322                 :         250 :     return address;
    4323                 :             : }
    4324                 :             : 
    4325                 :             : /*
    4326                 :             :  *      RenameRelationInternal - change the name of a relation
    4327                 :             :  */
    4328                 :             : void
    4329                 :        1052 : RenameRelationInternal(Oid myrelid, const char *newrelname, bool is_internal, bool is_index)
    4330                 :             : {
    4331                 :             :     Relation    targetrelation;
    4332                 :             :     Relation    relrelation;    /* for RELATION relation */
    4333                 :             :     ItemPointerData otid;
    4334                 :             :     HeapTuple   reltup;
    4335                 :             :     Form_pg_class relform;
    4336                 :             :     Oid         namespaceId;
    4337                 :             : 
    4338                 :             :     /*
    4339                 :             :      * Grab a lock on the target relation, which we will NOT release until end
    4340                 :             :      * of transaction.  We need at least a self-exclusive lock so that
    4341                 :             :      * concurrent DDL doesn't overwrite the rename if they start updating
    4342                 :             :      * while still seeing the old version.  The lock also guards against
    4343                 :             :      * triggering relcache reloads in concurrent sessions, which might not
    4344                 :             :      * handle this information changing under them.  For indexes, we can use a
    4345                 :             :      * reduced lock level because RelationReloadIndexInfo() handles indexes
    4346                 :             :      * specially.
    4347                 :             :      */
    4348         [ +  + ]:        1052 :     targetrelation = relation_open(myrelid, is_index ? ShareUpdateExclusiveLock : AccessExclusiveLock);
    4349                 :        1052 :     namespaceId = RelationGetNamespace(targetrelation);
    4350                 :             : 
    4351                 :             :     /*
    4352                 :             :      * Find relation's pg_class tuple, and make sure newrelname isn't in use.
    4353                 :             :      */
    4354                 :        1052 :     relrelation = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    4355                 :             : 
    4356                 :        1052 :     reltup = SearchSysCacheLockedCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(myrelid));
    4357         [ -  + ]:        1052 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(reltup))  /* shouldn't happen */
    4358         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", myrelid);
    4359                 :        1052 :     otid = reltup->t_self;
    4360                 :        1052 :     relform = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(reltup);
    4361                 :             : 
    4362         [ +  + ]:        1052 :     if (get_relname_relid(newrelname, namespaceId) != InvalidOid)
    4363         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4364                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
    4365                 :             :                  errmsg("relation \"%s\" already exists",
    4366                 :             :                         newrelname)));
    4367                 :             : 
    4368                 :             :     /*
    4369                 :             :      * RenameRelation is careful not to believe the caller's idea of the
    4370                 :             :      * relation kind being handled.  We don't have to worry about this, but
    4371                 :             :      * let's not be totally oblivious to it.  We can process an index as
    4372                 :             :      * not-an-index, but not the other way around.
    4373                 :             :      */
    4374                 :             :     Assert(!is_index ||
    4375                 :             :            is_index == (targetrelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_INDEX ||
    4376                 :             :                         targetrelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX));
    4377                 :             : 
    4378                 :             :     /*
    4379                 :             :      * Update pg_class tuple with new relname.  (Scribbling on reltup is OK
    4380                 :             :      * because it's a copy...)
    4381                 :             :      */
    4382                 :        1044 :     namestrcpy(&(relform->relname), newrelname);
    4383                 :             : 
    4384                 :        1044 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(relrelation, &otid, reltup);
    4385                 :        1044 :     UnlockTuple(relrelation, &otid, InplaceUpdateTupleLock);
    4386                 :             : 
    4387         [ -  + ]:        1044 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(RelationRelationId, myrelid, 0,
    4388                 :             :                                  InvalidOid, is_internal);
    4389                 :             : 
    4390                 :        1044 :     heap_freetuple(reltup);
    4391                 :        1044 :     table_close(relrelation, RowExclusiveLock);
    4392                 :             : 
    4393                 :             :     /*
    4394                 :             :      * Also rename the associated type, if any.
    4395                 :             :      */
    4396         [ +  + ]:        1044 :     if (OidIsValid(targetrelation->rd_rel->reltype))
    4397                 :          86 :         RenameTypeInternal(targetrelation->rd_rel->reltype,
    4398                 :             :                            newrelname, namespaceId);
    4399                 :             : 
    4400                 :             :     /*
    4401                 :             :      * Also rename the associated constraint, if any.
    4402                 :             :      */
    4403         [ +  + ]:        1044 :     if (targetrelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_INDEX ||
    4404         [ +  + ]:         551 :         targetrelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
    4405                 :             :     {
    4406                 :         505 :         Oid         constraintId = get_index_constraint(myrelid);
    4407                 :             : 
    4408         [ +  + ]:         505 :         if (OidIsValid(constraintId))
    4409                 :          24 :             RenameConstraintById(constraintId, newrelname);
    4410                 :             :     }
    4411                 :             : 
    4412                 :             :     /*
    4413                 :             :      * Close rel, but keep lock!
    4414                 :             :      */
    4415                 :        1044 :     relation_close(targetrelation, NoLock);
    4416                 :        1044 : }
    4417                 :             : 
    4418                 :             : /*
    4419                 :             :  *      ResetRelRewrite - reset relrewrite
    4420                 :             :  */
    4421                 :             : void
    4422                 :         384 : ResetRelRewrite(Oid myrelid)
    4423                 :             : {
    4424                 :             :     Relation    relrelation;    /* for RELATION relation */
    4425                 :             :     HeapTuple   reltup;
    4426                 :             :     Form_pg_class relform;
    4427                 :             : 
    4428                 :             :     /*
    4429                 :             :      * Find relation's pg_class tuple.
    4430                 :             :      */
    4431                 :         384 :     relrelation = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    4432                 :             : 
    4433                 :         384 :     reltup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(myrelid));
    4434         [ -  + ]:         384 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(reltup))  /* shouldn't happen */
    4435         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", myrelid);
    4436                 :         384 :     relform = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(reltup);
    4437                 :             : 
    4438                 :             :     /*
    4439                 :             :      * Update pg_class tuple.
    4440                 :             :      */
    4441                 :         384 :     relform->relrewrite = InvalidOid;
    4442                 :             : 
    4443                 :         384 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(relrelation, &reltup->t_self, reltup);
    4444                 :             : 
    4445                 :         384 :     heap_freetuple(reltup);
    4446                 :         384 :     table_close(relrelation, RowExclusiveLock);
    4447                 :         384 : }
    4448                 :             : 
    4449                 :             : /*
    4450                 :             :  * Disallow ALTER TABLE (and similar commands) when the current backend has
    4451                 :             :  * any open reference to the target table besides the one just acquired by
    4452                 :             :  * the calling command; this implies there's an open cursor or active plan.
    4453                 :             :  * We need this check because our lock doesn't protect us against stomping
    4454                 :             :  * on our own foot, only other people's feet!
    4455                 :             :  *
    4456                 :             :  * For ALTER TABLE, the only case known to cause serious trouble is ALTER
    4457                 :             :  * COLUMN TYPE, and some changes are obviously pretty benign, so this could
    4458                 :             :  * possibly be relaxed to only error out for certain types of alterations.
    4459                 :             :  * But the use-case for allowing any of these things is not obvious, so we
    4460                 :             :  * won't work hard at it for now.
    4461                 :             :  *
    4462                 :             :  * We also reject these commands if there are any pending AFTER trigger events
    4463                 :             :  * for the rel.  This is certainly necessary for the rewriting variants of
    4464                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE, because they don't preserve tuple TIDs and so the pending
    4465                 :             :  * events would try to fetch the wrong tuples.  It might be overly cautious
    4466                 :             :  * in other cases, but again it seems better to err on the side of paranoia.
    4467                 :             :  *
    4468                 :             :  * REINDEX calls this with "rel" referencing the index to be rebuilt; here
    4469                 :             :  * we are worried about active indexscans on the index.  The trigger-event
    4470                 :             :  * check can be skipped, since we are doing no damage to the parent table.
    4471                 :             :  *
    4472                 :             :  * The statement name (eg, "ALTER TABLE") is passed for use in error messages.
    4473                 :             :  */
    4474                 :             : void
    4475                 :      111615 : CheckTableNotInUse(Relation rel, const char *stmt)
    4476                 :             : {
    4477                 :             :     int         expected_refcnt;
    4478                 :             : 
    4479         [ +  + ]:      111615 :     expected_refcnt = rel->rd_isnailed ? 2 : 1;
    4480         [ +  + ]:      111615 :     if (rel->rd_refcnt != expected_refcnt)
    4481         [ +  - ]:          28 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4482                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_IN_USE),
    4483                 :             :         /* translator: first %s is a SQL command, eg ALTER TABLE */
    4484                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot %s \"%s\" because it is being used by active queries in this session",
    4485                 :             :                         stmt, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    4486                 :             : 
    4487         [ +  + ]:      111587 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_INDEX &&
    4488   [ +  +  +  + ]:      182512 :         rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX &&
    4489                 :       90546 :         AfterTriggerPendingOnRel(RelationGetRelid(rel)))
    4490         [ +  - ]:          12 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4491                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_IN_USE),
    4492                 :             :         /* translator: first %s is a SQL command, eg ALTER TABLE */
    4493                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot %s \"%s\" because it has pending trigger events",
    4494                 :             :                         stmt, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    4495                 :      111575 : }
    4496                 :             : 
    4497                 :             : /*
    4498                 :             :  * CheckAlterTableIsSafe
    4499                 :             :  *      Verify that it's safe to allow ALTER TABLE on this relation.
    4500                 :             :  *
    4501                 :             :  * This consists of CheckTableNotInUse() plus a check that the relation
    4502                 :             :  * isn't another session's temp table.  We must split out the temp-table
    4503                 :             :  * check because there are callers of CheckTableNotInUse() that don't want
    4504                 :             :  * that, notably DROP TABLE.  (We must allow DROP or we couldn't clean out
    4505                 :             :  * an orphaned temp schema.)  Compare truncate_check_activity().
    4506                 :             :  */
    4507                 :             : static void
    4508                 :       39441 : CheckAlterTableIsSafe(Relation rel)
    4509                 :             : {
    4510                 :             :     /*
    4511                 :             :      * Don't allow ALTER on temp tables of other backends.  Their local buffer
    4512                 :             :      * manager is not going to cope if we need to change the table's contents.
    4513                 :             :      * Even if we don't, there may be optimizations that assume temp tables
    4514                 :             :      * aren't subject to such interference.
    4515                 :             :      */
    4516   [ +  +  +  + ]:       39441 :     if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(rel))
    4517         [ +  - ]:           2 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4518                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    4519                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter temporary tables of other sessions")));
    4520                 :             : 
    4521                 :             :     /*
    4522                 :             :      * Also check for active uses of the relation in the current transaction,
    4523                 :             :      * including open scans and pending AFTER trigger events.
    4524                 :             :      */
    4525                 :       39439 :     CheckTableNotInUse(rel, "ALTER TABLE");
    4526                 :       39415 : }
    4527                 :             : 
    4528                 :             : /*
    4529                 :             :  * AlterTableLookupRelation
    4530                 :             :  *      Look up, and lock, the OID for the relation named by an alter table
    4531                 :             :  *      statement.
    4532                 :             :  */
    4533                 :             : Oid
    4534                 :       21011 : AlterTableLookupRelation(AlterTableStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode)
    4535                 :             : {
    4536                 :       41956 :     return RangeVarGetRelidExtended(stmt->relation, lockmode,
    4537                 :       21011 :                                     stmt->missing_ok ? RVR_MISSING_OK : 0,
    4538                 :             :                                     RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation,
    4539                 :             :                                     stmt);
    4540                 :             : }
    4541                 :             : 
    4542                 :             : /*
    4543                 :             :  * AlterTable
    4544                 :             :  *      Execute ALTER TABLE, which can be a list of subcommands
    4545                 :             :  *
    4546                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE is performed in three phases:
    4547                 :             :  *      1. Examine subcommands and perform pre-transformation checking.
    4548                 :             :  *      2. Validate and transform subcommands, and update system catalogs.
    4549                 :             :  *      3. Scan table(s) to check new constraints, and optionally recopy
    4550                 :             :  *         the data into new table(s).
    4551                 :             :  * Phase 3 is not performed unless one or more of the subcommands requires
    4552                 :             :  * it.  The intention of this design is to allow multiple independent
    4553                 :             :  * updates of the table schema to be performed with only one pass over the
    4554                 :             :  * data.
    4555                 :             :  *
    4556                 :             :  * ATPrepCmd performs phase 1.  A "work queue" entry is created for
    4557                 :             :  * each table to be affected (there may be multiple affected tables if the
    4558                 :             :  * commands traverse a table inheritance hierarchy).  Also we do preliminary
    4559                 :             :  * validation of the subcommands.  Because earlier subcommands may change
    4560                 :             :  * the catalog state seen by later commands, there are limits to what can
    4561                 :             :  * be done in this phase.  Generally, this phase acquires table locks,
    4562                 :             :  * checks permissions and relkind, and recurses to find child tables.
    4563                 :             :  *
    4564                 :             :  * ATRewriteCatalogs performs phase 2 for each affected table.
    4565                 :             :  * Certain subcommands need to be performed before others to avoid
    4566                 :             :  * unnecessary conflicts; for example, DROP COLUMN should come before
    4567                 :             :  * ADD COLUMN.  Therefore phase 1 divides the subcommands into multiple
    4568                 :             :  * lists, one for each logical "pass" of phase 2.
    4569                 :             :  *
    4570                 :             :  * ATRewriteTables performs phase 3 for those tables that need it.
    4571                 :             :  *
    4572                 :             :  * For most subcommand types, phases 2 and 3 do no explicit recursion,
    4573                 :             :  * since phase 1 already does it.  However, for certain subcommand types
    4574                 :             :  * it is only possible to determine how to recurse at phase 2 time; for
    4575                 :             :  * those cases, phase 1 sets the cmd->recurse flag.
    4576                 :             :  *
    4577                 :             :  * Thanks to the magic of MVCC, an error anywhere along the way rolls back
    4578                 :             :  * the whole operation; we don't have to do anything special to clean up.
    4579                 :             :  *
    4580                 :             :  * The caller must lock the relation, with an appropriate lock level
    4581                 :             :  * for the subcommands requested, using AlterTableGetLockLevel(stmt->cmds)
    4582                 :             :  * or higher. We pass the lock level down
    4583                 :             :  * so that we can apply it recursively to inherited tables. Note that the
    4584                 :             :  * lock level we want as we recurse might well be higher than required for
    4585                 :             :  * that specific subcommand. So we pass down the overall lock requirement,
    4586                 :             :  * rather than reassess it at lower levels.
    4587                 :             :  *
    4588                 :             :  * The caller also provides a "context" which is to be passed back to
    4589                 :             :  * utility.c when we need to execute a subcommand such as CREATE INDEX.
    4590                 :             :  * Some of the fields therein, such as the relid, are used here as well.
    4591                 :             :  */
    4592                 :             : void
    4593                 :       20837 : AlterTable(AlterTableStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode,
    4594                 :             :            AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
    4595                 :             : {
    4596                 :             :     Relation    rel;
    4597                 :             : 
    4598                 :             :     /* Caller is required to provide an adequate lock. */
    4599                 :       20837 :     rel = relation_open(context->relid, NoLock);
    4600                 :             : 
    4601                 :       20837 :     CheckAlterTableIsSafe(rel);
    4602                 :             : 
    4603                 :       20823 :     ATController(stmt, rel, stmt->cmds, stmt->relation->inh, lockmode, context);
    4604                 :       18099 : }
    4605                 :             : 
    4606                 :             : /*
    4607                 :             :  * AlterTableInternal
    4608                 :             :  *
    4609                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE with target specified by OID
    4610                 :             :  *
    4611                 :             :  * We do not reject if the relation is already open, because it's quite
    4612                 :             :  * likely that one or more layers of caller have it open.  That means it
    4613                 :             :  * is unsafe to use this entry point for alterations that could break
    4614                 :             :  * existing query plans.  On the assumption it's not used for such, we
    4615                 :             :  * don't have to reject pending AFTER triggers, either.
    4616                 :             :  *
    4617                 :             :  * Also, since we don't have an AlterTableUtilityContext, this cannot be
    4618                 :             :  * used for any subcommand types that require parse transformation or
    4619                 :             :  * could generate subcommands that have to be passed to ProcessUtility.
    4620                 :             :  */
    4621                 :             : void
    4622                 :         193 : AlterTableInternal(Oid relid, List *cmds, bool recurse)
    4623                 :             : {
    4624                 :             :     Relation    rel;
    4625                 :         193 :     LOCKMODE    lockmode = AlterTableGetLockLevel(cmds);
    4626                 :             : 
    4627                 :         193 :     rel = relation_open(relid, lockmode);
    4628                 :             : 
    4629                 :         193 :     EventTriggerAlterTableRelid(relid);
    4630                 :             : 
    4631                 :         193 :     ATController(NULL, rel, cmds, recurse, lockmode, NULL);
    4632                 :         193 : }
    4633                 :             : 
    4634                 :             : /*
    4635                 :             :  * AlterTableGetLockLevel
    4636                 :             :  *
    4637                 :             :  * Sets the overall lock level required for the supplied list of subcommands.
    4638                 :             :  * Policy for doing this set according to needs of AlterTable(), see
    4639                 :             :  * comments there for overall explanation.
    4640                 :             :  *
    4641                 :             :  * Function is called before and after parsing, so it must give same
    4642                 :             :  * answer each time it is called. Some subcommands are transformed
    4643                 :             :  * into other subcommand types, so the transform must never be made to a
    4644                 :             :  * lower lock level than previously assigned. All transforms are noted below.
    4645                 :             :  *
    4646                 :             :  * Since this is called before we lock the table we cannot use table metadata
    4647                 :             :  * to influence the type of lock we acquire.
    4648                 :             :  *
    4649                 :             :  * There should be no lockmodes hardcoded into the subcommand functions. All
    4650                 :             :  * lockmode decisions for ALTER TABLE are made here only. The one exception is
    4651                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE RENAME which is treated as a different statement type T_RenameStmt
    4652                 :             :  * and does not travel through this section of code and cannot be combined with
    4653                 :             :  * any of the subcommands given here.
    4654                 :             :  *
    4655                 :             :  * Note that Hot Standby only knows about AccessExclusiveLocks on the primary
    4656                 :             :  * so any changes that might affect SELECTs running on standbys need to use
    4657                 :             :  * AccessExclusiveLocks even if you think a lesser lock would do, unless you
    4658                 :             :  * have a solution for that also.
    4659                 :             :  *
    4660                 :             :  * Also note that pg_dump uses only an AccessShareLock, meaning that anything
    4661                 :             :  * that takes a lock less than AccessExclusiveLock can change object definitions
    4662                 :             :  * while pg_dump is running. Be careful to check that the appropriate data is
    4663                 :             :  * derived by pg_dump using an MVCC snapshot, rather than syscache lookups,
    4664                 :             :  * otherwise we might end up with an inconsistent dump that can't restore.
    4665                 :             :  */
    4666                 :             : LOCKMODE
    4667                 :       21204 : AlterTableGetLockLevel(List *cmds)
    4668                 :             : {
    4669                 :             :     /*
    4670                 :             :      * This only works if we read catalog tables using MVCC snapshots.
    4671                 :             :      */
    4672                 :             :     ListCell   *lcmd;
    4673                 :       21204 :     LOCKMODE    lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock;
    4674                 :             : 
    4675   [ +  -  +  +  :       43229 :     foreach(lcmd, cmds)
                   +  + ]
    4676                 :             :     {
    4677                 :       22025 :         AlterTableCmd *cmd = (AlterTableCmd *) lfirst(lcmd);
    4678                 :       22025 :         LOCKMODE    cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock; /* default for compiler */
    4679                 :             : 
    4680   [ +  +  +  +  :       22025 :         switch (cmd->subtype)
          +  +  +  +  +  
          +  +  +  +  +  
          +  +  +  +  +  
                      - ]
    4681                 :             :         {
    4682                 :             :                 /*
    4683                 :             :                  * These subcommands rewrite the heap, so require full locks.
    4684                 :             :                  */
    4685                 :        2622 :             case AT_AddColumn:  /* may rewrite heap, in some cases and visible
    4686                 :             :                                  * to SELECT */
    4687                 :             :             case AT_SetAccessMethod:    /* must rewrite heap */
    4688                 :             :             case AT_SetTableSpace:  /* must rewrite heap */
    4689                 :             :             case AT_AlterColumnType:    /* must rewrite heap */
    4690                 :        2622 :                 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
    4691                 :        2622 :                 break;
    4692                 :             : 
    4693                 :             :                 /*
    4694                 :             :                  * These subcommands may require addition of toast tables. If
    4695                 :             :                  * we add a toast table to a table currently being scanned, we
    4696                 :             :                  * might miss data added to the new toast table by concurrent
    4697                 :             :                  * insert transactions.
    4698                 :             :                  */
    4699                 :         219 :             case AT_SetStorage: /* may add toast tables, see
    4700                 :             :                                  * ATRewriteCatalogs() */
    4701                 :         219 :                 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
    4702                 :         219 :                 break;
    4703                 :             : 
    4704                 :             :                 /*
    4705                 :             :                  * Removing constraints can affect SELECTs that have been
    4706                 :             :                  * optimized assuming the constraint holds true. See also
    4707                 :             :                  * CloneFkReferenced.
    4708                 :             :                  */
    4709                 :         765 :             case AT_DropConstraint: /* as DROP INDEX */
    4710                 :             :             case AT_DropNotNull:    /* may change some SQL plans */
    4711                 :         765 :                 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
    4712                 :         765 :                 break;
    4713                 :             : 
    4714                 :             :                 /*
    4715                 :             :                  * Subcommands that may be visible to concurrent SELECTs
    4716                 :             :                  */
    4717                 :        1172 :             case AT_DropColumn: /* change visible to SELECT */
    4718                 :             :             case AT_AddColumnToView:    /* CREATE VIEW */
    4719                 :             :             case AT_DropOids:   /* used to equiv to DropColumn */
    4720                 :             :             case AT_EnableAlwaysRule:   /* may change SELECT rules */
    4721                 :             :             case AT_EnableReplicaRule:  /* may change SELECT rules */
    4722                 :             :             case AT_EnableRule: /* may change SELECT rules */
    4723                 :             :             case AT_DisableRule:    /* may change SELECT rules */
    4724                 :        1172 :                 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
    4725                 :        1172 :                 break;
    4726                 :             : 
    4727                 :             :                 /*
    4728                 :             :                  * Changing owner may remove implicit SELECT privileges
    4729                 :             :                  */
    4730                 :        1135 :             case AT_ChangeOwner:    /* change visible to SELECT */
    4731                 :        1135 :                 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
    4732                 :        1135 :                 break;
    4733                 :             : 
    4734                 :             :                 /*
    4735                 :             :                  * Changing foreign table options may affect optimization.
    4736                 :             :                  */
    4737                 :         144 :             case AT_GenericOptions:
    4738                 :             :             case AT_AlterColumnGenericOptions:
    4739                 :         144 :                 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
    4740                 :         144 :                 break;
    4741                 :             : 
    4742                 :             :                 /*
    4743                 :             :                  * These subcommands affect write operations only.
    4744                 :             :                  */
    4745                 :         191 :             case AT_EnableTrig:
    4746                 :             :             case AT_EnableAlwaysTrig:
    4747                 :             :             case AT_EnableReplicaTrig:
    4748                 :             :             case AT_EnableTrigAll:
    4749                 :             :             case AT_EnableTrigUser:
    4750                 :             :             case AT_DisableTrig:
    4751                 :             :             case AT_DisableTrigAll:
    4752                 :             :             case AT_DisableTrigUser:
    4753                 :         191 :                 cmd_lockmode = ShareRowExclusiveLock;
    4754                 :         191 :                 break;
    4755                 :             : 
    4756                 :             :                 /*
    4757                 :             :                  * These subcommands affect write operations only. XXX
    4758                 :             :                  * Theoretically, these could be ShareRowExclusiveLock.
    4759                 :             :                  */
    4760                 :        2152 :             case AT_ColumnDefault:
    4761                 :             :             case AT_CookedColumnDefault:
    4762                 :             :             case AT_AlterConstraint:
    4763                 :             :             case AT_AddIndex:   /* from ADD CONSTRAINT */
    4764                 :             :             case AT_AddIndexConstraint:
    4765                 :             :             case AT_ReplicaIdentity:
    4766                 :             :             case AT_SetNotNull:
    4767                 :             :             case AT_EnableRowSecurity:
    4768                 :             :             case AT_DisableRowSecurity:
    4769                 :             :             case AT_ForceRowSecurity:
    4770                 :             :             case AT_NoForceRowSecurity:
    4771                 :             :             case AT_AddIdentity:
    4772                 :             :             case AT_DropIdentity:
    4773                 :             :             case AT_SetIdentity:
    4774                 :             :             case AT_SetExpression:
    4775                 :             :             case AT_DropExpression:
    4776                 :             :             case AT_SetCompression:
    4777                 :        2152 :                 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
    4778                 :        2152 :                 break;
    4779                 :             : 
    4780                 :        9763 :             case AT_AddConstraint:
    4781                 :             :             case AT_ReAddConstraint:    /* becomes AT_AddConstraint */
    4782                 :             :             case AT_ReAddDomainConstraint:  /* becomes AT_AddConstraint */
    4783         [ +  - ]:        9763 :                 if (IsA(cmd->def, Constraint))
    4784                 :             :                 {
    4785                 :        9763 :                     Constraint *con = (Constraint *) cmd->def;
    4786                 :             : 
    4787      [ +  +  + ]:        9763 :                     switch (con->contype)
    4788                 :             :                     {
    4789                 :        7156 :                         case CONSTR_EXCLUSION:
    4790                 :             :                         case CONSTR_PRIMARY:
    4791                 :             :                         case CONSTR_UNIQUE:
    4792                 :             : 
    4793                 :             :                             /*
    4794                 :             :                              * Cases essentially the same as CREATE INDEX. We
    4795                 :             :                              * could reduce the lock strength to ShareLock if
    4796                 :             :                              * we can work out how to allow concurrent catalog
    4797                 :             :                              * updates. XXX Might be set down to
    4798                 :             :                              * ShareRowExclusiveLock but requires further
    4799                 :             :                              * analysis.
    4800                 :             :                              */
    4801                 :        7156 :                             cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
    4802                 :        7156 :                             break;
    4803                 :        1840 :                         case CONSTR_FOREIGN:
    4804                 :             : 
    4805                 :             :                             /*
    4806                 :             :                              * We add triggers to both tables when we add a
    4807                 :             :                              * Foreign Key, so the lock level must be at least
    4808                 :             :                              * as strong as CREATE TRIGGER.
    4809                 :             :                              */
    4810                 :        1840 :                             cmd_lockmode = ShareRowExclusiveLock;
    4811                 :        1840 :                             break;
    4812                 :             : 
    4813                 :         767 :                         default:
    4814                 :         767 :                             cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
    4815                 :             :                     }
    4816                 :             :                 }
    4817                 :        9763 :                 break;
    4818                 :             : 
    4819                 :             :                 /*
    4820                 :             :                  * These subcommands affect inheritance behaviour. Queries
    4821                 :             :                  * started before us will continue to see the old inheritance
    4822                 :             :                  * behaviour, while queries started after we commit will see
    4823                 :             :                  * new behaviour. No need to prevent reads or writes to the
    4824                 :             :                  * subtable while we hook it up though. Changing the TupDesc
    4825                 :             :                  * may be a problem, so keep highest lock.
    4826                 :             :                  */
    4827                 :         374 :             case AT_AddInherit:
    4828                 :             :             case AT_DropInherit:
    4829                 :         374 :                 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
    4830                 :         374 :                 break;
    4831                 :             : 
    4832                 :             :                 /*
    4833                 :             :                  * These subcommands affect implicit row type conversion. They
    4834                 :             :                  * have affects similar to CREATE/DROP CAST on queries. don't
    4835                 :             :                  * provide for invalidating parse trees as a result of such
    4836                 :             :                  * changes, so we keep these at AccessExclusiveLock.
    4837                 :             :                  */
    4838                 :          54 :             case AT_AddOf:
    4839                 :             :             case AT_DropOf:
    4840                 :          54 :                 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
    4841                 :          54 :                 break;
    4842                 :             : 
    4843                 :             :                 /*
    4844                 :             :                  * Only used by CREATE OR REPLACE VIEW which must conflict
    4845                 :             :                  * with an SELECTs currently using the view.
    4846                 :             :                  */
    4847                 :         137 :             case AT_ReplaceRelOptions:
    4848                 :         137 :                 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
    4849                 :         137 :                 break;
    4850                 :             : 
    4851                 :             :                 /*
    4852                 :             :                  * These subcommands affect general strategies for performance
    4853                 :             :                  * and maintenance, though don't change the semantic results
    4854                 :             :                  * from normal data reads and writes. Delaying an ALTER TABLE
    4855                 :             :                  * behind currently active writes only delays the point where
    4856                 :             :                  * the new strategy begins to take effect, so there is no
    4857                 :             :                  * benefit in waiting. In this case the minimum restriction
    4858                 :             :                  * applies: we don't currently allow concurrent catalog
    4859                 :             :                  * updates.
    4860                 :             :                  */
    4861                 :         158 :             case AT_SetStatistics:  /* Uses MVCC in getTableAttrs() */
    4862                 :             :             case AT_ClusterOn:  /* Uses MVCC in getIndexes() */
    4863                 :             :             case AT_DropCluster:    /* Uses MVCC in getIndexes() */
    4864                 :             :             case AT_SetOptions: /* Uses MVCC in getTableAttrs() */
    4865                 :             :             case AT_ResetOptions:   /* Uses MVCC in getTableAttrs() */
    4866                 :         158 :                 cmd_lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock;
    4867                 :         158 :                 break;
    4868                 :             : 
    4869                 :          79 :             case AT_SetLogged:
    4870                 :             :             case AT_SetUnLogged:
    4871                 :          79 :                 cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
    4872                 :          79 :                 break;
    4873                 :             : 
    4874                 :         288 :             case AT_ValidateConstraint: /* Uses MVCC in getConstraints() */
    4875                 :         288 :                 cmd_lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock;
    4876                 :         288 :                 break;
    4877                 :             : 
    4878                 :             :                 /*
    4879                 :             :                  * Rel options are more complex than first appears. Options
    4880                 :             :                  * are set here for tables, views and indexes; for historical
    4881                 :             :                  * reasons these can all be used with ALTER TABLE, so we can't
    4882                 :             :                  * decide between them using the basic grammar.
    4883                 :             :                  */
    4884                 :         540 :             case AT_SetRelOptions:  /* Uses MVCC in getIndexes() and
    4885                 :             :                                      * getTables() */
    4886                 :             :             case AT_ResetRelOptions:    /* Uses MVCC in getIndexes() and
    4887                 :             :                                          * getTables() */
    4888                 :         540 :                 cmd_lockmode = AlterTableGetRelOptionsLockLevel((List *) cmd->def);
    4889                 :         540 :                 break;
    4890                 :             : 
    4891                 :        1847 :             case AT_AttachPartition:
    4892                 :        1847 :                 cmd_lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock;
    4893                 :        1847 :                 break;
    4894                 :             : 
    4895                 :         374 :             case AT_DetachPartition:
    4896         [ +  + ]:         374 :                 if (((PartitionCmd *) cmd->def)->concurrent)
    4897                 :          88 :                     cmd_lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock;
    4898                 :             :                 else
    4899                 :         286 :                     cmd_lockmode = AccessExclusiveLock;
    4900                 :         374 :                 break;
    4901                 :             : 
    4902                 :          11 :             case AT_DetachPartitionFinalize:
    4903                 :          11 :                 cmd_lockmode = ShareUpdateExclusiveLock;
    4904                 :          11 :                 break;
    4905                 :             : 
    4906                 :           0 :             default:            /* oops */
    4907         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized alter table type: %d",
    4908                 :             :                      (int) cmd->subtype);
    4909                 :             :                 break;
    4910                 :             :         }
    4911                 :             : 
    4912                 :             :         /*
    4913                 :             :          * Take the greatest lockmode from any subcommand
    4914                 :             :          */
    4915         [ +  + ]:       22025 :         if (cmd_lockmode > lockmode)
    4916                 :       18390 :             lockmode = cmd_lockmode;
    4917                 :             :     }
    4918                 :             : 
    4919                 :       21204 :     return lockmode;
    4920                 :             : }
    4921                 :             : 
    4922                 :             : /*
    4923                 :             :  * ATController provides top level control over the phases.
    4924                 :             :  *
    4925                 :             :  * parsetree is passed in to allow it to be passed to event triggers
    4926                 :             :  * when requested.
    4927                 :             :  */
    4928                 :             : static void
    4929                 :       21016 : ATController(AlterTableStmt *parsetree,
    4930                 :             :              Relation rel, List *cmds, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode,
    4931                 :             :              AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
    4932                 :             : {
    4933                 :       21016 :     List       *wqueue = NIL;
    4934                 :             :     ListCell   *lcmd;
    4935                 :             : 
    4936                 :             :     /* Phase 1: preliminary examination of commands, create work queue */
    4937   [ +  -  +  +  :       42544 :     foreach(lcmd, cmds)
                   +  + ]
    4938                 :             :     {
    4939                 :       21833 :         AlterTableCmd *cmd = (AlterTableCmd *) lfirst(lcmd);
    4940                 :             : 
    4941                 :       21833 :         ATPrepCmd(&wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, false, lockmode, context);
    4942                 :             :     }
    4943                 :             : 
    4944                 :             :     /* Close the relation, but keep lock until commit */
    4945                 :       20711 :     relation_close(rel, NoLock);
    4946                 :             : 
    4947                 :             :     /* Phase 2: update system catalogs */
    4948                 :       20711 :     ATRewriteCatalogs(&wqueue, lockmode, context);
    4949                 :             : 
    4950                 :             :     /* Phase 3: scan/rewrite tables as needed, and run afterStmts */
    4951                 :       18713 :     ATRewriteTables(parsetree, &wqueue, lockmode, context);
    4952                 :       18292 : }
    4953                 :             : 
    4954                 :             : /*
    4955                 :             :  * ATPrepCmd
    4956                 :             :  *
    4957                 :             :  * Traffic cop for ALTER TABLE Phase 1 operations, including simple
    4958                 :             :  * recursion and permission checks.
    4959                 :             :  *
    4960                 :             :  * Caller must have acquired appropriate lock type on relation already.
    4961                 :             :  * This lock should be held until commit.
    4962                 :             :  */
    4963                 :             : static void
    4964                 :       22472 : ATPrepCmd(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd,
    4965                 :             :           bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode,
    4966                 :             :           AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
    4967                 :             : {
    4968                 :             :     AlteredTableInfo *tab;
    4969                 :       22472 :     AlterTablePass pass = AT_PASS_UNSET;
    4970                 :             : 
    4971                 :             :     /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */
    4972                 :       22472 :     tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
    4973                 :             : 
    4974                 :             :     /*
    4975                 :             :      * Disallow any ALTER TABLE other than ALTER TABLE DETACH FINALIZE on
    4976                 :             :      * partitions that are pending detach.
    4977                 :             :      */
    4978         [ +  + ]:       22472 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relispartition &&
    4979   [ +  -  +  + ]:        1834 :         cmd->subtype != AT_DetachPartitionFinalize &&
    4980                 :         917 :         PartitionHasPendingDetach(RelationGetRelid(rel)))
    4981         [ +  - ]:           1 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4982                 :             :                 errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
    4983                 :             :                 errmsg("cannot alter partition \"%s\" with an incomplete detach",
    4984                 :             :                        RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
    4985                 :             :                 errhint("Use ALTER TABLE ... DETACH PARTITION ... FINALIZE to complete the pending detach operation."));
    4986                 :             : 
    4987                 :             :     /*
    4988                 :             :      * Copy the original subcommand for each table, so we can scribble on it.
    4989                 :             :      * This avoids conflicts when different child tables need to make
    4990                 :             :      * different parse transformations (for example, the same column may have
    4991                 :             :      * different column numbers in different children).
    4992                 :             :      */
    4993                 :       22471 :     cmd = copyObject(cmd);
    4994                 :             : 
    4995                 :             :     /*
    4996                 :             :      * Do permissions and relkind checking, recursion to child tables if
    4997                 :             :      * needed, and any additional phase-1 processing needed.  (But beware of
    4998                 :             :      * adding any processing that looks at table details that another
    4999                 :             :      * subcommand could change.  In some cases we reject multiple subcommands
    5000                 :             :      * that could try to change the same state in contrary ways.)
    5001                 :             :      */
    5002   [ +  +  +  +  :       22471 :     switch (cmd->subtype)
          +  +  +  +  +  
          +  +  +  +  +  
          +  +  -  +  -  
          +  +  +  +  +  
          +  +  +  +  +  
          +  +  +  +  +  
          +  +  +  +  +  
                   +  - ]
    5003                 :             :     {
    5004                 :        1570 :         case AT_AddColumn:      /* ADD COLUMN */
    5005                 :        1570 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5006                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE |
    5007                 :             :                                 ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5008                 :        1570 :             ATPrepAddColumn(wqueue, rel, recurse, recursing, false, cmd,
    5009                 :             :                             lockmode, context);
    5010                 :             :             /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */
    5011                 :        1562 :             pass = AT_PASS_ADD_COL;
    5012                 :        1562 :             break;
    5013                 :          21 :         case AT_AddColumnToView:    /* add column via CREATE OR REPLACE VIEW */
    5014                 :          21 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel, ATT_VIEW);
    5015                 :          21 :             ATPrepAddColumn(wqueue, rel, recurse, recursing, true, cmd,
    5016                 :             :                             lockmode, context);
    5017                 :             :             /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */
    5018                 :          21 :             pass = AT_PASS_ADD_COL;
    5019                 :          21 :             break;
    5020                 :         411 :         case AT_ColumnDefault:  /* ALTER COLUMN DEFAULT */
    5021                 :             : 
    5022                 :             :             /*
    5023                 :             :              * We allow defaults on views so that INSERT into a view can have
    5024                 :             :              * default-ish behavior.  This works because the rewriter
    5025                 :             :              * substitutes default values into INSERTs before it expands
    5026                 :             :              * rules.
    5027                 :             :              */
    5028                 :         411 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5029                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_VIEW |
    5030                 :             :                                 ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5031                 :         411 :             ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context);
    5032                 :             :             /* No command-specific prep needed */
    5033         [ +  + ]:         411 :             pass = cmd->def ? AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR : AT_PASS_DROP;
    5034                 :         411 :             break;
    5035                 :          57 :         case AT_CookedColumnDefault:    /* add a pre-cooked default */
    5036                 :             :             /* This is currently used only in CREATE TABLE */
    5037                 :             :             /* (so the permission check really isn't necessary) */
    5038                 :          57 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5039                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5040                 :             :             /* This command never recurses */
    5041                 :          57 :             pass = AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR;
    5042                 :          57 :             break;
    5043                 :         107 :         case AT_AddIdentity:
    5044                 :         107 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5045                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_VIEW |
    5046                 :             :                                 ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5047                 :             :             /* Set up recursion for phase 2; no other prep needed */
    5048         [ +  + ]:         107 :             if (recurse)
    5049                 :         103 :                 cmd->recurse = true;
    5050                 :         107 :             pass = AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR;
    5051                 :         107 :             break;
    5052                 :          41 :         case AT_SetIdentity:
    5053                 :          41 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5054                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_VIEW |
    5055                 :             :                                 ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5056                 :             :             /* Set up recursion for phase 2; no other prep needed */
    5057         [ +  + ]:          41 :             if (recurse)
    5058                 :          37 :                 cmd->recurse = true;
    5059                 :             :             /* This should run after AddIdentity, so do it in MISC pass */
    5060                 :          41 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5061                 :          41 :             break;
    5062                 :          37 :         case AT_DropIdentity:
    5063                 :          37 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5064                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_VIEW |
    5065                 :             :                                 ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5066                 :             :             /* Set up recursion for phase 2; no other prep needed */
    5067         [ +  + ]:          37 :             if (recurse)
    5068                 :          33 :                 cmd->recurse = true;
    5069                 :          37 :             pass = AT_PASS_DROP;
    5070                 :          37 :             break;
    5071                 :         181 :         case AT_DropNotNull:    /* ALTER COLUMN DROP NOT NULL */
    5072                 :         181 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5073                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5074                 :             :             /* Set up recursion for phase 2; no other prep needed */
    5075         [ +  + ]:         177 :             if (recurse)
    5076                 :         165 :                 cmd->recurse = true;
    5077                 :         177 :             pass = AT_PASS_DROP;
    5078                 :         177 :             break;
    5079                 :         276 :         case AT_SetNotNull:     /* ALTER COLUMN SET NOT NULL */
    5080                 :         276 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5081                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5082                 :             :             /* Set up recursion for phase 2; no other prep needed */
    5083         [ +  + ]:         272 :             if (recurse)
    5084                 :         252 :                 cmd->recurse = true;
    5085                 :         272 :             pass = AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS;
    5086                 :         272 :             break;
    5087                 :         193 :         case AT_SetExpression:  /* ALTER COLUMN SET EXPRESSION */
    5088                 :         193 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5089                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5090                 :         193 :             ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context);
    5091                 :         193 :             pass = AT_PASS_SET_EXPRESSION;
    5092                 :         193 :             break;
    5093                 :          93 :         case AT_DropExpression: /* ALTER COLUMN DROP EXPRESSION */
    5094                 :          93 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5095                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5096                 :          93 :             ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context);
    5097                 :          93 :             ATPrepDropExpression(rel, cmd, recurse, recursing, lockmode);
    5098                 :          69 :             pass = AT_PASS_DROP;
    5099                 :          69 :             break;
    5100                 :         111 :         case AT_SetStatistics:  /* ALTER COLUMN SET STATISTICS */
    5101                 :         111 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5102                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_MATVIEW |
    5103                 :             :                                 ATT_INDEX | ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5104                 :         111 :             ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context);
    5105                 :             :             /* No command-specific prep needed */
    5106                 :         111 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5107                 :         111 :             break;
    5108                 :          29 :         case AT_SetOptions:     /* ALTER COLUMN SET ( options ) */
    5109                 :             :         case AT_ResetOptions:   /* ALTER COLUMN RESET ( options ) */
    5110                 :          29 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5111                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE |
    5112                 :             :                                 ATT_MATVIEW | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5113                 :             :             /* This command never recurses */
    5114                 :          21 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5115                 :          21 :             break;
    5116                 :         233 :         case AT_SetStorage:     /* ALTER COLUMN SET STORAGE */
    5117                 :         233 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5118                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE |
    5119                 :             :                                 ATT_MATVIEW | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5120                 :         233 :             ATSimpleRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context);
    5121                 :             :             /* No command-specific prep needed */
    5122                 :         233 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5123                 :         233 :             break;
    5124                 :          48 :         case AT_SetCompression: /* ALTER COLUMN SET COMPRESSION */
    5125                 :          48 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5126                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_MATVIEW);
    5127                 :             :             /* This command never recurses */
    5128                 :             :             /* No command-specific prep needed */
    5129                 :          48 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5130                 :          48 :             break;
    5131                 :        1098 :         case AT_DropColumn:     /* DROP COLUMN */
    5132                 :        1098 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5133                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE |
    5134                 :             :                                 ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5135                 :        1094 :             ATPrepDropColumn(wqueue, rel, recurse, recursing, cmd,
    5136                 :             :                              lockmode, context);
    5137                 :             :             /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */
    5138                 :        1086 :             pass = AT_PASS_DROP;
    5139                 :        1086 :             break;
    5140                 :           0 :         case AT_AddIndex:       /* ADD INDEX */
    5141                 :           0 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
    5142                 :             :             /* This command never recurses */
    5143                 :             :             /* No command-specific prep needed */
    5144                 :           0 :             pass = AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX;
    5145                 :           0 :             break;
    5146                 :       10060 :         case AT_AddConstraint:  /* ADD CONSTRAINT */
    5147                 :       10060 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5148                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5149                 :       10060 :             ATPrepAddPrimaryKey(wqueue, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode, context);
    5150         [ +  + ]:       10040 :             if (recurse)
    5151                 :             :             {
    5152                 :             :                 /* recurses at exec time; lock descendants and set flag */
    5153                 :        9827 :                 (void) find_all_inheritors(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode, NULL);
    5154                 :        9827 :                 cmd->recurse = true;
    5155                 :             :             }
    5156                 :       10040 :             pass = AT_PASS_ADD_CONSTR;
    5157                 :       10040 :             break;
    5158                 :           0 :         case AT_AddIndexConstraint: /* ADD CONSTRAINT USING INDEX */
    5159                 :           0 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
    5160                 :             :             /* This command never recurses */
    5161                 :             :             /* No command-specific prep needed */
    5162                 :           0 :             pass = AT_PASS_ADD_INDEXCONSTR;
    5163                 :           0 :             break;
    5164                 :         559 :         case AT_DropConstraint: /* DROP CONSTRAINT */
    5165                 :         559 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5166                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5167                 :         559 :             ATCheckPartitionsNotInUse(rel, lockmode);
    5168                 :             :             /* Other recursion occurs during execution phase */
    5169                 :             :             /* No command-specific prep needed except saving recurse flag */
    5170         [ +  + ]:         555 :             if (recurse)
    5171                 :         531 :                 cmd->recurse = true;
    5172                 :         555 :             pass = AT_PASS_DROP;
    5173                 :         555 :             break;
    5174                 :         963 :         case AT_AlterColumnType:    /* ALTER COLUMN TYPE */
    5175                 :         963 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5176                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE |
    5177                 :             :                                 ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5178                 :             :             /* See comments for ATPrepAlterColumnType */
    5179                 :         963 :             cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, cmd, recurse, lockmode,
    5180                 :             :                                       AT_PASS_UNSET, context);
    5181                 :             :             Assert(cmd != NULL);
    5182                 :             :             /* Performs own recursion */
    5183                 :         959 :             ATPrepAlterColumnType(wqueue, tab, rel, recurse, recursing, cmd,
    5184                 :             :                                   lockmode, context);
    5185                 :         828 :             pass = AT_PASS_ALTER_TYPE;
    5186                 :         828 :             break;
    5187                 :          94 :         case AT_AlterColumnGenericOptions:
    5188                 :          94 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel, ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5189                 :             :             /* This command never recurses */
    5190                 :             :             /* No command-specific prep needed */
    5191                 :          94 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5192                 :          94 :             break;
    5193                 :        1115 :         case AT_ChangeOwner:    /* ALTER OWNER */
    5194                 :             :             /* This command never recurses */
    5195                 :             :             /* No command-specific prep needed */
    5196                 :        1115 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5197                 :        1115 :             break;
    5198                 :          43 :         case AT_ClusterOn:      /* CLUSTER ON */
    5199                 :             :         case AT_DropCluster:    /* SET WITHOUT CLUSTER */
    5200                 :          43 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5201                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_MATVIEW);
    5202                 :             :             /* These commands never recurse */
    5203                 :             :             /* No command-specific prep needed */
    5204                 :          35 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5205                 :          35 :             break;
    5206                 :          79 :         case AT_SetLogged:      /* SET LOGGED */
    5207                 :             :         case AT_SetUnLogged:    /* SET UNLOGGED */
    5208                 :          79 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_SEQUENCE);
    5209         [ -  + ]:          71 :             if (tab->chgPersistence)
    5210         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    5211                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    5212                 :             :                          errmsg("cannot change persistence setting twice")));
    5213                 :          71 :             ATPrepChangePersistence(tab, rel, cmd->subtype == AT_SetLogged);
    5214                 :          59 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5215                 :          59 :             break;
    5216                 :           4 :         case AT_DropOids:       /* SET WITHOUT OIDS */
    5217                 :           4 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5218                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5219                 :           4 :             pass = AT_PASS_DROP;
    5220                 :           4 :             break;
    5221                 :          85 :         case AT_SetAccessMethod:    /* SET ACCESS METHOD */
    5222                 :          85 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5223                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_MATVIEW);
    5224                 :             : 
    5225                 :             :             /* check if another access method change was already requested */
    5226         [ +  + ]:          85 :             if (tab->chgAccessMethod)
    5227         [ +  - ]:          12 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    5228                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    5229                 :             :                          errmsg("cannot have multiple SET ACCESS METHOD subcommands")));
    5230                 :             : 
    5231                 :          73 :             ATPrepSetAccessMethod(tab, rel, cmd->name);
    5232                 :          73 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;    /* does not matter; no work in Phase 2 */
    5233                 :          73 :             break;
    5234                 :         104 :         case AT_SetTableSpace:  /* SET TABLESPACE */
    5235                 :         104 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel, ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE |
    5236                 :             :                                 ATT_MATVIEW | ATT_INDEX | ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX);
    5237                 :             :             /* This command never recurses */
    5238                 :         104 :             ATPrepSetTableSpace(tab, rel, cmd->name, lockmode);
    5239                 :         104 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;    /* doesn't actually matter */
    5240                 :         104 :             break;
    5241                 :         675 :         case AT_SetRelOptions:  /* SET (...) */
    5242                 :             :         case AT_ResetRelOptions:    /* RESET (...) */
    5243                 :             :         case AT_ReplaceRelOptions:  /* reset them all, then set just these */
    5244                 :         675 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5245                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_VIEW |
    5246                 :             :                                 ATT_MATVIEW | ATT_INDEX);
    5247                 :             :             /* This command never recurses */
    5248                 :             :             /* No command-specific prep needed */
    5249                 :         674 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5250                 :         674 :             break;
    5251                 :         301 :         case AT_AddInherit:     /* INHERIT */
    5252                 :         301 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5253                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5254                 :             :             /* This command never recurses */
    5255                 :         297 :             ATPrepChangeInherit(rel);
    5256                 :         285 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5257                 :         285 :             break;
    5258                 :          73 :         case AT_DropInherit:    /* NO INHERIT */
    5259                 :          73 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5260                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5261                 :             :             /* This command never recurses */
    5262                 :          69 :             ATPrepChangeInherit(rel);
    5263                 :          61 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5264                 :          61 :             break;
    5265                 :         336 :         case AT_AlterConstraint:    /* ALTER CONSTRAINT */
    5266                 :         336 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5267                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
    5268                 :             :             /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */
    5269         [ +  + ]:         332 :             if (recurse)
    5270                 :         320 :                 cmd->recurse = true;
    5271                 :         332 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5272                 :         332 :             break;
    5273                 :         288 :         case AT_ValidateConstraint: /* VALIDATE CONSTRAINT */
    5274                 :         288 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5275                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5276                 :             :             /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */
    5277                 :             :             /* No command-specific prep needed except saving recurse flag */
    5278         [ +  - ]:         288 :             if (recurse)
    5279                 :         288 :                 cmd->recurse = true;
    5280                 :         288 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5281                 :         288 :             break;
    5282                 :         317 :         case AT_ReplicaIdentity:    /* REPLICA IDENTITY ... */
    5283                 :         317 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5284                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_MATVIEW);
    5285                 :         317 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5286                 :             :             /* This command never recurses */
    5287                 :             :             /* No command-specific prep needed */
    5288                 :         317 :             break;
    5289                 :         191 :         case AT_EnableTrig:     /* ENABLE TRIGGER variants */
    5290                 :             :         case AT_EnableAlwaysTrig:
    5291                 :             :         case AT_EnableReplicaTrig:
    5292                 :             :         case AT_EnableTrigAll:
    5293                 :             :         case AT_EnableTrigUser:
    5294                 :             :         case AT_DisableTrig:    /* DISABLE TRIGGER variants */
    5295                 :             :         case AT_DisableTrigAll:
    5296                 :             :         case AT_DisableTrigUser:
    5297                 :         191 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5298                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5299                 :             :             /* Set up recursion for phase 2; no other prep needed */
    5300         [ +  + ]:         191 :             if (recurse)
    5301                 :         174 :                 cmd->recurse = true;
    5302                 :         191 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5303                 :         191 :             break;
    5304                 :         420 :         case AT_EnableRule:     /* ENABLE/DISABLE RULE variants */
    5305                 :             :         case AT_EnableAlwaysRule:
    5306                 :             :         case AT_EnableReplicaRule:
    5307                 :             :         case AT_DisableRule:
    5308                 :             :         case AT_AddOf:          /* OF */
    5309                 :             :         case AT_DropOf:         /* NOT OF */
    5310                 :             :         case AT_EnableRowSecurity:
    5311                 :             :         case AT_DisableRowSecurity:
    5312                 :             :         case AT_ForceRowSecurity:
    5313                 :             :         case AT_NoForceRowSecurity:
    5314                 :         420 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5315                 :             :                                 ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
    5316                 :             :             /* These commands never recurse */
    5317                 :             :             /* No command-specific prep needed */
    5318                 :         420 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5319                 :         420 :             break;
    5320                 :          34 :         case AT_GenericOptions:
    5321                 :          34 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel, ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    5322                 :             :             /* No command-specific prep needed */
    5323                 :          34 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5324                 :          34 :             break;
    5325                 :        1839 :         case AT_AttachPartition:
    5326                 :        1839 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel,
    5327                 :             :                                 ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX);
    5328                 :             :             /* No command-specific prep needed */
    5329                 :        1835 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5330                 :        1835 :             break;
    5331                 :         374 :         case AT_DetachPartition:
    5332                 :         374 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel, ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
    5333                 :             :             /* No command-specific prep needed */
    5334                 :         362 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5335                 :         362 :             break;
    5336                 :          11 :         case AT_DetachPartitionFinalize:
    5337                 :          11 :             ATSimplePermissions(cmd->subtype, rel, ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
    5338                 :             :             /* No command-specific prep needed */
    5339                 :           7 :             pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5340                 :           7 :             break;
    5341                 :           0 :         default:                /* oops */
    5342         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "unrecognized alter table type: %d",
    5343                 :             :                  (int) cmd->subtype);
    5344                 :             :             pass = AT_PASS_UNSET;   /* keep compiler quiet */
    5345                 :             :             break;
    5346                 :             :     }
    5347                 :             :     Assert(pass > AT_PASS_UNSET);
    5348                 :             : 
    5349                 :             :     /* Add the subcommand to the appropriate list for phase 2 */
    5350                 :       22159 :     tab->subcmds[pass] = lappend(tab->subcmds[pass], cmd);
    5351                 :       22159 : }
    5352                 :             : 
    5353                 :             : /*
    5354                 :             :  * ATRewriteCatalogs
    5355                 :             :  *
    5356                 :             :  * Traffic cop for ALTER TABLE Phase 2 operations.  Subcommands are
    5357                 :             :  * dispatched in a "safe" execution order (designed to avoid unnecessary
    5358                 :             :  * conflicts).
    5359                 :             :  */
    5360                 :             : static void
    5361                 :       20711 : ATRewriteCatalogs(List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode,
    5362                 :             :                   AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
    5363                 :             : {
    5364                 :             :     ListCell   *ltab;
    5365                 :             : 
    5366                 :             :     /*
    5367                 :             :      * We process all the tables "in parallel", one pass at a time.  This is
    5368                 :             :      * needed because we may have to propagate work from one table to another
    5369                 :             :      * (specifically, ALTER TYPE on a foreign key's PK has to dispatch the
    5370                 :             :      * re-adding of the foreign key constraint to the other table).  Work can
    5371                 :             :      * only be propagated into later passes, however.
    5372                 :             :      */
    5373         [ +  + ]:      260078 :     for (AlterTablePass pass = 0; pass < AT_NUM_PASSES; pass++)
    5374                 :             :     {
    5375                 :             :         /* Go through each table that needs to be processed */
    5376   [ +  -  +  +  :      492099 :         foreach(ltab, *wqueue)
                   +  + ]
    5377                 :             :         {
    5378                 :      252732 :             AlteredTableInfo *tab = (AlteredTableInfo *) lfirst(ltab);
    5379                 :      252732 :             List       *subcmds = tab->subcmds[pass];
    5380                 :             :             ListCell   *lcmd;
    5381                 :             : 
    5382         [ +  + ]:      252732 :             if (subcmds == NIL)
    5383                 :      217247 :                 continue;
    5384                 :             : 
    5385                 :             :             /*
    5386                 :             :              * Open the relation and store it in tab.  This allows subroutines
    5387                 :             :              * close and reopen, if necessary.  Appropriate lock was obtained
    5388                 :             :              * by phase 1, needn't get it again.
    5389                 :             :              */
    5390                 :       35485 :             tab->rel = relation_open(tab->relid, NoLock);
    5391                 :             : 
    5392   [ +  -  +  +  :       71342 :             foreach(lcmd, subcmds)
                   +  + ]
    5393                 :       37855 :                 ATExecCmd(wqueue, tab,
    5394                 :       37855 :                           lfirst_node(AlterTableCmd, lcmd),
    5395                 :             :                           lockmode, pass, context);
    5396                 :             : 
    5397                 :             :             /*
    5398                 :             :              * After the ALTER TYPE or SET EXPRESSION pass, do cleanup work
    5399                 :             :              * (this is not done in ATExecAlterColumnType since it should be
    5400                 :             :              * done only once if multiple columns of a table are altered).
    5401                 :             :              */
    5402   [ +  +  +  + ]:       33487 :             if (pass == AT_PASS_ALTER_TYPE || pass == AT_PASS_SET_EXPRESSION)
    5403                 :         925 :                 ATPostAlterTypeCleanup(wqueue, tab, lockmode);
    5404                 :             : 
    5405         [ +  - ]:       33487 :             if (tab->rel)
    5406                 :             :             {
    5407                 :       33487 :                 relation_close(tab->rel, NoLock);
    5408                 :       33487 :                 tab->rel = NULL;
    5409                 :             :             }
    5410                 :             :         }
    5411                 :             :     }
    5412                 :             : 
    5413                 :             :     /* Check to see if a toast table must be added. */
    5414   [ +  -  +  +  :       40324 :     foreach(ltab, *wqueue)
                   +  + ]
    5415                 :             :     {
    5416                 :       21611 :         AlteredTableInfo *tab = (AlteredTableInfo *) lfirst(ltab);
    5417                 :             : 
    5418                 :             :         /*
    5419                 :             :          * If the table is source table of ATTACH PARTITION command, we did
    5420                 :             :          * not modify anything about it that will change its toasting
    5421                 :             :          * requirement, so no need to check.
    5422                 :             :          */
    5423         [ +  + ]:       21611 :         if (((tab->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION ||
    5424         [ +  + ]:        4001 :               tab->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) &&
    5425         [ +  + ]:       20369 :              tab->partition_constraint == NULL) ||
    5426         [ +  + ]:        2562 :             tab->relkind == RELKIND_MATVIEW)
    5427                 :       19078 :             AlterTableCreateToastTable(tab->relid, (Datum) 0, lockmode);
    5428                 :             :     }
    5429                 :       18713 : }
    5430                 :             : 
    5431                 :             : /*
    5432                 :             :  * ATExecCmd: dispatch a subcommand to appropriate execution routine
    5433                 :             :  */
    5434                 :             : static void
    5435                 :       37855 : ATExecCmd(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab,
    5436                 :             :           AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTablePass cur_pass,
    5437                 :             :           AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
    5438                 :             : {
    5439                 :       37855 :     ObjectAddress address = InvalidObjectAddress;
    5440                 :       37855 :     Relation    rel = tab->rel;
    5441                 :             : 
    5442   [ +  +  +  +  :       37855 :     switch (cmd->subtype)
          +  +  +  +  +  
          +  +  +  +  +  
          +  +  +  +  +  
          +  +  +  +  +  
          +  +  +  +  +  
          +  +  +  +  +  
          +  +  +  +  +  
          +  +  -  +  -  
          +  +  -  +  +  
          +  +  +  +  +  
          +  +  +  +  +  
             +  +  +  - ]
    5443                 :             :     {
    5444                 :        1579 :         case AT_AddColumn:      /* ADD COLUMN */
    5445                 :             :         case AT_AddColumnToView:    /* add column via CREATE OR REPLACE VIEW */
    5446                 :        1579 :             address = ATExecAddColumn(wqueue, tab, rel, &cmd,
    5447                 :        1579 :                                       cmd->recurse, false,
    5448                 :             :                                       lockmode, cur_pass, context);
    5449                 :        1411 :             break;
    5450                 :         387 :         case AT_ColumnDefault:  /* ALTER COLUMN DEFAULT */
    5451                 :         387 :             address = ATExecColumnDefault(rel, cmd->name, cmd->def, lockmode);
    5452                 :         339 :             break;
    5453                 :          57 :         case AT_CookedColumnDefault:    /* add a pre-cooked default */
    5454                 :          57 :             address = ATExecCookedColumnDefault(rel, cmd->num, cmd->def);
    5455                 :          53 :             break;
    5456                 :         107 :         case AT_AddIdentity:
    5457                 :         107 :             cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, cmd, false, lockmode,
    5458                 :             :                                       cur_pass, context);
    5459                 :             :             Assert(cmd != NULL);
    5460                 :          99 :             address = ATExecAddIdentity(rel, cmd->name, cmd->def, lockmode, cmd->recurse, false);
    5461                 :          63 :             break;
    5462                 :          41 :         case AT_SetIdentity:
    5463                 :          41 :             cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, cmd, false, lockmode,
    5464                 :             :                                       cur_pass, context);
    5465                 :             :             Assert(cmd != NULL);
    5466                 :          41 :             address = ATExecSetIdentity(rel, cmd->name, cmd->def, lockmode, cmd->recurse, false);
    5467                 :          25 :             break;
    5468                 :          37 :         case AT_DropIdentity:
    5469                 :          37 :             address = ATExecDropIdentity(rel, cmd->name, cmd->missing_ok, lockmode, cmd->recurse, false);
    5470                 :          25 :             break;
    5471                 :         177 :         case AT_DropNotNull:    /* ALTER COLUMN DROP NOT NULL */
    5472                 :         177 :             address = ATExecDropNotNull(rel, cmd->name, cmd->recurse, lockmode);
    5473                 :         109 :             break;
    5474                 :         272 :         case AT_SetNotNull:     /* ALTER COLUMN SET NOT NULL */
    5475                 :         272 :             address = ATExecSetNotNull(wqueue, rel, NULL, cmd->name,
    5476                 :         272 :                                        cmd->recurse, false, lockmode);
    5477                 :         252 :             break;
    5478                 :         193 :         case AT_SetExpression:
    5479                 :         193 :             address = ATExecSetExpression(tab, rel, cmd->name, cmd->def, lockmode);
    5480                 :         181 :             break;
    5481                 :          61 :         case AT_DropExpression:
    5482                 :          61 :             address = ATExecDropExpression(rel, cmd->name, cmd->missing_ok, lockmode);
    5483                 :          45 :             break;
    5484                 :         111 :         case AT_SetStatistics:  /* ALTER COLUMN SET STATISTICS */
    5485                 :         111 :             address = ATExecSetStatistics(rel, cmd->name, cmd->num, cmd->def, lockmode);
    5486                 :          79 :             break;
    5487                 :          17 :         case AT_SetOptions:     /* ALTER COLUMN SET ( options ) */
    5488                 :          17 :             address = ATExecSetOptions(rel, cmd->name, cmd->def, false, lockmode);
    5489                 :          17 :             break;
    5490                 :           4 :         case AT_ResetOptions:   /* ALTER COLUMN RESET ( options ) */
    5491                 :           4 :             address = ATExecSetOptions(rel, cmd->name, cmd->def, true, lockmode);
    5492                 :           4 :             break;
    5493                 :         233 :         case AT_SetStorage:     /* ALTER COLUMN SET STORAGE */
    5494                 :         233 :             address = ATExecSetStorage(rel, cmd->name, cmd->def, lockmode);
    5495                 :         225 :             break;
    5496                 :          48 :         case AT_SetCompression: /* ALTER COLUMN SET COMPRESSION */
    5497                 :          48 :             address = ATExecSetCompression(rel, cmd->name, cmd->def,
    5498                 :             :                                            lockmode);
    5499                 :          44 :             break;
    5500                 :        1086 :         case AT_DropColumn:     /* DROP COLUMN */
    5501                 :        1086 :             address = ATExecDropColumn(wqueue, rel, cmd->name,
    5502                 :        1086 :                                        cmd->behavior, cmd->recurse, false,
    5503                 :        1086 :                                        cmd->missing_ok, lockmode,
    5504                 :             :                                        NULL);
    5505                 :         966 :             break;
    5506                 :         778 :         case AT_AddIndex:       /* ADD INDEX */
    5507                 :         778 :             address = ATExecAddIndex(tab, rel, (IndexStmt *) cmd->def, false,
    5508                 :             :                                      lockmode);
    5509                 :         665 :             break;
    5510                 :         330 :         case AT_ReAddIndex:     /* ADD INDEX */
    5511                 :         330 :             address = ATExecAddIndex(tab, rel, (IndexStmt *) cmd->def, true,
    5512                 :             :                                      lockmode);
    5513                 :         330 :             break;
    5514                 :          57 :         case AT_ReAddStatistics:    /* ADD STATISTICS */
    5515                 :          57 :             address = ATExecAddStatistics(tab, rel, (CreateStatsStmt *) cmd->def,
    5516                 :             :                                           true, lockmode);
    5517                 :          57 :             break;
    5518                 :       17962 :         case AT_AddConstraint:  /* ADD CONSTRAINT */
    5519                 :             :             /* Transform the command only during initial examination */
    5520         [ +  + ]:       17962 :             if (cur_pass == AT_PASS_ADD_CONSTR)
    5521                 :       10020 :                 cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, cmd,
    5522                 :       10040 :                                           cmd->recurse, lockmode,
    5523                 :             :                                           cur_pass, context);
    5524                 :             :             /* Depending on constraint type, might be no more work to do now */
    5525         [ +  + ]:       17942 :             if (cmd != NULL)
    5526                 :             :                 address =
    5527                 :        7922 :                     ATExecAddConstraint(wqueue, tab, rel,
    5528                 :        7922 :                                         (Constraint *) cmd->def,
    5529                 :        7922 :                                         cmd->recurse, false, lockmode);
    5530                 :       17481 :             break;
    5531                 :         269 :         case AT_ReAddConstraint:    /* Re-add pre-existing check constraint */
    5532                 :             :             address =
    5533                 :         269 :                 ATExecAddConstraint(wqueue, tab, rel, (Constraint *) cmd->def,
    5534                 :             :                                     true, true, lockmode);
    5535                 :         261 :             break;
    5536                 :          13 :         case AT_ReAddDomainConstraint:  /* Re-add pre-existing domain check
    5537                 :             :                                          * constraint */
    5538                 :             :             address =
    5539                 :          13 :                 AlterDomainAddConstraint(((AlterDomainStmt *) cmd->def)->typeName,
    5540                 :          13 :                                          ((AlterDomainStmt *) cmd->def)->def,
    5541                 :             :                                          NULL, true);
    5542                 :           9 :             break;
    5543                 :          52 :         case AT_ReAddComment:   /* Re-add existing comment */
    5544                 :          52 :             address = CommentObject((CommentStmt *) cmd->def);
    5545                 :          52 :             break;
    5546                 :        6323 :         case AT_AddIndexConstraint: /* ADD CONSTRAINT USING INDEX */
    5547                 :        6323 :             address = ATExecAddIndexConstraint(tab, rel, (IndexStmt *) cmd->def,
    5548                 :             :                                                lockmode);
    5549                 :        6315 :             break;
    5550                 :         332 :         case AT_AlterConstraint:    /* ALTER CONSTRAINT */
    5551                 :         332 :             address = ATExecAlterConstraint(wqueue, rel,
    5552                 :         332 :                                             castNode(ATAlterConstraint, cmd->def),
    5553                 :         332 :                                             cmd->recurse, lockmode);
    5554                 :         256 :             break;
    5555                 :         288 :         case AT_ValidateConstraint: /* VALIDATE CONSTRAINT */
    5556                 :         288 :             address = ATExecValidateConstraint(wqueue, rel, cmd->name, cmd->recurse,
    5557                 :             :                                                false, lockmode);
    5558                 :         284 :             break;
    5559                 :         555 :         case AT_DropConstraint: /* DROP CONSTRAINT */
    5560                 :         555 :             ATExecDropConstraint(rel, cmd->name, cmd->behavior,
    5561                 :         555 :                                  cmd->recurse,
    5562                 :         555 :                                  cmd->missing_ok, lockmode);
    5563                 :         415 :             break;
    5564                 :         804 :         case AT_AlterColumnType:    /* ALTER COLUMN TYPE */
    5565                 :             :             /* parse transformation was done earlier */
    5566                 :         804 :             address = ATExecAlterColumnType(tab, rel, cmd, lockmode);
    5567                 :         776 :             break;
    5568                 :          94 :         case AT_AlterColumnGenericOptions:  /* ALTER COLUMN OPTIONS */
    5569                 :             :             address =
    5570                 :          94 :                 ATExecAlterColumnGenericOptions(rel, cmd->name,
    5571                 :          94 :                                                 (List *) cmd->def, lockmode);
    5572                 :          90 :             break;
    5573                 :        1115 :         case AT_ChangeOwner:    /* ALTER OWNER */
    5574                 :        1112 :             ATExecChangeOwner(RelationGetRelid(rel),
    5575                 :        1115 :                               get_rolespec_oid(cmd->newowner, false),
    5576                 :             :                               false, lockmode);
    5577                 :        1104 :             break;
    5578                 :          39 :         case AT_ClusterOn:      /* CLUSTER ON */
    5579                 :          39 :             address = ATExecClusterOn(rel, cmd->name, lockmode);
    5580                 :          39 :             break;
    5581                 :           8 :         case AT_DropCluster:    /* SET WITHOUT CLUSTER */
    5582                 :           8 :             ATExecDropCluster(rel, lockmode);
    5583                 :           8 :             break;
    5584                 :          59 :         case AT_SetLogged:      /* SET LOGGED */
    5585                 :             :         case AT_SetUnLogged:    /* SET UNLOGGED */
    5586                 :          59 :             break;
    5587                 :           4 :         case AT_DropOids:       /* SET WITHOUT OIDS */
    5588                 :             :             /* nothing to do here, oid columns don't exist anymore */
    5589                 :           4 :             break;
    5590                 :          61 :         case AT_SetAccessMethod:    /* SET ACCESS METHOD */
    5591                 :             : 
    5592                 :             :             /*
    5593                 :             :              * Only do this for partitioned tables, for which this is just a
    5594                 :             :              * catalog change.  Tables with storage are handled by Phase 3.
    5595                 :             :              */
    5596         [ +  + ]:          61 :             if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE &&
    5597         [ +  + ]:          33 :                 tab->chgAccessMethod)
    5598                 :          29 :                 ATExecSetAccessMethodNoStorage(rel, tab->newAccessMethod);
    5599                 :          61 :             break;
    5600                 :         104 :         case AT_SetTableSpace:  /* SET TABLESPACE */
    5601                 :             : 
    5602                 :             :             /*
    5603                 :             :              * Only do this for partitioned tables and indexes, for which this
    5604                 :             :              * is just a catalog change.  Other relation types which have
    5605                 :             :              * storage are handled by Phase 3.
    5606                 :             :              */
    5607         [ +  + ]:         104 :             if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
    5608         [ +  + ]:          96 :                 rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
    5609                 :          24 :                 ATExecSetTableSpaceNoStorage(rel, tab->newTableSpace);
    5610                 :             : 
    5611                 :         100 :             break;
    5612                 :         674 :         case AT_SetRelOptions:  /* SET (...) */
    5613                 :             :         case AT_ResetRelOptions:    /* RESET (...) */
    5614                 :             :         case AT_ReplaceRelOptions:  /* replace entire option list */
    5615                 :         674 :             ATExecSetRelOptions(rel, (List *) cmd->def, cmd->subtype, lockmode);
    5616                 :         640 :             break;
    5617                 :          65 :         case AT_EnableTrig:     /* ENABLE TRIGGER name */
    5618                 :          65 :             ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, cmd->name,
    5619                 :             :                                        TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN, false,
    5620                 :          65 :                                        cmd->recurse,
    5621                 :             :                                        lockmode);
    5622                 :          65 :             break;
    5623                 :          27 :         case AT_EnableAlwaysTrig:   /* ENABLE ALWAYS TRIGGER name */
    5624                 :          27 :             ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, cmd->name,
    5625                 :             :                                        TRIGGER_FIRES_ALWAYS, false,
    5626                 :          27 :                                        cmd->recurse,
    5627                 :             :                                        lockmode);
    5628                 :          27 :             break;
    5629                 :           8 :         case AT_EnableReplicaTrig:  /* ENABLE REPLICA TRIGGER name */
    5630                 :           8 :             ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, cmd->name,
    5631                 :             :                                        TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_REPLICA, false,
    5632                 :           8 :                                        cmd->recurse,
    5633                 :             :                                        lockmode);
    5634                 :           8 :             break;
    5635                 :          75 :         case AT_DisableTrig:    /* DISABLE TRIGGER name */
    5636                 :          75 :             ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, cmd->name,
    5637                 :             :                                        TRIGGER_DISABLED, false,
    5638                 :          75 :                                        cmd->recurse,
    5639                 :             :                                        lockmode);
    5640                 :          75 :             break;
    5641                 :           0 :         case AT_EnableTrigAll:  /* ENABLE TRIGGER ALL */
    5642                 :           0 :             ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, NULL,
    5643                 :             :                                        TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN, false,
    5644                 :           0 :                                        cmd->recurse,
    5645                 :             :                                        lockmode);
    5646                 :           0 :             break;
    5647                 :           8 :         case AT_DisableTrigAll: /* DISABLE TRIGGER ALL */
    5648                 :           8 :             ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, NULL,
    5649                 :             :                                        TRIGGER_DISABLED, false,
    5650                 :           8 :                                        cmd->recurse,
    5651                 :             :                                        lockmode);
    5652                 :           8 :             break;
    5653                 :           0 :         case AT_EnableTrigUser: /* ENABLE TRIGGER USER */
    5654                 :           0 :             ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, NULL,
    5655                 :             :                                        TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN, true,
    5656                 :           0 :                                        cmd->recurse,
    5657                 :             :                                        lockmode);
    5658                 :           0 :             break;
    5659                 :           8 :         case AT_DisableTrigUser:    /* DISABLE TRIGGER USER */
    5660                 :           8 :             ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(rel, NULL,
    5661                 :             :                                        TRIGGER_DISABLED, true,
    5662                 :           8 :                                        cmd->recurse,
    5663                 :             :                                        lockmode);
    5664                 :           8 :             break;
    5665                 :             : 
    5666                 :           5 :         case AT_EnableRule:     /* ENABLE RULE name */
    5667                 :           5 :             ATExecEnableDisableRule(rel, cmd->name,
    5668                 :             :                                     RULE_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN, lockmode);
    5669                 :           5 :             break;
    5670                 :           0 :         case AT_EnableAlwaysRule:   /* ENABLE ALWAYS RULE name */
    5671                 :           0 :             ATExecEnableDisableRule(rel, cmd->name,
    5672                 :             :                                     RULE_FIRES_ALWAYS, lockmode);
    5673                 :           0 :             break;
    5674                 :           4 :         case AT_EnableReplicaRule:  /* ENABLE REPLICA RULE name */
    5675                 :           4 :             ATExecEnableDisableRule(rel, cmd->name,
    5676                 :             :                                     RULE_FIRES_ON_REPLICA, lockmode);
    5677                 :           4 :             break;
    5678                 :          20 :         case AT_DisableRule:    /* DISABLE RULE name */
    5679                 :          20 :             ATExecEnableDisableRule(rel, cmd->name,
    5680                 :             :                                     RULE_DISABLED, lockmode);
    5681                 :          20 :             break;
    5682                 :             : 
    5683                 :         285 :         case AT_AddInherit:
    5684                 :         285 :             address = ATExecAddInherit(rel, (RangeVar *) cmd->def, lockmode);
    5685                 :         205 :             break;
    5686                 :          61 :         case AT_DropInherit:
    5687                 :          61 :             address = ATExecDropInherit(rel, (RangeVar *) cmd->def, lockmode);
    5688                 :          57 :             break;
    5689                 :          50 :         case AT_AddOf:
    5690                 :          50 :             address = ATExecAddOf(rel, (TypeName *) cmd->def, lockmode);
    5691                 :          22 :             break;
    5692                 :           4 :         case AT_DropOf:
    5693                 :           4 :             ATExecDropOf(rel, lockmode);
    5694                 :           4 :             break;
    5695                 :         329 :         case AT_ReplicaIdentity:
    5696                 :         329 :             ATExecReplicaIdentity(rel, (ReplicaIdentityStmt *) cmd->def, lockmode);
    5697                 :         293 :             break;
    5698                 :         246 :         case AT_EnableRowSecurity:
    5699                 :         246 :             ATExecSetRowSecurity(rel, true);
    5700                 :         246 :             break;
    5701                 :           6 :         case AT_DisableRowSecurity:
    5702                 :           6 :             ATExecSetRowSecurity(rel, false);
    5703                 :           6 :             break;
    5704                 :          65 :         case AT_ForceRowSecurity:
    5705                 :          65 :             ATExecForceNoForceRowSecurity(rel, true);
    5706                 :          65 :             break;
    5707                 :          20 :         case AT_NoForceRowSecurity:
    5708                 :          20 :             ATExecForceNoForceRowSecurity(rel, false);
    5709                 :          20 :             break;
    5710                 :          34 :         case AT_GenericOptions:
    5711                 :          34 :             ATExecGenericOptions(rel, (List *) cmd->def);
    5712                 :          33 :             break;
    5713                 :        1835 :         case AT_AttachPartition:
    5714                 :        1835 :             cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, cmd, false, lockmode,
    5715                 :             :                                       cur_pass, context);
    5716                 :             :             Assert(cmd != NULL);
    5717         [ +  + ]:        1819 :             if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    5718                 :        1533 :                 address = ATExecAttachPartition(wqueue, rel, (PartitionCmd *) cmd->def,
    5719                 :             :                                                 context);
    5720                 :             :             else
    5721                 :         286 :                 address = ATExecAttachPartitionIdx(wqueue, rel,
    5722                 :         286 :                                                    ((PartitionCmd *) cmd->def)->name);
    5723                 :        1551 :             break;
    5724                 :         362 :         case AT_DetachPartition:
    5725                 :         362 :             cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, cmd, false, lockmode,
    5726                 :             :                                       cur_pass, context);
    5727                 :             :             Assert(cmd != NULL);
    5728                 :             :             /* ATPrepCmd ensures it must be a table */
    5729                 :             :             Assert(rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
    5730                 :         362 :             address = ATExecDetachPartition(wqueue, tab, rel,
    5731                 :         362 :                                             ((PartitionCmd *) cmd->def)->name,
    5732                 :         362 :                                             ((PartitionCmd *) cmd->def)->concurrent);
    5733                 :         284 :             break;
    5734                 :           7 :         case AT_DetachPartitionFinalize:
    5735                 :           7 :             address = ATExecDetachPartitionFinalize(rel, ((PartitionCmd *) cmd->def)->name);
    5736                 :           7 :             break;
    5737                 :           0 :         default:                /* oops */
    5738         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "unrecognized alter table type: %d",
    5739                 :             :                  (int) cmd->subtype);
    5740                 :             :             break;
    5741                 :             :     }
    5742                 :             : 
    5743                 :             :     /*
    5744                 :             :      * Report the subcommand to interested event triggers.
    5745                 :             :      */
    5746         [ +  + ]:       35857 :     if (cmd)
    5747                 :       25837 :         EventTriggerCollectAlterTableSubcmd((Node *) cmd, address);
    5748                 :             : 
    5749                 :             :     /*
    5750                 :             :      * Bump the command counter to ensure the next subcommand in the sequence
    5751                 :             :      * can see the changes so far
    5752                 :             :      */
    5753                 :       35857 :     CommandCounterIncrement();
    5754                 :       35857 : }
    5755                 :             : 
    5756                 :             : /*
    5757                 :             :  * ATParseTransformCmd: perform parse transformation for one subcommand
    5758                 :             :  *
    5759                 :             :  * Returns the transformed subcommand tree, if there is one, else NULL.
    5760                 :             :  *
    5761                 :             :  * The parser may hand back additional AlterTableCmd(s) and/or other
    5762                 :             :  * utility statements, either before or after the original subcommand.
    5763                 :             :  * Other AlterTableCmds are scheduled into the appropriate slot of the
    5764                 :             :  * AlteredTableInfo (they had better be for later passes than the current one).
    5765                 :             :  * Utility statements that are supposed to happen before the AlterTableCmd
    5766                 :             :  * are executed immediately.  Those that are supposed to happen afterwards
    5767                 :             :  * are added to the tab->afterStmts list to be done at the very end.
    5768                 :             :  */
    5769                 :             : static AlterTableCmd *
    5770                 :       14834 : ATParseTransformCmd(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel,
    5771                 :             :                     AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode,
    5772                 :             :                     AlterTablePass cur_pass, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
    5773                 :             : {
    5774                 :       14834 :     AlterTableCmd *newcmd = NULL;
    5775                 :       14834 :     AlterTableStmt *atstmt = makeNode(AlterTableStmt);
    5776                 :             :     List       *beforeStmts;
    5777                 :             :     List       *afterStmts;
    5778                 :             :     ListCell   *lc;
    5779                 :             : 
    5780                 :             :     /* Gin up an AlterTableStmt with just this subcommand and this table */
    5781                 :       14834 :     atstmt->relation =
    5782                 :       14834 :         makeRangeVar(get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(rel)),
    5783                 :       14834 :                      pstrdup(RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
    5784                 :             :                      -1);
    5785                 :       14834 :     atstmt->relation->inh = recurse;
    5786                 :       14834 :     atstmt->cmds = list_make1(cmd);
    5787                 :       14834 :     atstmt->objtype = OBJECT_TABLE; /* needn't be picky here */
    5788                 :       14834 :     atstmt->missing_ok = false;
    5789                 :             : 
    5790                 :             :     /* Transform the AlterTableStmt */
    5791                 :       14834 :     atstmt = transformAlterTableStmt(RelationGetRelid(rel),
    5792                 :             :                                      atstmt,
    5793                 :             :                                      context->queryString,
    5794                 :             :                                      &beforeStmts,
    5795                 :             :                                      &afterStmts);
    5796                 :             : 
    5797                 :             :     /* Execute any statements that should happen before these subcommand(s) */
    5798   [ +  +  +  +  :       15097 :     foreach(lc, beforeStmts)
                   +  + ]
    5799                 :             :     {
    5800                 :         315 :         Node       *stmt = (Node *) lfirst(lc);
    5801                 :             : 
    5802                 :         315 :         ProcessUtilityForAlterTable(stmt, context);
    5803                 :         307 :         CommandCounterIncrement();
    5804                 :             :     }
    5805                 :             : 
    5806                 :             :     /* Examine the transformed subcommands and schedule them appropriately */
    5807   [ +  -  +  +  :       34591 :     foreach(lc, atstmt->cmds)
                   +  + ]
    5808                 :             :     {
    5809                 :       19809 :         AlterTableCmd *cmd2 = lfirst_node(AlterTableCmd, lc);
    5810                 :             :         AlterTablePass pass;
    5811                 :             : 
    5812                 :             :         /*
    5813                 :             :          * This switch need only cover the subcommand types that can be added
    5814                 :             :          * by parse_utilcmd.c; otherwise, we'll use the default strategy of
    5815                 :             :          * executing the subcommand immediately, as a substitute for the
    5816                 :             :          * original subcommand.  (Note, however, that this does cause
    5817                 :             :          * AT_AddConstraint subcommands to be rescheduled into later passes,
    5818                 :             :          * which is important for index and foreign key constraints.)
    5819                 :             :          *
    5820                 :             :          * We assume we needn't do any phase-1 checks for added subcommands.
    5821                 :             :          */
    5822   [ +  +  +  -  :       19809 :         switch (cmd2->subtype)
                      + ]
    5823                 :             :         {
    5824                 :         794 :             case AT_AddIndex:
    5825                 :         794 :                 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_INDEX;
    5826                 :         794 :                 break;
    5827                 :        6323 :             case AT_AddIndexConstraint:
    5828                 :        6323 :                 pass = AT_PASS_ADD_INDEXCONSTR;
    5829                 :        6323 :                 break;
    5830                 :        7930 :             case AT_AddConstraint:
    5831                 :             :                 /* Recursion occurs during execution phase */
    5832         [ +  + ]:        7930 :                 if (recurse)
    5833                 :        7903 :                     cmd2->recurse = true;
    5834      [ +  -  + ]:        7930 :                 switch (castNode(Constraint, cmd2->def)->contype)
    5835                 :             :                 {
    5836                 :        5450 :                     case CONSTR_NOTNULL:
    5837                 :        5450 :                         pass = AT_PASS_COL_ATTRS;
    5838                 :        5450 :                         break;
    5839                 :           0 :                     case CONSTR_PRIMARY:
    5840                 :             :                     case CONSTR_UNIQUE:
    5841                 :             :                     case CONSTR_EXCLUSION:
    5842                 :           0 :                         pass = AT_PASS_ADD_INDEXCONSTR;
    5843                 :           0 :                         break;
    5844                 :        2480 :                     default:
    5845                 :        2480 :                         pass = AT_PASS_ADD_OTHERCONSTR;
    5846                 :        2480 :                         break;
    5847                 :             :                 }
    5848                 :        7930 :                 break;
    5849                 :           0 :             case AT_AlterColumnGenericOptions:
    5850                 :             :                 /* This command never recurses */
    5851                 :             :                 /* No command-specific prep needed */
    5852                 :           0 :                 pass = AT_PASS_MISC;
    5853                 :           0 :                 break;
    5854                 :        4762 :             default:
    5855                 :        4762 :                 pass = cur_pass;
    5856                 :        4762 :                 break;
    5857                 :             :         }
    5858                 :             : 
    5859         [ -  + ]:       19809 :         if (pass < cur_pass)
    5860                 :             :         {
    5861                 :             :             /* Cannot schedule into a pass we already finished */
    5862         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "ALTER TABLE scheduling failure: too late for pass %d",
    5863                 :             :                  pass);
    5864                 :             :         }
    5865         [ +  + ]:       19809 :         else if (pass > cur_pass)
    5866                 :             :         {
    5867                 :             :             /* OK, queue it up for later */
    5868                 :       15047 :             tab->subcmds[pass] = lappend(tab->subcmds[pass], cmd2);
    5869                 :             :         }
    5870                 :             :         else
    5871                 :             :         {
    5872                 :             :             /*
    5873                 :             :              * We should see at most one subcommand for the current pass,
    5874                 :             :              * which is the transformed version of the original subcommand.
    5875                 :             :              */
    5876   [ +  -  +  - ]:        4762 :             if (newcmd == NULL && cmd->subtype == cmd2->subtype)
    5877                 :             :             {
    5878                 :             :                 /* Found the transformed version of our subcommand */
    5879                 :        4762 :                 newcmd = cmd2;
    5880                 :             :             }
    5881                 :             :             else
    5882         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "ALTER TABLE scheduling failure: bogus item for pass %d",
    5883                 :             :                      pass);
    5884                 :             :         }
    5885                 :             :     }
    5886                 :             : 
    5887                 :             :     /* Queue up any after-statements to happen at the end */
    5888                 :       14782 :     tab->afterStmts = list_concat(tab->afterStmts, afterStmts);
    5889                 :             : 
    5890                 :       14782 :     return newcmd;
    5891                 :             : }
    5892                 :             : 
    5893                 :             : /*
    5894                 :             :  * ATRewriteTables: ALTER TABLE phase 3
    5895                 :             :  */
    5896                 :             : static void
    5897                 :       18713 : ATRewriteTables(AlterTableStmt *parsetree, List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode,
    5898                 :             :                 AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
    5899                 :             : {
    5900                 :             :     ListCell   *ltab;
    5901                 :             : 
    5902                 :             :     /* Go through each table that needs to be checked or rewritten */
    5903   [ +  -  +  +  :       39910 :     foreach(ltab, *wqueue)
                   +  + ]
    5904                 :             :     {
    5905                 :       21527 :         AlteredTableInfo *tab = (AlteredTableInfo *) lfirst(ltab);
    5906                 :             : 
    5907                 :             :         /* Relations without storage may be ignored here */
    5908   [ +  +  +  +  :       21527 :         if (!RELKIND_HAS_STORAGE(tab->relkind))
          +  +  +  -  +  
                      + ]
    5909                 :        3823 :             continue;
    5910                 :             : 
    5911                 :             :         /*
    5912                 :             :          * If we change column data types, the operation has to be propagated
    5913                 :             :          * to tables that use this table's rowtype as a column type.
    5914                 :             :          * tab->newvals will also be non-NULL in the case where we're adding a
    5915                 :             :          * column with a default.  We choose to forbid that case as well,
    5916                 :             :          * since composite types might eventually support defaults.
    5917                 :             :          *
    5918                 :             :          * (Eventually we'll probably need to check for composite type
    5919                 :             :          * dependencies even when we're just scanning the table without a
    5920                 :             :          * rewrite, but at the moment a composite type does not enforce any
    5921                 :             :          * constraints, so it's not necessary/appropriate to enforce them just
    5922                 :             :          * during ALTER.)
    5923                 :             :          */
    5924   [ +  +  +  +  :       17704 :         if (tab->newvals != NIL || (tab->rewrite > 0 && tab->relkind != RELKIND_SEQUENCE))
                   +  + ]
    5925                 :             :         {
    5926                 :             :             Relation    rel;
    5927                 :             : 
    5928                 :        1306 :             rel = table_open(tab->relid, NoLock);
    5929                 :        1306 :             find_composite_type_dependencies(rel->rd_rel->reltype, rel, NULL);
    5930                 :        1270 :             table_close(rel, NoLock);
    5931                 :             :         }
    5932                 :             : 
    5933                 :             :         /*
    5934                 :             :          * We only need to rewrite the table if at least one column needs to
    5935                 :             :          * be recomputed, or we are changing its persistence or access method.
    5936                 :             :          *
    5937                 :             :          * There are two reasons for requiring a rewrite when changing
    5938                 :             :          * persistence: on one hand, we need to ensure that the buffers
    5939                 :             :          * belonging to each of the two relations are marked with or without
    5940                 :             :          * BM_PERMANENT properly.  On the other hand, since rewriting creates
    5941                 :             :          * and assigns a new relfilenumber, we automatically create or drop an
    5942                 :             :          * init fork for the relation as appropriate.
    5943                 :             :          */
    5944   [ +  +  +  + ]:       17668 :         if (tab->rewrite > 0 && tab->relkind != RELKIND_SEQUENCE)
    5945                 :         724 :         {
    5946                 :             :             /* Build a temporary relation and copy data */
    5947                 :             :             Relation    OldHeap;
    5948                 :             :             Oid         OIDNewHeap;
    5949                 :             :             Oid         NewAccessMethod;
    5950                 :             :             Oid         NewTableSpace;
    5951                 :             :             char        persistence;
    5952                 :             : 
    5953                 :         785 :             OldHeap = table_open(tab->relid, NoLock);
    5954                 :             : 
    5955                 :             :             /*
    5956                 :             :              * We don't support rewriting of system catalogs; there are too
    5957                 :             :              * many corner cases and too little benefit.  In particular this
    5958                 :             :              * is certainly not going to work for mapped catalogs.
    5959                 :             :              */
    5960         [ -  + ]:         785 :             if (IsSystemRelation(OldHeap))
    5961         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    5962                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    5963                 :             :                          errmsg("cannot rewrite system relation \"%s\"",
    5964                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(OldHeap))));
    5965                 :             : 
    5966   [ +  +  -  +  :         785 :             if (RelationIsUsedAsCatalogTable(OldHeap))
             -  -  +  + ]
    5967         [ +  - ]:           1 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    5968                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    5969                 :             :                          errmsg("cannot rewrite table \"%s\" used as a catalog table",
    5970                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(OldHeap))));
    5971                 :             : 
    5972                 :             :             /*
    5973                 :             :              * Don't allow rewrite on temp tables of other backends ... their
    5974                 :             :              * local buffer manager is not going to cope.  (This is redundant
    5975                 :             :              * with the check in CheckAlterTableIsSafe, but for safety we'll
    5976                 :             :              * check here too.)
    5977                 :             :              */
    5978   [ +  +  -  + ]:         784 :             if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(OldHeap))
    5979         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    5980                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    5981                 :             :                          errmsg("cannot rewrite temporary tables of other sessions")));
    5982                 :             : 
    5983                 :             :             /*
    5984                 :             :              * Select destination tablespace (same as original unless user
    5985                 :             :              * requested a change)
    5986                 :             :              */
    5987         [ -  + ]:         784 :             if (tab->newTableSpace)
    5988                 :           0 :                 NewTableSpace = tab->newTableSpace;
    5989                 :             :             else
    5990                 :         784 :                 NewTableSpace = OldHeap->rd_rel->reltablespace;
    5991                 :             : 
    5992                 :             :             /*
    5993                 :             :              * Select destination access method (same as original unless user
    5994                 :             :              * requested a change)
    5995                 :             :              */
    5996         [ +  + ]:         784 :             if (tab->chgAccessMethod)
    5997                 :          24 :                 NewAccessMethod = tab->newAccessMethod;
    5998                 :             :             else
    5999                 :         760 :                 NewAccessMethod = OldHeap->rd_rel->relam;
    6000                 :             : 
    6001                 :             :             /*
    6002                 :             :              * Select persistence of transient table (same as original unless
    6003                 :             :              * user requested a change)
    6004                 :             :              */
    6005         [ +  + ]:         784 :             persistence = tab->chgPersistence ?
    6006                 :         749 :                 tab->newrelpersistence : OldHeap->rd_rel->relpersistence;
    6007                 :             : 
    6008                 :         784 :             table_close(OldHeap, NoLock);
    6009                 :             : 
    6010                 :             :             /*
    6011                 :             :              * Fire off an Event Trigger now, before actually rewriting the
    6012                 :             :              * table.
    6013                 :             :              *
    6014                 :             :              * We don't support Event Trigger for nested commands anywhere,
    6015                 :             :              * here included, and parsetree is given NULL when coming from
    6016                 :             :              * AlterTableInternal.
    6017                 :             :              *
    6018                 :             :              * And fire it only once.
    6019                 :             :              */
    6020         [ +  - ]:         784 :             if (parsetree)
    6021                 :         784 :                 EventTriggerTableRewrite((Node *) parsetree,
    6022                 :             :                                          tab->relid,
    6023                 :             :                                          tab->rewrite);
    6024                 :             : 
    6025                 :             :             /*
    6026                 :             :              * Create transient table that will receive the modified data.
    6027                 :             :              *
    6028                 :             :              * Ensure it is marked correctly as logged or unlogged.  We have
    6029                 :             :              * to do this here so that buffers for the new relfilenumber will
    6030                 :             :              * have the right persistence set, and at the same time ensure
    6031                 :             :              * that the original filenumbers's buffers will get read in with
    6032                 :             :              * the correct setting (i.e. the original one).  Otherwise a
    6033                 :             :              * rollback after the rewrite would possibly result with buffers
    6034                 :             :              * for the original filenumbers having the wrong persistence
    6035                 :             :              * setting.
    6036                 :             :              *
    6037                 :             :              * NB: This relies on swap_relation_files() also swapping the
    6038                 :             :              * persistence. That wouldn't work for pg_class, but that can't be
    6039                 :             :              * unlogged anyway.
    6040                 :             :              */
    6041                 :         780 :             OIDNewHeap = make_new_heap(tab->relid, NewTableSpace, NewAccessMethod,
    6042                 :             :                                        persistence, lockmode);
    6043                 :             : 
    6044                 :             :             /*
    6045                 :             :              * Copy the heap data into the new table with the desired
    6046                 :             :              * modifications, and test the current data within the table
    6047                 :             :              * against new constraints generated by ALTER TABLE commands.
    6048                 :             :              */
    6049                 :         780 :             ATRewriteTable(tab, OIDNewHeap);
    6050                 :             : 
    6051                 :             :             /*
    6052                 :             :              * Swap the physical files of the old and new heaps, then rebuild
    6053                 :             :              * indexes and discard the old heap.  We can use RecentXmin for
    6054                 :             :              * the table's new relfrozenxid because we rewrote all the tuples
    6055                 :             :              * in ATRewriteTable, so no older Xid remains in the table.  Also,
    6056                 :             :              * we never try to swap toast tables by content, since we have no
    6057                 :             :              * interest in letting this code work on system catalogs.
    6058                 :             :              */
    6059                 :         728 :             finish_heap_swap(tab->relid, OIDNewHeap,
    6060                 :             :                              false, false, true,
    6061                 :         728 :                              !OidIsValid(tab->newTableSpace),
    6062                 :             :                              true,  /* reindex */
    6063                 :             :                              RecentXmin,
    6064                 :             :                              ReadNextMultiXactId(),
    6065                 :             :                              persistence);
    6066                 :             : 
    6067         [ -  + ]:         724 :             InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, tab->relid, 0);
    6068                 :             :         }
    6069   [ +  +  +  - ]:       16883 :         else if (tab->rewrite > 0 && tab->relkind == RELKIND_SEQUENCE)
    6070                 :             :         {
    6071         [ +  - ]:          16 :             if (tab->chgPersistence)
    6072                 :          16 :                 SequenceChangePersistence(tab->relid, tab->newrelpersistence);
    6073                 :             :         }
    6074                 :             :         else
    6075                 :             :         {
    6076                 :             :             /*
    6077                 :             :              * If required, test the current data within the table against new
    6078                 :             :              * constraints generated by ALTER TABLE commands, but don't
    6079                 :             :              * rebuild data.
    6080                 :             :              */
    6081   [ +  +  +  + ]:       16867 :             if (tab->constraints != NIL || tab->verify_new_notnull ||
    6082         [ +  + ]:       14727 :                 tab->partition_constraint != NULL)
    6083                 :        3362 :                 ATRewriteTable(tab, InvalidOid);
    6084                 :             : 
    6085                 :             :             /*
    6086                 :             :              * If we had SET TABLESPACE but no reason to reconstruct tuples,
    6087                 :             :              * just do a block-by-block copy.
    6088                 :             :              */
    6089         [ +  + ]:       16634 :             if (tab->newTableSpace)
    6090                 :          80 :                 ATExecSetTableSpace(tab->relid, tab->newTableSpace, lockmode);
    6091                 :             :         }
    6092                 :             : 
    6093                 :             :         /*
    6094                 :             :          * Also change persistence of owned sequences, so that it matches the
    6095                 :             :          * table persistence.
    6096                 :             :          */
    6097         [ +  + ]:       17374 :         if (tab->chgPersistence)
    6098                 :             :         {
    6099                 :          51 :             List       *seqlist = getOwnedSequences(tab->relid);
    6100                 :             :             ListCell   *lc;
    6101                 :             : 
    6102   [ +  +  +  +  :          83 :             foreach(lc, seqlist)
                   +  + ]
    6103                 :             :             {
    6104                 :          32 :                 Oid         seq_relid = lfirst_oid(lc);
    6105                 :             : 
    6106                 :          32 :                 SequenceChangePersistence(seq_relid, tab->newrelpersistence);
    6107                 :             :             }
    6108                 :             :         }
    6109                 :             :     }
    6110                 :             : 
    6111                 :             :     /*
    6112                 :             :      * Foreign key constraints are checked in a final pass, since (a) it's
    6113                 :             :      * generally best to examine each one separately, and (b) it's at least
    6114                 :             :      * theoretically possible that we have changed both relations of the
    6115                 :             :      * foreign key, and we'd better have finished both rewrites before we try
    6116                 :             :      * to read the tables.
    6117                 :             :      */
    6118   [ +  -  +  +  :       39311 :     foreach(ltab, *wqueue)
                   +  + ]
    6119                 :             :     {
    6120                 :       21019 :         AlteredTableInfo *tab = (AlteredTableInfo *) lfirst(ltab);
    6121                 :       21019 :         Relation    rel = NULL;
    6122                 :             :         ListCell   *lcon;
    6123                 :             : 
    6124                 :             :         /* Relations without storage may be ignored here too */
    6125   [ +  +  +  +  :       21019 :         if (!RELKIND_HAS_STORAGE(tab->relkind))
          +  +  +  -  +  
                      + ]
    6126                 :        3718 :             continue;
    6127                 :             : 
    6128   [ +  +  +  +  :       18619 :         foreach(lcon, tab->constraints)
                   +  + ]
    6129                 :             :         {
    6130                 :        1409 :             NewConstraint *con = lfirst(lcon);
    6131                 :             : 
    6132         [ +  + ]:        1409 :             if (con->contype == CONSTR_FOREIGN)
    6133                 :             :             {
    6134                 :         847 :                 Constraint *fkconstraint = (Constraint *) con->qual;
    6135                 :             :                 Relation    refrel;
    6136                 :             : 
    6137         [ +  + ]:         847 :                 if (rel == NULL)
    6138                 :             :                 {
    6139                 :             :                     /* Long since locked, no need for another */
    6140                 :         839 :                     rel = table_open(tab->relid, NoLock);
    6141                 :             :                 }
    6142                 :             : 
    6143                 :         847 :                 refrel = table_open(con->refrelid, RowShareLock);
    6144                 :             : 
    6145                 :         847 :                 validateForeignKeyConstraint(fkconstraint->conname, rel, refrel,
    6146                 :             :                                              con->refindid,
    6147                 :             :                                              con->conid,
    6148                 :         847 :                                              con->conwithperiod);
    6149                 :             : 
    6150                 :             :                 /*
    6151                 :             :                  * No need to mark the constraint row as validated, we did
    6152                 :             :                  * that when we inserted the row earlier.
    6153                 :             :                  */
    6154                 :             : 
    6155                 :         756 :                 table_close(refrel, NoLock);
    6156                 :             :             }
    6157                 :             :         }
    6158                 :             : 
    6159         [ +  + ]:       17210 :         if (rel)
    6160                 :         748 :             table_close(rel, NoLock);
    6161                 :             :     }
    6162                 :             : 
    6163                 :             :     /* Finally, run any afterStmts that were queued up */
    6164   [ +  -  +  +  :       39193 :     foreach(ltab, *wqueue)
                   +  + ]
    6165                 :             :     {
    6166                 :       20901 :         AlteredTableInfo *tab = (AlteredTableInfo *) lfirst(ltab);
    6167                 :             :         ListCell   *lc;
    6168                 :             : 
    6169   [ +  +  +  +  :       20957 :         foreach(lc, tab->afterStmts)
                   +  + ]
    6170                 :             :         {
    6171                 :          56 :             Node       *stmt = (Node *) lfirst(lc);
    6172                 :             : 
    6173                 :          56 :             ProcessUtilityForAlterTable(stmt, context);
    6174                 :          56 :             CommandCounterIncrement();
    6175                 :             :         }
    6176                 :             :     }
    6177                 :       18292 : }
    6178                 :             : 
    6179                 :             : /*
    6180                 :             :  * ATRewriteTable: scan or rewrite one table
    6181                 :             :  *
    6182                 :             :  * A rewrite is requested by passing a valid OIDNewHeap; in that case, caller
    6183                 :             :  * must already hold AccessExclusiveLock on it.
    6184                 :             :  */
    6185                 :             : static void
    6186                 :        4142 : ATRewriteTable(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Oid OIDNewHeap)
    6187                 :             : {
    6188                 :             :     Relation    oldrel;
    6189                 :             :     Relation    newrel;
    6190                 :             :     TupleDesc   oldTupDesc;
    6191                 :             :     TupleDesc   newTupDesc;
    6192                 :        4142 :     bool        needscan = false;
    6193                 :             :     List       *notnull_attrs;
    6194                 :             :     List       *notnull_virtual_attrs;
    6195                 :             :     int         i;
    6196                 :             :     ListCell   *l;
    6197                 :             :     EState     *estate;
    6198                 :             :     CommandId   mycid;
    6199                 :             :     BulkInsertState bistate;
    6200                 :             :     uint32      ti_options;
    6201                 :        4142 :     ExprState  *partqualstate = NULL;
    6202                 :             : 
    6203                 :             :     /*
    6204                 :             :      * Open the relation(s).  We have surely already locked the existing
    6205                 :             :      * table.
    6206                 :             :      */
    6207                 :        4142 :     oldrel = table_open(tab->relid, NoLock);
    6208                 :        4142 :     oldTupDesc = tab->oldDesc;
    6209                 :        4142 :     newTupDesc = RelationGetDescr(oldrel);  /* includes all mods */
    6210                 :             : 
    6211         [ +  + ]:        4142 :     if (OidIsValid(OIDNewHeap))
    6212                 :             :     {
    6213                 :             :         Assert(CheckRelationOidLockedByMe(OIDNewHeap, AccessExclusiveLock,
    6214                 :             :                                           false));
    6215                 :         780 :         newrel = table_open(OIDNewHeap, NoLock);
    6216                 :             :     }
    6217                 :             :     else
    6218                 :        3362 :         newrel = NULL;
    6219                 :             : 
    6220                 :             :     /*
    6221                 :             :      * Prepare a BulkInsertState and options for table_tuple_insert.  The FSM
    6222                 :             :      * is empty, so don't bother using it.
    6223                 :             :      */
    6224         [ +  + ]:        4142 :     if (newrel)
    6225                 :             :     {
    6226                 :         780 :         mycid = GetCurrentCommandId(true);
    6227                 :         780 :         bistate = GetBulkInsertState();
    6228                 :         780 :         ti_options = TABLE_INSERT_SKIP_FSM;
    6229                 :             :     }
    6230                 :             :     else
    6231                 :             :     {
    6232                 :             :         /* keep compiler quiet about using these uninitialized */
    6233                 :        3362 :         mycid = 0;
    6234                 :        3362 :         bistate = NULL;
    6235                 :        3362 :         ti_options = 0;
    6236                 :             :     }
    6237                 :             : 
    6238                 :             :     /*
    6239                 :             :      * Generate the constraint and default execution states
    6240                 :             :      */
    6241                 :             : 
    6242                 :        4142 :     estate = CreateExecutorState();
    6243                 :             : 
    6244                 :             :     /* Build the needed expression execution states */
    6245   [ +  +  +  +  :        5715 :     foreach(l, tab->constraints)
                   +  + ]
    6246                 :             :     {
    6247                 :        1573 :         NewConstraint *con = lfirst(l);
    6248                 :             : 
    6249      [ +  +  - ]:        1573 :         switch (con->contype)
    6250                 :             :         {
    6251                 :         722 :             case CONSTR_CHECK:
    6252                 :         722 :                 needscan = true;
    6253                 :         722 :                 con->qualstate = ExecPrepareExpr((Expr *) expand_generated_columns_in_expr(con->qual, oldrel, 1), estate);
    6254                 :         722 :                 break;
    6255                 :         851 :             case CONSTR_FOREIGN:
    6256                 :             :                 /* Nothing to do here */
    6257                 :         851 :                 break;
    6258                 :           0 :             default:
    6259         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unrecognized constraint type: %d",
    6260                 :             :                      (int) con->contype);
    6261                 :             :         }
    6262                 :             :     }
    6263                 :             : 
    6264                 :             :     /* Build expression execution states for partition check quals */
    6265         [ +  + ]:        4142 :     if (tab->partition_constraint)
    6266                 :             :     {
    6267                 :        1316 :         needscan = true;
    6268                 :        1316 :         partqualstate = ExecPrepareExpr(tab->partition_constraint, estate);
    6269                 :             :     }
    6270                 :             : 
    6271   [ +  +  +  +  :        4983 :     foreach(l, tab->newvals)
                   +  + ]
    6272                 :             :     {
    6273                 :         841 :         NewColumnValue *ex = lfirst(l);
    6274                 :             : 
    6275                 :             :         /* expr already planned */
    6276                 :         841 :         ex->exprstate = ExecInitExpr(ex->expr, NULL);
    6277                 :             :     }
    6278                 :             : 
    6279                 :        4142 :     notnull_attrs = notnull_virtual_attrs = NIL;
    6280   [ +  +  +  + ]:        4142 :     if (newrel || tab->verify_new_notnull)
    6281                 :             :     {
    6282                 :             :         /*
    6283                 :             :          * If we are rebuilding the tuples OR if we added any new but not
    6284                 :             :          * verified not-null constraints, check all *valid* not-null
    6285                 :             :          * constraints. This is a bit of overkill but it minimizes risk of
    6286                 :             :          * bugs.
    6287                 :             :          *
    6288                 :             :          * notnull_attrs does *not* collect attribute numbers for valid
    6289                 :             :          * not-null constraints over virtual generated columns; instead, they
    6290                 :             :          * are collected in notnull_virtual_attrs for verification elsewhere.
    6291                 :             :          */
    6292         [ +  + ]:        5360 :         for (i = 0; i < newTupDesc->natts; i++)
    6293                 :             :         {
    6294                 :        3892 :             CompactAttribute *attr = TupleDescCompactAttr(newTupDesc, i);
    6295                 :             : 
    6296         [ +  + ]:        3892 :             if (attr->attnullability == ATTNULLABLE_VALID &&
    6297         [ +  - ]:        1467 :                 !attr->attisdropped)
    6298                 :             :             {
    6299                 :        1467 :                 Form_pg_attribute wholeatt = TupleDescAttr(newTupDesc, i);
    6300                 :             : 
    6301         [ +  + ]:        1467 :                 if (wholeatt->attgenerated != ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
    6302                 :        1403 :                     notnull_attrs = lappend_int(notnull_attrs, wholeatt->attnum);
    6303                 :             :                 else
    6304                 :          64 :                     notnull_virtual_attrs = lappend_int(notnull_virtual_attrs,
    6305                 :          64 :                                                         wholeatt->attnum);
    6306                 :             :             }
    6307                 :             :         }
    6308   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1468 :         if (notnull_attrs || notnull_virtual_attrs)
    6309                 :        1070 :             needscan = true;
    6310                 :             :     }
    6311                 :             : 
    6312   [ +  +  +  + ]:        4142 :     if (newrel || needscan)
    6313                 :             :     {
    6314                 :             :         ExprContext *econtext;
    6315                 :             :         TupleTableSlot *oldslot;
    6316                 :             :         TupleTableSlot *newslot;
    6317                 :             :         TableScanDesc scan;
    6318                 :             :         MemoryContext oldCxt;
    6319                 :        3421 :         List       *dropped_attrs = NIL;
    6320                 :             :         ListCell   *lc;
    6321                 :             :         Snapshot    snapshot;
    6322                 :        3421 :         ResultRelInfo *rInfo = NULL;
    6323                 :             : 
    6324                 :             :         /*
    6325                 :             :          * When adding or changing a virtual generated column with a not-null
    6326                 :             :          * constraint, we need to evaluate whether the generation expression
    6327                 :             :          * is null.  For that, we borrow ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull().  Here, we
    6328                 :             :          * prepare a dummy ResultRelInfo.
    6329                 :             :          */
    6330         [ +  + ]:        3421 :         if (notnull_virtual_attrs != NIL)
    6331                 :             :         {
    6332                 :             :             MemoryContext oldcontext;
    6333                 :             : 
    6334                 :             :             Assert(newTupDesc->constr->has_generated_virtual);
    6335                 :             :             Assert(newTupDesc->constr->has_not_null);
    6336                 :          44 :             oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(estate->es_query_cxt);
    6337                 :          44 :             rInfo = makeNode(ResultRelInfo);
    6338                 :          44 :             InitResultRelInfo(rInfo,
    6339                 :             :                               oldrel,
    6340                 :             :                               0,    /* dummy rangetable index */
    6341                 :             :                               NULL,
    6342                 :             :                               estate->es_instrument);
    6343                 :          44 :             MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
    6344                 :             :         }
    6345                 :             : 
    6346         [ +  + ]:        3421 :         if (newrel)
    6347         [ -  + ]:         780 :             ereport(DEBUG1,
    6348                 :             :                     (errmsg_internal("rewriting table \"%s\"",
    6349                 :             :                                      RelationGetRelationName(oldrel))));
    6350                 :             :         else
    6351         [ +  + ]:        2641 :             ereport(DEBUG1,
    6352                 :             :                     (errmsg_internal("verifying table \"%s\"",
    6353                 :             :                                      RelationGetRelationName(oldrel))));
    6354                 :             : 
    6355         [ +  + ]:        3421 :         if (newrel)
    6356                 :             :         {
    6357                 :             :             /*
    6358                 :             :              * All predicate locks on the tuples or pages are about to be made
    6359                 :             :              * invalid, because we move tuples around.  Promote them to
    6360                 :             :              * relation locks.
    6361                 :             :              */
    6362                 :         780 :             TransferPredicateLocksToHeapRelation(oldrel);
    6363                 :             :         }
    6364                 :             : 
    6365         [ -  + ]:        3421 :         econtext = GetPerTupleExprContext(estate);
    6366                 :             : 
    6367                 :             :         /*
    6368                 :             :          * Create necessary tuple slots. When rewriting, two slots are needed,
    6369                 :             :          * otherwise one suffices. In the case where one slot suffices, we
    6370                 :             :          * need to use the new tuple descriptor, otherwise some constraints
    6371                 :             :          * can't be evaluated.  Note that even when the tuple layout is the
    6372                 :             :          * same and no rewrite is required, the tupDescs might not be
    6373                 :             :          * (consider ADD COLUMN without a default).
    6374                 :             :          */
    6375         [ +  + ]:        3421 :         if (tab->rewrite)
    6376                 :             :         {
    6377                 :             :             Assert(newrel != NULL);
    6378                 :         780 :             oldslot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(oldTupDesc,
    6379                 :             :                                                table_slot_callbacks(oldrel));
    6380                 :         780 :             newslot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(newTupDesc,
    6381                 :             :                                                table_slot_callbacks(newrel));
    6382                 :             : 
    6383                 :             :             /*
    6384                 :             :              * Set all columns in the new slot to NULL initially, to ensure
    6385                 :             :              * columns added as part of the rewrite are initialized to NULL.
    6386                 :             :              * That is necessary as tab->newvals will not contain an
    6387                 :             :              * expression for columns with a NULL default, e.g. when adding a
    6388                 :             :              * column without a default together with a column with a default
    6389                 :             :              * requiring an actual rewrite.
    6390                 :             :              */
    6391                 :         780 :             ExecStoreAllNullTuple(newslot);
    6392                 :             :         }
    6393                 :             :         else
    6394                 :             :         {
    6395                 :        2641 :             oldslot = MakeSingleTupleTableSlot(newTupDesc,
    6396                 :             :                                                table_slot_callbacks(oldrel));
    6397                 :        2641 :             newslot = NULL;
    6398                 :             :         }
    6399                 :             : 
    6400                 :             :         /*
    6401                 :             :          * Any attributes that are dropped according to the new tuple
    6402                 :             :          * descriptor can be set to NULL. We precompute the list of dropped
    6403                 :             :          * attributes to avoid needing to do so in the per-tuple loop.
    6404                 :             :          */
    6405         [ +  + ]:       11929 :         for (i = 0; i < newTupDesc->natts; i++)
    6406                 :             :         {
    6407         [ +  + ]:        8508 :             if (TupleDescAttr(newTupDesc, i)->attisdropped)
    6408                 :         516 :                 dropped_attrs = lappend_int(dropped_attrs, i);
    6409                 :             :         }
    6410                 :             : 
    6411                 :             :         /*
    6412                 :             :          * Scan through the rows, generating a new row if needed and then
    6413                 :             :          * checking all the constraints.
    6414                 :             :          */
    6415                 :        3421 :         snapshot = RegisterSnapshot(GetLatestSnapshot());
    6416                 :        3421 :         scan = table_beginscan(oldrel, snapshot, 0, NULL,
    6417                 :             :                                SO_NONE);
    6418                 :             : 
    6419                 :             :         /*
    6420                 :             :          * Switch to per-tuple memory context and reset it for each tuple
    6421                 :             :          * produced, so we don't leak memory.
    6422                 :             :          */
    6423         [ +  - ]:        3421 :         oldCxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(GetPerTupleMemoryContext(estate));
    6424                 :             : 
    6425         [ +  + ]:      490769 :         while (table_scan_getnextslot(scan, ForwardScanDirection, oldslot))
    6426                 :             :         {
    6427                 :             :             TupleTableSlot *insertslot;
    6428                 :             : 
    6429         [ +  + ]:      484212 :             if (tab->rewrite > 0)
    6430                 :             :             {
    6431                 :             :                 /* Extract data from old tuple */
    6432                 :       67479 :                 slot_getallattrs(oldslot);
    6433                 :       67479 :                 ExecClearTuple(newslot);
    6434                 :             : 
    6435                 :             :                 /* copy attributes */
    6436                 :       67479 :                 memcpy(newslot->tts_values, oldslot->tts_values,
    6437                 :       67479 :                        sizeof(Datum) * oldslot->tts_nvalid);
    6438                 :       67479 :                 memcpy(newslot->tts_isnull, oldslot->tts_isnull,
    6439                 :       67479 :                        sizeof(bool) * oldslot->tts_nvalid);
    6440                 :             : 
    6441                 :             :                 /* Set dropped attributes to null in new tuple */
    6442   [ +  +  +  +  :       67564 :                 foreach(lc, dropped_attrs)
                   +  + ]
    6443                 :          85 :                     newslot->tts_isnull[lfirst_int(lc)] = true;
    6444                 :             : 
    6445                 :             :                 /*
    6446                 :             :                  * Constraints and GENERATED expressions might reference the
    6447                 :             :                  * tableoid column, so fill tts_tableOid with the desired
    6448                 :             :                  * value.  (We must do this each time, because it gets
    6449                 :             :                  * overwritten with newrel's OID during storing.)
    6450                 :             :                  */
    6451                 :       67479 :                 newslot->tts_tableOid = RelationGetRelid(oldrel);
    6452                 :             : 
    6453                 :             :                 /*
    6454                 :             :                  * Process supplied expressions to replace selected columns.
    6455                 :             :                  *
    6456                 :             :                  * First, evaluate expressions whose inputs come from the old
    6457                 :             :                  * tuple.
    6458                 :             :                  */
    6459                 :       67479 :                 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = oldslot;
    6460                 :             : 
    6461   [ +  +  +  +  :      137950 :                 foreach(l, tab->newvals)
                   +  + ]
    6462                 :             :                 {
    6463                 :       70479 :                     NewColumnValue *ex = lfirst(l);
    6464                 :             : 
    6465         [ +  + ]:       70479 :                     if (ex->is_generated)
    6466                 :         284 :                         continue;
    6467                 :             : 
    6468                 :       70195 :                     newslot->tts_values[ex->attnum - 1]
    6469                 :       70187 :                         = ExecEvalExpr(ex->exprstate,
    6470                 :             :                                        econtext,
    6471                 :       70195 :                                        &newslot->tts_isnull[ex->attnum - 1]);
    6472                 :             :                 }
    6473                 :             : 
    6474                 :       67471 :                 ExecStoreVirtualTuple(newslot);
    6475                 :             : 
    6476                 :             :                 /*
    6477                 :             :                  * Now, evaluate any expressions whose inputs come from the
    6478                 :             :                  * new tuple.  We assume these columns won't reference each
    6479                 :             :                  * other, so that there's no ordering dependency.
    6480                 :             :                  */
    6481                 :       67471 :                 econtext->ecxt_scantuple = newslot;
    6482                 :             : 
    6483   [ +  +  +  +  :      137942 :                 foreach(l, tab->newvals)
                   +  + ]
    6484                 :             :                 {
    6485                 :       70471 :                     NewColumnValue *ex = lfirst(l);
    6486                 :             : 
    6487         [ +  + ]:       70471 :                     if (!ex->is_generated)
    6488                 :       70187 :                         continue;
    6489                 :             : 
    6490                 :         284 :                     newslot->tts_values[ex->attnum - 1]
    6491                 :         284 :                         = ExecEvalExpr(ex->exprstate,
    6492                 :             :                                        econtext,
    6493                 :         284 :                                        &newslot->tts_isnull[ex->attnum - 1]);
    6494                 :             :                 }
    6495                 :             : 
    6496                 :       67471 :                 insertslot = newslot;
    6497                 :             :             }
    6498                 :             :             else
    6499                 :             :             {
    6500                 :             :                 /*
    6501                 :             :                  * If there's no rewrite, old and new table are guaranteed to
    6502                 :             :                  * have the same AM, so we can just use the old slot to verify
    6503                 :             :                  * new constraints etc.
    6504                 :             :                  */
    6505                 :      416733 :                 insertslot = oldslot;
    6506                 :             :             }
    6507                 :             : 
    6508                 :             :             /* Now check any constraints on the possibly-changed tuple */
    6509                 :      484204 :             econtext->ecxt_scantuple = insertslot;
    6510                 :             : 
    6511   [ +  +  +  +  :     2579274 :             foreach_int(attn, notnull_attrs)
                   +  + ]
    6512                 :             :             {
    6513         [ +  + ]:     1611042 :                 if (slot_attisnull(insertslot, attn))
    6514                 :             :                 {
    6515                 :          88 :                     Form_pg_attribute attr = TupleDescAttr(newTupDesc, attn - 1);
    6516                 :             : 
    6517         [ +  - ]:          88 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    6518                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_NOT_NULL_VIOLATION),
    6519                 :             :                              errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" contains null values",
    6520                 :             :                                     NameStr(attr->attname),
    6521                 :             :                                     RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)),
    6522                 :             :                              errtablecol(oldrel, attn)));
    6523                 :             :                 }
    6524                 :             :             }
    6525                 :             : 
    6526         [ +  + ]:      484116 :             if (notnull_virtual_attrs != NIL)
    6527                 :             :             {
    6528                 :             :                 AttrNumber  attnum;
    6529                 :             : 
    6530                 :          60 :                 attnum = ExecRelGenVirtualNotNull(rInfo, insertslot,
    6531                 :             :                                                   estate,
    6532                 :             :                                                   notnull_virtual_attrs);
    6533         [ +  + ]:          60 :                 if (attnum != InvalidAttrNumber)
    6534                 :             :                 {
    6535                 :          20 :                     Form_pg_attribute attr = TupleDescAttr(newTupDesc, attnum - 1);
    6536                 :             : 
    6537         [ +  - ]:          20 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    6538                 :             :                             errcode(ERRCODE_NOT_NULL_VIOLATION),
    6539                 :             :                             errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" contains null values",
    6540                 :             :                                    NameStr(attr->attname),
    6541                 :             :                                    RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)),
    6542                 :             :                             errtablecol(oldrel, attnum));
    6543                 :             :                 }
    6544                 :             :             }
    6545                 :             : 
    6546   [ +  +  +  +  :      489321 :             foreach(l, tab->constraints)
                   +  + ]
    6547                 :             :             {
    6548                 :        5345 :                 NewConstraint *con = lfirst(l);
    6549                 :             : 
    6550      [ +  +  - ]:        5345 :                 switch (con->contype)
    6551                 :             :                 {
    6552                 :        5279 :                     case CONSTR_CHECK:
    6553         [ +  + ]:        5279 :                         if (!ExecCheck(con->qualstate, econtext))
    6554         [ +  - ]:         120 :                             ereport(ERROR,
    6555                 :             :                                     (errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
    6556                 :             :                                      errmsg("check constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is violated by some row",
    6557                 :             :                                             con->name,
    6558                 :             :                                             RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)),
    6559                 :             :                                      errtableconstraint(oldrel, con->name)));
    6560                 :        5159 :                         break;
    6561                 :          66 :                     case CONSTR_NOTNULL:
    6562                 :             :                     case CONSTR_FOREIGN:
    6563                 :             :                         /* Nothing to do here */
    6564                 :          66 :                         break;
    6565                 :           0 :                     default:
    6566         [ #  # ]:           0 :                         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized constraint type: %d",
    6567                 :             :                              (int) con->contype);
    6568                 :             :                 }
    6569                 :             :             }
    6570                 :             : 
    6571   [ +  +  +  + ]:      483976 :             if (partqualstate && !ExecCheck(partqualstate, econtext))
    6572                 :             :             {
    6573         [ +  + ]:          49 :                 if (tab->validate_default)
    6574         [ +  - ]:          17 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    6575                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
    6576                 :             :                              errmsg("updated partition constraint for default partition \"%s\" would be violated by some row",
    6577                 :             :                                     RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)),
    6578                 :             :                              errtable(oldrel)));
    6579                 :             :                 else
    6580         [ +  - ]:          32 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    6581                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_CHECK_VIOLATION),
    6582                 :             :                              errmsg("partition constraint of relation \"%s\" is violated by some row",
    6583                 :             :                                     RelationGetRelationName(oldrel)),
    6584                 :             :                              errtable(oldrel)));
    6585                 :             :             }
    6586                 :             : 
    6587                 :             :             /* Write the tuple out to the new relation */
    6588         [ +  + ]:      483927 :             if (newrel)
    6589                 :       67427 :                 table_tuple_insert(newrel, insertslot, mycid,
    6590                 :             :                                    ti_options, bistate);
    6591                 :             : 
    6592                 :      483927 :             ResetExprContext(econtext);
    6593                 :             : 
    6594         [ -  + ]:      483927 :             CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
    6595                 :             :         }
    6596                 :             : 
    6597                 :        3136 :         MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldCxt);
    6598                 :        3136 :         table_endscan(scan);
    6599                 :        3136 :         UnregisterSnapshot(snapshot);
    6600                 :             : 
    6601                 :        3136 :         ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(oldslot);
    6602         [ +  + ]:        3136 :         if (newslot)
    6603                 :         728 :             ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(newslot);
    6604                 :             :     }
    6605                 :             : 
    6606                 :        3857 :     FreeExecutorState(estate);
    6607                 :             : 
    6608                 :        3857 :     table_close(oldrel, NoLock);
    6609         [ +  + ]:        3857 :     if (newrel)
    6610                 :             :     {
    6611                 :         728 :         FreeBulkInsertState(bistate);
    6612                 :             : 
    6613                 :         728 :         table_finish_bulk_insert(newrel, ti_options);
    6614                 :             : 
    6615                 :         728 :         table_close(newrel, NoLock);
    6616                 :             :     }
    6617                 :        3857 : }
    6618                 :             : 
    6619                 :             : /*
    6620                 :             :  * ATGetQueueEntry: find or create an entry in the ALTER TABLE work queue
    6621                 :             :  */
    6622                 :             : static AlteredTableInfo *
    6623                 :       27493 : ATGetQueueEntry(List **wqueue, Relation rel)
    6624                 :             : {
    6625                 :       27493 :     Oid         relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
    6626                 :             :     AlteredTableInfo *tab;
    6627                 :             :     ListCell   *ltab;
    6628                 :             : 
    6629   [ +  +  +  +  :       34214 :     foreach(ltab, *wqueue)
                   +  + ]
    6630                 :             :     {
    6631                 :       10200 :         tab = (AlteredTableInfo *) lfirst(ltab);
    6632         [ +  + ]:       10200 :         if (tab->relid == relid)
    6633                 :        3479 :             return tab;
    6634                 :             :     }
    6635                 :             : 
    6636                 :             :     /*
    6637                 :             :      * Not there, so add it.  Note that we make a copy of the relation's
    6638                 :             :      * existing descriptor before anything interesting can happen to it.
    6639                 :             :      */
    6640                 :       24014 :     tab = palloc0_object(AlteredTableInfo);
    6641                 :       24014 :     tab->relid = relid;
    6642                 :       24014 :     tab->rel = NULL;         /* set later */
    6643                 :       24014 :     tab->relkind = rel->rd_rel->relkind;
    6644                 :       24014 :     tab->oldDesc = CreateTupleDescCopyConstr(RelationGetDescr(rel));
    6645                 :       24014 :     tab->newAccessMethod = InvalidOid;
    6646                 :       24014 :     tab->chgAccessMethod = false;
    6647                 :       24014 :     tab->newTableSpace = InvalidOid;
    6648                 :       24014 :     tab->newrelpersistence = RELPERSISTENCE_PERMANENT;
    6649                 :       24014 :     tab->chgPersistence = false;
    6650                 :             : 
    6651                 :       24014 :     *wqueue = lappend(*wqueue, tab);
    6652                 :             : 
    6653                 :       24014 :     return tab;
    6654                 :             : }
    6655                 :             : 
    6656                 :             : static const char *
    6657                 :          69 : alter_table_type_to_string(AlterTableType cmdtype)
    6658                 :             : {
    6659   [ -  -  +  +  :          69 :     switch (cmdtype)
          -  -  -  +  -  
          -  -  +  -  -  
          +  -  -  -  -  
          -  -  +  +  -  
          +  +  -  -  +  
          -  -  -  -  -  
          -  -  -  -  -  
          -  -  -  -  +  
          +  -  -  -  -  
          -  -  -  -  +  
          +  +  -  -  -  
                   -  - ]
    6660                 :             :     {
    6661                 :           0 :         case AT_AddColumn:
    6662                 :             :         case AT_AddColumnToView:
    6663                 :           0 :             return "ADD COLUMN";
    6664                 :           0 :         case AT_ColumnDefault:
    6665                 :             :         case AT_CookedColumnDefault:
    6666                 :           0 :             return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET DEFAULT";
    6667                 :           4 :         case AT_DropNotNull:
    6668                 :           4 :             return "ALTER COLUMN ... DROP NOT NULL";
    6669                 :           4 :         case AT_SetNotNull:
    6670                 :           4 :             return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET NOT NULL";
    6671                 :           0 :         case AT_SetExpression:
    6672                 :           0 :             return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET EXPRESSION";
    6673                 :           0 :         case AT_DropExpression:
    6674                 :           0 :             return "ALTER COLUMN ... DROP EXPRESSION";
    6675                 :           0 :         case AT_SetStatistics:
    6676                 :           0 :             return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET STATISTICS";
    6677                 :           8 :         case AT_SetOptions:
    6678                 :           8 :             return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET";
    6679                 :           0 :         case AT_ResetOptions:
    6680                 :           0 :             return "ALTER COLUMN ... RESET";
    6681                 :           0 :         case AT_SetStorage:
    6682                 :           0 :             return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET STORAGE";
    6683                 :           0 :         case AT_SetCompression:
    6684                 :           0 :             return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET COMPRESSION";
    6685                 :           4 :         case AT_DropColumn:
    6686                 :           4 :             return "DROP COLUMN";
    6687                 :           0 :         case AT_AddIndex:
    6688                 :             :         case AT_ReAddIndex:
    6689                 :           0 :             return NULL;        /* not real grammar */
    6690                 :           0 :         case AT_AddConstraint:
    6691                 :             :         case AT_ReAddConstraint:
    6692                 :             :         case AT_ReAddDomainConstraint:
    6693                 :             :         case AT_AddIndexConstraint:
    6694                 :           0 :             return "ADD CONSTRAINT";
    6695                 :           4 :         case AT_AlterConstraint:
    6696                 :           4 :             return "ALTER CONSTRAINT";
    6697                 :           0 :         case AT_ValidateConstraint:
    6698                 :           0 :             return "VALIDATE CONSTRAINT";
    6699                 :           0 :         case AT_DropConstraint:
    6700                 :           0 :             return "DROP CONSTRAINT";
    6701                 :           0 :         case AT_ReAddComment:
    6702                 :           0 :             return NULL;        /* not real grammar */
    6703                 :           0 :         case AT_AlterColumnType:
    6704                 :           0 :             return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET DATA TYPE";
    6705                 :           0 :         case AT_AlterColumnGenericOptions:
    6706                 :           0 :             return "ALTER COLUMN ... OPTIONS";
    6707                 :           0 :         case AT_ChangeOwner:
    6708                 :           0 :             return "OWNER TO";
    6709                 :           4 :         case AT_ClusterOn:
    6710                 :           4 :             return "CLUSTER ON";
    6711                 :           4 :         case AT_DropCluster:
    6712                 :           4 :             return "SET WITHOUT CLUSTER";
    6713                 :           0 :         case AT_SetAccessMethod:
    6714                 :           0 :             return "SET ACCESS METHOD";
    6715                 :           4 :         case AT_SetLogged:
    6716                 :           4 :             return "SET LOGGED";
    6717                 :           4 :         case AT_SetUnLogged:
    6718                 :           4 :             return "SET UNLOGGED";
    6719                 :           0 :         case AT_DropOids:
    6720                 :           0 :             return "SET WITHOUT OIDS";
    6721                 :           0 :         case AT_SetTableSpace:
    6722                 :           0 :             return "SET TABLESPACE";
    6723                 :           1 :         case AT_SetRelOptions:
    6724                 :           1 :             return "SET";
    6725                 :           0 :         case AT_ResetRelOptions:
    6726                 :           0 :             return "RESET";
    6727                 :           0 :         case AT_ReplaceRelOptions:
    6728                 :           0 :             return NULL;        /* not real grammar */
    6729                 :           0 :         case AT_EnableTrig:
    6730                 :           0 :             return "ENABLE TRIGGER";
    6731                 :           0 :         case AT_EnableAlwaysTrig:
    6732                 :           0 :             return "ENABLE ALWAYS TRIGGER";
    6733                 :           0 :         case AT_EnableReplicaTrig:
    6734                 :           0 :             return "ENABLE REPLICA TRIGGER";
    6735                 :           0 :         case AT_DisableTrig:
    6736                 :           0 :             return "DISABLE TRIGGER";
    6737                 :           0 :         case AT_EnableTrigAll:
    6738                 :           0 :             return "ENABLE TRIGGER ALL";
    6739                 :           0 :         case AT_DisableTrigAll:
    6740                 :           0 :             return "DISABLE TRIGGER ALL";
    6741                 :           0 :         case AT_EnableTrigUser:
    6742                 :           0 :             return "ENABLE TRIGGER USER";
    6743                 :           0 :         case AT_DisableTrigUser:
    6744                 :           0 :             return "DISABLE TRIGGER USER";
    6745                 :           0 :         case AT_EnableRule:
    6746                 :           0 :             return "ENABLE RULE";
    6747                 :           0 :         case AT_EnableAlwaysRule:
    6748                 :           0 :             return "ENABLE ALWAYS RULE";
    6749                 :           0 :         case AT_EnableReplicaRule:
    6750                 :           0 :             return "ENABLE REPLICA RULE";
    6751                 :           0 :         case AT_DisableRule:
    6752                 :           0 :             return "DISABLE RULE";
    6753                 :           4 :         case AT_AddInherit:
    6754                 :           4 :             return "INHERIT";
    6755                 :           4 :         case AT_DropInherit:
    6756                 :           4 :             return "NO INHERIT";
    6757                 :           0 :         case AT_AddOf:
    6758                 :           0 :             return "OF";
    6759                 :           0 :         case AT_DropOf:
    6760                 :           0 :             return "NOT OF";
    6761                 :           0 :         case AT_ReplicaIdentity:
    6762                 :           0 :             return "REPLICA IDENTITY";
    6763                 :           0 :         case AT_EnableRowSecurity:
    6764                 :           0 :             return "ENABLE ROW SECURITY";
    6765                 :           0 :         case AT_DisableRowSecurity:
    6766                 :           0 :             return "DISABLE ROW SECURITY";
    6767                 :           0 :         case AT_ForceRowSecurity:
    6768                 :           0 :             return "FORCE ROW SECURITY";
    6769                 :           0 :         case AT_NoForceRowSecurity:
    6770                 :           0 :             return "NO FORCE ROW SECURITY";
    6771                 :           0 :         case AT_GenericOptions:
    6772                 :           0 :             return "OPTIONS";
    6773                 :           4 :         case AT_AttachPartition:
    6774                 :           4 :             return "ATTACH PARTITION";
    6775                 :          12 :         case AT_DetachPartition:
    6776                 :          12 :             return "DETACH PARTITION";
    6777                 :           4 :         case AT_DetachPartitionFinalize:
    6778                 :           4 :             return "DETACH PARTITION ... FINALIZE";
    6779                 :           0 :         case AT_AddIdentity:
    6780                 :           0 :             return "ALTER COLUMN ... ADD IDENTITY";
    6781                 :           0 :         case AT_SetIdentity:
    6782                 :           0 :             return "ALTER COLUMN ... SET";
    6783                 :           0 :         case AT_DropIdentity:
    6784                 :           0 :             return "ALTER COLUMN ... DROP IDENTITY";
    6785                 :           0 :         case AT_ReAddStatistics:
    6786                 :           0 :             return NULL;        /* not real grammar */
    6787                 :             :     }
    6788                 :             : 
    6789                 :           0 :     return NULL;
    6790                 :             : }
    6791                 :             : 
    6792                 :             : /*
    6793                 :             :  * ATSimplePermissions
    6794                 :             :  *
    6795                 :             :  * - Ensure that it is a relation (or possibly a view)
    6796                 :             :  * - Ensure this user is the owner
    6797                 :             :  * - Ensure that it is not a system table
    6798                 :             :  */
    6799                 :             : static void
    6800                 :       25019 : ATSimplePermissions(AlterTableType cmdtype, Relation rel, int allowed_targets)
    6801                 :             : {
    6802                 :             :     int         actual_target;
    6803                 :             : 
    6804   [ +  +  +  +  :       25019 :     switch (rel->rd_rel->relkind)
          +  +  +  +  +  
                      + ]
    6805                 :             :     {
    6806                 :       19762 :         case RELKIND_RELATION:
    6807                 :       19762 :             actual_target = ATT_TABLE;
    6808                 :       19762 :             break;
    6809                 :        3732 :         case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE:
    6810                 :        3732 :             actual_target = ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE;
    6811                 :        3732 :             break;
    6812                 :         280 :         case RELKIND_VIEW:
    6813                 :         280 :             actual_target = ATT_VIEW;
    6814                 :         280 :             break;
    6815                 :          29 :         case RELKIND_MATVIEW:
    6816                 :          29 :             actual_target = ATT_MATVIEW;
    6817                 :          29 :             break;
    6818                 :         140 :         case RELKIND_INDEX:
    6819                 :         140 :             actual_target = ATT_INDEX;
    6820                 :         140 :             break;
    6821                 :         314 :         case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX:
    6822                 :         314 :             actual_target = ATT_PARTITIONED_INDEX;
    6823                 :         314 :             break;
    6824                 :         149 :         case RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE:
    6825                 :         149 :             actual_target = ATT_COMPOSITE_TYPE;
    6826                 :         149 :             break;
    6827                 :         596 :         case RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE:
    6828                 :         596 :             actual_target = ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE;
    6829                 :         596 :             break;
    6830                 :          16 :         case RELKIND_SEQUENCE:
    6831                 :          16 :             actual_target = ATT_SEQUENCE;
    6832                 :          16 :             break;
    6833                 :           1 :         default:
    6834                 :           1 :             actual_target = 0;
    6835                 :           1 :             break;
    6836                 :             :     }
    6837                 :             : 
    6838                 :             :     /* Wrong target type? */
    6839         [ +  + ]:       25019 :     if ((actual_target & allowed_targets) == 0)
    6840                 :             :     {
    6841                 :          69 :         const char *action_str = alter_table_type_to_string(cmdtype);
    6842                 :             : 
    6843         [ +  - ]:          69 :         if (action_str)
    6844         [ +  - ]:          69 :             ereport(ERROR,
    6845                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    6846                 :             :             /* translator: %s is a group of some SQL keywords */
    6847                 :             :                      errmsg("ALTER action %s cannot be performed on relation \"%s\"",
    6848                 :             :                             action_str, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
    6849                 :             :                      errdetail_relkind_not_supported(rel->rd_rel->relkind)));
    6850                 :             :         else
    6851                 :             :             /* internal error? */
    6852         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "invalid ALTER action attempted on relation \"%s\"",
    6853                 :             :                  RelationGetRelationName(rel));
    6854                 :             :     }
    6855                 :             : 
    6856                 :             :     /* Permissions checks */
    6857         [ +  + ]:       24950 :     if (!object_ownercheck(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), GetUserId()))
    6858                 :           8 :         aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(rel->rd_rel->relkind),
    6859                 :           8 :                        RelationGetRelationName(rel));
    6860                 :             : 
    6861                 :             :     /*
    6862                 :             :      * Conflict log tables are used internally for logical replication
    6863                 :             :      * conflict logging and should not be altered directly, as it could
    6864                 :             :      * disrupt conflict logging. Direct ALTER commands are already rejected
    6865                 :             :      * during relation lookup in RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation(), and
    6866                 :             :      * AlterTableMoveAll() skips these tables, so a conflict log table does
    6867                 :             :      * not normally reach here; this check guards any internal caller that
    6868                 :             :      * arrives via AlterTableInternal().
    6869                 :             :      */
    6870         [ -  + ]:       24942 :     if (IsConflictLogTableClass(rel->rd_rel))
    6871         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    6872                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    6873                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter conflict log table \"%s\"",
    6874                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
    6875                 :             :                  errdetail("Conflict log tables are system-managed tables for logical replication conflicts.")));
    6876                 :             : 
    6877   [ +  +  -  + ]:       24942 :     if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemRelation(rel))
    6878         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    6879                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
    6880                 :             :                  errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
    6881                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    6882                 :       24942 : }
    6883                 :             : 
    6884                 :             : /*
    6885                 :             :  * ATSimpleRecursion
    6886                 :             :  *
    6887                 :             :  * Simple table recursion sufficient for most ALTER TABLE operations.
    6888                 :             :  * All direct and indirect children are processed in an unspecified order.
    6889                 :             :  * Note that if a child inherits from the original table via multiple
    6890                 :             :  * inheritance paths, it will be visited just once.
    6891                 :             :  */
    6892                 :             : static void
    6893                 :        1041 : ATSimpleRecursion(List **wqueue, Relation rel,
    6894                 :             :                   AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode,
    6895                 :             :                   AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
    6896                 :             : {
    6897                 :             :     /*
    6898                 :             :      * Propagate to children, if desired and if there are (or might be) any
    6899                 :             :      * children.
    6900                 :             :      */
    6901   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1041 :     if (recurse && rel->rd_rel->relhassubclass)
    6902                 :             :     {
    6903                 :          71 :         Oid         relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
    6904                 :             :         ListCell   *child;
    6905                 :             :         List       *children;
    6906                 :             : 
    6907                 :          71 :         children = find_all_inheritors(relid, lockmode, NULL);
    6908                 :             : 
    6909                 :             :         /*
    6910                 :             :          * find_all_inheritors does the recursive search of the inheritance
    6911                 :             :          * hierarchy, so all we have to do is process all of the relids in the
    6912                 :             :          * list that it returns.
    6913                 :             :          */
    6914   [ +  -  +  +  :         300 :         foreach(child, children)
                   +  + ]
    6915                 :             :         {
    6916                 :         229 :             Oid         childrelid = lfirst_oid(child);
    6917                 :             :             Relation    childrel;
    6918                 :             : 
    6919         [ +  + ]:         229 :             if (childrelid == relid)
    6920                 :          71 :                 continue;
    6921                 :             :             /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */
    6922                 :         158 :             childrel = relation_open(childrelid, NoLock);
    6923                 :         158 :             CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
    6924                 :         158 :             ATPrepCmd(wqueue, childrel, cmd, false, true, lockmode, context);
    6925                 :         158 :             relation_close(childrel, NoLock);
    6926                 :             :         }
    6927                 :             :     }
    6928                 :        1041 : }
    6929                 :             : 
    6930                 :             : /*
    6931                 :             :  * Obtain list of partitions of the given table, locking them all at the given
    6932                 :             :  * lockmode and ensuring that they all pass CheckAlterTableIsSafe.
    6933                 :             :  *
    6934                 :             :  * This function is a no-op if the given relation is not a partitioned table;
    6935                 :             :  * in particular, nothing is done if it's a legacy inheritance parent.
    6936                 :             :  */
    6937                 :             : static void
    6938                 :         559 : ATCheckPartitionsNotInUse(Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode)
    6939                 :             : {
    6940         [ +  + ]:         559 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    6941                 :             :     {
    6942                 :             :         List       *inh;
    6943                 :             :         ListCell   *cell;
    6944                 :             : 
    6945                 :         121 :         inh = find_all_inheritors(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode, NULL);
    6946                 :             :         /* first element is the parent rel; must ignore it */
    6947   [ +  -  +  +  :         398 :         for_each_from(cell, inh, 1)
                   +  + ]
    6948                 :             :         {
    6949                 :             :             Relation    childrel;
    6950                 :             : 
    6951                 :             :             /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */
    6952                 :         281 :             childrel = table_open(lfirst_oid(cell), NoLock);
    6953                 :         281 :             CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
    6954                 :         277 :             table_close(childrel, NoLock);
    6955                 :             :         }
    6956                 :         117 :         list_free(inh);
    6957                 :             :     }
    6958                 :         555 : }
    6959                 :             : 
    6960                 :             : /*
    6961                 :             :  * ATTypedTableRecursion
    6962                 :             :  *
    6963                 :             :  * Propagate ALTER TYPE operations to the typed tables of that type.
    6964                 :             :  * Also check the RESTRICT/CASCADE behavior.  Given CASCADE, also permit
    6965                 :             :  * recursion to inheritance children of the typed tables.
    6966                 :             :  */
    6967                 :             : static void
    6968                 :         133 : ATTypedTableRecursion(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd,
    6969                 :             :                       LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
    6970                 :             : {
    6971                 :             :     ListCell   *child;
    6972                 :             :     List       *children;
    6973                 :             : 
    6974                 :             :     Assert(rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE);
    6975                 :             : 
    6976                 :         133 :     children = find_typed_table_dependencies(rel->rd_rel->reltype,
    6977                 :         133 :                                              RelationGetRelationName(rel),
    6978                 :             :                                              cmd->behavior);
    6979                 :             : 
    6980   [ +  +  +  +  :         141 :     foreach(child, children)
                   +  + ]
    6981                 :             :     {
    6982                 :          20 :         Oid         childrelid = lfirst_oid(child);
    6983                 :             :         Relation    childrel;
    6984                 :             : 
    6985                 :          20 :         childrel = relation_open(childrelid, lockmode);
    6986                 :          20 :         CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
    6987                 :          20 :         ATPrepCmd(wqueue, childrel, cmd, true, true, lockmode, context);
    6988                 :          20 :         relation_close(childrel, NoLock);
    6989                 :             :     }
    6990                 :         121 : }
    6991                 :             : 
    6992                 :             : 
    6993                 :             : /*
    6994                 :             :  * find_composite_type_dependencies
    6995                 :             :  *
    6996                 :             :  * Check to see if the type "typeOid" is being used as a column in some table
    6997                 :             :  * (possibly nested several levels deep in composite types, arrays, etc!).
    6998                 :             :  * Eventually, we'd like to propagate the check or rewrite operation
    6999                 :             :  * into such tables, but for now, just error out if we find any.
    7000                 :             :  *
    7001                 :             :  * Caller should provide either the associated relation of a rowtype,
    7002                 :             :  * or a type name (not both) for use in the error message, if any.
    7003                 :             :  *
    7004                 :             :  * Note that "typeOid" is not necessarily a composite type; it could also be
    7005                 :             :  * another container type such as an array or range, or a domain over one of
    7006                 :             :  * these things.  The name of this function is therefore somewhat historical,
    7007                 :             :  * but it's not worth changing.
    7008                 :             :  *
    7009                 :             :  * We assume that functions and views depending on the type are not reasons
    7010                 :             :  * to reject the ALTER.  (How safe is this really?)
    7011                 :             :  */
    7012                 :             : void
    7013                 :        3350 : find_composite_type_dependencies(Oid typeOid, Relation origRelation,
    7014                 :             :                                  const char *origTypeName)
    7015                 :             : {
    7016                 :             :     Relation    depRel;
    7017                 :             :     ScanKeyData key[2];
    7018                 :             :     SysScanDesc depScan;
    7019                 :             :     HeapTuple   depTup;
    7020                 :             : 
    7021                 :             :     Assert(OidIsValid(typeOid));
    7022                 :             : 
    7023                 :             :     /* since this function recurses, it could be driven to stack overflow */
    7024                 :        3350 :     check_stack_depth();
    7025                 :             : 
    7026                 :             :     /*
    7027                 :             :      * We scan pg_depend to find those things that depend on the given type.
    7028                 :             :      * (We assume we can ignore refobjsubid for a type.)
    7029                 :             :      */
    7030                 :        3350 :     depRel = table_open(DependRelationId, AccessShareLock);
    7031                 :             : 
    7032                 :        3350 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
    7033                 :             :                 Anum_pg_depend_refclassid,
    7034                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    7035                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(TypeRelationId));
    7036                 :        3350 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[1],
    7037                 :             :                 Anum_pg_depend_refobjid,
    7038                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    7039                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(typeOid));
    7040                 :             : 
    7041                 :        3350 :     depScan = systable_beginscan(depRel, DependReferenceIndexId, true,
    7042                 :             :                                  NULL, 2, key);
    7043                 :             : 
    7044         [ +  + ]:        5154 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(depTup = systable_getnext(depScan)))
    7045                 :             :     {
    7046                 :        1908 :         Form_pg_depend pg_depend = (Form_pg_depend) GETSTRUCT(depTup);
    7047                 :             :         Relation    rel;
    7048                 :             :         TupleDesc   tupleDesc;
    7049                 :             :         Form_pg_attribute att;
    7050                 :             : 
    7051                 :             :         /* Check for directly dependent types */
    7052         [ +  + ]:        1908 :         if (pg_depend->classid == TypeRelationId)
    7053                 :             :         {
    7054                 :             :             /*
    7055                 :             :              * This must be an array, domain, or range containing the given
    7056                 :             :              * type, so recursively check for uses of this type.  Note that
    7057                 :             :              * any error message will mention the original type not the
    7058                 :             :              * container; this is intentional.
    7059                 :             :              */
    7060                 :        1630 :             find_composite_type_dependencies(pg_depend->objid,
    7061                 :             :                                              origRelation, origTypeName);
    7062                 :        1614 :             continue;
    7063                 :             :         }
    7064                 :             : 
    7065                 :             :         /* Else, ignore dependees that aren't relations */
    7066         [ +  + ]:         278 :         if (pg_depend->classid != RelationRelationId)
    7067                 :          85 :             continue;
    7068                 :             : 
    7069                 :         193 :         rel = relation_open(pg_depend->objid, AccessShareLock);
    7070                 :         193 :         tupleDesc = RelationGetDescr(rel);
    7071                 :             : 
    7072                 :             :         /*
    7073                 :             :          * If objsubid identifies a specific column, refer to that in error
    7074                 :             :          * messages.  Otherwise, search to see if there's a user column of the
    7075                 :             :          * type.  (We assume system columns are never of interesting types.)
    7076                 :             :          * The search is needed because an index containing an expression
    7077                 :             :          * column of the target type will just be recorded as a whole-relation
    7078                 :             :          * dependency.  If we do not find a column of the type, the dependency
    7079                 :             :          * must indicate that the type is transiently referenced in an index
    7080                 :             :          * expression but not stored on disk, which we assume is OK, just as
    7081                 :             :          * we do for references in views.  (It could also be that the target
    7082                 :             :          * type is embedded in some container type that is stored in an index
    7083                 :             :          * column, but the previous recursion should catch such cases.)
    7084                 :             :          */
    7085   [ +  +  +  - ]:         193 :         if (pg_depend->objsubid > 0 && pg_depend->objsubid <= tupleDesc->natts)
    7086                 :          84 :             att = TupleDescAttr(tupleDesc, pg_depend->objsubid - 1);
    7087                 :             :         else
    7088                 :             :         {
    7089                 :         109 :             att = NULL;
    7090         [ +  + ]:         286 :             for (int attno = 1; attno <= tupleDesc->natts; attno++)
    7091                 :             :             {
    7092                 :         181 :                 att = TupleDescAttr(tupleDesc, attno - 1);
    7093   [ +  +  +  - ]:         181 :                 if (att->atttypid == typeOid && !att->attisdropped)
    7094                 :           4 :                     break;
    7095                 :         177 :                 att = NULL;
    7096                 :             :             }
    7097         [ +  + ]:         109 :             if (att == NULL)
    7098                 :             :             {
    7099                 :             :                 /* No such column, so assume OK */
    7100                 :         105 :                 relation_close(rel, AccessShareLock);
    7101                 :         105 :                 continue;
    7102                 :             :             }
    7103                 :             :         }
    7104                 :             : 
    7105                 :             :         /*
    7106                 :             :          * We definitely should reject if the relation has storage.  If it's
    7107                 :             :          * partitioned, then perhaps we don't have to reject: if there are
    7108                 :             :          * partitions then we'll fail when we find one, else there is no
    7109                 :             :          * stored data to worry about.  However, it's possible that the type
    7110                 :             :          * change would affect conclusions about whether the type is sortable
    7111                 :             :          * or hashable and thus (if it's a partitioning column) break the
    7112                 :             :          * partitioning rule.  For now, reject for partitioned rels too.
    7113                 :             :          */
    7114   [ +  +  -  +  :          88 :         if (RELKIND_HAS_STORAGE(rel->rd_rel->relkind) ||
          -  -  -  -  -  
                      - ]
    7115   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :             RELKIND_HAS_PARTITIONS(rel->rd_rel->relkind))
    7116                 :             :         {
    7117         [ +  + ]:          88 :             if (origTypeName)
    7118         [ +  - ]:          20 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    7119                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    7120                 :             :                          errmsg("cannot alter type \"%s\" because column \"%s.%s\" uses it",
    7121                 :             :                                 origTypeName,
    7122                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
    7123                 :             :                                 NameStr(att->attname))));
    7124         [ +  + ]:          68 :             else if (origRelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE)
    7125         [ +  - ]:          12 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    7126                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    7127                 :             :                          errmsg("cannot alter type \"%s\" because column \"%s.%s\" uses it",
    7128                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(origRelation),
    7129                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
    7130                 :             :                                 NameStr(att->attname))));
    7131         [ +  + ]:          56 :             else if (origRelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
    7132         [ +  - ]:           4 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    7133                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    7134                 :             :                          errmsg("cannot alter foreign table \"%s\" because column \"%s.%s\" uses its row type",
    7135                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(origRelation),
    7136                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
    7137                 :             :                                 NameStr(att->attname))));
    7138                 :             :             else
    7139         [ +  - ]:          52 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    7140                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    7141                 :             :                          errmsg("cannot alter table \"%s\" because column \"%s.%s\" uses its row type",
    7142                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(origRelation),
    7143                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(rel),
    7144                 :             :                                 NameStr(att->attname))));
    7145                 :             :         }
    7146         [ #  # ]:           0 :         else if (OidIsValid(rel->rd_rel->reltype))
    7147                 :             :         {
    7148                 :             :             /*
    7149                 :             :              * A view or composite type itself isn't a problem, but we must
    7150                 :             :              * recursively check for indirect dependencies via its rowtype.
    7151                 :             :              */
    7152                 :           0 :             find_composite_type_dependencies(rel->rd_rel->reltype,
    7153                 :             :                                              origRelation, origTypeName);
    7154                 :             :         }
    7155                 :             : 
    7156                 :           0 :         relation_close(rel, AccessShareLock);
    7157                 :             :     }
    7158                 :             : 
    7159                 :        3246 :     systable_endscan(depScan);
    7160                 :             : 
    7161                 :        3246 :     relation_close(depRel, AccessShareLock);
    7162                 :        3246 : }
    7163                 :             : 
    7164                 :             : 
    7165                 :             : /*
    7166                 :             :  * find_typed_table_dependencies
    7167                 :             :  *
    7168                 :             :  * Check to see if a composite type is being used as the type of a
    7169                 :             :  * typed table.  Abort if any are found and behavior is RESTRICT.
    7170                 :             :  * Else return the list of tables.
    7171                 :             :  */
    7172                 :             : static List *
    7173                 :         149 : find_typed_table_dependencies(Oid typeOid, const char *typeName, DropBehavior behavior)
    7174                 :             : {
    7175                 :             :     Relation    classRel;
    7176                 :             :     ScanKeyData key[1];
    7177                 :             :     TableScanDesc scan;
    7178                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    7179                 :         149 :     List       *result = NIL;
    7180                 :             : 
    7181                 :         149 :     classRel = table_open(RelationRelationId, AccessShareLock);
    7182                 :             : 
    7183                 :         149 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
    7184                 :             :                 Anum_pg_class_reloftype,
    7185                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
    7186                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(typeOid));
    7187                 :             : 
    7188                 :         149 :     scan = table_beginscan_catalog(classRel, 1, key);
    7189                 :             : 
    7190         [ +  + ]:         173 :     while ((tuple = heap_getnext(scan, ForwardScanDirection)) != NULL)
    7191                 :             :     {
    7192                 :          40 :         Form_pg_class classform = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    7193                 :             : 
    7194         [ +  + ]:          40 :         if (behavior == DROP_RESTRICT)
    7195         [ +  - ]:          16 :             ereport(ERROR,
    7196                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DEPENDENT_OBJECTS_STILL_EXIST),
    7197                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot alter type \"%s\" because it is the type of a typed table",
    7198                 :             :                             typeName),
    7199                 :             :                      errhint("Use ALTER ... CASCADE to alter the typed tables too.")));
    7200                 :             :         else
    7201                 :          24 :             result = lappend_oid(result, classform->oid);
    7202                 :             :     }
    7203                 :             : 
    7204                 :         133 :     table_endscan(scan);
    7205                 :         133 :     table_close(classRel, AccessShareLock);
    7206                 :             : 
    7207                 :         133 :     return result;
    7208                 :             : }
    7209                 :             : 
    7210                 :             : 
    7211                 :             : /*
    7212                 :             :  * check_of_type
    7213                 :             :  *
    7214                 :             :  * Check whether a type is suitable for CREATE TABLE OF/ALTER TABLE OF.  If it
    7215                 :             :  * isn't suitable, throw an error.  Currently, we require that the type
    7216                 :             :  * originated with CREATE TYPE AS.  We could support any row type, but doing so
    7217                 :             :  * would require handling a number of extra corner cases in the DDL commands.
    7218                 :             :  * (Also, allowing domain-over-composite would open up a can of worms about
    7219                 :             :  * whether and how the domain's constraints should apply to derived tables.)
    7220                 :             :  */
    7221                 :             : void
    7222                 :         127 : check_of_type(HeapTuple typetuple)
    7223                 :             : {
    7224                 :         127 :     Form_pg_type typ = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(typetuple);
    7225                 :         127 :     bool        typeOk = false;
    7226                 :             : 
    7227         [ +  + ]:         127 :     if (typ->typtype == TYPTYPE_COMPOSITE)
    7228                 :             :     {
    7229                 :             :         Relation    typeRelation;
    7230                 :             : 
    7231                 :             :         Assert(OidIsValid(typ->typrelid));
    7232                 :         123 :         typeRelation = relation_open(typ->typrelid, AccessShareLock);
    7233                 :         123 :         typeOk = (typeRelation->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE);
    7234                 :             : 
    7235                 :             :         /*
    7236                 :             :          * Close the parent rel, but keep our AccessShareLock on it until xact
    7237                 :             :          * commit.  That will prevent someone else from deleting or ALTERing
    7238                 :             :          * the type before the typed table creation/conversion commits.
    7239                 :             :          */
    7240                 :         123 :         relation_close(typeRelation, NoLock);
    7241                 :             : 
    7242         [ +  + ]:         123 :         if (!typeOk)
    7243         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
    7244                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    7245                 :             :                      errmsg("type %s is the row type of another table",
    7246                 :             :                             format_type_be(typ->oid)),
    7247                 :             :                      errdetail("A typed table must use a stand-alone composite type created with CREATE TYPE.")));
    7248                 :             :     }
    7249                 :             :     else
    7250         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    7251                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    7252                 :             :                  errmsg("type %s is not a composite type",
    7253                 :             :                         format_type_be(typ->oid))));
    7254                 :         119 : }
    7255                 :             : 
    7256                 :             : 
    7257                 :             : /*
    7258                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN
    7259                 :             :  *
    7260                 :             :  * Adds an additional attribute to a relation making the assumption that
    7261                 :             :  * CHECK, NOT NULL, and FOREIGN KEY constraints will be removed from the
    7262                 :             :  * AT_AddColumn AlterTableCmd by parse_utilcmd.c and added as independent
    7263                 :             :  * AlterTableCmd's.
    7264                 :             :  *
    7265                 :             :  * ADD COLUMN cannot use the normal ALTER TABLE recursion mechanism, because we
    7266                 :             :  * have to decide at runtime whether to recurse or not depending on whether we
    7267                 :             :  * actually add a column or merely merge with an existing column.  (We can't
    7268                 :             :  * check this in a static pre-pass because it won't handle multiple inheritance
    7269                 :             :  * situations correctly.)
    7270                 :             :  */
    7271                 :             : static void
    7272                 :        1591 : ATPrepAddColumn(List **wqueue, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing,
    7273                 :             :                 bool is_view, AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode,
    7274                 :             :                 AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
    7275                 :             : {
    7276   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1591 :     if (rel->rd_rel->reloftype && !recursing)
    7277         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    7278                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    7279                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot add column to typed table")));
    7280                 :             : 
    7281         [ +  + ]:        1587 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE)
    7282                 :          42 :         ATTypedTableRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, lockmode, context);
    7283                 :             : 
    7284   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1583 :     if (recurse && !is_view)
    7285                 :        1508 :         cmd->recurse = true;
    7286                 :        1583 : }
    7287                 :             : 
    7288                 :             : /*
    7289                 :             :  * Add a column to a table.  The return value is the address of the
    7290                 :             :  * new column in the parent relation.
    7291                 :             :  *
    7292                 :             :  * cmd is pass-by-ref so that we can replace it with the parse-transformed
    7293                 :             :  * copy (but that happens only after we check for IF NOT EXISTS).
    7294                 :             :  */
    7295                 :             : static ObjectAddress
    7296                 :        2093 : ATExecAddColumn(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel,
    7297                 :             :                 AlterTableCmd **cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing,
    7298                 :             :                 LOCKMODE lockmode, AlterTablePass cur_pass,
    7299                 :             :                 AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
    7300                 :             : {
    7301                 :        2093 :     Oid         myrelid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
    7302                 :        2093 :     ColumnDef  *colDef = castNode(ColumnDef, (*cmd)->def);
    7303                 :        2093 :     bool        if_not_exists = (*cmd)->missing_ok;
    7304                 :             :     Relation    pgclass,
    7305                 :             :                 attrdesc;
    7306                 :             :     HeapTuple   reltup;
    7307                 :             :     Form_pg_class relform;
    7308                 :             :     Form_pg_attribute attribute;
    7309                 :             :     int         newattnum;
    7310                 :             :     char        relkind;
    7311                 :             :     Expr       *defval;
    7312                 :             :     List       *children;
    7313                 :             :     ListCell   *child;
    7314                 :             :     AlterTableCmd *childcmd;
    7315                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
    7316                 :             :     TupleDesc   tupdesc;
    7317                 :             : 
    7318                 :             :     /* since this function recurses, it could be driven to stack overflow */
    7319                 :        2093 :     check_stack_depth();
    7320                 :             : 
    7321                 :             :     /* At top level, permission check was done in ATPrepCmd, else do it */
    7322         [ +  + ]:        2093 :     if (recursing)
    7323                 :         514 :         ATSimplePermissions((*cmd)->subtype, rel,
    7324                 :             :                             ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    7325                 :             : 
    7326   [ +  +  +  + ]:        2093 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relispartition && !recursing)
    7327         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
    7328                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    7329                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot add column to a partition")));
    7330                 :             : 
    7331                 :        2085 :     attrdesc = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    7332                 :             : 
    7333                 :             :     /*
    7334                 :             :      * Are we adding the column to a recursion child?  If so, check whether to
    7335                 :             :      * merge with an existing definition for the column.  If we do merge, we
    7336                 :             :      * must not recurse.  Children will already have the column, and recursing
    7337                 :             :      * into them would mess up attinhcount.
    7338                 :             :      */
    7339         [ +  + ]:        2085 :     if (colDef->inhcount > 0)
    7340                 :             :     {
    7341                 :             :         HeapTuple   tuple;
    7342                 :             : 
    7343                 :             :         /* Does child already have a column by this name? */
    7344                 :         514 :         tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(myrelid, colDef->colname);
    7345         [ +  + ]:         514 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    7346                 :             :         {
    7347                 :          40 :             Form_pg_attribute childatt = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    7348                 :             :             Oid         ctypeId;
    7349                 :             :             int32       ctypmod;
    7350                 :             :             Oid         ccollid;
    7351                 :             : 
    7352                 :             :             /* Child column must match on type, typmod, and collation */
    7353                 :          40 :             typenameTypeIdAndMod(NULL, colDef->typeName, &ctypeId, &ctypmod);
    7354         [ +  - ]:          40 :             if (ctypeId != childatt->atttypid ||
    7355         [ -  + ]:          40 :                 ctypmod != childatt->atttypmod)
    7356         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    7357                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
    7358                 :             :                          errmsg("child table \"%s\" has different type for column \"%s\"",
    7359                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(rel), colDef->colname)));
    7360                 :          40 :             ccollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, colDef, ctypeId);
    7361         [ -  + ]:          40 :             if (ccollid != childatt->attcollation)
    7362         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    7363                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_COLLATION_MISMATCH),
    7364                 :             :                          errmsg("child table \"%s\" has different collation for column \"%s\"",
    7365                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(rel), colDef->colname),
    7366                 :             :                          errdetail("\"%s\" versus \"%s\"",
    7367                 :             :                                    get_collation_name(ccollid),
    7368                 :             :                                    get_collation_name(childatt->attcollation))));
    7369                 :             : 
    7370                 :             :             /* Bump the existing child att's inhcount */
    7371         [ -  + ]:          40 :             if (pg_add_s16_overflow(childatt->attinhcount, 1,
    7372                 :             :                                     &childatt->attinhcount))
    7373         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    7374                 :             :                         errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
    7375                 :             :                         errmsg("too many inheritance parents"));
    7376                 :          40 :             CatalogTupleUpdate(attrdesc, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
    7377                 :             : 
    7378                 :          40 :             heap_freetuple(tuple);
    7379                 :             : 
    7380                 :             :             /* Inform the user about the merge */
    7381         [ +  - ]:          40 :             ereport(NOTICE,
    7382                 :             :                     (errmsg("merging definition of column \"%s\" for child \"%s\"",
    7383                 :             :                             colDef->colname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    7384                 :             : 
    7385                 :          40 :             table_close(attrdesc, RowExclusiveLock);
    7386                 :             : 
    7387                 :             :             /* Make the child column change visible */
    7388                 :          40 :             CommandCounterIncrement();
    7389                 :             : 
    7390                 :          40 :             return InvalidObjectAddress;
    7391                 :             :         }
    7392                 :             :     }
    7393                 :             : 
    7394                 :             :     /* skip if the name already exists and if_not_exists is true */
    7395         [ +  + ]:        2045 :     if (!check_for_column_name_collision(rel, colDef->colname, if_not_exists))
    7396                 :             :     {
    7397                 :          44 :         table_close(attrdesc, RowExclusiveLock);
    7398                 :          44 :         return InvalidObjectAddress;
    7399                 :             :     }
    7400                 :             : 
    7401                 :             :     /*
    7402                 :             :      * Okay, we need to add the column, so go ahead and do parse
    7403                 :             :      * transformation.  This can result in queueing up, or even immediately
    7404                 :             :      * executing, subsidiary operations (such as creation of unique indexes);
    7405                 :             :      * so we mustn't do it until we have made the if_not_exists check.
    7406                 :             :      *
    7407                 :             :      * When recursing, the command was already transformed and we needn't do
    7408                 :             :      * so again.  Also, if context isn't given we can't transform.  (That
    7409                 :             :      * currently happens only for AT_AddColumnToView; we expect that view.c
    7410                 :             :      * passed us a ColumnDef that doesn't need work.)
    7411                 :             :      */
    7412   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1981 :     if (context != NULL && !recursing)
    7413                 :             :     {
    7414                 :        1486 :         *cmd = ATParseTransformCmd(wqueue, tab, rel, *cmd, recurse, lockmode,
    7415                 :             :                                    cur_pass, context);
    7416                 :             :         Assert(*cmd != NULL);
    7417                 :        1482 :         colDef = castNode(ColumnDef, (*cmd)->def);
    7418                 :             :     }
    7419                 :             : 
    7420                 :             :     /*
    7421                 :             :      * Regular inheritance children are independent enough not to inherit the
    7422                 :             :      * identity column from parent hence cannot recursively add identity
    7423                 :             :      * column if the table has inheritance children.
    7424                 :             :      *
    7425                 :             :      * Partitions, on the other hand, are integral part of a partitioned table
    7426                 :             :      * and inherit identity column.  Hence propagate identity column down the
    7427                 :             :      * partition hierarchy.
    7428                 :             :      */
    7429   [ +  +  +  - ]:        1977 :     if (colDef->identity &&
    7430                 :          36 :         recurse &&
    7431   [ +  +  +  + ]:          68 :         rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE &&
    7432                 :          32 :         find_inheritance_children(myrelid, NoLock) != NIL)
    7433         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    7434                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
    7435                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot recursively add identity column to table that has child tables")));
    7436                 :             : 
    7437                 :        1973 :     pgclass = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    7438                 :             : 
    7439                 :        1973 :     reltup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(myrelid));
    7440         [ -  + ]:        1973 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(reltup))
    7441         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", myrelid);
    7442                 :        1973 :     relform = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(reltup);
    7443                 :        1973 :     relkind = relform->relkind;
    7444                 :             : 
    7445                 :             :     /* Determine the new attribute's number */
    7446                 :        1973 :     newattnum = relform->relnatts + 1;
    7447         [ -  + ]:        1973 :     if (newattnum > MaxHeapAttributeNumber)
    7448         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    7449                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS),
    7450                 :             :                  errmsg("tables can have at most %d columns",
    7451                 :             :                         MaxHeapAttributeNumber)));
    7452                 :             : 
    7453                 :             :     /*
    7454                 :             :      * Construct new attribute's pg_attribute entry.
    7455                 :             :      */
    7456                 :        1973 :     tupdesc = BuildDescForRelation(list_make1(colDef));
    7457                 :             : 
    7458                 :        1965 :     attribute = TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, 0);
    7459                 :             : 
    7460                 :             :     /* Fix up attribute number */
    7461                 :        1965 :     attribute->attnum = newattnum;
    7462                 :             : 
    7463                 :             :     /* make sure datatype is legal for a column */
    7464                 :        3930 :     CheckAttributeType(NameStr(attribute->attname), attribute->atttypid, attribute->attcollation,
    7465                 :        1965 :                        list_make1_oid(rel->rd_rel->reltype),
    7466         [ +  + ]:        1965 :                        (attribute->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL ? CHKATYPE_IS_VIRTUAL : 0));
    7467                 :             : 
    7468                 :        1937 :     InsertPgAttributeTuples(attrdesc, tupdesc, myrelid, NULL, NULL);
    7469                 :             : 
    7470                 :        1937 :     table_close(attrdesc, RowExclusiveLock);
    7471                 :             : 
    7472                 :             :     /*
    7473                 :             :      * Update pg_class tuple as appropriate
    7474                 :             :      */
    7475                 :        1937 :     relform->relnatts = newattnum;
    7476                 :             : 
    7477                 :        1937 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(pgclass, &reltup->t_self, reltup);
    7478                 :             : 
    7479                 :        1937 :     heap_freetuple(reltup);
    7480                 :             : 
    7481                 :             :     /* Post creation hook for new attribute */
    7482         [ -  + ]:        1937 :     InvokeObjectPostCreateHook(RelationRelationId, myrelid, newattnum);
    7483                 :             : 
    7484                 :        1937 :     table_close(pgclass, RowExclusiveLock);
    7485                 :             : 
    7486                 :             :     /* Make the attribute's catalog entry visible */
    7487                 :        1937 :     CommandCounterIncrement();
    7488                 :             : 
    7489                 :             :     /*
    7490                 :             :      * Store the DEFAULT, if any, in the catalogs
    7491                 :             :      */
    7492         [ +  + ]:        1937 :     if (colDef->raw_default)
    7493                 :             :     {
    7494                 :             :         RawColumnDefault *rawEnt;
    7495                 :             : 
    7496                 :         759 :         rawEnt = palloc_object(RawColumnDefault);
    7497                 :         759 :         rawEnt->attnum = attribute->attnum;
    7498                 :         759 :         rawEnt->raw_default = copyObject(colDef->raw_default);
    7499                 :         759 :         rawEnt->generated = colDef->generated;
    7500                 :             : 
    7501                 :             :         /*
    7502                 :             :          * This function is intended for CREATE TABLE, so it processes a
    7503                 :             :          * _list_ of defaults, but we just do one.
    7504                 :             :          */
    7505                 :         759 :         AddRelationNewConstraints(rel, list_make1(rawEnt), NIL,
    7506                 :             :                                   false, true, false, NULL);
    7507                 :             : 
    7508                 :             :         /* Make the additional catalog changes visible */
    7509                 :         671 :         CommandCounterIncrement();
    7510                 :             :     }
    7511                 :             : 
    7512                 :             :     /*
    7513                 :             :      * Tell Phase 3 to fill in the default expression, if there is one.
    7514                 :             :      *
    7515                 :             :      * If there is no default, Phase 3 doesn't have to do anything, because
    7516                 :             :      * that effectively means that the default is NULL.  The heap tuple access
    7517                 :             :      * routines always check for attnum > # of attributes in tuple, and return
    7518                 :             :      * NULL if so, so without any modification of the tuple data we will get
    7519                 :             :      * the effect of NULL values in the new column.
    7520                 :             :      *
    7521                 :             :      * An exception occurs when the new column is of a domain type: the domain
    7522                 :             :      * might have a not-null constraint, or a check constraint that indirectly
    7523                 :             :      * rejects nulls.  If there are any domain constraints then we construct
    7524                 :             :      * an explicit NULL default value that will be passed through
    7525                 :             :      * CoerceToDomain processing.  (This is a tad inefficient, since it causes
    7526                 :             :      * rewriting the table which we really wouldn't have to do; but we do it
    7527                 :             :      * to preserve the historical behavior that such a failure will be raised
    7528                 :             :      * only if the table currently contains some rows.)
    7529                 :             :      *
    7530                 :             :      * Note: we use build_column_default, and not just the cooked default
    7531                 :             :      * returned by AddRelationNewConstraints, so that the right thing happens
    7532                 :             :      * when a datatype's default applies.
    7533                 :             :      *
    7534                 :             :      * Note: it might seem that this should happen at the end of Phase 2, so
    7535                 :             :      * that the effects of subsequent subcommands can be taken into account.
    7536                 :             :      * It's intentional that we do it now, though.  The new column should be
    7537                 :             :      * filled according to what is said in the ADD COLUMN subcommand, so that
    7538                 :             :      * the effects are the same as if this subcommand had been run by itself
    7539                 :             :      * and the later subcommands had been issued in new ALTER TABLE commands.
    7540                 :             :      *
    7541                 :             :      * We can skip this entirely for relations without storage, since Phase 3
    7542                 :             :      * is certainly not going to touch them.
    7543                 :             :      */
    7544   [ +  +  +  -  :        1849 :     if (RELKIND_HAS_STORAGE(relkind))
          +  -  +  -  -  
                      + ]
    7545                 :             :     {
    7546                 :             :         bool        has_domain_constraints;
    7547                 :        1579 :         bool        has_missing = false;
    7548                 :             : 
    7549                 :             :         /*
    7550                 :             :          * For an identity column, we can't use build_column_default(),
    7551                 :             :          * because the sequence ownership isn't set yet.  So do it manually.
    7552                 :             :          */
    7553         [ +  + ]:        1579 :         if (colDef->identity)
    7554                 :             :         {
    7555                 :          28 :             NextValueExpr *nve = makeNode(NextValueExpr);
    7556                 :             : 
    7557                 :          28 :             nve->seqid = RangeVarGetRelid(colDef->identitySequence, NoLock, false);
    7558                 :          28 :             nve->typeId = attribute->atttypid;
    7559                 :             : 
    7560                 :          28 :             defval = (Expr *) nve;
    7561                 :             :         }
    7562                 :             :         else
    7563                 :        1551 :             defval = (Expr *) build_column_default(rel, attribute->attnum);
    7564                 :             : 
    7565                 :             :         /* Build CoerceToDomain(NULL) expression if needed */
    7566                 :        1579 :         has_domain_constraints = DomainHasConstraints(attribute->atttypid, NULL);
    7567   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1579 :         if (!defval && has_domain_constraints)
    7568                 :             :         {
    7569                 :             :             Oid         baseTypeId;
    7570                 :             :             int32       baseTypeMod;
    7571                 :             :             Oid         baseTypeColl;
    7572                 :             : 
    7573                 :           4 :             baseTypeMod = attribute->atttypmod;
    7574                 :           4 :             baseTypeId = getBaseTypeAndTypmod(attribute->atttypid, &baseTypeMod);
    7575                 :           4 :             baseTypeColl = get_typcollation(baseTypeId);
    7576                 :           4 :             defval = (Expr *) makeNullConst(baseTypeId, baseTypeMod, baseTypeColl);
    7577                 :           4 :             defval = (Expr *) coerce_to_target_type(NULL,
    7578                 :             :                                                     (Node *) defval,
    7579                 :             :                                                     baseTypeId,
    7580                 :             :                                                     attribute->atttypid,
    7581                 :             :                                                     attribute->atttypmod,
    7582                 :             :                                                     COERCION_ASSIGNMENT,
    7583                 :             :                                                     COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST,
    7584                 :             :                                                     -1);
    7585         [ -  + ]:           4 :             if (defval == NULL) /* should not happen */
    7586         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "failed to coerce base type to domain");
    7587                 :             :         }
    7588                 :             : 
    7589         [ +  + ]:        1579 :         if (defval)
    7590                 :             :         {
    7591                 :             :             NewColumnValue *newval;
    7592                 :             : 
    7593                 :             :             /* Prepare defval for execution, either here or in Phase 3 */
    7594                 :         608 :             defval = expression_planner(defval);
    7595                 :             : 
    7596                 :             :             /* Add the new default to the newvals list */
    7597                 :         608 :             newval = palloc0_object(NewColumnValue);
    7598                 :         608 :             newval->attnum = attribute->attnum;
    7599                 :         608 :             newval->expr = defval;
    7600                 :         608 :             newval->is_generated = (colDef->generated != '\0');
    7601                 :             : 
    7602                 :         608 :             tab->newvals = lappend(tab->newvals, newval);
    7603                 :             : 
    7604                 :             :             /*
    7605                 :             :              * Attempt to skip a complete table rewrite by storing the
    7606                 :             :              * specified DEFAULT value outside of the heap.  This is only
    7607                 :             :              * allowed for plain relations and non-generated columns, and the
    7608                 :             :              * default expression can't be volatile (stable is OK).  Note that
    7609                 :             :              * contain_volatile_functions deems CoerceToDomain immutable, but
    7610                 :             :              * here we consider that coercion to a domain with constraints is
    7611                 :             :              * volatile; else it might fail even when the table is empty.
    7612                 :             :              */
    7613         [ +  - ]:         608 :             if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION &&
    7614         [ +  + ]:         608 :                 !colDef->generated &&
    7615         [ +  + ]:         479 :                 !has_domain_constraints &&
    7616         [ +  + ]:         471 :                 !contain_volatile_functions((Node *) defval))
    7617                 :         361 :             {
    7618                 :             :                 EState     *estate;
    7619                 :             :                 ExprState  *exprState;
    7620                 :             :                 Datum       missingval;
    7621                 :             :                 bool        missingIsNull;
    7622                 :             : 
    7623                 :             :                 /* Evaluate the default expression */
    7624                 :         361 :                 estate = CreateExecutorState();
    7625                 :         361 :                 exprState = ExecPrepareExpr(defval, estate);
    7626                 :         361 :                 missingval = ExecEvalExpr(exprState,
    7627         [ -  + ]:         361 :                                           GetPerTupleExprContext(estate),
    7628                 :             :                                           &missingIsNull);
    7629                 :             :                 /* If it turns out NULL, nothing to do; else store it */
    7630         [ +  - ]:         361 :                 if (!missingIsNull)
    7631                 :             :                 {
    7632                 :         361 :                     StoreAttrMissingVal(rel, attribute->attnum, missingval);
    7633                 :             :                     /* Make the additional catalog change visible */
    7634                 :         361 :                     CommandCounterIncrement();
    7635                 :         361 :                     has_missing = true;
    7636                 :             :                 }
    7637                 :         361 :                 FreeExecutorState(estate);
    7638                 :             :             }
    7639                 :             :             else
    7640                 :             :             {
    7641                 :             :                 /*
    7642                 :             :                  * Failed to use missing mode.  We have to do a table rewrite
    7643                 :             :                  * to install the value --- unless it's a virtual generated
    7644                 :             :                  * column.
    7645                 :             :                  */
    7646         [ +  + ]:         247 :                 if (colDef->generated != ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
    7647                 :         174 :                     tab->rewrite |= AT_REWRITE_DEFAULT_VAL;
    7648                 :             :             }
    7649                 :             :         }
    7650                 :             : 
    7651         [ +  + ]:        1579 :         if (!has_missing)
    7652                 :             :         {
    7653                 :             :             /*
    7654                 :             :              * If the new column is NOT NULL, and there is no missing value,
    7655                 :             :              * tell Phase 3 it needs to check for NULLs.
    7656                 :             :              */
    7657                 :        1218 :             tab->verify_new_notnull |= colDef->is_not_null;
    7658                 :             :         }
    7659                 :             :     }
    7660                 :             : 
    7661                 :             :     /*
    7662                 :             :      * Add needed dependency entries for the new column.
    7663                 :             :      */
    7664                 :        1849 :     add_column_datatype_dependency(myrelid, newattnum, attribute->atttypid);
    7665                 :        1849 :     add_column_collation_dependency(myrelid, newattnum, attribute->attcollation);
    7666                 :             : 
    7667                 :             :     /*
    7668                 :             :      * Propagate to children as appropriate.  Unlike most other ALTER
    7669                 :             :      * routines, we have to do this one level of recursion at a time; we can't
    7670                 :             :      * use find_all_inheritors to do it in one pass.
    7671                 :             :      */
    7672                 :             :     children =
    7673                 :        1849 :         find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode);
    7674                 :             : 
    7675                 :             :     /*
    7676                 :             :      * If we are told not to recurse, there had better not be any child
    7677                 :             :      * tables; else the addition would put them out of step.
    7678                 :             :      */
    7679   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1849 :     if (children && !recurse)
    7680         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
    7681                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
    7682                 :             :                  errmsg("column must be added to child tables too")));
    7683                 :             : 
    7684                 :             :     /* Children should see column as singly inherited */
    7685         [ +  + ]:        1841 :     if (!recursing)
    7686                 :             :     {
    7687                 :        1367 :         childcmd = copyObject(*cmd);
    7688                 :        1367 :         colDef = castNode(ColumnDef, childcmd->def);
    7689                 :        1367 :         colDef->inhcount = 1;
    7690                 :        1367 :         colDef->is_local = false;
    7691                 :             :     }
    7692                 :             :     else
    7693                 :         474 :         childcmd = *cmd;        /* no need to copy again */
    7694                 :             : 
    7695   [ +  +  +  +  :        2355 :     foreach(child, children)
                   +  + ]
    7696                 :             :     {
    7697                 :         514 :         Oid         childrelid = lfirst_oid(child);
    7698                 :             :         Relation    childrel;
    7699                 :             :         AlteredTableInfo *childtab;
    7700                 :             : 
    7701                 :             :         /* find_inheritance_children already got lock */
    7702                 :         514 :         childrel = table_open(childrelid, NoLock);
    7703                 :         514 :         CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
    7704                 :             : 
    7705                 :             :         /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */
    7706                 :         514 :         childtab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, childrel);
    7707                 :             : 
    7708                 :             :         /* Recurse to child; return value is ignored */
    7709                 :         514 :         ATExecAddColumn(wqueue, childtab, childrel,
    7710                 :             :                         &childcmd, recurse, true,
    7711                 :             :                         lockmode, cur_pass, context);
    7712                 :             : 
    7713                 :         514 :         table_close(childrel, NoLock);
    7714                 :             :     }
    7715                 :             : 
    7716                 :        1841 :     ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId, myrelid, newattnum);
    7717                 :        1841 :     return address;
    7718                 :             : }
    7719                 :             : 
    7720                 :             : /*
    7721                 :             :  * If a new or renamed column will collide with the name of an existing
    7722                 :             :  * column and if_not_exists is false then error out, else do nothing.
    7723                 :             :  */
    7724                 :             : static bool
    7725                 :        2343 : check_for_column_name_collision(Relation rel, const char *colname,
    7726                 :             :                                 bool if_not_exists)
    7727                 :             : {
    7728                 :             :     HeapTuple   attTuple;
    7729                 :             :     int         attnum;
    7730                 :             : 
    7731                 :             :     /*
    7732                 :             :      * this test is deliberately not attisdropped-aware, since if one tries to
    7733                 :             :      * add a column matching a dropped column name, it's gonna fail anyway.
    7734                 :             :      */
    7735                 :        2343 :     attTuple = SearchSysCache2(ATTNAME,
    7736                 :             :                                ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)),
    7737                 :             :                                PointerGetDatum(colname));
    7738         [ +  + ]:        2343 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(attTuple))
    7739                 :        2271 :         return true;
    7740                 :             : 
    7741                 :          72 :     attnum = ((Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(attTuple))->attnum;
    7742                 :          72 :     ReleaseSysCache(attTuple);
    7743                 :             : 
    7744                 :             :     /*
    7745                 :             :      * We throw a different error message for conflicts with system column
    7746                 :             :      * names, since they are normally not shown and the user might otherwise
    7747                 :             :      * be confused about the reason for the conflict.
    7748                 :             :      */
    7749         [ +  + ]:          72 :     if (attnum <= 0)
    7750         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
    7751                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
    7752                 :             :                  errmsg("column name \"%s\" conflicts with a system column name",
    7753                 :             :                         colname)));
    7754                 :             :     else
    7755                 :             :     {
    7756         [ +  + ]:          64 :         if (if_not_exists)
    7757                 :             :         {
    7758         [ +  - ]:          44 :             ereport(NOTICE,
    7759                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
    7760                 :             :                      errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" already exists, skipping",
    7761                 :             :                             colname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    7762                 :          44 :             return false;
    7763                 :             :         }
    7764                 :             : 
    7765         [ +  - ]:          20 :         ereport(ERROR,
    7766                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_COLUMN),
    7767                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" already exists",
    7768                 :             :                         colname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    7769                 :             :     }
    7770                 :             : 
    7771                 :             :     return true;
    7772                 :             : }
    7773                 :             : 
    7774                 :             : /*
    7775                 :             :  * Install a column's dependency on its datatype.
    7776                 :             :  */
    7777                 :             : static void
    7778                 :        2625 : add_column_datatype_dependency(Oid relid, int32 attnum, Oid typid)
    7779                 :             : {
    7780                 :             :     ObjectAddress myself,
    7781                 :             :                 referenced;
    7782                 :             : 
    7783                 :        2625 :     myself.classId = RelationRelationId;
    7784                 :        2625 :     myself.objectId = relid;
    7785                 :        2625 :     myself.objectSubId = attnum;
    7786                 :        2625 :     referenced.classId = TypeRelationId;
    7787                 :        2625 :     referenced.objectId = typid;
    7788                 :        2625 :     referenced.objectSubId = 0;
    7789                 :        2625 :     recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
    7790                 :        2625 : }
    7791                 :             : 
    7792                 :             : /*
    7793                 :             :  * Install a column's dependency on its collation.
    7794                 :             :  */
    7795                 :             : static void
    7796                 :        2625 : add_column_collation_dependency(Oid relid, int32 attnum, Oid collid)
    7797                 :             : {
    7798                 :             :     ObjectAddress myself,
    7799                 :             :                 referenced;
    7800                 :             : 
    7801                 :             :     /* We know the default collation is pinned, so don't bother recording it */
    7802   [ +  +  +  + ]:        2625 :     if (OidIsValid(collid) && collid != DEFAULT_COLLATION_OID)
    7803                 :             :     {
    7804                 :          12 :         myself.classId = RelationRelationId;
    7805                 :          12 :         myself.objectId = relid;
    7806                 :          12 :         myself.objectSubId = attnum;
    7807                 :          12 :         referenced.classId = CollationRelationId;
    7808                 :          12 :         referenced.objectId = collid;
    7809                 :          12 :         referenced.objectSubId = 0;
    7810                 :          12 :         recordDependencyOn(&myself, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
    7811                 :             :     }
    7812                 :        2625 : }
    7813                 :             : 
    7814                 :             : /*
    7815                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN DROP NOT NULL
    7816                 :             :  *
    7817                 :             :  * Return the address of the modified column.  If the column was already
    7818                 :             :  * nullable, InvalidObjectAddress is returned.
    7819                 :             :  */
    7820                 :             : static ObjectAddress
    7821                 :         177 : ATExecDropNotNull(Relation rel, const char *colName, bool recurse,
    7822                 :             :                   LOCKMODE lockmode)
    7823                 :             : {
    7824                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    7825                 :             :     HeapTuple   conTup;
    7826                 :             :     Form_pg_attribute attTup;
    7827                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
    7828                 :             :     Relation    attr_rel;
    7829                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
    7830                 :             : 
    7831                 :             :     /*
    7832                 :             :      * lookup the attribute
    7833                 :             :      */
    7834                 :         177 :     attr_rel = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    7835                 :             : 
    7836                 :         177 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName);
    7837         [ +  + ]:         177 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    7838         [ +  - ]:          12 :         ereport(ERROR,
    7839                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
    7840                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
    7841                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    7842                 :         165 :     attTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    7843                 :         165 :     attnum = attTup->attnum;
    7844                 :         165 :     ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
    7845                 :             :                         RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    7846                 :             : 
    7847                 :             :     /* If the column is already nullable there's nothing to do. */
    7848         [ -  + ]:         165 :     if (!attTup->attnotnull)
    7849                 :             :     {
    7850                 :           0 :         table_close(attr_rel, RowExclusiveLock);
    7851                 :           0 :         return InvalidObjectAddress;
    7852                 :             :     }
    7853                 :             : 
    7854                 :             :     /* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */
    7855         [ -  + ]:         165 :     if (attnum <= 0)
    7856         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    7857                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    7858                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"",
    7859                 :             :                         colName)));
    7860                 :             : 
    7861         [ +  + ]:         165 :     if (attTup->attidentity)
    7862         [ +  - ]:          12 :         ereport(ERROR,
    7863                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
    7864                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is an identity column",
    7865                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    7866                 :             : 
    7867                 :             :     /*
    7868                 :             :      * If rel is partition, shouldn't drop NOT NULL if parent has the same.
    7869                 :             :      */
    7870         [ +  + ]:         153 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relispartition)
    7871                 :             :     {
    7872                 :           8 :         Oid         parentId = get_partition_parent(RelationGetRelid(rel), false);
    7873                 :           8 :         Relation    parent = table_open(parentId, AccessShareLock);
    7874                 :           8 :         TupleDesc   tupDesc = RelationGetDescr(parent);
    7875                 :             :         AttrNumber  parent_attnum;
    7876                 :             : 
    7877                 :           8 :         parent_attnum = get_attnum(parentId, colName);
    7878         [ +  - ]:           8 :         if (TupleDescAttr(tupDesc, parent_attnum - 1)->attnotnull)
    7879         [ +  - ]:           8 :             ereport(ERROR,
    7880                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
    7881                 :             :                      errmsg("column \"%s\" is marked NOT NULL in parent table",
    7882                 :             :                             colName)));
    7883                 :           0 :         table_close(parent, AccessShareLock);
    7884                 :             :     }
    7885                 :             : 
    7886                 :             :     /*
    7887                 :             :      * Find the constraint that makes this column NOT NULL, and drop it.
    7888                 :             :      * dropconstraint_internal() resets attnotnull.
    7889                 :             :      */
    7890                 :         145 :     conTup = findNotNullConstraintAttnum(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    7891         [ -  + ]:         145 :     if (conTup == NULL)
    7892         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for not-null constraint on column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\"",
    7893                 :             :              colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel));
    7894                 :             : 
    7895                 :             :     /* The normal case: we have a pg_constraint row, remove it */
    7896                 :         145 :     dropconstraint_internal(rel, conTup, DROP_RESTRICT, recurse, false,
    7897                 :             :                             false, lockmode);
    7898                 :         109 :     heap_freetuple(conTup);
    7899                 :             : 
    7900         [ -  + ]:         109 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
    7901                 :             :                               RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    7902                 :             : 
    7903                 :         109 :     table_close(attr_rel, RowExclusiveLock);
    7904                 :             : 
    7905                 :         109 :     return address;
    7906                 :             : }
    7907                 :             : 
    7908                 :             : /*
    7909                 :             :  * set_attnotnull
    7910                 :             :  *      Helper to update/validate the pg_attribute status of a not-null
    7911                 :             :  *      constraint
    7912                 :             :  *
    7913                 :             :  * pg_attribute.attnotnull is set true, if it isn't already.
    7914                 :             :  * If queue_validation is true, also set up wqueue to validate the constraint.
    7915                 :             :  * wqueue may be given as NULL when validation is not needed (e.g., on table
    7916                 :             :  * creation).
    7917                 :             :  */
    7918                 :             : static void
    7919                 :       15794 : set_attnotnull(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum,
    7920                 :             :                bool queue_validation)
    7921                 :             : {
    7922                 :             :     Form_pg_attribute attr;
    7923                 :             : 
    7924                 :             :     Assert(!queue_validation || wqueue);
    7925                 :             : 
    7926                 :       15794 :     CheckAlterTableIsSafe(rel);
    7927                 :             : 
    7928                 :             :     /*
    7929                 :             :      * Exit quickly by testing attnotnull from the tupledesc's copy of the
    7930                 :             :      * attribute.
    7931                 :             :      */
    7932                 :       15794 :     attr = TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(rel), attnum - 1);
    7933         [ -  + ]:       15794 :     if (attr->attisdropped)
    7934                 :           0 :         return;
    7935                 :             : 
    7936         [ +  + ]:       15794 :     if (!attr->attnotnull)
    7937                 :             :     {
    7938                 :             :         Relation    attr_rel;
    7939                 :             :         HeapTuple   tuple;
    7940                 :             : 
    7941                 :         966 :         attr_rel = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    7942                 :             : 
    7943                 :         966 :         tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttNum(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    7944         [ -  + ]:         966 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    7945         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for attribute %d of relation %u",
    7946                 :             :                  attnum, RelationGetRelid(rel));
    7947                 :             : 
    7948                 :         966 :         attr = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    7949                 :             : 
    7950                 :         966 :         attr->attnotnull = true;
    7951                 :         966 :         CatalogTupleUpdate(attr_rel, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
    7952                 :             : 
    7953                 :             :         /*
    7954                 :             :          * If the nullness isn't already proven by validated constraints, have
    7955                 :             :          * ALTER TABLE phase 3 test for it.
    7956                 :             :          */
    7957   [ +  +  +  - ]:         966 :         if (queue_validation && wqueue &&
    7958         [ +  + ]:         815 :             !NotNullImpliedByRelConstraints(rel, attr))
    7959                 :             :         {
    7960                 :             :             AlteredTableInfo *tab;
    7961                 :             : 
    7962                 :         783 :             tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
    7963                 :         783 :             tab->verify_new_notnull = true;
    7964                 :             :         }
    7965                 :             : 
    7966                 :         966 :         CommandCounterIncrement();
    7967                 :             : 
    7968                 :         966 :         table_close(attr_rel, RowExclusiveLock);
    7969                 :         966 :         heap_freetuple(tuple);
    7970                 :             :     }
    7971                 :             :     else
    7972                 :             :     {
    7973                 :       14828 :         CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
    7974                 :             :     }
    7975                 :             : }
    7976                 :             : 
    7977                 :             : /*
    7978                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN SET NOT NULL
    7979                 :             :  *
    7980                 :             :  * Add a not-null constraint to a single table and its children.  Returns
    7981                 :             :  * the address of the constraint added to the parent relation, if one gets
    7982                 :             :  * added, or InvalidObjectAddress otherwise.
    7983                 :             :  *
    7984                 :             :  * We must recurse to child tables during execution, rather than using
    7985                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE's normal prep-time recursion.
    7986                 :             :  */
    7987                 :             : static ObjectAddress
    7988                 :         469 : ATExecSetNotNull(List **wqueue, Relation rel, char *conName, char *colName,
    7989                 :             :                  bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode)
    7990                 :             : {
    7991                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    7992                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
    7993                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
    7994                 :             :     Constraint *constraint;
    7995                 :             :     CookedConstraint *ccon;
    7996                 :             :     List       *cooked;
    7997                 :         469 :     bool        is_no_inherit = false;
    7998                 :             : 
    7999                 :             :     /* Guard against stack overflow due to overly deep inheritance tree. */
    8000                 :         469 :     check_stack_depth();
    8001                 :             : 
    8002                 :             :     /* At top level, permission check was done in ATPrepCmd, else do it */
    8003         [ +  + ]:         469 :     if (recursing)
    8004                 :             :     {
    8005                 :         197 :         ATSimplePermissions(AT_AddConstraint, rel,
    8006                 :             :                             ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    8007                 :             :         Assert(conName != NULL);
    8008                 :             :     }
    8009                 :             : 
    8010                 :         469 :     attnum = get_attnum(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName);
    8011         [ +  + ]:         469 :     if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
    8012         [ +  - ]:          12 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8013                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
    8014                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
    8015                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    8016                 :             : 
    8017                 :             :     /* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */
    8018         [ -  + ]:         457 :     if (attnum <= 0)
    8019         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8020                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    8021                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"",
    8022                 :             :                         colName)));
    8023                 :             : 
    8024                 :             :     /* See if there's already a constraint */
    8025                 :         457 :     tuple = findNotNullConstraintAttnum(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    8026         [ +  + ]:         457 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    8027                 :             :     {
    8028                 :         105 :         Form_pg_constraint conForm = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    8029                 :         105 :         bool        changed = false;
    8030                 :             : 
    8031                 :             :         /*
    8032                 :             :          * Don't let a NO INHERIT constraint be changed into inherit.
    8033                 :             :          */
    8034   [ +  +  +  - ]:         105 :         if (conForm->connoinherit && recurse)
    8035         [ +  - ]:           8 :             ereport(ERROR,
    8036                 :             :                     errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    8037                 :             :                     errmsg("cannot change NO INHERIT status of NOT NULL constraint \"%s\" on relation \"%s\"",
    8038                 :             :                            NameStr(conForm->conname),
    8039                 :             :                            RelationGetRelationName(rel)));
    8040                 :             : 
    8041                 :             :         /*
    8042                 :             :          * If we find an appropriate constraint, we're almost done, but just
    8043                 :             :          * need to change some properties on it: if we're recursing, increment
    8044                 :             :          * coninhcount; if not, set conislocal if not already set.
    8045                 :             :          */
    8046         [ +  + ]:          97 :         if (recursing)
    8047                 :             :         {
    8048         [ -  + ]:          68 :             if (pg_add_s16_overflow(conForm->coninhcount, 1,
    8049                 :             :                                     &conForm->coninhcount))
    8050         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    8051                 :             :                         errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
    8052                 :             :                         errmsg("too many inheritance parents"));
    8053                 :          68 :             changed = true;
    8054                 :             :         }
    8055         [ -  + ]:          29 :         else if (!conForm->conislocal)
    8056                 :             :         {
    8057                 :           0 :             conForm->conislocal = true;
    8058                 :           0 :             changed = true;
    8059                 :             :         }
    8060         [ +  + ]:          29 :         else if (!conForm->convalidated)
    8061                 :             :         {
    8062                 :             :             /*
    8063                 :             :              * Flip attnotnull and convalidated, and also validate the
    8064                 :             :              * constraint.
    8065                 :             :              */
    8066                 :          16 :             return ATExecValidateConstraint(wqueue, rel, NameStr(conForm->conname),
    8067                 :             :                                             recurse, recursing, lockmode);
    8068                 :             :         }
    8069                 :             : 
    8070         [ +  + ]:          81 :         if (changed)
    8071                 :             :         {
    8072                 :             :             Relation    constr_rel;
    8073                 :             : 
    8074                 :          68 :             constr_rel = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    8075                 :             : 
    8076                 :          68 :             CatalogTupleUpdate(constr_rel, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
    8077                 :          68 :             ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, conForm->oid);
    8078                 :          68 :             table_close(constr_rel, RowExclusiveLock);
    8079                 :             :         }
    8080                 :             : 
    8081         [ +  + ]:          81 :         if (changed)
    8082                 :          68 :             return address;
    8083                 :             :         else
    8084                 :          13 :             return InvalidObjectAddress;
    8085                 :             :     }
    8086                 :             : 
    8087                 :             :     /*
    8088                 :             :      * If we're asked not to recurse, and children exist, raise an error for
    8089                 :             :      * partitioned tables.  For inheritance, we act as if NO INHERIT had been
    8090                 :             :      * specified.
    8091                 :             :      */
    8092   [ +  +  +  + ]:         372 :     if (!recurse &&
    8093                 :          20 :         find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel),
    8094                 :             :                                   NoLock) != NIL)
    8095                 :             :     {
    8096         [ +  + ]:          12 :         if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    8097         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
    8098                 :             :                     errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
    8099                 :             :                     errmsg("constraint must be added to child tables too"),
    8100                 :             :                     errhint("Do not specify the ONLY keyword."));
    8101                 :             :         else
    8102                 :           8 :             is_no_inherit = true;
    8103                 :             :     }
    8104                 :             : 
    8105                 :             :     /*
    8106                 :             :      * No constraint exists; we must add one.  First determine a name to use,
    8107                 :             :      * if we haven't already.
    8108                 :             :      */
    8109         [ +  + ]:         348 :     if (!recursing)
    8110                 :             :     {
    8111                 :             :         Assert(conName == NULL);
    8112                 :         223 :         conName = ChooseConstraintName(RelationGetRelationName(rel),
    8113                 :             :                                        colName, "not_null",
    8114                 :         223 :                                        RelationGetNamespace(rel),
    8115                 :             :                                        NIL);
    8116                 :             :     }
    8117                 :             : 
    8118                 :         348 :     constraint = makeNotNullConstraint(makeString(colName));
    8119                 :         348 :     constraint->is_no_inherit = is_no_inherit;
    8120                 :         348 :     constraint->conname = conName;
    8121                 :             : 
    8122                 :             :     /* and do it */
    8123                 :         348 :     cooked = AddRelationNewConstraints(rel, NIL, list_make1(constraint),
    8124                 :         348 :                                        false, !recursing, false, NULL);
    8125                 :         348 :     ccon = linitial(cooked);
    8126                 :         348 :     ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, ccon->conoid);
    8127                 :             : 
    8128                 :             :     /* Mark pg_attribute.attnotnull for the column and queue validation */
    8129                 :         348 :     set_attnotnull(wqueue, rel, attnum, true);
    8130                 :             : 
    8131         [ -  + ]:         348 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
    8132                 :             :                               RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    8133                 :             : 
    8134                 :             :     /*
    8135                 :             :      * Recurse to propagate the constraint to children that don't have one.
    8136                 :             :      */
    8137         [ +  + ]:         348 :     if (recurse)
    8138                 :             :     {
    8139                 :             :         List       *children;
    8140                 :             : 
    8141                 :         332 :         children = find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel),
    8142                 :             :                                              lockmode);
    8143                 :             : 
    8144   [ +  +  +  +  :         817 :         foreach_oid(childoid, children)
                   +  + ]
    8145                 :             :         {
    8146                 :         161 :             Relation    childrel = table_open(childoid, NoLock);
    8147                 :             : 
    8148                 :         161 :             CommandCounterIncrement();
    8149                 :             : 
    8150                 :         161 :             ATExecSetNotNull(wqueue, childrel, conName, colName,
    8151                 :             :                              recurse, true, lockmode);
    8152                 :         157 :             table_close(childrel, NoLock);
    8153                 :             :         }
    8154                 :             :     }
    8155                 :             : 
    8156                 :         344 :     return address;
    8157                 :             : }
    8158                 :             : 
    8159                 :             : /*
    8160                 :             :  * NotNullImpliedByRelConstraints
    8161                 :             :  *      Does rel's existing constraints imply NOT NULL for the given attribute?
    8162                 :             :  */
    8163                 :             : static bool
    8164                 :         815 : NotNullImpliedByRelConstraints(Relation rel, Form_pg_attribute attr)
    8165                 :             : {
    8166                 :         815 :     NullTest   *nnulltest = makeNode(NullTest);
    8167                 :             : 
    8168                 :        1630 :     nnulltest->arg = (Expr *) makeVar(1,
    8169                 :         815 :                                       attr->attnum,
    8170                 :             :                                       attr->atttypid,
    8171                 :             :                                       attr->atttypmod,
    8172                 :             :                                       attr->attcollation,
    8173                 :             :                                       0);
    8174                 :         815 :     nnulltest->nulltesttype = IS_NOT_NULL;
    8175                 :             : 
    8176                 :             :     /*
    8177                 :             :      * argisrow = false is correct even for a composite column, because
    8178                 :             :      * attnotnull does not represent a SQL-spec IS NOT NULL test in such a
    8179                 :             :      * case, just IS DISTINCT FROM NULL.
    8180                 :             :      */
    8181                 :         815 :     nnulltest->argisrow = false;
    8182                 :         815 :     nnulltest->location = -1;
    8183                 :             : 
    8184         [ +  + ]:         815 :     if (ConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(rel, list_make1(nnulltest), NIL))
    8185                 :             :     {
    8186         [ +  + ]:          32 :         ereport(DEBUG1,
    8187                 :             :                 (errmsg_internal("existing constraints on column \"%s.%s\" are sufficient to prove that it does not contain nulls",
    8188                 :             :                                  RelationGetRelationName(rel), NameStr(attr->attname))));
    8189                 :          32 :         return true;
    8190                 :             :     }
    8191                 :             : 
    8192                 :         783 :     return false;
    8193                 :             : }
    8194                 :             : 
    8195                 :             : /*
    8196                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN SET/DROP DEFAULT
    8197                 :             :  *
    8198                 :             :  * Return the address of the affected column.
    8199                 :             :  */
    8200                 :             : static ObjectAddress
    8201                 :         387 : ATExecColumnDefault(Relation rel, const char *colName,
    8202                 :             :                     Node *newDefault, LOCKMODE lockmode)
    8203                 :             : {
    8204                 :         387 :     TupleDesc   tupdesc = RelationGetDescr(rel);
    8205                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
    8206                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
    8207                 :             : 
    8208                 :             :     /*
    8209                 :             :      * get the number of the attribute
    8210                 :             :      */
    8211                 :         387 :     attnum = get_attnum(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName);
    8212         [ +  + ]:         387 :     if (attnum == InvalidAttrNumber)
    8213         [ +  - ]:          20 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8214                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
    8215                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
    8216                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    8217                 :             : 
    8218                 :             :     /* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */
    8219         [ -  + ]:         367 :     if (attnum <= 0)
    8220         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8221                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    8222                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"",
    8223                 :             :                         colName)));
    8224                 :             : 
    8225         [ +  + ]:         367 :     if (TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, attnum - 1)->attidentity)
    8226   [ +  -  -  + ]:          12 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8227                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
    8228                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is an identity column",
    8229                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
    8230                 :             :         /* translator: %s is an SQL ALTER command */
    8231                 :             :                  newDefault ? 0 : errhint("Use %s instead.",
    8232                 :             :                                           "ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN ... DROP IDENTITY")));
    8233                 :             : 
    8234         [ +  + ]:         355 :     if (TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, attnum - 1)->attgenerated)
    8235   [ +  -  -  +  :           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
                   +  + ]
    8236                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
    8237                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is a generated column",
    8238                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
    8239                 :             :                  newDefault ?
    8240                 :             :         /* translator: %s is an SQL ALTER command */
    8241                 :             :                  errhint("Use %s instead.", "ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN ... SET EXPRESSION") :
    8242                 :             :                  (TupleDescAttr(tupdesc, attnum - 1)->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_STORED ?
    8243                 :             :                   errhint("Use %s instead.", "ALTER TABLE ... ALTER COLUMN ... DROP EXPRESSION") : 0)));
    8244                 :             : 
    8245                 :             :     /*
    8246                 :             :      * Remove any old default for the column.  We use RESTRICT here for
    8247                 :             :      * safety, but at present we do not expect anything to depend on the
    8248                 :             :      * default.
    8249                 :             :      *
    8250                 :             :      * We treat removing the existing default as an internal operation when it
    8251                 :             :      * is preparatory to adding a new default, but as a user-initiated
    8252                 :             :      * operation when the user asked for a drop.
    8253                 :             :      */
    8254                 :         347 :     RemoveAttrDefault(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum, DROP_RESTRICT, false,
    8255                 :             :                       newDefault != NULL);
    8256                 :             : 
    8257         [ +  + ]:         347 :     if (newDefault)
    8258                 :             :     {
    8259                 :             :         /* SET DEFAULT */
    8260                 :             :         RawColumnDefault *rawEnt;
    8261                 :             : 
    8262                 :         231 :         rawEnt = palloc_object(RawColumnDefault);
    8263                 :         231 :         rawEnt->attnum = attnum;
    8264                 :         231 :         rawEnt->raw_default = newDefault;
    8265                 :         231 :         rawEnt->generated = '\0';
    8266                 :             : 
    8267                 :             :         /*
    8268                 :             :          * This function is intended for CREATE TABLE, so it processes a
    8269                 :             :          * _list_ of defaults, but we just do one.
    8270                 :             :          */
    8271                 :         231 :         AddRelationNewConstraints(rel, list_make1(rawEnt), NIL,
    8272                 :             :                                   false, true, false, NULL);
    8273                 :             :     }
    8274                 :             : 
    8275                 :         339 :     ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
    8276                 :             :                         RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    8277                 :         339 :     return address;
    8278                 :             : }
    8279                 :             : 
    8280                 :             : /*
    8281                 :             :  * Add a pre-cooked default expression.
    8282                 :             :  *
    8283                 :             :  * Return the address of the affected column.
    8284                 :             :  */
    8285                 :             : static ObjectAddress
    8286                 :          57 : ATExecCookedColumnDefault(Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum,
    8287                 :             :                           Node *newDefault)
    8288                 :             : {
    8289                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
    8290                 :             : 
    8291                 :             :     /*
    8292                 :             :      * This is used for a cooked default copied by CREATE TABLE ... LIKE,
    8293                 :             :      * which adds new type dependencies.  Such a default doesn't go through
    8294                 :             :      * AddRelationNewConstraints(), and StoreAttrDefault() leaves the
    8295                 :             :      * privilege checks to its caller, so we must check for USAGE on the types
    8296                 :             :      * here.
    8297                 :             :      */
    8298                 :          57 :     CheckUsageOnTypesInSingleRelExpr(newDefault, RelationGetRelid(rel), GetUserId());
    8299                 :             : 
    8300                 :             :     /*
    8301                 :             :      * Remove any old default for the column.  We use RESTRICT here for
    8302                 :             :      * safety, but at present we do not expect anything to depend on the
    8303                 :             :      * default.  (In ordinary cases, there could not be a default in place
    8304                 :             :      * anyway, but it's possible when combining LIKE with inheritance.)
    8305                 :             :      */
    8306                 :          53 :     RemoveAttrDefault(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum, DROP_RESTRICT, false,
    8307                 :             :                       true);
    8308                 :             : 
    8309                 :          53 :     (void) StoreAttrDefault(rel, attnum, newDefault, true);
    8310                 :             : 
    8311                 :          53 :     ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
    8312                 :             :                         RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    8313                 :          53 :     return address;
    8314                 :             : }
    8315                 :             : 
    8316                 :             : /*
    8317                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN ADD IDENTITY
    8318                 :             :  *
    8319                 :             :  * Return the address of the affected column.
    8320                 :             :  */
    8321                 :             : static ObjectAddress
    8322                 :         103 : ATExecAddIdentity(Relation rel, const char *colName,
    8323                 :             :                   Node *def, LOCKMODE lockmode, bool recurse, bool recursing)
    8324                 :             : {
    8325                 :             :     Relation    attrelation;
    8326                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    8327                 :             :     Form_pg_attribute attTup;
    8328                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
    8329                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
    8330                 :         103 :     ColumnDef  *cdef = castNode(ColumnDef, def);
    8331                 :             :     bool        ispartitioned;
    8332                 :             : 
    8333                 :         103 :     ispartitioned = (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
    8334   [ +  +  +  + ]:         103 :     if (ispartitioned && !recurse)
    8335         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8336                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
    8337                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot add identity to a column of only the partitioned table"),
    8338                 :             :                  errhint("Do not specify the ONLY keyword.")));
    8339                 :             : 
    8340   [ +  +  +  + ]:          99 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relispartition && !recursing)
    8341         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8342                 :             :                 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
    8343                 :             :                 errmsg("cannot add identity to a column of a partition"));
    8344                 :             : 
    8345                 :          91 :     attrelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    8346                 :             : 
    8347                 :          91 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName);
    8348         [ -  + ]:          91 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    8349         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8350                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
    8351                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
    8352                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    8353                 :          91 :     attTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    8354                 :          91 :     attnum = attTup->attnum;
    8355                 :             : 
    8356                 :             :     /* Can't alter a system attribute */
    8357         [ -  + ]:          91 :     if (attnum <= 0)
    8358         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8359                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    8360                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"",
    8361                 :             :                         colName)));
    8362                 :             : 
    8363                 :             :     /*
    8364                 :             :      * Creating a column as identity implies NOT NULL, so adding the identity
    8365                 :             :      * to an existing column that is not NOT NULL would create a state that
    8366                 :             :      * cannot be reproduced without contortions.
    8367                 :             :      */
    8368         [ +  + ]:          91 :     if (!attTup->attnotnull)
    8369         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8370                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
    8371                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" must be declared NOT NULL before identity can be added",
    8372                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    8373                 :             : 
    8374                 :             :     /*
    8375                 :             :      * On the other hand, if a not-null constraint exists, then verify that
    8376                 :             :      * it's compatible.
    8377                 :             :      */
    8378         [ +  - ]:          87 :     if (attTup->attnotnull)
    8379                 :             :     {
    8380                 :             :         HeapTuple   contup;
    8381                 :             :         Form_pg_constraint conForm;
    8382                 :             : 
    8383                 :          87 :         contup = findNotNullConstraintAttnum(RelationGetRelid(rel),
    8384                 :             :                                              attnum);
    8385         [ -  + ]:          87 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(contup))
    8386         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for not-null constraint on column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\"",
    8387                 :             :                  colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel));
    8388                 :             : 
    8389                 :          87 :         conForm = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contup);
    8390         [ +  + ]:          87 :         if (!conForm->convalidated)
    8391         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
    8392                 :             :                     errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
    8393                 :             :                     errmsg("incompatible NOT VALID constraint \"%s\" on relation \"%s\"",
    8394                 :             :                            NameStr(conForm->conname), RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
    8395                 :             :                     errhint("You might need to validate it using %s.",
    8396                 :             :                             "ALTER TABLE ... VALIDATE CONSTRAINT"));
    8397                 :             :     }
    8398                 :             : 
    8399         [ +  + ]:          83 :     if (attTup->attidentity)
    8400         [ +  - ]:          12 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8401                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
    8402                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is already an identity column",
    8403                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    8404                 :             : 
    8405         [ +  + ]:          71 :     if (attTup->atthasdef)
    8406         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8407                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
    8408                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" already has a default value",
    8409                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    8410                 :             : 
    8411                 :          67 :     attTup->attidentity = cdef->identity;
    8412                 :          67 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
    8413                 :             : 
    8414         [ -  + ]:          67 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
    8415                 :             :                               RelationGetRelid(rel),
    8416                 :             :                               attTup->attnum);
    8417                 :          67 :     ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
    8418                 :             :                         RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    8419                 :          67 :     heap_freetuple(tuple);
    8420                 :             : 
    8421                 :          67 :     table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock);
    8422                 :             : 
    8423                 :             :     /*
    8424                 :             :      * Recurse to propagate the identity column to partitions.  Identity is
    8425                 :             :      * not inherited in regular inheritance children.
    8426                 :             :      */
    8427   [ +  -  +  + ]:          67 :     if (recurse && ispartitioned)
    8428                 :             :     {
    8429                 :             :         List       *children;
    8430                 :             :         ListCell   *lc;
    8431                 :             : 
    8432                 :           6 :         children = find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode);
    8433                 :             : 
    8434   [ +  +  +  +  :          10 :         foreach(lc, children)
                   +  + ]
    8435                 :             :         {
    8436                 :             :             Relation    childrel;
    8437                 :             : 
    8438                 :           4 :             childrel = table_open(lfirst_oid(lc), NoLock);
    8439                 :           4 :             ATExecAddIdentity(childrel, colName, def, lockmode, recurse, true);
    8440                 :           4 :             table_close(childrel, NoLock);
    8441                 :             :         }
    8442                 :             :     }
    8443                 :             : 
    8444                 :          67 :     return address;
    8445                 :             : }
    8446                 :             : 
    8447                 :             : /*
    8448                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN SET { GENERATED or sequence options }
    8449                 :             :  *
    8450                 :             :  * Return the address of the affected column.
    8451                 :             :  */
    8452                 :             : static ObjectAddress
    8453                 :          49 : ATExecSetIdentity(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *def,
    8454                 :             :                   LOCKMODE lockmode, bool recurse, bool recursing)
    8455                 :             : {
    8456                 :             :     ListCell   *option;
    8457                 :          49 :     DefElem    *generatedEl = NULL;
    8458                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    8459                 :             :     Form_pg_attribute attTup;
    8460                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
    8461                 :             :     Relation    attrelation;
    8462                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
    8463                 :             :     bool        ispartitioned;
    8464                 :             : 
    8465                 :          49 :     ispartitioned = (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
    8466   [ +  +  +  + ]:          49 :     if (ispartitioned && !recurse)
    8467         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8468                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
    8469                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot change identity column of only the partitioned table"),
    8470                 :             :                  errhint("Do not specify the ONLY keyword.")));
    8471                 :             : 
    8472   [ +  +  +  + ]:          45 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relispartition && !recursing)
    8473         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8474                 :             :                 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
    8475                 :             :                 errmsg("cannot change identity column of a partition"));
    8476                 :             : 
    8477   [ +  +  +  +  :          66 :     foreach(option, castNode(List, def))
                   +  + ]
    8478                 :             :     {
    8479                 :          29 :         DefElem    *defel = lfirst_node(DefElem, option);
    8480                 :             : 
    8481         [ +  - ]:          29 :         if (strcmp(defel->defname, "generated") == 0)
    8482                 :             :         {
    8483         [ -  + ]:          29 :             if (generatedEl)
    8484         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
    8485                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
    8486                 :             :                          errmsg("conflicting or redundant options")));
    8487                 :          29 :             generatedEl = defel;
    8488                 :             :         }
    8489                 :             :         else
    8490         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "option \"%s\" not recognized",
    8491                 :             :                  defel->defname);
    8492                 :             :     }
    8493                 :             : 
    8494                 :             :     /*
    8495                 :             :      * Even if there is nothing to change here, we run all the checks.  There
    8496                 :             :      * will be a subsequent ALTER SEQUENCE that relies on everything being
    8497                 :             :      * there.
    8498                 :             :      */
    8499                 :             : 
    8500                 :          37 :     attrelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    8501                 :          37 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName);
    8502         [ -  + ]:          37 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    8503         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8504                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
    8505                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
    8506                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    8507                 :             : 
    8508                 :          37 :     attTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    8509                 :          37 :     attnum = attTup->attnum;
    8510                 :             : 
    8511         [ -  + ]:          37 :     if (attnum <= 0)
    8512         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8513                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    8514                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"",
    8515                 :             :                         colName)));
    8516                 :             : 
    8517         [ +  + ]:          37 :     if (!attTup->attidentity)
    8518         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8519                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
    8520                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is not an identity column",
    8521                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    8522                 :             : 
    8523         [ +  + ]:          33 :     if (generatedEl)
    8524                 :             :     {
    8525                 :          29 :         attTup->attidentity = defGetInt32(generatedEl);
    8526                 :          29 :         CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
    8527                 :             : 
    8528         [ -  + ]:          29 :         InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
    8529                 :             :                                   RelationGetRelid(rel),
    8530                 :             :                                   attTup->attnum);
    8531                 :          29 :         ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
    8532                 :             :                             RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    8533                 :             :     }
    8534                 :             :     else
    8535                 :           4 :         address = InvalidObjectAddress;
    8536                 :             : 
    8537                 :          33 :     heap_freetuple(tuple);
    8538                 :          33 :     table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock);
    8539                 :             : 
    8540                 :             :     /*
    8541                 :             :      * Recurse to propagate the identity change to partitions. Identity is not
    8542                 :             :      * inherited in regular inheritance children.
    8543                 :             :      */
    8544   [ +  +  +  -  :          33 :     if (generatedEl && recurse && ispartitioned)
                   +  + ]
    8545                 :             :     {
    8546                 :             :         List       *children;
    8547                 :             :         ListCell   *lc;
    8548                 :             : 
    8549                 :           4 :         children = find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode);
    8550                 :             : 
    8551   [ +  -  +  +  :          12 :         foreach(lc, children)
                   +  + ]
    8552                 :             :         {
    8553                 :             :             Relation    childrel;
    8554                 :             : 
    8555                 :           8 :             childrel = table_open(lfirst_oid(lc), NoLock);
    8556                 :           8 :             ATExecSetIdentity(childrel, colName, def, lockmode, recurse, true);
    8557                 :           8 :             table_close(childrel, NoLock);
    8558                 :             :         }
    8559                 :             :     }
    8560                 :             : 
    8561                 :          33 :     return address;
    8562                 :             : }
    8563                 :             : 
    8564                 :             : /*
    8565                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN DROP IDENTITY
    8566                 :             :  *
    8567                 :             :  * Return the address of the affected column.
    8568                 :             :  */
    8569                 :             : static ObjectAddress
    8570                 :          45 : ATExecDropIdentity(Relation rel, const char *colName, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode,
    8571                 :             :                    bool recurse, bool recursing)
    8572                 :             : {
    8573                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    8574                 :             :     Form_pg_attribute attTup;
    8575                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
    8576                 :             :     Relation    attrelation;
    8577                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
    8578                 :             :     Oid         seqid;
    8579                 :             :     ObjectAddress seqaddress;
    8580                 :             :     bool        ispartitioned;
    8581                 :             : 
    8582                 :          45 :     ispartitioned = (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
    8583   [ +  +  +  + ]:          45 :     if (ispartitioned && !recurse)
    8584         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8585                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
    8586                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot drop identity from a column of only the partitioned table"),
    8587                 :             :                  errhint("Do not specify the ONLY keyword.")));
    8588                 :             : 
    8589   [ +  +  +  + ]:          41 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relispartition && !recursing)
    8590         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8591                 :             :                 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
    8592                 :             :                 errmsg("cannot drop identity from a column of a partition"));
    8593                 :             : 
    8594                 :          37 :     attrelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    8595                 :          37 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName);
    8596         [ -  + ]:          37 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    8597         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8598                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
    8599                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
    8600                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    8601                 :             : 
    8602                 :          37 :     attTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    8603                 :          37 :     attnum = attTup->attnum;
    8604                 :             : 
    8605         [ -  + ]:          37 :     if (attnum <= 0)
    8606         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8607                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    8608                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"",
    8609                 :             :                         colName)));
    8610                 :             : 
    8611         [ +  + ]:          37 :     if (!attTup->attidentity)
    8612                 :             :     {
    8613         [ +  + ]:           8 :         if (!missing_ok)
    8614         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
    8615                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
    8616                 :             :                      errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is not an identity column",
    8617                 :             :                             colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    8618                 :             :         else
    8619                 :             :         {
    8620         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(NOTICE,
    8621                 :             :                     (errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is not an identity column, skipping",
    8622                 :             :                             colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    8623                 :           4 :             heap_freetuple(tuple);
    8624                 :           4 :             table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock);
    8625                 :           4 :             return InvalidObjectAddress;
    8626                 :             :         }
    8627                 :             :     }
    8628                 :             : 
    8629                 :          29 :     attTup->attidentity = '\0';
    8630                 :          29 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
    8631                 :             : 
    8632         [ -  + ]:          29 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
    8633                 :             :                               RelationGetRelid(rel),
    8634                 :             :                               attTup->attnum);
    8635                 :          29 :     ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
    8636                 :             :                         RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    8637                 :          29 :     heap_freetuple(tuple);
    8638                 :             : 
    8639                 :          29 :     table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock);
    8640                 :             : 
    8641                 :             :     /*
    8642                 :             :      * Recurse to drop the identity from column in partitions.  Identity is
    8643                 :             :      * not inherited in regular inheritance children so ignore them.
    8644                 :             :      */
    8645   [ +  -  +  + ]:          29 :     if (recurse && ispartitioned)
    8646                 :             :     {
    8647                 :             :         List       *children;
    8648                 :             :         ListCell   *lc;
    8649                 :             : 
    8650                 :           4 :         children = find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode);
    8651                 :             : 
    8652   [ +  -  +  +  :           8 :         foreach(lc, children)
                   +  + ]
    8653                 :             :         {
    8654                 :             :             Relation    childrel;
    8655                 :             : 
    8656                 :           4 :             childrel = table_open(lfirst_oid(lc), NoLock);
    8657                 :           4 :             ATExecDropIdentity(childrel, colName, false, lockmode, recurse, true);
    8658                 :           4 :             table_close(childrel, NoLock);
    8659                 :             :         }
    8660                 :             :     }
    8661                 :             : 
    8662         [ +  + ]:          29 :     if (!recursing)
    8663                 :             :     {
    8664                 :             :         /* drop the internal sequence */
    8665                 :          21 :         seqid = getIdentitySequence(rel, attnum, false);
    8666                 :          21 :         deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(RelationRelationId, seqid,
    8667                 :             :                                         RelationRelationId, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL);
    8668                 :          21 :         CommandCounterIncrement();
    8669                 :          21 :         seqaddress.classId = RelationRelationId;
    8670                 :          21 :         seqaddress.objectId = seqid;
    8671                 :          21 :         seqaddress.objectSubId = 0;
    8672                 :          21 :         performDeletion(&seqaddress, DROP_RESTRICT, PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL);
    8673                 :             :     }
    8674                 :             : 
    8675                 :          29 :     return address;
    8676                 :             : }
    8677                 :             : 
    8678                 :             : /*
    8679                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN SET EXPRESSION
    8680                 :             :  *
    8681                 :             :  * Return the address of the affected column.
    8682                 :             :  */
    8683                 :             : static ObjectAddress
    8684                 :         193 : ATExecSetExpression(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *colName,
    8685                 :             :                     Node *newExpr, LOCKMODE lockmode)
    8686                 :             : {
    8687                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    8688                 :             :     Form_pg_attribute attTup;
    8689                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
    8690                 :             :     char        attgenerated;
    8691                 :             :     bool        rewrite;
    8692                 :             :     Oid         attrdefoid;
    8693                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
    8694                 :             :     Expr       *defval;
    8695                 :             :     NewColumnValue *newval;
    8696                 :             :     RawColumnDefault *rawEnt;
    8697                 :             : 
    8698                 :         193 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName);
    8699         [ -  + ]:         193 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    8700         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8701                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
    8702                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
    8703                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    8704                 :             : 
    8705                 :         193 :     attTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    8706                 :             : 
    8707                 :         193 :     attnum = attTup->attnum;
    8708         [ -  + ]:         193 :     if (attnum <= 0)
    8709         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8710                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    8711                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"",
    8712                 :             :                         colName)));
    8713                 :             : 
    8714                 :         193 :     attgenerated = attTup->attgenerated;
    8715         [ +  + ]:         193 :     if (!attgenerated)
    8716         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8717                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
    8718                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is not a generated column",
    8719                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    8720                 :             : 
    8721   [ +  +  +  + ]:         185 :     if (attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL && attTup->attnotnull)
    8722                 :          16 :         tab->verify_new_notnull = true;
    8723                 :             : 
    8724                 :             :     /*
    8725                 :             :      * We need to prevent this because a change of expression could affect a
    8726                 :             :      * row filter and inject expressions that are not permitted in a row
    8727                 :             :      * filter.  XXX We could try to have a more precise check to catch only
    8728                 :             :      * publications with row filters, or even re-verify the row filter
    8729                 :             :      * expressions.
    8730                 :             :      */
    8731   [ +  +  +  + ]:         273 :     if (attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL &&
    8732                 :          88 :         GetRelationIncludedPublications(RelationGetRelid(rel)) != NIL)
    8733         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8734                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    8735                 :             :                  errmsg("ALTER TABLE / SET EXPRESSION is not supported for virtual generated columns in tables that are part of a publication"),
    8736                 :             :                  errdetail("Column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is a virtual generated column.",
    8737                 :             :                            colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    8738                 :             : 
    8739                 :         181 :     rewrite = (attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_STORED);
    8740                 :             : 
    8741                 :         181 :     ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
    8742                 :             : 
    8743         [ +  + ]:         181 :     if (rewrite)
    8744                 :             :     {
    8745                 :             :         /*
    8746                 :             :          * Clear all the missing values if we're rewriting the table, since
    8747                 :             :          * this renders them pointless.
    8748                 :             :          */
    8749                 :          97 :         RelationClearMissing(rel);
    8750                 :             : 
    8751                 :             :         /* make sure we don't conflict with later attribute modifications */
    8752                 :          97 :         CommandCounterIncrement();
    8753                 :             :     }
    8754                 :             : 
    8755                 :             :     /*
    8756                 :             :      * Find everything that depends on the column (constraints, indexes, etc),
    8757                 :             :      * and record enough information to let us recreate the objects.
    8758                 :             :      */
    8759                 :         181 :     RememberAllDependentForRebuilding(tab, AT_SetExpression, rel, attnum, colName);
    8760                 :             : 
    8761                 :             :     /*
    8762                 :             :      * Find whole-row referenced objects that depend on the column
    8763                 :             :      * (constraints, indexes, etc.), and record enough information to let us
    8764                 :             :      * recreate the objects.
    8765                 :             :      */
    8766                 :         181 :     RememberWholeRowDependentForRebuilding(tab, AT_SetExpression, rel);
    8767                 :             : 
    8768                 :             :     /*
    8769                 :             :      * Drop the dependency records of the GENERATED expression, in particular
    8770                 :             :      * its INTERNAL dependency on the column, which would otherwise cause
    8771                 :             :      * dependency.c to refuse to perform the deletion.
    8772                 :             :      */
    8773                 :         181 :     attrdefoid = GetAttrDefaultOid(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    8774         [ -  + ]:         181 :     if (!OidIsValid(attrdefoid))
    8775         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "could not find attrdef tuple for relation %u attnum %d",
    8776                 :             :              RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    8777                 :         181 :     (void) deleteDependencyRecordsFor(AttrDefaultRelationId, attrdefoid, false);
    8778                 :             : 
    8779                 :             :     /* Make above changes visible */
    8780                 :         181 :     CommandCounterIncrement();
    8781                 :             : 
    8782                 :             :     /*
    8783                 :             :      * Get rid of the GENERATED expression itself.  We use RESTRICT here for
    8784                 :             :      * safety, but at present we do not expect anything to depend on the
    8785                 :             :      * expression.
    8786                 :             :      */
    8787                 :         181 :     RemoveAttrDefault(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum, DROP_RESTRICT,
    8788                 :             :                       false, false);
    8789                 :             : 
    8790                 :             :     /* Prepare to store the new expression, in the catalogs */
    8791                 :         181 :     rawEnt = palloc_object(RawColumnDefault);
    8792                 :         181 :     rawEnt->attnum = attnum;
    8793                 :         181 :     rawEnt->raw_default = newExpr;
    8794                 :         181 :     rawEnt->generated = attgenerated;
    8795                 :             : 
    8796                 :             :     /* Store the generated expression */
    8797                 :         181 :     AddRelationNewConstraints(rel, list_make1(rawEnt), NIL,
    8798                 :             :                               false, true, false, NULL);
    8799                 :             : 
    8800                 :             :     /* Make above new expression visible */
    8801                 :         181 :     CommandCounterIncrement();
    8802                 :             : 
    8803         [ +  + ]:         181 :     if (rewrite)
    8804                 :             :     {
    8805                 :             :         /* Prepare for table rewrite */
    8806                 :          97 :         defval = (Expr *) build_column_default(rel, attnum);
    8807                 :             : 
    8808                 :          97 :         newval = palloc0_object(NewColumnValue);
    8809                 :          97 :         newval->attnum = attnum;
    8810                 :          97 :         newval->expr = expression_planner(defval);
    8811                 :          97 :         newval->is_generated = true;
    8812                 :             : 
    8813                 :          97 :         tab->newvals = lappend(tab->newvals, newval);
    8814                 :          97 :         tab->rewrite |= AT_REWRITE_DEFAULT_VAL;
    8815                 :             :     }
    8816                 :             : 
    8817                 :             :     /* Drop any pg_statistic entry for the column */
    8818                 :         181 :     RemoveStatistics(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    8819                 :             : 
    8820         [ -  + ]:         181 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
    8821                 :             :                               RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    8822                 :             : 
    8823                 :         181 :     ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
    8824                 :             :                         RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    8825                 :         181 :     return address;
    8826                 :             : }
    8827                 :             : 
    8828                 :             : /*
    8829                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN DROP EXPRESSION
    8830                 :             :  */
    8831                 :             : static void
    8832                 :          93 : ATPrepDropExpression(Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd, bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode)
    8833                 :             : {
    8834                 :             :     /*
    8835                 :             :      * Reject ONLY if there are child tables -- but only, of course, at the
    8836                 :             :      * top of the tree, otherwise it'd be impossible to run this command with
    8837                 :             :      * trees deeper than two levels.  Caller already got lock.
    8838                 :             :      */
    8839   [ +  +  +  +  :         105 :     if (!recurse && !recursing &&
                   +  - ]
    8840                 :          12 :         find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel), NoLock))
    8841         [ +  - ]:          12 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8842                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    8843                 :             :                  errmsg("ALTER TABLE / DROP EXPRESSION must be applied to child tables too")));
    8844                 :             : 
    8845                 :             :     /*
    8846                 :             :      * Cannot drop generation expression from inherited columns.
    8847                 :             :      */
    8848         [ +  + ]:          81 :     if (!recursing)
    8849                 :             :     {
    8850                 :             :         HeapTuple   tuple;
    8851                 :             :         Form_pg_attribute attTup;
    8852                 :             : 
    8853                 :          53 :         tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), cmd->name);
    8854         [ -  + ]:          53 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    8855         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    8856                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
    8857                 :             :                      errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
    8858                 :             :                             cmd->name, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    8859                 :             : 
    8860                 :          53 :         attTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    8861                 :             : 
    8862         [ +  + ]:          53 :         if (attTup->attinhcount > 0)
    8863         [ +  - ]:          12 :             ereport(ERROR,
    8864                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
    8865                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot drop generation expression from inherited column")));
    8866                 :             :     }
    8867                 :          69 : }
    8868                 :             : 
    8869                 :             : /*
    8870                 :             :  * Return the address of the affected column.
    8871                 :             :  */
    8872                 :             : static ObjectAddress
    8873                 :          61 : ATExecDropExpression(Relation rel, const char *colName, bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode)
    8874                 :             : {
    8875                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    8876                 :             :     Form_pg_attribute attTup;
    8877                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
    8878                 :             :     Relation    attrelation;
    8879                 :             :     Oid         attrdefoid;
    8880                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
    8881                 :             : 
    8882                 :          61 :     attrelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    8883                 :          61 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName);
    8884         [ -  + ]:          61 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    8885         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8886                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
    8887                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
    8888                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    8889                 :             : 
    8890                 :          61 :     attTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    8891                 :          61 :     attnum = attTup->attnum;
    8892                 :             : 
    8893         [ -  + ]:          61 :     if (attnum <= 0)
    8894         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8895                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    8896                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"",
    8897                 :             :                         colName)));
    8898                 :             : 
    8899                 :             :     /*
    8900                 :             :      * TODO: This could be done, but it would need a table rewrite to
    8901                 :             :      * materialize the generated values.  Note that for the time being, we
    8902                 :             :      * still error with missing_ok, so that we don't silently leave the column
    8903                 :             :      * as generated.
    8904                 :             :      */
    8905         [ +  + ]:          61 :     if (attTup->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
    8906         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8907                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    8908                 :             :                  errmsg("ALTER TABLE / DROP EXPRESSION is not supported for virtual generated columns"),
    8909                 :             :                  errdetail("Column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is a virtual generated column.",
    8910                 :             :                            colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    8911                 :             : 
    8912         [ +  + ]:          53 :     if (!attTup->attgenerated)
    8913                 :             :     {
    8914         [ +  + ]:          16 :         if (!missing_ok)
    8915         [ +  - ]:           8 :             ereport(ERROR,
    8916                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
    8917                 :             :                      errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is not a generated column",
    8918                 :             :                             colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    8919                 :             :         else
    8920                 :             :         {
    8921         [ +  - ]:           8 :             ereport(NOTICE,
    8922                 :             :                     (errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is not a generated column, skipping",
    8923                 :             :                             colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    8924                 :           8 :             heap_freetuple(tuple);
    8925                 :           8 :             table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock);
    8926                 :           8 :             return InvalidObjectAddress;
    8927                 :             :         }
    8928                 :             :     }
    8929                 :             : 
    8930                 :             :     /*
    8931                 :             :      * Mark the column as no longer generated.  (The atthasdef flag needs to
    8932                 :             :      * get cleared too, but RemoveAttrDefault will handle that.)
    8933                 :             :      */
    8934                 :          37 :     attTup->attgenerated = '\0';
    8935                 :          37 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
    8936                 :             : 
    8937         [ -  + ]:          37 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
    8938                 :             :                               RelationGetRelid(rel),
    8939                 :             :                               attnum);
    8940                 :          37 :     heap_freetuple(tuple);
    8941                 :             : 
    8942                 :          37 :     table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock);
    8943                 :             : 
    8944                 :             :     /*
    8945                 :             :      * Drop the dependency records of the GENERATED expression, in particular
    8946                 :             :      * its INTERNAL dependency on the column, which would otherwise cause
    8947                 :             :      * dependency.c to refuse to perform the deletion.
    8948                 :             :      */
    8949                 :          37 :     attrdefoid = GetAttrDefaultOid(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    8950         [ -  + ]:          37 :     if (!OidIsValid(attrdefoid))
    8951         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "could not find attrdef tuple for relation %u attnum %d",
    8952                 :             :              RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    8953                 :          37 :     (void) deleteDependencyRecordsFor(AttrDefaultRelationId, attrdefoid, false);
    8954                 :             : 
    8955                 :             :     /* Make above changes visible */
    8956                 :          37 :     CommandCounterIncrement();
    8957                 :             : 
    8958                 :             :     /*
    8959                 :             :      * Get rid of the GENERATED expression itself.  We use RESTRICT here for
    8960                 :             :      * safety, but at present we do not expect anything to depend on the
    8961                 :             :      * default.
    8962                 :             :      */
    8963                 :          37 :     RemoveAttrDefault(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum, DROP_RESTRICT,
    8964                 :             :                       false, false);
    8965                 :             : 
    8966                 :          37 :     ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
    8967                 :             :                         RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    8968                 :          37 :     return address;
    8969                 :             : }
    8970                 :             : 
    8971                 :             : /*
    8972                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN SET STATISTICS
    8973                 :             :  *
    8974                 :             :  * Return value is the address of the modified column
    8975                 :             :  */
    8976                 :             : static ObjectAddress
    8977                 :         111 : ATExecSetStatistics(Relation rel, const char *colName, int16 colNum, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode)
    8978                 :             : {
    8979                 :         111 :     int         newtarget = 0;
    8980                 :             :     bool        newtarget_default;
    8981                 :             :     Relation    attrelation;
    8982                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple,
    8983                 :             :                 newtuple;
    8984                 :             :     Form_pg_attribute attrtuple;
    8985                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
    8986                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
    8987                 :             :     Datum       repl_val[Natts_pg_attribute];
    8988                 :             :     bool        repl_null[Natts_pg_attribute];
    8989                 :             :     bool        repl_repl[Natts_pg_attribute];
    8990                 :             : 
    8991                 :             :     /*
    8992                 :             :      * We allow referencing columns by numbers only for indexes, since table
    8993                 :             :      * column numbers could contain gaps if columns are later dropped.
    8994                 :             :      */
    8995         [ +  + ]:         111 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_INDEX &&
    8996   [ +  -  -  + ]:          69 :         rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX &&
    8997                 :             :         !colName)
    8998         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    8999                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    9000                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot refer to non-index column by number")));
    9001                 :             : 
    9002                 :             :     /* -1 was used in previous versions for the default setting */
    9003   [ +  +  +  + ]:         111 :     if (newValue && intVal(newValue) != -1)
    9004                 :             :     {
    9005                 :          80 :         newtarget = intVal(newValue);
    9006                 :          80 :         newtarget_default = false;
    9007                 :             :     }
    9008                 :             :     else
    9009                 :          31 :         newtarget_default = true;
    9010                 :             : 
    9011         [ +  + ]:         111 :     if (!newtarget_default)
    9012                 :             :     {
    9013                 :             :         /*
    9014                 :             :          * Limit target to a sane range
    9015                 :             :          */
    9016         [ -  + ]:          80 :         if (newtarget < 0)
    9017                 :             :         {
    9018         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    9019                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    9020                 :             :                      errmsg("statistics target %d is too low",
    9021                 :             :                             newtarget)));
    9022                 :             :         }
    9023         [ -  + ]:          80 :         else if (newtarget > MAX_STATISTICS_TARGET)
    9024                 :             :         {
    9025                 :           0 :             newtarget = MAX_STATISTICS_TARGET;
    9026         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(WARNING,
    9027                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
    9028                 :             :                      errmsg("lowering statistics target to %d",
    9029                 :             :                             newtarget)));
    9030                 :             :         }
    9031                 :             :     }
    9032                 :             : 
    9033                 :         111 :     attrelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    9034                 :             : 
    9035         [ +  + ]:         111 :     if (colName)
    9036                 :             :     {
    9037                 :          69 :         tuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName);
    9038                 :             : 
    9039         [ +  + ]:          69 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    9040         [ +  - ]:           8 :             ereport(ERROR,
    9041                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
    9042                 :             :                      errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
    9043                 :             :                             colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    9044                 :             :     }
    9045                 :             :     else
    9046                 :             :     {
    9047                 :          42 :         tuple = SearchSysCacheAttNum(RelationGetRelid(rel), colNum);
    9048                 :             : 
    9049         [ +  + ]:          42 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    9050         [ +  - ]:           8 :             ereport(ERROR,
    9051                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
    9052                 :             :                      errmsg("column number %d of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
    9053                 :             :                             colNum, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    9054                 :             :     }
    9055                 :             : 
    9056                 :          95 :     attrtuple = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    9057                 :             : 
    9058                 :          95 :     attnum = attrtuple->attnum;
    9059         [ -  + ]:          95 :     if (attnum <= 0)
    9060         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    9061                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    9062                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"",
    9063                 :             :                         colName)));
    9064                 :             : 
    9065                 :             :     /*
    9066                 :             :      * Prevent this as long as the ANALYZE code skips virtual generated
    9067                 :             :      * columns.
    9068                 :             :      */
    9069         [ -  + ]:          95 :     if (attrtuple->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
    9070         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    9071                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    9072                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter statistics on virtual generated column \"%s\"",
    9073                 :             :                         colName)));
    9074                 :             : 
    9075         [ +  + ]:          95 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_INDEX ||
    9076         [ -  + ]:          61 :         rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
    9077                 :             :     {
    9078         [ +  + ]:          34 :         if (attnum > rel->rd_index->indnkeyatts)
    9079         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
    9080                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    9081                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot alter statistics on included column \"%s\" of index \"%s\"",
    9082                 :             :                             NameStr(attrtuple->attname), RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    9083         [ +  + ]:          30 :         else if (rel->rd_index->indkey.values[attnum - 1] != 0)
    9084         [ +  - ]:          12 :             ereport(ERROR,
    9085                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    9086                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot alter statistics on non-expression column \"%s\" of index \"%s\"",
    9087                 :             :                             NameStr(attrtuple->attname), RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
    9088                 :             :                      errhint("Alter statistics on table column instead.")));
    9089                 :             :     }
    9090                 :             : 
    9091                 :             :     /* Build new tuple. */
    9092                 :          79 :     memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
    9093                 :          79 :     memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
    9094         [ +  + ]:          79 :     if (!newtarget_default)
    9095                 :          48 :         repl_val[Anum_pg_attribute_attstattarget - 1] = Int16GetDatum(newtarget);
    9096                 :             :     else
    9097                 :          31 :         repl_null[Anum_pg_attribute_attstattarget - 1] = true;
    9098                 :          79 :     repl_repl[Anum_pg_attribute_attstattarget - 1] = true;
    9099                 :          79 :     newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(tuple, RelationGetDescr(attrelation),
    9100                 :             :                                  repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
    9101                 :          79 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &tuple->t_self, newtuple);
    9102                 :             : 
    9103         [ -  + ]:          79 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
    9104                 :             :                               RelationGetRelid(rel),
    9105                 :             :                               attrtuple->attnum);
    9106                 :          79 :     ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
    9107                 :             :                         RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    9108                 :             : 
    9109                 :          79 :     heap_freetuple(newtuple);
    9110                 :             : 
    9111                 :          79 :     ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
    9112                 :             : 
    9113                 :          79 :     table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock);
    9114                 :             : 
    9115                 :          79 :     return address;
    9116                 :             : }
    9117                 :             : 
    9118                 :             : /*
    9119                 :             :  * Return value is the address of the modified column
    9120                 :             :  */
    9121                 :             : static ObjectAddress
    9122                 :          21 : ATExecSetOptions(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *options,
    9123                 :             :                  bool isReset, LOCKMODE lockmode)
    9124                 :             : {
    9125                 :             :     Relation    attrelation;
    9126                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple,
    9127                 :             :                 newtuple;
    9128                 :             :     Form_pg_attribute attrtuple;
    9129                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
    9130                 :             :     Datum       datum,
    9131                 :             :                 newOptions;
    9132                 :             :     bool        isnull;
    9133                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
    9134                 :             :     Datum       repl_val[Natts_pg_attribute];
    9135                 :             :     bool        repl_null[Natts_pg_attribute];
    9136                 :             :     bool        repl_repl[Natts_pg_attribute];
    9137                 :             : 
    9138                 :          21 :     attrelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    9139                 :             : 
    9140                 :          21 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName);
    9141                 :             : 
    9142         [ -  + ]:          21 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    9143         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    9144                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
    9145                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
    9146                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    9147                 :          21 :     attrtuple = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    9148                 :             : 
    9149                 :          21 :     attnum = attrtuple->attnum;
    9150         [ -  + ]:          21 :     if (attnum <= 0)
    9151         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    9152                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    9153                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"",
    9154                 :             :                         colName)));
    9155                 :             : 
    9156                 :             :     /* Generate new proposed attoptions (text array) */
    9157                 :          21 :     datum = SysCacheGetAttr(ATTNAME, tuple, Anum_pg_attribute_attoptions,
    9158                 :             :                             &isnull);
    9159         [ +  + ]:          21 :     newOptions = transformRelOptions(isnull ? (Datum) 0 : datum,
    9160                 :             :                                      castNode(List, options), NULL, NULL,
    9161                 :             :                                      false, isReset);
    9162                 :             :     /* Validate new options */
    9163                 :          21 :     (void) attribute_reloptions(newOptions, true);
    9164                 :             : 
    9165                 :             :     /* Build new tuple. */
    9166                 :          21 :     memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
    9167                 :          21 :     memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
    9168         [ +  - ]:          21 :     if (newOptions != (Datum) 0)
    9169                 :          21 :         repl_val[Anum_pg_attribute_attoptions - 1] = newOptions;
    9170                 :             :     else
    9171                 :           0 :         repl_null[Anum_pg_attribute_attoptions - 1] = true;
    9172                 :          21 :     repl_repl[Anum_pg_attribute_attoptions - 1] = true;
    9173                 :          21 :     newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(tuple, RelationGetDescr(attrelation),
    9174                 :             :                                  repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
    9175                 :             : 
    9176                 :             :     /* Update system catalog. */
    9177                 :          21 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &newtuple->t_self, newtuple);
    9178                 :             : 
    9179         [ -  + ]:          21 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
    9180                 :             :                               RelationGetRelid(rel),
    9181                 :             :                               attrtuple->attnum);
    9182                 :          21 :     ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
    9183                 :             :                         RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    9184                 :             : 
    9185                 :          21 :     heap_freetuple(newtuple);
    9186                 :             : 
    9187                 :          21 :     ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
    9188                 :             : 
    9189                 :          21 :     table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock);
    9190                 :             : 
    9191                 :          21 :     return address;
    9192                 :             : }
    9193                 :             : 
    9194                 :             : /*
    9195                 :             :  * Helper function for ATExecSetStorage and ATExecSetCompression
    9196                 :             :  *
    9197                 :             :  * Set the attstorage and/or attcompression fields for index columns
    9198                 :             :  * associated with the specified table column.
    9199                 :             :  */
    9200                 :             : static void
    9201                 :         269 : SetIndexStorageProperties(Relation rel, Relation attrelation,
    9202                 :             :                           AttrNumber attnum,
    9203                 :             :                           bool setstorage, char newstorage,
    9204                 :             :                           bool setcompression, char newcompression,
    9205                 :             :                           LOCKMODE lockmode)
    9206                 :             : {
    9207                 :             :     ListCell   *lc;
    9208                 :             : 
    9209   [ +  +  +  +  :         330 :     foreach(lc, RelationGetIndexList(rel))
                   +  + ]
    9210                 :             :     {
    9211                 :          61 :         Oid         indexoid = lfirst_oid(lc);
    9212                 :             :         Relation    indrel;
    9213                 :          61 :         AttrNumber  indattnum = 0;
    9214                 :             :         HeapTuple   tuple;
    9215                 :             : 
    9216                 :          61 :         indrel = index_open(indexoid, lockmode);
    9217                 :             : 
    9218         [ +  + ]:         103 :         for (int i = 0; i < indrel->rd_index->indnatts; i++)
    9219                 :             :         {
    9220         [ +  + ]:          65 :             if (indrel->rd_index->indkey.values[i] == attnum)
    9221                 :             :             {
    9222                 :          23 :                 indattnum = i + 1;
    9223                 :          23 :                 break;
    9224                 :             :             }
    9225                 :             :         }
    9226                 :             : 
    9227         [ +  + ]:          61 :         if (indattnum == 0)
    9228                 :             :         {
    9229                 :          38 :             index_close(indrel, lockmode);
    9230                 :          38 :             continue;
    9231                 :             :         }
    9232                 :             : 
    9233                 :          23 :         tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttNum(RelationGetRelid(indrel), indattnum);
    9234                 :             : 
    9235         [ +  - ]:          23 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    9236                 :             :         {
    9237                 :          23 :             Form_pg_attribute attrtuple = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    9238                 :             : 
    9239         [ +  + ]:          23 :             if (setstorage)
    9240                 :          15 :                 attrtuple->attstorage = newstorage;
    9241                 :             : 
    9242         [ +  + ]:          23 :             if (setcompression)
    9243                 :           8 :                 attrtuple->attcompression = newcompression;
    9244                 :             : 
    9245                 :          23 :             CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
    9246                 :             : 
    9247         [ -  + ]:          23 :             InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
    9248                 :             :                                       RelationGetRelid(rel),
    9249                 :             :                                       attrtuple->attnum);
    9250                 :             : 
    9251                 :          23 :             heap_freetuple(tuple);
    9252                 :             :         }
    9253                 :             : 
    9254                 :          23 :         index_close(indrel, lockmode);
    9255                 :             :     }
    9256                 :         269 : }
    9257                 :             : 
    9258                 :             : /*
    9259                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN SET STORAGE
    9260                 :             :  *
    9261                 :             :  * Return value is the address of the modified column
    9262                 :             :  */
    9263                 :             : static ObjectAddress
    9264                 :         233 : ATExecSetStorage(Relation rel, const char *colName, Node *newValue, LOCKMODE lockmode)
    9265                 :             : {
    9266                 :             :     Relation    attrelation;
    9267                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    9268                 :             :     Form_pg_attribute attrtuple;
    9269                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
    9270                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
    9271                 :             : 
    9272                 :         233 :     attrelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    9273                 :             : 
    9274                 :         233 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName);
    9275                 :             : 
    9276         [ +  + ]:         233 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    9277         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
    9278                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
    9279                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
    9280                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    9281                 :         225 :     attrtuple = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    9282                 :             : 
    9283                 :         225 :     attnum = attrtuple->attnum;
    9284         [ -  + ]:         225 :     if (attnum <= 0)
    9285         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    9286                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    9287                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"",
    9288                 :             :                         colName)));
    9289                 :             : 
    9290                 :         225 :     attrtuple->attstorage = GetAttributeStorage(attrtuple->atttypid, strVal(newValue));
    9291                 :             : 
    9292                 :         225 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
    9293                 :             : 
    9294         [ -  + ]:         225 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
    9295                 :             :                               RelationGetRelid(rel),
    9296                 :             :                               attrtuple->attnum);
    9297                 :             : 
    9298                 :             :     /*
    9299                 :             :      * Apply the change to indexes as well (only for simple index columns,
    9300                 :             :      * matching behavior of index.c ConstructTupleDescriptor()).
    9301                 :             :      */
    9302                 :         225 :     SetIndexStorageProperties(rel, attrelation, attnum,
    9303                 :         225 :                               true, attrtuple->attstorage,
    9304                 :             :                               false, 0,
    9305                 :             :                               lockmode);
    9306                 :             : 
    9307                 :         225 :     heap_freetuple(tuple);
    9308                 :             : 
    9309                 :         225 :     table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock);
    9310                 :             : 
    9311                 :         225 :     ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
    9312                 :             :                         RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
    9313                 :         225 :     return address;
    9314                 :             : }
    9315                 :             : 
    9316                 :             : 
    9317                 :             : /*
    9318                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE DROP COLUMN
    9319                 :             :  *
    9320                 :             :  * DROP COLUMN cannot use the normal ALTER TABLE recursion mechanism,
    9321                 :             :  * because we have to decide at runtime whether to recurse or not depending
    9322                 :             :  * on whether attinhcount goes to zero or not.  (We can't check this in a
    9323                 :             :  * static pre-pass because it won't handle multiple inheritance situations
    9324                 :             :  * correctly.)
    9325                 :             :  */
    9326                 :             : static void
    9327                 :        1094 : ATPrepDropColumn(List **wqueue, Relation rel, bool recurse, bool recursing,
    9328                 :             :                  AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode,
    9329                 :             :                  AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
    9330                 :             : {
    9331   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1094 :     if (rel->rd_rel->reloftype && !recursing)
    9332         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    9333                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
    9334                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot drop column from typed table")));
    9335                 :             : 
    9336         [ +  + ]:        1090 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE)
    9337                 :          54 :         ATTypedTableRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, lockmode, context);
    9338                 :             : 
    9339         [ +  + ]:        1086 :     if (recurse)
    9340                 :         929 :         cmd->recurse = true;
    9341                 :        1086 : }
    9342                 :             : 
    9343                 :             : /*
    9344                 :             :  * Drops column 'colName' from relation 'rel' and returns the address of the
    9345                 :             :  * dropped column.  The column is also dropped (or marked as no longer
    9346                 :             :  * inherited from relation) from the relation's inheritance children, if any.
    9347                 :             :  *
    9348                 :             :  * In the recursive invocations for inheritance child relations, instead of
    9349                 :             :  * dropping the column directly (if to be dropped at all), its object address
    9350                 :             :  * is added to 'addrs', which must be non-NULL in such invocations.  All
    9351                 :             :  * columns are dropped at the same time after all the children have been
    9352                 :             :  * checked recursively.
    9353                 :             :  */
    9354                 :             : static ObjectAddress
    9355                 :        1459 : ATExecDropColumn(List **wqueue, Relation rel, const char *colName,
    9356                 :             :                  DropBehavior behavior,
    9357                 :             :                  bool recurse, bool recursing,
    9358                 :             :                  bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode,
    9359                 :             :                  ObjectAddresses *addrs)
    9360                 :             : {
    9361                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
    9362                 :             :     Form_pg_attribute targetatt;
    9363                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
    9364                 :             :     List       *children;
    9365                 :             :     ObjectAddress object;
    9366                 :             :     bool        is_expr;
    9367                 :             : 
    9368                 :             :     /* At top level, permission check was done in ATPrepCmd, else do it */
    9369         [ +  + ]:        1459 :     if (recursing)
    9370                 :         373 :         ATSimplePermissions(AT_DropColumn, rel,
    9371                 :             :                             ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
    9372                 :             : 
    9373                 :             :     /* Initialize addrs on the first invocation */
    9374                 :             :     Assert(!recursing || addrs != NULL);
    9375                 :             : 
    9376                 :             :     /* since this function recurses, it could be driven to stack overflow */
    9377                 :        1459 :     check_stack_depth();
    9378                 :             : 
    9379         [ +  + ]:        1459 :     if (!recursing)
    9380                 :        1086 :         addrs = new_object_addresses();
    9381                 :             : 
    9382                 :             :     /*
    9383                 :             :      * get the number of the attribute
    9384                 :             :      */
    9385                 :        1459 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName);
    9386         [ +  + ]:        1459 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
    9387                 :             :     {
    9388         [ +  + ]:          40 :         if (!missing_ok)
    9389                 :             :         {
    9390         [ +  - ]:          24 :             ereport(ERROR,
    9391                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
    9392                 :             :                      errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
    9393                 :             :                             colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    9394                 :             :         }
    9395                 :             :         else
    9396                 :             :         {
    9397         [ +  - ]:          16 :             ereport(NOTICE,
    9398                 :             :                     (errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist, skipping",
    9399                 :             :                             colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    9400                 :          16 :             return InvalidObjectAddress;
    9401                 :             :         }
    9402                 :             :     }
    9403                 :        1419 :     targetatt = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    9404                 :             : 
    9405                 :        1419 :     attnum = targetatt->attnum;
    9406                 :             : 
    9407                 :             :     /* Can't drop a system attribute */
    9408         [ +  + ]:        1419 :     if (attnum <= 0)
    9409         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    9410                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    9411                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot drop system column \"%s\"",
    9412                 :             :                         colName)));
    9413                 :             : 
    9414                 :             :     /*
    9415                 :             :      * Don't drop inherited columns, unless recursing (presumably from a drop
    9416                 :             :      * of the parent column)
    9417                 :             :      */
    9418   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1415 :     if (targetatt->attinhcount > 0 && !recursing)
    9419         [ +  - ]:          32 :         ereport(ERROR,
    9420                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
    9421                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot drop inherited column \"%s\"",
    9422                 :             :                         colName)));
    9423                 :             : 
    9424                 :             :     /*
    9425                 :             :      * Don't drop columns used in the partition key, either.  (If we let this
    9426                 :             :      * go through, the key column's dependencies would cause a cascaded drop
    9427                 :             :      * of the whole table, which is surely not what the user expected.)
    9428                 :             :      */
    9429         [ +  + ]:        1383 :     if (has_partition_attrs(rel,
    9430                 :             :                             bms_make_singleton(attnum - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber),
    9431                 :             :                             &is_expr))
    9432         [ +  - ]:          20 :         ereport(ERROR,
    9433                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
    9434                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot drop column \"%s\" because it is part of the partition key of relation \"%s\"",
    9435                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    9436                 :             : 
    9437                 :        1363 :     ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
    9438                 :             : 
    9439                 :             :     /*
    9440                 :             :      * Propagate to children as appropriate.  Unlike most other ALTER
    9441                 :             :      * routines, we have to do this one level of recursion at a time; we can't
    9442                 :             :      * use find_all_inheritors to do it in one pass.
    9443                 :             :      */
    9444                 :             :     children =
    9445                 :        1363 :         find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode);
    9446                 :             : 
    9447         [ +  + ]:        1363 :     if (children)
    9448                 :             :     {
    9449                 :             :         Relation    attr_rel;
    9450                 :             :         ListCell   *child;
    9451                 :             : 
    9452                 :             :         /*
    9453                 :             :          * In case of a partitioned table, the column must be dropped from the
    9454                 :             :          * partitions as well.
    9455                 :             :          */
    9456   [ +  +  +  + ]:         204 :         if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE && !recurse)
    9457         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
    9458                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
    9459                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot drop column from only the partitioned table when partitions exist"),
    9460                 :             :                      errhint("Do not specify the ONLY keyword.")));
    9461                 :             : 
    9462                 :         200 :         attr_rel = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
    9463   [ +  -  +  +  :         593 :         foreach(child, children)
                   +  + ]
    9464                 :             :         {
    9465                 :         397 :             Oid         childrelid = lfirst_oid(child);
    9466                 :             :             Relation    childrel;
    9467                 :             :             Form_pg_attribute childatt;
    9468                 :             : 
    9469                 :             :             /* find_inheritance_children already got lock */
    9470                 :         397 :             childrel = table_open(childrelid, NoLock);
    9471                 :         397 :             CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
    9472                 :             : 
    9473                 :         397 :             tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(childrelid, colName);
    9474         [ -  + ]:         397 :             if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))   /* shouldn't happen */
    9475         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for attribute \"%s\" of relation %u",
    9476                 :             :                      colName, childrelid);
    9477                 :         397 :             childatt = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    9478                 :             : 
    9479         [ -  + ]:         397 :             if (childatt->attinhcount <= 0) /* shouldn't happen */
    9480         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "relation %u has non-inherited attribute \"%s\"",
    9481                 :             :                      childrelid, colName);
    9482                 :             : 
    9483         [ +  + ]:         397 :             if (recurse)
    9484                 :             :             {
    9485                 :             :                 /*
    9486                 :             :                  * If the child column has other definition sources, just
    9487                 :             :                  * decrement its inheritance count; if not, recurse to delete
    9488                 :             :                  * it.
    9489                 :             :                  */
    9490   [ +  -  +  + ]:         381 :                 if (childatt->attinhcount == 1 && !childatt->attislocal)
    9491                 :             :                 {
    9492                 :             :                     /* Time to delete this child column, too */
    9493                 :         373 :                     ATExecDropColumn(wqueue, childrel, colName,
    9494                 :             :                                      behavior, true, true,
    9495                 :             :                                      false, lockmode, addrs);
    9496                 :             :                 }
    9497                 :             :                 else
    9498                 :             :                 {
    9499                 :             :                     /* Child column must survive my deletion */
    9500                 :           8 :                     childatt->attinhcount--;
    9501                 :             : 
    9502                 :           8 :                     CatalogTupleUpdate(attr_rel, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
    9503                 :             : 
    9504                 :             :                     /* Make update visible */
    9505                 :           8 :                     CommandCounterIncrement();
    9506                 :             :                 }
    9507                 :             :             }
    9508                 :             :             else
    9509                 :             :             {
    9510                 :             :                 /*
    9511                 :             :                  * If we were told to drop ONLY in this table (no recursion),
    9512                 :             :                  * we need to mark the inheritors' attributes as locally
    9513                 :             :                  * defined rather than inherited.
    9514                 :             :                  */
    9515                 :          16 :                 childatt->attinhcount--;
    9516                 :          16 :                 childatt->attislocal = true;
    9517                 :             : 
    9518                 :          16 :                 CatalogTupleUpdate(attr_rel, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
    9519                 :             : 
    9520                 :             :                 /* Make update visible */
    9521                 :          16 :                 CommandCounterIncrement();
    9522                 :             :             }
    9523                 :             : 
    9524                 :         393 :             heap_freetuple(tuple);
    9525                 :             : 
    9526                 :         393 :             table_close(childrel, NoLock);
    9527                 :             :         }
    9528                 :         196 :         table_close(attr_rel, RowExclusiveLock);
    9529                 :             :     }
    9530                 :             : 
    9531                 :             :     /* Add object to delete */
    9532                 :        1355 :     object.classId = RelationRelationId;
    9533                 :        1355 :     object.objectId = RelationGetRelid(rel);
    9534                 :        1355 :     object.objectSubId = attnum;
    9535                 :        1355 :     add_exact_object_address(&object, addrs);
    9536                 :             : 
    9537         [ +  + ]:        1355 :     if (!recursing)
    9538                 :             :     {
    9539                 :             :         /* Recursion has ended, drop everything that was collected */
    9540                 :         986 :         performMultipleDeletions(addrs, behavior, 0);
    9541                 :         950 :         free_object_addresses(addrs);
    9542                 :             :     }
    9543                 :             : 
    9544                 :        1319 :     return object;
    9545                 :             : }
    9546                 :             : 
    9547                 :             : /*
    9548                 :             :  * Prepare to add a primary key on a table, by adding not-null constraints
    9549                 :             :  * on all columns.
    9550                 :             :  *
    9551                 :             :  * The not-null constraints for a primary key must cover the whole inheritance
    9552                 :             :  * hierarchy (failing to ensure that leads to funny corner cases).  For the
    9553                 :             :  * normal case where we're asked to recurse, this routine checks if the
    9554                 :             :  * not-null constraints exist already, and if not queues a requirement for
    9555                 :             :  * them to be created by phase 2.
    9556                 :             :  *
    9557                 :             :  * For the case where we're asked not to recurse, we verify that a not-null
    9558                 :             :  * constraint exists on each column of each (direct) child table, throwing an
    9559                 :             :  * error if not.  Not throwing an error would also work, because a not-null
    9560                 :             :  * constraint would be created anyway, but it'd cause a silent scan of the
    9561                 :             :  * child table to verify absence of nulls.  We prefer to let the user know so
    9562                 :             :  * that they can add the constraint manually without having to hold
    9563                 :             :  * AccessExclusiveLock while at it.
    9564                 :             :  *
    9565                 :             :  * However, it's also important that we do not acquire locks on children if
    9566                 :             :  * the not-null constraints already exist on the parent, to avoid risking
    9567                 :             :  * deadlocks during parallel pg_restore of PKs on partitioned tables.
    9568                 :             :  */
    9569                 :             : static void
    9570                 :       10060 : ATPrepAddPrimaryKey(List **wqueue, Relation rel, AlterTableCmd *cmd,
    9571                 :             :                     bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode,
    9572                 :             :                     AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
    9573                 :             : {
    9574                 :             :     Constraint *pkconstr;
    9575                 :       10060 :     List       *children = NIL;
    9576                 :       10060 :     bool        got_children = false;
    9577                 :             : 
    9578                 :       10060 :     pkconstr = castNode(Constraint, cmd->def);
    9579         [ +  + ]:       10060 :     if (pkconstr->contype != CONSTR_PRIMARY)
    9580                 :        5979 :         return;
    9581                 :             : 
    9582                 :             :     /* Verify that columns are not-null, or request that they be made so */
    9583   [ +  +  +  +  :        8743 :     foreach_node(String, column, pkconstr->keys)
                   +  + ]
    9584                 :             :     {
    9585                 :             :         AlterTableCmd *newcmd;
    9586                 :             :         Constraint *nnconstr;
    9587                 :             :         HeapTuple   tuple;
    9588                 :             : 
    9589                 :             :         /*
    9590                 :             :          * First check if a suitable constraint exists.  If it does, we don't
    9591                 :             :          * need to request another one.  We do need to bail out if it's not
    9592                 :             :          * valid, though.
    9593                 :             :          */
    9594                 :         621 :         tuple = findNotNullConstraint(RelationGetRelid(rel), strVal(column));
    9595         [ +  + ]:         621 :         if (tuple != NULL)
    9596                 :             :         {
    9597                 :         294 :             verifyNotNullPKCompatible(tuple, strVal(column));
    9598                 :             : 
    9599                 :             :             /* All good with this one; don't request another */
    9600                 :         286 :             heap_freetuple(tuple);
    9601                 :         286 :             continue;
    9602                 :             :         }
    9603         [ +  + ]:         327 :         else if (!recurse)
    9604                 :             :         {
    9605                 :             :             /*
    9606                 :             :              * No constraint on this column.  Asked not to recurse, we won't
    9607                 :             :              * create one here, but verify that all children have one.
    9608                 :             :              */
    9609         [ +  - ]:          24 :             if (!got_children)
    9610                 :             :             {
    9611                 :          24 :                 children = find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel),
    9612                 :             :                                                      lockmode);
    9613                 :             :                 /* only search for children on the first time through */
    9614                 :          24 :                 got_children = true;
    9615                 :             :             }
    9616                 :             : 
    9617   [ +  -  +  +  :          48 :             foreach_oid(childrelid, children)
                   +  + ]
    9618                 :             :             {
    9619                 :             :                 HeapTuple   tup;
    9620                 :             : 
    9621                 :          24 :                 tup = findNotNullConstraint(childrelid, strVal(column));
    9622         [ +  + ]:          24 :                 if (!tup)
    9623         [ +  - ]:           4 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    9624                 :             :                             errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
    9625                 :             :                             errmsg("column \"%s\" of table \"%s\" is not marked NOT NULL",
    9626                 :             :                                    strVal(column), get_rel_name(childrelid)));
    9627                 :             :                 /* verify it's good enough */
    9628                 :          20 :                 verifyNotNullPKCompatible(tup, strVal(column));
    9629                 :             :             }
    9630                 :             :         }
    9631                 :             : 
    9632                 :             :         /* This column is not already not-null, so add it to the queue */
    9633                 :         315 :         nnconstr = makeNotNullConstraint(column);
    9634                 :             : 
    9635                 :         315 :         newcmd = makeNode(AlterTableCmd);
    9636                 :         315 :         newcmd->subtype = AT_AddConstraint;
    9637                 :             :         /* note we force recurse=true here; see above */
    9638                 :         315 :         newcmd->recurse = true;
    9639                 :         315 :         newcmd->def = (Node *) nnconstr;
    9640                 :             : 
    9641                 :         315 :         ATPrepCmd(wqueue, rel, newcmd, true, false, lockmode, context);
    9642                 :             :     }
    9643                 :             : }
    9644                 :             : 
    9645                 :             : /*
    9646                 :             :  * Verify whether the given not-null constraint is compatible with a
    9647                 :             :  * primary key.  If not, an error is thrown.
    9648                 :             :  */
    9649                 :             : static void
    9650                 :         314 : verifyNotNullPKCompatible(HeapTuple tuple, const char *colname)
    9651                 :             : {
    9652                 :         314 :     Form_pg_constraint conForm = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
    9653                 :             : 
    9654         [ -  + ]:         314 :     if (conForm->contype != CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
    9655         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "constraint %u is not a not-null constraint", conForm->oid);
    9656                 :             : 
    9657                 :             :     /* a NO INHERIT constraint is no good */
    9658         [ +  + ]:         314 :     if (conForm->connoinherit)
    9659         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
    9660                 :             :                 errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
    9661                 :             :                 errmsg("cannot create primary key on column \"%s\"", colname),
    9662                 :             :         /*- translator: fourth %s is a constraint characteristic such as NOT VALID */
    9663                 :             :                 errdetail("The constraint \"%s\" on column \"%s\" of table \"%s\", marked %s, is incompatible with a primary key.",
    9664                 :             :                           NameStr(conForm->conname), colname,
    9665                 :             :                           get_rel_name(conForm->conrelid), "NO INHERIT"),
    9666                 :             :                 errhint("You might need to make the existing constraint inheritable using %s.",
    9667                 :             :                         "ALTER TABLE ... ALTER CONSTRAINT ... INHERIT"));
    9668                 :             : 
    9669                 :             :     /* an unvalidated constraint is no good */
    9670         [ +  + ]:         306 :     if (!conForm->convalidated)
    9671         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
    9672                 :             :                 errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
    9673                 :             :                 errmsg("cannot create primary key on column \"%s\"", colname),
    9674                 :             :         /*- translator: fourth %s is a constraint characteristic such as NOT VALID */
    9675                 :             :                 errdetail("The constraint \"%s\" on column \"%s\" of table \"%s\", marked %s, is incompatible with a primary key.",
    9676                 :             :                           NameStr(conForm->conname), colname,
    9677                 :             :                           get_rel_name(conForm->conrelid), "NOT VALID"),
    9678                 :             :                 errhint("You might need to validate it using %s.",
    9679                 :             :                         "ALTER TABLE ... VALIDATE CONSTRAINT"));
    9680                 :         298 : }
    9681                 :             : 
    9682                 :             : /*
    9683                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ADD INDEX
    9684                 :             :  *
    9685                 :             :  * There is no such command in the grammar, but parse_utilcmd.c converts
    9686                 :             :  * UNIQUE and PRIMARY KEY constraints into AT_AddIndex subcommands.  This lets
    9687                 :             :  * us schedule creation of the index at the appropriate time during ALTER.
    9688                 :             :  *
    9689                 :             :  * Return value is the address of the new index.
    9690                 :             :  */
    9691                 :             : static ObjectAddress
    9692                 :        1108 : ATExecAddIndex(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel,
    9693                 :             :                IndexStmt *stmt, bool is_rebuild, LOCKMODE lockmode)
    9694                 :             : {
    9695                 :             :     bool        check_rights;
    9696                 :             :     bool        skip_build;
    9697                 :             :     bool        quiet;
    9698                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
    9699                 :             : 
    9700                 :             :     Assert(IsA(stmt, IndexStmt));
    9701                 :             :     Assert(!stmt->concurrent);
    9702                 :             : 
    9703                 :             :     /* The IndexStmt has already been through transformIndexStmt */
    9704                 :             :     Assert(stmt->transformed);
    9705                 :             : 
    9706                 :             :     /* suppress schema rights check when rebuilding existing index */
    9707                 :        1108 :     check_rights = !is_rebuild;
    9708                 :             :     /* skip index build if phase 3 will do it or we're reusing an old one */
    9709   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1108 :     skip_build = tab->rewrite > 0 || RelFileNumberIsValid(stmt->oldNumber);
    9710                 :             :     /* suppress notices when rebuilding existing index */
    9711                 :        1108 :     quiet = is_rebuild;
    9712                 :             : 
    9713                 :        1108 :     address = DefineIndex(NULL,
    9714                 :             :                           RelationGetRelid(rel),
    9715                 :             :                           stmt,
    9716                 :             :                           InvalidOid,   /* no predefined OID */
    9717                 :             :                           InvalidOid,   /* no parent index */
    9718                 :             :                           InvalidOid,   /* no parent constraint */
    9719                 :             :                           -1,   /* total_parts unknown */
    9720                 :             :                           true, /* is_alter_table */
    9721                 :             :                           check_rights,
    9722                 :             :                           false,    /* check_not_in_use - we did it already */
    9723                 :             :                           skip_build,
    9724                 :             :                           quiet);
    9725                 :             : 
    9726                 :             :     /*
    9727                 :             :      * If TryReuseIndex() stashed a relfilenumber for us, we used it for the
    9728                 :             :      * new index instead of building from scratch.  Restore associated fields.
    9729                 :             :      * This may store InvalidSubTransactionId in both fields, in which case
    9730                 :             :      * relcache.c will assume it can rebuild the relcache entry.  Hence, do
    9731                 :             :      * this after the CCI that made catalog rows visible to any rebuild.  The
    9732                 :             :      * DROP of the old edition of this index will have scheduled the storage
    9733                 :             :      * for deletion at commit, so cancel that pending deletion.
    9734                 :             :      */
    9735         [ +  + ]:         995 :     if (RelFileNumberIsValid(stmt->oldNumber))
    9736                 :             :     {
    9737                 :          49 :         Relation    irel = index_open(address.objectId, NoLock);
    9738                 :             : 
    9739                 :          49 :         irel->rd_createSubid = stmt->oldCreateSubid;
    9740                 :          49 :         irel->rd_firstRelfilelocatorSubid = stmt->oldFirstRelfilelocatorSubid;
    9741                 :          49 :         RelationPreserveStorage(irel->rd_locator, true);
    9742                 :          49 :         index_close(irel, NoLock);
    9743                 :             :     }
    9744                 :             : 
    9745                 :         995 :     return address;
    9746                 :             : }
    9747                 :             : 
    9748                 :             : /*
    9749                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ADD STATISTICS
    9750                 :             :  *
    9751                 :             :  * This is no such command in the grammar, but we use this internally to add
    9752                 :             :  * AT_ReAddStatistics subcommands to rebuild extended statistics after a table
    9753                 :             :  * column type change.
    9754                 :             :  */
    9755                 :             : static ObjectAddress
    9756                 :          57 : ATExecAddStatistics(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel,
    9757                 :             :                     CreateStatsStmt *stmt, bool is_rebuild, LOCKMODE lockmode)
    9758                 :             : {
    9759                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
    9760                 :             : 
    9761                 :             :     Assert(IsA(stmt, CreateStatsStmt));
    9762                 :             : 
    9763                 :             :     /* The CreateStatsStmt has already been through transformStatsStmt */
    9764                 :             :     Assert(stmt->transformed);
    9765                 :             : 
    9766                 :             :     /* The owner must be set to the original statistics owner */
    9767                 :             :     Assert(OidIsValid(stmt->owner));
    9768                 :             : 
    9769                 :          57 :     address = CreateStatistics(list_make1_oid(RelationGetRelid(rel)),
    9770                 :          57 :                                stmt, !is_rebuild);
    9771                 :             : 
    9772                 :          57 :     return address;
    9773                 :             : }
    9774                 :             : 
    9775                 :             : /*
    9776                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ADD CONSTRAINT USING INDEX
    9777                 :             :  *
    9778                 :             :  * Returns the address of the new constraint.
    9779                 :             :  */
    9780                 :             : static ObjectAddress
    9781                 :        6323 : ATExecAddIndexConstraint(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel,
    9782                 :             :                          IndexStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode)
    9783                 :             : {
    9784                 :        6323 :     Oid         index_oid = stmt->indexOid;
    9785                 :             :     Relation    indexRel;
    9786                 :             :     char       *indexName;
    9787                 :             :     IndexInfo  *indexInfo;
    9788                 :             :     char       *constraintName;
    9789                 :             :     char        constraintType;
    9790                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
    9791                 :             :     uint16      flags;
    9792                 :             : 
    9793                 :             :     Assert(IsA(stmt, IndexStmt));
    9794                 :             :     Assert(OidIsValid(index_oid));
    9795                 :             :     Assert(stmt->isconstraint);
    9796                 :             : 
    9797                 :             :     /*
    9798                 :             :      * Doing this on partitioned tables is not a simple feature to implement,
    9799                 :             :      * so let's punt for now.
    9800                 :             :      */
    9801         [ +  + ]:        6323 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
    9802         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
    9803                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    9804                 :             :                  errmsg("ALTER TABLE / ADD CONSTRAINT USING INDEX is not supported on partitioned tables")));
    9805                 :             : 
    9806                 :        6319 :     indexRel = index_open(index_oid, AccessShareLock);
    9807                 :             : 
    9808                 :        6319 :     indexName = pstrdup(RelationGetRelationName(indexRel));
    9809                 :             : 
    9810                 :        6319 :     indexInfo = BuildIndexInfo(indexRel);
    9811                 :             : 
    9812                 :             :     /* this should have been checked at parse time */
    9813         [ -  + ]:        6319 :     if (!indexInfo->ii_Unique)
    9814         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "index \"%s\" is not unique", indexName);
    9815                 :             : 
    9816                 :             :     /*
    9817                 :             :      * Determine name to assign to constraint.  We require a constraint to
    9818                 :             :      * have the same name as the underlying index; therefore, use the index's
    9819                 :             :      * existing name as the default constraint name, and if the user
    9820                 :             :      * explicitly gives some other name for the constraint, rename the index
    9821                 :             :      * to match.
    9822                 :             :      */
    9823                 :        6319 :     constraintName = stmt->idxname;
    9824         [ +  + ]:        6319 :     if (constraintName == NULL)
    9825                 :        6302 :         constraintName = indexName;
    9826         [ +  + ]:          17 :     else if (strcmp(constraintName, indexName) != 0)
    9827                 :             :     {
    9828         [ +  - ]:          13 :         ereport(NOTICE,
    9829                 :             :                 (errmsg("ALTER TABLE / ADD CONSTRAINT USING INDEX will rename index \"%s\" to \"%s\"",
    9830                 :             :                         indexName, constraintName)));
    9831                 :          13 :         RenameRelationInternal(index_oid, constraintName, false, true);
    9832                 :             :     }
    9833                 :             : 
    9834                 :             :     /* Extra checks needed if making primary key */
    9835         [ +  + ]:        6319 :     if (stmt->primary)
    9836                 :        3570 :         index_check_primary_key(rel, indexInfo, true, stmt);
    9837                 :             : 
    9838                 :             :     /* Note we currently don't support EXCLUSION constraints here */
    9839         [ +  + ]:        6315 :     if (stmt->primary)
    9840                 :        3566 :         constraintType = CONSTRAINT_PRIMARY;
    9841                 :             :     else
    9842                 :        2749 :         constraintType = CONSTRAINT_UNIQUE;
    9843                 :             : 
    9844                 :             :     /* Create the catalog entries for the constraint */
    9845                 :        6315 :     flags = INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_UPDATE_INDEX |
    9846                 :             :         INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_REMOVE_OLD_DEPS |
    9847         [ -  + ]:       12630 :         (stmt->initdeferred ? INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_INIT_DEFERRED : 0) |
    9848         [ -  + ]:        6315 :         (stmt->deferrable ? INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_DEFERRABLE : 0) |
    9849                 :        6315 :         (stmt->primary ? INDEX_CONSTR_CREATE_MARK_AS_PRIMARY : 0);
    9850                 :             : 
    9851                 :        6315 :     address = index_constraint_create(rel,
    9852                 :             :                                       index_oid,
    9853                 :             :                                       InvalidOid,
    9854                 :             :                                       indexInfo,
    9855                 :             :                                       constraintName,
    9856                 :             :                                       constraintType,
    9857                 :             :                                       flags,
    9858                 :             :                                       allowSystemTableMods,
    9859                 :             :                                       false);   /* is_internal */
    9860                 :             : 
    9861                 :        6315 :     index_close(indexRel, NoLock);
    9862                 :             : 
    9863                 :        6315 :     return address;
    9864                 :             : }
    9865                 :             : 
    9866                 :             : /*
    9867                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ADD CONSTRAINT
    9868                 :             :  *
    9869                 :             :  * Return value is the address of the new constraint; if no constraint was
    9870                 :             :  * added, InvalidObjectAddress is returned.
    9871                 :             :  */
    9872                 :             : static ObjectAddress
    9873                 :        8191 : ATExecAddConstraint(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel,
    9874                 :             :                     Constraint *newConstraint, bool recurse, bool is_readd,
    9875                 :             :                     LOCKMODE lockmode)
    9876                 :             : {
    9877                 :        8191 :     ObjectAddress address = InvalidObjectAddress;
    9878                 :             : 
    9879                 :             :     Assert(IsA(newConstraint, Constraint));
    9880                 :             : 
    9881                 :             :     /*
    9882                 :             :      * Currently, we only expect to see CONSTR_CHECK, CONSTR_NOTNULL and
    9883                 :             :      * CONSTR_FOREIGN nodes arriving here (see the preprocessing done in
    9884                 :             :      * parse_utilcmd.c).
    9885                 :             :      */
    9886      [ +  +  - ]:        8191 :     switch (newConstraint->contype)
    9887                 :             :     {
    9888                 :        6299 :         case CONSTR_CHECK:
    9889                 :             :         case CONSTR_NOTNULL:
    9890                 :             :             address =
    9891                 :        6299 :                 ATAddCheckNNConstraint(wqueue, tab, rel,
    9892                 :             :                                        newConstraint, recurse, false, is_readd,
    9893                 :             :                                        lockmode);
    9894                 :        6199 :             break;
    9895                 :             : 
    9896                 :        1892 :         case CONSTR_FOREIGN:
    9897                 :             : 
    9898                 :             :             /*
    9899                 :             :              * Assign or validate constraint name
    9900                 :             :              */
    9901         [ +  + ]:        1892 :             if (newConstraint->conname)
    9902                 :             :             {
    9903         [ -  + ]:         762 :                 if (ConstraintNameIsUsed(CONSTRAINT_RELATION,
    9904                 :             :                                          RelationGetRelid(rel),
    9905                 :         762 :                                          newConstraint->conname))
    9906         [ #  # ]:           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    9907                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_OBJECT),
    9908                 :             :                              errmsg("constraint \"%s\" for relation \"%s\" already exists",
    9909                 :             :                                     newConstraint->conname,
    9910                 :             :                                     RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
    9911                 :             :             }
    9912                 :             :             else
    9913                 :        1130 :                 newConstraint->conname =
    9914                 :        1130 :                     ChooseConstraintName(RelationGetRelationName(rel),
    9915                 :        1130 :                                          ChooseForeignKeyConstraintNameAddition(newConstraint->fk_attrs),
    9916                 :             :                                          "fkey",
    9917                 :        1130 :                                          RelationGetNamespace(rel),
    9918                 :             :                                          NIL);
    9919                 :             : 
    9920                 :        1892 :             address = ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(wqueue, tab, rel,
    9921                 :             :                                                 newConstraint,
    9922                 :             :                                                 recurse, false,
    9923                 :             :                                                 lockmode);
    9924                 :        1523 :             break;
    9925                 :             : 
    9926                 :           0 :         default:
    9927         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "unrecognized constraint type: %d",
    9928                 :             :                  (int) newConstraint->contype);
    9929                 :             :     }
    9930                 :             : 
    9931                 :        7722 :     return address;
    9932                 :             : }
    9933                 :             : 
    9934                 :             : /*
    9935                 :             :  * Generate the column-name portion of the constraint name for a new foreign
    9936                 :             :  * key given the list of column names that reference the referenced
    9937                 :             :  * table.  This will be passed to ChooseConstraintName along with the parent
    9938                 :             :  * table name and the "fkey" suffix.
    9939                 :             :  *
    9940                 :             :  * We know that less than NAMEDATALEN characters will actually be used, so we
    9941                 :             :  * can truncate the result once we've generated that many.
    9942                 :             :  *
    9943                 :             :  * XXX see also ChooseExtendedStatisticNameAddition and
    9944                 :             :  * ChooseIndexNameAddition.
    9945                 :             :  */
    9946                 :             : static char *
    9947                 :        1130 : ChooseForeignKeyConstraintNameAddition(List *colnames)
    9948                 :             : {
    9949                 :             :     char        buf[NAMEDATALEN * 2];
    9950                 :        1130 :     int         buflen = 0;
    9951                 :             :     ListCell   *lc;
    9952                 :             : 
    9953                 :        1130 :     buf[0] = '\0';
    9954   [ +  -  +  +  :        2554 :     foreach(lc, colnames)
                   +  + ]
    9955                 :             :     {
    9956                 :        1424 :         const char *name = strVal(lfirst(lc));
    9957                 :             : 
    9958         [ +  + ]:        1424 :         if (buflen > 0)
    9959                 :         294 :             buf[buflen++] = '_';    /* insert _ between names */
    9960                 :             : 
    9961                 :             :         /*
    9962                 :             :          * At this point we have buflen <= NAMEDATALEN.  name should be less
    9963                 :             :          * than NAMEDATALEN already, but use strlcpy for paranoia.
    9964                 :             :          */
    9965                 :        1424 :         strlcpy(buf + buflen, name, NAMEDATALEN);
    9966                 :        1424 :         buflen += strlen(buf + buflen);
    9967         [ -  + ]:        1424 :         if (buflen >= NAMEDATALEN)
    9968                 :           0 :             break;
    9969                 :             :     }
    9970                 :        1130 :     return pstrdup(buf);
    9971                 :             : }
    9972                 :             : 
    9973                 :             : /*
    9974                 :             :  * Add a check or not-null constraint to a single table and its children.
    9975                 :             :  * Returns the address of the constraint added to the parent relation,
    9976                 :             :  * if one gets added, or InvalidObjectAddress otherwise.
    9977                 :             :  *
    9978                 :             :  * Subroutine for ATExecAddConstraint.
    9979                 :             :  *
    9980                 :             :  * We must recurse to child tables during execution, rather than using
    9981                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE's normal prep-time recursion.  The reason is that all the
    9982                 :             :  * constraints *must* be given the same name, else they won't be seen as
    9983                 :             :  * related later.  If the user didn't explicitly specify a name, then
    9984                 :             :  * AddRelationNewConstraints would normally assign different names to the
    9985                 :             :  * child constraints.  To fix that, we must capture the name assigned at
    9986                 :             :  * the parent table and pass that down.
    9987                 :             :  */
    9988                 :             : static ObjectAddress
    9989                 :        6905 : ATAddCheckNNConstraint(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel,
    9990                 :             :                        Constraint *constr, bool recurse, bool recursing,
    9991                 :             :                        bool is_readd, LOCKMODE lockmode)
    9992                 :             : {
    9993                 :             :     List       *newcons;
    9994                 :             :     ListCell   *lcon;
    9995                 :             :     List       *children;
    9996                 :             :     ListCell   *child;
    9997                 :        6905 :     ObjectAddress address = InvalidObjectAddress;
    9998                 :             : 
    9999                 :             :     /* Guard against stack overflow due to overly deep inheritance tree. */
   10000                 :        6905 :     check_stack_depth();
   10001                 :             : 
   10002                 :             :     /* At top level, permission check was done in ATPrepCmd, else do it */
   10003         [ +  + ]:        6905 :     if (recursing)
   10004                 :         606 :         ATSimplePermissions(AT_AddConstraint, rel,
   10005                 :             :                             ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
   10006                 :             : 
   10007                 :             :     /*
   10008                 :             :      * Call AddRelationNewConstraints to do the work, making sure it works on
   10009                 :             :      * a copy of the Constraint so transformExpr can't modify the original. It
   10010                 :             :      * returns a list of cooked constraints.
   10011                 :             :      *
   10012                 :             :      * If the constraint ends up getting merged with a pre-existing one, it's
   10013                 :             :      * omitted from the returned list, which is what we want: we do not need
   10014                 :             :      * to do any validation work.  That can only happen at child tables,
   10015                 :             :      * though, since we disallow merging at the top level.
   10016                 :             :      */
   10017                 :        6905 :     newcons = AddRelationNewConstraints(rel, NIL,
   10018                 :             :                                         list_make1(copyObject(constr)),
   10019         [ +  + ]:        6905 :                                         recursing || is_readd,  /* allow_merge */
   10020                 :             :                                         !recursing, /* is_local */
   10021                 :             :                                         is_readd,   /* is_internal */
   10022         [ +  + ]:       13810 :                                         NULL);  /* queryString not available
   10023                 :             :                                                  * here */
   10024                 :             : 
   10025                 :             :     /* we don't expect more than one constraint here */
   10026                 :             :     Assert(list_length(newcons) <= 1);
   10027                 :             : 
   10028                 :             :     /* Add each to-be-validated constraint to Phase 3's queue */
   10029   [ +  +  +  +  :       13488 :     foreach(lcon, newcons)
                   +  + ]
   10030                 :             :     {
   10031                 :        6679 :         CookedConstraint *ccon = (CookedConstraint *) lfirst(lcon);
   10032                 :             : 
   10033   [ +  +  +  + ]:        6679 :         if (!ccon->skip_validation && ccon->contype != CONSTR_NOTNULL)
   10034                 :             :         {
   10035                 :             :             NewConstraint *newcon;
   10036                 :             : 
   10037                 :         695 :             newcon = palloc0_object(NewConstraint);
   10038                 :         695 :             newcon->name = ccon->name;
   10039                 :         695 :             newcon->contype = ccon->contype;
   10040                 :         695 :             newcon->qual = ccon->expr;
   10041                 :             : 
   10042                 :         695 :             tab->constraints = lappend(tab->constraints, newcon);
   10043                 :             :         }
   10044                 :             : 
   10045                 :             :         /* Save the actually assigned name if it was defaulted */
   10046         [ +  + ]:        6679 :         if (constr->conname == NULL)
   10047                 :        5382 :             constr->conname = ccon->name;
   10048                 :             : 
   10049                 :             :         /*
   10050                 :             :          * If adding a valid not-null constraint, set the pg_attribute flag
   10051                 :             :          * and tell phase 3 to verify existing rows, if needed.  For an
   10052                 :             :          * invalid constraint, just set attnotnull, without queueing
   10053                 :             :          * verification.
   10054                 :             :          */
   10055         [ +  + ]:        6679 :         if (constr->contype == CONSTR_NOTNULL)
   10056                 :        5719 :             set_attnotnull(wqueue, rel, ccon->attnum,
   10057                 :        5719 :                            !constr->skip_validation);
   10058                 :             : 
   10059                 :        6679 :         ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, ccon->conoid);
   10060                 :             :     }
   10061                 :             : 
   10062                 :             :     /* At this point we must have a locked-down name to use */
   10063                 :             :     Assert(newcons == NIL || constr->conname != NULL);
   10064                 :             : 
   10065                 :             :     /* Advance command counter in case same table is visited multiple times */
   10066                 :        6809 :     CommandCounterIncrement();
   10067                 :             : 
   10068                 :             :     /*
   10069                 :             :      * If the constraint got merged with an existing constraint, we're done.
   10070                 :             :      * We mustn't recurse to child tables in this case, because they've
   10071                 :             :      * already got the constraint, and visiting them again would lead to an
   10072                 :             :      * incorrect value for coninhcount.
   10073                 :             :      */
   10074         [ +  + ]:        6809 :     if (newcons == NIL)
   10075                 :         130 :         return address;
   10076                 :             : 
   10077                 :             :     /*
   10078                 :             :      * If adding a NO INHERIT constraint, no need to find our children.
   10079                 :             :      */
   10080         [ +  + ]:        6679 :     if (constr->is_no_inherit)
   10081                 :          56 :         return address;
   10082                 :             : 
   10083                 :             :     /*
   10084                 :             :      * Propagate to children as appropriate.  Unlike most other ALTER
   10085                 :             :      * routines, we have to do this one level of recursion at a time; we can't
   10086                 :             :      * use find_all_inheritors to do it in one pass.
   10087                 :             :      */
   10088                 :             :     children =
   10089                 :        6623 :         find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode);
   10090                 :             : 
   10091                 :             :     /*
   10092                 :             :      * Check if ONLY was specified with ALTER TABLE.  If so, allow the
   10093                 :             :      * constraint creation only if there are no children currently. Error out
   10094                 :             :      * otherwise.
   10095                 :             :      */
   10096   [ +  +  +  + ]:        6623 :     if (!recurse && children != NIL)
   10097         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   10098                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
   10099                 :             :                  errmsg("constraint must be added to child tables too")));
   10100                 :             : 
   10101                 :             :     /*
   10102                 :             :      * Recurse to create the constraint on each child.
   10103                 :             :      */
   10104   [ +  +  +  +  :        7205 :     foreach(child, children)
                   +  + ]
   10105                 :             :     {
   10106                 :         606 :         Oid         childrelid = lfirst_oid(child);
   10107                 :             :         Relation    childrel;
   10108                 :             :         AlteredTableInfo *childtab;
   10109                 :             : 
   10110                 :             :         /* find_inheritance_children already got lock */
   10111                 :         606 :         childrel = table_open(childrelid, NoLock);
   10112                 :         606 :         CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
   10113                 :             : 
   10114                 :             :         /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */
   10115                 :         606 :         childtab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, childrel);
   10116                 :             : 
   10117                 :             :         /* Recurse to this child */
   10118                 :         606 :         ATAddCheckNNConstraint(wqueue, childtab, childrel,
   10119                 :             :                                constr, recurse, true, is_readd, lockmode);
   10120                 :             : 
   10121                 :         586 :         table_close(childrel, NoLock);
   10122                 :             :     }
   10123                 :             : 
   10124                 :        6599 :     return address;
   10125                 :             : }
   10126                 :             : 
   10127                 :             : /*
   10128                 :             :  * Add a foreign-key constraint to a single table; return the new constraint's
   10129                 :             :  * address.
   10130                 :             :  *
   10131                 :             :  * Subroutine for ATExecAddConstraint.  Must already hold exclusive
   10132                 :             :  * lock on the rel, and have done appropriate validity checks for it.
   10133                 :             :  * We do permissions checks here, however.
   10134                 :             :  *
   10135                 :             :  * When the referenced or referencing tables (or both) are partitioned,
   10136                 :             :  * multiple pg_constraint rows are required -- one for each partitioned table
   10137                 :             :  * and each partition on each side (fortunately, not one for every combination
   10138                 :             :  * thereof).  We also need action triggers on each leaf partition on the
   10139                 :             :  * referenced side, and check triggers on each leaf partition on the
   10140                 :             :  * referencing side.
   10141                 :             :  */
   10142                 :             : static ObjectAddress
   10143                 :        1892 : ATAddForeignKeyConstraint(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel,
   10144                 :             :                           Constraint *fkconstraint,
   10145                 :             :                           bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   10146                 :             : {
   10147                 :             :     Relation    pkrel;
   10148                 :        1892 :     int16       pkattnum[INDEX_MAX_KEYS] = {0};
   10149                 :        1892 :     int16       fkattnum[INDEX_MAX_KEYS] = {0};
   10150                 :        1892 :     Oid         pktypoid[INDEX_MAX_KEYS] = {0};
   10151                 :        1892 :     Oid         fktypoid[INDEX_MAX_KEYS] = {0};
   10152                 :        1892 :     Oid         pkcolloid[INDEX_MAX_KEYS] = {0};
   10153                 :        1892 :     Oid         fkcolloid[INDEX_MAX_KEYS] = {0};
   10154                 :        1892 :     Oid         opclasses[INDEX_MAX_KEYS] = {0};
   10155                 :        1892 :     Oid         pfeqoperators[INDEX_MAX_KEYS] = {0};
   10156                 :        1892 :     Oid         ppeqoperators[INDEX_MAX_KEYS] = {0};
   10157                 :        1892 :     Oid         ffeqoperators[INDEX_MAX_KEYS] = {0};
   10158                 :        1892 :     int16       fkdelsetcols[INDEX_MAX_KEYS] = {0};
   10159                 :             :     bool        with_period;
   10160                 :             :     bool        pk_has_without_overlaps;
   10161                 :             :     int         i;
   10162                 :             :     int         numfks,
   10163                 :             :                 numpks,
   10164                 :             :                 numfkdelsetcols;
   10165                 :             :     Oid         indexOid;
   10166                 :             :     bool        old_check_ok;
   10167                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
   10168                 :        1892 :     ListCell   *old_pfeqop_item = list_head(fkconstraint->old_conpfeqop);
   10169                 :             : 
   10170                 :             :     /*
   10171                 :             :      * Grab ShareRowExclusiveLock on the pk table, so that someone doesn't
   10172                 :             :      * delete rows out from under us.
   10173                 :             :      */
   10174         [ +  + ]:        1892 :     if (OidIsValid(fkconstraint->old_pktable_oid))
   10175                 :          48 :         pkrel = table_open(fkconstraint->old_pktable_oid, ShareRowExclusiveLock);
   10176                 :             :     else
   10177                 :        1844 :         pkrel = table_openrv(fkconstraint->pktable, ShareRowExclusiveLock);
   10178                 :             : 
   10179                 :             :     /*
   10180                 :             :      * Validity checks (permission checks wait till we have the column
   10181                 :             :      * numbers)
   10182                 :             :      */
   10183   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1888 :     if (!recurse && rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   10184         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   10185                 :             :                 errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   10186                 :             :                 errmsg("cannot use ONLY for foreign key on partitioned table \"%s\" referencing relation \"%s\"",
   10187                 :             :                        RelationGetRelationName(rel),
   10188                 :             :                        RelationGetRelationName(pkrel)));
   10189                 :             : 
   10190         [ +  + ]:        1884 :     if (pkrel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
   10191         [ -  + ]:         226 :         pkrel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   10192         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   10193                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   10194                 :             :                  errmsg("referenced relation \"%s\" is not a table",
   10195                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
   10196                 :             : 
   10197                 :             :     /*
   10198                 :             :      * Conflict log tables are used internally for logical replication
   10199                 :             :      * conflict logging and should not be referenced by foreign keys, as it
   10200                 :             :      * could disrupt conflict logging.
   10201                 :             :      */
   10202         [ +  + ]:        1884 :     if (IsConflictLogTableClass(pkrel->rd_rel))
   10203         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   10204                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   10205                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot reference conflict log table \"%s\"",
   10206                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(pkrel)),
   10207                 :             :                  errdetail("Conflict log tables are system-managed tables for logical replication conflicts.")));
   10208                 :             : 
   10209   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1880 :     if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemRelation(pkrel))
   10210         [ +  - ]:           1 :         ereport(ERROR,
   10211                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
   10212                 :             :                  errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
   10213                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
   10214                 :             : 
   10215                 :             :     /*
   10216                 :             :      * References from permanent or unlogged tables to temp tables, and from
   10217                 :             :      * permanent tables to unlogged tables, are disallowed because the
   10218                 :             :      * referenced data can vanish out from under us.  References from temp
   10219                 :             :      * tables to any other table type are also disallowed, because other
   10220                 :             :      * backends might need to run the RI triggers on the perm table, but they
   10221                 :             :      * can't reliably see tuples in the local buffers of other backends.
   10222                 :             :      */
   10223   [ +  +  +  - ]:        1879 :     switch (rel->rd_rel->relpersistence)
   10224                 :             :     {
   10225                 :        1686 :         case RELPERSISTENCE_PERMANENT:
   10226         [ -  + ]:        1686 :             if (!RelationIsPermanent(pkrel))
   10227         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   10228                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
   10229                 :             :                          errmsg("constraints on permanent tables may reference only permanent tables")));
   10230                 :        1686 :             break;
   10231                 :           8 :         case RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED:
   10232         [ +  - ]:           8 :             if (!RelationIsPermanent(pkrel)
   10233         [ -  + ]:           8 :                 && pkrel->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED)
   10234         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   10235                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
   10236                 :             :                          errmsg("constraints on unlogged tables may reference only permanent or unlogged tables")));
   10237                 :           8 :             break;
   10238                 :         185 :         case RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP:
   10239         [ -  + ]:         185 :             if (pkrel->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
   10240         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   10241                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
   10242                 :             :                          errmsg("constraints on temporary tables may reference only temporary tables")));
   10243   [ +  -  -  + ]:         185 :             if (!pkrel->rd_islocaltemp || !rel->rd_islocaltemp)
   10244         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   10245                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
   10246                 :             :                          errmsg("constraints on temporary tables must involve temporary tables of this session")));
   10247                 :         185 :             break;
   10248                 :             :     }
   10249                 :             : 
   10250                 :             :     /*
   10251                 :             :      * Look up the referencing attributes to make sure they exist, and record
   10252                 :             :      * their attnums and type and collation OIDs.
   10253                 :             :      */
   10254                 :        1879 :     numfks = transformColumnNameList(RelationGetRelid(rel),
   10255                 :             :                                      fkconstraint->fk_attrs,
   10256                 :             :                                      fkattnum, fktypoid, fkcolloid);
   10257   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1859 :     with_period = fkconstraint->fk_with_period || fkconstraint->pk_with_period;
   10258   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1859 :     if (with_period && !fkconstraint->fk_with_period)
   10259         [ +  - ]:          16 :         ereport(ERROR,
   10260                 :             :                 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
   10261                 :             :                 errmsg("foreign key uses PERIOD on the referenced table but not the referencing table"));
   10262                 :             : 
   10263                 :        1843 :     numfkdelsetcols = transformColumnNameList(RelationGetRelid(rel),
   10264                 :             :                                               fkconstraint->fk_del_set_cols,
   10265                 :             :                                               fkdelsetcols, NULL, NULL);
   10266                 :        1839 :     numfkdelsetcols = validateFkOnDeleteSetColumns(numfks, fkattnum,
   10267                 :             :                                                    numfkdelsetcols,
   10268                 :             :                                                    fkdelsetcols,
   10269                 :             :                                                    fkconstraint->fk_del_set_cols);
   10270                 :             : 
   10271                 :             :     /*
   10272                 :             :      * If the attribute list for the referenced table was omitted, lookup the
   10273                 :             :      * definition of the primary key and use it.  Otherwise, validate the
   10274                 :             :      * supplied attribute list.  In either case, discover the index OID and
   10275                 :             :      * index opclasses, and the attnums and type and collation OIDs of the
   10276                 :             :      * attributes.
   10277                 :             :      */
   10278         [ +  + ]:        1835 :     if (fkconstraint->pk_attrs == NIL)
   10279                 :             :     {
   10280                 :         904 :         numpks = transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey(pkrel, &indexOid,
   10281                 :             :                                             &fkconstraint->pk_attrs,
   10282                 :             :                                             pkattnum, pktypoid, pkcolloid,
   10283                 :             :                                             opclasses, &pk_has_without_overlaps);
   10284                 :             : 
   10285                 :             :         /* If the primary key uses WITHOUT OVERLAPS, the fk must use PERIOD */
   10286   [ +  +  +  + ]:         904 :         if (pk_has_without_overlaps && !fkconstraint->fk_with_period)
   10287         [ +  - ]:          16 :             ereport(ERROR,
   10288                 :             :                     errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
   10289                 :             :                     errmsg("foreign key uses PERIOD on the referenced table but not the referencing table"));
   10290                 :             :     }
   10291                 :             :     else
   10292                 :             :     {
   10293                 :         931 :         numpks = transformColumnNameList(RelationGetRelid(pkrel),
   10294                 :             :                                          fkconstraint->pk_attrs,
   10295                 :             :                                          pkattnum, pktypoid, pkcolloid);
   10296                 :             : 
   10297                 :             :         /* Since we got pk_attrs, one should be a period. */
   10298   [ +  +  +  + ]:         911 :         if (with_period && !fkconstraint->pk_with_period)
   10299         [ +  - ]:          16 :             ereport(ERROR,
   10300                 :             :                     errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
   10301                 :             :                     errmsg("foreign key uses PERIOD on the referencing table but not the referenced table"));
   10302                 :             : 
   10303                 :             :         /* Look for an index matching the column list */
   10304                 :         895 :         indexOid = transformFkeyCheckAttrs(pkrel, numpks, pkattnum,
   10305                 :             :                                            with_period, opclasses, &pk_has_without_overlaps);
   10306                 :             :     }
   10307                 :             : 
   10308                 :             :     /*
   10309                 :             :      * If the referenced primary key has WITHOUT OVERLAPS, the foreign key
   10310                 :             :      * must use PERIOD.
   10311                 :             :      */
   10312   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1759 :     if (pk_has_without_overlaps && !with_period)
   10313         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
   10314                 :             :                 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
   10315                 :             :                 errmsg("foreign key must use PERIOD when referencing a primary key using WITHOUT OVERLAPS"));
   10316                 :             : 
   10317                 :             :     /*
   10318                 :             :      * Now we can check permissions.
   10319                 :             :      */
   10320                 :        1751 :     checkFkeyPermissions(pkrel, pkattnum, numpks);
   10321                 :             : 
   10322                 :             :     /*
   10323                 :             :      * Check some things for generated columns.
   10324                 :             :      */
   10325         [ +  + ]:        4095 :     for (i = 0; i < numfks; i++)
   10326                 :             :     {
   10327                 :        2364 :         char        attgenerated = TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(rel), fkattnum[i] - 1)->attgenerated;
   10328                 :             : 
   10329         [ +  + ]:        2364 :         if (attgenerated)
   10330                 :             :         {
   10331                 :             :             /*
   10332                 :             :              * Check restrictions on UPDATE/DELETE actions, per SQL standard
   10333                 :             :              */
   10334         [ +  - ]:          32 :             if (fkconstraint->fk_upd_action == FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETNULL ||
   10335         [ +  - ]:          32 :                 fkconstraint->fk_upd_action == FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETDEFAULT ||
   10336         [ +  + ]:          32 :                 fkconstraint->fk_upd_action == FKCONSTR_ACTION_CASCADE)
   10337         [ +  - ]:           8 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   10338                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
   10339                 :             :                          errmsg("invalid %s action for foreign key constraint containing generated column",
   10340                 :             :                                 "ON UPDATE")));
   10341         [ +  + ]:          24 :             if (fkconstraint->fk_del_action == FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETNULL ||
   10342         [ -  + ]:          16 :                 fkconstraint->fk_del_action == FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETDEFAULT)
   10343         [ +  - ]:           8 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   10344                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
   10345                 :             :                          errmsg("invalid %s action for foreign key constraint containing generated column",
   10346                 :             :                                 "ON DELETE")));
   10347                 :             :         }
   10348                 :             : 
   10349                 :             :         /*
   10350                 :             :          * FKs on virtual columns are not supported.  This would require
   10351                 :             :          * various additional support in ri_triggers.c, including special
   10352                 :             :          * handling in ri_NullCheck(), ri_KeysEqual(),
   10353                 :             :          * RI_FKey_fk_upd_check_required() (since all virtual columns appear
   10354                 :             :          * as NULL there).  Also not really practical as long as you can't
   10355                 :             :          * index virtual columns.
   10356                 :             :          */
   10357         [ +  + ]:        2348 :         if (attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
   10358         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
   10359                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   10360                 :             :                      errmsg("foreign key constraints on virtual generated columns are not supported")));
   10361                 :             :     }
   10362                 :             : 
   10363                 :             :     /*
   10364                 :             :      * Some actions are currently unsupported for foreign keys using PERIOD.
   10365                 :             :      */
   10366         [ +  + ]:        1731 :     if (fkconstraint->fk_with_period)
   10367                 :             :     {
   10368         [ +  + ]:         178 :         if (fkconstraint->fk_upd_action == FKCONSTR_ACTION_RESTRICT ||
   10369         [ +  + ]:         170 :             fkconstraint->fk_upd_action == FKCONSTR_ACTION_CASCADE ||
   10370         [ +  + ]:         158 :             fkconstraint->fk_upd_action == FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETNULL ||
   10371         [ +  + ]:         146 :             fkconstraint->fk_upd_action == FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETDEFAULT)
   10372         [ +  - ]:          44 :             ereport(ERROR,
   10373                 :             :                     errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   10374                 :             :                     errmsg("unsupported %s action for foreign key constraint using PERIOD",
   10375                 :             :                            "ON UPDATE"));
   10376                 :             : 
   10377         [ +  + ]:         134 :         if (fkconstraint->fk_del_action == FKCONSTR_ACTION_RESTRICT ||
   10378         [ +  - ]:         130 :             fkconstraint->fk_del_action == FKCONSTR_ACTION_CASCADE ||
   10379         [ +  - ]:         130 :             fkconstraint->fk_del_action == FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETNULL ||
   10380         [ -  + ]:         130 :             fkconstraint->fk_del_action == FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETDEFAULT)
   10381         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
   10382                 :             :                     errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   10383                 :             :                     errmsg("unsupported %s action for foreign key constraint using PERIOD",
   10384                 :             :                            "ON DELETE"));
   10385                 :             :     }
   10386                 :             : 
   10387                 :             :     /*
   10388                 :             :      * Look up the equality operators to use in the constraint.
   10389                 :             :      *
   10390                 :             :      * Note that we have to be careful about the difference between the actual
   10391                 :             :      * PK column type and the opclass' declared input type, which might be
   10392                 :             :      * only binary-compatible with it.  The declared opcintype is the right
   10393                 :             :      * thing to probe pg_amop with.
   10394                 :             :      */
   10395         [ -  + ]:        1683 :     if (numfks != numpks)
   10396         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   10397                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
   10398                 :             :                  errmsg("number of referencing and referenced columns for foreign key disagree")));
   10399                 :             : 
   10400                 :             :     /*
   10401                 :             :      * On the strength of a previous constraint, we might avoid scanning
   10402                 :             :      * tables to validate this one.  See below.
   10403                 :             :      */
   10404                 :        1683 :     old_check_ok = (fkconstraint->old_conpfeqop != NIL);
   10405                 :             :     Assert(!old_check_ok || numfks == list_length(fkconstraint->old_conpfeqop));
   10406                 :             : 
   10407         [ +  + ]:        3675 :     for (i = 0; i < numpks; i++)
   10408                 :             :     {
   10409                 :        2152 :         Oid         pktype = pktypoid[i];
   10410                 :        2152 :         Oid         fktype = fktypoid[i];
   10411                 :             :         Oid         fktyped;
   10412                 :        2152 :         Oid         pkcoll = pkcolloid[i];
   10413                 :        2152 :         Oid         fkcoll = fkcolloid[i];
   10414                 :             :         HeapTuple   cla_ht;
   10415                 :             :         Form_pg_opclass cla_tup;
   10416                 :             :         Oid         amid;
   10417                 :             :         Oid         opfamily;
   10418                 :             :         Oid         opcintype;
   10419                 :             :         bool        for_overlaps;
   10420                 :             :         CompareType cmptype;
   10421                 :             :         Oid         pfeqop;
   10422                 :             :         Oid         ppeqop;
   10423                 :             :         Oid         ffeqop;
   10424                 :             :         int16       eqstrategy;
   10425                 :             :         Oid         pfeqop_right;
   10426                 :             : 
   10427                 :             :         /* We need several fields out of the pg_opclass entry */
   10428                 :        2152 :         cla_ht = SearchSysCache1(CLAOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(opclasses[i]));
   10429         [ -  + ]:        2152 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(cla_ht))
   10430         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for opclass %u", opclasses[i]);
   10431                 :        2152 :         cla_tup = (Form_pg_opclass) GETSTRUCT(cla_ht);
   10432                 :        2152 :         amid = cla_tup->opcmethod;
   10433                 :        2152 :         opfamily = cla_tup->opcfamily;
   10434                 :        2152 :         opcintype = cla_tup->opcintype;
   10435                 :        2152 :         ReleaseSysCache(cla_ht);
   10436                 :             : 
   10437                 :             :         /*
   10438                 :             :          * Get strategy number from index AM.
   10439                 :             :          *
   10440                 :             :          * For a normal foreign-key constraint, this should not fail, since we
   10441                 :             :          * already checked that the index is unique and should therefore have
   10442                 :             :          * appropriate equal operators.  For a period foreign key, this could
   10443                 :             :          * fail if we selected a non-matching exclusion constraint earlier.
   10444                 :             :          * (XXX Maybe we should do these lookups earlier so we don't end up
   10445                 :             :          * doing that.)
   10446                 :             :          */
   10447   [ +  +  +  + ]:        2152 :         for_overlaps = with_period && i == numpks - 1;
   10448         [ +  + ]:        2152 :         cmptype = for_overlaps ? COMPARE_OVERLAP : COMPARE_EQ;
   10449                 :        2152 :         eqstrategy = IndexAmTranslateCompareType(cmptype, amid, opfamily, true);
   10450         [ -  + ]:        2152 :         if (eqstrategy == InvalidStrategy)
   10451   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   10452                 :             :                     errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
   10453                 :             :                     for_overlaps
   10454                 :             :                     ? errmsg("could not identify an overlaps operator for foreign key")
   10455                 :             :                     : errmsg("could not identify an equality operator for foreign key"),
   10456                 :             :                     errdetail("Could not translate compare type %d for operator family \"%s\" of access method \"%s\".",
   10457                 :             :                               cmptype, get_opfamily_name(opfamily, false), get_am_name(amid)));
   10458                 :             : 
   10459                 :             :         /*
   10460                 :             :          * There had better be a primary equality operator for the index.
   10461                 :             :          * We'll use it for PK = PK comparisons.
   10462                 :             :          */
   10463                 :        2152 :         ppeqop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily, opcintype, opcintype,
   10464                 :             :                                      eqstrategy);
   10465                 :             : 
   10466         [ -  + ]:        2152 :         if (!OidIsValid(ppeqop))
   10467         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "missing operator %d(%u,%u) in opfamily %u",
   10468                 :             :                  eqstrategy, opcintype, opcintype, opfamily);
   10469                 :             : 
   10470                 :             :         /*
   10471                 :             :          * Are there equality operators that take exactly the FK type? Assume
   10472                 :             :          * we should look through any domain here.
   10473                 :             :          */
   10474                 :        2152 :         fktyped = getBaseType(fktype);
   10475                 :             : 
   10476                 :        2152 :         pfeqop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily, opcintype, fktyped,
   10477                 :             :                                      eqstrategy);
   10478         [ +  + ]:        2152 :         if (OidIsValid(pfeqop))
   10479                 :             :         {
   10480                 :        1671 :             pfeqop_right = fktyped;
   10481                 :        1671 :             ffeqop = get_opfamily_member(opfamily, fktyped, fktyped,
   10482                 :             :                                          eqstrategy);
   10483                 :             :         }
   10484                 :             :         else
   10485                 :             :         {
   10486                 :             :             /* keep compiler quiet */
   10487                 :         481 :             pfeqop_right = InvalidOid;
   10488                 :         481 :             ffeqop = InvalidOid;
   10489                 :             :         }
   10490                 :             : 
   10491   [ +  +  -  + ]:        2152 :         if (!(OidIsValid(pfeqop) && OidIsValid(ffeqop)))
   10492                 :             :         {
   10493                 :             :             /*
   10494                 :             :              * Otherwise, look for an implicit cast from the FK type to the
   10495                 :             :              * opcintype, and if found, use the primary equality operator.
   10496                 :             :              * This is a bit tricky because opcintype might be a polymorphic
   10497                 :             :              * type such as ANYARRAY or ANYENUM; so what we have to test is
   10498                 :             :              * whether the two actual column types can be concurrently cast to
   10499                 :             :              * that type.  (Otherwise, we'd fail to reject combinations such
   10500                 :             :              * as int[] and point[].)
   10501                 :             :              */
   10502                 :             :             Oid         input_typeids[2];
   10503                 :             :             Oid         target_typeids[2];
   10504                 :             : 
   10505                 :         481 :             input_typeids[0] = pktype;
   10506                 :         481 :             input_typeids[1] = fktype;
   10507                 :         481 :             target_typeids[0] = opcintype;
   10508                 :         481 :             target_typeids[1] = opcintype;
   10509         [ +  + ]:         481 :             if (can_coerce_type(2, input_typeids, target_typeids,
   10510                 :             :                                 COERCION_IMPLICIT))
   10511                 :             :             {
   10512                 :         329 :                 pfeqop = ffeqop = ppeqop;
   10513                 :         329 :                 pfeqop_right = opcintype;
   10514                 :             :             }
   10515                 :             :         }
   10516                 :             : 
   10517   [ +  +  -  + ]:        2152 :         if (!(OidIsValid(pfeqop) && OidIsValid(ffeqop)))
   10518         [ +  - ]:         152 :             ereport(ERROR,
   10519                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
   10520                 :             :                      errmsg("foreign key constraint \"%s\" cannot be implemented",
   10521                 :             :                             fkconstraint->conname),
   10522                 :             :                      errdetail("Key columns \"%s\" of the referencing table and \"%s\" of the referenced table "
   10523                 :             :                                "are of incompatible types: %s and %s.",
   10524                 :             :                                strVal(list_nth(fkconstraint->fk_attrs, i)),
   10525                 :             :                                strVal(list_nth(fkconstraint->pk_attrs, i)),
   10526                 :             :                                format_type_be(fktype),
   10527                 :             :                                format_type_be(pktype))));
   10528                 :             : 
   10529                 :             :         /*
   10530                 :             :          * This shouldn't be possible, but better check to make sure we have a
   10531                 :             :          * consistent state for the check below.
   10532                 :             :          */
   10533   [ +  +  +  -  :        2000 :         if ((OidIsValid(pkcoll) && !OidIsValid(fkcoll)) || (!OidIsValid(pkcoll) && OidIsValid(fkcoll)))
             +  +  -  + ]
   10534         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "key columns are not both collatable");
   10535                 :             : 
   10536   [ +  +  +  - ]:        2000 :         if (OidIsValid(pkcoll) && OidIsValid(fkcoll))
   10537                 :             :         {
   10538                 :             :             bool        pkcolldet;
   10539                 :             :             bool        fkcolldet;
   10540                 :             : 
   10541                 :          85 :             pkcolldet = get_collation_isdeterministic(pkcoll);
   10542                 :          85 :             fkcolldet = get_collation_isdeterministic(fkcoll);
   10543                 :             : 
   10544                 :             :             /*
   10545                 :             :              * SQL requires that both collations are the same.  This is
   10546                 :             :              * because we need a consistent notion of equality on both
   10547                 :             :              * columns.  We relax this by allowing different collations if
   10548                 :             :              * they are both deterministic.  (This is also for backward
   10549                 :             :              * compatibility, because PostgreSQL has always allowed this.)
   10550                 :             :              */
   10551   [ +  +  +  +  :          85 :             if ((!pkcolldet || !fkcolldet) && pkcoll != fkcoll)
                   +  + ]
   10552         [ +  - ]:           8 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   10553                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_COLLATION_MISMATCH),
   10554                 :             :                          errmsg("foreign key constraint \"%s\" cannot be implemented", fkconstraint->conname),
   10555                 :             :                          errdetail("Key columns \"%s\" of the referencing table and \"%s\" of the referenced table "
   10556                 :             :                                    "have incompatible collations: \"%s\" and \"%s\".  "
   10557                 :             :                                    "If either collation is nondeterministic, then both collations have to be the same.",
   10558                 :             :                                    strVal(list_nth(fkconstraint->fk_attrs, i)),
   10559                 :             :                                    strVal(list_nth(fkconstraint->pk_attrs, i)),
   10560                 :             :                                    get_collation_name(fkcoll),
   10561                 :             :                                    get_collation_name(pkcoll))));
   10562                 :             :         }
   10563                 :             : 
   10564         [ +  + ]:        1992 :         if (old_check_ok)
   10565                 :             :         {
   10566                 :             :             /*
   10567                 :             :              * When a pfeqop changes, revalidate the constraint.  We could
   10568                 :             :              * permit intra-opfamily changes, but that adds subtle complexity
   10569                 :             :              * without any concrete benefit for core types.  We need not
   10570                 :             :              * assess ppeqop or ffeqop, which RI_Initial_Check() does not use.
   10571                 :             :              */
   10572                 :           4 :             old_check_ok = (pfeqop == lfirst_oid(old_pfeqop_item));
   10573                 :           4 :             old_pfeqop_item = lnext(fkconstraint->old_conpfeqop,
   10574                 :             :                                     old_pfeqop_item);
   10575                 :             :         }
   10576         [ +  + ]:        1992 :         if (old_check_ok)
   10577                 :             :         {
   10578                 :             :             Oid         old_fktype;
   10579                 :             :             Oid         new_fktype;
   10580                 :             :             CoercionPathType old_pathtype;
   10581                 :             :             CoercionPathType new_pathtype;
   10582                 :             :             Oid         old_castfunc;
   10583                 :             :             Oid         new_castfunc;
   10584                 :             :             Oid         old_fkcoll;
   10585                 :             :             Oid         new_fkcoll;
   10586                 :           4 :             Form_pg_attribute attr = TupleDescAttr(tab->oldDesc,
   10587                 :           4 :                                                    fkattnum[i] - 1);
   10588                 :             : 
   10589                 :             :             /*
   10590                 :             :              * Identify coercion pathways from each of the old and new FK-side
   10591                 :             :              * column types to the right (foreign) operand type of the pfeqop.
   10592                 :             :              * We may assume that pg_constraint.conkey is not changing.
   10593                 :             :              */
   10594                 :           4 :             old_fktype = attr->atttypid;
   10595                 :           4 :             new_fktype = fktype;
   10596                 :           4 :             old_pathtype = findFkeyCast(pfeqop_right, old_fktype,
   10597                 :             :                                         &old_castfunc);
   10598                 :           4 :             new_pathtype = findFkeyCast(pfeqop_right, new_fktype,
   10599                 :             :                                         &new_castfunc);
   10600                 :             : 
   10601                 :           4 :             old_fkcoll = attr->attcollation;
   10602                 :           4 :             new_fkcoll = fkcoll;
   10603                 :             : 
   10604                 :             :             /*
   10605                 :             :              * Upon a change to the cast from the FK column to its pfeqop
   10606                 :             :              * operand, revalidate the constraint.  For this evaluation, a
   10607                 :             :              * binary coercion cast is equivalent to no cast at all.  While
   10608                 :             :              * type implementors should design implicit casts with an eye
   10609                 :             :              * toward consistency of operations like equality, we cannot
   10610                 :             :              * assume here that they have done so.
   10611                 :             :              *
   10612                 :             :              * A function with a polymorphic argument could change behavior
   10613                 :             :              * arbitrarily in response to get_fn_expr_argtype().  Therefore,
   10614                 :             :              * when the cast destination is polymorphic, we only avoid
   10615                 :             :              * revalidation if the input type has not changed at all.  Given
   10616                 :             :              * just the core data types and operator classes, this requirement
   10617                 :             :              * prevents no would-be optimizations.
   10618                 :             :              *
   10619                 :             :              * If the cast converts from a base type to a domain thereon, then
   10620                 :             :              * that domain type must be the opcintype of the unique index.
   10621                 :             :              * Necessarily, the primary key column must then be of the domain
   10622                 :             :              * type.  Since the constraint was previously valid, all values on
   10623                 :             :              * the foreign side necessarily exist on the primary side and in
   10624                 :             :              * turn conform to the domain.  Consequently, we need not treat
   10625                 :             :              * domains specially here.
   10626                 :             :              *
   10627                 :             :              * If the collation changes, revalidation is required, unless both
   10628                 :             :              * collations are deterministic, because those share the same
   10629                 :             :              * notion of equality (because texteq reduces to bitwise
   10630                 :             :              * equality).
   10631                 :             :              *
   10632                 :             :              * We need not directly consider the PK type.  It's necessarily
   10633                 :             :              * binary coercible to the opcintype of the unique index column,
   10634                 :             :              * and ri_triggers.c will only deal with PK datums in terms of
   10635                 :             :              * that opcintype.  Changing the opcintype also changes pfeqop.
   10636                 :             :              */
   10637                 :           4 :             old_check_ok = (new_pathtype == old_pathtype &&
   10638   [ +  -  +  - ]:           4 :                             new_castfunc == old_castfunc &&
   10639   [ +  -  +  -  :           4 :                             (!IsPolymorphicType(pfeqop_right) ||
          +  -  +  -  +  
          -  +  -  +  -  
          +  -  +  -  -  
                +  -  - ]
   10640   [ +  -  -  + ]:           8 :                              new_fktype == old_fktype) &&
   10641         [ #  # ]:           0 :                             (new_fkcoll == old_fkcoll ||
   10642         [ #  # ]:           0 :                              (get_collation_isdeterministic(old_fkcoll) && get_collation_isdeterministic(new_fkcoll))));
   10643                 :             :         }
   10644                 :             : 
   10645                 :        1992 :         pfeqoperators[i] = pfeqop;
   10646                 :        1992 :         ppeqoperators[i] = ppeqop;
   10647                 :        1992 :         ffeqoperators[i] = ffeqop;
   10648                 :             :     }
   10649                 :             : 
   10650                 :             :     /*
   10651                 :             :      * For FKs with PERIOD we need additional operators to check whether the
   10652                 :             :      * referencing row's range is contained by the aggregated ranges of the
   10653                 :             :      * referenced row(s). For rangetypes and multirangetypes this is
   10654                 :             :      * fk.periodatt <@ range_agg(pk.periodatt). Those are the only types we
   10655                 :             :      * support for now. FKs will look these up at "runtime", but we should
   10656                 :             :      * make sure the lookup works here, even if we don't use the values.
   10657                 :             :      */
   10658         [ +  + ]:        1523 :     if (with_period)
   10659                 :             :     {
   10660                 :             :         Oid         periodoperoid;
   10661                 :             :         Oid         aggedperiodoperoid;
   10662                 :             :         Oid         intersectoperoid;
   10663                 :             : 
   10664                 :         118 :         FindFKPeriodOpers(opclasses[numpks - 1], &periodoperoid, &aggedperiodoperoid,
   10665                 :             :                           &intersectoperoid);
   10666                 :             :     }
   10667                 :             : 
   10668                 :             :     /* First, create the constraint catalog entry itself. */
   10669                 :        1523 :     address = addFkConstraint(addFkBothSides,
   10670                 :             :                               fkconstraint->conname, fkconstraint, rel, pkrel,
   10671                 :             :                               indexOid,
   10672                 :             :                               InvalidOid,   /* no parent constraint */
   10673                 :             :                               numfks,
   10674                 :             :                               pkattnum,
   10675                 :             :                               fkattnum,
   10676                 :             :                               pfeqoperators,
   10677                 :             :                               ppeqoperators,
   10678                 :             :                               ffeqoperators,
   10679                 :             :                               numfkdelsetcols,
   10680                 :             :                               fkdelsetcols,
   10681                 :             :                               false,
   10682                 :             :                               with_period);
   10683                 :             : 
   10684                 :             :     /* Next process the action triggers at the referenced side and recurse */
   10685                 :        1523 :     addFkRecurseReferenced(fkconstraint, rel, pkrel,
   10686                 :             :                            indexOid,
   10687                 :             :                            address.objectId,
   10688                 :             :                            numfks,
   10689                 :             :                            pkattnum,
   10690                 :             :                            fkattnum,
   10691                 :             :                            pfeqoperators,
   10692                 :             :                            ppeqoperators,
   10693                 :             :                            ffeqoperators,
   10694                 :             :                            numfkdelsetcols,
   10695                 :             :                            fkdelsetcols,
   10696                 :             :                            old_check_ok,
   10697                 :             :                            InvalidOid, InvalidOid,
   10698                 :             :                            with_period);
   10699                 :             : 
   10700                 :             :     /* Lastly create the check triggers at the referencing side and recurse */
   10701                 :        1523 :     addFkRecurseReferencing(wqueue, fkconstraint, rel, pkrel,
   10702                 :             :                             indexOid,
   10703                 :             :                             address.objectId,
   10704                 :             :                             numfks,
   10705                 :             :                             pkattnum,
   10706                 :             :                             fkattnum,
   10707                 :             :                             pfeqoperators,
   10708                 :             :                             ppeqoperators,
   10709                 :             :                             ffeqoperators,
   10710                 :             :                             numfkdelsetcols,
   10711                 :             :                             fkdelsetcols,
   10712                 :             :                             old_check_ok,
   10713                 :             :                             lockmode,
   10714                 :             :                             InvalidOid, InvalidOid,
   10715                 :             :                             with_period);
   10716                 :             : 
   10717                 :             :     /*
   10718                 :             :      * Done.  Close pk table, but keep lock until we've committed.
   10719                 :             :      */
   10720                 :        1523 :     table_close(pkrel, NoLock);
   10721                 :             : 
   10722                 :        1523 :     return address;
   10723                 :             : }
   10724                 :             : 
   10725                 :             : /*
   10726                 :             :  * validateFkOnDeleteSetColumns
   10727                 :             :  *      Verifies that columns used in ON DELETE SET NULL/DEFAULT (...)
   10728                 :             :  *      column lists are valid.
   10729                 :             :  *
   10730                 :             :  * If there are duplicates in the fksetcolsattnums[] array, this silently
   10731                 :             :  * removes the dups.  The new count of numfksetcols is returned.
   10732                 :             :  */
   10733                 :             : static int
   10734                 :        1839 : validateFkOnDeleteSetColumns(int numfks, const int16 *fkattnums,
   10735                 :             :                              int numfksetcols, int16 *fksetcolsattnums,
   10736                 :             :                              List *fksetcols)
   10737                 :             : {
   10738                 :        1839 :     int         numcolsout = 0;
   10739                 :             : 
   10740         [ +  + ]:        1859 :     for (int i = 0; i < numfksetcols; i++)
   10741                 :             :     {
   10742                 :          24 :         int16       setcol_attnum = fksetcolsattnums[i];
   10743                 :          24 :         bool        seen = false;
   10744                 :             : 
   10745                 :             :         /* Make sure it's in fkattnums[] */
   10746         [ +  + ]:          44 :         for (int j = 0; j < numfks; j++)
   10747                 :             :         {
   10748         [ +  + ]:          40 :             if (fkattnums[j] == setcol_attnum)
   10749                 :             :             {
   10750                 :          20 :                 seen = true;
   10751                 :          20 :                 break;
   10752                 :             :             }
   10753                 :             :         }
   10754                 :             : 
   10755         [ +  + ]:          24 :         if (!seen)
   10756                 :             :         {
   10757                 :           4 :             char       *col = strVal(list_nth(fksetcols, i));
   10758                 :             : 
   10759         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
   10760                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
   10761                 :             :                      errmsg("column \"%s\" referenced in ON DELETE SET action must be part of foreign key", col)));
   10762                 :             :         }
   10763                 :             : 
   10764                 :             :         /* Now check for dups */
   10765                 :          20 :         seen = false;
   10766         [ +  + ]:          20 :         for (int j = 0; j < numcolsout; j++)
   10767                 :             :         {
   10768         [ +  - ]:           4 :             if (fksetcolsattnums[j] == setcol_attnum)
   10769                 :             :             {
   10770                 :           4 :                 seen = true;
   10771                 :           4 :                 break;
   10772                 :             :             }
   10773                 :             :         }
   10774         [ +  + ]:          20 :         if (!seen)
   10775                 :          16 :             fksetcolsattnums[numcolsout++] = setcol_attnum;
   10776                 :             :     }
   10777                 :        1835 :     return numcolsout;
   10778                 :             : }
   10779                 :             : 
   10780                 :             : /*
   10781                 :             :  * addFkConstraint
   10782                 :             :  *      Install pg_constraint entries to implement a foreign key constraint.
   10783                 :             :  *      Caller must separately invoke addFkRecurseReferenced and
   10784                 :             :  *      addFkRecurseReferencing, as appropriate, to install pg_trigger entries
   10785                 :             :  *      and (for partitioned tables) recurse to partitions.
   10786                 :             :  *
   10787                 :             :  * fkside: the side of the FK (or both) to create.  Caller should
   10788                 :             :  *      call addFkRecurseReferenced if this is addFkReferencedSide,
   10789                 :             :  *      addFkRecurseReferencing if it's addFkReferencingSide, or both if it's
   10790                 :             :  *      addFkBothSides.
   10791                 :             :  * constraintname: the base name for the constraint being added,
   10792                 :             :  *      copied to fkconstraint->conname if the latter is not set
   10793                 :             :  * fkconstraint: the constraint being added
   10794                 :             :  * rel: the root referencing relation
   10795                 :             :  * pkrel: the referenced relation; might be a partition, if recursing
   10796                 :             :  * indexOid: the OID of the index (on pkrel) implementing this constraint
   10797                 :             :  * parentConstr: the OID of a parent constraint; InvalidOid if this is a
   10798                 :             :  *      top-level constraint
   10799                 :             :  * numfks: the number of columns in the foreign key
   10800                 :             :  * pkattnum: the attnum array of referenced attributes
   10801                 :             :  * fkattnum: the attnum array of referencing attributes
   10802                 :             :  * pf/pp/ffeqoperators: OID array of operators between columns
   10803                 :             :  * numfkdelsetcols: the number of columns in the ON DELETE SET NULL/DEFAULT
   10804                 :             :  *      (...) clause
   10805                 :             :  * fkdelsetcols: the attnum array of the columns in the ON DELETE SET
   10806                 :             :  *      NULL/DEFAULT clause
   10807                 :             :  * with_period: true if this is a temporal FK
   10808                 :             :  */
   10809                 :             : static ObjectAddress
   10810                 :        2790 : addFkConstraint(addFkConstraintSides fkside,
   10811                 :             :                 char *constraintname, Constraint *fkconstraint,
   10812                 :             :                 Relation rel, Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr,
   10813                 :             :                 int numfks, int16 *pkattnum,
   10814                 :             :                 int16 *fkattnum, Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators,
   10815                 :             :                 Oid *ffeqoperators, int numfkdelsetcols, int16 *fkdelsetcols,
   10816                 :             :                 bool is_internal, bool with_period)
   10817                 :             : {
   10818                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
   10819                 :             :     Oid         constrOid;
   10820                 :             :     char       *conname;
   10821                 :             :     bool        conislocal;
   10822                 :             :     int16       coninhcount;
   10823                 :             :     bool        connoinherit;
   10824                 :             : 
   10825                 :             :     /*
   10826                 :             :      * Verify relkind for each referenced partition.  At the top level, this
   10827                 :             :      * is redundant with a previous check, but we need it when recursing.
   10828                 :             :      */
   10829         [ +  + ]:        2790 :     if (pkrel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
   10830         [ -  + ]:         559 :         pkrel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   10831         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   10832                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   10833                 :             :                  errmsg("referenced relation \"%s\" is not a table",
   10834                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
   10835                 :             : 
   10836                 :             :     /*
   10837                 :             :      * Caller supplies us with a constraint name; however, it may be used in
   10838                 :             :      * this partition, so come up with a different one in that case.  Unless
   10839                 :             :      * truncation to NAMEDATALEN dictates otherwise, the new name will be the
   10840                 :             :      * supplied name with an underscore and digit(s) appended.
   10841                 :             :      */
   10842         [ +  + ]:        2790 :     if (ConstraintNameIsUsed(CONSTRAINT_RELATION,
   10843                 :             :                              RelationGetRelid(rel),
   10844                 :             :                              constraintname))
   10845                 :         755 :         conname = ChooseConstraintName(constraintname,
   10846                 :             :                                        NULL,
   10847                 :             :                                        "",
   10848                 :         755 :                                        RelationGetNamespace(rel), NIL);
   10849                 :             :     else
   10850                 :        2035 :         conname = constraintname;
   10851                 :             : 
   10852         [ +  + ]:        2790 :     if (fkconstraint->conname == NULL)
   10853                 :         243 :         fkconstraint->conname = pstrdup(conname);
   10854                 :             : 
   10855         [ +  + ]:        2790 :     if (OidIsValid(parentConstr))
   10856                 :             :     {
   10857                 :        1267 :         conislocal = false;
   10858                 :        1267 :         coninhcount = 1;
   10859                 :        1267 :         connoinherit = false;
   10860                 :             :     }
   10861                 :             :     else
   10862                 :             :     {
   10863                 :        1523 :         conislocal = true;
   10864                 :        1523 :         coninhcount = 0;
   10865                 :             : 
   10866                 :             :         /*
   10867                 :             :          * always inherit for partitioned tables, never for legacy inheritance
   10868                 :             :          */
   10869                 :        1523 :         connoinherit = rel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE;
   10870                 :             :     }
   10871                 :             : 
   10872                 :             :     /*
   10873                 :             :      * Record the FK constraint in pg_constraint.
   10874                 :             :      */
   10875                 :        2790 :     constrOid = CreateConstraintEntry(conname,
   10876                 :        2790 :                                       RelationGetNamespace(rel),
   10877                 :             :                                       CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN,
   10878                 :        2790 :                                       fkconstraint->deferrable,
   10879                 :        2790 :                                       fkconstraint->initdeferred,
   10880                 :        2790 :                                       fkconstraint->is_enforced,
   10881                 :        2790 :                                       fkconstraint->initially_valid,
   10882                 :             :                                       parentConstr,
   10883                 :             :                                       RelationGetRelid(rel),
   10884                 :             :                                       fkattnum,
   10885                 :             :                                       numfks,
   10886                 :             :                                       numfks,
   10887                 :             :                                       InvalidOid,   /* not a domain constraint */
   10888                 :             :                                       indexOid,
   10889                 :             :                                       RelationGetRelid(pkrel),
   10890                 :             :                                       pkattnum,
   10891                 :             :                                       pfeqoperators,
   10892                 :             :                                       ppeqoperators,
   10893                 :             :                                       ffeqoperators,
   10894                 :             :                                       numfks,
   10895                 :        2790 :                                       fkconstraint->fk_upd_action,
   10896                 :        2790 :                                       fkconstraint->fk_del_action,
   10897                 :             :                                       fkdelsetcols,
   10898                 :             :                                       numfkdelsetcols,
   10899                 :        2790 :                                       fkconstraint->fk_matchtype,
   10900                 :             :                                       NULL, /* no exclusion constraint */
   10901                 :             :                                       NULL, /* no check constraint */
   10902                 :             :                                       NULL,
   10903                 :             :                                       conislocal,   /* islocal */
   10904                 :             :                                       coninhcount,  /* inhcount */
   10905                 :             :                                       connoinherit, /* conNoInherit */
   10906                 :             :                                       with_period,  /* conPeriod */
   10907                 :             :                                       is_internal); /* is_internal */
   10908                 :             : 
   10909                 :        2790 :     ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, constrOid);
   10910                 :             : 
   10911                 :             :     /*
   10912                 :             :      * In partitioning cases, create the dependency entries for this
   10913                 :             :      * constraint.  (For non-partitioned cases, relevant entries were created
   10914                 :             :      * by CreateConstraintEntry.)
   10915                 :             :      *
   10916                 :             :      * On the referenced side, we need the constraint to have an internal
   10917                 :             :      * dependency on its parent constraint; this means that this constraint
   10918                 :             :      * cannot be dropped on its own -- only through the parent constraint. It
   10919                 :             :      * also means the containing partition cannot be dropped on its own, but
   10920                 :             :      * it can be detached, at which point this dependency is removed (after
   10921                 :             :      * verifying that no rows are referenced via this FK.)
   10922                 :             :      *
   10923                 :             :      * When processing the referencing side, we link the constraint via the
   10924                 :             :      * special partitioning dependencies: the parent constraint is the primary
   10925                 :             :      * dependent, and the partition on which the foreign key exists is the
   10926                 :             :      * secondary dependency.  That way, this constraint is dropped if either
   10927                 :             :      * of these objects is.
   10928                 :             :      *
   10929                 :             :      * Note that this is only necessary for the subsidiary pg_constraint rows
   10930                 :             :      * in partitions; the topmost row doesn't need any of this.
   10931                 :             :      */
   10932         [ +  + ]:        2790 :     if (OidIsValid(parentConstr))
   10933                 :             :     {
   10934                 :             :         ObjectAddress referenced;
   10935                 :             : 
   10936                 :        1267 :         ObjectAddressSet(referenced, ConstraintRelationId, parentConstr);
   10937                 :             : 
   10938                 :             :         Assert(fkside != addFkBothSides);
   10939         [ +  + ]:        1267 :         if (fkside == addFkReferencedSide)
   10940                 :         751 :             recordDependencyOn(&address, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL);
   10941                 :             :         else
   10942                 :             :         {
   10943                 :         516 :             recordDependencyOn(&address, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI);
   10944                 :         516 :             ObjectAddressSet(referenced, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel));
   10945                 :         516 :             recordDependencyOn(&address, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC);
   10946                 :             :         }
   10947                 :             :     }
   10948                 :             : 
   10949                 :             :     /* make new constraint visible, in case we add more */
   10950                 :        2790 :     CommandCounterIncrement();
   10951                 :             : 
   10952                 :        2790 :     return address;
   10953                 :             : }
   10954                 :             : 
   10955                 :             : /*
   10956                 :             :  * addFkRecurseReferenced
   10957                 :             :  *      Recursive helper for the referenced side of foreign key creation,
   10958                 :             :  *      which creates the action triggers and recurses
   10959                 :             :  *
   10960                 :             :  * If the referenced relation is a plain relation, create the necessary action
   10961                 :             :  * triggers that implement the constraint.  If the referenced relation is a
   10962                 :             :  * partitioned table, then we create a pg_constraint row referencing the parent
   10963                 :             :  * of the referencing side for it and recurse on this routine for each
   10964                 :             :  * partition.
   10965                 :             :  *
   10966                 :             :  * fkconstraint: the constraint being added
   10967                 :             :  * rel: the root referencing relation
   10968                 :             :  * pkrel: the referenced relation; might be a partition, if recursing
   10969                 :             :  * indexOid: the OID of the index (on pkrel) implementing this constraint
   10970                 :             :  * parentConstr: the OID of a parent constraint; InvalidOid if this is a
   10971                 :             :  *      top-level constraint
   10972                 :             :  * numfks: the number of columns in the foreign key
   10973                 :             :  * pkattnum: the attnum array of referenced attributes
   10974                 :             :  * fkattnum: the attnum array of referencing attributes
   10975                 :             :  * numfkdelsetcols: the number of columns in the ON DELETE SET
   10976                 :             :  *      NULL/DEFAULT (...) clause
   10977                 :             :  * fkdelsetcols: the attnum array of the columns in the ON DELETE SET
   10978                 :             :  *      NULL/DEFAULT clause
   10979                 :             :  * pf/pp/ffeqoperators: OID array of operators between columns
   10980                 :             :  * old_check_ok: true if this constraint replaces an existing one that
   10981                 :             :  *      was already validated (thus this one doesn't need validation)
   10982                 :             :  * parentDelTrigger and parentUpdTrigger: when recursively called on a
   10983                 :             :  *      partition, the OIDs of the parent action triggers for DELETE and
   10984                 :             :  *      UPDATE respectively.
   10985                 :             :  * with_period: true if this is a temporal FK
   10986                 :             :  */
   10987                 :             : static void
   10988                 :        2342 : addFkRecurseReferenced(Constraint *fkconstraint, Relation rel,
   10989                 :             :                        Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr,
   10990                 :             :                        int numfks,
   10991                 :             :                        int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum, Oid *pfeqoperators,
   10992                 :             :                        Oid *ppeqoperators, Oid *ffeqoperators,
   10993                 :             :                        int numfkdelsetcols, int16 *fkdelsetcols,
   10994                 :             :                        bool old_check_ok,
   10995                 :             :                        Oid parentDelTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger,
   10996                 :             :                        bool with_period)
   10997                 :             : {
   10998                 :        2342 :     Oid         deleteTriggerOid = InvalidOid,
   10999                 :        2342 :                 updateTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
   11000                 :             : 
   11001                 :             :     Assert(CheckRelationLockedByMe(pkrel, ShareRowExclusiveLock, true));
   11002                 :             :     Assert(CheckRelationLockedByMe(rel, ShareRowExclusiveLock, true));
   11003                 :             : 
   11004                 :             :     /*
   11005                 :             :      * Create action triggers to enforce the constraint, or skip them if the
   11006                 :             :      * constraint is NOT ENFORCED.
   11007                 :             :      */
   11008         [ +  + ]:        2342 :     if (fkconstraint->is_enforced)
   11009                 :        2305 :         createForeignKeyActionTriggers(RelationGetRelid(rel),
   11010                 :             :                                        RelationGetRelid(pkrel),
   11011                 :             :                                        fkconstraint,
   11012                 :             :                                        parentConstr, indexOid,
   11013                 :             :                                        parentDelTrigger, parentUpdTrigger,
   11014                 :             :                                        &deleteTriggerOid, &updateTriggerOid);
   11015                 :             : 
   11016                 :             :     /*
   11017                 :             :      * If the referenced table is partitioned, recurse on ourselves to handle
   11018                 :             :      * each partition.  We need one pg_constraint row created for each
   11019                 :             :      * partition in addition to the pg_constraint row for the parent table.
   11020                 :             :      */
   11021         [ +  + ]:        2342 :     if (pkrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   11022                 :             :     {
   11023                 :         363 :         PartitionDesc pd = RelationGetPartitionDesc(pkrel, true);
   11024                 :             : 
   11025         [ +  + ]:        1010 :         for (int i = 0; i < pd->nparts; i++)
   11026                 :             :         {
   11027                 :             :             Relation    partRel;
   11028                 :             :             AttrMap    *map;
   11029                 :             :             AttrNumber *mapped_pkattnum;
   11030                 :             :             Oid         partIndexId;
   11031                 :             :             ObjectAddress address;
   11032                 :             : 
   11033                 :             :             /* XXX would it be better to acquire these locks beforehand? */
   11034                 :         647 :             partRel = table_open(pd->oids[i], ShareRowExclusiveLock);
   11035                 :             : 
   11036                 :             :             /*
   11037                 :             :              * Map the attribute numbers in the referenced side of the FK
   11038                 :             :              * definition to match the partition's column layout.
   11039                 :             :              */
   11040                 :         647 :             map = build_attrmap_by_name_if_req(RelationGetDescr(partRel),
   11041                 :             :                                                RelationGetDescr(pkrel),
   11042                 :             :                                                false);
   11043         [ +  + ]:         647 :             if (map)
   11044                 :             :             {
   11045                 :          89 :                 mapped_pkattnum = palloc_array(AttrNumber, numfks);
   11046         [ +  + ]:         186 :                 for (int j = 0; j < numfks; j++)
   11047                 :          97 :                     mapped_pkattnum[j] = map->attnums[pkattnum[j] - 1];
   11048                 :             :             }
   11049                 :             :             else
   11050                 :         558 :                 mapped_pkattnum = pkattnum;
   11051                 :             : 
   11052                 :             :             /* Determine the index to use at this level */
   11053                 :         647 :             partIndexId = index_get_partition(partRel, indexOid);
   11054         [ -  + ]:         647 :             if (!OidIsValid(partIndexId))
   11055         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "index for %u not found in partition %s",
   11056                 :             :                      indexOid, RelationGetRelationName(partRel));
   11057                 :             : 
   11058                 :             :             /* Create entry at this level ... */
   11059                 :         647 :             address = addFkConstraint(addFkReferencedSide,
   11060                 :             :                                       fkconstraint->conname, fkconstraint, rel,
   11061                 :             :                                       partRel, partIndexId, parentConstr,
   11062                 :             :                                       numfks, mapped_pkattnum,
   11063                 :             :                                       fkattnum, pfeqoperators, ppeqoperators,
   11064                 :             :                                       ffeqoperators, numfkdelsetcols,
   11065                 :             :                                       fkdelsetcols, true, with_period);
   11066                 :             :             /* ... and recurse to our children */
   11067                 :         647 :             addFkRecurseReferenced(fkconstraint, rel, partRel,
   11068                 :             :                                    partIndexId, address.objectId, numfks,
   11069                 :             :                                    mapped_pkattnum, fkattnum,
   11070                 :             :                                    pfeqoperators, ppeqoperators, ffeqoperators,
   11071                 :             :                                    numfkdelsetcols, fkdelsetcols,
   11072                 :             :                                    old_check_ok,
   11073                 :             :                                    deleteTriggerOid, updateTriggerOid,
   11074                 :             :                                    with_period);
   11075                 :             : 
   11076                 :             :             /* Done -- clean up (but keep the lock) */
   11077                 :         647 :             table_close(partRel, NoLock);
   11078         [ +  + ]:         647 :             if (map)
   11079                 :             :             {
   11080                 :          89 :                 pfree(mapped_pkattnum);
   11081                 :          89 :                 free_attrmap(map);
   11082                 :             :             }
   11083                 :             :         }
   11084                 :             :     }
   11085                 :        2342 : }
   11086                 :             : 
   11087                 :             : /*
   11088                 :             :  * addFkRecurseReferencing
   11089                 :             :  *      Recursive helper for the referencing side of foreign key creation,
   11090                 :             :  *      which creates the check triggers and recurses
   11091                 :             :  *
   11092                 :             :  * If the referencing relation is a plain relation, create the necessary check
   11093                 :             :  * triggers that implement the constraint, and set up for Phase 3 constraint
   11094                 :             :  * verification.  If the referencing relation is a partitioned table, then
   11095                 :             :  * we create a pg_constraint row for it and recurse on this routine for each
   11096                 :             :  * partition.
   11097                 :             :  *
   11098                 :             :  * We assume that the referenced relation is locked against concurrent
   11099                 :             :  * deletions.  If it's a partitioned relation, every partition must be so
   11100                 :             :  * locked.
   11101                 :             :  *
   11102                 :             :  * wqueue: the ALTER TABLE work queue; NULL when not running as part
   11103                 :             :  *      of an ALTER TABLE sequence.
   11104                 :             :  * fkconstraint: the constraint being added
   11105                 :             :  * rel: the referencing relation; might be a partition, if recursing
   11106                 :             :  * pkrel: the root referenced relation
   11107                 :             :  * indexOid: the OID of the index (on pkrel) implementing this constraint
   11108                 :             :  * parentConstr: the OID of the parent constraint (there is always one)
   11109                 :             :  * numfks: the number of columns in the foreign key
   11110                 :             :  * pkattnum: the attnum array of referenced attributes
   11111                 :             :  * fkattnum: the attnum array of referencing attributes
   11112                 :             :  * pf/pp/ffeqoperators: OID array of operators between columns
   11113                 :             :  * numfkdelsetcols: the number of columns in the ON DELETE SET NULL/DEFAULT
   11114                 :             :  *      (...) clause
   11115                 :             :  * fkdelsetcols: the attnum array of the columns in the ON DELETE SET
   11116                 :             :  *      NULL/DEFAULT clause
   11117                 :             :  * old_check_ok: true if this constraint replaces an existing one that
   11118                 :             :  *      was already validated (thus this one doesn't need validation)
   11119                 :             :  * lockmode: the lockmode to acquire on partitions when recursing
   11120                 :             :  * parentInsTrigger and parentUpdTrigger: when being recursively called on
   11121                 :             :  *      a partition, the OIDs of the parent check triggers for INSERT and
   11122                 :             :  *      UPDATE respectively.
   11123                 :             :  * with_period: true if this is a temporal FK
   11124                 :             :  */
   11125                 :             : static void
   11126                 :        2039 : addFkRecurseReferencing(List **wqueue, Constraint *fkconstraint, Relation rel,
   11127                 :             :                         Relation pkrel, Oid indexOid, Oid parentConstr,
   11128                 :             :                         int numfks, int16 *pkattnum, int16 *fkattnum,
   11129                 :             :                         Oid *pfeqoperators, Oid *ppeqoperators, Oid *ffeqoperators,
   11130                 :             :                         int numfkdelsetcols, int16 *fkdelsetcols,
   11131                 :             :                         bool old_check_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode,
   11132                 :             :                         Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger,
   11133                 :             :                         bool with_period)
   11134                 :             : {
   11135                 :        2039 :     Oid         insertTriggerOid = InvalidOid,
   11136                 :        2039 :                 updateTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
   11137                 :             : 
   11138                 :             :     Assert(OidIsValid(parentConstr));
   11139                 :             :     Assert(CheckRelationLockedByMe(rel, ShareRowExclusiveLock, true));
   11140                 :             :     Assert(CheckRelationLockedByMe(pkrel, ShareRowExclusiveLock, true));
   11141                 :             : 
   11142         [ -  + ]:        2039 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
   11143         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   11144                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   11145                 :             :                  errmsg("foreign key constraints are not supported on foreign tables")));
   11146                 :             : 
   11147                 :             :     /*
   11148                 :             :      * Add check triggers if the constraint is ENFORCED, and if needed,
   11149                 :             :      * schedule them to be checked in Phase 3.
   11150                 :             :      *
   11151                 :             :      * If the relation is partitioned, drill down to do it to its partitions.
   11152                 :             :      */
   11153         [ +  + ]:        2039 :     if (fkconstraint->is_enforced)
   11154                 :        2006 :         createForeignKeyCheckTriggers(RelationGetRelid(rel),
   11155                 :             :                                       RelationGetRelid(pkrel),
   11156                 :             :                                       fkconstraint,
   11157                 :             :                                       parentConstr,
   11158                 :             :                                       indexOid,
   11159                 :             :                                       parentInsTrigger, parentUpdTrigger,
   11160                 :             :                                       &insertTriggerOid, &updateTriggerOid);
   11161                 :             : 
   11162         [ +  + ]:        2039 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION)
   11163                 :             :     {
   11164                 :             :         /*
   11165                 :             :          * Tell Phase 3 to check that the constraint is satisfied by existing
   11166                 :             :          * rows. We can skip this during table creation, when constraint is
   11167                 :             :          * specified as NOT ENFORCED, or when requested explicitly by
   11168                 :             :          * specifying NOT VALID in an ADD FOREIGN KEY command, and when we're
   11169                 :             :          * recreating a constraint following a SET DATA TYPE operation that
   11170                 :             :          * did not impugn its validity.
   11171                 :             :          */
   11172   [ +  +  +  +  :        1730 :         if (wqueue && !old_check_ok && !fkconstraint->skip_validation &&
                   +  + ]
   11173         [ +  - ]:         613 :             fkconstraint->is_enforced)
   11174                 :             :         {
   11175                 :             :             NewConstraint *newcon;
   11176                 :             :             AlteredTableInfo *tab;
   11177                 :             : 
   11178                 :         613 :             tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
   11179                 :             : 
   11180                 :         613 :             newcon = palloc0_object(NewConstraint);
   11181                 :         613 :             newcon->name = get_constraint_name(parentConstr);
   11182                 :         613 :             newcon->contype = CONSTR_FOREIGN;
   11183                 :         613 :             newcon->refrelid = RelationGetRelid(pkrel);
   11184                 :         613 :             newcon->refindid = indexOid;
   11185                 :         613 :             newcon->conid = parentConstr;
   11186                 :         613 :             newcon->conwithperiod = fkconstraint->fk_with_period;
   11187                 :         613 :             newcon->qual = (Node *) fkconstraint;
   11188                 :             : 
   11189                 :         613 :             tab->constraints = lappend(tab->constraints, newcon);
   11190                 :             :         }
   11191                 :             :     }
   11192         [ +  - ]:         309 :     else if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   11193                 :             :     {
   11194                 :         309 :         PartitionDesc pd = RelationGetPartitionDesc(rel, true);
   11195                 :             :         Relation    trigrel;
   11196                 :             : 
   11197                 :             :         /*
   11198                 :             :          * Triggers of the foreign keys will be manipulated a bunch of times
   11199                 :             :          * in the loop below.  To avoid repeatedly opening/closing the trigger
   11200                 :             :          * catalog relation, we open it here and pass it to the subroutines
   11201                 :             :          * called below.
   11202                 :             :          */
   11203                 :         309 :         trigrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   11204                 :             : 
   11205                 :             :         /*
   11206                 :             :          * Recurse to take appropriate action on each partition; either we
   11207                 :             :          * find an existing constraint to reparent to ours, or we create a new
   11208                 :             :          * one.
   11209                 :             :          */
   11210         [ +  + ]:         590 :         for (int i = 0; i < pd->nparts; i++)
   11211                 :             :         {
   11212                 :         285 :             Relation    partition = table_open(pd->oids[i], lockmode);
   11213                 :             :             List       *partFKs;
   11214                 :             :             AttrMap    *attmap;
   11215                 :             :             AttrNumber  mapped_fkattnum[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   11216                 :             :             bool        attached;
   11217                 :             :             ObjectAddress address;
   11218                 :             : 
   11219                 :         285 :             CheckAlterTableIsSafe(partition);
   11220                 :             : 
   11221                 :         281 :             attmap = build_attrmap_by_name(RelationGetDescr(partition),
   11222                 :             :                                            RelationGetDescr(rel),
   11223                 :             :                                            false);
   11224         [ +  + ]:         706 :             for (int j = 0; j < numfks; j++)
   11225                 :         425 :                 mapped_fkattnum[j] = attmap->attnums[fkattnum[j] - 1];
   11226                 :             : 
   11227                 :             :             /* Check whether an existing constraint can be repurposed */
   11228                 :         281 :             partFKs = copyObject(RelationGetFKeyList(partition));
   11229                 :         281 :             attached = false;
   11230   [ +  +  +  +  :         571 :             foreach_node(ForeignKeyCacheInfo, fk, partFKs)
                   +  + ]
   11231                 :             :             {
   11232         [ +  + ]:          17 :                 if (tryAttachPartitionForeignKey(wqueue,
   11233                 :             :                                                  fk,
   11234                 :             :                                                  partition,
   11235                 :             :                                                  parentConstr,
   11236                 :             :                                                  numfks,
   11237                 :             :                                                  mapped_fkattnum,
   11238                 :             :                                                  pkattnum,
   11239                 :             :                                                  pfeqoperators,
   11240                 :             :                                                  insertTriggerOid,
   11241                 :             :                                                  updateTriggerOid,
   11242                 :             :                                                  trigrel))
   11243                 :             :                 {
   11244                 :           8 :                     attached = true;
   11245                 :           8 :                     break;
   11246                 :             :                 }
   11247                 :             :             }
   11248         [ +  + ]:         281 :             if (attached)
   11249                 :             :             {
   11250                 :           8 :                 table_close(partition, NoLock);
   11251                 :           8 :                 continue;
   11252                 :             :             }
   11253                 :             : 
   11254                 :             :             /*
   11255                 :             :              * No luck finding a good constraint to reuse; create our own.
   11256                 :             :              */
   11257                 :         273 :             address = addFkConstraint(addFkReferencingSide,
   11258                 :             :                                       fkconstraint->conname, fkconstraint,
   11259                 :             :                                       partition, pkrel, indexOid, parentConstr,
   11260                 :             :                                       numfks, pkattnum,
   11261                 :             :                                       mapped_fkattnum, pfeqoperators,
   11262                 :             :                                       ppeqoperators, ffeqoperators,
   11263                 :             :                                       numfkdelsetcols, fkdelsetcols, true,
   11264                 :             :                                       with_period);
   11265                 :             : 
   11266                 :             :             /* call ourselves to finalize the creation and we're done */
   11267                 :         273 :             addFkRecurseReferencing(wqueue, fkconstraint, partition, pkrel,
   11268                 :             :                                     indexOid,
   11269                 :             :                                     address.objectId,
   11270                 :             :                                     numfks,
   11271                 :             :                                     pkattnum,
   11272                 :             :                                     mapped_fkattnum,
   11273                 :             :                                     pfeqoperators,
   11274                 :             :                                     ppeqoperators,
   11275                 :             :                                     ffeqoperators,
   11276                 :             :                                     numfkdelsetcols,
   11277                 :             :                                     fkdelsetcols,
   11278                 :             :                                     old_check_ok,
   11279                 :             :                                     lockmode,
   11280                 :             :                                     insertTriggerOid,
   11281                 :             :                                     updateTriggerOid,
   11282                 :             :                                     with_period);
   11283                 :             : 
   11284                 :         273 :             table_close(partition, NoLock);
   11285                 :             :         }
   11286                 :             : 
   11287                 :         305 :         table_close(trigrel, RowExclusiveLock);
   11288                 :             :     }
   11289                 :        2035 : }
   11290                 :             : 
   11291                 :             : /*
   11292                 :             :  * CloneForeignKeyConstraints
   11293                 :             :  *      Clone foreign keys from a partitioned table to a newly acquired
   11294                 :             :  *      partition.
   11295                 :             :  *
   11296                 :             :  * partitionRel is a partition of parentRel, so we can be certain that it has
   11297                 :             :  * the same columns with the same datatypes.  The columns may be in different
   11298                 :             :  * order, though.
   11299                 :             :  *
   11300                 :             :  * wqueue must be passed to set up phase 3 constraint checking, unless the
   11301                 :             :  * referencing-side partition is known to be empty (such as in CREATE TABLE /
   11302                 :             :  * PARTITION OF).
   11303                 :             :  */
   11304                 :             : static void
   11305                 :        7001 : CloneForeignKeyConstraints(List **wqueue, Relation parentRel,
   11306                 :             :                            Relation partitionRel)
   11307                 :             : {
   11308                 :             :     /* This only works for declarative partitioning */
   11309                 :             :     Assert(parentRel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
   11310                 :             : 
   11311                 :             :     /*
   11312                 :             :      * First, clone constraints where the parent is on the referencing side.
   11313                 :             :      */
   11314                 :        7001 :     CloneFkReferencing(wqueue, parentRel, partitionRel);
   11315                 :             : 
   11316                 :             :     /*
   11317                 :             :      * Clone constraints for which the parent is on the referenced side.
   11318                 :             :      */
   11319                 :        6989 :     CloneFkReferenced(parentRel, partitionRel);
   11320                 :        6989 : }
   11321                 :             : 
   11322                 :             : /*
   11323                 :             :  * CloneFkReferenced
   11324                 :             :  *      Subroutine for CloneForeignKeyConstraints
   11325                 :             :  *
   11326                 :             :  * Find all the FKs that have the parent relation on the referenced side;
   11327                 :             :  * clone those constraints to the given partition.  This is to be called
   11328                 :             :  * when the partition is being created or attached.
   11329                 :             :  *
   11330                 :             :  * This recurses to partitions, if the relation being attached is partitioned.
   11331                 :             :  * Recursion is done by calling addFkRecurseReferenced.
   11332                 :             :  */
   11333                 :             : static void
   11334                 :        6989 : CloneFkReferenced(Relation parentRel, Relation partitionRel)
   11335                 :             : {
   11336                 :             :     Relation    pg_constraint;
   11337                 :             :     AttrMap    *attmap;
   11338                 :             :     ListCell   *cell;
   11339                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   11340                 :             :     ScanKeyData key[2];
   11341                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   11342                 :        6989 :     List       *clone = NIL;
   11343                 :             :     Relation    trigrel;
   11344                 :             : 
   11345                 :             :     /*
   11346                 :             :      * Search for any constraints where this partition's parent is in the
   11347                 :             :      * referenced side.  However, we must not clone any constraint whose
   11348                 :             :      * parent constraint is also going to be cloned, to avoid duplicates.  So
   11349                 :             :      * do it in two steps: first construct the list of constraints to clone,
   11350                 :             :      * then go over that list cloning those whose parents are not in the list.
   11351                 :             :      * (We must not rely on the parent being seen first, since the catalog
   11352                 :             :      * scan could return children first.)
   11353                 :             :      */
   11354                 :        6989 :     pg_constraint = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, RowShareLock);
   11355                 :        6989 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
   11356                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_confrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber,
   11357                 :             :                 F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(parentRel)));
   11358                 :        6989 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[1],
   11359                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_contype, BTEqualStrategyNumber,
   11360                 :             :                 F_CHAREQ, CharGetDatum(CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN));
   11361                 :             :     /* This is a seqscan, as we don't have a usable index ... */
   11362                 :        6989 :     scan = systable_beginscan(pg_constraint, InvalidOid, true,
   11363                 :             :                               NULL, 2, key);
   11364         [ +  + ]:        7241 :     while ((tuple = systable_getnext(scan)) != NULL)
   11365                 :             :     {
   11366                 :         252 :         Form_pg_constraint constrForm = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
   11367                 :             : 
   11368                 :         252 :         clone = lappend_oid(clone, constrForm->oid);
   11369                 :             :     }
   11370                 :        6989 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   11371                 :        6989 :     table_close(pg_constraint, RowShareLock);
   11372                 :             : 
   11373                 :             :     /*
   11374                 :             :      * Triggers of the foreign keys will be manipulated a bunch of times in
   11375                 :             :      * the loop below.  To avoid repeatedly opening/closing the trigger
   11376                 :             :      * catalog relation, we open it here and pass it to the subroutines called
   11377                 :             :      * below.
   11378                 :             :      */
   11379                 :        6989 :     trigrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   11380                 :             : 
   11381                 :        6989 :     attmap = build_attrmap_by_name(RelationGetDescr(partitionRel),
   11382                 :             :                                    RelationGetDescr(parentRel),
   11383                 :             :                                    false);
   11384   [ +  +  +  +  :        7241 :     foreach(cell, clone)
                   +  + ]
   11385                 :             :     {
   11386                 :         252 :         Oid         constrOid = lfirst_oid(cell);
   11387                 :             :         Form_pg_constraint constrForm;
   11388                 :             :         Relation    fkRel;
   11389                 :             :         Oid         indexOid;
   11390                 :             :         Oid         partIndexId;
   11391                 :             :         int         numfks;
   11392                 :             :         AttrNumber  conkey[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   11393                 :             :         AttrNumber  mapped_confkey[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   11394                 :             :         AttrNumber  confkey[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   11395                 :             :         Oid         conpfeqop[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   11396                 :             :         Oid         conppeqop[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   11397                 :             :         Oid         conffeqop[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   11398                 :             :         int         numfkdelsetcols;
   11399                 :             :         AttrNumber  confdelsetcols[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   11400                 :             :         Constraint *fkconstraint;
   11401                 :             :         ObjectAddress address;
   11402                 :         252 :         Oid         deleteTriggerOid = InvalidOid,
   11403                 :         252 :                     updateTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
   11404                 :             : 
   11405                 :         252 :         tuple = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(constrOid));
   11406         [ -  + ]:         252 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   11407         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", constrOid);
   11408                 :         252 :         constrForm = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
   11409                 :             : 
   11410                 :             :         /*
   11411                 :             :          * As explained above: don't try to clone a constraint for which we're
   11412                 :             :          * going to clone the parent.
   11413                 :             :          */
   11414         [ +  + ]:         252 :         if (list_member_oid(clone, constrForm->conparentid))
   11415                 :             :         {
   11416                 :         148 :             ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
   11417                 :         148 :             continue;
   11418                 :             :         }
   11419                 :             : 
   11420                 :             :         /* We need the same lock level that CreateTrigger will acquire */
   11421                 :         104 :         fkRel = table_open(constrForm->conrelid, ShareRowExclusiveLock);
   11422                 :             : 
   11423                 :         104 :         indexOid = constrForm->conindid;
   11424                 :         104 :         DeconstructFkConstraintRow(tuple,
   11425                 :             :                                    &numfks,
   11426                 :             :                                    conkey,
   11427                 :             :                                    confkey,
   11428                 :             :                                    conpfeqop,
   11429                 :             :                                    conppeqop,
   11430                 :             :                                    conffeqop,
   11431                 :             :                                    &numfkdelsetcols,
   11432                 :             :                                    confdelsetcols);
   11433                 :             : 
   11434         [ +  + ]:         236 :         for (int i = 0; i < numfks; i++)
   11435                 :         132 :             mapped_confkey[i] = attmap->attnums[confkey[i] - 1];
   11436                 :             : 
   11437                 :         104 :         fkconstraint = makeNode(Constraint);
   11438                 :         104 :         fkconstraint->contype = CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN;
   11439                 :         104 :         fkconstraint->conname = NameStr(constrForm->conname);
   11440                 :         104 :         fkconstraint->deferrable = constrForm->condeferrable;
   11441                 :         104 :         fkconstraint->initdeferred = constrForm->condeferred;
   11442                 :         104 :         fkconstraint->location = -1;
   11443                 :         104 :         fkconstraint->pktable = NULL;
   11444                 :             :         /* ->fk_attrs determined below */
   11445                 :         104 :         fkconstraint->pk_attrs = NIL;
   11446                 :         104 :         fkconstraint->fk_matchtype = constrForm->confmatchtype;
   11447                 :         104 :         fkconstraint->fk_upd_action = constrForm->confupdtype;
   11448                 :         104 :         fkconstraint->fk_del_action = constrForm->confdeltype;
   11449                 :         104 :         fkconstraint->fk_del_set_cols = NIL;
   11450                 :         104 :         fkconstraint->old_conpfeqop = NIL;
   11451                 :         104 :         fkconstraint->old_pktable_oid = InvalidOid;
   11452                 :         104 :         fkconstraint->is_enforced = constrForm->conenforced;
   11453                 :         104 :         fkconstraint->skip_validation = false;
   11454                 :         104 :         fkconstraint->initially_valid = constrForm->convalidated;
   11455                 :             : 
   11456                 :             :         /* set up colnames that are used to generate the constraint name */
   11457         [ +  + ]:         236 :         for (int i = 0; i < numfks; i++)
   11458                 :             :         {
   11459                 :             :             Form_pg_attribute att;
   11460                 :             : 
   11461                 :         132 :             att = TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(fkRel),
   11462                 :         132 :                                 conkey[i] - 1);
   11463                 :         132 :             fkconstraint->fk_attrs = lappend(fkconstraint->fk_attrs,
   11464                 :         132 :                                              makeString(NameStr(att->attname)));
   11465                 :             :         }
   11466                 :             : 
   11467                 :             :         /*
   11468                 :             :          * Add the new foreign key constraint pointing to the new partition.
   11469                 :             :          * Because this new partition appears in the referenced side of the
   11470                 :             :          * constraint, we don't need to set up for Phase 3 check.
   11471                 :             :          */
   11472                 :         104 :         partIndexId = index_get_partition(partitionRel, indexOid);
   11473         [ -  + ]:         104 :         if (!OidIsValid(partIndexId))
   11474         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "index for %u not found in partition %s",
   11475                 :             :                  indexOid, RelationGetRelationName(partitionRel));
   11476                 :             : 
   11477                 :             :         /*
   11478                 :             :          * Get the "action" triggers belonging to the constraint to pass as
   11479                 :             :          * parent OIDs for similar triggers that will be created on the
   11480                 :             :          * partition in addFkRecurseReferenced().
   11481                 :             :          */
   11482         [ +  - ]:         104 :         if (constrForm->conenforced)
   11483                 :         104 :             GetForeignKeyActionTriggers(trigrel, constrOid,
   11484                 :             :                                         constrForm->confrelid, constrForm->conrelid,
   11485                 :             :                                         &deleteTriggerOid, &updateTriggerOid);
   11486                 :             : 
   11487                 :             :         /* Add this constraint ... */
   11488                 :         104 :         address = addFkConstraint(addFkReferencedSide,
   11489                 :             :                                   fkconstraint->conname, fkconstraint, fkRel,
   11490                 :             :                                   partitionRel, partIndexId, constrOid,
   11491                 :             :                                   numfks, mapped_confkey,
   11492                 :             :                                   conkey, conpfeqop, conppeqop, conffeqop,
   11493                 :             :                                   numfkdelsetcols, confdelsetcols, false,
   11494                 :         104 :                                   constrForm->conperiod);
   11495                 :             :         /* ... and recurse */
   11496                 :         104 :         addFkRecurseReferenced(fkconstraint,
   11497                 :             :                                fkRel,
   11498                 :             :                                partitionRel,
   11499                 :             :                                partIndexId,
   11500                 :             :                                address.objectId,
   11501                 :             :                                numfks,
   11502                 :             :                                mapped_confkey,
   11503                 :             :                                conkey,
   11504                 :             :                                conpfeqop,
   11505                 :             :                                conppeqop,
   11506                 :             :                                conffeqop,
   11507                 :             :                                numfkdelsetcols,
   11508                 :             :                                confdelsetcols,
   11509                 :             :                                true,
   11510                 :             :                                deleteTriggerOid,
   11511                 :             :                                updateTriggerOid,
   11512                 :         104 :                                constrForm->conperiod);
   11513                 :             : 
   11514                 :         104 :         table_close(fkRel, NoLock);
   11515                 :         104 :         ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
   11516                 :             :     }
   11517                 :             : 
   11518                 :        6989 :     table_close(trigrel, RowExclusiveLock);
   11519                 :        6989 : }
   11520                 :             : 
   11521                 :             : /*
   11522                 :             :  * CloneFkReferencing
   11523                 :             :  *      Subroutine for CloneForeignKeyConstraints
   11524                 :             :  *
   11525                 :             :  * For each FK constraint of the parent relation in the given list, find an
   11526                 :             :  * equivalent constraint in its partition relation that can be reparented;
   11527                 :             :  * if one cannot be found, create a new constraint in the partition as its
   11528                 :             :  * child.
   11529                 :             :  *
   11530                 :             :  * If wqueue is given, it is used to set up phase-3 verification for each
   11531                 :             :  * cloned constraint; omit it if such verification is not needed
   11532                 :             :  * (example: the partition is being created anew).
   11533                 :             :  */
   11534                 :             : static void
   11535                 :        7001 : CloneFkReferencing(List **wqueue, Relation parentRel, Relation partRel)
   11536                 :             : {
   11537                 :             :     AttrMap    *attmap;
   11538                 :             :     List       *partFKs;
   11539                 :        7001 :     List       *clone = NIL;
   11540                 :             :     ListCell   *cell;
   11541                 :             :     Relation    trigrel;
   11542                 :             : 
   11543                 :             :     /* obtain a list of constraints that we need to clone */
   11544   [ +  +  +  +  :        7788 :     foreach(cell, RelationGetFKeyList(parentRel))
                   +  + ]
   11545                 :             :     {
   11546                 :         791 :         ForeignKeyCacheInfo *fk = lfirst(cell);
   11547                 :             : 
   11548                 :             :         /*
   11549                 :             :          * Refuse to attach a table as partition that this partitioned table
   11550                 :             :          * already has a foreign key to.  This isn't useful schema, which is
   11551                 :             :          * proven by the fact that there have been no user complaints that
   11552                 :             :          * it's already impossible to achieve this in the opposite direction,
   11553                 :             :          * i.e., creating a foreign key that references a partition.  This
   11554                 :             :          * restriction allows us to dodge some complexities around
   11555                 :             :          * pg_constraint and pg_trigger row creations that would be needed
   11556                 :             :          * during ATTACH/DETACH for this kind of relationship.
   11557                 :             :          */
   11558         [ +  + ]:         791 :         if (fk->confrelid == RelationGetRelid(partRel))
   11559         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
   11560                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   11561                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot attach table \"%s\" as a partition because it is referenced by foreign key \"%s\"",
   11562                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(partRel),
   11563                 :             :                             get_constraint_name(fk->conoid))));
   11564                 :             : 
   11565                 :         787 :         clone = lappend_oid(clone, fk->conoid);
   11566                 :             :     }
   11567                 :             : 
   11568                 :             :     /*
   11569                 :             :      * Silently do nothing if there's nothing to do.  In particular, this
   11570                 :             :      * avoids throwing a spurious error for foreign tables.
   11571                 :             :      */
   11572         [ +  + ]:        6997 :     if (clone == NIL)
   11573                 :        6674 :         return;
   11574                 :             : 
   11575         [ -  + ]:         323 :     if (partRel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
   11576         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   11577                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   11578                 :             :                  errmsg("foreign key constraints are not supported on foreign tables")));
   11579                 :             : 
   11580                 :             :     /*
   11581                 :             :      * Triggers of the foreign keys will be manipulated a bunch of times in
   11582                 :             :      * the loop below.  To avoid repeatedly opening/closing the trigger
   11583                 :             :      * catalog relation, we open it here and pass it to the subroutines called
   11584                 :             :      * below.
   11585                 :             :      */
   11586                 :         323 :     trigrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   11587                 :             : 
   11588                 :             :     /*
   11589                 :             :      * The constraint key may differ, if the columns in the partition are
   11590                 :             :      * different.  This map is used to convert them.
   11591                 :             :      */
   11592                 :         323 :     attmap = build_attrmap_by_name(RelationGetDescr(partRel),
   11593                 :             :                                    RelationGetDescr(parentRel),
   11594                 :             :                                    false);
   11595                 :             : 
   11596                 :         323 :     partFKs = copyObject(RelationGetFKeyList(partRel));
   11597                 :             : 
   11598   [ +  -  +  +  :        1102 :     foreach(cell, clone)
                   +  + ]
   11599                 :             :     {
   11600                 :         787 :         Oid         parentConstrOid = lfirst_oid(cell);
   11601                 :             :         Form_pg_constraint constrForm;
   11602                 :             :         Relation    pkrel;
   11603                 :             :         HeapTuple   tuple;
   11604                 :             :         int         numfks;
   11605                 :             :         AttrNumber  conkey[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   11606                 :             :         AttrNumber  mapped_conkey[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   11607                 :             :         AttrNumber  confkey[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   11608                 :             :         Oid         conpfeqop[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   11609                 :             :         Oid         conppeqop[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   11610                 :             :         Oid         conffeqop[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   11611                 :             :         int         numfkdelsetcols;
   11612                 :             :         AttrNumber  confdelsetcols[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   11613                 :             :         Constraint *fkconstraint;
   11614                 :             :         bool        attached;
   11615                 :             :         Oid         indexOid;
   11616                 :             :         ObjectAddress address;
   11617                 :             :         ListCell   *lc;
   11618                 :         787 :         Oid         insertTriggerOid = InvalidOid,
   11619                 :         787 :                     updateTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
   11620                 :             :         bool        with_period;
   11621                 :             : 
   11622                 :         787 :         tuple = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(parentConstrOid));
   11623         [ -  + ]:         787 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   11624         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u",
   11625                 :             :                  parentConstrOid);
   11626                 :         787 :         constrForm = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
   11627                 :             : 
   11628                 :             :         /* Don't clone constraints whose parents are being cloned */
   11629         [ +  + ]:         787 :         if (list_member_oid(clone, constrForm->conparentid))
   11630                 :             :         {
   11631                 :         440 :             ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
   11632                 :         540 :             continue;
   11633                 :             :         }
   11634                 :             : 
   11635                 :             :         /*
   11636                 :             :          * Need to prevent concurrent deletions.  If pkrel is a partitioned
   11637                 :             :          * relation, that means to lock all partitions.
   11638                 :             :          */
   11639                 :         347 :         pkrel = table_open(constrForm->confrelid, ShareRowExclusiveLock);
   11640         [ +  + ]:         347 :         if (pkrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   11641                 :         148 :             (void) find_all_inheritors(RelationGetRelid(pkrel),
   11642                 :             :                                        ShareRowExclusiveLock, NULL);
   11643                 :             : 
   11644                 :         347 :         DeconstructFkConstraintRow(tuple, &numfks, conkey, confkey,
   11645                 :             :                                    conpfeqop, conppeqop, conffeqop,
   11646                 :             :                                    &numfkdelsetcols, confdelsetcols);
   11647         [ +  + ]:         850 :         for (int i = 0; i < numfks; i++)
   11648                 :         503 :             mapped_conkey[i] = attmap->attnums[conkey[i] - 1];
   11649                 :             : 
   11650                 :             :         /*
   11651                 :             :          * Get the "check" triggers belonging to the constraint, if it is
   11652                 :             :          * ENFORCED, to pass as parent OIDs for similar triggers that will be
   11653                 :             :          * created on the partition in addFkRecurseReferencing().  They are
   11654                 :             :          * also passed to tryAttachPartitionForeignKey() below to simply
   11655                 :             :          * assign as parents to the partition's existing "check" triggers,
   11656                 :             :          * that is, if the corresponding constraints is deemed attachable to
   11657                 :             :          * the parent constraint.
   11658                 :             :          */
   11659         [ +  + ]:         347 :         if (constrForm->conenforced)
   11660                 :         339 :             GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers(trigrel, constrForm->oid,
   11661                 :             :                                        constrForm->confrelid, constrForm->conrelid,
   11662                 :             :                                        &insertTriggerOid, &updateTriggerOid);
   11663                 :             : 
   11664                 :             :         /*
   11665                 :             :          * Before creating a new constraint, see whether any existing FKs are
   11666                 :             :          * fit for the purpose.  If one is, attach the parent constraint to
   11667                 :             :          * it, and don't clone anything.  This way we avoid the expensive
   11668                 :             :          * verification step and don't end up with a duplicate FK, and we
   11669                 :             :          * don't need to recurse to partitions for this constraint.
   11670                 :             :          */
   11671                 :         347 :         attached = false;
   11672   [ +  +  +  +  :         407 :         foreach(lc, partFKs)
                   +  + ]
   11673                 :             :         {
   11674                 :         164 :             ForeignKeyCacheInfo *fk = lfirst_node(ForeignKeyCacheInfo, lc);
   11675                 :             : 
   11676         [ +  + ]:         164 :             if (tryAttachPartitionForeignKey(wqueue,
   11677                 :             :                                              fk,
   11678                 :             :                                              partRel,
   11679                 :             :                                              parentConstrOid,
   11680                 :             :                                              numfks,
   11681                 :             :                                              mapped_conkey,
   11682                 :             :                                              confkey,
   11683                 :             :                                              conpfeqop,
   11684                 :             :                                              insertTriggerOid,
   11685                 :             :                                              updateTriggerOid,
   11686                 :             :                                              trigrel))
   11687                 :             :             {
   11688                 :         100 :                 attached = true;
   11689                 :         100 :                 table_close(pkrel, NoLock);
   11690                 :         100 :                 break;
   11691                 :             :             }
   11692                 :             :         }
   11693         [ +  + ]:         343 :         if (attached)
   11694                 :             :         {
   11695                 :         100 :             ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
   11696                 :         100 :             continue;
   11697                 :             :         }
   11698                 :             : 
   11699                 :             :         /* No dice.  Set up to create our own constraint */
   11700                 :         243 :         fkconstraint = makeNode(Constraint);
   11701                 :         243 :         fkconstraint->contype = CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN;
   11702                 :             :         /* ->conname determined below */
   11703                 :         243 :         fkconstraint->deferrable = constrForm->condeferrable;
   11704                 :         243 :         fkconstraint->initdeferred = constrForm->condeferred;
   11705                 :         243 :         fkconstraint->location = -1;
   11706                 :         243 :         fkconstraint->pktable = NULL;
   11707                 :             :         /* ->fk_attrs determined below */
   11708                 :         243 :         fkconstraint->pk_attrs = NIL;
   11709                 :         243 :         fkconstraint->fk_matchtype = constrForm->confmatchtype;
   11710                 :         243 :         fkconstraint->fk_upd_action = constrForm->confupdtype;
   11711                 :         243 :         fkconstraint->fk_del_action = constrForm->confdeltype;
   11712                 :         243 :         fkconstraint->fk_del_set_cols = NIL;
   11713                 :         243 :         fkconstraint->old_conpfeqop = NIL;
   11714                 :         243 :         fkconstraint->old_pktable_oid = InvalidOid;
   11715                 :         243 :         fkconstraint->is_enforced = constrForm->conenforced;
   11716                 :         243 :         fkconstraint->skip_validation = false;
   11717                 :         243 :         fkconstraint->initially_valid = constrForm->convalidated;
   11718         [ +  + ]:         566 :         for (int i = 0; i < numfks; i++)
   11719                 :             :         {
   11720                 :             :             Form_pg_attribute att;
   11721                 :             : 
   11722                 :         323 :             att = TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(partRel),
   11723                 :         323 :                                 mapped_conkey[i] - 1);
   11724                 :         323 :             fkconstraint->fk_attrs = lappend(fkconstraint->fk_attrs,
   11725                 :         323 :                                              makeString(NameStr(att->attname)));
   11726                 :             :         }
   11727                 :             : 
   11728                 :         243 :         indexOid = constrForm->conindid;
   11729                 :         243 :         with_period = constrForm->conperiod;
   11730                 :             : 
   11731                 :             :         /* Create the pg_constraint entry at this level */
   11732                 :         243 :         address = addFkConstraint(addFkReferencingSide,
   11733                 :         243 :                                   NameStr(constrForm->conname), fkconstraint,
   11734                 :             :                                   partRel, pkrel, indexOid, parentConstrOid,
   11735                 :             :                                   numfks, confkey,
   11736                 :             :                                   mapped_conkey, conpfeqop,
   11737                 :             :                                   conppeqop, conffeqop,
   11738                 :             :                                   numfkdelsetcols, confdelsetcols,
   11739                 :             :                                   false, with_period);
   11740                 :             : 
   11741                 :             :         /* Done with the cloned constraint's tuple */
   11742                 :         243 :         ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
   11743                 :             : 
   11744                 :             :         /* Create the check triggers, and recurse to partitions, if any */
   11745                 :         243 :         addFkRecurseReferencing(wqueue,
   11746                 :             :                                 fkconstraint,
   11747                 :             :                                 partRel,
   11748                 :             :                                 pkrel,
   11749                 :             :                                 indexOid,
   11750                 :             :                                 address.objectId,
   11751                 :             :                                 numfks,
   11752                 :             :                                 confkey,
   11753                 :             :                                 mapped_conkey,
   11754                 :             :                                 conpfeqop,
   11755                 :             :                                 conppeqop,
   11756                 :             :                                 conffeqop,
   11757                 :             :                                 numfkdelsetcols,
   11758                 :             :                                 confdelsetcols,
   11759                 :             :                                 false,  /* no old check exists */
   11760                 :             :                                 AccessExclusiveLock,
   11761                 :             :                                 insertTriggerOid,
   11762                 :             :                                 updateTriggerOid,
   11763                 :             :                                 with_period);
   11764                 :         239 :         table_close(pkrel, NoLock);
   11765                 :             :     }
   11766                 :             : 
   11767                 :         315 :     table_close(trigrel, RowExclusiveLock);
   11768                 :             : }
   11769                 :             : 
   11770                 :             : /*
   11771                 :             :  * When the parent of a partition receives [the referencing side of] a foreign
   11772                 :             :  * key, we must propagate that foreign key to the partition.  However, the
   11773                 :             :  * partition might already have an equivalent foreign key; this routine
   11774                 :             :  * compares the given ForeignKeyCacheInfo (in the partition) to the FK defined
   11775                 :             :  * by the other parameters.  If they are equivalent, create the link between
   11776                 :             :  * the two constraints and return true.
   11777                 :             :  *
   11778                 :             :  * If the given FK does not match the one defined by rest of the params,
   11779                 :             :  * return false.
   11780                 :             :  */
   11781                 :             : static bool
   11782                 :         181 : tryAttachPartitionForeignKey(List **wqueue,
   11783                 :             :                              ForeignKeyCacheInfo *fk,
   11784                 :             :                              Relation partition,
   11785                 :             :                              Oid parentConstrOid,
   11786                 :             :                              int numfks,
   11787                 :             :                              AttrNumber *mapped_conkey,
   11788                 :             :                              AttrNumber *confkey,
   11789                 :             :                              Oid *conpfeqop,
   11790                 :             :                              Oid parentInsTrigger,
   11791                 :             :                              Oid parentUpdTrigger,
   11792                 :             :                              Relation trigrel)
   11793                 :             : {
   11794                 :             :     HeapTuple   parentConstrTup;
   11795                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint parentConstr;
   11796                 :             :     HeapTuple   partcontup;
   11797                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint partConstr;
   11798                 :             : 
   11799                 :         181 :     parentConstrTup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID,
   11800                 :             :                                       ObjectIdGetDatum(parentConstrOid));
   11801         [ -  + ]:         181 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(parentConstrTup))
   11802         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", parentConstrOid);
   11803                 :         181 :     parentConstr = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(parentConstrTup);
   11804                 :             : 
   11805                 :             :     /*
   11806                 :             :      * Do some quick & easy initial checks.  If any of these fail, we cannot
   11807                 :             :      * use this constraint.
   11808                 :             :      */
   11809   [ +  -  -  + ]:         181 :     if (fk->confrelid != parentConstr->confrelid || fk->nkeys != numfks)
   11810                 :             :     {
   11811                 :           0 :         ReleaseSysCache(parentConstrTup);
   11812                 :           0 :         return false;
   11813                 :             :     }
   11814         [ +  + ]:         503 :     for (int i = 0; i < numfks; i++)
   11815                 :             :     {
   11816         [ +  - ]:         322 :         if (fk->conkey[i] != mapped_conkey[i] ||
   11817         [ +  - ]:         322 :             fk->confkey[i] != confkey[i] ||
   11818         [ -  + ]:         322 :             fk->conpfeqop[i] != conpfeqop[i])
   11819                 :             :         {
   11820                 :           0 :             ReleaseSysCache(parentConstrTup);
   11821                 :           0 :             return false;
   11822                 :             :         }
   11823                 :             :     }
   11824                 :             : 
   11825                 :             :     /* Looks good so far; perform more extensive checks. */
   11826                 :         181 :     partcontup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(fk->conoid));
   11827         [ -  + ]:         181 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(partcontup))
   11828         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", fk->conoid);
   11829                 :         181 :     partConstr = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(partcontup);
   11830                 :             : 
   11831                 :             :     /*
   11832                 :             :      * An error should be raised if the constraint enforceability is
   11833                 :             :      * different. Returning false without raising an error, as we do for other
   11834                 :             :      * attributes, could lead to a duplicate constraint with the same
   11835                 :             :      * enforceability as the parent. While this may be acceptable, it may not
   11836                 :             :      * be ideal. Therefore, it's better to raise an error and allow the user
   11837                 :             :      * to correct the enforceability before proceeding.
   11838                 :             :      */
   11839         [ +  + ]:         181 :     if (partConstr->conenforced != parentConstr->conenforced)
   11840         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   11841                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
   11842                 :             :                  errmsg("constraint \"%s\" enforceability conflicts with constraint \"%s\" on relation \"%s\"",
   11843                 :             :                         NameStr(parentConstr->conname),
   11844                 :             :                         NameStr(partConstr->conname),
   11845                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(partition))));
   11846                 :             : 
   11847         [ +  + ]:         177 :     if (OidIsValid(partConstr->conparentid) ||
   11848         [ +  + ]:         158 :         partConstr->condeferrable != parentConstr->condeferrable ||
   11849         [ +  - ]:         140 :         partConstr->condeferred != parentConstr->condeferred ||
   11850         [ +  + ]:         140 :         partConstr->confupdtype != parentConstr->confupdtype ||
   11851         [ +  - ]:         117 :         partConstr->confdeltype != parentConstr->confdeltype ||
   11852         [ +  + ]:         117 :         partConstr->confmatchtype != parentConstr->confmatchtype)
   11853                 :             :     {
   11854                 :          69 :         ReleaseSysCache(parentConstrTup);
   11855                 :          69 :         ReleaseSysCache(partcontup);
   11856                 :          69 :         return false;
   11857                 :             :     }
   11858                 :             : 
   11859                 :         108 :     ReleaseSysCache(parentConstrTup);
   11860                 :         108 :     ReleaseSysCache(partcontup);
   11861                 :             : 
   11862                 :             :     /* Looks good!  Attach this constraint. */
   11863                 :         108 :     AttachPartitionForeignKey(wqueue, partition, fk->conoid,
   11864                 :             :                               parentConstrOid, parentInsTrigger,
   11865                 :             :                               parentUpdTrigger, trigrel);
   11866                 :             : 
   11867                 :         108 :     return true;
   11868                 :             : }
   11869                 :             : 
   11870                 :             : /*
   11871                 :             :  * AttachPartitionForeignKey
   11872                 :             :  *
   11873                 :             :  * The subroutine for tryAttachPartitionForeignKey performs the final tasks of
   11874                 :             :  * attaching the constraint, removing redundant triggers and entries from
   11875                 :             :  * pg_constraint, and setting the constraint's parent.
   11876                 :             :  */
   11877                 :             : static void
   11878                 :         108 : AttachPartitionForeignKey(List **wqueue,
   11879                 :             :                           Relation partition,
   11880                 :             :                           Oid partConstrOid,
   11881                 :             :                           Oid parentConstrOid,
   11882                 :             :                           Oid parentInsTrigger,
   11883                 :             :                           Oid parentUpdTrigger,
   11884                 :             :                           Relation trigrel)
   11885                 :             : {
   11886                 :             :     HeapTuple   parentConstrTup;
   11887                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint parentConstr;
   11888                 :             :     HeapTuple   partcontup;
   11889                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint partConstr;
   11890                 :             :     bool        queueValidation;
   11891                 :             :     Oid         partConstrFrelid;
   11892                 :             :     Oid         partConstrRelid;
   11893                 :             :     bool        parentConstrIsEnforced;
   11894                 :             : 
   11895                 :             :     /* Fetch the parent constraint tuple */
   11896                 :         108 :     parentConstrTup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID,
   11897                 :             :                                       ObjectIdGetDatum(parentConstrOid));
   11898         [ -  + ]:         108 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(parentConstrTup))
   11899         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", parentConstrOid);
   11900                 :         108 :     parentConstr = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(parentConstrTup);
   11901                 :         108 :     parentConstrIsEnforced = parentConstr->conenforced;
   11902                 :             : 
   11903                 :             :     /* Fetch the child constraint tuple */
   11904                 :         108 :     partcontup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID,
   11905                 :             :                                  ObjectIdGetDatum(partConstrOid));
   11906         [ -  + ]:         108 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(partcontup))
   11907         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", partConstrOid);
   11908                 :         108 :     partConstr = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(partcontup);
   11909                 :         108 :     partConstrFrelid = partConstr->confrelid;
   11910                 :         108 :     partConstrRelid = partConstr->conrelid;
   11911                 :             : 
   11912                 :             :     /*
   11913                 :             :      * If the referenced table is partitioned, then the partition we're
   11914                 :             :      * attaching now has extra pg_constraint rows and action triggers that are
   11915                 :             :      * no longer needed.  Remove those.
   11916                 :             :      */
   11917         [ +  + ]:         108 :     if (get_rel_relkind(partConstrFrelid) == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   11918                 :             :     {
   11919                 :          24 :         Relation    pg_constraint = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, RowShareLock);
   11920                 :             : 
   11921                 :          24 :         RemoveInheritedConstraint(pg_constraint, trigrel, partConstrOid,
   11922                 :             :                                   partConstrRelid);
   11923                 :             : 
   11924                 :          24 :         table_close(pg_constraint, RowShareLock);
   11925                 :             :     }
   11926                 :             : 
   11927                 :             :     /*
   11928                 :             :      * Will we need to validate this constraint?   A valid parent constraint
   11929                 :             :      * implies that all child constraints have been validated, so if this one
   11930                 :             :      * isn't, we must trigger phase 3 validation.
   11931                 :             :      */
   11932   [ +  +  +  + ]:         108 :     queueValidation = parentConstr->convalidated && !partConstr->convalidated;
   11933                 :             : 
   11934                 :         108 :     ReleaseSysCache(partcontup);
   11935                 :         108 :     ReleaseSysCache(parentConstrTup);
   11936                 :             : 
   11937                 :             :     /*
   11938                 :             :      * The action triggers in the new partition become redundant -- the parent
   11939                 :             :      * table already has equivalent ones, and those will be able to reach the
   11940                 :             :      * partition.  Remove the ones in the partition.  We identify them because
   11941                 :             :      * they have our constraint OID, as well as being on the referenced rel.
   11942                 :             :      */
   11943                 :         108 :     DropForeignKeyConstraintTriggers(trigrel, partConstrOid, partConstrFrelid,
   11944                 :             :                                      partConstrRelid);
   11945                 :             : 
   11946                 :         108 :     ConstraintSetParentConstraint(partConstrOid, parentConstrOid,
   11947                 :             :                                   RelationGetRelid(partition));
   11948                 :             : 
   11949                 :             :     /*
   11950                 :             :      * Like the constraint, attach partition's "check" triggers to the
   11951                 :             :      * corresponding parent triggers if the constraint is ENFORCED. NOT
   11952                 :             :      * ENFORCED constraints do not have these triggers.
   11953                 :             :      */
   11954         [ +  + ]:         108 :     if (parentConstrIsEnforced)
   11955                 :             :     {
   11956                 :             :         Oid         insertTriggerOid,
   11957                 :             :                     updateTriggerOid;
   11958                 :             : 
   11959                 :         100 :         GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers(trigrel,
   11960                 :             :                                    partConstrOid, partConstrFrelid, partConstrRelid,
   11961                 :             :                                    &insertTriggerOid, &updateTriggerOid);
   11962                 :             :         Assert(OidIsValid(insertTriggerOid) && OidIsValid(parentInsTrigger));
   11963                 :         100 :         TriggerSetParentTrigger(trigrel, insertTriggerOid, parentInsTrigger,
   11964                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelid(partition));
   11965                 :             :         Assert(OidIsValid(updateTriggerOid) && OidIsValid(parentUpdTrigger));
   11966                 :         100 :         TriggerSetParentTrigger(trigrel, updateTriggerOid, parentUpdTrigger,
   11967                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelid(partition));
   11968                 :             :     }
   11969                 :             : 
   11970                 :             :     /*
   11971                 :             :      * We updated this pg_constraint row above to set its parent; validating
   11972                 :             :      * it will cause its convalidated flag to change, so we need CCI here.  In
   11973                 :             :      * addition, we need it unconditionally for the rare case where the parent
   11974                 :             :      * table has *two* identical constraints; when reaching this function for
   11975                 :             :      * the second one, we must have made our changes visible, otherwise we
   11976                 :             :      * would try to attach both to this one.
   11977                 :             :      */
   11978                 :         108 :     CommandCounterIncrement();
   11979                 :             : 
   11980                 :             :     /* If validation is needed, put it in the queue now. */
   11981         [ +  + ]:         108 :     if (queueValidation)
   11982                 :             :     {
   11983                 :             :         Relation    conrel;
   11984                 :             :         Oid         confrelid;
   11985                 :             : 
   11986                 :          12 :         conrel = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   11987                 :             : 
   11988                 :          12 :         partcontup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(partConstrOid));
   11989         [ -  + ]:          12 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(partcontup))
   11990         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", partConstrOid);
   11991                 :             : 
   11992                 :          12 :         confrelid = ((Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(partcontup))->confrelid;
   11993                 :             : 
   11994                 :             :         /* Use the same lock as for AT_ValidateConstraint */
   11995                 :          12 :         QueueFKConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, partition, confrelid,
   11996                 :             :                                     partcontup, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock);
   11997                 :          12 :         ReleaseSysCache(partcontup);
   11998                 :          12 :         table_close(conrel, RowExclusiveLock);
   11999                 :             :     }
   12000                 :         108 : }
   12001                 :             : 
   12002                 :             : /*
   12003                 :             :  * RemoveInheritedConstraint
   12004                 :             :  *
   12005                 :             :  * Removes the constraint and its associated trigger from the specified
   12006                 :             :  * relation, which inherited the given constraint.
   12007                 :             :  */
   12008                 :             : static void
   12009                 :          24 : RemoveInheritedConstraint(Relation conrel, Relation trigrel, Oid conoid,
   12010                 :             :                           Oid conrelid)
   12011                 :             : {
   12012                 :             :     ObjectAddresses *objs;
   12013                 :             :     HeapTuple   consttup;
   12014                 :             :     ScanKeyData key;
   12015                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   12016                 :             :     HeapTuple   trigtup;
   12017                 :             : 
   12018                 :          24 :     ScanKeyInit(&key,
   12019                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
   12020                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   12021                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(conrelid));
   12022                 :             : 
   12023                 :          24 :     scan = systable_beginscan(conrel,
   12024                 :             :                               ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
   12025                 :             :                               true, NULL, 1, &key);
   12026                 :          24 :     objs = new_object_addresses();
   12027         [ +  + ]:         216 :     while ((consttup = systable_getnext(scan)) != NULL)
   12028                 :             :     {
   12029                 :         192 :         Form_pg_constraint conform = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(consttup);
   12030                 :             : 
   12031         [ +  + ]:         192 :         if (conform->conparentid != conoid)
   12032                 :         140 :             continue;
   12033                 :             :         else
   12034                 :             :         {
   12035                 :             :             ObjectAddress addr;
   12036                 :             :             SysScanDesc scan2;
   12037                 :             :             ScanKeyData key2;
   12038                 :             :             int         n PG_USED_FOR_ASSERTS_ONLY;
   12039                 :             : 
   12040                 :          52 :             ObjectAddressSet(addr, ConstraintRelationId, conform->oid);
   12041                 :          52 :             add_exact_object_address(&addr, objs);
   12042                 :             : 
   12043                 :             :             /*
   12044                 :             :              * First we must delete the dependency record that binds the
   12045                 :             :              * constraint records together.
   12046                 :             :              */
   12047                 :          52 :             n = deleteDependencyRecordsForSpecific(ConstraintRelationId,
   12048                 :             :                                                    conform->oid,
   12049                 :             :                                                    DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL,
   12050                 :             :                                                    ConstraintRelationId,
   12051                 :             :                                                    conoid);
   12052                 :             :             Assert(n == 1);     /* actually only one is expected */
   12053                 :             : 
   12054                 :             :             /*
   12055                 :             :              * Now search for the triggers for this constraint and set them up
   12056                 :             :              * for deletion too
   12057                 :             :              */
   12058                 :          52 :             ScanKeyInit(&key2,
   12059                 :             :                         Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
   12060                 :             :                         BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   12061                 :             :                         ObjectIdGetDatum(conform->oid));
   12062                 :          52 :             scan2 = systable_beginscan(trigrel, TriggerConstraintIndexId,
   12063                 :             :                                        true, NULL, 1, &key2);
   12064         [ +  + ]:         156 :             while ((trigtup = systable_getnext(scan2)) != NULL)
   12065                 :             :             {
   12066                 :         104 :                 ObjectAddressSet(addr, TriggerRelationId,
   12067                 :             :                                  ((Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(trigtup))->oid);
   12068                 :         104 :                 add_exact_object_address(&addr, objs);
   12069                 :             :             }
   12070                 :          52 :             systable_endscan(scan2);
   12071                 :             :         }
   12072                 :             :     }
   12073                 :             :     /* make the dependency deletions visible */
   12074                 :          24 :     CommandCounterIncrement();
   12075                 :          24 :     performMultipleDeletions(objs, DROP_RESTRICT,
   12076                 :             :                              PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL);
   12077                 :          24 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   12078                 :          24 : }
   12079                 :             : 
   12080                 :             : /*
   12081                 :             :  * DropForeignKeyConstraintTriggers
   12082                 :             :  *
   12083                 :             :  * The subroutine for tryAttachPartitionForeignKey handles the deletion of
   12084                 :             :  * action triggers for the foreign key constraint.
   12085                 :             :  *
   12086                 :             :  * If valid confrelid and conrelid values are not provided, the respective
   12087                 :             :  * trigger check will be skipped, and the trigger will be considered for
   12088                 :             :  * removal.
   12089                 :             :  */
   12090                 :             : static void
   12091                 :         160 : DropForeignKeyConstraintTriggers(Relation trigrel, Oid conoid, Oid confrelid,
   12092                 :             :                                  Oid conrelid)
   12093                 :             : {
   12094                 :             :     ScanKeyData key;
   12095                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   12096                 :             :     HeapTuple   trigtup;
   12097                 :             : 
   12098                 :         160 :     ScanKeyInit(&key,
   12099                 :             :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
   12100                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   12101                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
   12102                 :         160 :     scan = systable_beginscan(trigrel, TriggerConstraintIndexId, true,
   12103                 :             :                               NULL, 1, &key);
   12104         [ +  + ]:         696 :     while ((trigtup = systable_getnext(scan)) != NULL)
   12105                 :             :     {
   12106                 :         536 :         Form_pg_trigger trgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(trigtup);
   12107                 :             :         ObjectAddress trigger;
   12108                 :             : 
   12109                 :             :         /* Invalid if trigger is not for a referential integrity constraint */
   12110         [ -  + ]:         536 :         if (!OidIsValid(trgform->tgconstrrelid))
   12111                 :         200 :             continue;
   12112   [ +  +  +  + ]:         536 :         if (OidIsValid(conrelid) && trgform->tgconstrrelid != conrelid)
   12113                 :         200 :             continue;
   12114   [ +  +  -  + ]:         336 :         if (OidIsValid(confrelid) && trgform->tgrelid != confrelid)
   12115                 :           0 :             continue;
   12116                 :             : 
   12117                 :             :         /* We should be dropping trigger related to foreign key constraint */
   12118                 :             :         Assert(trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_CHECK_INS ||
   12119                 :             :                trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_CHECK_UPD ||
   12120                 :             :                trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_CASCADE_DEL ||
   12121                 :             :                trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_CASCADE_UPD ||
   12122                 :             :                trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_RESTRICT_DEL ||
   12123                 :             :                trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_RESTRICT_UPD ||
   12124                 :             :                trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_SETNULL_DEL ||
   12125                 :             :                trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_SETNULL_UPD ||
   12126                 :             :                trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_SETDEFAULT_DEL ||
   12127                 :             :                trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_SETDEFAULT_UPD ||
   12128                 :             :                trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_NOACTION_DEL ||
   12129                 :             :                trgform->tgfoid == F_RI_FKEY_NOACTION_UPD);
   12130                 :             : 
   12131                 :             :         /*
   12132                 :             :          * The constraint is originally set up to contain this trigger as an
   12133                 :             :          * implementation object, so there's a dependency record that links
   12134                 :             :          * the two; however, since the trigger is no longer needed, we remove
   12135                 :             :          * the dependency link in order to be able to drop the trigger while
   12136                 :             :          * keeping the constraint intact.
   12137                 :             :          */
   12138                 :         336 :         deleteDependencyRecordsFor(TriggerRelationId,
   12139                 :             :                                    trgform->oid,
   12140                 :             :                                    false);
   12141                 :             :         /* make dependency deletion visible to performDeletion */
   12142                 :         336 :         CommandCounterIncrement();
   12143                 :         336 :         ObjectAddressSet(trigger, TriggerRelationId,
   12144                 :             :                          trgform->oid);
   12145                 :         336 :         performDeletion(&trigger, DROP_RESTRICT, 0);
   12146                 :             :         /* make trigger drop visible, in case the loop iterates */
   12147                 :         336 :         CommandCounterIncrement();
   12148                 :             :     }
   12149                 :             : 
   12150                 :         160 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   12151                 :         160 : }
   12152                 :             : 
   12153                 :             : /*
   12154                 :             :  * GetForeignKeyActionTriggers
   12155                 :             :  *      Returns delete and update "action" triggers of the given relation
   12156                 :             :  *      belonging to the given constraint
   12157                 :             :  */
   12158                 :             : static void
   12159                 :         104 : GetForeignKeyActionTriggers(Relation trigrel,
   12160                 :             :                             Oid conoid, Oid confrelid, Oid conrelid,
   12161                 :             :                             Oid *deleteTriggerOid,
   12162                 :             :                             Oid *updateTriggerOid)
   12163                 :             : {
   12164                 :             :     ScanKeyData key;
   12165                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   12166                 :             :     HeapTuple   trigtup;
   12167                 :             : 
   12168                 :         104 :     *deleteTriggerOid = *updateTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
   12169                 :         104 :     ScanKeyInit(&key,
   12170                 :             :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
   12171                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   12172                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
   12173                 :             : 
   12174                 :         104 :     scan = systable_beginscan(trigrel, TriggerConstraintIndexId, true,
   12175                 :             :                               NULL, 1, &key);
   12176         [ +  - ]:         218 :     while ((trigtup = systable_getnext(scan)) != NULL)
   12177                 :             :     {
   12178                 :         218 :         Form_pg_trigger trgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(trigtup);
   12179                 :             : 
   12180         [ +  + ]:         218 :         if (trgform->tgconstrrelid != conrelid)
   12181                 :           9 :             continue;
   12182         [ -  + ]:         209 :         if (trgform->tgrelid != confrelid)
   12183                 :           0 :             continue;
   12184                 :             :         /* Only ever look at "action" triggers on the PK side. */
   12185         [ +  + ]:         209 :         if (RI_FKey_trigger_type(trgform->tgfoid) != RI_TRIGGER_PK)
   12186                 :           1 :             continue;
   12187         [ +  + ]:         208 :         if (TRIGGER_FOR_DELETE(trgform->tgtype))
   12188                 :             :         {
   12189                 :             :             Assert(*deleteTriggerOid == InvalidOid);
   12190                 :         104 :             *deleteTriggerOid = trgform->oid;
   12191                 :             :         }
   12192         [ +  - ]:         104 :         else if (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(trgform->tgtype))
   12193                 :             :         {
   12194                 :             :             Assert(*updateTriggerOid == InvalidOid);
   12195                 :         104 :             *updateTriggerOid = trgform->oid;
   12196                 :             :         }
   12197                 :             : #ifndef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
   12198                 :             :         /* In an assert-enabled build, continue looking to find duplicates */
   12199   [ +  +  +  + ]:         208 :         if (OidIsValid(*deleteTriggerOid) && OidIsValid(*updateTriggerOid))
   12200                 :         104 :             break;
   12201                 :             : #endif
   12202                 :             :     }
   12203                 :             : 
   12204         [ -  + ]:         104 :     if (!OidIsValid(*deleteTriggerOid))
   12205         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "could not find ON DELETE action trigger of foreign key constraint %u",
   12206                 :             :              conoid);
   12207         [ -  + ]:         104 :     if (!OidIsValid(*updateTriggerOid))
   12208         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "could not find ON UPDATE action trigger of foreign key constraint %u",
   12209                 :             :              conoid);
   12210                 :             : 
   12211                 :         104 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   12212                 :         104 : }
   12213                 :             : 
   12214                 :             : /*
   12215                 :             :  * GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers
   12216                 :             :  *      Returns insert and update "check" triggers of the given relation
   12217                 :             :  *      belonging to the given constraint
   12218                 :             :  */
   12219                 :             : static void
   12220                 :         507 : GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers(Relation trigrel,
   12221                 :             :                            Oid conoid, Oid confrelid, Oid conrelid,
   12222                 :             :                            Oid *insertTriggerOid,
   12223                 :             :                            Oid *updateTriggerOid)
   12224                 :             : {
   12225                 :             :     ScanKeyData key;
   12226                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   12227                 :             :     HeapTuple   trigtup;
   12228                 :             : 
   12229                 :         507 :     *insertTriggerOid = *updateTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
   12230                 :         507 :     ScanKeyInit(&key,
   12231                 :             :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
   12232                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   12233                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
   12234                 :             : 
   12235                 :         507 :     scan = systable_beginscan(trigrel, TriggerConstraintIndexId, true,
   12236                 :             :                               NULL, 1, &key);
   12237         [ +  - ]:        1607 :     while ((trigtup = systable_getnext(scan)) != NULL)
   12238                 :             :     {
   12239                 :        1607 :         Form_pg_trigger trgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(trigtup);
   12240                 :             : 
   12241         [ +  + ]:        1607 :         if (trgform->tgconstrrelid != confrelid)
   12242                 :         521 :             continue;
   12243         [ -  + ]:        1086 :         if (trgform->tgrelid != conrelid)
   12244                 :           0 :             continue;
   12245                 :             :         /* Only ever look at "check" triggers on the FK side. */
   12246         [ +  + ]:        1086 :         if (RI_FKey_trigger_type(trgform->tgfoid) != RI_TRIGGER_FK)
   12247                 :          72 :             continue;
   12248         [ +  + ]:        1014 :         if (TRIGGER_FOR_INSERT(trgform->tgtype))
   12249                 :             :         {
   12250                 :             :             Assert(*insertTriggerOid == InvalidOid);
   12251                 :         507 :             *insertTriggerOid = trgform->oid;
   12252                 :             :         }
   12253         [ +  - ]:         507 :         else if (TRIGGER_FOR_UPDATE(trgform->tgtype))
   12254                 :             :         {
   12255                 :             :             Assert(*updateTriggerOid == InvalidOid);
   12256                 :         507 :             *updateTriggerOid = trgform->oid;
   12257                 :             :         }
   12258                 :             : #ifndef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
   12259                 :             :         /* In an assert-enabled build, continue looking to find duplicates. */
   12260   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1014 :         if (OidIsValid(*insertTriggerOid) && OidIsValid(*updateTriggerOid))
   12261                 :         507 :             break;
   12262                 :             : #endif
   12263                 :             :     }
   12264                 :             : 
   12265         [ -  + ]:         507 :     if (!OidIsValid(*insertTriggerOid))
   12266         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "could not find ON INSERT check triggers of foreign key constraint %u",
   12267                 :             :              conoid);
   12268         [ -  + ]:         507 :     if (!OidIsValid(*updateTriggerOid))
   12269         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "could not find ON UPDATE check triggers of foreign key constraint %u",
   12270                 :             :              conoid);
   12271                 :             : 
   12272                 :         507 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   12273                 :         507 : }
   12274                 :             : 
   12275                 :             : /*
   12276                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ALTER CONSTRAINT
   12277                 :             :  *
   12278                 :             :  * Update the attributes of a constraint.
   12279                 :             :  *
   12280                 :             :  * Currently works for Foreign Key, Check, and not null constraints.
   12281                 :             :  *
   12282                 :             :  * If the constraint is modified, returns its address; otherwise, return
   12283                 :             :  * InvalidObjectAddress.
   12284                 :             :  */
   12285                 :             : static ObjectAddress
   12286                 :         332 : ATExecAlterConstraint(List **wqueue, Relation rel, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon,
   12287                 :             :                       bool recurse, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   12288                 :             : {
   12289                 :             :     Relation    conrel;
   12290                 :             :     Relation    tgrel;
   12291                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   12292                 :             :     ScanKeyData skey[3];
   12293                 :             :     HeapTuple   contuple;
   12294                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint currcon;
   12295                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
   12296                 :             : 
   12297                 :             :     /*
   12298                 :             :      * Disallow altering ONLY a partitioned table, as it would make no sense.
   12299                 :             :      * This is okay for legacy inheritance.
   12300                 :             :      */
   12301   [ +  +  -  + ]:         332 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE && !recurse)
   12302         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   12303                 :             :                 errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
   12304                 :             :                 errmsg("constraint must be altered in child tables too"),
   12305                 :             :                 errhint("Do not specify the ONLY keyword."));
   12306                 :             : 
   12307                 :             : 
   12308                 :         332 :     conrel = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   12309                 :         332 :     tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   12310                 :             : 
   12311                 :             :     /*
   12312                 :             :      * Find and check the target constraint
   12313                 :             :      */
   12314                 :         332 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
   12315                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
   12316                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   12317                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
   12318                 :         332 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
   12319                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_contypid,
   12320                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   12321                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(InvalidOid));
   12322                 :         332 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[2],
   12323                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
   12324                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
   12325                 :         332 :                 CStringGetDatum(cmdcon->conname));
   12326                 :         332 :     scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
   12327                 :             :                               true, NULL, 3, skey);
   12328                 :             : 
   12329                 :             :     /* There can be at most one matching row */
   12330         [ +  + ]:         332 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(contuple = systable_getnext(scan)))
   12331         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   12332                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
   12333                 :             :                  errmsg("constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
   12334                 :             :                         cmdcon->conname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
   12335                 :             : 
   12336                 :         328 :     currcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contuple);
   12337   [ +  +  -  + ]:         328 :     if (cmdcon->alterDeferrability && currcon->contype != CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN)
   12338         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   12339                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   12340                 :             :                  errmsg("constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is not a foreign key constraint",
   12341                 :             :                         cmdcon->conname, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
   12342         [ +  + ]:         328 :     if (cmdcon->alterEnforceability &&
   12343   [ +  +  +  + ]:         192 :         (currcon->contype != CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN && currcon->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK))
   12344         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
   12345                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   12346                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter enforceability of constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\"",
   12347                 :             :                         cmdcon->conname, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
   12348                 :             :                  errhint("Only foreign key and check constraints can change enforceability.")));
   12349         [ +  + ]:         320 :     if (cmdcon->alterInheritability &&
   12350         [ +  + ]:          64 :         currcon->contype != CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
   12351         [ +  - ]:          16 :         ereport(ERROR,
   12352                 :             :                 errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   12353                 :             :                 errmsg("constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is not a not-null constraint",
   12354                 :             :                        cmdcon->conname, RelationGetRelationName(rel)));
   12355         [ +  + ]:         304 :     if (cmdcon->alterInheritability &&
   12356   [ +  +  +  + ]:          48 :         cmdcon->noinherit && rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   12357         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   12358                 :             :                 errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   12359                 :             :                 errmsg("not-null constraint \"%s\" on partitioned table \"%s\" cannot be NO INHERIT",
   12360                 :             :                        cmdcon->conname, RelationGetRelationName(rel)));
   12361                 :             : 
   12362                 :             :     /* Refuse to modify inheritability of inherited constraints */
   12363         [ +  + ]:         300 :     if (cmdcon->alterInheritability &&
   12364   [ +  +  +  + ]:          44 :         cmdcon->noinherit && currcon->coninhcount > 0)
   12365         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   12366                 :             :                 errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
   12367                 :             :                 errmsg("cannot alter inherited constraint \"%s\" on relation \"%s\"",
   12368                 :             :                        NameStr(currcon->conname),
   12369                 :             :                        RelationGetRelationName(rel)));
   12370                 :             : 
   12371                 :             :     /*
   12372                 :             :      * If it's not the topmost constraint, raise an error.
   12373                 :             :      *
   12374                 :             :      * Altering a non-topmost constraint leaves some triggers untouched, since
   12375                 :             :      * they are not directly connected to this constraint; also, pg_dump would
   12376                 :             :      * ignore the deferrability status of the individual constraint, since it
   12377                 :             :      * only dumps topmost constraints.  Avoid these problems by refusing this
   12378                 :             :      * operation and telling the user to alter the parent constraint instead.
   12379                 :             :      */
   12380         [ +  + ]:         296 :     if (OidIsValid(currcon->conparentid))
   12381                 :             :     {
   12382                 :             :         HeapTuple   tp;
   12383                 :           8 :         Oid         parent = currcon->conparentid;
   12384                 :           8 :         char       *ancestorname = NULL;
   12385                 :           8 :         char       *ancestortable = NULL;
   12386                 :             : 
   12387                 :             :         /* Loop to find the topmost constraint */
   12388         [ +  - ]:          16 :         while (HeapTupleIsValid(tp = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(parent))))
   12389                 :             :         {
   12390                 :          16 :             Form_pg_constraint contup = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tp);
   12391                 :             : 
   12392                 :             :             /* If no parent, this is the constraint we want */
   12393         [ +  + ]:          16 :             if (!OidIsValid(contup->conparentid))
   12394                 :             :             {
   12395                 :           8 :                 ancestorname = pstrdup(NameStr(contup->conname));
   12396                 :           8 :                 ancestortable = get_rel_name(contup->conrelid);
   12397                 :           8 :                 ReleaseSysCache(tp);
   12398                 :           8 :                 break;
   12399                 :             :             }
   12400                 :             : 
   12401                 :           8 :             parent = contup->conparentid;
   12402                 :           8 :             ReleaseSysCache(tp);
   12403                 :             :         }
   12404                 :             : 
   12405   [ +  -  +  -  :           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
                   +  - ]
   12406                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
   12407                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter constraint \"%s\" on relation \"%s\"",
   12408                 :             :                         cmdcon->conname, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
   12409                 :             :                  ancestorname && ancestortable ?
   12410                 :             :                  errdetail("Constraint \"%s\" is derived from constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\".",
   12411                 :             :                            cmdcon->conname, ancestorname, ancestortable) : 0,
   12412                 :             :                  errhint("You may alter the constraint it derives from instead.")));
   12413                 :             :     }
   12414                 :             : 
   12415                 :         288 :     address = InvalidObjectAddress;
   12416                 :             : 
   12417                 :             :     /*
   12418                 :             :      * Do the actual catalog work, and recurse if necessary.
   12419                 :             :      */
   12420         [ +  + ]:         288 :     if (ATExecAlterConstraintInternal(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel, rel,
   12421                 :             :                                       contuple, recurse, lockmode))
   12422                 :         240 :         ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, currcon->oid);
   12423                 :             : 
   12424                 :         256 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   12425                 :             : 
   12426                 :         256 :     table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
   12427                 :         256 :     table_close(conrel, RowExclusiveLock);
   12428                 :             : 
   12429                 :         256 :     return address;
   12430                 :             : }
   12431                 :             : 
   12432                 :             : /*
   12433                 :             :  * A subroutine of ATExecAlterConstraint that calls the respective routines for
   12434                 :             :  * altering constraint's enforceability, deferrability or inheritability.
   12435                 :             :  */
   12436                 :             : static bool
   12437                 :         288 : ATExecAlterConstraintInternal(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon,
   12438                 :             :                               Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Relation rel,
   12439                 :             :                               HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse,
   12440                 :             :                               LOCKMODE lockmode)
   12441                 :             : {
   12442                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint currcon;
   12443                 :         288 :     bool        changed = false;
   12444                 :         288 :     List       *otherrelids = NIL;
   12445                 :             : 
   12446                 :         288 :     currcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contuple);
   12447                 :             : 
   12448                 :             :     /*
   12449                 :             :      * Do the catalog work for the enforceability or deferrability change,
   12450                 :             :      * recurse if necessary.
   12451                 :             :      *
   12452                 :             :      * Note that even if deferrability is requested to be altered along with
   12453                 :             :      * enforceability, we don't need to explicitly update multiple entries in
   12454                 :             :      * pg_trigger related to deferrability.
   12455                 :             :      *
   12456                 :             :      * Modifying foreign key enforceability involves either creating or
   12457                 :             :      * dropping the trigger, during which the deferrability setting will be
   12458                 :             :      * adjusted automatically.
   12459                 :             :      */
   12460         [ +  + ]:         288 :     if (cmdcon->alterEnforceability)
   12461                 :             :     {
   12462         [ +  + ]:         184 :         if (currcon->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN)
   12463                 :          56 :             changed = ATExecAlterFKConstrEnforceability(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel,
   12464                 :             :                                                         currcon->conrelid,
   12465                 :             :                                                         currcon->confrelid,
   12466                 :             :                                                         contuple, lockmode,
   12467                 :             :                                                         InvalidOid, InvalidOid,
   12468                 :             :                                                         InvalidOid, InvalidOid);
   12469         [ +  - ]:         128 :         else if (currcon->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK)
   12470                 :         128 :             changed = ATExecAlterCheckConstrEnforceability(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel,
   12471                 :             :                                                            contuple, recurse, false,
   12472                 :             :                                                            NIL, lockmode);
   12473                 :             :     }
   12474   [ +  +  +  - ]:         168 :     else if (cmdcon->alterDeferrability &&
   12475                 :          64 :              ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel, rel,
   12476                 :             :                                             contuple, recurse, &otherrelids,
   12477                 :             :                                             lockmode))
   12478                 :             :     {
   12479                 :             :         /*
   12480                 :             :          * AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry already invalidated relcache for
   12481                 :             :          * the relations having the constraint itself; here we also invalidate
   12482                 :             :          * for relations that have any triggers that are part of the
   12483                 :             :          * constraint.
   12484                 :             :          */
   12485   [ +  +  +  +  :         204 :         foreach_oid(relid, otherrelids)
                   +  + ]
   12486                 :          76 :             CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(relid);
   12487                 :             : 
   12488                 :          64 :         changed = true;
   12489                 :             :     }
   12490                 :             : 
   12491                 :             :     /*
   12492                 :             :      * Do the catalog work for the inheritability change.
   12493                 :             :      */
   12494   [ +  +  +  - ]:         296 :     if (cmdcon->alterInheritability &&
   12495                 :          40 :         ATExecAlterConstrInheritability(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, rel, contuple,
   12496                 :             :                                         lockmode))
   12497                 :          36 :         changed = true;
   12498                 :             : 
   12499                 :         256 :     return changed;
   12500                 :             : }
   12501                 :             : 
   12502                 :             : /*
   12503                 :             :  * Returns true if the foreign key constraint's enforceability is altered.
   12504                 :             :  *
   12505                 :             :  * Depending on whether the constraint is being set to ENFORCED or NOT
   12506                 :             :  * ENFORCED, it creates or drops the trigger accordingly.
   12507                 :             :  *
   12508                 :             :  * Note that we must recurse even when trying to change a constraint to not
   12509                 :             :  * enforced if it is already not enforced, in case descendant constraints
   12510                 :             :  * might be enforced and need to be changed to not enforced. Conversely, we
   12511                 :             :  * should do nothing if a constraint is being set to enforced and is already
   12512                 :             :  * enforced, as descendant constraints cannot be different in that case.
   12513                 :             :  */
   12514                 :             : static bool
   12515                 :         120 : ATExecAlterFKConstrEnforceability(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon,
   12516                 :             :                                   Relation conrel, Relation tgrel,
   12517                 :             :                                   Oid fkrelid, Oid pkrelid,
   12518                 :             :                                   HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode,
   12519                 :             :                                   Oid ReferencedParentDelTrigger,
   12520                 :             :                                   Oid ReferencedParentUpdTrigger,
   12521                 :             :                                   Oid ReferencingParentInsTrigger,
   12522                 :             :                                   Oid ReferencingParentUpdTrigger)
   12523                 :             : {
   12524                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint currcon;
   12525                 :             :     Oid         conoid;
   12526                 :             :     Relation    rel;
   12527                 :         120 :     bool        changed = false;
   12528                 :             : 
   12529                 :             :     /* Since this function recurses, it could be driven to stack overflow */
   12530                 :         120 :     check_stack_depth();
   12531                 :             : 
   12532                 :             :     Assert(cmdcon->alterEnforceability);
   12533                 :             : 
   12534                 :         120 :     currcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contuple);
   12535                 :         120 :     conoid = currcon->oid;
   12536                 :             : 
   12537                 :             :     /* Should be foreign key constraint */
   12538                 :             :     Assert(currcon->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN);
   12539                 :             : 
   12540                 :         120 :     rel = table_open(currcon->conrelid, lockmode);
   12541                 :             : 
   12542         [ +  + ]:         120 :     if (currcon->conenforced != cmdcon->is_enforced)
   12543                 :             :     {
   12544                 :         116 :         AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(cmdcon, conrel, contuple);
   12545                 :         116 :         changed = true;
   12546                 :             :     }
   12547                 :             : 
   12548                 :             :     /* Drop triggers */
   12549         [ +  + ]:         120 :     if (!cmdcon->is_enforced)
   12550                 :             :     {
   12551                 :             :         /*
   12552                 :             :          * When setting a constraint to NOT ENFORCED, the constraint triggers
   12553                 :             :          * need to be dropped. Therefore, we must process the child relations
   12554                 :             :          * first, followed by the parent, to account for dependencies.
   12555                 :             :          */
   12556   [ +  +  -  + ]:          92 :         if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
   12557                 :          40 :             get_rel_relkind(currcon->confrelid) == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   12558                 :          12 :             AlterFKConstrEnforceabilityRecurse(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel,
   12559                 :             :                                                fkrelid, pkrelid, contuple,
   12560                 :             :                                                lockmode, InvalidOid, InvalidOid,
   12561                 :             :                                                InvalidOid, InvalidOid);
   12562                 :             : 
   12563                 :             :         /* Drop all the triggers */
   12564                 :          52 :         DropForeignKeyConstraintTriggers(tgrel, conoid, InvalidOid, InvalidOid);
   12565                 :             :     }
   12566         [ +  - ]:          68 :     else if (changed)           /* Create triggers */
   12567                 :             :     {
   12568                 :          68 :         Oid         ReferencedDelTriggerOid = InvalidOid,
   12569                 :          68 :                     ReferencedUpdTriggerOid = InvalidOid,
   12570                 :          68 :                     ReferencingInsTriggerOid = InvalidOid,
   12571                 :          68 :                     ReferencingUpdTriggerOid = InvalidOid;
   12572                 :             : 
   12573                 :             :         /* Prepare the minimal information required for trigger creation. */
   12574                 :          68 :         Constraint *fkconstraint = makeNode(Constraint);
   12575                 :             : 
   12576                 :          68 :         fkconstraint->conname = pstrdup(NameStr(currcon->conname));
   12577                 :          68 :         fkconstraint->fk_matchtype = currcon->confmatchtype;
   12578                 :          68 :         fkconstraint->fk_upd_action = currcon->confupdtype;
   12579                 :          68 :         fkconstraint->fk_del_action = currcon->confdeltype;
   12580                 :          68 :         fkconstraint->deferrable = currcon->condeferrable;
   12581                 :          68 :         fkconstraint->initdeferred = currcon->condeferred;
   12582                 :             : 
   12583                 :             :         /* Create referenced triggers */
   12584         [ +  + ]:          68 :         if (currcon->conrelid == fkrelid)
   12585                 :          40 :             createForeignKeyActionTriggers(currcon->conrelid,
   12586                 :             :                                            currcon->confrelid,
   12587                 :             :                                            fkconstraint,
   12588                 :             :                                            conoid,
   12589                 :             :                                            currcon->conindid,
   12590                 :             :                                            ReferencedParentDelTrigger,
   12591                 :             :                                            ReferencedParentUpdTrigger,
   12592                 :             :                                            &ReferencedDelTriggerOid,
   12593                 :             :                                            &ReferencedUpdTriggerOid);
   12594                 :             : 
   12595                 :             :         /* Create referencing triggers */
   12596         [ +  + ]:          68 :         if (currcon->confrelid == pkrelid)
   12597                 :          60 :             createForeignKeyCheckTriggers(currcon->conrelid,
   12598                 :             :                                           pkrelid,
   12599                 :             :                                           fkconstraint,
   12600                 :             :                                           conoid,
   12601                 :             :                                           currcon->conindid,
   12602                 :             :                                           ReferencingParentInsTrigger,
   12603                 :             :                                           ReferencingParentUpdTrigger,
   12604                 :             :                                           &ReferencingInsTriggerOid,
   12605                 :             :                                           &ReferencingUpdTriggerOid);
   12606                 :             : 
   12607                 :             :         /*
   12608                 :             :          * Tell Phase 3 to check that the constraint is satisfied by existing
   12609                 :             :          * rows.  Only applies to leaf partitions, and (for constraints that
   12610                 :             :          * reference a partitioned table) only if this is not one of the
   12611                 :             :          * pg_constraint rows that exist solely to support action triggers.
   12612                 :             :          */
   12613         [ +  + ]:          68 :         if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION &&
   12614         [ +  + ]:          56 :             currcon->confrelid == pkrelid)
   12615                 :             :         {
   12616                 :             :             AlteredTableInfo *tab;
   12617                 :             :             NewConstraint *newcon;
   12618                 :             : 
   12619                 :          48 :             newcon = palloc0_object(NewConstraint);
   12620                 :          48 :             newcon->name = fkconstraint->conname;
   12621                 :          48 :             newcon->contype = CONSTR_FOREIGN;
   12622                 :          48 :             newcon->refrelid = currcon->confrelid;
   12623                 :          48 :             newcon->refindid = currcon->conindid;
   12624                 :          48 :             newcon->conid = currcon->oid;
   12625                 :          48 :             newcon->qual = (Node *) fkconstraint;
   12626                 :             : 
   12627                 :             :             /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */
   12628                 :          48 :             tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
   12629                 :          48 :             tab->constraints = lappend(tab->constraints, newcon);
   12630                 :             :         }
   12631                 :             : 
   12632                 :             :         /*
   12633                 :             :          * If the table at either end of the constraint is partitioned, we
   12634                 :             :          * need to recurse and create triggers for each constraint that is a
   12635                 :             :          * child of this one.
   12636                 :             :          */
   12637   [ +  +  +  + ]:         124 :         if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
   12638                 :          56 :             get_rel_relkind(currcon->confrelid) == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   12639                 :          16 :             AlterFKConstrEnforceabilityRecurse(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel,
   12640                 :             :                                                fkrelid, pkrelid, contuple,
   12641                 :             :                                                lockmode,
   12642                 :             :                                                ReferencedDelTriggerOid,
   12643                 :             :                                                ReferencedUpdTriggerOid,
   12644                 :             :                                                ReferencingInsTriggerOid,
   12645                 :             :                                                ReferencingUpdTriggerOid);
   12646                 :             :     }
   12647                 :             : 
   12648                 :         120 :     table_close(rel, NoLock);
   12649                 :             : 
   12650                 :         120 :     return changed;
   12651                 :             : }
   12652                 :             : 
   12653                 :             : /*
   12654                 :             :  * Returns true if the CHECK constraint's enforceability is altered.
   12655                 :             :  */
   12656                 :             : static bool
   12657                 :         336 : ATExecAlterCheckConstrEnforceability(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon,
   12658                 :             :                                      Relation conrel, HeapTuple contuple,
   12659                 :             :                                      bool recurse, bool recursing,
   12660                 :             :                                      List *changing_conids,
   12661                 :             :                                      LOCKMODE lockmode)
   12662                 :             : {
   12663                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint currcon;
   12664                 :             :     Relation    rel;
   12665                 :         336 :     bool        changed = false;
   12666                 :         336 :     List       *children = NIL;
   12667                 :         336 :     bool        target_enforced = cmdcon->is_enforced;
   12668                 :         336 :     Oid         enforced_parentoid = InvalidOid;
   12669                 :             : 
   12670                 :             :     /* Since this function recurses, it could be driven to stack overflow */
   12671                 :         336 :     check_stack_depth();
   12672                 :             : 
   12673                 :             :     Assert(cmdcon->alterEnforceability);
   12674                 :             : 
   12675                 :         336 :     currcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contuple);
   12676                 :             : 
   12677                 :             :     Assert(currcon->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK);
   12678                 :             : 
   12679                 :             :     /*
   12680                 :             :      * Parent relation already locked by caller, children will be locked by
   12681                 :             :      * find_all_inheritors. So NoLock is fine here.
   12682                 :             :      */
   12683                 :         336 :     rel = table_open(currcon->conrelid, NoLock);
   12684                 :             : 
   12685                 :             :     /*
   12686                 :             :      * When setting a constraint to NOT ENFORCED, check whether any matching
   12687                 :             :      * parent constraint remains ENFORCED and is not part of this ALTER.
   12688                 :             :      *
   12689                 :             :      * For a direct ALTER of an inherited constraint, reject the command,
   12690                 :             :      * because the child cannot be weakened while its parent remains enforced.
   12691                 :             :      *
   12692                 :             :      * During recursion, another parent outside this ALTER may still enforce
   12693                 :             :      * the same constraint in a regular inheritance hierarchy. In that case,
   12694                 :             :      * keep the child constraint ENFORCED so that its merged enforceability
   12695                 :             :      * still reflects the remaining enforced parent. Partitions do not need
   12696                 :             :      * this recursive parent check because a partition can have only one
   12697                 :             :      * direct parent.
   12698                 :             :      */
   12699         [ +  + ]:         336 :     if (!cmdcon->is_enforced &&
   12700   [ +  +  +  +  :         304 :         (!recursing || !rel->rd_rel->relispartition) &&
                   +  + ]
   12701                 :         144 :         ATCheckCheckConstrHasEnforcedParent(conrel, rel, contuple,
   12702                 :             :                                             changing_conids,
   12703                 :             :                                             &enforced_parentoid))
   12704                 :             :     {
   12705         [ +  + ]:          32 :         if (!recursing)
   12706         [ +  - ]:          20 :             ereport(ERROR,
   12707                 :             :                     errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
   12708                 :             :                     errmsg("cannot mark inherited constraint \"%s\" as %s",
   12709                 :             :                            NameStr(currcon->conname),
   12710                 :             :                            "NOT ENFORCED"),
   12711                 :             :                     errdetail("The matching constraint on parent table \"%s\" is %s.",
   12712                 :             :                               get_rel_name(enforced_parentoid), "ENFORCED"));
   12713                 :             : 
   12714                 :          12 :         target_enforced = true;
   12715                 :             :     }
   12716                 :             : 
   12717                 :             :     /*
   12718                 :             :      * Update to the merged enforceability if needed. This may differ from the
   12719                 :             :      * requested enforceability when another matching parent constraint
   12720                 :             :      * remains enforced.
   12721                 :             :      */
   12722         [ +  + ]:         316 :     if (currcon->conenforced != target_enforced)
   12723                 :             :     {
   12724                 :         248 :         ATAlterConstraint updatecon = *cmdcon;
   12725                 :             : 
   12726                 :         248 :         updatecon.is_enforced = target_enforced;
   12727                 :         248 :         AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(&updatecon, conrel, contuple);
   12728                 :         248 :         changed = true;
   12729                 :             :     }
   12730                 :             : 
   12731                 :             :     /*
   12732                 :             :      * Note that we must recurse even when trying to change a check constraint
   12733                 :             :      * to not enforced if it is already not enforced, in case descendant
   12734                 :             :      * constraints might be enforced and need to be changed to not enforced,
   12735                 :             :      * unless they still inherit an enforced constraint from another parent.
   12736                 :             :      * Conversely, we should do nothing if a constraint is being set to
   12737                 :             :      * enforced and is already enforced, as descendant constraints cannot be
   12738                 :             :      * different in that case.
   12739                 :             :      */
   12740   [ +  +  +  + ]:         316 :     if (!cmdcon->is_enforced || changed)
   12741                 :             :     {
   12742                 :             :         /*
   12743                 :             :          * If we're recursing, the parent has already done this, so skip it.
   12744                 :             :          * Also, if the constraint is a NO INHERIT constraint, we shouldn't
   12745                 :             :          * try to look for it in the children.
   12746                 :             :          */
   12747   [ +  +  +  + ]:         300 :         if (!recursing && !currcon->connoinherit)
   12748                 :             :         {
   12749                 :             :             Assert(changing_conids == NIL);
   12750                 :             : 
   12751                 :         104 :             children = find_all_inheritors(RelationGetRelid(rel),
   12752                 :             :                                            lockmode, NULL);
   12753                 :             : 
   12754                 :             :             /*
   12755                 :             :              * When setting NOT ENFORCED, build the set of equivalent CHECK
   12756                 :             :              * constraints that this command will attempt to change before
   12757                 :             :              * visiting descendants. The root itself has already been checked
   12758                 :             :              * above.
   12759                 :             :              */
   12760         [ +  + ]:         104 :             if (!cmdcon->is_enforced)
   12761                 :          48 :                 changing_conids = list_make1_oid(currcon->oid);
   12762                 :             : 
   12763   [ +  -  +  +  :         512 :             foreach_oid(childoid, children)
                   +  + ]
   12764                 :             :             {
   12765         [ +  + ]:         320 :                 if (childoid == RelationGetRelid(rel))
   12766                 :         104 :                     continue;
   12767                 :             : 
   12768                 :             :                 /*
   12769                 :             :                  * If we are told not to recurse, there had better not be any
   12770                 :             :                  * child tables, because we can't change constraint
   12771                 :             :                  * enforceability on the parent unless we have changed
   12772                 :             :                  * enforceability for all child.
   12773                 :             :                  */
   12774         [ +  + ]:         216 :                 if (!recurse)
   12775         [ +  - ]:           8 :                     ereport(ERROR,
   12776                 :             :                             errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
   12777                 :             :                             errmsg("constraint must be altered on child tables too"),
   12778                 :             :                             errhint("Do not specify the ONLY keyword."));
   12779                 :             : 
   12780                 :             :                 /*
   12781                 :             :                  * It is sufficient to look up the constraint by name here.
   12782                 :             :                  * Supported DDL ensures that inheritable CHECK constraints
   12783                 :             :                  * with the same name have equivalent definitions when they
   12784                 :             :                  * are propagated to children or when inheritance is
   12785                 :             :                  * established.  All descendants returned by
   12786                 :             :                  * find_all_inheritors must have this constraint: inherited
   12787                 :             :                  * CHECK constraints propagate to all children at
   12788                 :             :                  * inheritance-link creation time and cannot be dropped
   12789                 :             :                  * independently on child tables.
   12790                 :             :                  */
   12791         [ +  + ]:         208 :                 if (!cmdcon->is_enforced)
   12792                 :             :                     changing_conids =
   12793                 :          92 :                         list_append_unique_oid(changing_conids,
   12794                 :             :                                                get_relation_constraint_oid(childoid,
   12795                 :          92 :                                                                            cmdcon->conname,
   12796                 :             :                                                                            false));
   12797                 :             :             }
   12798                 :             :         }
   12799                 :             : 
   12800   [ +  +  +  +  :         888 :         foreach_oid(childoid, children)
                   +  + ]
   12801                 :             :         {
   12802         [ +  + ]:         304 :             if (childoid == RelationGetRelid(rel))
   12803                 :          96 :                 continue;
   12804                 :             : 
   12805                 :         208 :             AlterCheckConstrEnforceabilityRecurse(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel,
   12806                 :             :                                                   childoid, false, true,
   12807                 :             :                                                   changing_conids,
   12808                 :             :                                                   lockmode);
   12809                 :             :         }
   12810                 :             :     }
   12811                 :             : 
   12812                 :             :     /*
   12813                 :             :      * Tell Phase 3 to check that the constraint is satisfied by existing
   12814                 :             :      * rows. We only need do this when altering the constraint from NOT
   12815                 :             :      * ENFORCED to ENFORCED.
   12816                 :             :      */
   12817         [ +  + ]:         308 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION &&
   12818   [ +  +  +  + ]:         260 :         !currcon->conenforced &&
   12819                 :             :         target_enforced)
   12820                 :             :     {
   12821                 :             :         AlteredTableInfo *tab;
   12822                 :             :         NewConstraint *newcon;
   12823                 :             :         Datum       val;
   12824                 :             :         char       *conbin;
   12825                 :             : 
   12826                 :         116 :         newcon = palloc0_object(NewConstraint);
   12827                 :         116 :         newcon->name = pstrdup(NameStr(currcon->conname));
   12828                 :         116 :         newcon->contype = CONSTR_CHECK;
   12829                 :             : 
   12830                 :         116 :         val = SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(CONSTROID, contuple,
   12831                 :             :                                      Anum_pg_constraint_conbin);
   12832                 :         116 :         conbin = TextDatumGetCString(val);
   12833                 :         116 :         newcon->qual = expand_generated_columns_in_expr(stringToNode(conbin), rel, 1);
   12834                 :             : 
   12835                 :             :         /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */
   12836                 :         116 :         tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
   12837                 :         116 :         tab->constraints = lappend(tab->constraints, newcon);
   12838                 :             :     }
   12839                 :             : 
   12840                 :         308 :     table_close(rel, NoLock);
   12841                 :             : 
   12842                 :         308 :     return changed;
   12843                 :             : }
   12844                 :             : 
   12845                 :             : /*
   12846                 :             :  * Invokes ATExecAlterCheckConstrEnforceability for each CHECK constraint that
   12847                 :             :  * is a child of the specified constraint.
   12848                 :             :  *
   12849                 :             :  * We rely on the parent and child tables having identical CHECK constraint
   12850                 :             :  * names to retrieve the child's pg_constraint tuple.
   12851                 :             :  *
   12852                 :             :  * The arguments to this function have the same meaning as the arguments to
   12853                 :             :  * ATExecAlterCheckConstrEnforceability.
   12854                 :             :  */
   12855                 :             : static void
   12856                 :         208 : AlterCheckConstrEnforceabilityRecurse(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon,
   12857                 :             :                                       Relation conrel, Oid conrelid,
   12858                 :             :                                       bool recurse, bool recursing,
   12859                 :             :                                       List *changing_conids,
   12860                 :             :                                       LOCKMODE lockmode)
   12861                 :             : {
   12862                 :             :     SysScanDesc pscan;
   12863                 :             :     HeapTuple   childtup;
   12864                 :             :     ScanKeyData skey[3];
   12865                 :             : 
   12866                 :         208 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
   12867                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
   12868                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   12869                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(conrelid));
   12870                 :         208 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
   12871                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_contypid,
   12872                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   12873                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(InvalidOid));
   12874                 :         208 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[2],
   12875                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
   12876                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
   12877                 :         208 :                 CStringGetDatum(cmdcon->conname));
   12878                 :             : 
   12879                 :         208 :     pscan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId, true,
   12880                 :             :                                NULL, 3, skey);
   12881                 :             : 
   12882         [ -  + ]:         208 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(childtup = systable_getnext(pscan)))
   12883         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   12884                 :             :                 errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
   12885                 :             :                 errmsg("constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
   12886                 :             :                        cmdcon->conname, get_rel_name(conrelid)));
   12887                 :             : 
   12888                 :         208 :     ATExecAlterCheckConstrEnforceability(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, childtup,
   12889                 :             :                                          recurse, recursing, changing_conids,
   12890                 :             :                                          lockmode);
   12891                 :             : 
   12892                 :         208 :     systable_endscan(pscan);
   12893                 :         208 : }
   12894                 :             : 
   12895                 :             : /*
   12896                 :             :  * When setting an inherited CHECK constraint to NOT ENFORCED, look for a
   12897                 :             :  * matching parent constraint that remains ENFORCED and is not part of the same
   12898                 :             :  * ALTER.
   12899                 :             :  */
   12900                 :             : static bool
   12901                 :         268 : ATCheckCheckConstrHasEnforcedParent(Relation conrel, Relation rel,
   12902                 :             :                                     HeapTuple contuple,
   12903                 :             :                                     List *changing_conids,
   12904                 :             :                                     Oid *enforced_parentoid)
   12905                 :             : {
   12906                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint currcon;
   12907                 :             :     Relation    inhrel;
   12908                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   12909                 :             :     ScanKeyData skey;
   12910                 :             :     HeapTuple   inheritsTuple;
   12911                 :             : 
   12912                 :             :     /* Since this function recurses, it could be driven to stack overflow */
   12913                 :         268 :     check_stack_depth();
   12914                 :             : 
   12915                 :         268 :     currcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contuple);
   12916                 :             :     Assert(currcon->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK);
   12917                 :             : 
   12918         [ +  + ]:         268 :     if (currcon->coninhcount <= 0)
   12919                 :         124 :         return false;
   12920                 :             : 
   12921                 :         144 :     inhrel = table_open(InheritsRelationId, AccessShareLock);
   12922                 :             : 
   12923                 :         144 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey,
   12924                 :             :                 Anum_pg_inherits_inhrelid,
   12925                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   12926                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
   12927                 :         144 :     scan = systable_beginscan(inhrel, InheritsRelidSeqnoIndexId,
   12928                 :             :                               true, NULL, 1, &skey);
   12929                 :             : 
   12930         [ +  + ]:         304 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(inheritsTuple = systable_getnext(scan)))
   12931                 :             :     {
   12932                 :             :         Oid         parentoid;
   12933                 :         200 :         Relation    parentrel = NULL;
   12934                 :             :         SysScanDesc pscan;
   12935                 :             :         ScanKeyData pkey[3];
   12936                 :             :         HeapTuple   parenttup;
   12937                 :             : 
   12938                 :         200 :         parentoid = ((Form_pg_inherits) GETSTRUCT(inheritsTuple))->inhparent;
   12939                 :             : 
   12940                 :         200 :         ScanKeyInit(&pkey[0],
   12941                 :             :                     Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
   12942                 :             :                     BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   12943                 :             :                     ObjectIdGetDatum(parentoid));
   12944                 :         200 :         ScanKeyInit(&pkey[1],
   12945                 :             :                     Anum_pg_constraint_contypid,
   12946                 :             :                     BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   12947                 :             :                     ObjectIdGetDatum(InvalidOid));
   12948                 :         200 :         ScanKeyInit(&pkey[2],
   12949                 :             :                     Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
   12950                 :             :                     BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
   12951                 :         200 :                     NameGetDatum(&currcon->conname));
   12952                 :             : 
   12953                 :         200 :         pscan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
   12954                 :             :                                    true, NULL, 3, pkey);
   12955                 :             : 
   12956                 :             :         /*
   12957                 :             :          * ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId is unique on (conrelid, contypid,
   12958                 :             :          * conname), so this loop body executes at most once per parent.
   12959                 :             :          */
   12960         [ +  + ]:         360 :         while (HeapTupleIsValid(parenttup = systable_getnext(pscan)))
   12961                 :             :         {
   12962                 :             :             Form_pg_constraint parentcon;
   12963                 :             : 
   12964                 :         200 :             parentcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(parenttup);
   12965                 :             : 
   12966         [ +  - ]:         200 :             if (parentcon->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK ||
   12967         [ +  - ]:         200 :                 parentcon->connoinherit ||
   12968         [ +  + ]:         200 :                 !parentcon->conenforced)
   12969                 :          44 :                 continue;
   12970                 :             : 
   12971         [ -  + ]:         156 :             if (!constraints_equivalent(parenttup, contuple,
   12972                 :             :                                         RelationGetDescr(conrel)))
   12973         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "child table \"%s\" has different definition for check constraint \"%s\"",
   12974                 :             :                      RelationGetRelationName(rel),
   12975                 :             :                      NameStr(parentcon->conname));
   12976                 :             : 
   12977                 :             :             /*
   12978                 :             :              * A parent listed in changing_conids is being changed by the same
   12979                 :             :              * ALTER, but it may not have been updated yet.  For regular
   12980                 :             :              * inheritance, recurse upward to check whether an equivalent
   12981                 :             :              * enforced parent outside the ALTER will make it remain enforced.
   12982                 :             :              * Partitions cannot have multiple parents, so they do not need
   12983                 :             :              * this check.
   12984                 :             :              */
   12985   [ +  +  +  + ]:         300 :             if (!rel->rd_rel->relispartition &&
   12986                 :         144 :                 list_member_oid(changing_conids, parentcon->oid))
   12987                 :             :             {
   12988                 :         124 :                 Oid         parent_enforced_parentoid = InvalidOid;
   12989                 :             : 
   12990         [ +  - ]:         124 :                 if (parentrel == NULL)
   12991                 :         124 :                     parentrel = table_open(parentoid, NoLock);
   12992                 :             : 
   12993         [ +  + ]:         124 :                 if (!ATCheckCheckConstrHasEnforcedParent(conrel,
   12994                 :             :                                                          parentrel,
   12995                 :             :                                                          parenttup,
   12996                 :             :                                                          changing_conids,
   12997                 :             :                                                          &parent_enforced_parentoid))
   12998                 :         116 :                     continue;
   12999                 :             :             }
   13000                 :             : 
   13001                 :          40 :             *enforced_parentoid = parentoid;
   13002         [ +  + ]:          40 :             if (parentrel != NULL)
   13003                 :           8 :                 table_close(parentrel, NoLock);
   13004                 :          40 :             systable_endscan(pscan);
   13005                 :          40 :             systable_endscan(scan);
   13006                 :          40 :             table_close(inhrel, AccessShareLock);
   13007                 :          40 :             return true;
   13008                 :             :         }
   13009                 :             : 
   13010         [ +  + ]:         160 :         if (parentrel != NULL)
   13011                 :         116 :             table_close(parentrel, NoLock);
   13012                 :         160 :         systable_endscan(pscan);
   13013                 :             :     }
   13014                 :             : 
   13015                 :         104 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   13016                 :         104 :     table_close(inhrel, AccessShareLock);
   13017                 :             : 
   13018                 :         104 :     return false;
   13019                 :             : }
   13020                 :             : 
   13021                 :             : /*
   13022                 :             :  * Returns true if the constraint's deferrability is altered.
   13023                 :             :  *
   13024                 :             :  * *otherrelids is appended OIDs of relations containing affected triggers.
   13025                 :             :  *
   13026                 :             :  * Note that we must recurse even when the values are correct, in case
   13027                 :             :  * indirect descendants have had their constraints altered locally.
   13028                 :             :  * (This could be avoided if we forbade altering constraints in partitions
   13029                 :             :  * but existing releases don't do that.)
   13030                 :             :  */
   13031                 :             : static bool
   13032                 :         108 : ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon,
   13033                 :             :                                Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Relation rel,
   13034                 :             :                                HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse,
   13035                 :             :                                List **otherrelids, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   13036                 :             : {
   13037                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint currcon;
   13038                 :             :     Oid         refrelid;
   13039                 :         108 :     bool        changed = false;
   13040                 :             : 
   13041                 :             :     /* since this function recurses, it could be driven to stack overflow */
   13042                 :         108 :     check_stack_depth();
   13043                 :             : 
   13044                 :             :     Assert(cmdcon->alterDeferrability);
   13045                 :             : 
   13046                 :         108 :     currcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contuple);
   13047                 :         108 :     refrelid = currcon->confrelid;
   13048                 :             : 
   13049                 :             :     /* Should be foreign key constraint */
   13050                 :             :     Assert(currcon->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN);
   13051                 :             : 
   13052                 :             :     /*
   13053                 :             :      * If called to modify a constraint that's already in the desired state,
   13054                 :             :      * silently do nothing.
   13055                 :             :      */
   13056         [ +  + ]:         108 :     if (currcon->condeferrable != cmdcon->deferrable ||
   13057         [ +  - ]:           4 :         currcon->condeferred != cmdcon->initdeferred)
   13058                 :             :     {
   13059                 :         108 :         AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(cmdcon, conrel, contuple);
   13060                 :         108 :         changed = true;
   13061                 :             : 
   13062                 :             :         /*
   13063                 :             :          * Now we need to update the multiple entries in pg_trigger that
   13064                 :             :          * implement the constraint.
   13065                 :             :          */
   13066                 :         108 :         AlterConstrTriggerDeferrability(currcon->oid, tgrel, rel,
   13067                 :         108 :                                         cmdcon->deferrable,
   13068                 :         108 :                                         cmdcon->initdeferred, otherrelids);
   13069                 :             :     }
   13070                 :             : 
   13071                 :             :     /*
   13072                 :             :      * If the table at either end of the constraint is partitioned, we need to
   13073                 :             :      * handle every constraint that is a child of this one.
   13074                 :             :      */
   13075   [ +  -  +  - ]:         108 :     if (recurse && changed &&
   13076   [ +  +  +  + ]:         200 :         (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
   13077                 :          92 :          get_rel_relkind(refrelid) == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE))
   13078                 :          28 :         AlterConstrDeferrabilityRecurse(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel, rel,
   13079                 :             :                                         contuple, recurse, otherrelids,
   13080                 :             :                                         lockmode);
   13081                 :             : 
   13082                 :         108 :     return changed;
   13083                 :             : }
   13084                 :             : 
   13085                 :             : /*
   13086                 :             :  * Returns true if the constraint's inheritability is altered.
   13087                 :             :  */
   13088                 :             : static bool
   13089                 :          40 : ATExecAlterConstrInheritability(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon,
   13090                 :             :                                 Relation conrel, Relation rel,
   13091                 :             :                                 HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   13092                 :             : {
   13093                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint currcon;
   13094                 :             :     AttrNumber  colNum;
   13095                 :             :     char       *colName;
   13096                 :             :     List       *children;
   13097                 :             : 
   13098                 :             :     Assert(cmdcon->alterInheritability);
   13099                 :             : 
   13100                 :          40 :     currcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contuple);
   13101                 :             : 
   13102                 :             :     /* The current implementation only works for NOT NULL constraints */
   13103                 :             :     Assert(currcon->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL);
   13104                 :             : 
   13105                 :             :     /*
   13106                 :             :      * If called to modify a constraint that's already in the desired state,
   13107                 :             :      * silently do nothing.
   13108                 :             :      */
   13109         [ -  + ]:          40 :     if (cmdcon->noinherit == currcon->connoinherit)
   13110                 :           0 :         return false;
   13111                 :             : 
   13112                 :          40 :     AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(cmdcon, conrel, contuple);
   13113                 :          40 :     CommandCounterIncrement();
   13114                 :             : 
   13115                 :             :     /* Fetch the column number and name */
   13116                 :          40 :     colNum = extractNotNullColumn(contuple);
   13117                 :          40 :     colName = get_attname(currcon->conrelid, colNum, false);
   13118                 :             : 
   13119                 :             :     /*
   13120                 :             :      * Propagate the change to children.  For this subcommand type we don't
   13121                 :             :      * recursively affect children, just the immediate level.
   13122                 :             :      */
   13123                 :          40 :     children = find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel),
   13124                 :             :                                          lockmode);
   13125   [ +  +  +  +  :         128 :     foreach_oid(childoid, children)
                   +  + ]
   13126                 :             :     {
   13127                 :             :         ObjectAddress addr;
   13128                 :             : 
   13129         [ +  + ]:          56 :         if (cmdcon->noinherit)
   13130                 :             :         {
   13131                 :             :             HeapTuple   childtup;
   13132                 :             :             Form_pg_constraint childcon;
   13133                 :             : 
   13134                 :          20 :             childtup = findNotNullConstraint(childoid, colName);
   13135         [ -  + ]:          20 :             if (!childtup)
   13136         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for not-null constraint on column \"%s\" of relation %u",
   13137                 :             :                      colName, childoid);
   13138                 :          20 :             childcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(childtup);
   13139                 :             :             Assert(childcon->coninhcount > 0);
   13140                 :          20 :             childcon->coninhcount--;
   13141                 :          20 :             childcon->conislocal = true;
   13142                 :          20 :             CatalogTupleUpdate(conrel, &childtup->t_self, childtup);
   13143                 :          20 :             heap_freetuple(childtup);
   13144                 :             :         }
   13145                 :             :         else
   13146                 :             :         {
   13147                 :          36 :             Relation    childrel = table_open(childoid, NoLock);
   13148                 :             : 
   13149                 :          36 :             addr = ATExecSetNotNull(wqueue, childrel, NameStr(currcon->conname),
   13150                 :             :                                     colName, true, true, lockmode);
   13151         [ +  - ]:          32 :             if (OidIsValid(addr.objectId))
   13152                 :          32 :                 CommandCounterIncrement();
   13153                 :          32 :             table_close(childrel, NoLock);
   13154                 :             :         }
   13155                 :             :     }
   13156                 :             : 
   13157                 :          36 :     return true;
   13158                 :             : }
   13159                 :             : 
   13160                 :             : /*
   13161                 :             :  * A subroutine of ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability that updated constraint
   13162                 :             :  * trigger's deferrability.
   13163                 :             :  *
   13164                 :             :  * The arguments to this function have the same meaning as the arguments to
   13165                 :             :  * ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability.
   13166                 :             :  */
   13167                 :             : static void
   13168                 :         108 : AlterConstrTriggerDeferrability(Oid conoid, Relation tgrel, Relation rel,
   13169                 :             :                                 bool deferrable, bool initdeferred,
   13170                 :             :                                 List **otherrelids)
   13171                 :             : {
   13172                 :             :     HeapTuple   tgtuple;
   13173                 :             :     ScanKeyData tgkey;
   13174                 :             :     SysScanDesc tgscan;
   13175                 :             : 
   13176                 :         108 :     ScanKeyInit(&tgkey,
   13177                 :             :                 Anum_pg_trigger_tgconstraint,
   13178                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   13179                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
   13180                 :         108 :     tgscan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerConstraintIndexId, true,
   13181                 :             :                                 NULL, 1, &tgkey);
   13182         [ +  + ]:         420 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(tgtuple = systable_getnext(tgscan)))
   13183                 :             :     {
   13184                 :         312 :         Form_pg_trigger tgform = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tgtuple);
   13185                 :             :         Form_pg_trigger copy_tg;
   13186                 :             :         HeapTuple   tgCopyTuple;
   13187                 :             : 
   13188                 :             :         /*
   13189                 :             :          * Remember OIDs of other relation(s) involved in FK constraint.
   13190                 :             :          * (Note: it's likely that we could skip forcing a relcache inval for
   13191                 :             :          * other rels that don't have a trigger whose properties change, but
   13192                 :             :          * let's be conservative.)
   13193                 :             :          */
   13194         [ +  + ]:         312 :         if (tgform->tgrelid != RelationGetRelid(rel))
   13195                 :         152 :             *otherrelids = list_append_unique_oid(*otherrelids,
   13196                 :             :                                                   tgform->tgrelid);
   13197                 :             : 
   13198                 :             :         /*
   13199                 :             :          * Update enable status and deferrability of RI_FKey_noaction_del,
   13200                 :             :          * RI_FKey_noaction_upd, RI_FKey_check_ins and RI_FKey_check_upd
   13201                 :             :          * triggers, but not others; see createForeignKeyActionTriggers and
   13202                 :             :          * CreateFKCheckTrigger.
   13203                 :             :          */
   13204         [ +  + ]:         312 :         if (tgform->tgfoid != F_RI_FKEY_NOACTION_DEL &&
   13205         [ +  + ]:         248 :             tgform->tgfoid != F_RI_FKEY_NOACTION_UPD &&
   13206         [ +  + ]:         172 :             tgform->tgfoid != F_RI_FKEY_CHECK_INS &&
   13207         [ +  + ]:          92 :             tgform->tgfoid != F_RI_FKEY_CHECK_UPD)
   13208                 :          12 :             continue;
   13209                 :             : 
   13210                 :         300 :         tgCopyTuple = heap_copytuple(tgtuple);
   13211                 :         300 :         copy_tg = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tgCopyTuple);
   13212                 :             : 
   13213                 :         300 :         copy_tg->tgdeferrable = deferrable;
   13214                 :         300 :         copy_tg->tginitdeferred = initdeferred;
   13215                 :         300 :         CatalogTupleUpdate(tgrel, &tgCopyTuple->t_self, tgCopyTuple);
   13216                 :             : 
   13217         [ -  + ]:         300 :         InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(TriggerRelationId, tgform->oid, 0);
   13218                 :             : 
   13219                 :         300 :         heap_freetuple(tgCopyTuple);
   13220                 :             :     }
   13221                 :             : 
   13222                 :         108 :     systable_endscan(tgscan);
   13223                 :         108 : }
   13224                 :             : 
   13225                 :             : /*
   13226                 :             :  * Invokes ATExecAlterFKConstrEnforceability for each foreign key constraint
   13227                 :             :  * that is a child of the specified constraint.
   13228                 :             :  *
   13229                 :             :  * Note that this doesn't handle recursion the normal way, viz. by scanning the
   13230                 :             :  * list of child relations and recursing; instead it uses the conparentid
   13231                 :             :  * relationships.  This may need to be reconsidered.
   13232                 :             :  *
   13233                 :             :  * The arguments to this function have the same meaning as the arguments to
   13234                 :             :  * ATExecAlterFKConstrEnforceability.
   13235                 :             :  */
   13236                 :             : static void
   13237                 :          28 : AlterFKConstrEnforceabilityRecurse(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon,
   13238                 :             :                                    Relation conrel, Relation tgrel,
   13239                 :             :                                    Oid fkrelid, Oid pkrelid,
   13240                 :             :                                    HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode,
   13241                 :             :                                    Oid ReferencedParentDelTrigger,
   13242                 :             :                                    Oid ReferencedParentUpdTrigger,
   13243                 :             :                                    Oid ReferencingParentInsTrigger,
   13244                 :             :                                    Oid ReferencingParentUpdTrigger)
   13245                 :             : {
   13246                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint currcon;
   13247                 :             :     Oid         conoid;
   13248                 :             :     ScanKeyData pkey;
   13249                 :             :     SysScanDesc pscan;
   13250                 :             :     HeapTuple   childtup;
   13251                 :             : 
   13252                 :          28 :     currcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contuple);
   13253                 :          28 :     conoid = currcon->oid;
   13254                 :             : 
   13255                 :          28 :     ScanKeyInit(&pkey,
   13256                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_conparentid,
   13257                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   13258                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
   13259                 :             : 
   13260                 :          28 :     pscan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintParentIndexId,
   13261                 :             :                                true, NULL, 1, &pkey);
   13262                 :             : 
   13263         [ +  + ]:          92 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(childtup = systable_getnext(pscan)))
   13264                 :          64 :         ATExecAlterFKConstrEnforceability(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel, fkrelid,
   13265                 :             :                                           pkrelid, childtup, lockmode,
   13266                 :             :                                           ReferencedParentDelTrigger,
   13267                 :             :                                           ReferencedParentUpdTrigger,
   13268                 :             :                                           ReferencingParentInsTrigger,
   13269                 :             :                                           ReferencingParentUpdTrigger);
   13270                 :             : 
   13271                 :          28 :     systable_endscan(pscan);
   13272                 :          28 : }
   13273                 :             : 
   13274                 :             : /*
   13275                 :             :  * Invokes ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability for each constraint that is a child of
   13276                 :             :  * the specified constraint.
   13277                 :             :  *
   13278                 :             :  * Note that this doesn't handle recursion the normal way, viz. by scanning the
   13279                 :             :  * list of child relations and recursing; instead it uses the conparentid
   13280                 :             :  * relationships.  This may need to be reconsidered.
   13281                 :             :  *
   13282                 :             :  * The arguments to this function have the same meaning as the arguments to
   13283                 :             :  * ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability.
   13284                 :             :  */
   13285                 :             : static void
   13286                 :          28 : AlterConstrDeferrabilityRecurse(List **wqueue, ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon,
   13287                 :             :                                 Relation conrel, Relation tgrel, Relation rel,
   13288                 :             :                                 HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse,
   13289                 :             :                                 List **otherrelids, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   13290                 :             : {
   13291                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint currcon;
   13292                 :             :     Oid         conoid;
   13293                 :             :     ScanKeyData pkey;
   13294                 :             :     SysScanDesc pscan;
   13295                 :             :     HeapTuple   childtup;
   13296                 :             : 
   13297                 :          28 :     currcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contuple);
   13298                 :          28 :     conoid = currcon->oid;
   13299                 :             : 
   13300                 :          28 :     ScanKeyInit(&pkey,
   13301                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_conparentid,
   13302                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   13303                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(conoid));
   13304                 :             : 
   13305                 :          28 :     pscan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintParentIndexId,
   13306                 :             :                                true, NULL, 1, &pkey);
   13307                 :             : 
   13308         [ +  + ]:          72 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(childtup = systable_getnext(pscan)))
   13309                 :             :     {
   13310                 :          44 :         Form_pg_constraint childcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(childtup);
   13311                 :             :         Relation    childrel;
   13312                 :             : 
   13313                 :          44 :         childrel = table_open(childcon->conrelid, lockmode);
   13314                 :             : 
   13315                 :          44 :         ATExecAlterConstrDeferrability(wqueue, cmdcon, conrel, tgrel, childrel,
   13316                 :             :                                        childtup, recurse, otherrelids, lockmode);
   13317                 :          44 :         table_close(childrel, NoLock);
   13318                 :             :     }
   13319                 :             : 
   13320                 :          28 :     systable_endscan(pscan);
   13321                 :          28 : }
   13322                 :             : 
   13323                 :             : /*
   13324                 :             :  * Update the constraint entry for the given ATAlterConstraint command, and
   13325                 :             :  * invoke the appropriate hooks.
   13326                 :             :  */
   13327                 :             : static void
   13328                 :         512 : AlterConstrUpdateConstraintEntry(ATAlterConstraint *cmdcon, Relation conrel,
   13329                 :             :                                  HeapTuple contuple)
   13330                 :             : {
   13331                 :             :     HeapTuple   copyTuple;
   13332                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint copy_con;
   13333                 :             : 
   13334                 :             :     Assert(cmdcon->alterEnforceability || cmdcon->alterDeferrability ||
   13335                 :             :            cmdcon->alterInheritability);
   13336                 :             : 
   13337                 :         512 :     copyTuple = heap_copytuple(contuple);
   13338                 :         512 :     copy_con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(copyTuple);
   13339                 :             : 
   13340         [ +  + ]:         512 :     if (cmdcon->alterEnforceability)
   13341                 :             :     {
   13342                 :         364 :         copy_con->conenforced = cmdcon->is_enforced;
   13343                 :             : 
   13344                 :             :         /*
   13345                 :             :          * NB: The convalidated status is irrelevant when the constraint is
   13346                 :             :          * set to NOT ENFORCED, but for consistency, it should still be set
   13347                 :             :          * appropriately. Similarly, if the constraint is later changed to
   13348                 :             :          * ENFORCED, validation will be performed during phase 3, so it makes
   13349                 :             :          * sense to mark it as valid in that case.
   13350                 :             :          */
   13351                 :         364 :         copy_con->convalidated = cmdcon->is_enforced;
   13352                 :             :     }
   13353         [ +  + ]:         512 :     if (cmdcon->alterDeferrability)
   13354                 :             :     {
   13355                 :         112 :         copy_con->condeferrable = cmdcon->deferrable;
   13356                 :         112 :         copy_con->condeferred = cmdcon->initdeferred;
   13357                 :             :     }
   13358         [ +  + ]:         512 :     if (cmdcon->alterInheritability)
   13359                 :          40 :         copy_con->connoinherit = cmdcon->noinherit;
   13360                 :             : 
   13361                 :         512 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(conrel, &copyTuple->t_self, copyTuple);
   13362         [ -  + ]:         512 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ConstraintRelationId, copy_con->oid, 0);
   13363                 :             : 
   13364                 :             :     /* Make new constraint flags visible to others */
   13365                 :         512 :     CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(copy_con->conrelid);
   13366                 :             : 
   13367                 :         512 :     heap_freetuple(copyTuple);
   13368                 :         512 : }
   13369                 :             : 
   13370                 :             : /*
   13371                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE VALIDATE CONSTRAINT
   13372                 :             :  *
   13373                 :             :  * XXX The reason we handle recursion here rather than at Phase 1 is because
   13374                 :             :  * there's no good way to skip recursing when handling foreign keys: there is
   13375                 :             :  * no need to lock children in that case, yet we wouldn't be able to avoid
   13376                 :             :  * doing so at that level.
   13377                 :             :  *
   13378                 :             :  * Return value is the address of the validated constraint.  If the constraint
   13379                 :             :  * was already validated, InvalidObjectAddress is returned.
   13380                 :             :  */
   13381                 :             : static ObjectAddress
   13382                 :         360 : ATExecValidateConstraint(List **wqueue, Relation rel, char *constrName,
   13383                 :             :                          bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   13384                 :             : {
   13385                 :             :     Relation    conrel;
   13386                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   13387                 :             :     ScanKeyData skey[3];
   13388                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   13389                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint con;
   13390                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
   13391                 :             : 
   13392                 :         360 :     conrel = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   13393                 :             : 
   13394                 :             :     /*
   13395                 :             :      * Find and check the target constraint
   13396                 :             :      */
   13397                 :         360 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
   13398                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
   13399                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   13400                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
   13401                 :         360 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
   13402                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_contypid,
   13403                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   13404                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(InvalidOid));
   13405                 :         360 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[2],
   13406                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
   13407                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
   13408                 :             :                 CStringGetDatum(constrName));
   13409                 :         360 :     scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
   13410                 :             :                               true, NULL, 3, skey);
   13411                 :             : 
   13412                 :             :     /* There can be at most one matching row */
   13413         [ -  + ]:         360 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(scan)))
   13414         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   13415                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
   13416                 :             :                  errmsg("constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
   13417                 :             :                         constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
   13418                 :             : 
   13419                 :         360 :     con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
   13420         [ +  + ]:         360 :     if (con->contype != CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN &&
   13421         [ +  + ]:         174 :         con->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK &&
   13422         [ -  + ]:          78 :         con->contype != CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
   13423         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   13424                 :             :                 errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   13425                 :             :                 errmsg("cannot validate constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\"",
   13426                 :             :                        constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
   13427                 :             :                 errdetail("This operation is not supported for this type of constraint."));
   13428                 :             : 
   13429         [ +  + ]:         360 :     if (!con->conenforced)
   13430         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   13431                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
   13432                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot validate NOT ENFORCED constraint")));
   13433                 :             : 
   13434         [ +  + ]:         356 :     if (!con->convalidated)
   13435                 :             :     {
   13436         [ +  + ]:         344 :         if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN)
   13437                 :             :         {
   13438                 :         182 :             QueueFKConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, rel, con->confrelid,
   13439                 :             :                                         tuple, lockmode);
   13440                 :             :         }
   13441         [ +  + ]:         162 :         else if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK)
   13442                 :             :         {
   13443                 :          84 :             QueueCheckConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, rel, constrName,
   13444                 :             :                                            tuple, recurse, recursing, lockmode);
   13445                 :             :         }
   13446         [ +  - ]:          78 :         else if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
   13447                 :             :         {
   13448                 :          78 :             QueueNNConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, rel,
   13449                 :             :                                         tuple, recurse, recursing, lockmode);
   13450                 :             :         }
   13451                 :             : 
   13452                 :         344 :         ObjectAddressSet(address, ConstraintRelationId, con->oid);
   13453                 :             :     }
   13454                 :             :     else
   13455                 :          12 :         address = InvalidObjectAddress; /* already validated */
   13456                 :             : 
   13457                 :         356 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   13458                 :             : 
   13459                 :         356 :     table_close(conrel, RowExclusiveLock);
   13460                 :             : 
   13461                 :         356 :     return address;
   13462                 :             : }
   13463                 :             : 
   13464                 :             : /*
   13465                 :             :  * QueueFKConstraintValidation
   13466                 :             :  *
   13467                 :             :  * Add an entry to the wqueue to validate the given foreign key constraint in
   13468                 :             :  * Phase 3 and update the convalidated field in the pg_constraint catalog
   13469                 :             :  * for the specified relation and all its children.
   13470                 :             :  */
   13471                 :             : static void
   13472                 :         230 : QueueFKConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation fkrel,
   13473                 :             :                             Oid pkrelid, HeapTuple contuple, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   13474                 :             : {
   13475                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint con;
   13476                 :             :     AlteredTableInfo *tab;
   13477                 :             :     HeapTuple   copyTuple;
   13478                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint copy_con;
   13479                 :             : 
   13480                 :             :     /* since this function recurses, it could be driven to stack overflow */
   13481                 :         230 :     check_stack_depth();
   13482                 :             : 
   13483                 :         230 :     con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contuple);
   13484                 :             :     Assert(con->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN);
   13485                 :             :     Assert(!con->convalidated);
   13486                 :             : 
   13487                 :             :     /*
   13488                 :             :      * Add the validation to phase 3's queue; not needed for partitioned
   13489                 :             :      * tables themselves, only for their partitions.
   13490                 :             :      *
   13491                 :             :      * When the referenced table (pkrelid) is partitioned, the referencing
   13492                 :             :      * table (fkrel) has one pg_constraint row pointing to each partition
   13493                 :             :      * thereof.  These rows are there only to support action triggers and no
   13494                 :             :      * table scan is needed, therefore skip this for them as well.
   13495                 :             :      */
   13496         [ +  + ]:         230 :     if (fkrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION &&
   13497         [ +  + ]:         198 :         con->confrelid == pkrelid)
   13498                 :             :     {
   13499                 :             :         NewConstraint *newcon;
   13500                 :             :         Constraint *fkconstraint;
   13501                 :             : 
   13502                 :             :         /* Queue validation for phase 3 */
   13503                 :         190 :         fkconstraint = makeNode(Constraint);
   13504                 :             :         /* for now this is all we need */
   13505                 :         190 :         fkconstraint->conname = pstrdup(NameStr(con->conname));
   13506                 :             : 
   13507                 :         190 :         newcon = palloc0_object(NewConstraint);
   13508                 :         190 :         newcon->name = fkconstraint->conname;
   13509                 :         190 :         newcon->contype = CONSTR_FOREIGN;
   13510                 :         190 :         newcon->refrelid = con->confrelid;
   13511                 :         190 :         newcon->refindid = con->conindid;
   13512                 :         190 :         newcon->conid = con->oid;
   13513                 :         190 :         newcon->qual = (Node *) fkconstraint;
   13514                 :             : 
   13515                 :             :         /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */
   13516                 :         190 :         tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, fkrel);
   13517                 :         190 :         tab->constraints = lappend(tab->constraints, newcon);
   13518                 :             :     }
   13519                 :             : 
   13520                 :             :     /*
   13521                 :             :      * If the table at either end of the constraint is partitioned, we need to
   13522                 :             :      * recurse and handle every unvalidated constraint that is a child of this
   13523                 :             :      * constraint.
   13524                 :             :      */
   13525   [ +  +  +  + ]:         428 :     if (fkrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
   13526                 :         198 :         get_rel_relkind(con->confrelid) == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   13527                 :             :     {
   13528                 :             :         ScanKeyData pkey;
   13529                 :             :         SysScanDesc pscan;
   13530                 :             :         HeapTuple   childtup;
   13531                 :             : 
   13532                 :          48 :         ScanKeyInit(&pkey,
   13533                 :             :                     Anum_pg_constraint_conparentid,
   13534                 :             :                     BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   13535                 :             :                     ObjectIdGetDatum(con->oid));
   13536                 :             : 
   13537                 :          48 :         pscan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintParentIndexId,
   13538                 :             :                                    true, NULL, 1, &pkey);
   13539                 :             : 
   13540         [ +  + ]:          96 :         while (HeapTupleIsValid(childtup = systable_getnext(pscan)))
   13541                 :             :         {
   13542                 :             :             Form_pg_constraint childcon;
   13543                 :             :             Relation    childrel;
   13544                 :             : 
   13545                 :          48 :             childcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(childtup);
   13546                 :             : 
   13547                 :             :             /*
   13548                 :             :              * If the child constraint has already been validated, no further
   13549                 :             :              * action is required for it or its descendants, as they are all
   13550                 :             :              * valid.
   13551                 :             :              */
   13552         [ +  + ]:          48 :             if (childcon->convalidated)
   13553                 :          12 :                 continue;
   13554                 :             : 
   13555                 :          36 :             childrel = table_open(childcon->conrelid, lockmode);
   13556                 :             : 
   13557                 :             :             /*
   13558                 :             :              * NB: Note that pkrelid should be passed as-is during recursion,
   13559                 :             :              * as it is required to identify the root referenced table.
   13560                 :             :              */
   13561                 :          36 :             QueueFKConstraintValidation(wqueue, conrel, childrel, pkrelid,
   13562                 :             :                                         childtup, lockmode);
   13563                 :          36 :             table_close(childrel, NoLock);
   13564                 :             :         }
   13565                 :             : 
   13566                 :          48 :         systable_endscan(pscan);
   13567                 :             :     }
   13568                 :             : 
   13569                 :             :     /*
   13570                 :             :      * Now mark the pg_constraint row as validated (even if we didn't check,
   13571                 :             :      * notably the ones for partitions on the referenced side).
   13572                 :             :      *
   13573                 :             :      * We rely on transaction abort to roll back this change if phase 3
   13574                 :             :      * ultimately finds violating rows.  This is a bit ugly.
   13575                 :             :      */
   13576                 :         230 :     copyTuple = heap_copytuple(contuple);
   13577                 :         230 :     copy_con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(copyTuple);
   13578                 :         230 :     copy_con->convalidated = true;
   13579                 :         230 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(conrel, &copyTuple->t_self, copyTuple);
   13580                 :             : 
   13581         [ -  + ]:         230 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ConstraintRelationId, con->oid, 0);
   13582                 :             : 
   13583                 :         230 :     heap_freetuple(copyTuple);
   13584                 :         230 : }
   13585                 :             : 
   13586                 :             : /*
   13587                 :             :  * QueueCheckConstraintValidation
   13588                 :             :  *
   13589                 :             :  * Add an entry to the wqueue to validate the given check constraint in Phase 3
   13590                 :             :  * and update the convalidated field in the pg_constraint catalog for the
   13591                 :             :  * specified relation and all its inheriting children.
   13592                 :             :  */
   13593                 :             : static void
   13594                 :          84 : QueueCheckConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation rel,
   13595                 :             :                                char *constrName, HeapTuple contuple,
   13596                 :             :                                bool recurse, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   13597                 :             : {
   13598                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint con;
   13599                 :             :     AlteredTableInfo *tab;
   13600                 :             :     HeapTuple   copyTuple;
   13601                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint copy_con;
   13602                 :             : 
   13603                 :          84 :     List       *children = NIL;
   13604                 :             :     ListCell   *child;
   13605                 :             :     NewConstraint *newcon;
   13606                 :             :     Datum       val;
   13607                 :             :     char       *conbin;
   13608                 :             : 
   13609                 :          84 :     con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contuple);
   13610                 :             :     Assert(con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK);
   13611                 :             : 
   13612                 :             :     /*
   13613                 :             :      * If we're recursing, the parent has already done this, so skip it. Also,
   13614                 :             :      * if the constraint is a NO INHERIT constraint, we shouldn't try to look
   13615                 :             :      * for it in the children.
   13616                 :             :      */
   13617   [ +  +  +  + ]:          84 :     if (!recursing && !con->connoinherit)
   13618                 :          48 :         children = find_all_inheritors(RelationGetRelid(rel),
   13619                 :             :                                        lockmode, NULL);
   13620                 :             : 
   13621                 :             :     /*
   13622                 :             :      * For CHECK constraints, we must ensure that we only mark the constraint
   13623                 :             :      * as validated on the parent if it's already validated on the children.
   13624                 :             :      *
   13625                 :             :      * We recurse before validating on the parent, to reduce risk of
   13626                 :             :      * deadlocks.
   13627                 :             :      */
   13628   [ +  +  +  +  :         164 :     foreach(child, children)
                   +  + ]
   13629                 :             :     {
   13630                 :          80 :         Oid         childoid = lfirst_oid(child);
   13631                 :             :         Relation    childrel;
   13632                 :             : 
   13633         [ +  + ]:          80 :         if (childoid == RelationGetRelid(rel))
   13634                 :          48 :             continue;
   13635                 :             : 
   13636                 :             :         /*
   13637                 :             :          * If we are told not to recurse, there had better not be any child
   13638                 :             :          * tables, because we can't mark the constraint on the parent valid
   13639                 :             :          * unless it is valid for all child tables.
   13640                 :             :          */
   13641         [ -  + ]:          32 :         if (!recurse)
   13642         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   13643                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
   13644                 :             :                      errmsg("constraint must be validated on child tables too")));
   13645                 :             : 
   13646                 :             :         /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */
   13647                 :          32 :         childrel = table_open(childoid, NoLock);
   13648                 :             : 
   13649                 :          32 :         ATExecValidateConstraint(wqueue, childrel, constrName, false,
   13650                 :             :                                  true, lockmode);
   13651                 :          32 :         table_close(childrel, NoLock);
   13652                 :             :     }
   13653                 :             : 
   13654                 :             :     /* Queue validation for phase 3 */
   13655                 :          84 :     newcon = palloc0_object(NewConstraint);
   13656                 :          84 :     newcon->name = constrName;
   13657                 :          84 :     newcon->contype = CONSTR_CHECK;
   13658                 :          84 :     newcon->refrelid = InvalidOid;
   13659                 :          84 :     newcon->refindid = InvalidOid;
   13660                 :          84 :     newcon->conid = con->oid;
   13661                 :             : 
   13662                 :          84 :     val = SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(CONSTROID, contuple,
   13663                 :             :                                  Anum_pg_constraint_conbin);
   13664                 :          84 :     conbin = TextDatumGetCString(val);
   13665                 :          84 :     newcon->qual = expand_generated_columns_in_expr(stringToNode(conbin), rel, 1);
   13666                 :             : 
   13667                 :             :     /* Find or create work queue entry for this table */
   13668                 :          84 :     tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
   13669                 :          84 :     tab->constraints = lappend(tab->constraints, newcon);
   13670                 :             : 
   13671                 :             :     /*
   13672                 :             :      * Invalidate relcache so that others see the new validated constraint.
   13673                 :             :      */
   13674                 :          84 :     CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
   13675                 :             : 
   13676                 :             :     /*
   13677                 :             :      * Now update the catalog, while we have the door open.
   13678                 :             :      */
   13679                 :          84 :     copyTuple = heap_copytuple(contuple);
   13680                 :          84 :     copy_con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(copyTuple);
   13681                 :          84 :     copy_con->convalidated = true;
   13682                 :          84 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(conrel, &copyTuple->t_self, copyTuple);
   13683                 :             : 
   13684         [ -  + ]:          84 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ConstraintRelationId, con->oid, 0);
   13685                 :             : 
   13686                 :          84 :     heap_freetuple(copyTuple);
   13687                 :          84 : }
   13688                 :             : 
   13689                 :             : /*
   13690                 :             :  * QueueNNConstraintValidation
   13691                 :             :  *
   13692                 :             :  * Add an entry to the wqueue to validate the given not-null constraint in
   13693                 :             :  * Phase 3 and update the convalidated field in the pg_constraint catalog for
   13694                 :             :  * the specified relation and all its inheriting children.
   13695                 :             :  */
   13696                 :             : static void
   13697                 :          78 : QueueNNConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation conrel, Relation rel,
   13698                 :             :                             HeapTuple contuple, bool recurse, bool recursing,
   13699                 :             :                             LOCKMODE lockmode)
   13700                 :             : {
   13701                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint con;
   13702                 :             :     AlteredTableInfo *tab;
   13703                 :             :     HeapTuple   copyTuple;
   13704                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint copy_con;
   13705                 :          78 :     List       *children = NIL;
   13706                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
   13707                 :             :     char       *colname;
   13708                 :             : 
   13709                 :          78 :     con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contuple);
   13710                 :             :     Assert(con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL);
   13711                 :             : 
   13712                 :          78 :     attnum = extractNotNullColumn(contuple);
   13713                 :             : 
   13714                 :             :     /*
   13715                 :             :      * If we're recursing, we've already done this for parent, so skip it.
   13716                 :             :      * Also, if the constraint is a NO INHERIT constraint, we shouldn't try to
   13717                 :             :      * look for it in the children.
   13718                 :             :      *
   13719                 :             :      * We recurse before validating on the parent, to reduce risk of
   13720                 :             :      * deadlocks.
   13721                 :             :      */
   13722   [ +  +  +  - ]:          78 :     if (!recursing && !con->connoinherit)
   13723                 :          54 :         children = find_all_inheritors(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode, NULL);
   13724                 :             : 
   13725                 :          78 :     colname = get_attname(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum, false);
   13726   [ +  +  +  +  :         262 :     foreach_oid(childoid, children)
                   +  + ]
   13727                 :             :     {
   13728                 :             :         Relation    childrel;
   13729                 :             :         HeapTuple   contup;
   13730                 :             :         Form_pg_constraint childcon;
   13731                 :             :         char       *conname;
   13732                 :             : 
   13733         [ +  + ]:         106 :         if (childoid == RelationGetRelid(rel))
   13734                 :          54 :             continue;
   13735                 :             : 
   13736                 :             :         /*
   13737                 :             :          * If we are told not to recurse, there had better not be any child
   13738                 :             :          * tables, because we can't mark the constraint on the parent valid
   13739                 :             :          * unless it is valid for all child tables.
   13740                 :             :          */
   13741         [ -  + ]:          52 :         if (!recurse)
   13742         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   13743                 :             :                     errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
   13744                 :             :                     errmsg("constraint must be validated on child tables too"));
   13745                 :             : 
   13746                 :             :         /*
   13747                 :             :          * The column on child might have a different attnum, so search by
   13748                 :             :          * column name.
   13749                 :             :          */
   13750                 :          52 :         contup = findNotNullConstraint(childoid, colname);
   13751         [ -  + ]:          52 :         if (!contup)
   13752         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for not-null constraint on column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\"",
   13753                 :             :                  colname, get_rel_name(childoid));
   13754                 :          52 :         childcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contup);
   13755         [ +  + ]:          52 :         if (childcon->convalidated)
   13756                 :          28 :             continue;
   13757                 :             : 
   13758                 :             :         /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */
   13759                 :          24 :         childrel = table_open(childoid, NoLock);
   13760                 :          24 :         conname = pstrdup(NameStr(childcon->conname));
   13761                 :             : 
   13762                 :             :         /* XXX improve ATExecValidateConstraint API to avoid double search */
   13763                 :          24 :         ATExecValidateConstraint(wqueue, childrel, conname,
   13764                 :             :                                  false, true, lockmode);
   13765                 :          24 :         table_close(childrel, NoLock);
   13766                 :             :     }
   13767                 :             : 
   13768                 :             :     /* Set attnotnull appropriately without queueing another validation */
   13769                 :          78 :     set_attnotnull(NULL, rel, attnum, false);
   13770                 :             : 
   13771                 :          78 :     tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
   13772                 :          78 :     tab->verify_new_notnull = true;
   13773                 :             : 
   13774                 :             :     /*
   13775                 :             :      * Invalidate relcache so that others see the new validated constraint.
   13776                 :             :      */
   13777                 :          78 :     CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
   13778                 :             : 
   13779                 :             :     /*
   13780                 :             :      * Now update the catalogs, while we have the door open.
   13781                 :             :      */
   13782                 :          78 :     copyTuple = heap_copytuple(contuple);
   13783                 :          78 :     copy_con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(copyTuple);
   13784                 :          78 :     copy_con->convalidated = true;
   13785                 :          78 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(conrel, &copyTuple->t_self, copyTuple);
   13786                 :             : 
   13787         [ -  + ]:          78 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ConstraintRelationId, con->oid, 0);
   13788                 :             : 
   13789                 :          78 :     heap_freetuple(copyTuple);
   13790                 :          78 : }
   13791                 :             : 
   13792                 :             : /*
   13793                 :             :  * transformColumnNameList - transform list of column names
   13794                 :             :  *
   13795                 :             :  * Lookup each name and return its attnum and, optionally, type and collation
   13796                 :             :  * OIDs
   13797                 :             :  *
   13798                 :             :  * Note: the name of this function suggests that it's general-purpose,
   13799                 :             :  * but actually it's only used to look up names appearing in foreign-key
   13800                 :             :  * clauses.  The error messages would need work to use it in other cases,
   13801                 :             :  * and perhaps the validity checks as well.
   13802                 :             :  */
   13803                 :             : static int
   13804                 :        4653 : transformColumnNameList(Oid relId, List *colList,
   13805                 :             :                         int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids, Oid *attcollids)
   13806                 :             : {
   13807                 :             :     ListCell   *l;
   13808                 :             :     int         attnum;
   13809                 :             : 
   13810                 :        4653 :     attnum = 0;
   13811   [ +  +  +  +  :        8469 :     foreach(l, colList)
                   +  + ]
   13812                 :             :     {
   13813                 :        3860 :         char       *attname = strVal(lfirst(l));
   13814                 :             :         HeapTuple   atttuple;
   13815                 :             :         Form_pg_attribute attform;
   13816                 :             : 
   13817                 :        3860 :         atttuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(relId, attname);
   13818         [ +  + ]:        3860 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(atttuple))
   13819         [ +  - ]:          36 :             ereport(ERROR,
   13820                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
   13821                 :             :                      errmsg("column \"%s\" referenced in foreign key constraint does not exist",
   13822                 :             :                             attname)));
   13823                 :        3824 :         attform = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(atttuple);
   13824         [ +  + ]:        3824 :         if (attform->attnum < 0)
   13825         [ +  - ]:           8 :             ereport(ERROR,
   13826                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   13827                 :             :                      errmsg("system columns cannot be used in foreign keys")));
   13828         [ -  + ]:        3816 :         if (attnum >= INDEX_MAX_KEYS)
   13829         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   13830                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_TOO_MANY_COLUMNS),
   13831                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot have more than %d keys in a foreign key",
   13832                 :             :                             INDEX_MAX_KEYS)));
   13833                 :        3816 :         attnums[attnum] = attform->attnum;
   13834         [ +  + ]:        3816 :         if (atttypids != NULL)
   13835                 :        3792 :             atttypids[attnum] = attform->atttypid;
   13836         [ +  + ]:        3816 :         if (attcollids != NULL)
   13837                 :        3792 :             attcollids[attnum] = attform->attcollation;
   13838                 :        3816 :         ReleaseSysCache(atttuple);
   13839                 :        3816 :         attnum++;
   13840                 :             :     }
   13841                 :             : 
   13842                 :        4609 :     return attnum;
   13843                 :             : }
   13844                 :             : 
   13845                 :             : /*
   13846                 :             :  * transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey -
   13847                 :             :  *
   13848                 :             :  *  Look up the names, attnums, types, and collations of the primary key attributes
   13849                 :             :  *  for the pkrel.  Also return the index OID and index opclasses of the
   13850                 :             :  *  index supporting the primary key.  Also return whether the index has
   13851                 :             :  *  WITHOUT OVERLAPS.
   13852                 :             :  *
   13853                 :             :  *  All parameters except pkrel are output parameters.  Also, the function
   13854                 :             :  *  return value is the number of attributes in the primary key.
   13855                 :             :  *
   13856                 :             :  *  Used when the column list in the REFERENCES specification is omitted.
   13857                 :             :  */
   13858                 :             : static int
   13859                 :         904 : transformFkeyGetPrimaryKey(Relation pkrel, Oid *indexOid,
   13860                 :             :                            List **attnamelist,
   13861                 :             :                            int16 *attnums, Oid *atttypids, Oid *attcollids,
   13862                 :             :                            Oid *opclasses, bool *pk_has_without_overlaps)
   13863                 :             : {
   13864                 :             :     List       *indexoidlist;
   13865                 :             :     ListCell   *indexoidscan;
   13866                 :         904 :     HeapTuple   indexTuple = NULL;
   13867                 :         904 :     Form_pg_index indexStruct = NULL;
   13868                 :             :     Datum       indclassDatum;
   13869                 :             :     oidvector  *indclass;
   13870                 :             :     int         i;
   13871                 :             : 
   13872                 :             :     /*
   13873                 :             :      * Get the list of index OIDs for the table from the relcache, and look up
   13874                 :             :      * each one in the pg_index syscache until we find one marked primary key
   13875                 :             :      * (hopefully there isn't more than one such).  Insist it's valid, too.
   13876                 :             :      */
   13877                 :         904 :     *indexOid = InvalidOid;
   13878                 :             : 
   13879                 :         904 :     indexoidlist = RelationGetIndexList(pkrel);
   13880                 :             : 
   13881   [ +  -  +  -  :         908 :     foreach(indexoidscan, indexoidlist)
                   +  - ]
   13882                 :             :     {
   13883                 :         908 :         Oid         indexoid = lfirst_oid(indexoidscan);
   13884                 :             : 
   13885                 :         908 :         indexTuple = SearchSysCache1(INDEXRELID, ObjectIdGetDatum(indexoid));
   13886         [ -  + ]:         908 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(indexTuple))
   13887         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for index %u", indexoid);
   13888                 :         908 :         indexStruct = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(indexTuple);
   13889   [ +  +  +  - ]:         908 :         if (indexStruct->indisprimary && indexStruct->indisvalid)
   13890                 :             :         {
   13891                 :             :             /*
   13892                 :             :              * Refuse to use a deferrable primary key.  This is per SQL spec,
   13893                 :             :              * and there would be a lot of interesting semantic problems if we
   13894                 :             :              * tried to allow it.
   13895                 :             :              */
   13896         [ -  + ]:         904 :             if (!indexStruct->indimmediate)
   13897         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   13898                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
   13899                 :             :                          errmsg("cannot use a deferrable primary key for referenced table \"%s\"",
   13900                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
   13901                 :             : 
   13902                 :         904 :             *indexOid = indexoid;
   13903                 :         904 :             break;
   13904                 :             :         }
   13905                 :           4 :         ReleaseSysCache(indexTuple);
   13906                 :             :     }
   13907                 :             : 
   13908                 :         904 :     list_free(indexoidlist);
   13909                 :             : 
   13910                 :             :     /*
   13911                 :             :      * Check that we found it
   13912                 :             :      */
   13913         [ -  + ]:         904 :     if (!OidIsValid(*indexOid))
   13914         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   13915                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
   13916                 :             :                  errmsg("there is no primary key for referenced table \"%s\"",
   13917                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
   13918                 :             : 
   13919                 :             :     /* Must get indclass the hard way */
   13920                 :         904 :     indclassDatum = SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(INDEXRELID, indexTuple,
   13921                 :             :                                            Anum_pg_index_indclass);
   13922                 :         904 :     indclass = (oidvector *) DatumGetPointer(indclassDatum);
   13923                 :             : 
   13924                 :             :     /*
   13925                 :             :      * Now build the list of PK attributes from the indkey definition (we
   13926                 :             :      * assume a primary key cannot have expressional elements)
   13927                 :             :      */
   13928                 :         904 :     *attnamelist = NIL;
   13929         [ +  + ]:        2124 :     for (i = 0; i < indexStruct->indnkeyatts; i++)
   13930                 :             :     {
   13931                 :        1220 :         int         pkattno = indexStruct->indkey.values[i];
   13932                 :             : 
   13933                 :        1220 :         attnums[i] = pkattno;
   13934                 :        1220 :         atttypids[i] = attnumTypeId(pkrel, pkattno);
   13935                 :        1220 :         attcollids[i] = attnumCollationId(pkrel, pkattno);
   13936                 :        1220 :         opclasses[i] = indclass->values[i];
   13937                 :        1220 :         *attnamelist = lappend(*attnamelist,
   13938                 :        1220 :                                makeString(pstrdup(NameStr(*attnumAttName(pkrel, pkattno)))));
   13939                 :             :     }
   13940                 :             : 
   13941                 :         904 :     *pk_has_without_overlaps = indexStruct->indisexclusion;
   13942                 :             : 
   13943                 :         904 :     ReleaseSysCache(indexTuple);
   13944                 :             : 
   13945                 :         904 :     return i;
   13946                 :             : }
   13947                 :             : 
   13948                 :             : /*
   13949                 :             :  * transformFkeyCheckAttrs -
   13950                 :             :  *
   13951                 :             :  *  Validate that the 'attnums' columns in the 'pkrel' relation are valid to
   13952                 :             :  *  reference as part of a foreign key constraint.
   13953                 :             :  *
   13954                 :             :  *  Returns the OID of the unique index supporting the constraint and
   13955                 :             :  *  populates the caller-provided 'opclasses' array with the opclasses
   13956                 :             :  *  associated with the index columns.  Also sets whether the index
   13957                 :             :  *  uses WITHOUT OVERLAPS.
   13958                 :             :  *
   13959                 :             :  *  Raises an ERROR on validation failure.
   13960                 :             :  */
   13961                 :             : static Oid
   13962                 :         895 : transformFkeyCheckAttrs(Relation pkrel,
   13963                 :             :                         int numattrs, int16 *attnums,
   13964                 :             :                         bool with_period, Oid *opclasses,
   13965                 :             :                         bool *pk_has_without_overlaps)
   13966                 :             : {
   13967                 :         895 :     Oid         indexoid = InvalidOid;
   13968                 :         895 :     bool        found = false;
   13969                 :         895 :     bool        found_deferrable = false;
   13970                 :             :     List       *indexoidlist;
   13971                 :             :     ListCell   *indexoidscan;
   13972                 :             :     int         i,
   13973                 :             :                 j;
   13974                 :             : 
   13975                 :             :     /*
   13976                 :             :      * Reject duplicate appearances of columns in the referenced-columns list.
   13977                 :             :      * Such a case is forbidden by the SQL standard, and even if we thought it
   13978                 :             :      * useful to allow it, there would be ambiguity about how to match the
   13979                 :             :      * list to unique indexes (in particular, it'd be unclear which index
   13980                 :             :      * opclass goes with which FK column).
   13981                 :             :      */
   13982         [ +  + ]:        2095 :     for (i = 0; i < numattrs; i++)
   13983                 :             :     {
   13984         [ +  + ]:        1587 :         for (j = i + 1; j < numattrs; j++)
   13985                 :             :         {
   13986         [ +  + ]:         387 :             if (attnums[i] == attnums[j])
   13987         [ +  - ]:          16 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   13988                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
   13989                 :             :                          errmsg("foreign key referenced-columns list must not contain duplicates")));
   13990                 :             :         }
   13991                 :             :     }
   13992                 :             : 
   13993                 :             :     /*
   13994                 :             :      * Get the list of index OIDs for the table from the relcache, and look up
   13995                 :             :      * each one in the pg_index syscache, and match unique indexes to the list
   13996                 :             :      * of attnums we are given.
   13997                 :             :      */
   13998                 :         879 :     indexoidlist = RelationGetIndexList(pkrel);
   13999                 :             : 
   14000   [ +  -  +  +  :         998 :     foreach(indexoidscan, indexoidlist)
                   +  + ]
   14001                 :             :     {
   14002                 :             :         HeapTuple   indexTuple;
   14003                 :             :         Form_pg_index indexStruct;
   14004                 :             : 
   14005                 :         990 :         indexoid = lfirst_oid(indexoidscan);
   14006                 :         990 :         indexTuple = SearchSysCache1(INDEXRELID, ObjectIdGetDatum(indexoid));
   14007         [ -  + ]:         990 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(indexTuple))
   14008         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for index %u", indexoid);
   14009                 :         990 :         indexStruct = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(indexTuple);
   14010                 :             : 
   14011                 :             :         /*
   14012                 :             :          * Must have the right number of columns; must be unique (or if
   14013                 :             :          * temporal then exclusion instead) and not a partial index; forget it
   14014                 :             :          * if there are any expressions, too. Invalid indexes are out as well.
   14015                 :             :          */
   14016   [ +  +  +  +  :         990 :         if (indexStruct->indnkeyatts == numattrs &&
                   +  + ]
   14017                 :         909 :             (with_period ? indexStruct->indisexclusion : indexStruct->indisunique) &&
   14018   [ +  -  +  - ]:        1818 :             indexStruct->indisvalid &&
   14019         [ +  - ]:        1818 :             heap_attisnull(indexTuple, Anum_pg_index_indpred, NULL) &&
   14020                 :         909 :             heap_attisnull(indexTuple, Anum_pg_index_indexprs, NULL))
   14021                 :             :         {
   14022                 :             :             Datum       indclassDatum;
   14023                 :             :             oidvector  *indclass;
   14024                 :             : 
   14025                 :             :             /* Must get indclass the hard way */
   14026                 :         909 :             indclassDatum = SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(INDEXRELID, indexTuple,
   14027                 :             :                                                    Anum_pg_index_indclass);
   14028                 :         909 :             indclass = (oidvector *) DatumGetPointer(indclassDatum);
   14029                 :             : 
   14030                 :             :             /*
   14031                 :             :              * The given attnum list may match the index columns in any order.
   14032                 :             :              * Check for a match, and extract the appropriate opclasses while
   14033                 :             :              * we're at it.
   14034                 :             :              *
   14035                 :             :              * We know that attnums[] is duplicate-free per the test at the
   14036                 :             :              * start of this function, and we checked above that the number of
   14037                 :             :              * index columns agrees, so if we find a match for each attnums[]
   14038                 :             :              * entry then we must have a one-to-one match in some order.
   14039                 :             :              */
   14040         [ +  + ]:        2101 :             for (i = 0; i < numattrs; i++)
   14041                 :             :             {
   14042                 :        1230 :                 found = false;
   14043         [ +  + ]:        1639 :                 for (j = 0; j < numattrs; j++)
   14044                 :             :                 {
   14045         [ +  + ]:        1601 :                     if (attnums[i] == indexStruct->indkey.values[j])
   14046                 :             :                     {
   14047                 :        1192 :                         opclasses[i] = indclass->values[j];
   14048                 :        1192 :                         found = true;
   14049                 :        1192 :                         break;
   14050                 :             :                     }
   14051                 :             :                 }
   14052         [ +  + ]:        1230 :                 if (!found)
   14053                 :          38 :                     break;
   14054                 :             :             }
   14055                 :             :             /* The last attribute in the index must be the PERIOD FK part */
   14056   [ +  +  +  + ]:         909 :             if (found && with_period)
   14057                 :             :             {
   14058                 :          80 :                 int16       periodattnum = attnums[numattrs - 1];
   14059                 :             : 
   14060                 :          80 :                 found = (periodattnum == indexStruct->indkey.values[numattrs - 1]);
   14061                 :             :             }
   14062                 :             : 
   14063                 :             :             /*
   14064                 :             :              * Refuse to use a deferrable unique/primary key.  This is per SQL
   14065                 :             :              * spec, and there would be a lot of interesting semantic problems
   14066                 :             :              * if we tried to allow it.
   14067                 :             :              */
   14068   [ +  +  -  + ]:         909 :             if (found && !indexStruct->indimmediate)
   14069                 :             :             {
   14070                 :             :                 /*
   14071                 :             :                  * Remember that we found an otherwise matching index, so that
   14072                 :             :                  * we can generate a more appropriate error message.
   14073                 :             :                  */
   14074                 :           0 :                 found_deferrable = true;
   14075                 :           0 :                 found = false;
   14076                 :             :             }
   14077                 :             : 
   14078                 :             :             /* We need to know whether the index has WITHOUT OVERLAPS */
   14079         [ +  + ]:         909 :             if (found)
   14080                 :         871 :                 *pk_has_without_overlaps = indexStruct->indisexclusion;
   14081                 :             :         }
   14082                 :         990 :         ReleaseSysCache(indexTuple);
   14083         [ +  + ]:         990 :         if (found)
   14084                 :         871 :             break;
   14085                 :             :     }
   14086                 :             : 
   14087         [ +  + ]:         879 :     if (!found)
   14088                 :             :     {
   14089         [ -  + ]:           8 :         if (found_deferrable)
   14090         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   14091                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
   14092                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot use a deferrable unique constraint for referenced table \"%s\"",
   14093                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
   14094                 :             :         else
   14095         [ +  - ]:           8 :             ereport(ERROR,
   14096                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_FOREIGN_KEY),
   14097                 :             :                      errmsg("there is no unique constraint matching given keys for referenced table \"%s\"",
   14098                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(pkrel))));
   14099                 :             :     }
   14100                 :             : 
   14101                 :         871 :     list_free(indexoidlist);
   14102                 :             : 
   14103                 :         871 :     return indexoid;
   14104                 :             : }
   14105                 :             : 
   14106                 :             : /*
   14107                 :             :  * findFkeyCast -
   14108                 :             :  *
   14109                 :             :  *  Wrapper around find_coercion_pathway() for ATAddForeignKeyConstraint().
   14110                 :             :  *  Caller has equal regard for binary coercibility and for an exact match.
   14111                 :             :  */
   14112                 :             : static CoercionPathType
   14113                 :           8 : findFkeyCast(Oid targetTypeId, Oid sourceTypeId, Oid *funcid)
   14114                 :             : {
   14115                 :             :     CoercionPathType ret;
   14116                 :             : 
   14117         [ +  - ]:           8 :     if (targetTypeId == sourceTypeId)
   14118                 :             :     {
   14119                 :           8 :         ret = COERCION_PATH_RELABELTYPE;
   14120                 :           8 :         *funcid = InvalidOid;
   14121                 :             :     }
   14122                 :             :     else
   14123                 :             :     {
   14124                 :           0 :         ret = find_coercion_pathway(targetTypeId, sourceTypeId,
   14125                 :             :                                     COERCION_IMPLICIT, funcid);
   14126         [ #  # ]:           0 :         if (ret == COERCION_PATH_NONE)
   14127                 :             :             /* A previously-relied-upon cast is now gone. */
   14128         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "could not find cast from %u to %u",
   14129                 :             :                  sourceTypeId, targetTypeId);
   14130                 :             :     }
   14131                 :             : 
   14132                 :           8 :     return ret;
   14133                 :             : }
   14134                 :             : 
   14135                 :             : /*
   14136                 :             :  * Permissions checks on the referenced table for ADD FOREIGN KEY
   14137                 :             :  *
   14138                 :             :  * Note: we have already checked that the user owns the referencing table,
   14139                 :             :  * else we'd have failed much earlier; no additional checks are needed for it.
   14140                 :             :  */
   14141                 :             : static void
   14142                 :        1751 : checkFkeyPermissions(Relation rel, int16 *attnums, int natts)
   14143                 :             : {
   14144                 :        1751 :     Oid         roleid = GetUserId();
   14145                 :             :     AclResult   aclresult;
   14146                 :             :     int         i;
   14147                 :             : 
   14148                 :             :     /* Okay if we have relation-level REFERENCES permission */
   14149                 :        1751 :     aclresult = pg_class_aclcheck(RelationGetRelid(rel), roleid,
   14150                 :             :                                   ACL_REFERENCES);
   14151         [ +  - ]:        1751 :     if (aclresult == ACLCHECK_OK)
   14152                 :        1751 :         return;
   14153                 :             :     /* Else we must have REFERENCES on each column */
   14154         [ #  # ]:           0 :     for (i = 0; i < natts; i++)
   14155                 :             :     {
   14156                 :           0 :         aclresult = pg_attribute_aclcheck(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnums[i],
   14157                 :             :                                           roleid, ACL_REFERENCES);
   14158         [ #  # ]:           0 :         if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
   14159                 :           0 :             aclcheck_error(aclresult, get_relkind_objtype(rel->rd_rel->relkind),
   14160                 :           0 :                            RelationGetRelationName(rel));
   14161                 :             :     }
   14162                 :             : }
   14163                 :             : 
   14164                 :             : /*
   14165                 :             :  * Scan the existing rows in a table to verify they meet a proposed FK
   14166                 :             :  * constraint.
   14167                 :             :  *
   14168                 :             :  * Caller must have opened and locked both relations appropriately.
   14169                 :             :  */
   14170                 :             : static void
   14171                 :         847 : validateForeignKeyConstraint(char *conname,
   14172                 :             :                              Relation rel,
   14173                 :             :                              Relation pkrel,
   14174                 :             :                              Oid pkindOid,
   14175                 :             :                              Oid constraintOid,
   14176                 :             :                              bool hasperiod)
   14177                 :             : {
   14178                 :             :     TupleTableSlot *slot;
   14179                 :             :     TableScanDesc scan;
   14180                 :         847 :     Trigger     trig = {0};
   14181                 :             :     Snapshot    snapshot;
   14182                 :             :     MemoryContext oldcxt;
   14183                 :             :     MemoryContext perTupCxt;
   14184                 :             : 
   14185         [ -  + ]:         847 :     ereport(DEBUG1,
   14186                 :             :             (errmsg_internal("validating foreign key constraint \"%s\"", conname)));
   14187                 :             : 
   14188                 :             :     /*
   14189                 :             :      * Build a trigger call structure; we'll need it either way.
   14190                 :             :      */
   14191                 :         847 :     trig.tgoid = InvalidOid;
   14192                 :         847 :     trig.tgname = conname;
   14193                 :         847 :     trig.tgenabled = TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN;
   14194                 :         847 :     trig.tgisinternal = true;
   14195                 :         847 :     trig.tgconstrrelid = RelationGetRelid(pkrel);
   14196                 :         847 :     trig.tgconstrindid = pkindOid;
   14197                 :         847 :     trig.tgconstraint = constraintOid;
   14198                 :         847 :     trig.tgdeferrable = false;
   14199                 :         847 :     trig.tginitdeferred = false;
   14200                 :             :     /* we needn't fill in remaining fields */
   14201                 :             : 
   14202                 :             :     /*
   14203                 :             :      * See if we can do it with a single LEFT JOIN query.  A false result
   14204                 :             :      * indicates we must proceed with the fire-the-trigger method. We can't do
   14205                 :             :      * a LEFT JOIN for temporal FKs yet, but we can once we support temporal
   14206                 :             :      * left joins.
   14207                 :             :      */
   14208   [ +  +  +  + ]:         847 :     if (!hasperiod && RI_Initial_Check(&trig, rel, pkrel))
   14209                 :         688 :         return;
   14210                 :             : 
   14211                 :             :     /*
   14212                 :             :      * Scan through each tuple, calling RI_FKey_check_ins (insert trigger) as
   14213                 :             :      * if that tuple had just been inserted.  If any of those fail, it should
   14214                 :             :      * ereport(ERROR) and that's that.
   14215                 :             :      */
   14216                 :         108 :     snapshot = RegisterSnapshot(GetLatestSnapshot());
   14217                 :         108 :     slot = table_slot_create(rel, NULL);
   14218                 :         108 :     scan = table_beginscan(rel, snapshot, 0, NULL,
   14219                 :             :                            SO_NONE);
   14220                 :         108 :     perTupCxt = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
   14221                 :             :                                       "validateForeignKeyConstraint",
   14222                 :             :                                       ALLOCSET_SMALL_SIZES);
   14223                 :         108 :     oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(perTupCxt);
   14224                 :             : 
   14225         [ +  + ]:         177 :     while (table_scan_getnextslot(scan, ForwardScanDirection, slot))
   14226                 :             :     {
   14227                 :         109 :         LOCAL_FCINFO(fcinfo, 0);
   14228                 :         109 :         TriggerData trigdata = {0};
   14229                 :             : 
   14230         [ -  + ]:         109 :         CHECK_FOR_INTERRUPTS();
   14231                 :             : 
   14232                 :             :         /*
   14233                 :             :          * Make a call to the trigger function
   14234                 :             :          *
   14235                 :             :          * No parameters are passed, but we do set a context
   14236                 :             :          */
   14237   [ +  -  +  -  :         545 :         MemSet(fcinfo, 0, SizeForFunctionCallInfo(0));
          +  -  +  -  +  
                      + ]
   14238                 :             : 
   14239                 :             :         /*
   14240                 :             :          * We assume RI_FKey_check_ins won't look at flinfo...
   14241                 :             :          */
   14242                 :         109 :         trigdata.type = T_TriggerData;
   14243                 :         109 :         trigdata.tg_event = TRIGGER_EVENT_INSERT | TRIGGER_EVENT_ROW;
   14244                 :         109 :         trigdata.tg_relation = rel;
   14245                 :         109 :         trigdata.tg_trigtuple = ExecFetchSlotHeapTuple(slot, false, NULL);
   14246                 :         109 :         trigdata.tg_trigslot = slot;
   14247                 :         109 :         trigdata.tg_trigger = &trig;
   14248                 :             : 
   14249                 :         109 :         fcinfo->context = (Node *) &trigdata;
   14250                 :             : 
   14251                 :         109 :         RI_FKey_check_ins(fcinfo);
   14252                 :             : 
   14253                 :          69 :         MemoryContextReset(perTupCxt);
   14254                 :             :     }
   14255                 :             : 
   14256                 :          68 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
   14257                 :          68 :     MemoryContextDelete(perTupCxt);
   14258                 :          68 :     table_endscan(scan);
   14259                 :          68 :     UnregisterSnapshot(snapshot);
   14260                 :          68 :     ExecDropSingleTupleTableSlot(slot);
   14261                 :             : }
   14262                 :             : 
   14263                 :             : /*
   14264                 :             :  * CreateFKCheckTrigger
   14265                 :             :  *      Creates the insert (on_insert=true) or update "check" trigger that
   14266                 :             :  *      implements a given foreign key
   14267                 :             :  *
   14268                 :             :  * Returns the OID of the so created trigger.
   14269                 :             :  */
   14270                 :             : static Oid
   14271                 :        4132 : CreateFKCheckTrigger(Oid myRelOid, Oid refRelOid, Constraint *fkconstraint,
   14272                 :             :                      Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid, Oid parentTrigOid,
   14273                 :             :                      bool on_insert)
   14274                 :             : {
   14275                 :             :     ObjectAddress trigAddress;
   14276                 :             :     CreateTrigStmt *fk_trigger;
   14277                 :             : 
   14278                 :             :     /*
   14279                 :             :      * Note: for a self-referential FK (referencing and referenced tables are
   14280                 :             :      * the same), it is important that the ON UPDATE action fires before the
   14281                 :             :      * CHECK action, since both triggers will fire on the same row during an
   14282                 :             :      * UPDATE event; otherwise the CHECK trigger will be checking a non-final
   14283                 :             :      * state of the row.  Triggers fire in name order, so we ensure this by
   14284                 :             :      * using names like "RI_ConstraintTrigger_a_NNNN" for the action triggers
   14285                 :             :      * and "RI_ConstraintTrigger_c_NNNN" for the check triggers.
   14286                 :             :      */
   14287                 :        4132 :     fk_trigger = makeNode(CreateTrigStmt);
   14288                 :        4132 :     fk_trigger->replace = false;
   14289                 :        4132 :     fk_trigger->isconstraint = true;
   14290                 :        4132 :     fk_trigger->trigname = "RI_ConstraintTrigger_c";
   14291                 :        4132 :     fk_trigger->relation = NULL;
   14292                 :             : 
   14293                 :             :     /* Either ON INSERT or ON UPDATE */
   14294         [ +  + ]:        4132 :     if (on_insert)
   14295                 :             :     {
   14296                 :        2066 :         fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_check_ins");
   14297                 :        2066 :         fk_trigger->events = TRIGGER_TYPE_INSERT;
   14298                 :             :     }
   14299                 :             :     else
   14300                 :             :     {
   14301                 :        2066 :         fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_check_upd");
   14302                 :        2066 :         fk_trigger->events = TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE;
   14303                 :             :     }
   14304                 :             : 
   14305                 :        4132 :     fk_trigger->args = NIL;
   14306                 :        4132 :     fk_trigger->row = true;
   14307                 :        4132 :     fk_trigger->timing = TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER;
   14308                 :        4132 :     fk_trigger->columns = NIL;
   14309                 :        4132 :     fk_trigger->whenClause = NULL;
   14310                 :        4132 :     fk_trigger->transitionRels = NIL;
   14311                 :        4132 :     fk_trigger->deferrable = fkconstraint->deferrable;
   14312                 :        4132 :     fk_trigger->initdeferred = fkconstraint->initdeferred;
   14313                 :        4132 :     fk_trigger->constrrel = NULL;
   14314                 :             : 
   14315                 :        4132 :     trigAddress = CreateTrigger(fk_trigger, NULL, myRelOid, refRelOid,
   14316                 :             :                                 constraintOid, indexOid, InvalidOid,
   14317                 :             :                                 parentTrigOid, NULL, true, false);
   14318                 :             : 
   14319                 :             :     /* Make changes-so-far visible */
   14320                 :        4132 :     CommandCounterIncrement();
   14321                 :             : 
   14322                 :        4132 :     return trigAddress.objectId;
   14323                 :             : }
   14324                 :             : 
   14325                 :             : /*
   14326                 :             :  * createForeignKeyActionTriggers
   14327                 :             :  *      Create the referenced-side "action" triggers that implement a foreign
   14328                 :             :  *      key.
   14329                 :             :  *
   14330                 :             :  * Returns the OIDs of the so created triggers in *deleteTrigOid and
   14331                 :             :  * *updateTrigOid.
   14332                 :             :  */
   14333                 :             : static void
   14334                 :        2345 : createForeignKeyActionTriggers(Oid myRelOid, Oid refRelOid, Constraint *fkconstraint,
   14335                 :             :                                Oid constraintOid, Oid indexOid,
   14336                 :             :                                Oid parentDelTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger,
   14337                 :             :                                Oid *deleteTrigOid, Oid *updateTrigOid)
   14338                 :             : {
   14339                 :             :     CreateTrigStmt *fk_trigger;
   14340                 :             :     ObjectAddress trigAddress;
   14341                 :             : 
   14342                 :             :     /*
   14343                 :             :      * Build and execute a CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER statement for the ON
   14344                 :             :      * DELETE action on the referenced table.
   14345                 :             :      */
   14346                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger = makeNode(CreateTrigStmt);
   14347                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->replace = false;
   14348                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->isconstraint = true;
   14349                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->trigname = "RI_ConstraintTrigger_a";
   14350                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->relation = NULL;
   14351                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->args = NIL;
   14352                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->row = true;
   14353                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->timing = TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER;
   14354                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->events = TRIGGER_TYPE_DELETE;
   14355                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->columns = NIL;
   14356                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->whenClause = NULL;
   14357                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->transitionRels = NIL;
   14358                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->constrrel = NULL;
   14359                 :             : 
   14360   [ +  +  +  +  :        2345 :     switch (fkconstraint->fk_del_action)
                   +  - ]
   14361                 :             :     {
   14362                 :        1916 :         case FKCONSTR_ACTION_NOACTION:
   14363                 :        1916 :             fk_trigger->deferrable = fkconstraint->deferrable;
   14364                 :        1916 :             fk_trigger->initdeferred = fkconstraint->initdeferred;
   14365                 :        1916 :             fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_noaction_del");
   14366                 :        1916 :             break;
   14367                 :          20 :         case FKCONSTR_ACTION_RESTRICT:
   14368                 :          20 :             fk_trigger->deferrable = false;
   14369                 :          20 :             fk_trigger->initdeferred = false;
   14370                 :          20 :             fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_restrict_del");
   14371                 :          20 :             break;
   14372                 :         306 :         case FKCONSTR_ACTION_CASCADE:
   14373                 :         306 :             fk_trigger->deferrable = false;
   14374                 :         306 :             fk_trigger->initdeferred = false;
   14375                 :         306 :             fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_cascade_del");
   14376                 :         306 :             break;
   14377                 :          63 :         case FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETNULL:
   14378                 :          63 :             fk_trigger->deferrable = false;
   14379                 :          63 :             fk_trigger->initdeferred = false;
   14380                 :          63 :             fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_setnull_del");
   14381                 :          63 :             break;
   14382                 :          40 :         case FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETDEFAULT:
   14383                 :          40 :             fk_trigger->deferrable = false;
   14384                 :          40 :             fk_trigger->initdeferred = false;
   14385                 :          40 :             fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_setdefault_del");
   14386                 :          40 :             break;
   14387                 :           0 :         default:
   14388         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "unrecognized FK action type: %d",
   14389                 :             :                  (int) fkconstraint->fk_del_action);
   14390                 :             :             break;
   14391                 :             :     }
   14392                 :             : 
   14393                 :        2345 :     trigAddress = CreateTrigger(fk_trigger, NULL, refRelOid, myRelOid,
   14394                 :             :                                 constraintOid, indexOid, InvalidOid,
   14395                 :             :                                 parentDelTrigger, NULL, true, false);
   14396         [ +  - ]:        2345 :     if (deleteTrigOid)
   14397                 :        2345 :         *deleteTrigOid = trigAddress.objectId;
   14398                 :             : 
   14399                 :             :     /* Make changes-so-far visible */
   14400                 :        2345 :     CommandCounterIncrement();
   14401                 :             : 
   14402                 :             :     /*
   14403                 :             :      * Build and execute a CREATE CONSTRAINT TRIGGER statement for the ON
   14404                 :             :      * UPDATE action on the referenced table.
   14405                 :             :      */
   14406                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger = makeNode(CreateTrigStmt);
   14407                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->replace = false;
   14408                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->isconstraint = true;
   14409                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->trigname = "RI_ConstraintTrigger_a";
   14410                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->relation = NULL;
   14411                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->args = NIL;
   14412                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->row = true;
   14413                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->timing = TRIGGER_TYPE_AFTER;
   14414                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->events = TRIGGER_TYPE_UPDATE;
   14415                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->columns = NIL;
   14416                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->whenClause = NULL;
   14417                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->transitionRels = NIL;
   14418                 :        2345 :     fk_trigger->constrrel = NULL;
   14419                 :             : 
   14420   [ +  +  +  +  :        2345 :     switch (fkconstraint->fk_upd_action)
                   +  - ]
   14421                 :             :     {
   14422                 :        2041 :         case FKCONSTR_ACTION_NOACTION:
   14423                 :        2041 :             fk_trigger->deferrable = fkconstraint->deferrable;
   14424                 :        2041 :             fk_trigger->initdeferred = fkconstraint->initdeferred;
   14425                 :        2041 :             fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_noaction_upd");
   14426                 :        2041 :             break;
   14427                 :          24 :         case FKCONSTR_ACTION_RESTRICT:
   14428                 :          24 :             fk_trigger->deferrable = false;
   14429                 :          24 :             fk_trigger->initdeferred = false;
   14430                 :          24 :             fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_restrict_upd");
   14431                 :          24 :             break;
   14432                 :         211 :         case FKCONSTR_ACTION_CASCADE:
   14433                 :         211 :             fk_trigger->deferrable = false;
   14434                 :         211 :             fk_trigger->initdeferred = false;
   14435                 :         211 :             fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_cascade_upd");
   14436                 :         211 :             break;
   14437                 :          41 :         case FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETNULL:
   14438                 :          41 :             fk_trigger->deferrable = false;
   14439                 :          41 :             fk_trigger->initdeferred = false;
   14440                 :          41 :             fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_setnull_upd");
   14441                 :          41 :             break;
   14442                 :          28 :         case FKCONSTR_ACTION_SETDEFAULT:
   14443                 :          28 :             fk_trigger->deferrable = false;
   14444                 :          28 :             fk_trigger->initdeferred = false;
   14445                 :          28 :             fk_trigger->funcname = SystemFuncName("RI_FKey_setdefault_upd");
   14446                 :          28 :             break;
   14447                 :           0 :         default:
   14448         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "unrecognized FK action type: %d",
   14449                 :             :                  (int) fkconstraint->fk_upd_action);
   14450                 :             :             break;
   14451                 :             :     }
   14452                 :             : 
   14453                 :        2345 :     trigAddress = CreateTrigger(fk_trigger, NULL, refRelOid, myRelOid,
   14454                 :             :                                 constraintOid, indexOid, InvalidOid,
   14455                 :             :                                 parentUpdTrigger, NULL, true, false);
   14456         [ +  - ]:        2345 :     if (updateTrigOid)
   14457                 :        2345 :         *updateTrigOid = trigAddress.objectId;
   14458                 :        2345 : }
   14459                 :             : 
   14460                 :             : /*
   14461                 :             :  * createForeignKeyCheckTriggers
   14462                 :             :  *      Create the referencing-side "check" triggers that implement a foreign
   14463                 :             :  *      key.
   14464                 :             :  *
   14465                 :             :  * Returns the OIDs of the so created triggers in *insertTrigOid and
   14466                 :             :  * *updateTrigOid.
   14467                 :             :  */
   14468                 :             : static void
   14469                 :        2066 : createForeignKeyCheckTriggers(Oid myRelOid, Oid refRelOid,
   14470                 :             :                               Constraint *fkconstraint, Oid constraintOid,
   14471                 :             :                               Oid indexOid,
   14472                 :             :                               Oid parentInsTrigger, Oid parentUpdTrigger,
   14473                 :             :                               Oid *insertTrigOid, Oid *updateTrigOid)
   14474                 :             : {
   14475                 :        2066 :     *insertTrigOid = CreateFKCheckTrigger(myRelOid, refRelOid, fkconstraint,
   14476                 :             :                                           constraintOid, indexOid,
   14477                 :             :                                           parentInsTrigger, true);
   14478                 :        2066 :     *updateTrigOid = CreateFKCheckTrigger(myRelOid, refRelOid, fkconstraint,
   14479                 :             :                                           constraintOid, indexOid,
   14480                 :             :                                           parentUpdTrigger, false);
   14481                 :        2066 : }
   14482                 :             : 
   14483                 :             : /*
   14484                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE DROP CONSTRAINT
   14485                 :             :  *
   14486                 :             :  * Like DROP COLUMN, we can't use the normal ALTER TABLE recursion mechanism.
   14487                 :             :  */
   14488                 :             : static void
   14489                 :         555 : ATExecDropConstraint(Relation rel, const char *constrName,
   14490                 :             :                      DropBehavior behavior, bool recurse,
   14491                 :             :                      bool missing_ok, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   14492                 :             : {
   14493                 :             :     Relation    conrel;
   14494                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   14495                 :             :     ScanKeyData skey[3];
   14496                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   14497                 :         555 :     bool        found = false;
   14498                 :             : 
   14499                 :         555 :     conrel = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   14500                 :             : 
   14501                 :             :     /*
   14502                 :             :      * Find and drop the target constraint
   14503                 :             :      */
   14504                 :         555 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
   14505                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
   14506                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   14507                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
   14508                 :         555 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
   14509                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_contypid,
   14510                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   14511                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(InvalidOid));
   14512                 :         555 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[2],
   14513                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
   14514                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
   14515                 :             :                 CStringGetDatum(constrName));
   14516                 :         555 :     scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
   14517                 :             :                               true, NULL, 3, skey);
   14518                 :             : 
   14519                 :             :     /* There can be at most one matching row */
   14520         [ +  + ]:         555 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(scan)))
   14521                 :             :     {
   14522                 :         531 :         dropconstraint_internal(rel, tuple, behavior, recurse, false,
   14523                 :             :                                 missing_ok, lockmode);
   14524                 :         407 :         found = true;
   14525                 :             :     }
   14526                 :             : 
   14527                 :         431 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   14528                 :             : 
   14529         [ +  + ]:         431 :     if (!found)
   14530                 :             :     {
   14531         [ +  + ]:          24 :         if (!missing_ok)
   14532         [ +  - ]:          16 :             ereport(ERROR,
   14533                 :             :                     errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
   14534                 :             :                     errmsg("constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
   14535                 :             :                            constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)));
   14536                 :             :         else
   14537         [ +  - ]:           8 :             ereport(NOTICE,
   14538                 :             :                     errmsg("constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist, skipping",
   14539                 :             :                            constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)));
   14540                 :             :     }
   14541                 :             : 
   14542                 :         415 :     table_close(conrel, RowExclusiveLock);
   14543                 :         415 : }
   14544                 :             : 
   14545                 :             : /*
   14546                 :             :  * Remove a constraint, using its pg_constraint tuple
   14547                 :             :  *
   14548                 :             :  * Implementation for ALTER TABLE DROP CONSTRAINT and ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN
   14549                 :             :  * DROP NOT NULL.
   14550                 :             :  *
   14551                 :             :  * Returns the address of the constraint being removed.
   14552                 :             :  */
   14553                 :             : static ObjectAddress
   14554                 :         835 : dropconstraint_internal(Relation rel, HeapTuple constraintTup, DropBehavior behavior,
   14555                 :             :                         bool recurse, bool recursing, bool missing_ok,
   14556                 :             :                         LOCKMODE lockmode)
   14557                 :             : {
   14558                 :             :     Relation    conrel;
   14559                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint con;
   14560                 :             :     ObjectAddress conobj;
   14561                 :             :     List       *children;
   14562                 :         835 :     bool        is_no_inherit_constraint = false;
   14563                 :             :     char       *constrName;
   14564                 :         835 :     char       *colname = NULL;
   14565                 :             : 
   14566                 :             :     /* Guard against stack overflow due to overly deep inheritance tree. */
   14567                 :         835 :     check_stack_depth();
   14568                 :             : 
   14569                 :             :     /* At top level, permission check was done in ATPrepCmd, else do it */
   14570         [ +  + ]:         835 :     if (recursing)
   14571                 :         159 :         ATSimplePermissions(AT_DropConstraint, rel,
   14572                 :             :                             ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
   14573                 :             : 
   14574                 :         831 :     conrel = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   14575                 :             : 
   14576                 :         831 :     con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(constraintTup);
   14577                 :         831 :     constrName = NameStr(con->conname);
   14578                 :             : 
   14579                 :             :     /* Don't allow drop of inherited constraints */
   14580   [ +  +  +  + ]:         831 :     if (con->coninhcount > 0 && !recursing)
   14581         [ +  - ]:         104 :         ereport(ERROR,
   14582                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
   14583                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot drop inherited constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\"",
   14584                 :             :                         constrName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
   14585                 :             : 
   14586                 :             :     /*
   14587                 :             :      * Reset pg_constraint.attnotnull, if this is a not-null constraint.
   14588                 :             :      *
   14589                 :             :      * While doing that, we're in a good position to disallow dropping a not-
   14590                 :             :      * null constraint underneath a primary key, a replica identity index, or
   14591                 :             :      * a generated identity column.
   14592                 :             :      */
   14593         [ +  + ]:         727 :     if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
   14594                 :             :     {
   14595                 :         207 :         Relation    attrel = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   14596                 :         207 :         AttrNumber  attnum = extractNotNullColumn(constraintTup);
   14597                 :             :         Bitmapset  *pkattrs;
   14598                 :             :         Bitmapset  *irattrs;
   14599                 :             :         HeapTuple   atttup;
   14600                 :             :         Form_pg_attribute attForm;
   14601                 :             : 
   14602                 :             :         /* save column name for recursion step */
   14603                 :         207 :         colname = get_attname(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum, false);
   14604                 :             : 
   14605                 :             :         /*
   14606                 :             :          * Disallow if it's in the primary key.  For partitioned tables we
   14607                 :             :          * cannot rely solely on RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap, because it'll
   14608                 :             :          * return NULL if the primary key is invalid; but we still need to
   14609                 :             :          * protect not-null constraints under such a constraint, so check the
   14610                 :             :          * slow way.
   14611                 :             :          */
   14612                 :         207 :         pkattrs = RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(rel, INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_PRIMARY_KEY);
   14613                 :             : 
   14614         [ +  + ]:         207 :         if (pkattrs == NULL &&
   14615         [ +  + ]:         187 :             rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   14616                 :             :         {
   14617                 :          12 :             Oid         pkindex = RelationGetPrimaryKeyIndex(rel, true);
   14618                 :             : 
   14619         [ -  + ]:          12 :             if (OidIsValid(pkindex))
   14620                 :             :             {
   14621                 :           0 :                 Relation    pk = relation_open(pkindex, AccessShareLock);
   14622                 :             : 
   14623                 :           0 :                 pkattrs = NULL;
   14624         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 for (int i = 0; i < pk->rd_index->indnkeyatts; i++)
   14625                 :           0 :                     pkattrs = bms_add_member(pkattrs, pk->rd_index->indkey.values[i]);
   14626                 :             : 
   14627                 :           0 :                 relation_close(pk, AccessShareLock);
   14628                 :             :             }
   14629                 :             :         }
   14630                 :             : 
   14631   [ +  +  +  + ]:         227 :         if (pkattrs &&
   14632                 :          20 :             bms_is_member(attnum - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, pkattrs))
   14633         [ +  - ]:          16 :             ereport(ERROR,
   14634                 :             :                     errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
   14635                 :             :                     errmsg("column \"%s\" is in a primary key",
   14636                 :             :                            get_attname(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum, false)));
   14637                 :             : 
   14638                 :             :         /* Disallow if it's in the replica identity */
   14639                 :         191 :         irattrs = RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(rel, INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_IDENTITY_KEY);
   14640         [ +  + ]:         191 :         if (bms_is_member(attnum - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, irattrs))
   14641         [ +  - ]:           8 :             ereport(ERROR,
   14642                 :             :                     errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
   14643                 :             :                     errmsg("column \"%s\" is in index used as replica identity",
   14644                 :             :                            get_attname(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum, false)));
   14645                 :             : 
   14646                 :             :         /* Disallow if it's a GENERATED AS IDENTITY column */
   14647                 :         183 :         atttup = SearchSysCacheCopyAttNum(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
   14648         [ -  + ]:         183 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(atttup))
   14649         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for attribute %d of relation %u",
   14650                 :             :                  attnum, RelationGetRelid(rel));
   14651                 :         183 :         attForm = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(atttup);
   14652         [ -  + ]:         183 :         if (attForm->attidentity != '\0')
   14653         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   14654                 :             :                     errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
   14655                 :             :                     errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is an identity column",
   14656                 :             :                            get_attname(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum,
   14657                 :             :                                        false),
   14658                 :             :                            RelationGetRelationName(rel)));
   14659                 :             : 
   14660                 :             :         /* All good -- reset attnotnull if needed */
   14661         [ +  - ]:         183 :         if (attForm->attnotnull)
   14662                 :             :         {
   14663                 :         183 :             attForm->attnotnull = false;
   14664                 :         183 :             CatalogTupleUpdate(attrel, &atttup->t_self, atttup);
   14665                 :             :         }
   14666                 :             : 
   14667                 :         183 :         table_close(attrel, RowExclusiveLock);
   14668                 :             :     }
   14669                 :             : 
   14670                 :         703 :     is_no_inherit_constraint = con->connoinherit;
   14671                 :             : 
   14672                 :             :     /*
   14673                 :             :      * If it's a foreign-key constraint, we'd better lock the referenced table
   14674                 :             :      * and check that that's not in use, just as we've already done for the
   14675                 :             :      * constrained table (else we might, eg, be dropping a trigger that has
   14676                 :             :      * unfired events).  But we can/must skip that in the self-referential
   14677                 :             :      * case.
   14678                 :             :      */
   14679         [ +  + ]:         703 :     if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN &&
   14680         [ +  - ]:         112 :         con->confrelid != RelationGetRelid(rel))
   14681                 :             :     {
   14682                 :             :         Relation    frel;
   14683                 :             : 
   14684                 :             :         /* Must match lock taken by RemoveTriggerById: */
   14685                 :         112 :         frel = table_open(con->confrelid, AccessExclusiveLock);
   14686                 :         112 :         CheckAlterTableIsSafe(frel);
   14687                 :         108 :         table_close(frel, NoLock);
   14688                 :             :     }
   14689                 :             : 
   14690                 :             :     /*
   14691                 :             :      * Perform the actual constraint deletion
   14692                 :             :      */
   14693                 :         699 :     ObjectAddressSet(conobj, ConstraintRelationId, con->oid);
   14694                 :         699 :     performDeletion(&conobj, behavior, 0);
   14695                 :             : 
   14696                 :             :     /*
   14697                 :             :      * For partitioned tables, non-CHECK, non-NOT-NULL inherited constraints
   14698                 :             :      * are dropped via the dependency mechanism, so we're done here.
   14699                 :             :      */
   14700         [ +  + ]:         675 :     if (con->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK &&
   14701         [ +  + ]:         422 :         con->contype != CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL &&
   14702         [ +  + ]:         239 :         rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   14703                 :             :     {
   14704                 :          52 :         table_close(conrel, RowExclusiveLock);
   14705                 :          52 :         return conobj;
   14706                 :             :     }
   14707                 :             : 
   14708                 :             :     /*
   14709                 :             :      * Propagate to children as appropriate.  Unlike most other ALTER
   14710                 :             :      * routines, we have to do this one level of recursion at a time; we can't
   14711                 :             :      * use find_all_inheritors to do it in one pass.
   14712                 :             :      */
   14713         [ +  + ]:         623 :     if (!is_no_inherit_constraint)
   14714                 :         428 :         children = find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel), lockmode);
   14715                 :             :     else
   14716                 :         195 :         children = NIL;
   14717                 :             : 
   14718   [ +  +  +  +  :        1521 :     foreach_oid(childrelid, children)
                   +  + ]
   14719                 :             :     {
   14720                 :             :         Relation    childrel;
   14721                 :             :         HeapTuple   tuple;
   14722                 :             :         Form_pg_constraint childcon;
   14723                 :             : 
   14724                 :             :         /* find_inheritance_children already got lock */
   14725                 :         283 :         childrel = table_open(childrelid, NoLock);
   14726                 :         283 :         CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
   14727                 :             : 
   14728                 :             :         /*
   14729                 :             :          * We search for not-null constraints by column name, and others by
   14730                 :             :          * constraint name.
   14731                 :             :          */
   14732         [ +  + ]:         283 :         if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
   14733                 :             :         {
   14734                 :          98 :             tuple = findNotNullConstraint(childrelid, colname);
   14735         [ -  + ]:          98 :             if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   14736         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for not-null constraint on column \"%s\" of relation %u",
   14737                 :             :                      colname, RelationGetRelid(childrel));
   14738                 :             :         }
   14739                 :             :         else
   14740                 :             :         {
   14741                 :             :             SysScanDesc scan;
   14742                 :             :             ScanKeyData skey[3];
   14743                 :             : 
   14744                 :         185 :             ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
   14745                 :             :                         Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
   14746                 :             :                         BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   14747                 :             :                         ObjectIdGetDatum(childrelid));
   14748                 :         185 :             ScanKeyInit(&skey[1],
   14749                 :             :                         Anum_pg_constraint_contypid,
   14750                 :             :                         BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   14751                 :             :                         ObjectIdGetDatum(InvalidOid));
   14752                 :         185 :             ScanKeyInit(&skey[2],
   14753                 :             :                         Anum_pg_constraint_conname,
   14754                 :             :                         BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_NAMEEQ,
   14755                 :             :                         CStringGetDatum(constrName));
   14756                 :         185 :             scan = systable_beginscan(conrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
   14757                 :             :                                       true, NULL, 3, skey);
   14758                 :             :             /* There can only be one, so no need to loop */
   14759                 :         185 :             tuple = systable_getnext(scan);
   14760         [ -  + ]:         185 :             if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   14761         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   14762                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
   14763                 :             :                          errmsg("constraint \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
   14764                 :             :                                 constrName,
   14765                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(childrel))));
   14766                 :         185 :             tuple = heap_copytuple(tuple);
   14767                 :         185 :             systable_endscan(scan);
   14768                 :             :         }
   14769                 :             : 
   14770                 :         283 :         childcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
   14771                 :             : 
   14772                 :             :         /* Right now only CHECK and not-null constraints can be inherited */
   14773         [ +  + ]:         283 :         if (childcon->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK &&
   14774         [ -  + ]:          98 :             childcon->contype != CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
   14775         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "inherited constraint is not a CHECK or not-null constraint");
   14776                 :             : 
   14777         [ -  + ]:         283 :         if (childcon->coninhcount <= 0) /* shouldn't happen */
   14778         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "relation %u has non-inherited constraint \"%s\"",
   14779                 :             :                  childrelid, NameStr(childcon->conname));
   14780                 :             : 
   14781         [ +  + ]:         283 :         if (recurse)
   14782                 :             :         {
   14783                 :             :             /*
   14784                 :             :              * If the child constraint has other definition sources, just
   14785                 :             :              * decrement its inheritance count; if not, recurse to delete it.
   14786                 :             :              */
   14787   [ +  +  +  + ]:         215 :             if (childcon->coninhcount == 1 && !childcon->conislocal)
   14788                 :             :             {
   14789                 :             :                 /* Time to delete this child constraint, too */
   14790                 :         159 :                 dropconstraint_internal(childrel, tuple, behavior,
   14791                 :             :                                         recurse, true, missing_ok,
   14792                 :             :                                         lockmode);
   14793                 :             :             }
   14794                 :             :             else
   14795                 :             :             {
   14796                 :             :                 /* Child constraint must survive my deletion */
   14797                 :          56 :                 childcon->coninhcount--;
   14798                 :          56 :                 CatalogTupleUpdate(conrel, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
   14799                 :             : 
   14800                 :             :                 /* Make update visible */
   14801                 :          56 :                 CommandCounterIncrement();
   14802                 :             :             }
   14803                 :             :         }
   14804                 :             :         else
   14805                 :             :         {
   14806                 :             :             /*
   14807                 :             :              * If we were told to drop ONLY in this table (no recursion) and
   14808                 :             :              * there are no further parents for this constraint, we need to
   14809                 :             :              * mark the inheritors' constraints as locally defined rather than
   14810                 :             :              * inherited.
   14811                 :             :              */
   14812                 :          68 :             childcon->coninhcount--;
   14813         [ +  - ]:          68 :             if (childcon->coninhcount == 0)
   14814                 :          68 :                 childcon->conislocal = true;
   14815                 :             : 
   14816                 :          68 :             CatalogTupleUpdate(conrel, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
   14817                 :             : 
   14818                 :             :             /* Make update visible */
   14819                 :          68 :             CommandCounterIncrement();
   14820                 :             :         }
   14821                 :             : 
   14822                 :         279 :         heap_freetuple(tuple);
   14823                 :             : 
   14824                 :         279 :         table_close(childrel, NoLock);
   14825                 :             :     }
   14826                 :             : 
   14827                 :         619 :     table_close(conrel, RowExclusiveLock);
   14828                 :             : 
   14829                 :         619 :     return conobj;
   14830                 :             : }
   14831                 :             : 
   14832                 :             : /*
   14833                 :             :  * ALTER COLUMN TYPE
   14834                 :             :  *
   14835                 :             :  * Unlike other subcommand types, we do parse transformation for ALTER COLUMN
   14836                 :             :  * TYPE during phase 1 --- the AlterTableCmd passed in here is already
   14837                 :             :  * transformed (and must be, because we rely on some transformed fields).
   14838                 :             :  *
   14839                 :             :  * The point of this is that the execution of all ALTER COLUMN TYPEs for a
   14840                 :             :  * table will be done "in parallel" during phase 3, so all the USING
   14841                 :             :  * expressions should be parsed assuming the original column types.  Also,
   14842                 :             :  * this allows a USING expression to refer to a field that will be dropped.
   14843                 :             :  *
   14844                 :             :  * To make this work safely, AT_PASS_DROP then AT_PASS_ALTER_TYPE must be
   14845                 :             :  * the first two execution steps in phase 2; they must not see the effects
   14846                 :             :  * of any other subcommand types, since the USING expressions are parsed
   14847                 :             :  * against the unmodified table's state.
   14848                 :             :  */
   14849                 :             : static void
   14850                 :         959 : ATPrepAlterColumnType(List **wqueue,
   14851                 :             :                       AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel,
   14852                 :             :                       bool recurse, bool recursing,
   14853                 :             :                       AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode,
   14854                 :             :                       AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
   14855                 :             : {
   14856                 :         959 :     char       *colName = cmd->name;
   14857                 :         959 :     ColumnDef  *def = (ColumnDef *) cmd->def;
   14858                 :         959 :     TypeName   *typeName = def->typeName;
   14859                 :         959 :     Node       *transform = def->cooked_default;
   14860                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   14861                 :             :     Form_pg_attribute attTup;
   14862                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
   14863                 :             :     Oid         targettype;
   14864                 :             :     int32       targettypmod;
   14865                 :             :     Oid         targetcollid;
   14866                 :             :     NewColumnValue *newval;
   14867                 :         959 :     ParseState *pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
   14868                 :             :     AclResult   aclresult;
   14869                 :             :     bool        is_expr;
   14870                 :             : 
   14871                 :         959 :     pstate->p_sourcetext = context->queryString;
   14872                 :             : 
   14873   [ +  +  +  + ]:         959 :     if (rel->rd_rel->reloftype && !recursing)
   14874         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   14875                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   14876                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter column type of typed table"),
   14877                 :             :                  parser_errposition(pstate, def->location)));
   14878                 :             : 
   14879                 :             :     /* lookup the attribute so we can check inheritance status */
   14880                 :         955 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName);
   14881         [ -  + ]:         955 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   14882         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   14883                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
   14884                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
   14885                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
   14886                 :             :                  parser_errposition(pstate, def->location)));
   14887                 :         955 :     attTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
   14888                 :         955 :     attnum = attTup->attnum;
   14889                 :             : 
   14890                 :             :     /* Can't alter a system attribute */
   14891         [ +  + ]:         955 :     if (attnum <= 0)
   14892         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   14893                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   14894                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"", colName),
   14895                 :             :                  parser_errposition(pstate, def->location)));
   14896                 :             : 
   14897                 :             :     /*
   14898                 :             :      * Cannot specify USING when altering type of a generated column, because
   14899                 :             :      * that would violate the generation expression.
   14900                 :             :      */
   14901   [ +  +  +  + ]:         951 :     if (attTup->attgenerated && def->cooked_default)
   14902         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
   14903                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_DEFINITION),
   14904                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot specify USING when altering type of generated column"),
   14905                 :             :                  errdetail("Column \"%s\" is a generated column.", colName),
   14906                 :             :                  parser_errposition(pstate, def->location)));
   14907                 :             : 
   14908                 :             :     /*
   14909                 :             :      * Don't alter inherited columns.  At outer level, there had better not be
   14910                 :             :      * any inherited definition; when recursing, we assume this was checked at
   14911                 :             :      * the parent level (see below).
   14912                 :             :      */
   14913   [ +  +  +  + ]:         943 :     if (attTup->attinhcount > 0 && !recursing)
   14914         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   14915                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
   14916                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter inherited column \"%s\"", colName),
   14917                 :             :                  parser_errposition(pstate, def->location)));
   14918                 :             : 
   14919                 :             :     /* Don't alter columns used in the partition key */
   14920         [ +  + ]:         939 :     if (has_partition_attrs(rel,
   14921                 :             :                             bms_make_singleton(attnum - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber),
   14922                 :             :                             &is_expr))
   14923         [ +  - ]:          12 :         ereport(ERROR,
   14924                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
   14925                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter column \"%s\" because it is part of the partition key of relation \"%s\"",
   14926                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
   14927                 :             :                  parser_errposition(pstate, def->location)));
   14928                 :             : 
   14929                 :             :     /* Look up the target type */
   14930                 :         927 :     typenameTypeIdAndMod(pstate, typeName, &targettype, &targettypmod);
   14931                 :             : 
   14932                 :         923 :     aclresult = object_aclcheck(TypeRelationId, targettype, GetUserId(), ACL_USAGE);
   14933         [ +  + ]:         923 :     if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
   14934                 :           8 :         aclcheck_error_type(aclresult, targettype);
   14935                 :             : 
   14936                 :             :     /* And the collation */
   14937                 :         915 :     targetcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(pstate, def, targettype);
   14938                 :             : 
   14939                 :             :     /* make sure datatype is legal for a column */
   14940                 :        1822 :     CheckAttributeType(colName, targettype, targetcollid,
   14941                 :         911 :                        list_make1_oid(rel->rd_rel->reltype),
   14942         [ +  + ]:         911 :                        (attTup->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL ? CHKATYPE_IS_VIRTUAL : 0));
   14943                 :             : 
   14944         [ +  + ]:         903 :     if (attTup->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
   14945                 :             :     {
   14946                 :             :         /* do nothing */
   14947                 :             :     }
   14948         [ +  + ]:         879 :     else if (tab->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION ||
   14949         [ +  + ]:         137 :              tab->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   14950                 :             :     {
   14951                 :             :         /*
   14952                 :             :          * Set up an expression to transform the old data value to the new
   14953                 :             :          * type. If a USING option was given, use the expression as
   14954                 :             :          * transformed by transformAlterTableStmt, else just take the old
   14955                 :             :          * value and try to coerce it.  We do this first so that type
   14956                 :             :          * incompatibility can be detected before we waste effort, and because
   14957                 :             :          * we need the expression to be parsed against the original table row
   14958                 :             :          * type.
   14959                 :             :          */
   14960         [ +  + ]:         786 :         if (!transform)
   14961                 :             :         {
   14962                 :         635 :             transform = (Node *) makeVar(1, attnum,
   14963                 :             :                                          attTup->atttypid, attTup->atttypmod,
   14964                 :             :                                          attTup->attcollation,
   14965                 :             :                                          0);
   14966                 :             :         }
   14967                 :             : 
   14968                 :         786 :         transform = coerce_to_target_type(pstate,
   14969                 :             :                                           transform, exprType(transform),
   14970                 :             :                                           targettype, targettypmod,
   14971                 :             :                                           COERCION_ASSIGNMENT,
   14972                 :             :                                           COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST,
   14973                 :             :                                           -1);
   14974         [ +  + ]:         786 :         if (transform == NULL)
   14975                 :             :         {
   14976                 :             :             /* error text depends on whether USING was specified or not */
   14977         [ +  + ]:          15 :             if (def->cooked_default != NULL)
   14978         [ +  - ]:           4 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   14979                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
   14980                 :             :                          errmsg("result of USING clause for column \"%s\""
   14981                 :             :                                 " cannot be cast automatically to type %s",
   14982                 :             :                                 colName, format_type_be(targettype)),
   14983                 :             :                          errhint("You might need to add an explicit cast.")));
   14984                 :             :             else
   14985   [ +  -  +  - ]:          11 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   14986                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
   14987                 :             :                          errmsg("column \"%s\" cannot be cast automatically to type %s",
   14988                 :             :                                 colName, format_type_be(targettype)),
   14989                 :             :                          !attTup->attgenerated ?
   14990                 :             :                 /* translator: USING is SQL, don't translate it */
   14991                 :             :                          errhint("You might need to specify \"USING %s::%s\".",
   14992                 :             :                                  quote_identifier(colName),
   14993                 :             :                                  format_type_with_typemod(targettype,
   14994                 :             :                                                           targettypmod)) : 0));
   14995                 :             :         }
   14996                 :             : 
   14997                 :             :         /* Fix collations after all else */
   14998                 :         771 :         assign_expr_collations(pstate, transform);
   14999                 :             : 
   15000                 :             :         /* Expand virtual generated columns in the expr. */
   15001                 :         771 :         transform = expand_generated_columns_in_expr(transform, rel, 1);
   15002                 :             : 
   15003                 :             :         /* Plan the expr now so we can accurately assess the need to rewrite. */
   15004                 :         771 :         transform = (Node *) expression_planner((Expr *) transform);
   15005                 :             : 
   15006                 :             :         /*
   15007                 :             :          * Add a work queue item to make ATRewriteTable update the column
   15008                 :             :          * contents.
   15009                 :             :          */
   15010                 :         771 :         newval = palloc0_object(NewColumnValue);
   15011                 :         771 :         newval->attnum = attnum;
   15012                 :         771 :         newval->expr = (Expr *) transform;
   15013                 :         771 :         newval->is_generated = false;
   15014                 :             : 
   15015                 :         771 :         tab->newvals = lappend(tab->newvals, newval);
   15016         [ +  + ]:        1410 :         if (ATColumnChangeRequiresRewrite(transform, attnum))
   15017                 :         639 :             tab->rewrite |= AT_REWRITE_COLUMN_REWRITE;
   15018                 :             :     }
   15019         [ +  + ]:          93 :     else if (transform)
   15020         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
   15021                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   15022                 :             :                  errmsg("\"%s\" is not a table",
   15023                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
   15024                 :             : 
   15025   [ +  +  +  -  :         880 :     if (!RELKIND_HAS_STORAGE(tab->relkind) || attTup->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_VIRTUAL)
          +  -  +  -  -  
                +  +  + ]
   15026                 :             :     {
   15027                 :             :         /*
   15028                 :             :          * For relations or columns without storage, do this check now.
   15029                 :             :          * Regular tables will check it later when the table is being
   15030                 :             :          * rewritten.
   15031                 :             :          */
   15032                 :         153 :         find_composite_type_dependencies(rel->rd_rel->reltype, rel, NULL);
   15033                 :             :     }
   15034                 :             : 
   15035                 :         848 :     ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
   15036                 :             : 
   15037                 :             :     /*
   15038                 :             :      * Recurse manually by queueing a new command for each child, if
   15039                 :             :      * necessary. We cannot apply ATSimpleRecursion here because we need to
   15040                 :             :      * remap attribute numbers in the USING expression, if any.
   15041                 :             :      *
   15042                 :             :      * If we are told not to recurse, there had better not be any child
   15043                 :             :      * tables; else the alter would put them out of step.
   15044                 :             :      */
   15045         [ +  + ]:         848 :     if (recurse)
   15046                 :             :     {
   15047                 :         673 :         Oid         relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
   15048                 :             :         List       *child_oids,
   15049                 :             :                    *child_numparents;
   15050                 :             :         ListCell   *lo,
   15051                 :             :                    *li;
   15052                 :             : 
   15053                 :         673 :         child_oids = find_all_inheritors(relid, lockmode,
   15054                 :             :                                          &child_numparents);
   15055                 :             : 
   15056                 :             :         /*
   15057                 :             :          * find_all_inheritors does the recursive search of the inheritance
   15058                 :             :          * hierarchy, so all we have to do is process all of the relids in the
   15059                 :             :          * list that it returns.
   15060                 :             :          */
   15061   [ +  -  +  +  :        1484 :         forboth(lo, child_oids, li, child_numparents)
          +  -  +  +  +  
             +  +  -  +  
                      + ]
   15062                 :             :         {
   15063                 :         827 :             Oid         childrelid = lfirst_oid(lo);
   15064                 :         827 :             int         numparents = lfirst_int(li);
   15065                 :             :             Relation    childrel;
   15066                 :             :             HeapTuple   childtuple;
   15067                 :             :             Form_pg_attribute childattTup;
   15068                 :             : 
   15069         [ +  + ]:         827 :             if (childrelid == relid)
   15070                 :         673 :                 continue;
   15071                 :             : 
   15072                 :             :             /* find_all_inheritors already got lock */
   15073                 :         154 :             childrel = relation_open(childrelid, NoLock);
   15074                 :         154 :             CheckAlterTableIsSafe(childrel);
   15075                 :             : 
   15076                 :             :             /*
   15077                 :             :              * Verify that the child doesn't have any inherited definitions of
   15078                 :             :              * this column that came from outside this inheritance hierarchy.
   15079                 :             :              * (renameatt makes a similar test, though in a different way
   15080                 :             :              * because of its different recursion mechanism.)
   15081                 :             :              */
   15082                 :         154 :             childtuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(RelationGetRelid(childrel),
   15083                 :             :                                                colName);
   15084         [ -  + ]:         154 :             if (!HeapTupleIsValid(childtuple))
   15085         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   15086                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
   15087                 :             :                          errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
   15088                 :             :                                 colName, RelationGetRelationName(childrel))));
   15089                 :         154 :             childattTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(childtuple);
   15090                 :             : 
   15091         [ +  + ]:         154 :             if (childattTup->attinhcount > numparents)
   15092         [ +  - ]:           4 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   15093                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
   15094                 :             :                          errmsg("cannot alter inherited column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\"",
   15095                 :             :                                 colName, RelationGetRelationName(childrel))));
   15096                 :             : 
   15097                 :         150 :             ReleaseSysCache(childtuple);
   15098                 :             : 
   15099                 :             :             /*
   15100                 :             :              * Remap the attribute numbers.  If no USING expression was
   15101                 :             :              * specified, there is no need for this step.
   15102                 :             :              */
   15103         [ +  + ]:         150 :             if (def->cooked_default)
   15104                 :             :             {
   15105                 :             :                 AttrMap    *attmap;
   15106                 :             :                 bool        found_whole_row;
   15107                 :             : 
   15108                 :             :                 /* create a copy to scribble on */
   15109                 :          52 :                 cmd = copyObject(cmd);
   15110                 :             : 
   15111                 :          52 :                 attmap = build_attrmap_by_name(RelationGetDescr(childrel),
   15112                 :             :                                                RelationGetDescr(rel),
   15113                 :             :                                                false);
   15114                 :         104 :                 ((ColumnDef *) cmd->def)->cooked_default =
   15115                 :          52 :                     map_variable_attnos(def->cooked_default,
   15116                 :             :                                         1, 0,
   15117                 :             :                                         attmap,
   15118                 :             :                                         InvalidOid, &found_whole_row);
   15119         [ +  + ]:          52 :                 if (found_whole_row)
   15120         [ +  - ]:           4 :                     ereport(ERROR,
   15121                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   15122                 :             :                              errmsg("cannot convert whole-row table reference"),
   15123                 :             :                              errdetail("USING expression contains a whole-row table reference.")));
   15124                 :          48 :                 pfree(attmap);
   15125                 :             :             }
   15126                 :         146 :             ATPrepCmd(wqueue, childrel, cmd, false, true, lockmode, context);
   15127                 :         138 :             relation_close(childrel, NoLock);
   15128                 :             :         }
   15129                 :             :     }
   15130   [ +  +  -  + ]:         212 :     else if (!recursing &&
   15131                 :          37 :              find_inheritance_children(RelationGetRelid(rel), NoLock) != NIL)
   15132         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   15133                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
   15134                 :             :                  errmsg("type of inherited column \"%s\" must be changed in child tables too",
   15135                 :             :                         colName)));
   15136                 :             : 
   15137         [ +  + ]:         832 :     if (tab->relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE)
   15138                 :          37 :         ATTypedTableRecursion(wqueue, rel, cmd, lockmode, context);
   15139                 :         828 : }
   15140                 :             : 
   15141                 :             : /*
   15142                 :             :  * When the data type of a column is changed, a rewrite might not be required
   15143                 :             :  * if the new type is sufficiently identical to the old one, and the USING
   15144                 :             :  * clause isn't trying to insert some other value.  It's safe to skip the
   15145                 :             :  * rewrite in these cases:
   15146                 :             :  *
   15147                 :             :  * - the old type is binary coercible to the new type
   15148                 :             :  * - the new type is an unconstrained domain over the old type
   15149                 :             :  * - {NEW,OLD} or {OLD,NEW} is {timestamptz,timestamp} and the timezone is UTC
   15150                 :             :  *
   15151                 :             :  * In the case of a constrained domain, we could get by with scanning the
   15152                 :             :  * table and checking the constraint rather than actually rewriting it, but we
   15153                 :             :  * don't currently try to do that.
   15154                 :             :  */
   15155                 :             : static bool
   15156                 :         771 : ATColumnChangeRequiresRewrite(Node *expr, AttrNumber varattno)
   15157                 :             : {
   15158                 :             :     Assert(expr != NULL);
   15159                 :             : 
   15160                 :             :     for (;;)
   15161                 :             :     {
   15162                 :             :         /* only one varno, so no need to check that */
   15163   [ +  +  +  - ]:         847 :         if (IsA(expr, Var) && ((Var *) expr)->varattno == varattno)
   15164                 :         132 :             return false;
   15165         [ +  + ]:         715 :         else if (IsA(expr, RelabelType))
   15166                 :          68 :             expr = (Node *) ((RelabelType *) expr)->arg;
   15167         [ +  + ]:         647 :         else if (IsA(expr, CoerceToDomain))
   15168                 :             :         {
   15169                 :           4 :             CoerceToDomain *d = (CoerceToDomain *) expr;
   15170                 :             : 
   15171         [ +  - ]:           4 :             if (DomainHasConstraints(d->resulttype, NULL))
   15172                 :           4 :                 return true;
   15173                 :           0 :             expr = (Node *) d->arg;
   15174                 :             :         }
   15175         [ +  + ]:         643 :         else if (IsA(expr, FuncExpr))
   15176                 :             :         {
   15177                 :         510 :             FuncExpr   *f = (FuncExpr *) expr;
   15178                 :             : 
   15179         [ +  + ]:         510 :             switch (f->funcid)
   15180                 :             :             {
   15181                 :          12 :                 case F_TIMESTAMPTZ_TIMESTAMP:
   15182                 :             :                 case F_TIMESTAMP_TIMESTAMPTZ:
   15183         [ +  + ]:          12 :                     if (TimestampTimestampTzRequiresRewrite())
   15184                 :           4 :                         return true;
   15185                 :             :                     else
   15186                 :           8 :                         expr = linitial(f->args);
   15187                 :           8 :                     break;
   15188                 :         498 :                 default:
   15189                 :         498 :                     return true;
   15190                 :             :             }
   15191                 :             :         }
   15192                 :             :         else
   15193                 :         133 :             return true;
   15194                 :             :     }
   15195                 :             : }
   15196                 :             : 
   15197                 :             : /*
   15198                 :             :  * ALTER COLUMN .. SET DATA TYPE
   15199                 :             :  *
   15200                 :             :  * Return the address of the modified column.
   15201                 :             :  */
   15202                 :             : static ObjectAddress
   15203                 :         804 : ATExecAlterColumnType(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel,
   15204                 :             :                       AlterTableCmd *cmd, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   15205                 :             : {
   15206                 :         804 :     char       *colName = cmd->name;
   15207                 :         804 :     ColumnDef  *def = (ColumnDef *) cmd->def;
   15208                 :         804 :     TypeName   *typeName = def->typeName;
   15209                 :             :     HeapTuple   heapTup;
   15210                 :             :     Form_pg_attribute attTup,
   15211                 :             :                 attOldTup;
   15212                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
   15213                 :             :     HeapTuple   typeTuple;
   15214                 :             :     Form_pg_type tform;
   15215                 :             :     Oid         targettype;
   15216                 :             :     int32       targettypmod;
   15217                 :             :     Oid         targetcollid;
   15218                 :             :     Node       *defaultexpr;
   15219                 :             :     Relation    attrelation;
   15220                 :             :     Relation    depRel;
   15221                 :             :     ScanKeyData key[3];
   15222                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   15223                 :             :     HeapTuple   depTup;
   15224                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
   15225                 :             : 
   15226                 :             :     /*
   15227                 :             :      * Clear all the missing values if we're rewriting the table, since this
   15228                 :             :      * renders them pointless.
   15229                 :             :      */
   15230         [ +  + ]:         804 :     if (tab->rewrite)
   15231                 :             :     {
   15232                 :             :         Relation    newrel;
   15233                 :             : 
   15234                 :         599 :         newrel = table_open(RelationGetRelid(rel), NoLock);
   15235                 :         599 :         RelationClearMissing(newrel);
   15236                 :         599 :         relation_close(newrel, NoLock);
   15237                 :             :         /* make sure we don't conflict with later attribute modifications */
   15238                 :         599 :         CommandCounterIncrement();
   15239                 :             :     }
   15240                 :             : 
   15241                 :         804 :     attrelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   15242                 :             : 
   15243                 :             :     /* Look up the target column */
   15244                 :         804 :     heapTup = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName);
   15245         [ -  + ]:         804 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(heapTup)) /* shouldn't happen */
   15246         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   15247                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
   15248                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
   15249                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
   15250                 :         804 :     attTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(heapTup);
   15251                 :         804 :     attnum = attTup->attnum;
   15252                 :         804 :     attOldTup = TupleDescAttr(tab->oldDesc, attnum - 1);
   15253                 :             : 
   15254                 :             :     /* Check for multiple ALTER TYPE on same column --- can't cope */
   15255         [ +  - ]:         804 :     if (attTup->atttypid != attOldTup->atttypid ||
   15256         [ -  + ]:         804 :         attTup->atttypmod != attOldTup->atttypmod)
   15257         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   15258                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   15259                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter type of column \"%s\" twice",
   15260                 :             :                         colName)));
   15261                 :             : 
   15262                 :             :     /* Look up the target type (should not fail, since prep found it) */
   15263                 :         804 :     typeTuple = typenameType(NULL, typeName, &targettypmod);
   15264                 :         804 :     tform = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(typeTuple);
   15265                 :         804 :     targettype = tform->oid;
   15266                 :             :     /* And the collation */
   15267                 :         804 :     targetcollid = GetColumnDefCollation(NULL, def, targettype);
   15268                 :             : 
   15269                 :             :     /*
   15270                 :             :      * If there is a default expression for the column, get it and ensure we
   15271                 :             :      * can coerce it to the new datatype.  (We must do this before changing
   15272                 :             :      * the column type, because build_column_default itself will try to
   15273                 :             :      * coerce, and will not issue the error message we want if it fails.)
   15274                 :             :      *
   15275                 :             :      * We remove any implicit coercion steps at the top level of the old
   15276                 :             :      * default expression; this has been agreed to satisfy the principle of
   15277                 :             :      * least surprise.  (The conversion to the new column type should act like
   15278                 :             :      * it started from what the user sees as the stored expression, and the
   15279                 :             :      * implicit coercions aren't going to be shown.)
   15280                 :             :      */
   15281         [ +  + ]:         804 :     if (attTup->atthasdef)
   15282                 :             :     {
   15283                 :          68 :         defaultexpr = build_column_default(rel, attnum);
   15284                 :             :         Assert(defaultexpr);
   15285                 :          68 :         defaultexpr = strip_implicit_coercions(defaultexpr);
   15286                 :          68 :         defaultexpr = coerce_to_target_type(NULL,   /* no UNKNOWN params */
   15287                 :             :                                             defaultexpr, exprType(defaultexpr),
   15288                 :             :                                             targettype, targettypmod,
   15289                 :             :                                             COERCION_ASSIGNMENT,
   15290                 :             :                                             COERCE_IMPLICIT_CAST,
   15291                 :             :                                             -1);
   15292         [ +  + ]:          68 :         if (defaultexpr == NULL)
   15293                 :             :         {
   15294         [ -  + ]:           4 :             if (attTup->attgenerated)
   15295         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   15296                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
   15297                 :             :                          errmsg("generation expression for column \"%s\" cannot be cast automatically to type %s",
   15298                 :             :                                 colName, format_type_be(targettype))));
   15299                 :             :             else
   15300         [ +  - ]:           4 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   15301                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
   15302                 :             :                          errmsg("default for column \"%s\" cannot be cast automatically to type %s",
   15303                 :             :                                 colName, format_type_be(targettype))));
   15304                 :             :         }
   15305                 :             :     }
   15306                 :             :     else
   15307                 :         736 :         defaultexpr = NULL;
   15308                 :             : 
   15309                 :             :     /*
   15310                 :             :      * Find everything that depends on the column (constraints, indexes, etc),
   15311                 :             :      * and record enough information to let us recreate the objects.
   15312                 :             :      *
   15313                 :             :      * The actual recreation does not happen here, but only after we have
   15314                 :             :      * performed all the individual ALTER TYPE operations.  We have to save
   15315                 :             :      * the info before executing ALTER TYPE, though, else the deparser will
   15316                 :             :      * get confused.
   15317                 :             :      */
   15318                 :         800 :     RememberAllDependentForRebuilding(tab, AT_AlterColumnType, rel, attnum, colName);
   15319                 :             : 
   15320                 :             :     /*
   15321                 :             :      * Now scan for dependencies of this column on other things.  The only
   15322                 :             :      * things we should find are the dependency on the column datatype and
   15323                 :             :      * possibly a collation dependency.  Those can be removed.
   15324                 :             :      */
   15325                 :         776 :     depRel = table_open(DependRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   15326                 :             : 
   15327                 :         776 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
   15328                 :             :                 Anum_pg_depend_classid,
   15329                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   15330                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId));
   15331                 :         776 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[1],
   15332                 :             :                 Anum_pg_depend_objid,
   15333                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   15334                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
   15335                 :         776 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[2],
   15336                 :             :                 Anum_pg_depend_objsubid,
   15337                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT4EQ,
   15338                 :             :                 Int32GetDatum((int32) attnum));
   15339                 :             : 
   15340                 :         776 :     scan = systable_beginscan(depRel, DependDependerIndexId, true,
   15341                 :             :                               NULL, 3, key);
   15342                 :             : 
   15343         [ +  + ]:         778 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(depTup = systable_getnext(scan)))
   15344                 :             :     {
   15345                 :           2 :         Form_pg_depend foundDep = (Form_pg_depend) GETSTRUCT(depTup);
   15346                 :             :         ObjectAddress foundObject;
   15347                 :             : 
   15348                 :           2 :         foundObject.classId = foundDep->refclassid;
   15349                 :           2 :         foundObject.objectId = foundDep->refobjid;
   15350                 :           2 :         foundObject.objectSubId = foundDep->refobjsubid;
   15351                 :             : 
   15352         [ -  + ]:           2 :         if (foundDep->deptype != DEPENDENCY_NORMAL)
   15353         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "found unexpected dependency type '%c'",
   15354                 :             :                  foundDep->deptype);
   15355         [ +  - ]:           2 :         if (!(foundDep->refclassid == TypeRelationId &&
   15356         [ -  + ]:           2 :               foundDep->refobjid == attTup->atttypid) &&
   15357         [ #  # ]:           0 :             !(foundDep->refclassid == CollationRelationId &&
   15358         [ #  # ]:           0 :               foundDep->refobjid == attTup->attcollation))
   15359         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "found unexpected dependency for column: %s",
   15360                 :             :                  getObjectDescription(&foundObject, false));
   15361                 :             : 
   15362                 :           2 :         CatalogTupleDelete(depRel, &depTup->t_self);
   15363                 :             :     }
   15364                 :             : 
   15365                 :         776 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   15366                 :             : 
   15367                 :         776 :     table_close(depRel, RowExclusiveLock);
   15368                 :             : 
   15369                 :             :     /*
   15370                 :             :      * Here we go --- change the recorded column type and collation.  (Note
   15371                 :             :      * heapTup is a copy of the syscache entry, so okay to scribble on.) First
   15372                 :             :      * fix up the missing value if any.
   15373                 :             :      */
   15374         [ +  + ]:         776 :     if (attTup->atthasmissing)
   15375                 :             :     {
   15376                 :             :         Datum       missingval;
   15377                 :             :         bool        missingNull;
   15378                 :             : 
   15379                 :             :         /* if rewrite is true the missing value should already be cleared */
   15380                 :             :         Assert(tab->rewrite == 0);
   15381                 :             : 
   15382                 :             :         /* Get the missing value datum */
   15383                 :           4 :         missingval = heap_getattr(heapTup,
   15384                 :             :                                   Anum_pg_attribute_attmissingval,
   15385                 :             :                                   attrelation->rd_att,
   15386                 :             :                                   &missingNull);
   15387                 :             : 
   15388                 :             :         /* if it's a null array there is nothing to do */
   15389                 :             : 
   15390         [ +  - ]:           4 :         if (!missingNull)
   15391                 :             :         {
   15392                 :             :             /*
   15393                 :             :              * Get the datum out of the array and repack it in a new array
   15394                 :             :              * built with the new type data. We assume that since the table
   15395                 :             :              * doesn't need rewriting, the actual Datum doesn't need to be
   15396                 :             :              * changed, only the array metadata.
   15397                 :             :              */
   15398                 :             : 
   15399                 :           4 :             int         one = 1;
   15400                 :             :             bool        isNull;
   15401                 :           4 :             Datum       valuesAtt[Natts_pg_attribute] = {0};
   15402                 :           4 :             bool        nullsAtt[Natts_pg_attribute] = {0};
   15403                 :           4 :             bool        replacesAtt[Natts_pg_attribute] = {0};
   15404                 :             :             HeapTuple   newTup;
   15405                 :             : 
   15406                 :           8 :             missingval = array_get_element(missingval,
   15407                 :             :                                            1,
   15408                 :             :                                            &one,
   15409                 :             :                                            0,
   15410                 :           4 :                                            attTup->attlen,
   15411                 :           4 :                                            attTup->attbyval,
   15412                 :           4 :                                            attTup->attalign,
   15413                 :             :                                            &isNull);
   15414                 :           4 :             missingval = PointerGetDatum(construct_array(&missingval,
   15415                 :             :                                                          1,
   15416                 :             :                                                          targettype,
   15417                 :             :                                                          tform->typlen,
   15418                 :             :                                                          tform->typbyval,
   15419                 :             :                                                          tform->typalign));
   15420                 :             : 
   15421                 :           4 :             valuesAtt[Anum_pg_attribute_attmissingval - 1] = missingval;
   15422                 :           4 :             replacesAtt[Anum_pg_attribute_attmissingval - 1] = true;
   15423                 :           4 :             nullsAtt[Anum_pg_attribute_attmissingval - 1] = false;
   15424                 :             : 
   15425                 :           4 :             newTup = heap_modify_tuple(heapTup, RelationGetDescr(attrelation),
   15426                 :             :                                        valuesAtt, nullsAtt, replacesAtt);
   15427                 :           4 :             heap_freetuple(heapTup);
   15428                 :           4 :             heapTup = newTup;
   15429                 :           4 :             attTup = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(heapTup);
   15430                 :             :         }
   15431                 :             :     }
   15432                 :             : 
   15433                 :         776 :     attTup->atttypid = targettype;
   15434                 :         776 :     attTup->atttypmod = targettypmod;
   15435                 :         776 :     attTup->attcollation = targetcollid;
   15436         [ -  + ]:         776 :     if (list_length(typeName->arrayBounds) > PG_INT16_MAX)
   15437         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   15438                 :             :                 errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
   15439                 :             :                 errmsg("too many array dimensions"));
   15440                 :         776 :     attTup->attndims = list_length(typeName->arrayBounds);
   15441                 :         776 :     attTup->attlen = tform->typlen;
   15442                 :         776 :     attTup->attbyval = tform->typbyval;
   15443                 :         776 :     attTup->attalign = tform->typalign;
   15444                 :         776 :     attTup->attstorage = tform->typstorage;
   15445                 :         776 :     attTup->attcompression = InvalidCompressionMethod;
   15446                 :             : 
   15447                 :         776 :     ReleaseSysCache(typeTuple);
   15448                 :             : 
   15449                 :         776 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(attrelation, &heapTup->t_self, heapTup);
   15450                 :             : 
   15451                 :         776 :     table_close(attrelation, RowExclusiveLock);
   15452                 :             : 
   15453                 :             :     /* Install dependencies on new datatype and collation */
   15454                 :         776 :     add_column_datatype_dependency(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum, targettype);
   15455                 :         776 :     add_column_collation_dependency(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum, targetcollid);
   15456                 :             : 
   15457                 :             :     /*
   15458                 :             :      * Drop any pg_statistic entry for the column, since it's now wrong type
   15459                 :             :      */
   15460                 :         776 :     RemoveStatistics(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
   15461                 :             : 
   15462         [ -  + ]:         776 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
   15463                 :             :                               RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
   15464                 :             : 
   15465                 :             :     /*
   15466                 :             :      * Update the default, if present, by brute force --- remove and re-add
   15467                 :             :      * the default.  Probably unsafe to take shortcuts, since the new version
   15468                 :             :      * may well have additional dependencies.  (It's okay to do this now,
   15469                 :             :      * rather than after other ALTER TYPE commands, since the default won't
   15470                 :             :      * depend on other column types.)
   15471                 :             :      */
   15472         [ +  + ]:         776 :     if (defaultexpr)
   15473                 :             :     {
   15474                 :             :         /*
   15475                 :             :          * If it's a GENERATED default, drop its dependency records, in
   15476                 :             :          * particular its INTERNAL dependency on the column, which would
   15477                 :             :          * otherwise cause dependency.c to refuse to perform the deletion.
   15478                 :             :          */
   15479         [ +  + ]:          64 :         if (attTup->attgenerated)
   15480                 :             :         {
   15481                 :          28 :             Oid         attrdefoid = GetAttrDefaultOid(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
   15482                 :             : 
   15483         [ -  + ]:          28 :             if (!OidIsValid(attrdefoid))
   15484         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "could not find attrdef tuple for relation %u attnum %d",
   15485                 :             :                      RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
   15486                 :          28 :             (void) deleteDependencyRecordsFor(AttrDefaultRelationId, attrdefoid, false);
   15487                 :             :         }
   15488                 :             : 
   15489                 :             :         /*
   15490                 :             :          * Make updates-so-far visible, particularly the new pg_attribute row
   15491                 :             :          * which will be updated again.
   15492                 :             :          */
   15493                 :          64 :         CommandCounterIncrement();
   15494                 :             : 
   15495                 :             :         /*
   15496                 :             :          * We use RESTRICT here for safety, but at present we do not expect
   15497                 :             :          * anything to depend on the default.
   15498                 :             :          */
   15499                 :          64 :         RemoveAttrDefault(RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum, DROP_RESTRICT, true,
   15500                 :             :                           true);
   15501                 :             : 
   15502                 :          64 :         (void) StoreAttrDefault(rel, attnum, defaultexpr, true);
   15503                 :             :     }
   15504                 :             : 
   15505                 :         776 :     ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
   15506                 :             :                         RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
   15507                 :             : 
   15508                 :             :     /* Cleanup */
   15509                 :         776 :     heap_freetuple(heapTup);
   15510                 :             : 
   15511                 :         776 :     return address;
   15512                 :             : }
   15513                 :             : 
   15514                 :             : /*
   15515                 :             :  * Subroutine for ATExecAlterColumnType and ATExecSetExpression: Find everything
   15516                 :             :  * that depends on the column (constraints, indexes, etc), and record enough
   15517                 :             :  * information to let us recreate the objects.
   15518                 :             :  */
   15519                 :             : static void
   15520                 :         981 : RememberAllDependentForRebuilding(AlteredTableInfo *tab, AlterTableType subtype,
   15521                 :             :                                   Relation rel, AttrNumber attnum, const char *colName)
   15522                 :             : {
   15523                 :             :     Relation    depRel;
   15524                 :             :     ScanKeyData key[3];
   15525                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   15526                 :             :     HeapTuple   depTup;
   15527                 :             : 
   15528                 :             :     Assert(subtype == AT_AlterColumnType || subtype == AT_SetExpression);
   15529                 :             : 
   15530                 :         981 :     depRel = table_open(DependRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   15531                 :             : 
   15532                 :         981 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
   15533                 :             :                 Anum_pg_depend_refclassid,
   15534                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   15535                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId));
   15536                 :         981 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[1],
   15537                 :             :                 Anum_pg_depend_refobjid,
   15538                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   15539                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
   15540                 :         981 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[2],
   15541                 :             :                 Anum_pg_depend_refobjsubid,
   15542                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT4EQ,
   15543                 :             :                 Int32GetDatum((int32) attnum));
   15544                 :             : 
   15545                 :         981 :     scan = systable_beginscan(depRel, DependReferenceIndexId, true,
   15546                 :             :                               NULL, 3, key);
   15547                 :             : 
   15548         [ +  + ]:        2003 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(depTup = systable_getnext(scan)))
   15549                 :             :     {
   15550                 :        1046 :         Form_pg_depend foundDep = (Form_pg_depend) GETSTRUCT(depTup);
   15551                 :             :         ObjectAddress foundObject;
   15552                 :             : 
   15553                 :        1046 :         foundObject.classId = foundDep->classid;
   15554                 :        1046 :         foundObject.objectId = foundDep->objid;
   15555                 :        1046 :         foundObject.objectSubId = foundDep->objsubid;
   15556                 :             : 
   15557   [ +  +  -  +  :        1046 :         switch (foundObject.classId)
          -  -  +  +  -  
                      - ]
   15558                 :             :         {
   15559                 :         192 :             case RelationRelationId:
   15560                 :             :                 {
   15561                 :         192 :                     char        relKind = get_rel_relkind(foundObject.objectId);
   15562                 :             : 
   15563   [ +  +  +  + ]:         192 :                     if (relKind == RELKIND_INDEX ||
   15564                 :             :                         relKind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
   15565                 :             :                     {
   15566                 :             :                         Assert(foundObject.objectSubId == 0);
   15567                 :         167 :                         RememberIndexForRebuilding(foundObject.objectId, tab);
   15568                 :             :                     }
   15569         [ -  + ]:          25 :                     else if (relKind == RELKIND_SEQUENCE)
   15570                 :             :                     {
   15571                 :             :                         /*
   15572                 :             :                          * This must be a SERIAL column's sequence.  We need
   15573                 :             :                          * not do anything to it.
   15574                 :             :                          */
   15575                 :             :                         Assert(foundObject.objectSubId == 0);
   15576                 :             :                     }
   15577                 :             :                     else
   15578                 :             :                     {
   15579                 :             :                         /* Not expecting any other direct dependencies... */
   15580         [ #  # ]:           0 :                         elog(ERROR, "unexpected object depending on column: %s",
   15581                 :             :                              getObjectDescription(&foundObject, false));
   15582                 :             :                     }
   15583                 :         192 :                     break;
   15584                 :             :                 }
   15585                 :             : 
   15586                 :         528 :             case ConstraintRelationId:
   15587                 :             :                 Assert(foundObject.objectSubId == 0);
   15588                 :         528 :                 RememberConstraintForRebuilding(foundObject.objectId, tab);
   15589                 :         528 :                 break;
   15590                 :             : 
   15591                 :           0 :             case ProcedureRelationId:
   15592                 :             : 
   15593                 :             :                 /*
   15594                 :             :                  * A new-style SQL function can depend on a column, if that
   15595                 :             :                  * column is referenced in the parsed function body.  Ideally
   15596                 :             :                  * we'd automatically update the function by deparsing and
   15597                 :             :                  * reparsing it, but that's risky and might well fail anyhow.
   15598                 :             :                  * FIXME someday.
   15599                 :             :                  *
   15600                 :             :                  * This is only a problem for AT_AlterColumnType, not
   15601                 :             :                  * AT_SetExpression.
   15602                 :             :                  */
   15603         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 if (subtype == AT_AlterColumnType)
   15604         [ #  # ]:           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
   15605                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   15606                 :             :                              errmsg("cannot alter type of a column used by a function or procedure"),
   15607                 :             :                              errdetail("%s depends on column \"%s\".",
   15608                 :             :                                        getObjectDescription(&foundObject, false),
   15609                 :             :                                        colName)));
   15610                 :           0 :                 break;
   15611                 :             : 
   15612                 :           8 :             case RewriteRelationId:
   15613                 :             : 
   15614                 :             :                 /*
   15615                 :             :                  * View/rule bodies have pretty much the same issues as
   15616                 :             :                  * function bodies.  FIXME someday.
   15617                 :             :                  */
   15618         [ +  - ]:           8 :                 if (subtype == AT_AlterColumnType)
   15619         [ +  - ]:           8 :                     ereport(ERROR,
   15620                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   15621                 :             :                              errmsg("cannot alter type of a column used by a view or rule"),
   15622                 :             :                              errdetail("%s depends on column \"%s\".",
   15623                 :             :                                        getObjectDescription(&foundObject, false),
   15624                 :             :                                        colName)));
   15625                 :           0 :                 break;
   15626                 :             : 
   15627                 :           0 :             case TriggerRelationId:
   15628                 :             : 
   15629                 :             :                 /*
   15630                 :             :                  * A trigger can depend on a column because the column is
   15631                 :             :                  * specified as an update target, or because the column is
   15632                 :             :                  * used in the trigger's WHEN condition.  The first case would
   15633                 :             :                  * not require any extra work, but the second case would
   15634                 :             :                  * require updating the WHEN expression, which has the same
   15635                 :             :                  * issues as above.  Since we can't easily tell which case
   15636                 :             :                  * applies, we punt for both.  FIXME someday.
   15637                 :             :                  */
   15638         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 if (subtype == AT_AlterColumnType)
   15639         [ #  # ]:           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
   15640                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   15641                 :             :                              errmsg("cannot alter type of a column used in a trigger definition"),
   15642                 :             :                              errdetail("%s depends on column \"%s\".",
   15643                 :             :                                        getObjectDescription(&foundObject, false),
   15644                 :             :                                        colName)));
   15645                 :           0 :                 break;
   15646                 :             : 
   15647                 :           0 :             case PolicyRelationId:
   15648                 :             : 
   15649                 :             :                 /*
   15650                 :             :                  * A policy can depend on a column because the column is
   15651                 :             :                  * specified in the policy's USING or WITH CHECK qual
   15652                 :             :                  * expressions.  It might be possible to rewrite and recheck
   15653                 :             :                  * the policy expression, but punt for now.  It's certainly
   15654                 :             :                  * easy enough to remove and recreate the policy; still, FIXME
   15655                 :             :                  * someday.
   15656                 :             :                  */
   15657         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 if (subtype == AT_AlterColumnType)
   15658         [ #  # ]:           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
   15659                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   15660                 :             :                              errmsg("cannot alter type of a column used in a policy definition"),
   15661                 :             :                              errdetail("%s depends on column \"%s\".",
   15662                 :             :                                        getObjectDescription(&foundObject, false),
   15663                 :             :                                        colName)));
   15664                 :           0 :                 break;
   15665                 :             : 
   15666                 :         261 :             case AttrDefaultRelationId:
   15667                 :             :                 {
   15668                 :         261 :                     ObjectAddress col = GetAttrDefaultColumnAddress(foundObject.objectId);
   15669                 :             : 
   15670         [ +  - ]:         506 :                     if (col.objectId == RelationGetRelid(rel) &&
   15671         [ +  + ]:         261 :                         col.objectSubId == attnum)
   15672                 :             :                     {
   15673                 :             :                         /*
   15674                 :             :                          * Ignore the column's own default expression.  The
   15675                 :             :                          * caller deals with it.
   15676                 :             :                          */
   15677                 :             :                     }
   15678                 :             :                     else
   15679                 :             :                     {
   15680                 :             :                         /*
   15681                 :             :                          * This must be a reference from the expression of a
   15682                 :             :                          * generated column elsewhere in the same table.
   15683                 :             :                          * Changing the type/generated expression of a column
   15684                 :             :                          * that is used by a generated column is not allowed
   15685                 :             :                          * by SQL standard, so just punt for now.  It might be
   15686                 :             :                          * doable with some thinking and effort.
   15687                 :             :                          */
   15688         [ +  - ]:          16 :                         if (subtype == AT_AlterColumnType)
   15689         [ +  - ]:          16 :                             ereport(ERROR,
   15690                 :             :                                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   15691                 :             :                                      errmsg("cannot alter type of a column used by a generated column"),
   15692                 :             :                                      errdetail("Column \"%s\" is used by generated column \"%s\".",
   15693                 :             :                                                colName,
   15694                 :             :                                                get_attname(col.objectId,
   15695                 :             :                                                            col.objectSubId,
   15696                 :             :                                                            false))));
   15697                 :             :                     }
   15698                 :         245 :                     break;
   15699                 :             :                 }
   15700                 :             : 
   15701                 :          57 :             case StatisticExtRelationId:
   15702                 :             : 
   15703                 :             :                 /*
   15704                 :             :                  * Give the extended-stats machinery a chance to fix anything
   15705                 :             :                  * that this column type change would break.
   15706                 :             :                  */
   15707                 :          57 :                 RememberStatisticsForRebuilding(foundObject.objectId, tab);
   15708                 :          57 :                 break;
   15709                 :             : 
   15710                 :           0 :             case PublicationRelRelationId:
   15711                 :             : 
   15712                 :             :                 /*
   15713                 :             :                  * Column reference in a PUBLICATION ... FOR TABLE ... WHERE
   15714                 :             :                  * clause.  Same issues as above.  FIXME someday.
   15715                 :             :                  */
   15716         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 if (subtype == AT_AlterColumnType)
   15717         [ #  # ]:           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
   15718                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   15719                 :             :                              errmsg("cannot alter type of a column used by a publication WHERE clause"),
   15720                 :             :                              errdetail("%s depends on column \"%s\".",
   15721                 :             :                                        getObjectDescription(&foundObject, false),
   15722                 :             :                                        colName)));
   15723                 :           0 :                 break;
   15724                 :             : 
   15725                 :           0 :             default:
   15726                 :             : 
   15727                 :             :                 /*
   15728                 :             :                  * We don't expect any other sorts of objects to depend on a
   15729                 :             :                  * column.
   15730                 :             :                  */
   15731         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unexpected object depending on column: %s",
   15732                 :             :                      getObjectDescription(&foundObject, false));
   15733                 :             :                 break;
   15734                 :             :         }
   15735                 :             :     }
   15736                 :             : 
   15737                 :         957 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   15738                 :         957 :     table_close(depRel, NoLock);
   15739                 :         957 : }
   15740                 :             : 
   15741                 :             : /*
   15742                 :             :  * Record information about dependencies between objects with whole-row Var
   15743                 :             :  * references (indexes, check constraints, etc.) and the relation.
   15744                 :             :  *
   15745                 :             :  * See also RememberAllDependentForRebuilding, which handles non-whole-row Var
   15746                 :             :  * references.
   15747                 :             :  *
   15748                 :             :  * This function currently applies only to ALTER COLUMN SET EXPRESSION.
   15749                 :             :  */
   15750                 :             : static void
   15751                 :         181 : RememberWholeRowDependentForRebuilding(AlteredTableInfo *tab, AlterTableType subtype, Relation rel)
   15752                 :             : {
   15753                 :             :     ScanKeyData skey;
   15754                 :             :     Relation    pg_constraint;
   15755                 :             :     Relation    pg_index;
   15756                 :             :     SysScanDesc conscan;
   15757                 :             :     SysScanDesc indscan;
   15758                 :             :     HeapTuple   constrTuple;
   15759                 :             :     HeapTuple   indexTuple;
   15760                 :             :     bool        isnull;
   15761                 :             : 
   15762                 :             :     Assert(subtype == AT_SetExpression);
   15763                 :             : 
   15764                 :             :     /*
   15765                 :             :      * Check CHECK constraints with whole-row references first.
   15766                 :             :      */
   15767         [ +  - ]:         181 :     if (RelationGetDescr(rel)->constr &&
   15768         [ +  + ]:         181 :         RelationGetDescr(rel)->constr->num_check > 0)
   15769                 :             :     {
   15770                 :          28 :         pg_constraint = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, AccessShareLock);
   15771                 :             : 
   15772                 :          28 :         ScanKeyInit(&skey,
   15773                 :             :                     Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
   15774                 :             :                     BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   15775                 :             :                     ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
   15776                 :             : 
   15777                 :          28 :         conscan = systable_beginscan(pg_constraint,
   15778                 :             :                                      ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
   15779                 :             :                                      true,
   15780                 :             :                                      NULL,
   15781                 :             :                                      1,
   15782                 :             :                                      &skey);
   15783                 :             : 
   15784         [ +  + ]:          96 :         while (HeapTupleIsValid(constrTuple = systable_getnext(conscan)))
   15785                 :             :         {
   15786                 :          68 :             Form_pg_constraint conform = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(constrTuple);
   15787                 :             :             Datum       exprDatum;
   15788                 :             : 
   15789         [ +  + ]:          68 :             if (conform->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK)
   15790                 :          40 :                 continue;
   15791                 :             : 
   15792                 :          28 :             exprDatum = heap_getattr(constrTuple,
   15793                 :             :                                      Anum_pg_constraint_conbin,
   15794                 :             :                                      RelationGetDescr(pg_constraint),
   15795                 :             :                                      &isnull);
   15796         [ -  + ]:          28 :             if (isnull)
   15797         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "null conbin for relation \"%s\"",
   15798                 :             :                      RelationGetRelationName(rel));
   15799                 :             :             else
   15800                 :             :             {
   15801                 :             :                 char       *exprString;
   15802                 :             :                 Node       *expr;
   15803                 :          28 :                 Bitmapset  *expr_attrs = NULL;
   15804                 :             : 
   15805                 :          28 :                 exprString = TextDatumGetCString(exprDatum);
   15806                 :          28 :                 expr = stringToNode(exprString);
   15807                 :          28 :                 pfree(exprString);
   15808                 :             : 
   15809                 :             :                 /* Find all attributes referenced */
   15810                 :          28 :                 pull_varattnos(expr, 1, &expr_attrs);
   15811                 :             : 
   15812                 :             :                 /*
   15813                 :             :                  * If the CHECK constraint contains whole-row reference then
   15814                 :             :                  * remember it.
   15815                 :             :                  */
   15816         [ +  + ]:          28 :                 if (bms_is_member(InvalidAttrNumber - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, expr_attrs))
   15817                 :             :                 {
   15818                 :           8 :                     RememberConstraintForRebuilding(conform->oid, tab);
   15819                 :             :                 }
   15820                 :             :             }
   15821                 :             :         }
   15822                 :          28 :         systable_endscan(conscan);
   15823                 :          28 :         table_close(pg_constraint, AccessShareLock);
   15824                 :             :     }
   15825                 :             : 
   15826                 :             :     /*
   15827                 :             :      * Now check indexes with whole-row references. Prepare to scan pg_index
   15828                 :             :      * for entries having indrelid matching this relation.
   15829                 :             :      */
   15830                 :         181 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey,
   15831                 :             :                 Anum_pg_index_indrelid,
   15832                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   15833                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
   15834                 :             : 
   15835                 :         181 :     pg_index = table_open(IndexRelationId, AccessShareLock);
   15836                 :             : 
   15837                 :         181 :     indscan = systable_beginscan(pg_index,
   15838                 :             :                                  IndexIndrelidIndexId,
   15839                 :             :                                  true,
   15840                 :             :                                  NULL,
   15841                 :             :                                  1,
   15842                 :             :                                  &skey);
   15843                 :             : 
   15844         [ +  + ]:         261 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(indexTuple = systable_getnext(indscan)))
   15845                 :             :     {
   15846                 :          80 :         Form_pg_index index = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(indexTuple);
   15847                 :             :         Datum       exprDatum;
   15848                 :             : 
   15849                 :          80 :         exprDatum = heap_getattr(indexTuple,
   15850                 :             :                                  Anum_pg_index_indexprs,
   15851                 :             :                                  RelationGetDescr(pg_index),
   15852                 :             :                                  &isnull);
   15853         [ +  + ]:          80 :         if (!isnull)
   15854                 :             :         {
   15855                 :             :             char       *exprString;
   15856                 :             :             Node       *expr;
   15857                 :          12 :             Bitmapset  *expr_attrs = NULL;
   15858                 :             : 
   15859                 :          12 :             exprString = TextDatumGetCString(exprDatum);
   15860                 :          12 :             expr = stringToNode(exprString);
   15861                 :          12 :             pfree(exprString);
   15862                 :             : 
   15863                 :             :             /* Find all attributes referenced */
   15864                 :          12 :             pull_varattnos(expr, 1, &expr_attrs);
   15865                 :             : 
   15866                 :             :             /*
   15867                 :             :              * If the index expression contains a whole-row reference then
   15868                 :             :              * remember it.
   15869                 :             :              */
   15870         [ +  + ]:          12 :             if (bms_is_member(InvalidAttrNumber - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, expr_attrs))
   15871                 :             :             {
   15872                 :           8 :                 RememberIndexForRebuilding(index->indexrelid, tab);
   15873                 :           8 :                 continue;
   15874                 :             :             }
   15875                 :             :         }
   15876                 :             : 
   15877                 :          72 :         exprDatum = heap_getattr(indexTuple,
   15878                 :             :                                  Anum_pg_index_indpred,
   15879                 :             :                                  RelationGetDescr(pg_index),
   15880                 :             :                                  &isnull);
   15881         [ +  + ]:          72 :         if (!isnull)
   15882                 :             :         {
   15883                 :             :             char       *exprString;
   15884                 :             :             Node       *expr;
   15885                 :          20 :             Bitmapset  *expr_attrs = NULL;
   15886                 :             : 
   15887                 :          20 :             exprString = TextDatumGetCString(exprDatum);
   15888                 :          20 :             expr = stringToNode(exprString);
   15889                 :          20 :             pfree(exprString);
   15890                 :             : 
   15891                 :             :             /* Find all attributes referenced */
   15892                 :          20 :             pull_varattnos(expr, 1, &expr_attrs);
   15893                 :             : 
   15894                 :             :             /*
   15895                 :             :              * If the index predicate expression contains a whole-row
   15896                 :             :              * reference then remember it.
   15897                 :             :              */
   15898         [ +  + ]:          20 :             if (bms_is_member(InvalidAttrNumber - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, expr_attrs))
   15899                 :             :             {
   15900                 :          16 :                 RememberIndexForRebuilding(index->indexrelid, tab);
   15901                 :             :             }
   15902                 :             :         }
   15903                 :             :     }
   15904                 :             : 
   15905                 :         181 :     systable_endscan(indscan);
   15906                 :         181 :     table_close(pg_index, AccessShareLock);
   15907                 :         181 : }
   15908                 :             : 
   15909                 :             : /*
   15910                 :             :  * Subroutine for ATExecAlterColumnType: remember that a replica identity
   15911                 :             :  * needs to be reset.
   15912                 :             :  */
   15913                 :             : static void
   15914                 :         330 : RememberReplicaIdentityForRebuilding(Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab)
   15915                 :             : {
   15916         [ +  + ]:         330 :     if (!get_index_isreplident(indoid))
   15917                 :         318 :         return;
   15918                 :             : 
   15919         [ -  + ]:          12 :     if (tab->replicaIdentityIndex)
   15920         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "relation %u has multiple indexes marked as replica identity", tab->relid);
   15921                 :             : 
   15922                 :          12 :     tab->replicaIdentityIndex = get_rel_name(indoid);
   15923                 :             : }
   15924                 :             : 
   15925                 :             : /*
   15926                 :             :  * Subroutine for ATExecAlterColumnType: remember any clustered index.
   15927                 :             :  */
   15928                 :             : static void
   15929                 :         330 : RememberClusterOnForRebuilding(Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab)
   15930                 :             : {
   15931         [ +  + ]:         330 :     if (!get_index_isclustered(indoid))
   15932                 :         318 :         return;
   15933                 :             : 
   15934         [ -  + ]:          12 :     if (tab->clusterOnIndex)
   15935         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "relation %u has multiple clustered indexes", tab->relid);
   15936                 :             : 
   15937                 :          12 :     tab->clusterOnIndex = get_rel_name(indoid);
   15938                 :             : }
   15939                 :             : 
   15940                 :             : /*
   15941                 :             :  * Subroutine for ATExecAlterColumnType: remember that a constraint needs
   15942                 :             :  * to be rebuilt (which we might already know).
   15943                 :             :  */
   15944                 :             : static void
   15945                 :         544 : RememberConstraintForRebuilding(Oid conoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab)
   15946                 :             : {
   15947                 :             :     /*
   15948                 :             :      * This de-duplication check is critical for two independent reasons: we
   15949                 :             :      * mustn't try to recreate the same constraint twice, and if a constraint
   15950                 :             :      * depends on more than one column whose type is to be altered, we must
   15951                 :             :      * capture its definition string before applying any of the column type
   15952                 :             :      * changes.  ruleutils.c will get confused if we ask again later.
   15953                 :             :      */
   15954         [ +  + ]:         544 :     if (!list_member_oid(tab->changedConstraintOids, conoid))
   15955                 :             :     {
   15956                 :             :         /* OK, capture the constraint's existing definition string */
   15957                 :         468 :         char       *defstring = pg_get_constraintdef_command(conoid);
   15958                 :             :         Oid         indoid;
   15959                 :             : 
   15960                 :             :         /*
   15961                 :             :          * It is critical to create not-null constraints ahead of primary key
   15962                 :             :          * indexes; otherwise, the not-null constraint would be created by the
   15963                 :             :          * primary key, and the constraint name would be wrong.
   15964                 :             :          */
   15965         [ +  + ]:         468 :         if (get_constraint_type(conoid) == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
   15966                 :             :         {
   15967                 :         163 :             tab->changedConstraintOids = lcons_oid(conoid,
   15968                 :             :                                                    tab->changedConstraintOids);
   15969                 :         163 :             tab->changedConstraintDefs = lcons(defstring,
   15970                 :             :                                                tab->changedConstraintDefs);
   15971                 :             :         }
   15972                 :             :         else
   15973                 :             :         {
   15974                 :             : 
   15975                 :         305 :             tab->changedConstraintOids = lappend_oid(tab->changedConstraintOids,
   15976                 :             :                                                      conoid);
   15977                 :         305 :             tab->changedConstraintDefs = lappend(tab->changedConstraintDefs,
   15978                 :             :                                                  defstring);
   15979                 :             :         }
   15980                 :             : 
   15981                 :             :         /*
   15982                 :             :          * For the index of a constraint, if any, remember if it is used for
   15983                 :             :          * the table's replica identity or if it is a clustered index, so that
   15984                 :             :          * ATPostAlterTypeCleanup() can queue up commands necessary to restore
   15985                 :             :          * those properties.
   15986                 :             :          */
   15987                 :         468 :         indoid = get_constraint_index(conoid);
   15988         [ +  + ]:         468 :         if (OidIsValid(indoid))
   15989                 :             :         {
   15990                 :         152 :             RememberReplicaIdentityForRebuilding(indoid, tab);
   15991                 :         152 :             RememberClusterOnForRebuilding(indoid, tab);
   15992                 :             :         }
   15993                 :             :     }
   15994                 :         544 : }
   15995                 :             : 
   15996                 :             : /*
   15997                 :             :  * Subroutine for ATExecAlterColumnType: remember that an index needs
   15998                 :             :  * to be rebuilt (which we might already know).
   15999                 :             :  */
   16000                 :             : static void
   16001                 :         191 : RememberIndexForRebuilding(Oid indoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab)
   16002                 :             : {
   16003                 :             :     /*
   16004                 :             :      * This de-duplication check is critical for two independent reasons: we
   16005                 :             :      * mustn't try to recreate the same index twice, and if an index depends
   16006                 :             :      * on more than one column whose type is to be altered, we must capture
   16007                 :             :      * its definition string before applying any of the column type changes.
   16008                 :             :      * ruleutils.c will get confused if we ask again later.
   16009                 :             :      */
   16010         [ +  + ]:         191 :     if (!list_member_oid(tab->changedIndexOids, indoid))
   16011                 :             :     {
   16012                 :             :         /*
   16013                 :             :          * Before adding it as an index-to-rebuild, we'd better see if it
   16014                 :             :          * belongs to a constraint, and if so rebuild the constraint instead.
   16015                 :             :          * Typically this check fails, because constraint indexes normally
   16016                 :             :          * have only dependencies on their constraint.  But it's possible for
   16017                 :             :          * such an index to also have direct dependencies on table columns,
   16018                 :             :          * for example with a partial exclusion constraint.
   16019                 :             :          */
   16020                 :         186 :         Oid         conoid = get_index_constraint(indoid);
   16021                 :             : 
   16022         [ +  + ]:         186 :         if (OidIsValid(conoid))
   16023                 :             :         {
   16024                 :           8 :             RememberConstraintForRebuilding(conoid, tab);
   16025                 :             :         }
   16026                 :             :         else
   16027                 :             :         {
   16028                 :             :             /* OK, capture the index's existing definition string */
   16029                 :         178 :             char       *defstring = pg_get_indexdef_string(indoid);
   16030                 :             : 
   16031                 :         178 :             tab->changedIndexOids = lappend_oid(tab->changedIndexOids,
   16032                 :             :                                                 indoid);
   16033                 :         178 :             tab->changedIndexDefs = lappend(tab->changedIndexDefs,
   16034                 :             :                                             defstring);
   16035                 :             : 
   16036                 :             :             /*
   16037                 :             :              * Remember if this index is used for the table's replica identity
   16038                 :             :              * or if it is a clustered index, so that ATPostAlterTypeCleanup()
   16039                 :             :              * can queue up commands necessary to restore those properties.
   16040                 :             :              */
   16041                 :         178 :             RememberReplicaIdentityForRebuilding(indoid, tab);
   16042                 :         178 :             RememberClusterOnForRebuilding(indoid, tab);
   16043                 :             :         }
   16044                 :             :     }
   16045                 :         191 : }
   16046                 :             : 
   16047                 :             : /*
   16048                 :             :  * Subroutine for ATExecAlterColumnType: remember that a statistics object
   16049                 :             :  * needs to be rebuilt (which we might already know).
   16050                 :             :  */
   16051                 :             : static void
   16052                 :          57 : RememberStatisticsForRebuilding(Oid stxoid, AlteredTableInfo *tab)
   16053                 :             : {
   16054                 :             :     /*
   16055                 :             :      * This de-duplication check is critical for two independent reasons: we
   16056                 :             :      * mustn't try to recreate the same statistics object twice, and if the
   16057                 :             :      * statistics object depends on more than one column whose type is to be
   16058                 :             :      * altered, we must capture its definition string before applying any of
   16059                 :             :      * the type changes. ruleutils.c will get confused if we ask again later.
   16060                 :             :      */
   16061         [ +  - ]:          57 :     if (!list_member_oid(tab->changedStatisticsOids, stxoid))
   16062                 :             :     {
   16063                 :             :         /* OK, capture the statistics object's existing definition string */
   16064                 :          57 :         char       *defstring = pg_get_statisticsobjdef_string(stxoid);
   16065                 :             :         HeapTuple   tup;
   16066                 :             :         Form_pg_statistic_ext statext;
   16067                 :             : 
   16068                 :          57 :         tup = SearchSysCache1(STATEXTOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(stxoid));
   16069                 :             : 
   16070         [ -  + ]:          57 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) /* should not happen */
   16071         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for statistics object %u", stxoid);
   16072                 :             : 
   16073                 :          57 :         statext = (Form_pg_statistic_ext) GETSTRUCT(tup);
   16074                 :             : 
   16075                 :          57 :         tab->changedStatisticsOids = lappend_oid(tab->changedStatisticsOids,
   16076                 :             :                                                  stxoid);
   16077                 :          57 :         tab->changedStatisticsDefs = lappend(tab->changedStatisticsDefs,
   16078                 :             :                                              defstring);
   16079                 :             : 
   16080                 :          57 :         tab->changedStatisticsOwners = lappend_oid(tab->changedStatisticsOwners,
   16081                 :             :                                                    statext->stxowner);
   16082                 :             : 
   16083                 :          57 :         ReleaseSysCache(tup);
   16084                 :             :     }
   16085                 :          57 : }
   16086                 :             : 
   16087                 :             : /*
   16088                 :             :  * Cleanup after we've finished all the ALTER TYPE or SET EXPRESSION
   16089                 :             :  * operations for a particular relation.  We have to drop and recreate all the
   16090                 :             :  * indexes and constraints that depend on the altered columns.  We do the
   16091                 :             :  * actual dropping here, but re-creation is managed by adding work queue
   16092                 :             :  * entries to do those steps later.
   16093                 :             :  */
   16094                 :             : static void
   16095                 :         925 : ATPostAlterTypeCleanup(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   16096                 :             : {
   16097                 :             :     ObjectAddress obj;
   16098                 :             :     ObjectAddresses *objects;
   16099                 :             :     ListCell   *def_item;
   16100                 :             :     ListCell   *oid_item;
   16101                 :             :     ListCell   *owner_item;
   16102                 :             : 
   16103                 :             :     /*
   16104                 :             :      * Collect all the constraints and indexes to drop so we can process them
   16105                 :             :      * in a single call.  That way we don't have to worry about dependencies
   16106                 :             :      * among them.
   16107                 :             :      */
   16108                 :         925 :     objects = new_object_addresses();
   16109                 :             : 
   16110                 :             :     /*
   16111                 :             :      * Re-parse the index and constraint definitions, and attach them to the
   16112                 :             :      * appropriate work queue entries.  We do this before dropping because in
   16113                 :             :      * the case of a constraint on another table, we might not yet have
   16114                 :             :      * exclusive lock on the table the constraint is attached to, and we need
   16115                 :             :      * to get that before reparsing/dropping.  (That's possible at least for
   16116                 :             :      * FOREIGN KEY, CHECK, and EXCLUSION constraints; in non-FK cases it
   16117                 :             :      * requires a dependency on the target table's composite type in the other
   16118                 :             :      * table's constraint expressions.)
   16119                 :             :      *
   16120                 :             :      * We can't rely on the output of deparsing to tell us which relation to
   16121                 :             :      * operate on, because concurrent activity might have made the name
   16122                 :             :      * resolve differently.  Instead, we've got to use the OID of the
   16123                 :             :      * constraint or index we're processing to figure out which relation to
   16124                 :             :      * operate on.
   16125                 :             :      */
   16126   [ +  +  +  +  :        1393 :     forboth(oid_item, tab->changedConstraintOids,
          +  +  +  +  +  
             +  +  -  +  
                      + ]
   16127                 :             :             def_item, tab->changedConstraintDefs)
   16128                 :             :     {
   16129                 :         468 :         Oid         oldId = lfirst_oid(oid_item);
   16130                 :             :         HeapTuple   tup;
   16131                 :             :         Form_pg_constraint con;
   16132                 :             :         Oid         relid;
   16133                 :             :         Oid         confrelid;
   16134                 :             :         bool        conislocal;
   16135                 :             : 
   16136                 :         468 :         tup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(oldId));
   16137         [ -  + ]:         468 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) /* should not happen */
   16138         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", oldId);
   16139                 :         468 :         con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tup);
   16140         [ +  + ]:         468 :         if (OidIsValid(con->conrelid))
   16141                 :         455 :             relid = con->conrelid;
   16142                 :             :         else
   16143                 :             :         {
   16144                 :             :             /* must be a domain constraint */
   16145                 :          13 :             relid = get_typ_typrelid(getBaseType(con->contypid));
   16146         [ -  + ]:          13 :             if (!OidIsValid(relid))
   16147         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "could not identify relation associated with constraint %u", oldId);
   16148                 :             :         }
   16149                 :         468 :         confrelid = con->confrelid;
   16150                 :         468 :         conislocal = con->conislocal;
   16151                 :         468 :         ReleaseSysCache(tup);
   16152                 :             : 
   16153                 :         468 :         ObjectAddressSet(obj, ConstraintRelationId, oldId);
   16154                 :         468 :         add_exact_object_address(&obj, objects);
   16155                 :             : 
   16156                 :             :         /*
   16157                 :             :          * If the constraint is inherited (only), we don't want to inject a
   16158                 :             :          * new definition here; it'll get recreated when
   16159                 :             :          * ATAddCheckNNConstraint recurses from adding the parent table's
   16160                 :             :          * constraint.  But we had to carry the info this far so that we can
   16161                 :             :          * drop the constraint below.
   16162                 :             :          */
   16163         [ +  + ]:         468 :         if (!conislocal)
   16164                 :          34 :             continue;
   16165                 :             : 
   16166                 :             :         /*
   16167                 :             :          * When rebuilding another table's constraint that references the
   16168                 :             :          * table we're modifying, we might not yet have any lock on the other
   16169                 :             :          * table, so get one now.  We'll need AccessExclusiveLock for the DROP
   16170                 :             :          * CONSTRAINT step, so there's no value in asking for anything weaker.
   16171                 :             :          */
   16172         [ +  + ]:         434 :         if (relid != tab->relid)
   16173                 :          36 :             LockRelationOid(relid, AccessExclusiveLock);
   16174                 :             : 
   16175                 :         434 :         ATPostAlterTypeParse(oldId, relid, confrelid, InvalidOid,
   16176                 :         434 :                              (char *) lfirst(def_item),
   16177                 :         434 :                              wqueue, lockmode, tab->rewrite);
   16178                 :             :     }
   16179   [ +  +  +  +  :        1103 :     forboth(oid_item, tab->changedIndexOids,
          +  +  +  +  +  
             +  +  -  +  
                      + ]
   16180                 :             :             def_item, tab->changedIndexDefs)
   16181                 :             :     {
   16182                 :         178 :         Oid         oldId = lfirst_oid(oid_item);
   16183                 :             :         Oid         relid;
   16184                 :             : 
   16185                 :         178 :         relid = IndexGetRelation(oldId, false);
   16186                 :             : 
   16187                 :             :         /*
   16188                 :             :          * As above, make sure we have lock on the index's table if it's not
   16189                 :             :          * the same table.
   16190                 :             :          */
   16191         [ +  + ]:         178 :         if (relid != tab->relid)
   16192                 :          12 :             LockRelationOid(relid, AccessExclusiveLock);
   16193                 :             : 
   16194                 :         178 :         ATPostAlterTypeParse(oldId, relid, InvalidOid, InvalidOid,
   16195                 :         178 :                              (char *) lfirst(def_item),
   16196                 :         178 :                              wqueue, lockmode, tab->rewrite);
   16197                 :             : 
   16198                 :         178 :         ObjectAddressSet(obj, RelationRelationId, oldId);
   16199                 :         178 :         add_exact_object_address(&obj, objects);
   16200                 :             :     }
   16201                 :             : 
   16202                 :             :     /* add dependencies for new statistics */
   16203   [ +  +  +  +  :         982 :     forthree(oid_item, tab->changedStatisticsOids,
          +  +  +  +  +  
          +  +  +  +  +  
          +  -  +  -  +  
                      + ]
   16204                 :             :              def_item, tab->changedStatisticsDefs,
   16205                 :             :              owner_item, tab->changedStatisticsOwners)
   16206                 :             :     {
   16207                 :          57 :         Oid         oldId = lfirst_oid(oid_item);
   16208                 :             :         Oid         relid;
   16209                 :             : 
   16210                 :          57 :         relid = StatisticsGetRelation(oldId, false);
   16211                 :             : 
   16212                 :             :         /*
   16213                 :             :          * As above, make sure we have lock on the statistics object's table
   16214                 :             :          * if it's not the same table.  However, we take
   16215                 :             :          * ShareUpdateExclusiveLock here, aligning with the lock level used in
   16216                 :             :          * CreateStatistics and RemoveStatisticsById.
   16217                 :             :          *
   16218                 :             :          * CAUTION: this should be done after all cases that grab
   16219                 :             :          * AccessExclusiveLock, else we risk causing deadlock due to needing
   16220                 :             :          * to promote our table lock.
   16221                 :             :          */
   16222         [ +  + ]:          57 :         if (relid != tab->relid)
   16223                 :          12 :             LockRelationOid(relid, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock);
   16224                 :             : 
   16225                 :          57 :         ATPostAlterTypeParse(oldId, relid, InvalidOid, lfirst_oid(owner_item),
   16226                 :          57 :                              (char *) lfirst(def_item),
   16227                 :          57 :                              wqueue, lockmode, tab->rewrite);
   16228                 :             : 
   16229                 :          57 :         ObjectAddressSet(obj, StatisticExtRelationId, oldId);
   16230                 :          57 :         add_exact_object_address(&obj, objects);
   16231                 :             :     }
   16232                 :             : 
   16233                 :             :     /*
   16234                 :             :      * Queue up command to restore replica identity index marking
   16235                 :             :      */
   16236         [ +  + ]:         925 :     if (tab->replicaIdentityIndex)
   16237                 :             :     {
   16238                 :          12 :         AlterTableCmd *cmd = makeNode(AlterTableCmd);
   16239                 :          12 :         ReplicaIdentityStmt *subcmd = makeNode(ReplicaIdentityStmt);
   16240                 :             : 
   16241                 :          12 :         subcmd->identity_type = REPLICA_IDENTITY_INDEX;
   16242                 :          12 :         subcmd->name = tab->replicaIdentityIndex;
   16243                 :          12 :         cmd->subtype = AT_ReplicaIdentity;
   16244                 :          12 :         cmd->def = (Node *) subcmd;
   16245                 :             : 
   16246                 :             :         /* do it after indexes and constraints */
   16247                 :          12 :         tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR] =
   16248                 :          12 :             lappend(tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR], cmd);
   16249                 :             :     }
   16250                 :             : 
   16251                 :             :     /*
   16252                 :             :      * Queue up command to restore marking of index used for cluster.
   16253                 :             :      */
   16254         [ +  + ]:         925 :     if (tab->clusterOnIndex)
   16255                 :             :     {
   16256                 :          12 :         AlterTableCmd *cmd = makeNode(AlterTableCmd);
   16257                 :             : 
   16258                 :          12 :         cmd->subtype = AT_ClusterOn;
   16259                 :          12 :         cmd->name = tab->clusterOnIndex;
   16260                 :             : 
   16261                 :             :         /* do it after indexes and constraints */
   16262                 :          12 :         tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR] =
   16263                 :          12 :             lappend(tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR], cmd);
   16264                 :             :     }
   16265                 :             : 
   16266                 :             :     /*
   16267                 :             :      * It should be okay to use DROP_RESTRICT here, since nothing else should
   16268                 :             :      * be depending on these objects.
   16269                 :             :      */
   16270                 :         925 :     performMultipleDeletions(objects, DROP_RESTRICT, PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL);
   16271                 :             : 
   16272                 :         925 :     free_object_addresses(objects);
   16273                 :             : 
   16274                 :             :     /*
   16275                 :             :      * The objects will get recreated during subsequent passes over the work
   16276                 :             :      * queue.
   16277                 :             :      */
   16278                 :         925 : }
   16279                 :             : 
   16280                 :             : /*
   16281                 :             :  * Parse the previously-saved definition string for a constraint, index or
   16282                 :             :  * statistics object against the newly-established column data type(s), and
   16283                 :             :  * queue up the resulting command parsetrees for execution.
   16284                 :             :  *
   16285                 :             :  * This might fail if, for example, you have a WHERE clause that uses an
   16286                 :             :  * operator that's not available for the new column type.
   16287                 :             :  */
   16288                 :             : static void
   16289                 :         669 : ATPostAlterTypeParse(Oid oldId, Oid oldRelId, Oid refRelId, Oid ownerId,
   16290                 :             :                      const char *cmdstring, List **wqueue, LOCKMODE lockmode,
   16291                 :             :                      bool rewrite)
   16292                 :             : {
   16293                 :             :     List       *raw_parsetree_list;
   16294                 :             :     List       *querytree_list;
   16295                 :             :     ListCell   *list_item;
   16296                 :             :     Relation    rel;
   16297                 :             : 
   16298                 :             :     /*
   16299                 :             :      * We expect that we will get only ALTER TABLE and CREATE INDEX
   16300                 :             :      * statements. Hence, there is no need to pass them through
   16301                 :             :      * parse_analyze_*() or the rewriter, but instead we need to pass them
   16302                 :             :      * through parse_utilcmd.c to make them ready for execution.
   16303                 :             :      */
   16304                 :         669 :     raw_parsetree_list = raw_parser(cmdstring, RAW_PARSE_DEFAULT);
   16305                 :         669 :     querytree_list = NIL;
   16306   [ +  -  +  +  :        1338 :     foreach(list_item, raw_parsetree_list)
                   +  + ]
   16307                 :             :     {
   16308                 :         669 :         RawStmt    *rs = lfirst_node(RawStmt, list_item);
   16309                 :         669 :         Node       *stmt = rs->stmt;
   16310                 :             : 
   16311         [ +  + ]:         669 :         if (IsA(stmt, IndexStmt))
   16312                 :         178 :             querytree_list = lappend(querytree_list,
   16313                 :         178 :                                      transformIndexStmt(oldRelId,
   16314                 :             :                                                         (IndexStmt *) stmt,
   16315                 :             :                                                         cmdstring));
   16316         [ +  + ]:         491 :         else if (IsA(stmt, AlterTableStmt))
   16317                 :             :         {
   16318                 :             :             List       *beforeStmts;
   16319                 :             :             List       *afterStmts;
   16320                 :             : 
   16321                 :         421 :             stmt = (Node *) transformAlterTableStmt(oldRelId,
   16322                 :             :                                                     (AlterTableStmt *) stmt,
   16323                 :             :                                                     cmdstring,
   16324                 :             :                                                     &beforeStmts,
   16325                 :             :                                                     &afterStmts);
   16326                 :         421 :             querytree_list = list_concat(querytree_list, beforeStmts);
   16327                 :         421 :             querytree_list = lappend(querytree_list, stmt);
   16328                 :         421 :             querytree_list = list_concat(querytree_list, afterStmts);
   16329                 :             :         }
   16330         [ +  + ]:          70 :         else if (IsA(stmt, CreateStatsStmt))
   16331                 :             :         {
   16332                 :             :             CreateStatsStmt *csstmt;
   16333                 :             : 
   16334                 :          57 :             csstmt = transformStatsStmt(oldRelId, (CreateStatsStmt *) stmt, cmdstring);
   16335                 :          57 :             csstmt->owner = ownerId;
   16336                 :             : 
   16337                 :          57 :             querytree_list = lappend(querytree_list, csstmt);
   16338                 :             :         }
   16339                 :             :         else
   16340                 :          13 :             querytree_list = lappend(querytree_list, stmt);
   16341                 :             :     }
   16342                 :             : 
   16343                 :             :     /* Caller should already have acquired whatever lock we need. */
   16344                 :         669 :     rel = relation_open(oldRelId, NoLock);
   16345                 :             : 
   16346                 :             :     /*
   16347                 :             :      * Attach each generated command to the proper place in the work queue.
   16348                 :             :      * Note this could result in creation of entirely new work-queue entries.
   16349                 :             :      *
   16350                 :             :      * Also note that we have to tweak the command subtypes, because it turns
   16351                 :             :      * out that re-creation of indexes and constraints has to act a bit
   16352                 :             :      * differently from initial creation.
   16353                 :             :      */
   16354   [ +  -  +  +  :        1338 :     foreach(list_item, querytree_list)
                   +  + ]
   16355                 :             :     {
   16356                 :         669 :         Node       *stm = (Node *) lfirst(list_item);
   16357                 :             :         AlteredTableInfo *tab;
   16358                 :             : 
   16359                 :         669 :         tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, rel);
   16360                 :             : 
   16361         [ +  + ]:         669 :         if (IsA(stm, IndexStmt))
   16362                 :             :         {
   16363                 :         178 :             IndexStmt  *stmt = (IndexStmt *) stm;
   16364                 :             :             AlterTableCmd *newcmd;
   16365                 :             : 
   16366         [ +  + ]:         178 :             if (!rewrite)
   16367                 :          53 :                 TryReuseIndex(oldId, stmt);
   16368                 :         178 :             stmt->reset_default_tblspc = true;
   16369                 :             :             /* keep the index's comment */
   16370                 :         178 :             stmt->idxcomment = GetComment(oldId, RelationRelationId, 0);
   16371                 :             : 
   16372                 :         178 :             newcmd = makeNode(AlterTableCmd);
   16373                 :         178 :             newcmd->subtype = AT_ReAddIndex;
   16374                 :         178 :             newcmd->def = (Node *) stmt;
   16375                 :         178 :             tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_INDEX] =
   16376                 :         178 :                 lappend(tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_INDEX], newcmd);
   16377                 :             :         }
   16378         [ +  + ]:         491 :         else if (IsA(stm, AlterTableStmt))
   16379                 :             :         {
   16380                 :         421 :             AlterTableStmt *stmt = (AlterTableStmt *) stm;
   16381                 :             :             ListCell   *lcmd;
   16382                 :             : 
   16383   [ +  -  +  +  :         842 :             foreach(lcmd, stmt->cmds)
                   +  + ]
   16384                 :             :             {
   16385                 :         421 :                 AlterTableCmd *cmd = lfirst_node(AlterTableCmd, lcmd);
   16386                 :             : 
   16387         [ +  + ]:         421 :                 if (cmd->subtype == AT_AddIndex)
   16388                 :             :                 {
   16389                 :             :                     IndexStmt  *indstmt;
   16390                 :             :                     Oid         indoid;
   16391                 :             : 
   16392                 :         152 :                     indstmt = castNode(IndexStmt, cmd->def);
   16393                 :         152 :                     indoid = get_constraint_index(oldId);
   16394                 :             : 
   16395         [ +  + ]:         152 :                     if (!rewrite)
   16396                 :          32 :                         TryReuseIndex(indoid, indstmt);
   16397                 :             :                     /* keep any comment on the index */
   16398                 :         152 :                     indstmt->idxcomment = GetComment(indoid,
   16399                 :             :                                                      RelationRelationId, 0);
   16400                 :         152 :                     indstmt->reset_default_tblspc = true;
   16401                 :             : 
   16402                 :         152 :                     cmd->subtype = AT_ReAddIndex;
   16403                 :         152 :                     tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_INDEX] =
   16404                 :         152 :                         lappend(tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_INDEX], cmd);
   16405                 :             : 
   16406                 :             :                     /* recreate any comment on the constraint */
   16407                 :         152 :                     RebuildConstraintComment(tab,
   16408                 :             :                                              AT_PASS_OLD_INDEX,
   16409                 :             :                                              oldId,
   16410                 :             :                                              rel,
   16411                 :             :                                              NIL,
   16412                 :         152 :                                              indstmt->idxname);
   16413                 :             :                 }
   16414         [ +  - ]:         269 :                 else if (cmd->subtype == AT_AddConstraint)
   16415                 :             :                 {
   16416                 :         269 :                     Constraint *con = castNode(Constraint, cmd->def);
   16417                 :             : 
   16418                 :         269 :                     con->old_pktable_oid = refRelId;
   16419                 :             :                     /* rewriting neither side of a FK */
   16420         [ +  + ]:         269 :                     if (con->contype == CONSTR_FOREIGN &&
   16421   [ +  +  +  - ]:          48 :                         !rewrite && tab->rewrite == 0)
   16422                 :           4 :                         TryReuseForeignKey(oldId, con);
   16423                 :         269 :                     con->reset_default_tblspc = true;
   16424                 :         269 :                     cmd->subtype = AT_ReAddConstraint;
   16425                 :         269 :                     tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR] =
   16426                 :         269 :                         lappend(tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR], cmd);
   16427                 :             : 
   16428                 :             :                     /*
   16429                 :             :                      * Recreate any comment on the constraint.  If we have
   16430                 :             :                      * recreated a primary key, then transformTableConstraint
   16431                 :             :                      * has added an unnamed not-null constraint here; skip
   16432                 :             :                      * this in that case.
   16433                 :             :                      */
   16434         [ +  - ]:         269 :                     if (con->conname)
   16435                 :         269 :                         RebuildConstraintComment(tab,
   16436                 :             :                                                  AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR,
   16437                 :             :                                                  oldId,
   16438                 :             :                                                  rel,
   16439                 :             :                                                  NIL,
   16440                 :         269 :                                                  con->conname);
   16441                 :             :                     else
   16442                 :             :                         Assert(con->contype == CONSTR_NOTNULL);
   16443                 :             :                 }
   16444                 :             :                 else
   16445         [ #  # ]:           0 :                     elog(ERROR, "unexpected statement subtype: %d",
   16446                 :             :                          (int) cmd->subtype);
   16447                 :             :             }
   16448                 :             :         }
   16449         [ +  + ]:          70 :         else if (IsA(stm, AlterDomainStmt))
   16450                 :             :         {
   16451                 :          13 :             AlterDomainStmt *stmt = (AlterDomainStmt *) stm;
   16452                 :             : 
   16453         [ +  - ]:          13 :             if (stmt->subtype == AD_AddConstraint)
   16454                 :             :             {
   16455                 :          13 :                 Constraint *con = castNode(Constraint, stmt->def);
   16456                 :          13 :                 AlterTableCmd *cmd = makeNode(AlterTableCmd);
   16457                 :             : 
   16458                 :          13 :                 cmd->subtype = AT_ReAddDomainConstraint;
   16459                 :          13 :                 cmd->def = (Node *) stmt;
   16460                 :          13 :                 tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR] =
   16461                 :          13 :                     lappend(tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR], cmd);
   16462                 :             : 
   16463                 :             :                 /* recreate any comment on the constraint */
   16464                 :          13 :                 RebuildConstraintComment(tab,
   16465                 :             :                                          AT_PASS_OLD_CONSTR,
   16466                 :             :                                          oldId,
   16467                 :             :                                          NULL,
   16468                 :             :                                          stmt->typeName,
   16469                 :          13 :                                          con->conname);
   16470                 :             :             }
   16471                 :             :             else
   16472         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "unexpected statement subtype: %d",
   16473                 :             :                      (int) stmt->subtype);
   16474                 :             :         }
   16475         [ +  - ]:          57 :         else if (IsA(stm, CreateStatsStmt))
   16476                 :             :         {
   16477                 :          57 :             CreateStatsStmt *stmt = (CreateStatsStmt *) stm;
   16478                 :             :             AlterTableCmd *newcmd;
   16479                 :             : 
   16480                 :             :             /* keep the statistics object's comment */
   16481                 :          57 :             stmt->stxcomment = GetComment(oldId, StatisticExtRelationId, 0);
   16482                 :             : 
   16483                 :          57 :             newcmd = makeNode(AlterTableCmd);
   16484                 :          57 :             newcmd->subtype = AT_ReAddStatistics;
   16485                 :          57 :             newcmd->def = (Node *) stmt;
   16486                 :          57 :             tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_MISC] =
   16487                 :          57 :                 lappend(tab->subcmds[AT_PASS_MISC], newcmd);
   16488                 :             :         }
   16489                 :             :         else
   16490         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "unexpected statement type: %d",
   16491                 :             :                  (int) nodeTag(stm));
   16492                 :             :     }
   16493                 :             : 
   16494                 :         669 :     relation_close(rel, NoLock);
   16495                 :         669 : }
   16496                 :             : 
   16497                 :             : /*
   16498                 :             :  * Subroutine for ATPostAlterTypeParse() to recreate any existing comment
   16499                 :             :  * for a table or domain constraint that is being rebuilt.
   16500                 :             :  *
   16501                 :             :  * objid is the OID of the constraint.
   16502                 :             :  * Pass "rel" for a table constraint, or "domname" (domain's qualified name
   16503                 :             :  * as a string list) for a domain constraint.
   16504                 :             :  * (We could dig that info, as well as the conname, out of the pg_constraint
   16505                 :             :  * entry; but callers already have them so might as well pass them.)
   16506                 :             :  */
   16507                 :             : static void
   16508                 :         434 : RebuildConstraintComment(AlteredTableInfo *tab, AlterTablePass pass, Oid objid,
   16509                 :             :                          Relation rel, List *domname,
   16510                 :             :                          const char *conname)
   16511                 :             : {
   16512                 :             :     CommentStmt *cmd;
   16513                 :             :     char       *comment_str;
   16514                 :             :     AlterTableCmd *newcmd;
   16515                 :             : 
   16516                 :             :     /* Look for comment for object wanted, and leave if none */
   16517                 :         434 :     comment_str = GetComment(objid, ConstraintRelationId, 0);
   16518         [ +  + ]:         434 :     if (comment_str == NULL)
   16519                 :         374 :         return;
   16520                 :             : 
   16521                 :             :     /* Build CommentStmt node, copying all input data for safety */
   16522                 :          60 :     cmd = makeNode(CommentStmt);
   16523         [ +  + ]:          60 :     if (rel)
   16524                 :             :     {
   16525                 :          52 :         cmd->objtype = OBJECT_TABCONSTRAINT;
   16526                 :          52 :         cmd->object = (Node *)
   16527                 :          52 :             list_make3(makeString(get_namespace_name(RelationGetNamespace(rel))),
   16528                 :             :                        makeString(pstrdup(RelationGetRelationName(rel))),
   16529                 :             :                        makeString(pstrdup(conname)));
   16530                 :             :     }
   16531                 :             :     else
   16532                 :             :     {
   16533                 :           8 :         cmd->objtype = OBJECT_DOMCONSTRAINT;
   16534                 :           8 :         cmd->object = (Node *)
   16535                 :           8 :             list_make2(makeTypeNameFromNameList(copyObject(domname)),
   16536                 :             :                        makeString(pstrdup(conname)));
   16537                 :             :     }
   16538                 :          60 :     cmd->comment = comment_str;
   16539                 :             : 
   16540                 :             :     /* Append it to list of commands */
   16541                 :          60 :     newcmd = makeNode(AlterTableCmd);
   16542                 :          60 :     newcmd->subtype = AT_ReAddComment;
   16543                 :          60 :     newcmd->def = (Node *) cmd;
   16544                 :          60 :     tab->subcmds[pass] = lappend(tab->subcmds[pass], newcmd);
   16545                 :             : }
   16546                 :             : 
   16547                 :             : /*
   16548                 :             :  * Subroutine for ATPostAlterTypeParse().  Calls out to CheckIndexCompatible()
   16549                 :             :  * for the real analysis, then mutates the IndexStmt based on that verdict.
   16550                 :             :  */
   16551                 :             : static void
   16552                 :          85 : TryReuseIndex(Oid oldId, IndexStmt *stmt)
   16553                 :             : {
   16554         [ +  + ]:          85 :     if (CheckIndexCompatible(oldId,
   16555                 :          85 :                              stmt->accessMethod,
   16556                 :          85 :                              stmt->indexParams,
   16557                 :          85 :                              stmt->excludeOpNames,
   16558                 :          85 :                              stmt->iswithoutoverlaps))
   16559                 :             :     {
   16560                 :          69 :         Relation    irel = index_open(oldId, NoLock);
   16561                 :             : 
   16562                 :             :         /* If it's a partitioned index, there is no storage to share. */
   16563         [ +  + ]:          69 :         if (irel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
   16564                 :             :         {
   16565                 :          49 :             stmt->oldNumber = irel->rd_locator.relNumber;
   16566                 :          49 :             stmt->oldCreateSubid = irel->rd_createSubid;
   16567                 :          49 :             stmt->oldFirstRelfilelocatorSubid = irel->rd_firstRelfilelocatorSubid;
   16568                 :             :         }
   16569                 :          69 :         index_close(irel, NoLock);
   16570                 :             :     }
   16571                 :          85 : }
   16572                 :             : 
   16573                 :             : /*
   16574                 :             :  * Subroutine for ATPostAlterTypeParse().
   16575                 :             :  *
   16576                 :             :  * Stash the old P-F equality operator into the Constraint node, for possible
   16577                 :             :  * use by ATAddForeignKeyConstraint() in determining whether revalidation of
   16578                 :             :  * this constraint can be skipped.
   16579                 :             :  */
   16580                 :             : static void
   16581                 :           4 : TryReuseForeignKey(Oid oldId, Constraint *con)
   16582                 :             : {
   16583                 :             :     HeapTuple   tup;
   16584                 :             :     Datum       adatum;
   16585                 :             :     ArrayType  *arr;
   16586                 :             :     Oid        *rawarr;
   16587                 :             :     int         numkeys;
   16588                 :             :     int         i;
   16589                 :             : 
   16590                 :             :     Assert(con->contype == CONSTR_FOREIGN);
   16591                 :             :     Assert(con->old_conpfeqop == NIL);   /* already prepared this node */
   16592                 :             : 
   16593                 :           4 :     tup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(oldId));
   16594         [ -  + ]:           4 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tup)) /* should not happen */
   16595         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", oldId);
   16596                 :             : 
   16597                 :           4 :     adatum = SysCacheGetAttrNotNull(CONSTROID, tup,
   16598                 :             :                                     Anum_pg_constraint_conpfeqop);
   16599                 :           4 :     arr = DatumGetArrayTypeP(adatum);   /* ensure not toasted */
   16600                 :           4 :     numkeys = ARR_DIMS(arr)[0];
   16601                 :             :     /* test follows the one in ri_FetchConstraintInfo() */
   16602         [ +  - ]:           4 :     if (ARR_NDIM(arr) != 1 ||
   16603         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ARR_HASNULL(arr) ||
   16604         [ -  + ]:           4 :         ARR_ELEMTYPE(arr) != OIDOID)
   16605         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "conpfeqop is not a 1-D Oid array");
   16606         [ -  + ]:           4 :     rawarr = (Oid *) ARR_DATA_PTR(arr);
   16607                 :             : 
   16608                 :             :     /* stash a List of the operator Oids in our Constraint node */
   16609         [ +  + ]:           8 :     for (i = 0; i < numkeys; i++)
   16610                 :           4 :         con->old_conpfeqop = lappend_oid(con->old_conpfeqop, rawarr[i]);
   16611                 :             : 
   16612                 :           4 :     ReleaseSysCache(tup);
   16613                 :           4 : }
   16614                 :             : 
   16615                 :             : /*
   16616                 :             :  * ALTER COLUMN .. OPTIONS ( ... )
   16617                 :             :  *
   16618                 :             :  * Returns the address of the modified column
   16619                 :             :  */
   16620                 :             : static ObjectAddress
   16621                 :          94 : ATExecAlterColumnGenericOptions(Relation rel,
   16622                 :             :                                 const char *colName,
   16623                 :             :                                 List *options,
   16624                 :             :                                 LOCKMODE lockmode)
   16625                 :             : {
   16626                 :             :     Relation    ftrel;
   16627                 :             :     Relation    attrel;
   16628                 :             :     ForeignServer *server;
   16629                 :             :     ForeignDataWrapper *fdw;
   16630                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   16631                 :             :     HeapTuple   newtuple;
   16632                 :             :     bool        isnull;
   16633                 :             :     Datum       repl_val[Natts_pg_attribute];
   16634                 :             :     bool        repl_null[Natts_pg_attribute];
   16635                 :             :     bool        repl_repl[Natts_pg_attribute];
   16636                 :             :     Datum       datum;
   16637                 :             :     Form_pg_foreign_table fttableform;
   16638                 :             :     Form_pg_attribute atttableform;
   16639                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
   16640                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
   16641                 :             : 
   16642         [ -  + ]:          94 :     if (options == NIL)
   16643                 :           0 :         return InvalidObjectAddress;
   16644                 :             : 
   16645                 :             :     /* First, determine FDW validator associated to the foreign table. */
   16646                 :          94 :     ftrel = table_open(ForeignTableRelationId, AccessShareLock);
   16647                 :          94 :     tuple = SearchSysCache1(FOREIGNTABLEREL, ObjectIdGetDatum(rel->rd_id));
   16648         [ -  + ]:          94 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   16649         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   16650                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
   16651                 :             :                  errmsg("foreign table \"%s\" does not exist",
   16652                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
   16653                 :          94 :     fttableform = (Form_pg_foreign_table) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
   16654                 :          94 :     server = GetForeignServer(fttableform->ftserver);
   16655                 :          94 :     fdw = GetForeignDataWrapper(server->fdwid);
   16656                 :             : 
   16657                 :          94 :     table_close(ftrel, AccessShareLock);
   16658                 :          94 :     ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
   16659                 :             : 
   16660                 :          94 :     attrel = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   16661                 :          94 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), colName);
   16662         [ -  + ]:          94 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   16663         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   16664                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
   16665                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
   16666                 :             :                         colName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
   16667                 :             : 
   16668                 :             :     /* Prevent them from altering a system attribute */
   16669                 :          94 :     atttableform = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
   16670                 :          94 :     attnum = atttableform->attnum;
   16671         [ +  + ]:          94 :     if (attnum <= 0)
   16672         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   16673                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   16674                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"", colName)));
   16675                 :             : 
   16676                 :             : 
   16677                 :             :     /* Initialize buffers for new tuple values */
   16678                 :          90 :     memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val));
   16679                 :          90 :     memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
   16680                 :          90 :     memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
   16681                 :             : 
   16682                 :             :     /* Extract the current options */
   16683                 :          90 :     datum = SysCacheGetAttr(ATTNAME,
   16684                 :             :                             tuple,
   16685                 :             :                             Anum_pg_attribute_attfdwoptions,
   16686                 :             :                             &isnull);
   16687         [ +  + ]:          90 :     if (isnull)
   16688                 :          84 :         datum = PointerGetDatum(NULL);
   16689                 :             : 
   16690                 :             :     /* Transform the options */
   16691                 :          90 :     datum = transformGenericOptions(AttributeRelationId,
   16692                 :             :                                     datum,
   16693                 :             :                                     options,
   16694                 :             :                                     fdw->fdwvalidator);
   16695                 :             : 
   16696         [ +  - ]:          90 :     if (DatumGetPointer(datum) != NULL)
   16697                 :          90 :         repl_val[Anum_pg_attribute_attfdwoptions - 1] = datum;
   16698                 :             :     else
   16699                 :           0 :         repl_null[Anum_pg_attribute_attfdwoptions - 1] = true;
   16700                 :             : 
   16701                 :          90 :     repl_repl[Anum_pg_attribute_attfdwoptions - 1] = true;
   16702                 :             : 
   16703                 :             :     /* Everything looks good - update the tuple */
   16704                 :             : 
   16705                 :          90 :     newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(tuple, RelationGetDescr(attrel),
   16706                 :             :                                  repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
   16707                 :             : 
   16708                 :          90 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(attrel, &newtuple->t_self, newtuple);
   16709                 :             : 
   16710         [ -  + ]:          90 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
   16711                 :             :                               RelationGetRelid(rel),
   16712                 :             :                               atttableform->attnum);
   16713                 :          90 :     ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
   16714                 :             :                         RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
   16715                 :             : 
   16716                 :          90 :     ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
   16717                 :             : 
   16718                 :          90 :     table_close(attrel, RowExclusiveLock);
   16719                 :             : 
   16720                 :          90 :     heap_freetuple(newtuple);
   16721                 :             : 
   16722                 :          90 :     return address;
   16723                 :             : }
   16724                 :             : 
   16725                 :             : /*
   16726                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE OWNER
   16727                 :             :  *
   16728                 :             :  * recursing is true if we are recursing from a table to its indexes,
   16729                 :             :  * sequences, or toast table.  We don't allow the ownership of those things to
   16730                 :             :  * be changed separately from the parent table.  Also, we can skip permission
   16731                 :             :  * checks (this is necessary not just an optimization, else we'd fail to
   16732                 :             :  * handle toast tables properly).
   16733                 :             :  *
   16734                 :             :  * recursing is also true if ALTER TYPE OWNER is calling us to fix up a
   16735                 :             :  * free-standing composite type.
   16736                 :             :  */
   16737                 :             : void
   16738                 :        1346 : ATExecChangeOwner(Oid relationOid, Oid newOwnerId, bool recursing, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   16739                 :             : {
   16740                 :             :     Relation    target_rel;
   16741                 :             :     Relation    class_rel;
   16742                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   16743                 :             :     Form_pg_class tuple_class;
   16744                 :             : 
   16745                 :             :     /*
   16746                 :             :      * Get exclusive lock till end of transaction on the target table. Use
   16747                 :             :      * relation_open so that we can work on indexes and sequences.
   16748                 :             :      */
   16749                 :        1346 :     target_rel = relation_open(relationOid, lockmode);
   16750                 :             : 
   16751                 :             :     /* Get its pg_class tuple, too */
   16752                 :        1346 :     class_rel = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   16753                 :             : 
   16754                 :        1346 :     tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relationOid));
   16755         [ -  + ]:        1346 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   16756         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relationOid);
   16757                 :        1346 :     tuple_class = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
   16758                 :             : 
   16759                 :             :     /* Can we change the ownership of this tuple? */
   16760   [ +  +  +  +  :        1346 :     switch (tuple_class->relkind)
                +  +  - ]
   16761                 :             :     {
   16762                 :        1096 :         case RELKIND_RELATION:
   16763                 :             :         case RELKIND_VIEW:
   16764                 :             :         case RELKIND_MATVIEW:
   16765                 :             :         case RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE:
   16766                 :             :         case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE:
   16767                 :             :             /* ok to change owner */
   16768                 :        1096 :             break;
   16769                 :         107 :         case RELKIND_INDEX:
   16770         [ -  + ]:         107 :             if (!recursing)
   16771                 :             :             {
   16772                 :             :                 /*
   16773                 :             :                  * Because ALTER INDEX OWNER used to be allowed, and in fact
   16774                 :             :                  * is generated by old versions of pg_dump, we give a warning
   16775                 :             :                  * and do nothing rather than erroring out.  Also, to avoid
   16776                 :             :                  * unnecessary chatter while restoring those old dumps, say
   16777                 :             :                  * nothing at all if the command would be a no-op anyway.
   16778                 :             :                  */
   16779         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 if (tuple_class->relowner != newOwnerId)
   16780         [ #  # ]:           0 :                     ereport(WARNING,
   16781                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   16782                 :             :                              errmsg("cannot change owner of index \"%s\"",
   16783                 :             :                                     NameStr(tuple_class->relname)),
   16784                 :             :                              errhint("Change the ownership of the index's table instead.")));
   16785                 :             :                 /* quick hack to exit via the no-op path */
   16786                 :           0 :                 newOwnerId = tuple_class->relowner;
   16787                 :             :             }
   16788                 :         107 :             break;
   16789                 :          22 :         case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX:
   16790         [ +  - ]:          22 :             if (recursing)
   16791                 :          22 :                 break;
   16792         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   16793                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   16794                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot change owner of index \"%s\"",
   16795                 :             :                             NameStr(tuple_class->relname)),
   16796                 :             :                      errhint("Change the ownership of the index's table instead.")));
   16797                 :             :             break;
   16798                 :          65 :         case RELKIND_SEQUENCE:
   16799         [ +  + ]:          65 :             if (!recursing &&
   16800         [ -  + ]:          35 :                 tuple_class->relowner != newOwnerId)
   16801                 :             :             {
   16802                 :             :                 /* if it's an owned sequence, disallow changing it by itself */
   16803                 :             :                 Oid         tableId;
   16804                 :             :                 int32       colId;
   16805                 :             : 
   16806   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                 if (sequenceIsOwned(relationOid, DEPENDENCY_AUTO, &tableId, &colId) ||
   16807                 :           0 :                     sequenceIsOwned(relationOid, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, &tableId, &colId))
   16808         [ #  # ]:           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
   16809                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   16810                 :             :                              errmsg("cannot change owner of sequence \"%s\"",
   16811                 :             :                                     NameStr(tuple_class->relname)),
   16812                 :             :                              errdetail("Sequence \"%s\" is linked to table \"%s\".",
   16813                 :             :                                        NameStr(tuple_class->relname),
   16814                 :             :                                        get_rel_name(tableId))));
   16815                 :             :             }
   16816                 :          65 :             break;
   16817                 :           5 :         case RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE:
   16818         [ +  - ]:           5 :             if (recursing)
   16819                 :           5 :                 break;
   16820         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   16821                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   16822                 :             :                      errmsg("\"%s\" is a composite type",
   16823                 :             :                             NameStr(tuple_class->relname)),
   16824                 :             :             /* translator: %s is an SQL ALTER command */
   16825                 :             :                      errhint("Use %s instead.",
   16826                 :             :                              "ALTER TYPE")));
   16827                 :             :             break;
   16828                 :          51 :         case RELKIND_TOASTVALUE:
   16829         [ +  - ]:          51 :             if (recursing)
   16830                 :          51 :                 break;
   16831                 :             :             pg_fallthrough;
   16832                 :             :         default:
   16833         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   16834                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   16835                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot change owner of relation \"%s\"",
   16836                 :             :                             NameStr(tuple_class->relname)),
   16837                 :             :                      errdetail_relkind_not_supported(tuple_class->relkind)));
   16838                 :             :     }
   16839                 :             : 
   16840                 :             :     /*
   16841                 :             :      * If the new owner is the same as the existing owner, consider the
   16842                 :             :      * command to have succeeded.  This is for dump restoration purposes.
   16843                 :             :      */
   16844         [ +  + ]:        1346 :     if (tuple_class->relowner != newOwnerId)
   16845                 :             :     {
   16846                 :             :         Datum       repl_val[Natts_pg_class];
   16847                 :             :         bool        repl_null[Natts_pg_class];
   16848                 :             :         bool        repl_repl[Natts_pg_class];
   16849                 :             :         Acl        *newAcl;
   16850                 :             :         Datum       aclDatum;
   16851                 :             :         bool        isNull;
   16852                 :             :         HeapTuple   newtuple;
   16853                 :             : 
   16854                 :             :         /* skip permission checks when recursing to index or toast table */
   16855         [ +  + ]:         457 :         if (!recursing)
   16856                 :             :         {
   16857                 :             :             /* Superusers can always do it */
   16858         [ +  + ]:         232 :             if (!superuser())
   16859                 :             :             {
   16860                 :          28 :                 Oid         namespaceOid = tuple_class->relnamespace;
   16861                 :             :                 AclResult   aclresult;
   16862                 :             : 
   16863                 :             :                 /* Otherwise, must be owner of the existing object */
   16864         [ -  + ]:          28 :                 if (!object_ownercheck(RelationRelationId, relationOid, GetUserId()))
   16865                 :           0 :                     aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(relationOid)),
   16866                 :           0 :                                    RelationGetRelationName(target_rel));
   16867                 :             : 
   16868                 :             :                 /* Must be able to become new owner */
   16869                 :          28 :                 check_can_set_role(GetUserId(), newOwnerId);
   16870                 :             : 
   16871                 :             :                 /* New owner must have CREATE privilege on namespace */
   16872                 :          20 :                 aclresult = object_aclcheck(NamespaceRelationId, namespaceOid, newOwnerId,
   16873                 :             :                                             ACL_CREATE);
   16874         [ -  + ]:          20 :                 if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
   16875                 :           0 :                     aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_SCHEMA,
   16876                 :           0 :                                    get_namespace_name(namespaceOid));
   16877                 :             :             }
   16878                 :             :         }
   16879                 :             : 
   16880                 :         449 :         memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
   16881                 :         449 :         memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
   16882                 :             : 
   16883                 :         449 :         repl_repl[Anum_pg_class_relowner - 1] = true;
   16884                 :         449 :         repl_val[Anum_pg_class_relowner - 1] = ObjectIdGetDatum(newOwnerId);
   16885                 :             : 
   16886                 :             :         /*
   16887                 :             :          * Determine the modified ACL for the new owner.  This is only
   16888                 :             :          * necessary when the ACL is non-null.
   16889                 :             :          */
   16890                 :         449 :         aclDatum = SysCacheGetAttr(RELOID, tuple,
   16891                 :             :                                    Anum_pg_class_relacl,
   16892                 :             :                                    &isNull);
   16893         [ +  + ]:         449 :         if (!isNull)
   16894                 :             :         {
   16895                 :          36 :             newAcl = aclnewowner(DatumGetAclP(aclDatum),
   16896                 :             :                                  tuple_class->relowner, newOwnerId);
   16897                 :          36 :             repl_repl[Anum_pg_class_relacl - 1] = true;
   16898                 :          36 :             repl_val[Anum_pg_class_relacl - 1] = PointerGetDatum(newAcl);
   16899                 :             :         }
   16900                 :             : 
   16901                 :         449 :         newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(tuple, RelationGetDescr(class_rel), repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
   16902                 :             : 
   16903                 :         449 :         CatalogTupleUpdate(class_rel, &newtuple->t_self, newtuple);
   16904                 :             : 
   16905                 :         449 :         heap_freetuple(newtuple);
   16906                 :             : 
   16907                 :             :         /*
   16908                 :             :          * We must similarly update any per-column ACLs to reflect the new
   16909                 :             :          * owner; for neatness reasons that's split out as a subroutine.
   16910                 :             :          */
   16911                 :         449 :         change_owner_fix_column_acls(relationOid,
   16912                 :             :                                      tuple_class->relowner,
   16913                 :             :                                      newOwnerId);
   16914                 :             : 
   16915                 :             :         /*
   16916                 :             :          * Update owner dependency reference, if any.  A composite type has
   16917                 :             :          * none, because it's tracked for the pg_type entry instead of here;
   16918                 :             :          * indexes and TOAST tables don't have their own entries either.
   16919                 :             :          */
   16920         [ +  + ]:         449 :         if (tuple_class->relkind != RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE &&
   16921         [ +  + ]:         444 :             tuple_class->relkind != RELKIND_INDEX &&
   16922         [ +  + ]:         337 :             tuple_class->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX &&
   16923         [ +  + ]:         315 :             tuple_class->relkind != RELKIND_TOASTVALUE)
   16924                 :         264 :             changeDependencyOnOwner(RelationRelationId, relationOid,
   16925                 :             :                                     newOwnerId);
   16926                 :             : 
   16927                 :             :         /*
   16928                 :             :          * Also change the ownership of the table's row type, if it has one
   16929                 :             :          */
   16930         [ +  + ]:         449 :         if (OidIsValid(tuple_class->reltype))
   16931                 :         248 :             AlterTypeOwnerInternal(tuple_class->reltype, newOwnerId);
   16932                 :             : 
   16933                 :             :         /*
   16934                 :             :          * If we are operating on a table or materialized view, also change
   16935                 :             :          * the ownership of any indexes and sequences that belong to the
   16936                 :             :          * relation, as well as its toast table (if it has one).
   16937                 :             :          */
   16938         [ +  + ]:         449 :         if (tuple_class->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION ||
   16939         [ +  + ]:         253 :             tuple_class->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE ||
   16940         [ +  - ]:         220 :             tuple_class->relkind == RELKIND_MATVIEW ||
   16941         [ +  + ]:         220 :             tuple_class->relkind == RELKIND_TOASTVALUE)
   16942                 :             :         {
   16943                 :             :             List       *index_oid_list;
   16944                 :             :             ListCell   *i;
   16945                 :             : 
   16946                 :             :             /* Find all the indexes belonging to this relation */
   16947                 :         280 :             index_oid_list = RelationGetIndexList(target_rel);
   16948                 :             : 
   16949                 :             :             /* For each index, recursively change its ownership */
   16950   [ +  +  +  +  :         409 :             foreach(i, index_oid_list)
                   +  + ]
   16951                 :         129 :                 ATExecChangeOwner(lfirst_oid(i), newOwnerId, true, lockmode);
   16952                 :             : 
   16953                 :         280 :             list_free(index_oid_list);
   16954                 :             :         }
   16955                 :             : 
   16956                 :             :         /* If it has a toast table, recurse to change its ownership */
   16957         [ +  + ]:         449 :         if (tuple_class->reltoastrelid != InvalidOid)
   16958                 :          51 :             ATExecChangeOwner(tuple_class->reltoastrelid, newOwnerId,
   16959                 :             :                               true, lockmode);
   16960                 :             : 
   16961                 :             :         /* If it has dependent sequences, recurse to change them too */
   16962                 :         449 :         change_owner_recurse_to_sequences(relationOid, newOwnerId, lockmode);
   16963                 :             :     }
   16964                 :             : 
   16965         [ -  + ]:        1338 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, relationOid, 0);
   16966                 :             : 
   16967                 :        1338 :     ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
   16968                 :        1338 :     table_close(class_rel, RowExclusiveLock);
   16969                 :        1338 :     relation_close(target_rel, NoLock);
   16970                 :        1338 : }
   16971                 :             : 
   16972                 :             : /*
   16973                 :             :  * change_owner_fix_column_acls
   16974                 :             :  *
   16975                 :             :  * Helper function for ATExecChangeOwner.  Scan the columns of the table
   16976                 :             :  * and fix any non-null column ACLs to reflect the new owner.
   16977                 :             :  */
   16978                 :             : static void
   16979                 :         449 : change_owner_fix_column_acls(Oid relationOid, Oid oldOwnerId, Oid newOwnerId)
   16980                 :             : {
   16981                 :             :     Relation    attRelation;
   16982                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   16983                 :             :     ScanKeyData key[1];
   16984                 :             :     HeapTuple   attributeTuple;
   16985                 :             : 
   16986                 :         449 :     attRelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   16987                 :         449 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
   16988                 :             :                 Anum_pg_attribute_attrelid,
   16989                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   16990                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(relationOid));
   16991                 :         449 :     scan = systable_beginscan(attRelation, AttributeRelidNumIndexId,
   16992                 :             :                               true, NULL, 1, key);
   16993         [ +  + ]:        3145 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(attributeTuple = systable_getnext(scan)))
   16994                 :             :     {
   16995                 :        2696 :         Form_pg_attribute att = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(attributeTuple);
   16996                 :             :         Datum       repl_val[Natts_pg_attribute];
   16997                 :             :         bool        repl_null[Natts_pg_attribute];
   16998                 :             :         bool        repl_repl[Natts_pg_attribute];
   16999                 :             :         Acl        *newAcl;
   17000                 :             :         Datum       aclDatum;
   17001                 :             :         bool        isNull;
   17002                 :             :         HeapTuple   newtuple;
   17003                 :             : 
   17004                 :             :         /* Ignore dropped columns */
   17005         [ -  + ]:        2696 :         if (att->attisdropped)
   17006                 :        2695 :             continue;
   17007                 :             : 
   17008                 :        2696 :         aclDatum = heap_getattr(attributeTuple,
   17009                 :             :                                 Anum_pg_attribute_attacl,
   17010                 :             :                                 RelationGetDescr(attRelation),
   17011                 :             :                                 &isNull);
   17012                 :             :         /* Null ACLs do not require changes */
   17013         [ +  + ]:        2696 :         if (isNull)
   17014                 :        2695 :             continue;
   17015                 :             : 
   17016                 :           1 :         memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
   17017                 :           1 :         memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
   17018                 :             : 
   17019                 :           1 :         newAcl = aclnewowner(DatumGetAclP(aclDatum),
   17020                 :             :                              oldOwnerId, newOwnerId);
   17021                 :           1 :         repl_repl[Anum_pg_attribute_attacl - 1] = true;
   17022                 :           1 :         repl_val[Anum_pg_attribute_attacl - 1] = PointerGetDatum(newAcl);
   17023                 :             : 
   17024                 :           1 :         newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(attributeTuple,
   17025                 :             :                                      RelationGetDescr(attRelation),
   17026                 :             :                                      repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
   17027                 :             : 
   17028                 :           1 :         CatalogTupleUpdate(attRelation, &newtuple->t_self, newtuple);
   17029                 :             : 
   17030                 :           1 :         heap_freetuple(newtuple);
   17031                 :             :     }
   17032                 :         449 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   17033                 :         449 :     table_close(attRelation, RowExclusiveLock);
   17034                 :         449 : }
   17035                 :             : 
   17036                 :             : /*
   17037                 :             :  * change_owner_recurse_to_sequences
   17038                 :             :  *
   17039                 :             :  * Helper function for ATExecChangeOwner.  Examines pg_depend searching
   17040                 :             :  * for sequences that are dependent on serial columns, and changes their
   17041                 :             :  * ownership.
   17042                 :             :  */
   17043                 :             : static void
   17044                 :         449 : change_owner_recurse_to_sequences(Oid relationOid, Oid newOwnerId, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   17045                 :             : {
   17046                 :             :     Relation    depRel;
   17047                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   17048                 :             :     ScanKeyData key[2];
   17049                 :             :     HeapTuple   tup;
   17050                 :             : 
   17051                 :             :     /*
   17052                 :             :      * SERIAL sequences are those having an auto dependency on one of the
   17053                 :             :      * table's columns (we don't care *which* column, exactly).
   17054                 :             :      */
   17055                 :         449 :     depRel = table_open(DependRelationId, AccessShareLock);
   17056                 :             : 
   17057                 :         449 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
   17058                 :             :                 Anum_pg_depend_refclassid,
   17059                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   17060                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId));
   17061                 :         449 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[1],
   17062                 :             :                 Anum_pg_depend_refobjid,
   17063                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   17064                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(relationOid));
   17065                 :             :     /* we leave refobjsubid unspecified */
   17066                 :             : 
   17067                 :         449 :     scan = systable_beginscan(depRel, DependReferenceIndexId, true,
   17068                 :             :                               NULL, 2, key);
   17069                 :             : 
   17070         [ +  + ]:        1295 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(tup = systable_getnext(scan)))
   17071                 :             :     {
   17072                 :         846 :         Form_pg_depend depForm = (Form_pg_depend) GETSTRUCT(tup);
   17073                 :             :         Relation    seqRel;
   17074                 :             : 
   17075                 :             :         /* skip dependencies other than auto dependencies on columns */
   17076         [ +  + ]:         846 :         if (depForm->refobjsubid == 0 ||
   17077         [ +  + ]:         380 :             depForm->classid != RelationRelationId ||
   17078         [ +  - ]:         147 :             depForm->objsubid != 0 ||
   17079   [ +  +  -  + ]:         147 :             !(depForm->deptype == DEPENDENCY_AUTO || depForm->deptype == DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL))
   17080                 :         699 :             continue;
   17081                 :             : 
   17082                 :             :         /* Use relation_open just in case it's an index */
   17083                 :         147 :         seqRel = relation_open(depForm->objid, lockmode);
   17084                 :             : 
   17085                 :             :         /* skip non-sequence relations */
   17086         [ +  + ]:         147 :         if (RelationGetForm(seqRel)->relkind != RELKIND_SEQUENCE)
   17087                 :             :         {
   17088                 :             :             /* No need to keep the lock */
   17089                 :         130 :             relation_close(seqRel, lockmode);
   17090                 :         130 :             continue;
   17091                 :             :         }
   17092                 :             : 
   17093                 :             :         /* We don't need to close the sequence while we alter it. */
   17094                 :          17 :         ATExecChangeOwner(depForm->objid, newOwnerId, true, lockmode);
   17095                 :             : 
   17096                 :             :         /* Now we can close it.  Keep the lock till end of transaction. */
   17097                 :          17 :         relation_close(seqRel, NoLock);
   17098                 :             :     }
   17099                 :             : 
   17100                 :         449 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   17101                 :             : 
   17102                 :         449 :     relation_close(depRel, AccessShareLock);
   17103                 :         449 : }
   17104                 :             : 
   17105                 :             : /*
   17106                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE CLUSTER ON
   17107                 :             :  *
   17108                 :             :  * The only thing we have to do is to change the indisclustered bits.
   17109                 :             :  *
   17110                 :             :  * Return the address of the new clustering index.
   17111                 :             :  */
   17112                 :             : static ObjectAddress
   17113                 :          39 : ATExecClusterOn(Relation rel, const char *indexName, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   17114                 :             : {
   17115                 :             :     Oid         indexOid;
   17116                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
   17117                 :             : 
   17118                 :          39 :     indexOid = get_relname_relid(indexName, rel->rd_rel->relnamespace);
   17119                 :             : 
   17120         [ -  + ]:          39 :     if (!OidIsValid(indexOid))
   17121         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   17122                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
   17123                 :             :                  errmsg("index \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
   17124                 :             :                         indexName, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
   17125                 :             : 
   17126                 :             :     /* Check index is valid to cluster on */
   17127                 :          39 :     check_index_is_clusterable(rel, indexOid, lockmode);
   17128                 :             : 
   17129                 :             :     /* And do the work */
   17130                 :          39 :     mark_index_clustered(rel, indexOid, false);
   17131                 :             : 
   17132                 :          39 :     ObjectAddressSet(address,
   17133                 :             :                      RelationRelationId, indexOid);
   17134                 :             : 
   17135                 :          39 :     return address;
   17136                 :             : }
   17137                 :             : 
   17138                 :             : /*
   17139                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE SET WITHOUT CLUSTER
   17140                 :             :  *
   17141                 :             :  * We have to find any indexes on the table that have indisclustered bit
   17142                 :             :  * set and turn it off.
   17143                 :             :  */
   17144                 :             : static void
   17145                 :           8 : ATExecDropCluster(Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   17146                 :             : {
   17147                 :           8 :     mark_index_clustered(rel, InvalidOid, false);
   17148                 :           8 : }
   17149                 :             : 
   17150                 :             : /*
   17151                 :             :  * Preparation phase for SET ACCESS METHOD
   17152                 :             :  *
   17153                 :             :  * Check that the access method exists and determine whether a change is
   17154                 :             :  * actually needed.
   17155                 :             :  */
   17156                 :             : static void
   17157                 :          73 : ATPrepSetAccessMethod(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *amname)
   17158                 :             : {
   17159                 :             :     Oid         amoid;
   17160                 :             : 
   17161                 :             :     /*
   17162                 :             :      * Look up the access method name and check that it differs from the
   17163                 :             :      * table's current AM.  If DEFAULT was specified for a partitioned table
   17164                 :             :      * (amname is NULL), set it to InvalidOid to reset the catalogued AM.
   17165                 :             :      */
   17166         [ +  + ]:          73 :     if (amname != NULL)
   17167                 :          49 :         amoid = get_table_am_oid(amname, false);
   17168         [ +  + ]:          24 :     else if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   17169                 :          12 :         amoid = InvalidOid;
   17170                 :             :     else
   17171                 :          12 :         amoid = get_table_am_oid(default_table_access_method, false);
   17172                 :             : 
   17173                 :             :     /* if it's a match, phase 3 doesn't need to do anything */
   17174         [ +  + ]:          73 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relam == amoid)
   17175                 :           8 :         return;
   17176                 :             : 
   17177                 :             :     /* Save info for Phase 3 to do the real work */
   17178                 :          65 :     tab->rewrite |= AT_REWRITE_ACCESS_METHOD;
   17179                 :          65 :     tab->newAccessMethod = amoid;
   17180                 :          65 :     tab->chgAccessMethod = true;
   17181                 :             : }
   17182                 :             : 
   17183                 :             : /*
   17184                 :             :  * Special handling of ALTER TABLE SET ACCESS METHOD for relations with no
   17185                 :             :  * storage that have an interest in preserving AM.
   17186                 :             :  *
   17187                 :             :  * Since these have no storage, setting the access method is a catalog only
   17188                 :             :  * operation.
   17189                 :             :  */
   17190                 :             : static void
   17191                 :          29 : ATExecSetAccessMethodNoStorage(Relation rel, Oid newAccessMethodId)
   17192                 :             : {
   17193                 :             :     Relation    pg_class;
   17194                 :             :     Oid         oldAccessMethodId;
   17195                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   17196                 :             :     Form_pg_class rd_rel;
   17197                 :          29 :     Oid         reloid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
   17198                 :             : 
   17199                 :             :     /*
   17200                 :             :      * Shouldn't be called on relations having storage; these are processed in
   17201                 :             :      * phase 3.
   17202                 :             :      */
   17203                 :             :     Assert(!RELKIND_HAS_STORAGE(rel->rd_rel->relkind));
   17204                 :             : 
   17205                 :             :     /* Get a modifiable copy of the relation's pg_class row. */
   17206                 :          29 :     pg_class = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   17207                 :             : 
   17208                 :          29 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(reloid));
   17209         [ -  + ]:          29 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   17210         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", reloid);
   17211                 :          29 :     rd_rel = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
   17212                 :             : 
   17213                 :             :     /* Update the pg_class row. */
   17214                 :          29 :     oldAccessMethodId = rd_rel->relam;
   17215                 :          29 :     rd_rel->relam = newAccessMethodId;
   17216                 :             : 
   17217                 :             :     /* Leave if no update required */
   17218         [ -  + ]:          29 :     if (rd_rel->relam == oldAccessMethodId)
   17219                 :             :     {
   17220                 :           0 :         heap_freetuple(tuple);
   17221                 :           0 :         table_close(pg_class, RowExclusiveLock);
   17222                 :           0 :         return;
   17223                 :             :     }
   17224                 :             : 
   17225                 :          29 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(pg_class, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
   17226                 :             : 
   17227                 :             :     /*
   17228                 :             :      * Update the dependency on the new access method.  No dependency is added
   17229                 :             :      * if the new access method is InvalidOid (default case).  Be very careful
   17230                 :             :      * that this has to compare the previous value stored in pg_class with the
   17231                 :             :      * new one.
   17232                 :             :      */
   17233   [ +  +  +  - ]:          29 :     if (!OidIsValid(oldAccessMethodId) && OidIsValid(rd_rel->relam))
   17234                 :          13 :     {
   17235                 :             :         ObjectAddress relobj,
   17236                 :             :                     referenced;
   17237                 :             : 
   17238                 :             :         /*
   17239                 :             :          * New access method is defined and there was no dependency
   17240                 :             :          * previously, so record a new one.
   17241                 :             :          */
   17242                 :          13 :         ObjectAddressSet(relobj, RelationRelationId, reloid);
   17243                 :          13 :         ObjectAddressSet(referenced, AccessMethodRelationId, rd_rel->relam);
   17244                 :          13 :         recordDependencyOn(&relobj, &referenced, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
   17245                 :             :     }
   17246         [ +  - ]:          16 :     else if (OidIsValid(oldAccessMethodId) &&
   17247         [ +  + ]:          16 :              !OidIsValid(rd_rel->relam))
   17248                 :             :     {
   17249                 :             :         /*
   17250                 :             :          * There was an access method defined, and no new one, so just remove
   17251                 :             :          * the existing dependency.
   17252                 :             :          */
   17253                 :           8 :         deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(RelationRelationId, reloid,
   17254                 :             :                                         AccessMethodRelationId,
   17255                 :             :                                         DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
   17256                 :             :     }
   17257                 :             :     else
   17258                 :             :     {
   17259                 :             :         Assert(OidIsValid(oldAccessMethodId) &&
   17260                 :             :                OidIsValid(rd_rel->relam));
   17261                 :             : 
   17262                 :             :         /* Both are valid, so update the dependency */
   17263                 :           8 :         changeDependencyFor(RelationRelationId, reloid,
   17264                 :             :                             AccessMethodRelationId,
   17265                 :             :                             oldAccessMethodId, rd_rel->relam);
   17266                 :             :     }
   17267                 :             : 
   17268                 :             :     /* make the relam and dependency changes visible */
   17269                 :          29 :     CommandCounterIncrement();
   17270                 :             : 
   17271         [ -  + ]:          29 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
   17272                 :             : 
   17273                 :          29 :     heap_freetuple(tuple);
   17274                 :          29 :     table_close(pg_class, RowExclusiveLock);
   17275                 :             : }
   17276                 :             : 
   17277                 :             : /*
   17278                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE SET TABLESPACE
   17279                 :             :  */
   17280                 :             : static void
   17281                 :         104 : ATPrepSetTableSpace(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, const char *tablespacename, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   17282                 :             : {
   17283                 :             :     Oid         tablespaceId;
   17284                 :             : 
   17285                 :             :     /* Check that the tablespace exists */
   17286                 :         104 :     tablespaceId = get_tablespace_oid(tablespacename, false);
   17287                 :             : 
   17288                 :             :     /* Check permissions except when moving to database's default */
   17289   [ +  -  +  + ]:         104 :     if (OidIsValid(tablespaceId) && tablespaceId != MyDatabaseTableSpace)
   17290                 :             :     {
   17291                 :             :         AclResult   aclresult;
   17292                 :             : 
   17293                 :          49 :         aclresult = object_aclcheck(TableSpaceRelationId, tablespaceId, GetUserId(), ACL_CREATE);
   17294         [ -  + ]:          49 :         if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
   17295                 :           0 :             aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_TABLESPACE, tablespacename);
   17296                 :             :     }
   17297                 :             : 
   17298                 :             :     /* Save info for Phase 3 to do the real work */
   17299         [ -  + ]:         104 :     if (OidIsValid(tab->newTableSpace))
   17300         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   17301                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_SYNTAX_ERROR),
   17302                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot have multiple SET TABLESPACE subcommands")));
   17303                 :             : 
   17304                 :         104 :     tab->newTableSpace = tablespaceId;
   17305                 :         104 : }
   17306                 :             : 
   17307                 :             : /*
   17308                 :             :  * Set, reset, or replace reloptions.
   17309                 :             :  */
   17310                 :             : static void
   17311                 :         674 : ATExecSetRelOptions(Relation rel, List *defList, AlterTableType operation,
   17312                 :             :                     LOCKMODE lockmode)
   17313                 :             : {
   17314                 :             :     Oid         relid;
   17315                 :             :     Relation    pgclass;
   17316                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   17317                 :             :     HeapTuple   newtuple;
   17318                 :             :     Datum       datum;
   17319                 :             :     Datum       newOptions;
   17320                 :             :     Datum       repl_val[Natts_pg_class];
   17321                 :             :     bool        repl_null[Natts_pg_class];
   17322                 :             :     bool        repl_repl[Natts_pg_class];
   17323                 :         674 :     const char *const validnsps[] = HEAP_RELOPT_NAMESPACES;
   17324                 :             : 
   17325   [ +  +  -  + ]:         674 :     if (defList == NIL && operation != AT_ReplaceRelOptions)
   17326                 :           0 :         return;                 /* nothing to do */
   17327                 :             : 
   17328                 :         674 :     pgclass = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   17329                 :             : 
   17330                 :             :     /* Fetch heap tuple */
   17331                 :         674 :     relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
   17332                 :         674 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheLocked1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
   17333         [ -  + ]:         674 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   17334         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relid);
   17335                 :             : 
   17336         [ +  + ]:         674 :     if (operation == AT_ReplaceRelOptions)
   17337                 :             :     {
   17338                 :             :         /*
   17339                 :             :          * If we're supposed to replace the reloptions list, we just pretend
   17340                 :             :          * there were none before.
   17341                 :             :          */
   17342                 :         137 :         datum = (Datum) 0;
   17343                 :             :     }
   17344                 :             :     else
   17345                 :             :     {
   17346                 :             :         bool        isnull;
   17347                 :             : 
   17348                 :             :         /* Get the old reloptions */
   17349                 :         537 :         datum = SysCacheGetAttr(RELOID, tuple, Anum_pg_class_reloptions,
   17350                 :             :                                 &isnull);
   17351         [ +  + ]:         537 :         if (isnull)
   17352                 :         301 :             datum = (Datum) 0;
   17353                 :             :     }
   17354                 :             : 
   17355                 :             :     /* Generate new proposed reloptions (text array) */
   17356                 :         674 :     newOptions = transformRelOptions(datum, defList, NULL, validnsps, false,
   17357                 :             :                                      operation == AT_ResetRelOptions);
   17358                 :             : 
   17359                 :             :     /* Validate */
   17360   [ +  +  +  +  :         670 :     switch (rel->rd_rel->relkind)
                      - ]
   17361                 :             :     {
   17362                 :         390 :         case RELKIND_RELATION:
   17363                 :             :         case RELKIND_MATVIEW:
   17364                 :         390 :             (void) heap_reloptions(rel->rd_rel->relkind, newOptions, true);
   17365                 :         390 :             break;
   17366                 :           4 :         case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE:
   17367                 :           4 :             (void) partitioned_table_reloptions(newOptions, true);
   17368                 :           0 :             break;
   17369                 :         205 :         case RELKIND_VIEW:
   17370                 :         205 :             (void) view_reloptions(newOptions, true);
   17371                 :         193 :             break;
   17372                 :          71 :         case RELKIND_INDEX:
   17373                 :             :         case RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX:
   17374                 :          71 :             (void) index_reloptions(rel->rd_indam->amoptions, newOptions, true);
   17375                 :          57 :             break;
   17376                 :           0 :         case RELKIND_TOASTVALUE:
   17377                 :             :             /* fall through to error -- shouldn't ever get here */
   17378                 :             :         default:
   17379         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   17380                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   17381                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot set options for relation \"%s\"",
   17382                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
   17383                 :             :                      errdetail_relkind_not_supported(rel->rd_rel->relkind)));
   17384                 :             :             break;
   17385                 :             :     }
   17386                 :             : 
   17387                 :             :     /* Special-case validation of view options */
   17388         [ +  + ]:         640 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_VIEW)
   17389                 :             :     {
   17390                 :         193 :         Query      *view_query = get_view_query(rel);
   17391                 :         193 :         List       *view_options = untransformRelOptions(newOptions);
   17392                 :             :         ListCell   *cell;
   17393                 :         193 :         bool        check_option = false;
   17394                 :             : 
   17395   [ +  +  +  +  :         261 :         foreach(cell, view_options)
                   +  + ]
   17396                 :             :         {
   17397                 :          68 :             DefElem    *defel = (DefElem *) lfirst(cell);
   17398                 :             : 
   17399         [ +  + ]:          68 :             if (strcmp(defel->defname, "check_option") == 0)
   17400                 :          16 :                 check_option = true;
   17401                 :             :         }
   17402                 :             : 
   17403                 :             :         /*
   17404                 :             :          * If the check option is specified, look to see if the view is
   17405                 :             :          * actually auto-updatable or not.
   17406                 :             :          */
   17407         [ +  + ]:         193 :         if (check_option)
   17408                 :             :         {
   17409                 :             :             const char *view_updatable_error =
   17410                 :          16 :                 view_query_is_auto_updatable(view_query, true);
   17411                 :             : 
   17412         [ -  + ]:          16 :             if (view_updatable_error)
   17413         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   17414                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   17415                 :             :                          errmsg("WITH CHECK OPTION is supported only on automatically updatable views"),
   17416                 :             :                          errhint("%s", _(view_updatable_error))));
   17417                 :             :         }
   17418                 :             :     }
   17419                 :             : 
   17420                 :             :     /*
   17421                 :             :      * All we need do here is update the pg_class row; the new options will be
   17422                 :             :      * propagated into relcaches during post-commit cache inval.
   17423                 :             :      */
   17424                 :         640 :     memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val));
   17425                 :         640 :     memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
   17426                 :         640 :     memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
   17427                 :             : 
   17428         [ +  + ]:         640 :     if (newOptions != (Datum) 0)
   17429                 :         426 :         repl_val[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = newOptions;
   17430                 :             :     else
   17431                 :         214 :         repl_null[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = true;
   17432                 :             : 
   17433                 :         640 :     repl_repl[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = true;
   17434                 :             : 
   17435                 :         640 :     newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(tuple, RelationGetDescr(pgclass),
   17436                 :             :                                  repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
   17437                 :             : 
   17438                 :         640 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(pgclass, &newtuple->t_self, newtuple);
   17439                 :         640 :     UnlockTuple(pgclass, &tuple->t_self, InplaceUpdateTupleLock);
   17440                 :             : 
   17441         [ -  + ]:         640 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
   17442                 :             : 
   17443                 :         640 :     heap_freetuple(newtuple);
   17444                 :             : 
   17445                 :         640 :     ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
   17446                 :             : 
   17447                 :             :     /* repeat the whole exercise for the toast table, if there's one */
   17448         [ +  + ]:         640 :     if (OidIsValid(rel->rd_rel->reltoastrelid))
   17449                 :             :     {
   17450                 :             :         Relation    toastrel;
   17451                 :         221 :         Oid         toastid = rel->rd_rel->reltoastrelid;
   17452                 :             : 
   17453                 :         221 :         toastrel = table_open(toastid, lockmode);
   17454                 :             : 
   17455                 :             :         /* Fetch heap tuple */
   17456                 :         221 :         tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(toastid));
   17457         [ -  + ]:         221 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   17458         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", toastid);
   17459                 :             : 
   17460         [ -  + ]:         221 :         if (operation == AT_ReplaceRelOptions)
   17461                 :             :         {
   17462                 :             :             /*
   17463                 :             :              * If we're supposed to replace the reloptions list, we just
   17464                 :             :              * pretend there were none before.
   17465                 :             :              */
   17466                 :           0 :             datum = (Datum) 0;
   17467                 :             :         }
   17468                 :             :         else
   17469                 :             :         {
   17470                 :             :             bool        isnull;
   17471                 :             : 
   17472                 :             :             /* Get the old reloptions */
   17473                 :         221 :             datum = SysCacheGetAttr(RELOID, tuple, Anum_pg_class_reloptions,
   17474                 :             :                                     &isnull);
   17475         [ +  + ]:         221 :             if (isnull)
   17476                 :         197 :                 datum = (Datum) 0;
   17477                 :             :         }
   17478                 :             : 
   17479                 :         221 :         newOptions = transformRelOptions(datum, defList, "toast", validnsps,
   17480                 :             :                                          false, operation == AT_ResetRelOptions);
   17481                 :             : 
   17482                 :         221 :         (void) heap_reloptions(RELKIND_TOASTVALUE, newOptions, true);
   17483                 :             : 
   17484                 :         221 :         memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val));
   17485                 :         221 :         memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
   17486                 :         221 :         memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
   17487                 :             : 
   17488         [ +  + ]:         221 :         if (newOptions != (Datum) 0)
   17489                 :          28 :             repl_val[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = newOptions;
   17490                 :             :         else
   17491                 :         193 :             repl_null[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = true;
   17492                 :             : 
   17493                 :         221 :         repl_repl[Anum_pg_class_reloptions - 1] = true;
   17494                 :             : 
   17495                 :         221 :         newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(tuple, RelationGetDescr(pgclass),
   17496                 :             :                                      repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
   17497                 :             : 
   17498                 :         221 :         CatalogTupleUpdate(pgclass, &newtuple->t_self, newtuple);
   17499                 :             : 
   17500         [ -  + ]:         221 :         InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(RelationRelationId,
   17501                 :             :                                      RelationGetRelid(toastrel), 0,
   17502                 :             :                                      InvalidOid, true);
   17503                 :             : 
   17504                 :         221 :         heap_freetuple(newtuple);
   17505                 :             : 
   17506                 :         221 :         ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
   17507                 :             : 
   17508                 :         221 :         table_close(toastrel, NoLock);
   17509                 :             :     }
   17510                 :             : 
   17511                 :         640 :     table_close(pgclass, RowExclusiveLock);
   17512                 :             : }
   17513                 :             : 
   17514                 :             : /*
   17515                 :             :  * Execute ALTER TABLE SET TABLESPACE for cases where there is no tuple
   17516                 :             :  * rewriting to be done, so we just want to copy the data as fast as possible.
   17517                 :             :  */
   17518                 :             : static void
   17519                 :         114 : ATExecSetTableSpace(Oid tableOid, Oid newTableSpace, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   17520                 :             : {
   17521                 :             :     Relation    rel;
   17522                 :             :     Oid         reltoastrelid;
   17523                 :             :     RelFileNumber newrelfilenumber;
   17524                 :             :     RelFileLocator newrlocator;
   17525                 :         114 :     List       *reltoastidxids = NIL;
   17526                 :             :     ListCell   *lc;
   17527                 :             : 
   17528                 :             :     /*
   17529                 :             :      * Need lock here in case we are recursing to toast table or index
   17530                 :             :      */
   17531                 :         114 :     rel = relation_open(tableOid, lockmode);
   17532                 :             : 
   17533                 :             :     /* Check first if relation can be moved to new tablespace */
   17534         [ +  + ]:         114 :     if (!CheckRelationTableSpaceMove(rel, newTableSpace))
   17535                 :             :     {
   17536         [ -  + ]:           5 :         InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
   17537                 :             :                                   RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
   17538                 :           5 :         relation_close(rel, NoLock);
   17539                 :           5 :         return;
   17540                 :             :     }
   17541                 :             : 
   17542                 :         109 :     reltoastrelid = rel->rd_rel->reltoastrelid;
   17543                 :             :     /* Fetch the list of indexes on toast relation if necessary */
   17544         [ +  + ]:         109 :     if (OidIsValid(reltoastrelid))
   17545                 :             :     {
   17546                 :          17 :         Relation    toastRel = relation_open(reltoastrelid, lockmode);
   17547                 :             : 
   17548                 :          17 :         reltoastidxids = RelationGetIndexList(toastRel);
   17549                 :          17 :         relation_close(toastRel, lockmode);
   17550                 :             :     }
   17551                 :             : 
   17552                 :             :     /*
   17553                 :             :      * Relfilenumbers are not unique in databases across tablespaces, so we
   17554                 :             :      * need to allocate a new one in the new tablespace.
   17555                 :             :      */
   17556                 :         109 :     newrelfilenumber = GetNewRelFileNumber(newTableSpace, NULL,
   17557                 :         109 :                                            rel->rd_rel->relpersistence);
   17558                 :             : 
   17559                 :             :     /* Open old and new relation */
   17560                 :         109 :     newrlocator = rel->rd_locator;
   17561                 :         109 :     newrlocator.relNumber = newrelfilenumber;
   17562                 :         109 :     newrlocator.spcOid = newTableSpace;
   17563                 :             : 
   17564                 :             :     /* hand off to AM to actually create new rel storage and copy the data */
   17565         [ +  + ]:         109 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_INDEX)
   17566                 :             :     {
   17567                 :          40 :         index_copy_data(rel, newrlocator);
   17568                 :             :     }
   17569                 :             :     else
   17570                 :             :     {
   17571                 :             :         Assert(RELKIND_HAS_TABLE_AM(rel->rd_rel->relkind));
   17572                 :          69 :         table_relation_copy_data(rel, &newrlocator);
   17573                 :             :     }
   17574                 :             : 
   17575                 :             :     /*
   17576                 :             :      * Update the pg_class row.
   17577                 :             :      *
   17578                 :             :      * NB: This wouldn't work if ATExecSetTableSpace() were allowed to be
   17579                 :             :      * executed on pg_class or its indexes (the above copy wouldn't contain
   17580                 :             :      * the updated pg_class entry), but that's forbidden with
   17581                 :             :      * CheckRelationTableSpaceMove().
   17582                 :             :      */
   17583                 :         109 :     SetRelationTableSpace(rel, newTableSpace, newrelfilenumber);
   17584                 :             : 
   17585         [ -  + ]:         109 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
   17586                 :             : 
   17587                 :         109 :     RelationAssumeNewRelfilelocator(rel);
   17588                 :             : 
   17589                 :         109 :     relation_close(rel, NoLock);
   17590                 :             : 
   17591                 :             :     /* Make sure the reltablespace change is visible */
   17592                 :         109 :     CommandCounterIncrement();
   17593                 :             : 
   17594                 :             :     /* Move associated toast relation and/or indexes, too */
   17595         [ +  + ]:         109 :     if (OidIsValid(reltoastrelid))
   17596                 :          17 :         ATExecSetTableSpace(reltoastrelid, newTableSpace, lockmode);
   17597   [ +  +  +  +  :         126 :     foreach(lc, reltoastidxids)
                   +  + ]
   17598                 :          17 :         ATExecSetTableSpace(lfirst_oid(lc), newTableSpace, lockmode);
   17599                 :             : 
   17600                 :             :     /* Clean up */
   17601                 :         109 :     list_free(reltoastidxids);
   17602                 :             : }
   17603                 :             : 
   17604                 :             : /*
   17605                 :             :  * Special handling of ALTER TABLE SET TABLESPACE for relations with no
   17606                 :             :  * storage that have an interest in preserving tablespace.
   17607                 :             :  *
   17608                 :             :  * Since these have no storage the tablespace can be updated with a simple
   17609                 :             :  * metadata only operation to update the tablespace.
   17610                 :             :  */
   17611                 :             : static void
   17612                 :          24 : ATExecSetTableSpaceNoStorage(Relation rel, Oid newTableSpace)
   17613                 :             : {
   17614                 :             :     /*
   17615                 :             :      * Shouldn't be called on relations having storage; these are processed in
   17616                 :             :      * phase 3.
   17617                 :             :      */
   17618                 :             :     Assert(!RELKIND_HAS_STORAGE(rel->rd_rel->relkind));
   17619                 :             : 
   17620                 :             :     /* check if relation can be moved to its new tablespace */
   17621         [ -  + ]:          24 :     if (!CheckRelationTableSpaceMove(rel, newTableSpace))
   17622                 :             :     {
   17623         [ #  # ]:           0 :         InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
   17624                 :             :                                   RelationGetRelid(rel),
   17625                 :             :                                   0);
   17626                 :           0 :         return;
   17627                 :             :     }
   17628                 :             : 
   17629                 :             :     /* Update can be done, so change reltablespace */
   17630                 :          20 :     SetRelationTableSpace(rel, newTableSpace, InvalidOid);
   17631                 :             : 
   17632         [ -  + ]:          20 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
   17633                 :             : 
   17634                 :             :     /* Make sure the reltablespace change is visible */
   17635                 :          20 :     CommandCounterIncrement();
   17636                 :             : }
   17637                 :             : 
   17638                 :             : /*
   17639                 :             :  * Alter Table ALL ... SET TABLESPACE
   17640                 :             :  *
   17641                 :             :  * Allows a user to move all objects of some type in a given tablespace in the
   17642                 :             :  * current database to another tablespace.  Objects can be chosen based on the
   17643                 :             :  * owner of the object also, to allow users to move only their objects.
   17644                 :             :  * The user must have CREATE rights on the new tablespace, as usual.   The main
   17645                 :             :  * permissions handling is done by the lower-level table move function.
   17646                 :             :  *
   17647                 :             :  * All to-be-moved objects are locked first. If NOWAIT is specified and the
   17648                 :             :  * lock can't be acquired then we ereport(ERROR).
   17649                 :             :  */
   17650                 :             : Oid
   17651                 :          16 : AlterTableMoveAll(AlterTableMoveAllStmt *stmt)
   17652                 :             : {
   17653                 :          16 :     List       *relations = NIL;
   17654                 :             :     ListCell   *l;
   17655                 :             :     ScanKeyData key[1];
   17656                 :             :     Relation    rel;
   17657                 :             :     TableScanDesc scan;
   17658                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   17659                 :             :     Oid         orig_tablespaceoid;
   17660                 :             :     Oid         new_tablespaceoid;
   17661                 :          16 :     List       *role_oids = roleSpecsToIds(stmt->roles);
   17662                 :             : 
   17663                 :             :     /* Ensure we were not asked to move something we can't */
   17664   [ +  +  +  + ]:          16 :     if (stmt->objtype != OBJECT_TABLE && stmt->objtype != OBJECT_INDEX &&
   17665         [ -  + ]:           6 :         stmt->objtype != OBJECT_MATVIEW)
   17666         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   17667                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
   17668                 :             :                  errmsg("only tables, indexes, and materialized views exist in tablespaces")));
   17669                 :             : 
   17670                 :             :     /* Get the orig and new tablespace OIDs */
   17671                 :          16 :     orig_tablespaceoid = get_tablespace_oid(stmt->orig_tablespacename, false);
   17672                 :          16 :     new_tablespaceoid = get_tablespace_oid(stmt->new_tablespacename, false);
   17673                 :             : 
   17674                 :             :     /* Can't move shared relations in to or out of pg_global */
   17675                 :             :     /* This is also checked by ATExecSetTableSpace, but nice to stop earlier */
   17676   [ +  -  -  + ]:          16 :     if (orig_tablespaceoid == GLOBALTABLESPACE_OID ||
   17677                 :             :         new_tablespaceoid == GLOBALTABLESPACE_OID)
   17678         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   17679                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
   17680                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot move relations in to or out of pg_global tablespace")));
   17681                 :             : 
   17682                 :             :     /*
   17683                 :             :      * Must have CREATE rights on the new tablespace, unless it is the
   17684                 :             :      * database default tablespace (which all users implicitly have CREATE
   17685                 :             :      * rights on).
   17686                 :             :      */
   17687   [ +  -  +  + ]:          16 :     if (OidIsValid(new_tablespaceoid) && new_tablespaceoid != MyDatabaseTableSpace)
   17688                 :             :     {
   17689                 :             :         AclResult   aclresult;
   17690                 :             : 
   17691                 :           1 :         aclresult = object_aclcheck(TableSpaceRelationId, new_tablespaceoid, GetUserId(),
   17692                 :             :                                     ACL_CREATE);
   17693         [ -  + ]:           1 :         if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
   17694                 :           0 :             aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_TABLESPACE,
   17695                 :           0 :                            get_tablespace_name(new_tablespaceoid));
   17696                 :             :     }
   17697                 :             : 
   17698                 :             :     /*
   17699                 :             :      * Now that the checks are done, check if we should set either to
   17700                 :             :      * InvalidOid because it is our database's default tablespace.
   17701                 :             :      */
   17702         [ +  + ]:          16 :     if (orig_tablespaceoid == MyDatabaseTableSpace)
   17703                 :           1 :         orig_tablespaceoid = InvalidOid;
   17704                 :             : 
   17705         [ +  + ]:          16 :     if (new_tablespaceoid == MyDatabaseTableSpace)
   17706                 :          15 :         new_tablespaceoid = InvalidOid;
   17707                 :             : 
   17708                 :             :     /* no-op */
   17709         [ -  + ]:          16 :     if (orig_tablespaceoid == new_tablespaceoid)
   17710                 :           0 :         return new_tablespaceoid;
   17711                 :             : 
   17712                 :             :     /*
   17713                 :             :      * Walk the list of objects in the tablespace and move them. This will
   17714                 :             :      * only find objects in our database, of course.
   17715                 :             :      */
   17716                 :          16 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
   17717                 :             :                 Anum_pg_class_reltablespace,
   17718                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   17719                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(orig_tablespaceoid));
   17720                 :             : 
   17721                 :          16 :     rel = table_open(RelationRelationId, AccessShareLock);
   17722                 :          16 :     scan = table_beginscan_catalog(rel, 1, key);
   17723         [ +  + ]:         448 :     while ((tuple = heap_getnext(scan, ForwardScanDirection)) != NULL)
   17724                 :             :     {
   17725                 :         432 :         Form_pg_class relForm = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
   17726                 :         432 :         Oid         relOid = relForm->oid;
   17727                 :             : 
   17728                 :             :         /*
   17729                 :             :          * Do not move objects in pg_catalog as part of this, if an admin
   17730                 :             :          * really wishes to do so, they can issue the individual ALTER
   17731                 :             :          * commands directly.
   17732                 :             :          *
   17733                 :             :          * Also, explicitly avoid any shared tables, temp tables, TOAST (TOAST
   17734                 :             :          * will be moved with the main table).
   17735                 :             :          *
   17736                 :             :          * Conflict log tables are system-managed for logical replication and
   17737                 :             :          * cannot be altered directly, so skip them as well; otherwise a
   17738                 :             :          * single such table in the source tablespace would abort the whole
   17739                 :             :          * bulk move.
   17740                 :             :          */
   17741         [ +  + ]:         432 :         if (IsCatalogNamespace(relForm->relnamespace) ||
   17742   [ +  -  +  - ]:         376 :             relForm->relisshared ||
   17743         [ +  + ]:         376 :             isAnyTempNamespace(relForm->relnamespace) ||
   17744         [ +  + ]:         310 :             IsToastNamespace(relForm->relnamespace) ||
   17745                 :         122 :             IsConflictLogTableNamespace(relForm->relnamespace))
   17746                 :         311 :             continue;
   17747                 :             : 
   17748                 :             :         /* Only move the object type requested */
   17749         [ +  + ]:         121 :         if ((stmt->objtype == OBJECT_TABLE &&
   17750         [ +  + ]:         100 :              relForm->relkind != RELKIND_RELATION &&
   17751         [ -  + ]:          83 :              relForm->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE) ||
   17752         [ +  + ]:          38 :             (stmt->objtype == OBJECT_INDEX &&
   17753         [ +  + ]:          18 :              relForm->relkind != RELKIND_INDEX &&
   17754         [ -  + ]:           3 :              relForm->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX) ||
   17755         [ +  + ]:          35 :             (stmt->objtype == OBJECT_MATVIEW &&
   17756         [ -  + ]:           3 :              relForm->relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW))
   17757                 :          86 :             continue;
   17758                 :             : 
   17759                 :             :         /* Check if we are only moving objects owned by certain roles */
   17760   [ -  +  -  - ]:          35 :         if (role_oids != NIL && !list_member_oid(role_oids, relForm->relowner))
   17761                 :           0 :             continue;
   17762                 :             : 
   17763                 :             :         /*
   17764                 :             :          * Handle permissions-checking here since we are locking the tables
   17765                 :             :          * and also to avoid doing a bunch of work only to fail part-way. Note
   17766                 :             :          * that permissions will also be checked by AlterTableInternal().
   17767                 :             :          *
   17768                 :             :          * Caller must be considered an owner on the table to move it.
   17769                 :             :          */
   17770         [ -  + ]:          35 :         if (!object_ownercheck(RelationRelationId, relOid, GetUserId()))
   17771                 :           0 :             aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(relOid)),
   17772                 :           0 :                            NameStr(relForm->relname));
   17773                 :             : 
   17774         [ -  + ]:          35 :         if (stmt->nowait &&
   17775         [ #  # ]:           0 :             !ConditionalLockRelationOid(relOid, AccessExclusiveLock))
   17776         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   17777                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_IN_USE),
   17778                 :             :                      errmsg("aborting because lock on relation \"%s.%s\" is not available",
   17779                 :             :                             get_namespace_name(relForm->relnamespace),
   17780                 :             :                             NameStr(relForm->relname))));
   17781                 :             :         else
   17782                 :          35 :             LockRelationOid(relOid, AccessExclusiveLock);
   17783                 :             : 
   17784                 :             :         /* Add to our list of objects to move */
   17785                 :          35 :         relations = lappend_oid(relations, relOid);
   17786                 :             :     }
   17787                 :             : 
   17788                 :          16 :     table_endscan(scan);
   17789                 :          16 :     table_close(rel, AccessShareLock);
   17790                 :             : 
   17791         [ +  + ]:          16 :     if (relations == NIL)
   17792   [ +  -  +  - ]:           6 :         ereport(NOTICE,
   17793                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_NO_DATA_FOUND),
   17794                 :             :                  errmsg("no matching relations in tablespace \"%s\" found",
   17795                 :             :                         orig_tablespaceoid == InvalidOid ? "(database default)" :
   17796                 :             :                         get_tablespace_name(orig_tablespaceoid))));
   17797                 :             : 
   17798                 :             :     /* Everything is locked, loop through and move all of the relations. */
   17799   [ +  +  +  +  :          51 :     foreach(l, relations)
                   +  + ]
   17800                 :             :     {
   17801                 :          35 :         List       *cmds = NIL;
   17802                 :          35 :         AlterTableCmd *cmd = makeNode(AlterTableCmd);
   17803                 :             : 
   17804                 :          35 :         cmd->subtype = AT_SetTableSpace;
   17805                 :          35 :         cmd->name = stmt->new_tablespacename;
   17806                 :             : 
   17807                 :          35 :         cmds = lappend(cmds, cmd);
   17808                 :             : 
   17809                 :          35 :         EventTriggerAlterTableStart((Node *) stmt);
   17810                 :             :         /* OID is set by AlterTableInternal */
   17811                 :          35 :         AlterTableInternal(lfirst_oid(l), cmds, false);
   17812                 :          35 :         EventTriggerAlterTableEnd();
   17813                 :             :     }
   17814                 :             : 
   17815                 :          16 :     return new_tablespaceoid;
   17816                 :             : }
   17817                 :             : 
   17818                 :             : static void
   17819                 :          40 : index_copy_data(Relation rel, RelFileLocator newrlocator)
   17820                 :             : {
   17821                 :             :     SMgrRelation dstrel;
   17822                 :             : 
   17823                 :             :     /*
   17824                 :             :      * Since we copy the file directly without looking at the shared buffers,
   17825                 :             :      * we'd better first flush out any pages of the source relation that are
   17826                 :             :      * in shared buffers.  We assume no new changes will be made while we are
   17827                 :             :      * holding exclusive lock on the rel.
   17828                 :             :      */
   17829                 :          40 :     FlushRelationBuffers(rel);
   17830                 :             : 
   17831                 :             :     /*
   17832                 :             :      * Create and copy all forks of the relation, and schedule unlinking of
   17833                 :             :      * old physical files.
   17834                 :             :      *
   17835                 :             :      * NOTE: any conflict in relfilenumber value will be caught in
   17836                 :             :      * RelationCreateStorage().
   17837                 :             :      */
   17838                 :          40 :     dstrel = RelationCreateStorage(newrlocator, rel->rd_rel->relpersistence, true);
   17839                 :             : 
   17840                 :             :     /* copy main fork */
   17841                 :          40 :     RelationCopyStorage(RelationGetSmgr(rel), dstrel, MAIN_FORKNUM,
   17842                 :          40 :                         rel->rd_rel->relpersistence);
   17843                 :             : 
   17844                 :             :     /* copy those extra forks that exist */
   17845                 :          40 :     for (ForkNumber forkNum = MAIN_FORKNUM + 1;
   17846         [ +  + ]:         160 :          forkNum <= MAX_FORKNUM; forkNum++)
   17847                 :             :     {
   17848         [ -  + ]:         120 :         if (smgrexists(RelationGetSmgr(rel), forkNum))
   17849                 :             :         {
   17850                 :           0 :             smgrcreate(dstrel, forkNum, false);
   17851                 :             : 
   17852                 :             :             /*
   17853                 :             :              * WAL log creation if the relation is persistent, or this is the
   17854                 :             :              * init fork of an unlogged relation.
   17855                 :             :              */
   17856         [ #  # ]:           0 :             if (RelationIsPermanent(rel) ||
   17857   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :                 (rel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED &&
   17858                 :             :                  forkNum == INIT_FORKNUM))
   17859                 :           0 :                 log_smgrcreate(&newrlocator, forkNum);
   17860                 :           0 :             RelationCopyStorage(RelationGetSmgr(rel), dstrel, forkNum,
   17861                 :           0 :                                 rel->rd_rel->relpersistence);
   17862                 :             :         }
   17863                 :             :     }
   17864                 :             : 
   17865                 :             :     /* drop old relation, and close new one */
   17866                 :          40 :     RelationDropStorage(rel);
   17867                 :          40 :     smgrclose(dstrel);
   17868                 :          40 : }
   17869                 :             : 
   17870                 :             : /*
   17871                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ENABLE/DISABLE TRIGGER
   17872                 :             :  *
   17873                 :             :  * We just pass this off to trigger.c.
   17874                 :             :  */
   17875                 :             : static void
   17876                 :         191 : ATExecEnableDisableTrigger(Relation rel, const char *trigname,
   17877                 :             :                            char fires_when, bool skip_system, bool recurse,
   17878                 :             :                            LOCKMODE lockmode)
   17879                 :             : {
   17880                 :         191 :     EnableDisableTrigger(rel, trigname, InvalidOid,
   17881                 :             :                          fires_when, skip_system, recurse,
   17882                 :             :                          lockmode);
   17883                 :             : 
   17884         [ +  + ]:         191 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
   17885                 :             :                               RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
   17886                 :         191 : }
   17887                 :             : 
   17888                 :             : /*
   17889                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ENABLE/DISABLE RULE
   17890                 :             :  *
   17891                 :             :  * We just pass this off to rewriteDefine.c.
   17892                 :             :  */
   17893                 :             : static void
   17894                 :          29 : ATExecEnableDisableRule(Relation rel, const char *rulename,
   17895                 :             :                         char fires_when, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   17896                 :             : {
   17897                 :          29 :     EnableDisableRule(rel, rulename, fires_when);
   17898                 :             : 
   17899         [ +  + ]:          29 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
   17900                 :             :                               RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
   17901                 :          29 : }
   17902                 :             : 
   17903                 :             : /*
   17904                 :             :  * Preparation phase of [NO] INHERIT
   17905                 :             :  *
   17906                 :             :  * Check the relation defined as a child.
   17907                 :             :  */
   17908                 :             : static void
   17909                 :         366 : ATPrepChangeInherit(Relation child_rel)
   17910                 :             : {
   17911         [ +  + ]:         366 :     if (child_rel->rd_rel->reloftype)
   17912         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
   17913                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   17914                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot change inheritance of typed table")));
   17915                 :             : 
   17916         [ +  + ]:         358 :     if (child_rel->rd_rel->relispartition)
   17917         [ +  - ]:          12 :         ereport(ERROR,
   17918                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   17919                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot change inheritance of a partition")));
   17920                 :         346 : }
   17921                 :             : 
   17922                 :             : /*
   17923                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE INHERIT
   17924                 :             :  *
   17925                 :             :  * Return the address of the new parent relation.
   17926                 :             :  */
   17927                 :             : static ObjectAddress
   17928                 :         285 : ATExecAddInherit(Relation child_rel, RangeVar *parent, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   17929                 :             : {
   17930                 :             :     Relation    parent_rel;
   17931                 :             :     List       *children;
   17932                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
   17933                 :             :     const char *trigger_name;
   17934                 :             : 
   17935                 :             :     /*
   17936                 :             :      * A self-exclusive lock is needed here.  See the similar case in
   17937                 :             :      * MergeAttributes() for a full explanation.
   17938                 :             :      */
   17939                 :         285 :     parent_rel = table_openrv(parent, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock);
   17940                 :             : 
   17941                 :             :     /*
   17942                 :             :      * Must be owner of both parent and child -- child was checked by
   17943                 :             :      * ATSimplePermissions call in ATPrepCmd
   17944                 :             :      */
   17945                 :         285 :     ATSimplePermissions(AT_AddInherit, parent_rel,
   17946                 :             :                         ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
   17947                 :             : 
   17948                 :             :     /* Permanent rels cannot inherit from temporary ones */
   17949         [ +  + ]:         285 :     if (parent_rel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP &&
   17950         [ -  + ]:           4 :         child_rel->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
   17951         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   17952                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   17953                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot inherit from temporary relation \"%s\"",
   17954                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel))));
   17955                 :             : 
   17956                 :             :     /* If parent rel is temp, it must belong to this session */
   17957   [ +  +  -  + ]:         285 :     if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(parent_rel))
   17958         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   17959                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   17960                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot inherit from temporary relation of another session")));
   17961                 :             : 
   17962                 :             :     /* Ditto for the child */
   17963   [ +  +  -  + ]:         285 :     if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(child_rel))
   17964         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   17965                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   17966                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot inherit to temporary relation of another session")));
   17967                 :             : 
   17968                 :             :     /* Prevent partitioned tables from becoming inheritance parents */
   17969         [ +  + ]:         285 :     if (parent_rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   17970         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   17971                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   17972                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot inherit from partitioned table \"%s\"",
   17973                 :             :                         parent->relname)));
   17974                 :             : 
   17975                 :             :     /* Likewise for partitions */
   17976         [ +  + ]:         281 :     if (parent_rel->rd_rel->relispartition)
   17977         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   17978                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   17979                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot inherit from a partition")));
   17980                 :             : 
   17981                 :             :     /*
   17982                 :             :      * Prevent circularity by seeing if proposed parent inherits from child.
   17983                 :             :      * (In particular, this disallows making a rel inherit from itself.)
   17984                 :             :      *
   17985                 :             :      * This is not completely bulletproof because of race conditions: in
   17986                 :             :      * multi-level inheritance trees, someone else could concurrently be
   17987                 :             :      * making another inheritance link that closes the loop but does not join
   17988                 :             :      * either of the rels we have locked.  Preventing that seems to require
   17989                 :             :      * exclusive locks on the entire inheritance tree, which is a cure worse
   17990                 :             :      * than the disease.  find_all_inheritors() will cope with circularity
   17991                 :             :      * anyway, so don't sweat it too much.
   17992                 :             :      *
   17993                 :             :      * We use weakest lock we can on child's children, namely AccessShareLock.
   17994                 :             :      */
   17995                 :         277 :     children = find_all_inheritors(RelationGetRelid(child_rel),
   17996                 :             :                                    AccessShareLock, NULL);
   17997                 :             : 
   17998         [ +  + ]:         277 :     if (list_member_oid(children, RelationGetRelid(parent_rel)))
   17999         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
   18000                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
   18001                 :             :                  errmsg("circular inheritance not allowed"),
   18002                 :             :                  errdetail("\"%s\" is already a child of \"%s\".",
   18003                 :             :                            parent->relname,
   18004                 :             :                            RelationGetRelationName(child_rel))));
   18005                 :             : 
   18006                 :             :     /*
   18007                 :             :      * If child_rel has row-level triggers with transition tables, we
   18008                 :             :      * currently don't allow it to become an inheritance child.  See also
   18009                 :             :      * prohibitions in ATExecAttachPartition() and CreateTrigger().
   18010                 :             :      */
   18011                 :         269 :     trigger_name = FindTriggerIncompatibleWithInheritance(child_rel->trigdesc);
   18012         [ +  + ]:         269 :     if (trigger_name != NULL)
   18013         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   18014                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   18015                 :             :                  errmsg("trigger \"%s\" prevents table \"%s\" from becoming an inheritance child",
   18016                 :             :                         trigger_name, RelationGetRelationName(child_rel)),
   18017                 :             :                  errdetail("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported in inheritance hierarchies.")));
   18018                 :             : 
   18019                 :             :     /* OK to create inheritance */
   18020                 :         265 :     CreateInheritance(child_rel, parent_rel, false);
   18021                 :             : 
   18022                 :         205 :     ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId,
   18023                 :             :                      RelationGetRelid(parent_rel));
   18024                 :             : 
   18025                 :             :     /* keep our lock on the parent relation until commit */
   18026                 :         205 :     table_close(parent_rel, NoLock);
   18027                 :             : 
   18028                 :         205 :     return address;
   18029                 :             : }
   18030                 :             : 
   18031                 :             : /*
   18032                 :             :  * CreateInheritance
   18033                 :             :  *      Catalog manipulation portion of creating inheritance between a child
   18034                 :             :  *      table and a parent table.
   18035                 :             :  *
   18036                 :             :  * This verifies that all the columns and check constraints of the parent
   18037                 :             :  * appear in the child and that they have the same data types and expressions.
   18038                 :             :  *
   18039                 :             :  * Common to ATExecAddInherit() and ATExecAttachPartition().
   18040                 :             :  */
   18041                 :             : static void
   18042                 :        1690 : CreateInheritance(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel, bool ispartition)
   18043                 :             : {
   18044                 :             :     Relation    catalogRelation;
   18045                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   18046                 :             :     ScanKeyData key;
   18047                 :             :     HeapTuple   inheritsTuple;
   18048                 :             :     int32       inhseqno;
   18049                 :             : 
   18050                 :             :     /* Note: get RowExclusiveLock because we will write pg_inherits below. */
   18051                 :        1690 :     catalogRelation = table_open(InheritsRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   18052                 :             : 
   18053                 :             :     /*
   18054                 :             :      * Check for duplicates in the list of parents, and determine the highest
   18055                 :             :      * inhseqno already present; we'll use the next one for the new parent.
   18056                 :             :      * Also, if proposed child is a partition, it cannot already be
   18057                 :             :      * inheriting.
   18058                 :             :      *
   18059                 :             :      * Note: we do not reject the case where the child already inherits from
   18060                 :             :      * the parent indirectly; CREATE TABLE doesn't reject comparable cases.
   18061                 :             :      */
   18062                 :        1690 :     ScanKeyInit(&key,
   18063                 :             :                 Anum_pg_inherits_inhrelid,
   18064                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   18065                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(child_rel)));
   18066                 :        1690 :     scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, InheritsRelidSeqnoIndexId,
   18067                 :             :                               true, NULL, 1, &key);
   18068                 :             : 
   18069                 :             :     /* inhseqno sequences start at 1 */
   18070                 :        1690 :     inhseqno = 0;
   18071         [ +  + ]:        1741 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(inheritsTuple = systable_getnext(scan)))
   18072                 :             :     {
   18073                 :          55 :         Form_pg_inherits inh = (Form_pg_inherits) GETSTRUCT(inheritsTuple);
   18074                 :             : 
   18075         [ +  + ]:          55 :         if (inh->inhparent == RelationGetRelid(parent_rel))
   18076         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
   18077                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
   18078                 :             :                      errmsg("relation \"%s\" would be inherited from more than once",
   18079                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel))));
   18080                 :             : 
   18081         [ +  - ]:          51 :         if (inh->inhseqno > inhseqno)
   18082                 :          51 :             inhseqno = inh->inhseqno;
   18083                 :             :     }
   18084                 :        1686 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   18085                 :             : 
   18086                 :             :     /* Match up the columns and bump attinhcount as needed */
   18087                 :        1686 :     MergeAttributesIntoExisting(child_rel, parent_rel, ispartition);
   18088                 :             : 
   18089                 :             :     /* Match up the constraints and bump coninhcount as needed */
   18090                 :        1598 :     MergeConstraintsIntoExisting(child_rel, parent_rel);
   18091                 :             : 
   18092                 :             :     /*
   18093                 :             :      * OK, it looks valid.  Make the catalog entries that show inheritance.
   18094                 :             :      */
   18095                 :        1558 :     StoreCatalogInheritance1(RelationGetRelid(child_rel),
   18096                 :             :                              RelationGetRelid(parent_rel),
   18097                 :             :                              inhseqno + 1,
   18098                 :             :                              catalogRelation,
   18099                 :        1558 :                              parent_rel->rd_rel->relkind ==
   18100                 :             :                              RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
   18101                 :             : 
   18102                 :             :     /* Now we're done with pg_inherits */
   18103                 :        1558 :     table_close(catalogRelation, RowExclusiveLock);
   18104                 :        1558 : }
   18105                 :             : 
   18106                 :             : /*
   18107                 :             :  * Obtain the source-text form of the constraint expression for a check
   18108                 :             :  * constraint, given its pg_constraint tuple
   18109                 :             :  */
   18110                 :             : static char *
   18111                 :         464 : decompile_conbin(HeapTuple contup, TupleDesc tupdesc)
   18112                 :             : {
   18113                 :             :     Form_pg_constraint con;
   18114                 :             :     bool        isnull;
   18115                 :             :     Datum       attr;
   18116                 :             :     Datum       expr;
   18117                 :             : 
   18118                 :         464 :     con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contup);
   18119                 :         464 :     attr = heap_getattr(contup, Anum_pg_constraint_conbin, tupdesc, &isnull);
   18120         [ -  + ]:         464 :     if (isnull)
   18121         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "null conbin for constraint %u", con->oid);
   18122                 :             : 
   18123                 :         464 :     expr = DirectFunctionCall2(pg_get_expr, attr,
   18124                 :             :                                ObjectIdGetDatum(con->conrelid));
   18125                 :         464 :     return TextDatumGetCString(expr);
   18126                 :             : }
   18127                 :             : 
   18128                 :             : /*
   18129                 :             :  * Determine whether two check constraints are functionally equivalent
   18130                 :             :  *
   18131                 :             :  * The test we apply is to see whether they reverse-compile to the same
   18132                 :             :  * source string.  This insulates us from issues like whether attributes
   18133                 :             :  * have the same physical column numbers in parent and child relations.
   18134                 :             :  *
   18135                 :             :  * Note that we ignore enforceability as there are cases where constraints
   18136                 :             :  * with differing enforceability are allowed.
   18137                 :             :  */
   18138                 :             : static bool
   18139                 :         232 : constraints_equivalent(HeapTuple a, HeapTuple b, TupleDesc tupleDesc)
   18140                 :             : {
   18141                 :         232 :     Form_pg_constraint acon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(a);
   18142                 :         232 :     Form_pg_constraint bcon = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(b);
   18143                 :             : 
   18144         [ +  - ]:         232 :     if (acon->condeferrable != bcon->condeferrable ||
   18145         [ +  - ]:         232 :         acon->condeferred != bcon->condeferred ||
   18146         [ +  + ]:         232 :         strcmp(decompile_conbin(a, tupleDesc),
   18147                 :         232 :                decompile_conbin(b, tupleDesc)) != 0)
   18148                 :           4 :         return false;
   18149                 :             :     else
   18150                 :         228 :         return true;
   18151                 :             : }
   18152                 :             : 
   18153                 :             : /*
   18154                 :             :  * Check columns in child table match up with columns in parent, and increment
   18155                 :             :  * their attinhcount.
   18156                 :             :  *
   18157                 :             :  * Called by CreateInheritance
   18158                 :             :  *
   18159                 :             :  * Currently all parent columns must be found in child. Missing columns are an
   18160                 :             :  * error.  One day we might consider creating new columns like CREATE TABLE
   18161                 :             :  * does.  However, that is widely unpopular --- in the common use case of
   18162                 :             :  * partitioned tables it's a foot-gun.
   18163                 :             :  *
   18164                 :             :  * The data type must match exactly. If the parent column is NOT NULL then
   18165                 :             :  * the child must be as well. Defaults are not compared, however.
   18166                 :             :  */
   18167                 :             : static void
   18168                 :        1686 : MergeAttributesIntoExisting(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel, bool ispartition)
   18169                 :             : {
   18170                 :             :     Relation    attrrel;
   18171                 :             :     TupleDesc   parent_desc;
   18172                 :             : 
   18173                 :        1686 :     attrrel = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   18174                 :        1686 :     parent_desc = RelationGetDescr(parent_rel);
   18175                 :             : 
   18176         [ +  + ]:        5353 :     for (AttrNumber parent_attno = 1; parent_attno <= parent_desc->natts; parent_attno++)
   18177                 :             :     {
   18178                 :        3755 :         Form_pg_attribute parent_att = TupleDescAttr(parent_desc, parent_attno - 1);
   18179                 :        3755 :         char       *parent_attname = NameStr(parent_att->attname);
   18180                 :             :         HeapTuple   tuple;
   18181                 :             : 
   18182                 :             :         /* Ignore dropped columns in the parent. */
   18183         [ +  + ]:        3755 :         if (parent_att->attisdropped)
   18184                 :         180 :             continue;
   18185                 :             : 
   18186                 :             :         /* Find same column in child (matching on column name). */
   18187                 :        3575 :         tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(child_rel), parent_attname);
   18188         [ +  + ]:        3575 :         if (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   18189                 :             :         {
   18190                 :        3567 :             Form_pg_attribute child_att = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
   18191                 :             : 
   18192         [ +  + ]:        3567 :             if (parent_att->atttypid != child_att->atttypid ||
   18193         [ +  + ]:        3563 :                 parent_att->atttypmod != child_att->atttypmod)
   18194         [ +  - ]:           8 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   18195                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
   18196                 :             :                          errmsg("child table \"%s\" has different type for column \"%s\"",
   18197                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(child_rel), parent_attname)));
   18198                 :             : 
   18199         [ +  + ]:        3559 :             if (parent_att->attcollation != child_att->attcollation)
   18200         [ +  - ]:           4 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   18201                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_COLLATION_MISMATCH),
   18202                 :             :                          errmsg("child table \"%s\" has different collation for column \"%s\"",
   18203                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(child_rel), parent_attname)));
   18204                 :             : 
   18205                 :             :             /*
   18206                 :             :              * If the parent has a not-null constraint that's not NO INHERIT,
   18207                 :             :              * make sure the child has one too.
   18208                 :             :              *
   18209                 :             :              * Other constraints are checked elsewhere.
   18210                 :             :              */
   18211   [ +  +  +  + ]:        3555 :             if (parent_att->attnotnull && !child_att->attnotnull)
   18212                 :             :             {
   18213                 :             :                 HeapTuple   contup;
   18214                 :             : 
   18215                 :          32 :                 contup = findNotNullConstraintAttnum(RelationGetRelid(parent_rel),
   18216                 :          32 :                                                      parent_att->attnum);
   18217         [ +  - ]:          32 :                 if (HeapTupleIsValid(contup) &&
   18218         [ +  + ]:          32 :                     !((Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contup))->connoinherit)
   18219         [ +  - ]:          20 :                     ereport(ERROR,
   18220                 :             :                             errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
   18221                 :             :                             errmsg("column \"%s\" in child table \"%s\" must be marked NOT NULL",
   18222                 :             :                                    parent_attname, RelationGetRelationName(child_rel)));
   18223                 :             :             }
   18224                 :             : 
   18225                 :             :             /*
   18226                 :             :              * Child column must be generated if and only if parent column is.
   18227                 :             :              */
   18228   [ +  +  +  + ]:        3535 :             if (parent_att->attgenerated && !child_att->attgenerated)
   18229         [ +  - ]:          24 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   18230                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
   18231                 :             :                          errmsg("column \"%s\" in child table must be a generated column", parent_attname)));
   18232   [ +  +  +  + ]:        3511 :             if (child_att->attgenerated && !parent_att->attgenerated)
   18233         [ +  - ]:          16 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   18234                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
   18235                 :             :                          errmsg("column \"%s\" in child table must not be a generated column", parent_attname)));
   18236                 :             : 
   18237   [ +  +  +  -  :        3495 :             if (parent_att->attgenerated && child_att->attgenerated && child_att->attgenerated != parent_att->attgenerated)
                   +  + ]
   18238   [ +  -  +  +  :           8 :                 ereport(ERROR,
                   +  + ]
   18239                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
   18240                 :             :                          errmsg("column \"%s\" inherits from generated column of different kind", parent_attname),
   18241                 :             :                          errdetail("Parent column is %s, child column is %s.",
   18242                 :             :                                    parent_att->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_STORED ? "STORED" : "VIRTUAL",
   18243                 :             :                                    child_att->attgenerated == ATTRIBUTE_GENERATED_STORED ? "STORED" : "VIRTUAL")));
   18244                 :             : 
   18245                 :             :             /*
   18246                 :             :              * Regular inheritance children are independent enough not to
   18247                 :             :              * inherit identity columns.  But partitions are integral part of
   18248                 :             :              * a partitioned table and inherit identity column.
   18249                 :             :              */
   18250         [ +  + ]:        3487 :             if (ispartition)
   18251                 :        3038 :                 child_att->attidentity = parent_att->attidentity;
   18252                 :             : 
   18253                 :             :             /*
   18254                 :             :              * OK, bump the child column's inheritance count.  (If we fail
   18255                 :             :              * later on, this change will just roll back.)
   18256                 :             :              */
   18257         [ -  + ]:        3487 :             if (pg_add_s16_overflow(child_att->attinhcount, 1,
   18258                 :             :                                     &child_att->attinhcount))
   18259         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   18260                 :             :                         errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
   18261                 :             :                         errmsg("too many inheritance parents"));
   18262                 :             : 
   18263                 :             :             /*
   18264                 :             :              * In case of partitions, we must enforce that value of attislocal
   18265                 :             :              * is same in all partitions. (Note: there are only inherited
   18266                 :             :              * attributes in partitions)
   18267                 :             :              */
   18268         [ +  + ]:        3487 :             if (parent_rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   18269                 :             :             {
   18270                 :             :                 Assert(child_att->attinhcount == 1);
   18271                 :        3038 :                 child_att->attislocal = false;
   18272                 :             :             }
   18273                 :             : 
   18274                 :        3487 :             CatalogTupleUpdate(attrrel, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
   18275                 :        3487 :             heap_freetuple(tuple);
   18276                 :             :         }
   18277                 :             :         else
   18278                 :             :         {
   18279         [ +  - ]:           8 :             ereport(ERROR,
   18280                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
   18281                 :             :                      errmsg("child table is missing column \"%s\"", parent_attname)));
   18282                 :             :         }
   18283                 :             :     }
   18284                 :             : 
   18285                 :        1598 :     table_close(attrrel, RowExclusiveLock);
   18286                 :        1598 : }
   18287                 :             : 
   18288                 :             : /*
   18289                 :             :  * Check constraints in child table match up with constraints in parent,
   18290                 :             :  * and increment their coninhcount.
   18291                 :             :  *
   18292                 :             :  * Constraints that are marked ONLY in the parent are ignored.
   18293                 :             :  *
   18294                 :             :  * Called by CreateInheritance
   18295                 :             :  *
   18296                 :             :  * Currently all constraints in parent must be present in the child. One day we
   18297                 :             :  * may consider adding new constraints like CREATE TABLE does.
   18298                 :             :  *
   18299                 :             :  * XXX This is O(N^2) which may be an issue with tables with hundreds of
   18300                 :             :  * constraints. As long as tables have more like 10 constraints it shouldn't be
   18301                 :             :  * a problem though. Even 100 constraints ought not be the end of the world.
   18302                 :             :  *
   18303                 :             :  * XXX See MergeWithExistingConstraint too if you change this code.
   18304                 :             :  */
   18305                 :             : static void
   18306                 :        1598 : MergeConstraintsIntoExisting(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel)
   18307                 :             : {
   18308                 :             :     Relation    constraintrel;
   18309                 :             :     SysScanDesc parent_scan;
   18310                 :             :     ScanKeyData parent_key;
   18311                 :             :     HeapTuple   parent_tuple;
   18312                 :        1598 :     Oid         parent_relid = RelationGetRelid(parent_rel);
   18313                 :             :     AttrMap    *attmap;
   18314                 :             : 
   18315                 :        1598 :     constraintrel = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   18316                 :             : 
   18317                 :             :     /* Outer loop scans through the parent's constraint definitions */
   18318                 :        1598 :     ScanKeyInit(&parent_key,
   18319                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
   18320                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   18321                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(parent_relid));
   18322                 :        1598 :     parent_scan = systable_beginscan(constraintrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
   18323                 :             :                                      true, NULL, 1, &parent_key);
   18324                 :             : 
   18325                 :        1598 :     attmap = build_attrmap_by_name(RelationGetDescr(parent_rel),
   18326                 :             :                                    RelationGetDescr(child_rel),
   18327                 :             :                                    true);
   18328                 :             : 
   18329         [ +  + ]:        2873 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(parent_tuple = systable_getnext(parent_scan)))
   18330                 :             :     {
   18331                 :        1315 :         Form_pg_constraint parent_con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(parent_tuple);
   18332                 :             :         SysScanDesc child_scan;
   18333                 :             :         ScanKeyData child_key;
   18334                 :             :         HeapTuple   child_tuple;
   18335                 :             :         AttrNumber  parent_attno;
   18336                 :        1315 :         bool        found = false;
   18337                 :             : 
   18338         [ +  + ]:        1315 :         if (parent_con->contype != CONSTRAINT_CHECK &&
   18339         [ +  + ]:        1207 :             parent_con->contype != CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
   18340                 :         650 :             continue;
   18341                 :             : 
   18342                 :             :         /* if the parent's constraint is marked NO INHERIT, it's not inherited */
   18343         [ +  + ]:         697 :         if (parent_con->connoinherit)
   18344                 :          32 :             continue;
   18345                 :             : 
   18346         [ +  + ]:         665 :         if (parent_con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
   18347                 :         573 :             parent_attno = extractNotNullColumn(parent_tuple);
   18348                 :             :         else
   18349                 :          92 :             parent_attno = InvalidAttrNumber;
   18350                 :             : 
   18351                 :             :         /* Search for a child constraint matching this one */
   18352                 :         665 :         ScanKeyInit(&child_key,
   18353                 :             :                     Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
   18354                 :             :                     BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   18355                 :             :                     ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(child_rel)));
   18356                 :         665 :         child_scan = systable_beginscan(constraintrel, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
   18357                 :             :                                         true, NULL, 1, &child_key);
   18358                 :             : 
   18359         [ +  + ]:        1052 :         while (HeapTupleIsValid(child_tuple = systable_getnext(child_scan)))
   18360                 :             :         {
   18361                 :        1036 :             Form_pg_constraint child_con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(child_tuple);
   18362                 :             :             HeapTuple   child_copy;
   18363                 :             : 
   18364         [ +  + ]:        1036 :             if (child_con->contype != parent_con->contype)
   18365                 :         186 :                 continue;
   18366                 :             : 
   18367                 :             :             /*
   18368                 :             :              * CHECK constraint are matched by constraint name, NOT NULL ones
   18369                 :             :              * by attribute number.
   18370                 :             :              */
   18371         [ +  + ]:         850 :             if (child_con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK)
   18372                 :             :             {
   18373                 :         122 :                 if (strcmp(NameStr(parent_con->conname),
   18374         [ +  + ]:          99 :                            NameStr(child_con->conname)) != 0)
   18375                 :          23 :                     continue;
   18376                 :             :             }
   18377         [ +  - ]:         751 :             else if (child_con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
   18378                 :             :             {
   18379                 :             :                 Form_pg_attribute parent_attr;
   18380                 :             :                 Form_pg_attribute child_attr;
   18381                 :             :                 AttrNumber  child_attno;
   18382                 :             : 
   18383                 :         751 :                 parent_attr = TupleDescAttr(parent_rel->rd_att, parent_attno - 1);
   18384                 :         751 :                 child_attno = extractNotNullColumn(child_tuple);
   18385         [ +  + ]:         751 :                 if (parent_attno != attmap->attnums[child_attno - 1])
   18386                 :         178 :                     continue;
   18387                 :             : 
   18388                 :         573 :                 child_attr = TupleDescAttr(child_rel->rd_att, child_attno - 1);
   18389                 :             :                 /* there shouldn't be constraints on dropped columns */
   18390   [ +  -  -  + ]:         573 :                 if (parent_attr->attisdropped || child_attr->attisdropped)
   18391         [ #  # ]:           0 :                     elog(ERROR, "found not-null constraint on dropped columns");
   18392                 :             :             }
   18393                 :             : 
   18394         [ +  + ]:         649 :             if (child_con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK &&
   18395         [ +  + ]:          76 :                 !constraints_equivalent(parent_tuple, child_tuple, RelationGetDescr(constraintrel)))
   18396         [ +  - ]:           4 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   18397                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
   18398                 :             :                          errmsg("child table \"%s\" has different definition for check constraint \"%s\"",
   18399                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(child_rel), NameStr(parent_con->conname))));
   18400                 :             : 
   18401                 :             :             /*
   18402                 :             :              * If the child constraint is "no inherit" then cannot merge
   18403                 :             :              */
   18404         [ +  + ]:         645 :             if (child_con->connoinherit)
   18405         [ +  - ]:           8 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   18406                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
   18407                 :             :                          errmsg("constraint \"%s\" conflicts with non-inherited constraint on child table \"%s\"",
   18408                 :             :                                 NameStr(child_con->conname), RelationGetRelationName(child_rel))));
   18409                 :             : 
   18410                 :             :             /*
   18411                 :             :              * If the child constraint is "not valid" then cannot merge with a
   18412                 :             :              * valid parent constraint
   18413                 :             :              */
   18414   [ +  +  +  + ]:         637 :             if (parent_con->convalidated && child_con->conenforced &&
   18415         [ +  + ]:         593 :                 !child_con->convalidated)
   18416         [ +  - ]:           8 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   18417                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
   18418                 :             :                          errmsg("constraint \"%s\" conflicts with NOT VALID constraint on child table \"%s\"",
   18419                 :             :                                 NameStr(child_con->conname), RelationGetRelationName(child_rel))));
   18420                 :             : 
   18421                 :             :             /*
   18422                 :             :              * A NOT ENFORCED child constraint cannot be merged with an
   18423                 :             :              * ENFORCED parent constraint. However, the reverse is allowed,
   18424                 :             :              * where the child constraint is ENFORCED.
   18425                 :             :              */
   18426   [ +  +  +  + ]:         629 :             if (parent_con->conenforced && !child_con->conenforced)
   18427         [ +  - ]:           4 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   18428                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
   18429                 :             :                          errmsg("constraint \"%s\" conflicts with NOT ENFORCED constraint on child table \"%s\"",
   18430                 :             :                                 NameStr(child_con->conname), RelationGetRelationName(child_rel))));
   18431                 :             : 
   18432                 :             :             /*
   18433                 :             :              * OK, bump the child constraint's inheritance count.  (If we fail
   18434                 :             :              * later on, this change will just roll back.)
   18435                 :             :              */
   18436                 :         625 :             child_copy = heap_copytuple(child_tuple);
   18437                 :         625 :             child_con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(child_copy);
   18438                 :             : 
   18439         [ -  + ]:         625 :             if (pg_add_s16_overflow(child_con->coninhcount, 1,
   18440                 :             :                                     &child_con->coninhcount))
   18441         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   18442                 :             :                         errcode(ERRCODE_PROGRAM_LIMIT_EXCEEDED),
   18443                 :             :                         errmsg("too many inheritance parents"));
   18444                 :             : 
   18445                 :             :             /*
   18446                 :             :              * In case of partitions, an inherited constraint must be
   18447                 :             :              * inherited only once since it cannot have multiple parents and
   18448                 :             :              * it is never considered local.
   18449                 :             :              */
   18450         [ +  + ]:         625 :             if (parent_rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   18451                 :             :             {
   18452                 :             :                 Assert(child_con->coninhcount == 1);
   18453                 :         526 :                 child_con->conislocal = false;
   18454                 :             :             }
   18455                 :             : 
   18456                 :         625 :             CatalogTupleUpdate(constraintrel, &child_copy->t_self, child_copy);
   18457                 :         625 :             heap_freetuple(child_copy);
   18458                 :             : 
   18459                 :         625 :             found = true;
   18460                 :         625 :             break;
   18461                 :             :         }
   18462                 :             : 
   18463                 :         641 :         systable_endscan(child_scan);
   18464                 :             : 
   18465         [ +  + ]:         641 :         if (!found)
   18466                 :             :         {
   18467         [ -  + ]:          16 :             if (parent_con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
   18468         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   18469                 :             :                         errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
   18470                 :             :                         errmsg("column \"%s\" in child table \"%s\" must be marked NOT NULL",
   18471                 :             :                                get_attname(parent_relid,
   18472                 :             :                                            extractNotNullColumn(parent_tuple),
   18473                 :             :                                            false),
   18474                 :             :                                RelationGetRelationName(child_rel)));
   18475                 :             : 
   18476         [ +  - ]:          16 :             ereport(ERROR,
   18477                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
   18478                 :             :                      errmsg("child table is missing constraint \"%s\"",
   18479                 :             :                             NameStr(parent_con->conname))));
   18480                 :             :         }
   18481                 :             :     }
   18482                 :             : 
   18483                 :        1558 :     systable_endscan(parent_scan);
   18484                 :        1558 :     table_close(constraintrel, RowExclusiveLock);
   18485                 :        1558 : }
   18486                 :             : 
   18487                 :             : /*
   18488                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE NO INHERIT
   18489                 :             :  *
   18490                 :             :  * Return value is the address of the relation that is no longer parent.
   18491                 :             :  */
   18492                 :             : static ObjectAddress
   18493                 :          61 : ATExecDropInherit(Relation rel, RangeVar *parent, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   18494                 :             : {
   18495                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
   18496                 :             :     Relation    parent_rel;
   18497                 :             : 
   18498                 :             :     /*
   18499                 :             :      * AccessShareLock on the parent is probably enough, seeing that DROP
   18500                 :             :      * TABLE doesn't lock parent tables at all.  We need some lock since we'll
   18501                 :             :      * be inspecting the parent's schema.
   18502                 :             :      */
   18503                 :          61 :     parent_rel = table_openrv(parent, AccessShareLock);
   18504                 :             : 
   18505                 :             :     /*
   18506                 :             :      * We don't bother to check ownership of the parent table --- ownership of
   18507                 :             :      * the child is presumed enough rights.
   18508                 :             :      */
   18509                 :             : 
   18510                 :             :     /* Off to RemoveInheritance() where most of the work happens */
   18511                 :          61 :     RemoveInheritance(rel, parent_rel, false);
   18512                 :             : 
   18513                 :          57 :     ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId,
   18514                 :             :                      RelationGetRelid(parent_rel));
   18515                 :             : 
   18516                 :             :     /* keep our lock on the parent relation until commit */
   18517                 :          57 :     table_close(parent_rel, NoLock);
   18518                 :             : 
   18519                 :          57 :     return address;
   18520                 :             : }
   18521                 :             : 
   18522                 :             : /*
   18523                 :             :  * MarkInheritDetached
   18524                 :             :  *
   18525                 :             :  * Set inhdetachpending for a partition, for ATExecDetachPartition
   18526                 :             :  * in concurrent mode.  While at it, verify that no other partition is
   18527                 :             :  * already pending detach.
   18528                 :             :  */
   18529                 :             : static void
   18530                 :          76 : MarkInheritDetached(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel)
   18531                 :             : {
   18532                 :             :     Relation    catalogRelation;
   18533                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   18534                 :             :     ScanKeyData key;
   18535                 :             :     HeapTuple   inheritsTuple;
   18536                 :          76 :     bool        found = false;
   18537                 :             : 
   18538                 :             :     Assert(parent_rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
   18539                 :             : 
   18540                 :             :     /*
   18541                 :             :      * Find pg_inherits entries by inhparent.  (We need to scan them all in
   18542                 :             :      * order to verify that no other partition is pending detach.)
   18543                 :             :      */
   18544                 :          76 :     catalogRelation = table_open(InheritsRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   18545                 :          76 :     ScanKeyInit(&key,
   18546                 :             :                 Anum_pg_inherits_inhparent,
   18547                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   18548                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(parent_rel)));
   18549                 :          76 :     scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, InheritsParentIndexId,
   18550                 :             :                               true, NULL, 1, &key);
   18551                 :             : 
   18552         [ +  + ]:         298 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(inheritsTuple = systable_getnext(scan)))
   18553                 :             :     {
   18554                 :             :         Form_pg_inherits inhForm;
   18555                 :             : 
   18556                 :         147 :         inhForm = (Form_pg_inherits) GETSTRUCT(inheritsTuple);
   18557         [ +  + ]:         147 :         if (inhForm->inhdetachpending)
   18558         [ +  - ]:           1 :             ereport(ERROR,
   18559                 :             :                     errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
   18560                 :             :                     errmsg("partition \"%s\" already pending detach in partitioned table \"%s.%s\"",
   18561                 :             :                            get_rel_name(inhForm->inhrelid),
   18562                 :             :                            get_namespace_name(parent_rel->rd_rel->relnamespace),
   18563                 :             :                            RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel)),
   18564                 :             :                     errhint("Use ALTER TABLE ... DETACH PARTITION ... FINALIZE to complete the pending detach operation."));
   18565                 :             : 
   18566         [ +  + ]:         146 :         if (inhForm->inhrelid == RelationGetRelid(child_rel))
   18567                 :             :         {
   18568                 :             :             HeapTuple   newtup;
   18569                 :             : 
   18570                 :          75 :             newtup = heap_copytuple(inheritsTuple);
   18571                 :          75 :             ((Form_pg_inherits) GETSTRUCT(newtup))->inhdetachpending = true;
   18572                 :             : 
   18573                 :          75 :             CatalogTupleUpdate(catalogRelation,
   18574                 :          75 :                                &inheritsTuple->t_self,
   18575                 :             :                                newtup);
   18576                 :          75 :             found = true;
   18577                 :          75 :             heap_freetuple(newtup);
   18578                 :             :             /* keep looking, to ensure we catch others pending detach */
   18579                 :             :         }
   18580                 :             :     }
   18581                 :             : 
   18582                 :             :     /* Done */
   18583                 :          75 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   18584                 :          75 :     table_close(catalogRelation, RowExclusiveLock);
   18585                 :             : 
   18586         [ -  + ]:          75 :     if (!found)
   18587         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   18588                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE),
   18589                 :             :                  errmsg("relation \"%s\" is not a partition of relation \"%s\"",
   18590                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(child_rel),
   18591                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel))));
   18592                 :          75 : }
   18593                 :             : 
   18594                 :             : /*
   18595                 :             :  * RemoveInheritance
   18596                 :             :  *
   18597                 :             :  * Drop a parent from the child's parents. This just adjusts the attinhcount
   18598                 :             :  * and attislocal of the columns and removes the pg_inherit and pg_depend
   18599                 :             :  * entries.  expect_detached is passed down to DeleteInheritsTuple, q.v..
   18600                 :             :  *
   18601                 :             :  * If attinhcount goes to 0 then attislocal gets set to true. If it goes back
   18602                 :             :  * up attislocal stays true, which means if a child is ever removed from a
   18603                 :             :  * parent then its columns will never be automatically dropped which may
   18604                 :             :  * surprise. But at least we'll never surprise by dropping columns someone
   18605                 :             :  * isn't expecting to be dropped which would actually mean data loss.
   18606                 :             :  *
   18607                 :             :  * coninhcount and conislocal for inherited constraints are adjusted in
   18608                 :             :  * exactly the same way.
   18609                 :             :  *
   18610                 :             :  * Common to ATExecDropInherit() and ATExecDetachPartition().
   18611                 :             :  */
   18612                 :             : static void
   18613                 :         385 : RemoveInheritance(Relation child_rel, Relation parent_rel, bool expect_detached)
   18614                 :             : {
   18615                 :             :     Relation    catalogRelation;
   18616                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   18617                 :             :     ScanKeyData key[3];
   18618                 :             :     HeapTuple   attributeTuple,
   18619                 :             :                 constraintTuple;
   18620                 :             :     AttrMap    *attmap;
   18621                 :             :     List       *connames;
   18622                 :             :     List       *nncolumns;
   18623                 :             :     bool        found;
   18624                 :             :     bool        is_partitioning;
   18625                 :             : 
   18626                 :         385 :     is_partitioning = (parent_rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE);
   18627                 :             : 
   18628                 :         385 :     found = DeleteInheritsTuple(RelationGetRelid(child_rel),
   18629                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelid(parent_rel),
   18630                 :             :                                 expect_detached,
   18631                 :         385 :                                 RelationGetRelationName(child_rel));
   18632         [ +  + ]:         385 :     if (!found)
   18633                 :             :     {
   18634         [ +  + ]:          16 :         if (is_partitioning)
   18635         [ +  - ]:          12 :             ereport(ERROR,
   18636                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE),
   18637                 :             :                      errmsg("relation \"%s\" is not a partition of relation \"%s\"",
   18638                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(child_rel),
   18639                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel))));
   18640                 :             :         else
   18641         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
   18642                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_TABLE),
   18643                 :             :                      errmsg("relation \"%s\" is not a parent of relation \"%s\"",
   18644                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel),
   18645                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(child_rel))));
   18646                 :             :     }
   18647                 :             : 
   18648                 :             :     /*
   18649                 :             :      * Search through child columns looking for ones matching parent rel
   18650                 :             :      */
   18651                 :         369 :     catalogRelation = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   18652                 :         369 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
   18653                 :             :                 Anum_pg_attribute_attrelid,
   18654                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   18655                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(child_rel)));
   18656                 :         369 :     scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, AttributeRelidNumIndexId,
   18657                 :             :                               true, NULL, 1, key);
   18658         [ +  + ]:        3308 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(attributeTuple = systable_getnext(scan)))
   18659                 :             :     {
   18660                 :        2939 :         Form_pg_attribute att = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(attributeTuple);
   18661                 :             : 
   18662                 :             :         /* Ignore if dropped or not inherited */
   18663         [ +  + ]:        2939 :         if (att->attisdropped)
   18664                 :           4 :             continue;
   18665         [ +  + ]:        2935 :         if (att->attinhcount <= 0)
   18666                 :        2234 :             continue;
   18667                 :             : 
   18668         [ +  + ]:         701 :         if (SearchSysCacheExistsAttName(RelationGetRelid(parent_rel),
   18669                 :         701 :                                         NameStr(att->attname)))
   18670                 :             :         {
   18671                 :             :             /* Decrement inhcount and possibly set islocal to true */
   18672                 :         665 :             HeapTuple   copyTuple = heap_copytuple(attributeTuple);
   18673                 :         665 :             Form_pg_attribute copy_att = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(copyTuple);
   18674                 :             : 
   18675                 :         665 :             copy_att->attinhcount--;
   18676         [ +  + ]:         665 :             if (copy_att->attinhcount == 0)
   18677                 :         645 :                 copy_att->attislocal = true;
   18678                 :             : 
   18679                 :         665 :             CatalogTupleUpdate(catalogRelation, &copyTuple->t_self, copyTuple);
   18680                 :         665 :             heap_freetuple(copyTuple);
   18681                 :             :         }
   18682                 :             :     }
   18683                 :         369 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   18684                 :         369 :     table_close(catalogRelation, RowExclusiveLock);
   18685                 :             : 
   18686                 :             :     /*
   18687                 :             :      * Likewise, find inherited check and not-null constraints and disinherit
   18688                 :             :      * them. To do this, we first need a list of the names of the parent's
   18689                 :             :      * check constraints.  (We cheat a bit by only checking for name matches,
   18690                 :             :      * assuming that the expressions will match.)
   18691                 :             :      *
   18692                 :             :      * For NOT NULL columns, we store column numbers to match, mapping them in
   18693                 :             :      * to the child rel's attribute numbers.
   18694                 :             :      */
   18695                 :         369 :     attmap = build_attrmap_by_name(RelationGetDescr(child_rel),
   18696                 :             :                                    RelationGetDescr(parent_rel),
   18697                 :             :                                    false);
   18698                 :             : 
   18699                 :         369 :     catalogRelation = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   18700                 :         369 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
   18701                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
   18702                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   18703                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(parent_rel)));
   18704                 :         369 :     scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
   18705                 :             :                               true, NULL, 1, key);
   18706                 :             : 
   18707                 :         369 :     connames = NIL;
   18708                 :         369 :     nncolumns = NIL;
   18709                 :             : 
   18710         [ +  + ]:         794 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(constraintTuple = systable_getnext(scan)))
   18711                 :             :     {
   18712                 :         425 :         Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(constraintTuple);
   18713                 :             : 
   18714         [ +  + ]:         425 :         if (con->connoinherit)
   18715                 :          68 :             continue;
   18716                 :             : 
   18717         [ +  + ]:         357 :         if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK)
   18718                 :           8 :             connames = lappend(connames, pstrdup(NameStr(con->conname)));
   18719         [ +  + ]:         357 :         if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
   18720                 :             :         {
   18721                 :         133 :             AttrNumber  parent_attno = extractNotNullColumn(constraintTuple);
   18722                 :             : 
   18723                 :         133 :             nncolumns = lappend_int(nncolumns, attmap->attnums[parent_attno - 1]);
   18724                 :             :         }
   18725                 :             :     }
   18726                 :             : 
   18727                 :         369 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   18728                 :             : 
   18729                 :             :     /* Now scan the child's constraints to find matches */
   18730                 :         369 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
   18731                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid,
   18732                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   18733                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(child_rel)));
   18734                 :         369 :     scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId,
   18735                 :             :                               true, NULL, 1, key);
   18736                 :             : 
   18737         [ +  + ]:         790 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(constraintTuple = systable_getnext(scan)))
   18738                 :             :     {
   18739                 :         421 :         Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(constraintTuple);
   18740                 :         421 :         bool        match = false;
   18741                 :             : 
   18742                 :             :         /*
   18743                 :             :          * Match CHECK constraints by name, not-null constraints by column
   18744                 :             :          * number, and ignore all others.
   18745                 :             :          */
   18746         [ +  + ]:         421 :         if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK)
   18747                 :             :         {
   18748   [ +  +  +  +  :          92 :             foreach_ptr(char, chkname, connames)
                   +  + ]
   18749                 :             :             {
   18750         [ +  - ]:          12 :                 if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_CHECK &&
   18751         [ +  + ]:          12 :                     strcmp(NameStr(con->conname), chkname) == 0)
   18752                 :             :                 {
   18753                 :           8 :                     match = true;
   18754                 :           8 :                     connames = foreach_delete_current(connames, chkname);
   18755                 :           8 :                     break;
   18756                 :             :                 }
   18757                 :             :             }
   18758                 :             :         }
   18759         [ +  + ]:         377 :         else if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_NOTNULL)
   18760                 :             :         {
   18761                 :         173 :             AttrNumber  child_attno = extractNotNullColumn(constraintTuple);
   18762                 :             : 
   18763   [ +  +  +  +  :         350 :             foreach_int(prevattno, nncolumns)
                   +  + ]
   18764                 :             :             {
   18765         [ +  + ]:         137 :                 if (prevattno == child_attno)
   18766                 :             :                 {
   18767                 :         133 :                     match = true;
   18768                 :         133 :                     nncolumns = foreach_delete_current(nncolumns, prevattno);
   18769                 :         133 :                     break;
   18770                 :             :                 }
   18771                 :             :             }
   18772                 :             :         }
   18773                 :             :         else
   18774                 :         204 :             continue;
   18775                 :             : 
   18776         [ +  + ]:         217 :         if (match)
   18777                 :             :         {
   18778                 :             :             /* Decrement inhcount and possibly set islocal to true */
   18779                 :         141 :             HeapTuple   copyTuple = heap_copytuple(constraintTuple);
   18780                 :         141 :             Form_pg_constraint copy_con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(copyTuple);
   18781                 :             : 
   18782         [ -  + ]:         141 :             if (copy_con->coninhcount <= 0) /* shouldn't happen */
   18783         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "relation %u has non-inherited constraint \"%s\"",
   18784                 :             :                      RelationGetRelid(child_rel), NameStr(copy_con->conname));
   18785                 :             : 
   18786                 :         141 :             copy_con->coninhcount--;
   18787         [ +  + ]:         141 :             if (copy_con->coninhcount == 0)
   18788                 :         129 :                 copy_con->conislocal = true;
   18789                 :             : 
   18790                 :         141 :             CatalogTupleUpdate(catalogRelation, &copyTuple->t_self, copyTuple);
   18791                 :         141 :             heap_freetuple(copyTuple);
   18792                 :             :         }
   18793                 :             :     }
   18794                 :             : 
   18795                 :             :     /* We should have matched all constraints */
   18796   [ +  -  -  + ]:         369 :     if (connames != NIL || nncolumns != NIL)
   18797         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "%d unmatched constraints while removing inheritance from \"%s\" to \"%s\"",
   18798                 :             :              list_length(connames) + list_length(nncolumns),
   18799                 :             :              RelationGetRelationName(child_rel), RelationGetRelationName(parent_rel));
   18800                 :             : 
   18801                 :         369 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   18802                 :         369 :     table_close(catalogRelation, RowExclusiveLock);
   18803                 :             : 
   18804         [ +  + ]:         369 :     drop_parent_dependency(RelationGetRelid(child_rel),
   18805                 :             :                            RelationRelationId,
   18806                 :             :                            RelationGetRelid(parent_rel),
   18807                 :             :                            child_dependency_type(is_partitioning));
   18808                 :             : 
   18809                 :             :     /*
   18810                 :             :      * Post alter hook of this inherits. Since object_access_hook doesn't take
   18811                 :             :      * multiple object identifiers, we relay oid of parent relation using
   18812                 :             :      * auxiliary_id argument.
   18813                 :             :      */
   18814         [ -  + ]:         369 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(InheritsRelationId,
   18815                 :             :                                  RelationGetRelid(child_rel), 0,
   18816                 :             :                                  RelationGetRelid(parent_rel), false);
   18817                 :         369 : }
   18818                 :             : 
   18819                 :             : /*
   18820                 :             :  * Drop the dependency created by StoreCatalogInheritance1 (CREATE TABLE
   18821                 :             :  * INHERITS/ALTER TABLE INHERIT -- refclassid will be RelationRelationId) or
   18822                 :             :  * heap_create_with_catalog (CREATE TABLE OF/ALTER TABLE OF -- refclassid will
   18823                 :             :  * be TypeRelationId).  There's no convenient way to do this, so go trawling
   18824                 :             :  * through pg_depend.
   18825                 :             :  */
   18826                 :             : static void
   18827                 :         377 : drop_parent_dependency(Oid relid, Oid refclassid, Oid refobjid,
   18828                 :             :                        DependencyType deptype)
   18829                 :             : {
   18830                 :             :     Relation    catalogRelation;
   18831                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   18832                 :             :     ScanKeyData key[3];
   18833                 :             :     HeapTuple   depTuple;
   18834                 :             : 
   18835                 :         377 :     catalogRelation = table_open(DependRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   18836                 :             : 
   18837                 :         377 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
   18838                 :             :                 Anum_pg_depend_classid,
   18839                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   18840                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId));
   18841                 :         377 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[1],
   18842                 :             :                 Anum_pg_depend_objid,
   18843                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   18844                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
   18845                 :         377 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[2],
   18846                 :             :                 Anum_pg_depend_objsubid,
   18847                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_INT4EQ,
   18848                 :             :                 Int32GetDatum(0));
   18849                 :             : 
   18850                 :         377 :     scan = systable_beginscan(catalogRelation, DependDependerIndexId, true,
   18851                 :             :                               NULL, 3, key);
   18852                 :             : 
   18853         [ +  + ]:        1172 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(depTuple = systable_getnext(scan)))
   18854                 :             :     {
   18855                 :         795 :         Form_pg_depend dep = (Form_pg_depend) GETSTRUCT(depTuple);
   18856                 :             : 
   18857         [ +  + ]:         795 :         if (dep->refclassid == refclassid &&
   18858         [ +  + ]:         405 :             dep->refobjid == refobjid &&
   18859         [ +  - ]:         377 :             dep->refobjsubid == 0 &&
   18860         [ +  - ]:         377 :             dep->deptype == deptype)
   18861                 :         377 :             CatalogTupleDelete(catalogRelation, &depTuple->t_self);
   18862                 :             :     }
   18863                 :             : 
   18864                 :         377 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   18865                 :         377 :     table_close(catalogRelation, RowExclusiveLock);
   18866                 :         377 : }
   18867                 :             : 
   18868                 :             : /*
   18869                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE OF
   18870                 :             :  *
   18871                 :             :  * Attach a table to a composite type, as though it had been created with CREATE
   18872                 :             :  * TABLE OF.  All attname, atttypid, atttypmod and attcollation must match.  The
   18873                 :             :  * subject table must not have inheritance parents.  These restrictions ensure
   18874                 :             :  * that you cannot create a configuration impossible with CREATE TABLE OF alone.
   18875                 :             :  *
   18876                 :             :  * The address of the type is returned.
   18877                 :             :  */
   18878                 :             : static ObjectAddress
   18879                 :          50 : ATExecAddOf(Relation rel, const TypeName *ofTypename, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   18880                 :             : {
   18881                 :          50 :     Oid         relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
   18882                 :             :     Type        typetuple;
   18883                 :             :     Form_pg_type typeform;
   18884                 :             :     Oid         typeid;
   18885                 :             :     Relation    inheritsRelation,
   18886                 :             :                 relationRelation;
   18887                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   18888                 :             :     ScanKeyData key;
   18889                 :             :     AttrNumber  table_attno,
   18890                 :             :                 type_attno;
   18891                 :             :     TupleDesc   typeTupleDesc,
   18892                 :             :                 tableTupleDesc;
   18893                 :             :     ObjectAddress tableobj,
   18894                 :             :                 typeobj;
   18895                 :             :     HeapTuple   classtuple;
   18896                 :             :     AclResult   aclresult;
   18897                 :             : 
   18898                 :             :     /* Validate the type. */
   18899                 :          50 :     typetuple = typenameType(NULL, ofTypename, NULL);
   18900                 :          50 :     check_of_type(typetuple);
   18901                 :          50 :     typeform = (Form_pg_type) GETSTRUCT(typetuple);
   18902                 :          50 :     typeid = typeform->oid;
   18903                 :             : 
   18904                 :          50 :     aclresult = object_aclcheck(TypeRelationId, typeid, GetUserId(), ACL_USAGE);
   18905         [ +  + ]:          50 :     if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
   18906                 :           4 :         aclcheck_error_type(aclresult, typeid);
   18907                 :             : 
   18908                 :             :     /* Fail if the table has any inheritance parents. */
   18909                 :          46 :     inheritsRelation = table_open(InheritsRelationId, AccessShareLock);
   18910                 :          46 :     ScanKeyInit(&key,
   18911                 :             :                 Anum_pg_inherits_inhrelid,
   18912                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   18913                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
   18914                 :          46 :     scan = systable_beginscan(inheritsRelation, InheritsRelidSeqnoIndexId,
   18915                 :             :                               true, NULL, 1, &key);
   18916         [ +  + ]:          46 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(systable_getnext(scan)))
   18917         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   18918                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   18919                 :             :                  errmsg("typed tables cannot inherit")));
   18920                 :          42 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   18921                 :          42 :     table_close(inheritsRelation, AccessShareLock);
   18922                 :             : 
   18923                 :             :     /*
   18924                 :             :      * Check the tuple descriptors for compatibility.  Unlike inheritance, we
   18925                 :             :      * require that the order also match.  However, attnotnull need not match.
   18926                 :             :      */
   18927                 :          42 :     typeTupleDesc = lookup_rowtype_tupdesc(typeid, -1);
   18928                 :          42 :     tableTupleDesc = RelationGetDescr(rel);
   18929                 :          42 :     table_attno = 1;
   18930         [ +  + ]:         133 :     for (type_attno = 1; type_attno <= typeTupleDesc->natts; type_attno++)
   18931                 :             :     {
   18932                 :             :         Form_pg_attribute type_attr,
   18933                 :             :                     table_attr;
   18934                 :             :         const char *type_attname,
   18935                 :             :                    *table_attname;
   18936                 :             : 
   18937                 :             :         /* Get the next non-dropped type attribute. */
   18938                 :         107 :         type_attr = TupleDescAttr(typeTupleDesc, type_attno - 1);
   18939         [ +  + ]:         107 :         if (type_attr->attisdropped)
   18940                 :          29 :             continue;
   18941                 :          78 :         type_attname = NameStr(type_attr->attname);
   18942                 :             : 
   18943                 :             :         /* Get the next non-dropped table attribute. */
   18944                 :             :         do
   18945                 :             :         {
   18946         [ +  + ]:          86 :             if (table_attno > tableTupleDesc->natts)
   18947         [ +  - ]:           4 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   18948                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
   18949                 :             :                          errmsg("table is missing column \"%s\"",
   18950                 :             :                                 type_attname)));
   18951                 :          82 :             table_attr = TupleDescAttr(tableTupleDesc, table_attno - 1);
   18952                 :          82 :             table_attno++;
   18953         [ +  + ]:          82 :         } while (table_attr->attisdropped);
   18954                 :          74 :         table_attname = NameStr(table_attr->attname);
   18955                 :             : 
   18956                 :             :         /* Compare name. */
   18957         [ +  + ]:          74 :         if (strncmp(table_attname, type_attname, NAMEDATALEN) != 0)
   18958         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
   18959                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
   18960                 :             :                      errmsg("table has column \"%s\" where type requires \"%s\"",
   18961                 :             :                             table_attname, type_attname)));
   18962                 :             : 
   18963                 :             :         /* Compare type. */
   18964         [ +  + ]:          70 :         if (table_attr->atttypid != type_attr->atttypid ||
   18965         [ +  + ]:          66 :             table_attr->atttypmod != type_attr->atttypmod ||
   18966         [ -  + ]:          62 :             table_attr->attcollation != type_attr->attcollation)
   18967         [ +  - ]:           8 :             ereport(ERROR,
   18968                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
   18969                 :             :                      errmsg("table \"%s\" has different type for column \"%s\"",
   18970                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(rel), type_attname)));
   18971                 :             :     }
   18972         [ +  - ]:          26 :     ReleaseTupleDesc(typeTupleDesc);
   18973                 :             : 
   18974                 :             :     /* Any remaining columns at the end of the table had better be dropped. */
   18975         [ +  + ]:          26 :     for (; table_attno <= tableTupleDesc->natts; table_attno++)
   18976                 :             :     {
   18977                 :           4 :         Form_pg_attribute table_attr = TupleDescAttr(tableTupleDesc,
   18978                 :             :                                                      table_attno - 1);
   18979                 :             : 
   18980         [ +  - ]:           4 :         if (!table_attr->attisdropped)
   18981         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
   18982                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
   18983                 :             :                      errmsg("table has extra column \"%s\"",
   18984                 :             :                             NameStr(table_attr->attname))));
   18985                 :             :     }
   18986                 :             : 
   18987                 :             :     /* If the table was already typed, drop the existing dependency. */
   18988         [ +  + ]:          22 :     if (rel->rd_rel->reloftype)
   18989                 :           4 :         drop_parent_dependency(relid, TypeRelationId, rel->rd_rel->reloftype,
   18990                 :             :                                DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
   18991                 :             : 
   18992                 :             :     /* Record a dependency on the new type. */
   18993                 :          22 :     tableobj.classId = RelationRelationId;
   18994                 :          22 :     tableobj.objectId = relid;
   18995                 :          22 :     tableobj.objectSubId = 0;
   18996                 :          22 :     typeobj.classId = TypeRelationId;
   18997                 :          22 :     typeobj.objectId = typeid;
   18998                 :          22 :     typeobj.objectSubId = 0;
   18999                 :          22 :     recordDependencyOn(&tableobj, &typeobj, DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
   19000                 :             : 
   19001                 :             :     /* Update pg_class.reloftype */
   19002                 :          22 :     relationRelation = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   19003                 :          22 :     classtuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
   19004         [ -  + ]:          22 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(classtuple))
   19005         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relid);
   19006                 :          22 :     ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(classtuple))->reloftype = typeid;
   19007                 :          22 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(relationRelation, &classtuple->t_self, classtuple);
   19008                 :             : 
   19009         [ -  + ]:          22 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, relid, 0);
   19010                 :             : 
   19011                 :          22 :     heap_freetuple(classtuple);
   19012                 :          22 :     table_close(relationRelation, RowExclusiveLock);
   19013                 :             : 
   19014                 :          22 :     ReleaseSysCache(typetuple);
   19015                 :             : 
   19016                 :          22 :     return typeobj;
   19017                 :             : }
   19018                 :             : 
   19019                 :             : /*
   19020                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE NOT OF
   19021                 :             :  *
   19022                 :             :  * Detach a typed table from its originating type.  Just clear reloftype and
   19023                 :             :  * remove the dependency.
   19024                 :             :  */
   19025                 :             : static void
   19026                 :           4 : ATExecDropOf(Relation rel, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   19027                 :             : {
   19028                 :           4 :     Oid         relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
   19029                 :             :     Relation    relationRelation;
   19030                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   19031                 :             : 
   19032         [ -  + ]:           4 :     if (!OidIsValid(rel->rd_rel->reloftype))
   19033         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   19034                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   19035                 :             :                  errmsg("\"%s\" is not a typed table",
   19036                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
   19037                 :             : 
   19038                 :             :     /*
   19039                 :             :      * We don't bother to check ownership of the type --- ownership of the
   19040                 :             :      * table is presumed enough rights.  No lock required on the type, either.
   19041                 :             :      */
   19042                 :             : 
   19043                 :           4 :     drop_parent_dependency(relid, TypeRelationId, rel->rd_rel->reloftype,
   19044                 :             :                            DEPENDENCY_NORMAL);
   19045                 :             : 
   19046                 :             :     /* Clear pg_class.reloftype */
   19047                 :           4 :     relationRelation = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   19048                 :           4 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
   19049         [ -  + ]:           4 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   19050         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relid);
   19051                 :           4 :     ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->reloftype = InvalidOid;
   19052                 :           4 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(relationRelation, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
   19053                 :             : 
   19054         [ -  + ]:           4 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, relid, 0);
   19055                 :             : 
   19056                 :           4 :     heap_freetuple(tuple);
   19057                 :           4 :     table_close(relationRelation, RowExclusiveLock);
   19058                 :           4 : }
   19059                 :             : 
   19060                 :             : /*
   19061                 :             :  * relation_mark_replica_identity: Update a table's replica identity
   19062                 :             :  *
   19063                 :             :  * Iff ri_type = REPLICA_IDENTITY_INDEX, indexOid must be the Oid of a suitable
   19064                 :             :  * index. Otherwise, it must be InvalidOid.
   19065                 :             :  *
   19066                 :             :  * Caller had better hold an exclusive lock on the relation, as the results
   19067                 :             :  * of running two of these concurrently wouldn't be pretty.
   19068                 :             :  */
   19069                 :             : static void
   19070                 :         293 : relation_mark_replica_identity(Relation rel, char ri_type, Oid indexOid,
   19071                 :             :                                bool is_internal)
   19072                 :             : {
   19073                 :             :     Relation    pg_index;
   19074                 :             :     Relation    pg_class;
   19075                 :             :     HeapTuple   pg_class_tuple;
   19076                 :             :     HeapTuple   pg_index_tuple;
   19077                 :             :     Form_pg_class pg_class_form;
   19078                 :             :     Form_pg_index pg_index_form;
   19079                 :             :     ListCell   *index;
   19080                 :             : 
   19081                 :             :     /*
   19082                 :             :      * Check whether relreplident has changed, and update it if so.
   19083                 :             :      */
   19084                 :         293 :     pg_class = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   19085                 :         293 :     pg_class_tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID,
   19086                 :             :                                          ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
   19087         [ -  + ]:         293 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(pg_class_tuple))
   19088         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation \"%s\"",
   19089                 :             :              RelationGetRelationName(rel));
   19090                 :         293 :     pg_class_form = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(pg_class_tuple);
   19091         [ +  + ]:         293 :     if (pg_class_form->relreplident != ri_type)
   19092                 :             :     {
   19093                 :         260 :         pg_class_form->relreplident = ri_type;
   19094                 :         260 :         CatalogTupleUpdate(pg_class, &pg_class_tuple->t_self, pg_class_tuple);
   19095                 :             :     }
   19096                 :         293 :     table_close(pg_class, RowExclusiveLock);
   19097                 :         293 :     heap_freetuple(pg_class_tuple);
   19098                 :             : 
   19099                 :             :     /*
   19100                 :             :      * Update the per-index indisreplident flags correctly.
   19101                 :             :      */
   19102                 :         293 :     pg_index = table_open(IndexRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   19103   [ +  +  +  +  :         772 :     foreach(index, RelationGetIndexList(rel))
                   +  + ]
   19104                 :             :     {
   19105                 :         479 :         Oid         thisIndexOid = lfirst_oid(index);
   19106                 :         479 :         bool        dirty = false;
   19107                 :             : 
   19108                 :         479 :         pg_index_tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(INDEXRELID,
   19109                 :             :                                              ObjectIdGetDatum(thisIndexOid));
   19110         [ -  + ]:         479 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(pg_index_tuple))
   19111         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for index %u", thisIndexOid);
   19112                 :         479 :         pg_index_form = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(pg_index_tuple);
   19113                 :             : 
   19114         [ +  + ]:         479 :         if (thisIndexOid == indexOid)
   19115                 :             :         {
   19116                 :             :             /* Set the bit if not already set. */
   19117         [ +  + ]:         159 :             if (!pg_index_form->indisreplident)
   19118                 :             :             {
   19119                 :         147 :                 dirty = true;
   19120                 :         147 :                 pg_index_form->indisreplident = true;
   19121                 :             :             }
   19122                 :             :         }
   19123                 :             :         else
   19124                 :             :         {
   19125                 :             :             /* Unset the bit if set. */
   19126         [ +  + ]:         320 :             if (pg_index_form->indisreplident)
   19127                 :             :             {
   19128                 :          34 :                 dirty = true;
   19129                 :          34 :                 pg_index_form->indisreplident = false;
   19130                 :             :             }
   19131                 :             :         }
   19132                 :             : 
   19133         [ +  + ]:         479 :         if (dirty)
   19134                 :             :         {
   19135                 :         181 :             CatalogTupleUpdate(pg_index, &pg_index_tuple->t_self, pg_index_tuple);
   19136         [ -  + ]:         181 :             InvokeObjectPostAlterHookArg(IndexRelationId, thisIndexOid, 0,
   19137                 :             :                                          InvalidOid, is_internal);
   19138                 :             : 
   19139                 :             :             /*
   19140                 :             :              * Invalidate the relcache for the table, so that after we commit
   19141                 :             :              * all sessions will refresh the table's replica identity index
   19142                 :             :              * before attempting any UPDATE or DELETE on the table.  (If we
   19143                 :             :              * changed the table's pg_class row above, then a relcache inval
   19144                 :             :              * is already queued due to that; but we might not have.)
   19145                 :             :              */
   19146                 :         181 :             CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
   19147                 :             :         }
   19148                 :         479 :         heap_freetuple(pg_index_tuple);
   19149                 :             :     }
   19150                 :             : 
   19151                 :         293 :     table_close(pg_index, RowExclusiveLock);
   19152                 :         293 : }
   19153                 :             : 
   19154                 :             : /*
   19155                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE <name> REPLICA IDENTITY ...
   19156                 :             :  */
   19157                 :             : static void
   19158                 :         329 : ATExecReplicaIdentity(Relation rel, ReplicaIdentityStmt *stmt, LOCKMODE lockmode)
   19159                 :             : {
   19160                 :             :     Oid         indexOid;
   19161                 :             :     Relation    indexRel;
   19162                 :             :     int         key;
   19163                 :             : 
   19164         [ +  + ]:         329 :     if (stmt->identity_type == REPLICA_IDENTITY_DEFAULT)
   19165                 :             :     {
   19166                 :           5 :         relation_mark_replica_identity(rel, stmt->identity_type, InvalidOid, true);
   19167                 :           5 :         return;
   19168                 :             :     }
   19169         [ +  + ]:         324 :     else if (stmt->identity_type == REPLICA_IDENTITY_FULL)
   19170                 :             :     {
   19171                 :          99 :         relation_mark_replica_identity(rel, stmt->identity_type, InvalidOid, true);
   19172                 :          99 :         return;
   19173                 :             :     }
   19174         [ +  + ]:         225 :     else if (stmt->identity_type == REPLICA_IDENTITY_NOTHING)
   19175                 :             :     {
   19176                 :          30 :         relation_mark_replica_identity(rel, stmt->identity_type, InvalidOid, true);
   19177                 :          30 :         return;
   19178                 :             :     }
   19179         [ -  + ]:         195 :     else if (stmt->identity_type == REPLICA_IDENTITY_INDEX)
   19180                 :             :     {
   19181                 :             :          /* fallthrough */ ;
   19182                 :             :     }
   19183                 :             :     else
   19184         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unexpected identity type %u", stmt->identity_type);
   19185                 :             : 
   19186                 :             :     /* Check that the index exists */
   19187                 :         195 :     indexOid = get_relname_relid(stmt->name, rel->rd_rel->relnamespace);
   19188         [ -  + ]:         195 :     if (!OidIsValid(indexOid))
   19189         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   19190                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
   19191                 :             :                  errmsg("index \"%s\" for table \"%s\" does not exist",
   19192                 :             :                         stmt->name, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
   19193                 :             : 
   19194                 :         195 :     indexRel = index_open(indexOid, ShareLock);
   19195                 :             : 
   19196                 :             :     /* Check that the index is on the relation we're altering. */
   19197         [ +  - ]:         195 :     if (indexRel->rd_index == NULL ||
   19198         [ +  + ]:         195 :         indexRel->rd_index->indrelid != RelationGetRelid(rel))
   19199         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   19200                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   19201                 :             :                  errmsg("\"%s\" is not an index for table \"%s\"",
   19202                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(indexRel),
   19203                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
   19204                 :             : 
   19205                 :             :     /*
   19206                 :             :      * The AM must support uniqueness, and the index must in fact be unique.
   19207                 :             :      * If we have a WITHOUT OVERLAPS constraint (identified by uniqueness +
   19208                 :             :      * exclusion), we can use that too.
   19209                 :             :      */
   19210         [ +  + ]:         191 :     if ((!indexRel->rd_indam->amcanunique ||
   19211         [ +  + ]:         177 :          !indexRel->rd_index->indisunique) &&
   19212   [ +  +  -  + ]:          18 :         !(indexRel->rd_index->indisunique && indexRel->rd_index->indisexclusion))
   19213         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
   19214                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   19215                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot use non-unique index \"%s\" as replica identity",
   19216                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(indexRel))));
   19217                 :             :     /* Deferred indexes are not guaranteed to be always unique. */
   19218         [ +  + ]:         183 :     if (!indexRel->rd_index->indimmediate)
   19219         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
   19220                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   19221                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot use non-immediate index \"%s\" as replica identity",
   19222                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(indexRel))));
   19223                 :             :     /* Expression indexes aren't supported. */
   19224         [ +  + ]:         175 :     if (RelationGetIndexExpressions(indexRel) != NIL)
   19225         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   19226                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   19227                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot use expression index \"%s\" as replica identity",
   19228                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(indexRel))));
   19229                 :             :     /* Predicate indexes aren't supported. */
   19230         [ +  + ]:         171 :     if (RelationGetIndexPredicate(indexRel) != NIL)
   19231         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   19232                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   19233                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot use partial index \"%s\" as replica identity",
   19234                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(indexRel))));
   19235                 :             : 
   19236                 :             :     /* Check index for nullable columns. */
   19237         [ +  + ]:         371 :     for (key = 0; key < IndexRelationGetNumberOfKeyAttributes(indexRel); key++)
   19238                 :             :     {
   19239                 :         212 :         int16       attno = indexRel->rd_index->indkey.values[key];
   19240                 :             :         Form_pg_attribute attr;
   19241                 :             :         HeapTuple   contup;
   19242                 :             :         Form_pg_constraint conForm;
   19243                 :             : 
   19244                 :             :         /*
   19245                 :             :          * Reject any other system columns.  (Going forward, we'll disallow
   19246                 :             :          * indexes containing such columns in the first place, but they might
   19247                 :             :          * exist in older branches.)
   19248                 :             :          */
   19249         [ -  + ]:         212 :         if (attno <= 0)
   19250         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   19251                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_COLUMN_REFERENCE),
   19252                 :             :                      errmsg("index \"%s\" cannot be used as replica identity because column %d is a system column",
   19253                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(indexRel), attno)));
   19254                 :             : 
   19255                 :         212 :         attr = TupleDescAttr(rel->rd_att, attno - 1);
   19256         [ +  + ]:         212 :         if (!attr->attnotnull)
   19257         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
   19258                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   19259                 :             :                      errmsg("index \"%s\" cannot be used as replica identity because column \"%s\" is nullable",
   19260                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(indexRel),
   19261                 :             :                             NameStr(attr->attname))));
   19262                 :             : 
   19263                 :             :         /*
   19264                 :             :          * Verify that the not-null constraint for the column is valid.
   19265                 :             :          */
   19266                 :         208 :         contup = findNotNullConstraintAttnum(RelationGetRelid(rel), attno);
   19267         [ -  + ]:         208 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(contup))
   19268         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for not-null constraint on column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\"",
   19269                 :             :                  NameStr(attr->attname), RelationGetRelationName(rel));
   19270                 :         208 :         conForm = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contup);
   19271         [ +  + ]:         208 :         if (!conForm->convalidated)
   19272         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
   19273                 :             :                     errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
   19274                 :             :                     errmsg("cannot use index \"%s\" as replica identity",
   19275                 :             :                            RelationGetRelationName(indexRel)),
   19276                 :             :             /*- translator: third %s is a constraint characteristic such as NOT VALID */
   19277                 :             :                     errdetail("The constraint \"%s\" on column \"%s\" is marked %s.",
   19278                 :             :                               NameStr(conForm->conname), NameStr(attr->attname), "NOT VALID"),
   19279                 :             :                     errhint("You might need to validate it using %s.",
   19280                 :             :                             "ALTER TABLE ... VALIDATE CONSTRAINT"));
   19281                 :         204 :         heap_freetuple(contup);
   19282                 :             :     }
   19283                 :             : 
   19284                 :             :     /* This index is suitable for use as a replica identity. Mark it. */
   19285                 :         159 :     relation_mark_replica_identity(rel, stmt->identity_type, indexOid, true);
   19286                 :             : 
   19287                 :         159 :     index_close(indexRel, NoLock);
   19288                 :             : }
   19289                 :             : 
   19290                 :             : /*
   19291                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ENABLE/DISABLE ROW LEVEL SECURITY
   19292                 :             :  */
   19293                 :             : static void
   19294                 :         252 : ATExecSetRowSecurity(Relation rel, bool rls)
   19295                 :             : {
   19296                 :             :     Relation    pg_class;
   19297                 :             :     Oid         relid;
   19298                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   19299                 :             : 
   19300                 :         252 :     relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
   19301                 :             : 
   19302                 :             :     /* Pull the record for this relation and update it */
   19303                 :         252 :     pg_class = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   19304                 :             : 
   19305                 :         252 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
   19306                 :             : 
   19307         [ -  + ]:         252 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   19308         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relid);
   19309                 :             : 
   19310                 :         252 :     ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->relrowsecurity = rls;
   19311                 :         252 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(pg_class, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
   19312                 :             : 
   19313         [ +  + ]:         252 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
   19314                 :             :                               RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
   19315                 :             : 
   19316                 :         252 :     table_close(pg_class, RowExclusiveLock);
   19317                 :         252 :     heap_freetuple(tuple);
   19318                 :         252 : }
   19319                 :             : 
   19320                 :             : /*
   19321                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE FORCE/NO FORCE ROW LEVEL SECURITY
   19322                 :             :  */
   19323                 :             : static void
   19324                 :          85 : ATExecForceNoForceRowSecurity(Relation rel, bool force_rls)
   19325                 :             : {
   19326                 :             :     Relation    pg_class;
   19327                 :             :     Oid         relid;
   19328                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   19329                 :             : 
   19330                 :          85 :     relid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
   19331                 :             : 
   19332                 :          85 :     pg_class = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   19333                 :             : 
   19334                 :          85 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
   19335                 :             : 
   19336         [ -  + ]:          85 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   19337         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relid);
   19338                 :             : 
   19339                 :          85 :     ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->relforcerowsecurity = force_rls;
   19340                 :          85 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(pg_class, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
   19341                 :             : 
   19342         [ +  + ]:          85 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
   19343                 :             :                               RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
   19344                 :             : 
   19345                 :          85 :     table_close(pg_class, RowExclusiveLock);
   19346                 :          85 :     heap_freetuple(tuple);
   19347                 :          85 : }
   19348                 :             : 
   19349                 :             : /*
   19350                 :             :  * ALTER FOREIGN TABLE <name> OPTIONS (...)
   19351                 :             :  */
   19352                 :             : static void
   19353                 :          34 : ATExecGenericOptions(Relation rel, List *options)
   19354                 :             : {
   19355                 :             :     Relation    ftrel;
   19356                 :             :     ForeignServer *server;
   19357                 :             :     ForeignDataWrapper *fdw;
   19358                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   19359                 :             :     bool        isnull;
   19360                 :             :     Datum       repl_val[Natts_pg_foreign_table];
   19361                 :             :     bool        repl_null[Natts_pg_foreign_table];
   19362                 :             :     bool        repl_repl[Natts_pg_foreign_table];
   19363                 :             :     Datum       datum;
   19364                 :             :     Form_pg_foreign_table tableform;
   19365                 :             : 
   19366         [ -  + ]:          34 :     if (options == NIL)
   19367                 :           0 :         return;
   19368                 :             : 
   19369                 :          34 :     ftrel = table_open(ForeignTableRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   19370                 :             : 
   19371                 :          34 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(FOREIGNTABLEREL,
   19372                 :             :                                 ObjectIdGetDatum(rel->rd_id));
   19373         [ -  + ]:          34 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   19374         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   19375                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
   19376                 :             :                  errmsg("foreign table \"%s\" does not exist",
   19377                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
   19378                 :          34 :     tableform = (Form_pg_foreign_table) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
   19379                 :          34 :     server = GetForeignServer(tableform->ftserver);
   19380                 :          34 :     fdw = GetForeignDataWrapper(server->fdwid);
   19381                 :             : 
   19382                 :          34 :     memset(repl_val, 0, sizeof(repl_val));
   19383                 :          34 :     memset(repl_null, false, sizeof(repl_null));
   19384                 :          34 :     memset(repl_repl, false, sizeof(repl_repl));
   19385                 :             : 
   19386                 :             :     /* Extract the current options */
   19387                 :          34 :     datum = SysCacheGetAttr(FOREIGNTABLEREL,
   19388                 :             :                             tuple,
   19389                 :             :                             Anum_pg_foreign_table_ftoptions,
   19390                 :             :                             &isnull);
   19391         [ +  + ]:          34 :     if (isnull)
   19392                 :           2 :         datum = PointerGetDatum(NULL);
   19393                 :             : 
   19394                 :             :     /* Transform the options */
   19395                 :          34 :     datum = transformGenericOptions(ForeignTableRelationId,
   19396                 :             :                                     datum,
   19397                 :             :                                     options,
   19398                 :             :                                     fdw->fdwvalidator);
   19399                 :             : 
   19400         [ +  - ]:          33 :     if (DatumGetPointer(datum) != NULL)
   19401                 :          33 :         repl_val[Anum_pg_foreign_table_ftoptions - 1] = datum;
   19402                 :             :     else
   19403                 :           0 :         repl_null[Anum_pg_foreign_table_ftoptions - 1] = true;
   19404                 :             : 
   19405                 :          33 :     repl_repl[Anum_pg_foreign_table_ftoptions - 1] = true;
   19406                 :             : 
   19407                 :             :     /* Everything looks good - update the tuple */
   19408                 :             : 
   19409                 :          33 :     tuple = heap_modify_tuple(tuple, RelationGetDescr(ftrel),
   19410                 :             :                               repl_val, repl_null, repl_repl);
   19411                 :             : 
   19412                 :          33 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(ftrel, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
   19413                 :             : 
   19414                 :             :     /*
   19415                 :             :      * Invalidate relcache so that all sessions will refresh any cached plans
   19416                 :             :      * that might depend on the old options.
   19417                 :             :      */
   19418                 :          33 :     CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
   19419                 :             : 
   19420         [ -  + ]:          33 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(ForeignTableRelationId,
   19421                 :             :                               RelationGetRelid(rel), 0);
   19422                 :             : 
   19423                 :          33 :     table_close(ftrel, RowExclusiveLock);
   19424                 :             : 
   19425                 :          33 :     heap_freetuple(tuple);
   19426                 :             : }
   19427                 :             : 
   19428                 :             : /*
   19429                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ALTER COLUMN SET COMPRESSION
   19430                 :             :  *
   19431                 :             :  * Return value is the address of the modified column
   19432                 :             :  */
   19433                 :             : static ObjectAddress
   19434                 :          48 : ATExecSetCompression(Relation rel,
   19435                 :             :                      const char *column,
   19436                 :             :                      Node *newValue,
   19437                 :             :                      LOCKMODE lockmode)
   19438                 :             : {
   19439                 :             :     Relation    attrel;
   19440                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   19441                 :             :     Form_pg_attribute atttableform;
   19442                 :             :     AttrNumber  attnum;
   19443                 :             :     char       *compression;
   19444                 :             :     char        cmethod;
   19445                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
   19446                 :             : 
   19447                 :          48 :     compression = strVal(newValue);
   19448                 :             : 
   19449                 :          48 :     attrel = table_open(AttributeRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   19450                 :             : 
   19451                 :             :     /* copy the cache entry so we can scribble on it below */
   19452                 :          48 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheCopyAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel), column);
   19453         [ -  + ]:          48 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   19454         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   19455                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
   19456                 :             :                  errmsg("column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" does not exist",
   19457                 :             :                         column, RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
   19458                 :             : 
   19459                 :             :     /* prevent them from altering a system attribute */
   19460                 :          48 :     atttableform = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
   19461                 :          48 :     attnum = atttableform->attnum;
   19462         [ -  + ]:          48 :     if (attnum <= 0)
   19463         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   19464                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   19465                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter system column \"%s\"", column)));
   19466                 :             : 
   19467                 :             :     /*
   19468                 :             :      * Check that column type is compressible, then get the attribute
   19469                 :             :      * compression method code
   19470                 :             :      */
   19471                 :          48 :     cmethod = GetAttributeCompression(atttableform->atttypid, compression);
   19472                 :             : 
   19473                 :             :     /* update pg_attribute entry */
   19474                 :          44 :     atttableform->attcompression = cmethod;
   19475                 :          44 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(attrel, &tuple->t_self, tuple);
   19476                 :             : 
   19477         [ -  + ]:          44 :     InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId,
   19478                 :             :                               RelationGetRelid(rel),
   19479                 :             :                               attnum);
   19480                 :             : 
   19481                 :             :     /*
   19482                 :             :      * Apply the change to indexes as well (only for simple index columns,
   19483                 :             :      * matching behavior of index.c ConstructTupleDescriptor()).
   19484                 :             :      */
   19485                 :          44 :     SetIndexStorageProperties(rel, attrel, attnum,
   19486                 :             :                               false, 0,
   19487                 :             :                               true, cmethod,
   19488                 :             :                               lockmode);
   19489                 :             : 
   19490                 :          44 :     heap_freetuple(tuple);
   19491                 :             : 
   19492                 :          44 :     table_close(attrel, RowExclusiveLock);
   19493                 :             : 
   19494                 :             :     /* make changes visible */
   19495                 :          44 :     CommandCounterIncrement();
   19496                 :             : 
   19497                 :          44 :     ObjectAddressSubSet(address, RelationRelationId,
   19498                 :             :                         RelationGetRelid(rel), attnum);
   19499                 :          44 :     return address;
   19500                 :             : }
   19501                 :             : 
   19502                 :             : 
   19503                 :             : /*
   19504                 :             :  * Preparation phase for SET LOGGED/UNLOGGED
   19505                 :             :  *
   19506                 :             :  * This verifies that we're not trying to change a temp table.  Also,
   19507                 :             :  * existing foreign key constraints are checked to avoid ending up with
   19508                 :             :  * permanent tables referencing unlogged tables.
   19509                 :             :  */
   19510                 :             : static void
   19511                 :          71 : ATPrepChangePersistence(AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel, bool toLogged)
   19512                 :             : {
   19513                 :             :     Relation    pg_constraint;
   19514                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   19515                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   19516                 :             :     ScanKeyData skey[1];
   19517                 :             : 
   19518                 :             :     /*
   19519                 :             :      * Disallow changing status for a temp table.  Also verify whether we can
   19520                 :             :      * get away with doing nothing; in such cases we don't need to run the
   19521                 :             :      * checks below, either.
   19522                 :             :      */
   19523   [ -  +  +  - ]:          71 :     switch (rel->rd_rel->relpersistence)
   19524                 :             :     {
   19525                 :           0 :         case RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP:
   19526         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   19527                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
   19528                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot change logged status of table \"%s\" because it is temporary",
   19529                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
   19530                 :             :                      errtable(rel)));
   19531                 :             :             break;
   19532                 :          41 :         case RELPERSISTENCE_PERMANENT:
   19533         [ +  + ]:          41 :             if (toLogged)
   19534                 :             :                 /* nothing to do */
   19535                 :           8 :                 return;
   19536                 :          37 :             break;
   19537                 :          30 :         case RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED:
   19538         [ +  + ]:          30 :             if (!toLogged)
   19539                 :             :                 /* nothing to do */
   19540                 :           4 :                 return;
   19541                 :          26 :             break;
   19542                 :             :     }
   19543                 :             : 
   19544                 :             :     /*
   19545                 :             :      * UNLOGGED tables can neither be published nor be named in a
   19546                 :             :      * publication's EXCEPT clause, so reject the change if the table is
   19547                 :             :      * referenced by any publication.
   19548                 :             :      */
   19549   [ +  +  +  + ]:          63 :     if (!toLogged && RelationHasPublication(RelationGetRelid(rel)))
   19550         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   19551                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
   19552                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot change table \"%s\" to unlogged because it is referenced by a publication",
   19553                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
   19554                 :             :                  errdetail("Unlogged relations cannot be published or excluded via an EXCEPT clause."),
   19555                 :             :                  errhint("Drop the table from the publication, or remove it from the publication's EXCEPT clause, first.")));
   19556                 :             : 
   19557                 :             :     /*
   19558                 :             :      * Check existing foreign key constraints to preserve the invariant that
   19559                 :             :      * permanent tables cannot reference unlogged ones.  Self-referencing
   19560                 :             :      * foreign keys can safely be ignored.
   19561                 :             :      */
   19562                 :          59 :     pg_constraint = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, AccessShareLock);
   19563                 :             : 
   19564                 :             :     /*
   19565                 :             :      * Scan conrelid if changing to permanent, else confrelid.  This also
   19566                 :             :      * determines whether a useful index exists.
   19567                 :             :      */
   19568         [ +  + ]:          59 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey[0],
   19569                 :             :                 toLogged ? Anum_pg_constraint_conrelid :
   19570                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_confrelid,
   19571                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   19572                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
   19573         [ +  + ]:          59 :     scan = systable_beginscan(pg_constraint,
   19574                 :             :                               toLogged ? ConstraintRelidTypidNameIndexId : InvalidOid,
   19575                 :             :                               true, NULL, 1, skey);
   19576                 :             : 
   19577         [ +  + ]:          95 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(scan)))
   19578                 :             :     {
   19579                 :          44 :         Form_pg_constraint con = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
   19580                 :             : 
   19581         [ +  + ]:          44 :         if (con->contype == CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN)
   19582                 :             :         {
   19583                 :             :             Oid         foreignrelid;
   19584                 :             :             Relation    foreignrel;
   19585                 :             : 
   19586                 :             :             /* the opposite end of what we used as scankey */
   19587         [ +  + ]:          20 :             foreignrelid = toLogged ? con->confrelid : con->conrelid;
   19588                 :             : 
   19589                 :             :             /* ignore if self-referencing */
   19590         [ +  + ]:          20 :             if (RelationGetRelid(rel) == foreignrelid)
   19591                 :           8 :                 continue;
   19592                 :             : 
   19593                 :          12 :             foreignrel = relation_open(foreignrelid, AccessShareLock);
   19594                 :             : 
   19595         [ +  + ]:          12 :             if (toLogged)
   19596                 :             :             {
   19597         [ +  - ]:           4 :                 if (!RelationIsPermanent(foreignrel))
   19598         [ +  - ]:           4 :                     ereport(ERROR,
   19599                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
   19600                 :             :                              errmsg("could not change table \"%s\" to logged because it references unlogged table \"%s\"",
   19601                 :             :                                     RelationGetRelationName(rel),
   19602                 :             :                                     RelationGetRelationName(foreignrel)),
   19603                 :             :                              errtableconstraint(rel, NameStr(con->conname))));
   19604                 :             :             }
   19605                 :             :             else
   19606                 :             :             {
   19607         [ +  + ]:           8 :                 if (RelationIsPermanent(foreignrel))
   19608         [ +  - ]:           4 :                     ereport(ERROR,
   19609                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
   19610                 :             :                              errmsg("could not change table \"%s\" to unlogged because it references logged table \"%s\"",
   19611                 :             :                                     RelationGetRelationName(rel),
   19612                 :             :                                     RelationGetRelationName(foreignrel)),
   19613                 :             :                              errtableconstraint(rel, NameStr(con->conname))));
   19614                 :             :             }
   19615                 :             : 
   19616                 :           4 :             relation_close(foreignrel, AccessShareLock);
   19617                 :             :         }
   19618                 :             :     }
   19619                 :             : 
   19620                 :          51 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   19621                 :             : 
   19622                 :          51 :     table_close(pg_constraint, AccessShareLock);
   19623                 :             : 
   19624                 :             :     /* force rewrite if necessary; see comment in ATRewriteTables */
   19625                 :          51 :     tab->rewrite |= AT_REWRITE_ALTER_PERSISTENCE;
   19626         [ +  + ]:          51 :     if (toLogged)
   19627                 :          22 :         tab->newrelpersistence = RELPERSISTENCE_PERMANENT;
   19628                 :             :     else
   19629                 :          29 :         tab->newrelpersistence = RELPERSISTENCE_UNLOGGED;
   19630                 :          51 :     tab->chgPersistence = true;
   19631                 :             : }
   19632                 :             : 
   19633                 :             : /*
   19634                 :             :  * Execute ALTER TABLE SET SCHEMA
   19635                 :             :  */
   19636                 :             : ObjectAddress
   19637                 :          76 : AlterTableNamespace(AlterObjectSchemaStmt *stmt, Oid *oldschema)
   19638                 :             : {
   19639                 :             :     Relation    rel;
   19640                 :             :     Oid         relid;
   19641                 :             :     Oid         oldNspOid;
   19642                 :             :     Oid         nspOid;
   19643                 :             :     RangeVar   *newrv;
   19644                 :             :     ObjectAddresses *objsMoved;
   19645                 :             :     ObjectAddress myself;
   19646                 :             : 
   19647                 :          76 :     relid = RangeVarGetRelidExtended(stmt->relation, AccessExclusiveLock,
   19648                 :          76 :                                      stmt->missing_ok ? RVR_MISSING_OK : 0,
   19649                 :             :                                      RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation,
   19650                 :             :                                      stmt);
   19651                 :             : 
   19652         [ +  + ]:          71 :     if (!OidIsValid(relid))
   19653                 :             :     {
   19654         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(NOTICE,
   19655                 :             :                 (errmsg("relation \"%s\" does not exist, skipping",
   19656                 :             :                         stmt->relation->relname)));
   19657                 :           8 :         return InvalidObjectAddress;
   19658                 :             :     }
   19659                 :             : 
   19660                 :          63 :     rel = relation_open(relid, NoLock);
   19661                 :             : 
   19662                 :          63 :     oldNspOid = RelationGetNamespace(rel);
   19663                 :             : 
   19664                 :             :     /* If it's an owned sequence, disallow moving it by itself. */
   19665         [ +  + ]:          63 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_SEQUENCE)
   19666                 :             :     {
   19667                 :             :         Oid         tableId;
   19668                 :             :         int32       colId;
   19669                 :             : 
   19670   [ +  +  -  + ]:           6 :         if (sequenceIsOwned(relid, DEPENDENCY_AUTO, &tableId, &colId) ||
   19671                 :           1 :             sequenceIsOwned(relid, DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL, &tableId, &colId))
   19672         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
   19673                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   19674                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot move an owned sequence into another schema"),
   19675                 :             :                      errdetail("Sequence \"%s\" is linked to table \"%s\".",
   19676                 :             :                                RelationGetRelationName(rel),
   19677                 :             :                                get_rel_name(tableId))));
   19678                 :             :     }
   19679                 :             : 
   19680                 :             :     /* Get and lock schema OID and check its permissions. */
   19681                 :          59 :     newrv = makeRangeVar(stmt->newschema, RelationGetRelationName(rel), -1);
   19682                 :          59 :     nspOid = RangeVarGetAndCheckCreationNamespace(newrv, NoLock, NULL);
   19683                 :             : 
   19684                 :             :     /* common checks on switching namespaces */
   19685                 :          55 :     CheckSetNamespace(oldNspOid, nspOid);
   19686                 :             : 
   19687                 :          55 :     objsMoved = new_object_addresses();
   19688                 :          55 :     AlterTableNamespaceInternal(rel, oldNspOid, nspOid, objsMoved);
   19689                 :          55 :     free_object_addresses(objsMoved);
   19690                 :             : 
   19691                 :          55 :     ObjectAddressSet(myself, RelationRelationId, relid);
   19692                 :             : 
   19693         [ +  - ]:          55 :     if (oldschema)
   19694                 :          55 :         *oldschema = oldNspOid;
   19695                 :             : 
   19696                 :             :     /* close rel, but keep lock until commit */
   19697                 :          55 :     relation_close(rel, NoLock);
   19698                 :             : 
   19699                 :          55 :     return myself;
   19700                 :             : }
   19701                 :             : 
   19702                 :             : /*
   19703                 :             :  * The guts of relocating a table or materialized view to another namespace:
   19704                 :             :  * besides moving the relation itself, its dependent objects are relocated to
   19705                 :             :  * the new schema.
   19706                 :             :  */
   19707                 :             : void
   19708                 :          56 : AlterTableNamespaceInternal(Relation rel, Oid oldNspOid, Oid nspOid,
   19709                 :             :                             ObjectAddresses *objsMoved)
   19710                 :             : {
   19711                 :             :     Relation    classRel;
   19712                 :             : 
   19713                 :             :     Assert(objsMoved != NULL);
   19714                 :             : 
   19715                 :             :     /* OK, modify the pg_class row and pg_depend entry */
   19716                 :          56 :     classRel = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   19717                 :             : 
   19718                 :          56 :     AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(classRel, RelationGetRelid(rel), oldNspOid,
   19719                 :             :                                    nspOid, true, objsMoved);
   19720                 :             : 
   19721                 :             :     /* Fix the table's row type too, if it has one */
   19722         [ +  + ]:          56 :     if (OidIsValid(rel->rd_rel->reltype))
   19723                 :          55 :         AlterTypeNamespaceInternal(rel->rd_rel->reltype, nspOid,
   19724                 :             :                                    false,   /* isImplicitArray */
   19725                 :             :                                    false,   /* ignoreDependent */
   19726                 :             :                                    false,   /* errorOnTableType */
   19727                 :             :                                    objsMoved);
   19728                 :             : 
   19729                 :             :     /* Fix other dependent stuff */
   19730                 :          56 :     AlterIndexNamespaces(classRel, rel, oldNspOid, nspOid, objsMoved);
   19731                 :          56 :     AlterSeqNamespaces(classRel, rel, oldNspOid, nspOid,
   19732                 :             :                        objsMoved, AccessExclusiveLock);
   19733                 :          56 :     AlterConstraintNamespaces(RelationGetRelid(rel), oldNspOid, nspOid,
   19734                 :             :                               false, objsMoved);
   19735                 :             : 
   19736                 :          56 :     table_close(classRel, RowExclusiveLock);
   19737                 :          56 : }
   19738                 :             : 
   19739                 :             : /*
   19740                 :             :  * The guts of relocating a relation to another namespace: fix the pg_class
   19741                 :             :  * entry, and the pg_depend entry if any.  Caller must already have
   19742                 :             :  * opened and write-locked pg_class.
   19743                 :             :  */
   19744                 :             : void
   19745                 :         123 : AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(Relation classRel, Oid relOid,
   19746                 :             :                                Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid,
   19747                 :             :                                bool hasDependEntry,
   19748                 :             :                                ObjectAddresses *objsMoved)
   19749                 :             : {
   19750                 :             :     HeapTuple   classTup;
   19751                 :             :     Form_pg_class classForm;
   19752                 :             :     ObjectAddress thisobj;
   19753                 :         123 :     bool        already_done = false;
   19754                 :             : 
   19755                 :             :     /* no rel lock for relkind=c so use LOCKTAG_TUPLE */
   19756                 :         123 :     classTup = SearchSysCacheLockedCopy1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relOid));
   19757         [ -  + ]:         123 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(classTup))
   19758         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relOid);
   19759                 :         123 :     classForm = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(classTup);
   19760                 :             : 
   19761                 :             :     Assert(classForm->relnamespace == oldNspOid);
   19762                 :             : 
   19763                 :         123 :     thisobj.classId = RelationRelationId;
   19764                 :         123 :     thisobj.objectId = relOid;
   19765                 :         123 :     thisobj.objectSubId = 0;
   19766                 :             : 
   19767                 :             :     /*
   19768                 :             :      * If the object has already been moved, don't move it again.  If it's
   19769                 :             :      * already in the right place, don't move it, but still fire the object
   19770                 :             :      * access hook.
   19771                 :             :      */
   19772                 :         123 :     already_done = object_address_present(&thisobj, objsMoved);
   19773   [ +  -  +  + ]:         123 :     if (!already_done && oldNspOid != newNspOid)
   19774                 :          95 :     {
   19775                 :          95 :         ItemPointerData otid = classTup->t_self;
   19776                 :             : 
   19777                 :             :         /* check for duplicate name (more friendly than unique-index failure) */
   19778         [ -  + ]:          95 :         if (get_relname_relid(NameStr(classForm->relname),
   19779                 :             :                               newNspOid) != InvalidOid)
   19780         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   19781                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
   19782                 :             :                      errmsg("relation \"%s\" already exists in schema \"%s\"",
   19783                 :             :                             NameStr(classForm->relname),
   19784                 :             :                             get_namespace_name(newNspOid))));
   19785                 :             : 
   19786                 :             :         /* classTup is a copy, so OK to scribble on */
   19787                 :          95 :         classForm->relnamespace = newNspOid;
   19788                 :             : 
   19789                 :          95 :         CatalogTupleUpdate(classRel, &otid, classTup);
   19790                 :          95 :         UnlockTuple(classRel, &otid, InplaceUpdateTupleLock);
   19791                 :             : 
   19792                 :             : 
   19793                 :             :         /* Update dependency on schema if caller said so */
   19794   [ +  +  -  + ]:         163 :         if (hasDependEntry &&
   19795                 :          68 :             changeDependencyFor(RelationRelationId,
   19796                 :             :                                 relOid,
   19797                 :             :                                 NamespaceRelationId,
   19798                 :             :                                 oldNspOid,
   19799                 :             :                                 newNspOid) != 1)
   19800         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "could not change schema dependency for relation \"%s\"",
   19801                 :             :                  NameStr(classForm->relname));
   19802                 :             :     }
   19803                 :             :     else
   19804                 :          28 :         UnlockTuple(classRel, &classTup->t_self, InplaceUpdateTupleLock);
   19805         [ +  - ]:         123 :     if (!already_done)
   19806                 :             :     {
   19807                 :         123 :         add_exact_object_address(&thisobj, objsMoved);
   19808                 :             : 
   19809         [ -  + ]:         123 :         InvokeObjectPostAlterHook(RelationRelationId, relOid, 0);
   19810                 :             :     }
   19811                 :             : 
   19812                 :         123 :     heap_freetuple(classTup);
   19813                 :         123 : }
   19814                 :             : 
   19815                 :             : /*
   19816                 :             :  * Move all indexes for the specified relation to another namespace.
   19817                 :             :  *
   19818                 :             :  * Note: we assume adequate permission checking was done by the caller,
   19819                 :             :  * and that the caller has a suitable lock on the owning relation.
   19820                 :             :  */
   19821                 :             : static void
   19822                 :          56 : AlterIndexNamespaces(Relation classRel, Relation rel,
   19823                 :             :                      Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved)
   19824                 :             : {
   19825                 :             :     List       *indexList;
   19826                 :             :     ListCell   *l;
   19827                 :             : 
   19828                 :          56 :     indexList = RelationGetIndexList(rel);
   19829                 :             : 
   19830   [ +  +  +  +  :          86 :     foreach(l, indexList)
                   +  + ]
   19831                 :             :     {
   19832                 :          30 :         Oid         indexOid = lfirst_oid(l);
   19833                 :             :         ObjectAddress thisobj;
   19834                 :             : 
   19835                 :          30 :         thisobj.classId = RelationRelationId;
   19836                 :          30 :         thisobj.objectId = indexOid;
   19837                 :          30 :         thisobj.objectSubId = 0;
   19838                 :             : 
   19839                 :             :         /*
   19840                 :             :          * Note: currently, the index will not have its own dependency on the
   19841                 :             :          * namespace, so we don't need to do changeDependencyFor(). There's no
   19842                 :             :          * row type in pg_type, either.
   19843                 :             :          *
   19844                 :             :          * XXX this objsMoved test may be pointless -- surely we have a single
   19845                 :             :          * dependency link from a relation to each index?
   19846                 :             :          */
   19847         [ +  - ]:          30 :         if (!object_address_present(&thisobj, objsMoved))
   19848                 :             :         {
   19849                 :          30 :             AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(classRel, indexOid,
   19850                 :             :                                            oldNspOid, newNspOid,
   19851                 :             :                                            false, objsMoved);
   19852                 :          30 :             add_exact_object_address(&thisobj, objsMoved);
   19853                 :             :         }
   19854                 :             :     }
   19855                 :             : 
   19856                 :          56 :     list_free(indexList);
   19857                 :          56 : }
   19858                 :             : 
   19859                 :             : /*
   19860                 :             :  * Move all identity and SERIAL-column sequences of the specified relation to another
   19861                 :             :  * namespace.
   19862                 :             :  *
   19863                 :             :  * Note: we assume adequate permission checking was done by the caller,
   19864                 :             :  * and that the caller has a suitable lock on the owning relation.
   19865                 :             :  */
   19866                 :             : static void
   19867                 :          56 : AlterSeqNamespaces(Relation classRel, Relation rel,
   19868                 :             :                    Oid oldNspOid, Oid newNspOid, ObjectAddresses *objsMoved,
   19869                 :             :                    LOCKMODE lockmode)
   19870                 :             : {
   19871                 :             :     Relation    depRel;
   19872                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   19873                 :             :     ScanKeyData key[2];
   19874                 :             :     HeapTuple   tup;
   19875                 :             : 
   19876                 :             :     /*
   19877                 :             :      * SERIAL sequences are those having an auto dependency on one of the
   19878                 :             :      * table's columns (we don't care *which* column, exactly).
   19879                 :             :      */
   19880                 :          56 :     depRel = table_open(DependRelationId, AccessShareLock);
   19881                 :             : 
   19882                 :          56 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
   19883                 :             :                 Anum_pg_depend_refclassid,
   19884                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   19885                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationRelationId));
   19886                 :          56 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[1],
   19887                 :             :                 Anum_pg_depend_refobjid,
   19888                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   19889                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)));
   19890                 :             :     /* we leave refobjsubid unspecified */
   19891                 :             : 
   19892                 :          56 :     scan = systable_beginscan(depRel, DependReferenceIndexId, true,
   19893                 :             :                               NULL, 2, key);
   19894                 :             : 
   19895         [ +  + ]:         405 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(tup = systable_getnext(scan)))
   19896                 :             :     {
   19897                 :         349 :         Form_pg_depend depForm = (Form_pg_depend) GETSTRUCT(tup);
   19898                 :             :         Relation    seqRel;
   19899                 :             : 
   19900                 :             :         /* skip dependencies other than auto dependencies on columns */
   19901         [ +  + ]:         349 :         if (depForm->refobjsubid == 0 ||
   19902         [ +  + ]:         252 :             depForm->classid != RelationRelationId ||
   19903         [ +  - ]:          28 :             depForm->objsubid != 0 ||
   19904   [ -  +  -  - ]:          28 :             !(depForm->deptype == DEPENDENCY_AUTO || depForm->deptype == DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL))
   19905                 :         321 :             continue;
   19906                 :             : 
   19907                 :             :         /* Use relation_open just in case it's an index */
   19908                 :          28 :         seqRel = relation_open(depForm->objid, lockmode);
   19909                 :             : 
   19910                 :             :         /* skip non-sequence relations */
   19911         [ -  + ]:          28 :         if (RelationGetForm(seqRel)->relkind != RELKIND_SEQUENCE)
   19912                 :             :         {
   19913                 :             :             /* No need to keep the lock */
   19914                 :           0 :             relation_close(seqRel, lockmode);
   19915                 :           0 :             continue;
   19916                 :             :         }
   19917                 :             : 
   19918                 :             :         /* Fix the pg_class and pg_depend entries */
   19919                 :          28 :         AlterRelationNamespaceInternal(classRel, depForm->objid,
   19920                 :             :                                        oldNspOid, newNspOid,
   19921                 :             :                                        true, objsMoved);
   19922                 :             : 
   19923                 :             :         /*
   19924                 :             :          * Sequences used to have entries in pg_type, but no longer do.  If we
   19925                 :             :          * ever re-instate that, we'll need to move the pg_type entry to the
   19926                 :             :          * new namespace, too (using AlterTypeNamespaceInternal).
   19927                 :             :          */
   19928                 :             :         Assert(RelationGetForm(seqRel)->reltype == InvalidOid);
   19929                 :             : 
   19930                 :             :         /* Now we can close it.  Keep the lock till end of transaction. */
   19931                 :          28 :         relation_close(seqRel, NoLock);
   19932                 :             :     }
   19933                 :             : 
   19934                 :          56 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   19935                 :             : 
   19936                 :          56 :     relation_close(depRel, AccessShareLock);
   19937                 :          56 : }
   19938                 :             : 
   19939                 :             : 
   19940                 :             : /*
   19941                 :             :  * This code supports
   19942                 :             :  *  CREATE TEMP TABLE ... ON COMMIT { DROP | PRESERVE ROWS | DELETE ROWS }
   19943                 :             :  *
   19944                 :             :  * Because we only support this for TEMP tables, it's sufficient to remember
   19945                 :             :  * the state in a backend-local data structure.
   19946                 :             :  */
   19947                 :             : 
   19948                 :             : /*
   19949                 :             :  * Register a newly-created relation's ON COMMIT action.
   19950                 :             :  */
   19951                 :             : void
   19952                 :         116 : register_on_commit_action(Oid relid, OnCommitAction action)
   19953                 :             : {
   19954                 :             :     OnCommitItem *oc;
   19955                 :             :     MemoryContext oldcxt;
   19956                 :             : 
   19957                 :             :     /*
   19958                 :             :      * We needn't bother registering the relation unless there is an ON COMMIT
   19959                 :             :      * action we need to take.
   19960                 :             :      */
   19961   [ +  -  +  + ]:         116 :     if (action == ONCOMMIT_NOOP || action == ONCOMMIT_PRESERVE_ROWS)
   19962                 :          16 :         return;
   19963                 :             : 
   19964                 :         100 :     oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(CacheMemoryContext);
   19965                 :             : 
   19966                 :         100 :     oc = palloc_object(OnCommitItem);
   19967                 :         100 :     oc->relid = relid;
   19968                 :         100 :     oc->oncommit = action;
   19969                 :         100 :     oc->creating_subid = GetCurrentSubTransactionId();
   19970                 :         100 :     oc->deleting_subid = InvalidSubTransactionId;
   19971                 :             : 
   19972                 :             :     /*
   19973                 :             :      * We use lcons() here so that ON COMMIT actions are processed in reverse
   19974                 :             :      * order of registration.  That might not be essential but it seems
   19975                 :             :      * reasonable.
   19976                 :             :      */
   19977                 :         100 :     on_commits = lcons(oc, on_commits);
   19978                 :             : 
   19979                 :         100 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
   19980                 :             : }
   19981                 :             : 
   19982                 :             : /*
   19983                 :             :  * Unregister any ON COMMIT action when a relation is deleted.
   19984                 :             :  *
   19985                 :             :  * Actually, we only mark the OnCommitItem entry as to be deleted after commit.
   19986                 :             :  */
   19987                 :             : void
   19988                 :       32419 : remove_on_commit_action(Oid relid)
   19989                 :             : {
   19990                 :             :     ListCell   *l;
   19991                 :             : 
   19992   [ +  +  +  +  :       32516 :     foreach(l, on_commits)
                   +  + ]
   19993                 :             :     {
   19994                 :         189 :         OnCommitItem *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(l);
   19995                 :             : 
   19996         [ +  + ]:         189 :         if (oc->relid == relid)
   19997                 :             :         {
   19998                 :          92 :             oc->deleting_subid = GetCurrentSubTransactionId();
   19999                 :          92 :             break;
   20000                 :             :         }
   20001                 :             :     }
   20002                 :       32419 : }
   20003                 :             : 
   20004                 :             : /*
   20005                 :             :  * Perform ON COMMIT actions.
   20006                 :             :  *
   20007                 :             :  * This is invoked just before actually committing, since it's possible
   20008                 :             :  * to encounter errors.
   20009                 :             :  */
   20010                 :             : void
   20011                 :      612709 : PreCommit_on_commit_actions(void)
   20012                 :             : {
   20013                 :             :     ListCell   *l;
   20014                 :      612709 :     List       *oids_to_truncate = NIL;
   20015                 :      612709 :     List       *oids_to_drop = NIL;
   20016                 :             : 
   20017   [ +  +  +  +  :      613256 :     foreach(l, on_commits)
                   +  + ]
   20018                 :             :     {
   20019                 :         547 :         OnCommitItem *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(l);
   20020                 :             : 
   20021                 :             :         /* Ignore entry if already dropped in this xact */
   20022         [ +  + ]:         547 :         if (oc->deleting_subid != InvalidSubTransactionId)
   20023                 :          49 :             continue;
   20024                 :             : 
   20025   [ -  +  +  - ]:         498 :         switch (oc->oncommit)
   20026                 :             :         {
   20027                 :           0 :             case ONCOMMIT_NOOP:
   20028                 :             :             case ONCOMMIT_PRESERVE_ROWS:
   20029                 :             :                 /* Do nothing (there shouldn't be such entries, actually) */
   20030                 :           0 :                 break;
   20031                 :         463 :             case ONCOMMIT_DELETE_ROWS:
   20032                 :             : 
   20033                 :             :                 /*
   20034                 :             :                  * If this transaction hasn't accessed any temporary
   20035                 :             :                  * relations, we can skip truncating ON COMMIT DELETE ROWS
   20036                 :             :                  * tables, as they must still be empty.
   20037                 :             :                  */
   20038         [ +  + ]:         463 :                 if ((MyXactFlags & XACT_FLAGS_ACCESSEDTEMPNAMESPACE))
   20039                 :         298 :                     oids_to_truncate = lappend_oid(oids_to_truncate, oc->relid);
   20040                 :         463 :                 break;
   20041                 :          35 :             case ONCOMMIT_DROP:
   20042                 :          35 :                 oids_to_drop = lappend_oid(oids_to_drop, oc->relid);
   20043                 :          35 :                 break;
   20044                 :             :         }
   20045                 :             :     }
   20046                 :             : 
   20047                 :             :     /*
   20048                 :             :      * Truncate relations before dropping so that all dependencies between
   20049                 :             :      * relations are removed after they are worked on.  Doing it like this
   20050                 :             :      * might be a waste as it is possible that a relation being truncated will
   20051                 :             :      * be dropped anyway due to its parent being dropped, but this makes the
   20052                 :             :      * code more robust because of not having to re-check that the relation
   20053                 :             :      * exists at truncation time.
   20054                 :             :      */
   20055         [ +  + ]:      612709 :     if (oids_to_truncate != NIL)
   20056                 :         254 :         heap_truncate(oids_to_truncate);
   20057                 :             : 
   20058         [ +  + ]:      612705 :     if (oids_to_drop != NIL)
   20059                 :             :     {
   20060                 :          31 :         ObjectAddresses *targetObjects = new_object_addresses();
   20061                 :             : 
   20062   [ +  -  +  +  :          66 :         foreach(l, oids_to_drop)
                   +  + ]
   20063                 :             :         {
   20064                 :             :             ObjectAddress object;
   20065                 :             : 
   20066                 :          35 :             object.classId = RelationRelationId;
   20067                 :          35 :             object.objectId = lfirst_oid(l);
   20068                 :          35 :             object.objectSubId = 0;
   20069                 :             : 
   20070                 :             :             Assert(!object_address_present(&object, targetObjects));
   20071                 :             : 
   20072                 :          35 :             add_exact_object_address(&object, targetObjects);
   20073                 :             :         }
   20074                 :             : 
   20075                 :             :         /*
   20076                 :             :          * Object deletion might involve toast table access (to clean up
   20077                 :             :          * toasted catalog entries), so ensure we have a valid snapshot.
   20078                 :             :          */
   20079                 :          31 :         PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
   20080                 :             : 
   20081                 :             :         /*
   20082                 :             :          * Since this is an automatic drop, rather than one directly initiated
   20083                 :             :          * by the user, we pass the PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL flag.
   20084                 :             :          */
   20085                 :          31 :         performMultipleDeletions(targetObjects, DROP_CASCADE,
   20086                 :             :                                  PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL | PERFORM_DELETION_QUIETLY);
   20087                 :             : 
   20088                 :          31 :         PopActiveSnapshot();
   20089                 :             : 
   20090                 :             : #ifdef USE_ASSERT_CHECKING
   20091                 :             : 
   20092                 :             :         /*
   20093                 :             :          * Note that table deletion will call remove_on_commit_action, so the
   20094                 :             :          * entry should get marked as deleted.
   20095                 :             :          */
   20096                 :             :         foreach(l, on_commits)
   20097                 :             :         {
   20098                 :             :             OnCommitItem *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(l);
   20099                 :             : 
   20100                 :             :             if (oc->oncommit != ONCOMMIT_DROP)
   20101                 :             :                 continue;
   20102                 :             : 
   20103                 :             :             Assert(oc->deleting_subid != InvalidSubTransactionId);
   20104                 :             :         }
   20105                 :             : #endif
   20106                 :             :     }
   20107                 :      612705 : }
   20108                 :             : 
   20109                 :             : /*
   20110                 :             :  * Post-commit or post-abort cleanup for ON COMMIT management.
   20111                 :             :  *
   20112                 :             :  * All we do here is remove no-longer-needed OnCommitItem entries.
   20113                 :             :  *
   20114                 :             :  * During commit, remove entries that were deleted during this transaction;
   20115                 :             :  * during abort, remove those created during this transaction.
   20116                 :             :  */
   20117                 :             : void
   20118                 :      648035 : AtEOXact_on_commit_actions(bool isCommit)
   20119                 :             : {
   20120                 :             :     ListCell   *cur_item;
   20121                 :             : 
   20122   [ +  +  +  +  :      648602 :     foreach(cur_item, on_commits)
                   +  + ]
   20123                 :             :     {
   20124                 :         567 :         OnCommitItem *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(cur_item);
   20125                 :             : 
   20126   [ +  +  +  + ]:         635 :         if (isCommit ? oc->deleting_subid != InvalidSubTransactionId :
   20127                 :          68 :             oc->creating_subid != InvalidSubTransactionId)
   20128                 :             :         {
   20129                 :             :             /* cur_item must be removed */
   20130                 :         100 :             on_commits = foreach_delete_current(on_commits, cur_item);
   20131                 :         100 :             pfree(oc);
   20132                 :             :         }
   20133                 :             :         else
   20134                 :             :         {
   20135                 :             :             /* cur_item must be preserved */
   20136                 :         467 :             oc->creating_subid = InvalidSubTransactionId;
   20137                 :         467 :             oc->deleting_subid = InvalidSubTransactionId;
   20138                 :             :         }
   20139                 :             :     }
   20140                 :      648035 : }
   20141                 :             : 
   20142                 :             : /*
   20143                 :             :  * Post-subcommit or post-subabort cleanup for ON COMMIT management.
   20144                 :             :  *
   20145                 :             :  * During subabort, we can immediately remove entries created during this
   20146                 :             :  * subtransaction.  During subcommit, just relabel entries marked during
   20147                 :             :  * this subtransaction as being the parent's responsibility.
   20148                 :             :  */
   20149                 :             : void
   20150                 :       22903 : AtEOSubXact_on_commit_actions(bool isCommit, SubTransactionId mySubid,
   20151                 :             :                               SubTransactionId parentSubid)
   20152                 :             : {
   20153                 :             :     ListCell   *cur_item;
   20154                 :             : 
   20155   [ -  +  -  -  :       22903 :     foreach(cur_item, on_commits)
                   -  + ]
   20156                 :             :     {
   20157                 :           0 :         OnCommitItem *oc = (OnCommitItem *) lfirst(cur_item);
   20158                 :             : 
   20159   [ #  #  #  # ]:           0 :         if (!isCommit && oc->creating_subid == mySubid)
   20160                 :             :         {
   20161                 :             :             /* cur_item must be removed */
   20162                 :           0 :             on_commits = foreach_delete_current(on_commits, cur_item);
   20163                 :           0 :             pfree(oc);
   20164                 :             :         }
   20165                 :             :         else
   20166                 :             :         {
   20167                 :             :             /* cur_item must be preserved */
   20168         [ #  # ]:           0 :             if (oc->creating_subid == mySubid)
   20169                 :           0 :                 oc->creating_subid = parentSubid;
   20170         [ #  # ]:           0 :             if (oc->deleting_subid == mySubid)
   20171         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 oc->deleting_subid = isCommit ? parentSubid : InvalidSubTransactionId;
   20172                 :             :         }
   20173                 :             :     }
   20174                 :       22903 : }
   20175                 :             : 
   20176                 :             : /*
   20177                 :             :  * This is intended as a callback for RangeVarGetRelidExtended().  It allows
   20178                 :             :  * the relation to be locked only if (1) it's a plain or partitioned table,
   20179                 :             :  * materialized view, or TOAST table and (2) the current user is the owner (or
   20180                 :             :  * the superuser) or has been granted MAINTAIN.  This meets the
   20181                 :             :  * permission-checking needs of CLUSTER, REPACK, REINDEX TABLE, and REFRESH
   20182                 :             :  * MATERIALIZED VIEW; we expose it here so that it can be used by all.
   20183                 :             :  */
   20184                 :             : void
   20185                 :         741 : RangeVarCallbackMaintainsTable(const RangeVar *relation,
   20186                 :             :                                Oid relId, Oid oldRelId, void *arg)
   20187                 :             : {
   20188                 :             :     char        relkind;
   20189                 :             :     AclResult   aclresult;
   20190                 :             : 
   20191                 :             :     /* Nothing to do if the relation was not found. */
   20192         [ +  + ]:         741 :     if (!OidIsValid(relId))
   20193                 :           3 :         return;
   20194                 :             : 
   20195                 :             :     /*
   20196                 :             :      * If the relation does exist, check whether it's an index.  But note that
   20197                 :             :      * the relation might have been dropped between the time we did the name
   20198                 :             :      * lookup and now.  In that case, there's nothing to do.
   20199                 :             :      */
   20200                 :         738 :     relkind = get_rel_relkind(relId);
   20201         [ -  + ]:         738 :     if (!relkind)
   20202                 :           0 :         return;
   20203   [ +  +  +  +  :         738 :     if (relkind != RELKIND_RELATION && relkind != RELKIND_TOASTVALUE &&
                   +  + ]
   20204         [ +  + ]:         102 :         relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW && relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   20205         [ +  - ]:          18 :         ereport(ERROR,
   20206                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   20207                 :             :                  errmsg("\"%s\" is not a table or materialized view", relation->relname)));
   20208                 :             : 
   20209                 :             :     /* Check permissions */
   20210                 :         720 :     aclresult = pg_class_aclcheck(relId, GetUserId(), ACL_MAINTAIN);
   20211         [ +  + ]:         720 :     if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
   20212                 :          20 :         aclcheck_error(aclresult,
   20213                 :          20 :                        get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(relId)),
   20214                 :          20 :                        relation->relname);
   20215                 :             : }
   20216                 :             : 
   20217                 :             : /*
   20218                 :             :  * Callback to RangeVarGetRelidExtended() for TRUNCATE processing.
   20219                 :             :  */
   20220                 :             : static void
   20221                 :        1433 : RangeVarCallbackForTruncate(const RangeVar *relation,
   20222                 :             :                             Oid relId, Oid oldRelId, void *arg)
   20223                 :             : {
   20224                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   20225                 :             : 
   20226                 :             :     /* Nothing to do if the relation was not found. */
   20227         [ -  + ]:        1433 :     if (!OidIsValid(relId))
   20228                 :           0 :         return;
   20229                 :             : 
   20230                 :        1433 :     tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relId));
   20231         [ -  + ]:        1433 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))   /* should not happen */
   20232         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relId);
   20233                 :             : 
   20234                 :        1433 :     truncate_check_rel(relId, (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple));
   20235                 :        1430 :     truncate_check_perms(relId, (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple));
   20236                 :             : 
   20237                 :        1410 :     ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
   20238                 :             : }
   20239                 :             : 
   20240                 :             : /*
   20241                 :             :  * Callback for RangeVarGetRelidExtended().  Checks that the current user is
   20242                 :             :  * the owner of the relation, or superuser.
   20243                 :             :  */
   20244                 :             : void
   20245                 :       10471 : RangeVarCallbackOwnsRelation(const RangeVar *relation,
   20246                 :             :                              Oid relId, Oid oldRelId, void *arg)
   20247                 :             : {
   20248                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   20249                 :             : 
   20250                 :             :     /* Nothing to do if the relation was not found. */
   20251         [ +  + ]:       10471 :     if (!OidIsValid(relId))
   20252                 :           4 :         return;
   20253                 :             : 
   20254                 :       10467 :     tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relId));
   20255         [ -  + ]:       10467 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))   /* should not happen */
   20256         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u", relId);
   20257                 :             : 
   20258         [ +  + ]:       10467 :     if (!object_ownercheck(RelationRelationId, relId, GetUserId()))
   20259                 :           4 :         aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(relId)),
   20260                 :           4 :                        relation->relname);
   20261                 :             : 
   20262                 :             :     /*
   20263                 :             :      * Conflict log tables are used internally for logical replication
   20264                 :             :      * conflict logging and should not be modified directly, as it could
   20265                 :             :      * disrupt conflict logging.
   20266                 :             :      */
   20267         [ +  + ]:       10463 :     if (IsConflictLogTableClass((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple)))
   20268         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   20269                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   20270                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot change conflict log table \"%s\"",
   20271                 :             :                         relation->relname),
   20272                 :             :                  errdetail("Conflict log tables are system-managed tables for logical replication conflicts.")));
   20273                 :             : 
   20274   [ +  +  +  + ]:       20858 :     if (!allowSystemTableMods &&
   20275                 :       10399 :         IsSystemClass(relId, (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple)))
   20276         [ +  - ]:           1 :         ereport(ERROR,
   20277                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
   20278                 :             :                  errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
   20279                 :             :                         relation->relname)));
   20280                 :             : 
   20281                 :       10458 :     ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
   20282                 :             : }
   20283                 :             : 
   20284                 :             : /*
   20285                 :             :  * Common RangeVarGetRelid callback for rename, set schema, and alter table
   20286                 :             :  * processing.
   20287                 :             :  */
   20288                 :             : static void
   20289                 :       22048 : RangeVarCallbackForAlterRelation(const RangeVar *rv, Oid relid, Oid oldrelid,
   20290                 :             :                                  void *arg)
   20291                 :             : {
   20292                 :       22048 :     Node       *stmt = (Node *) arg;
   20293                 :             :     ObjectType  reltype;
   20294                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   20295                 :             :     Form_pg_class classform;
   20296                 :             :     AclResult   aclresult;
   20297                 :             :     char        relkind;
   20298                 :             : 
   20299                 :       22048 :     tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relid));
   20300         [ +  + ]:       22048 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   20301                 :         161 :         return;                 /* concurrently dropped */
   20302                 :       21887 :     classform = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
   20303                 :       21887 :     relkind = classform->relkind;
   20304                 :             : 
   20305                 :             :     /* Must own relation. */
   20306         [ +  + ]:       21887 :     if (!object_ownercheck(RelationRelationId, relid, GetUserId()))
   20307                 :          40 :         aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NOT_OWNER, get_relkind_objtype(get_rel_relkind(relid)), rv->relname);
   20308                 :             : 
   20309                 :             :     /*
   20310                 :             :      * Conflict log tables are used internally for logical replication
   20311                 :             :      * conflict logging and should not be altered directly, as it could
   20312                 :             :      * disrupt conflict logging.
   20313                 :             :      */
   20314         [ +  + ]:       21847 :     if (IsConflictLogTableClass(classform))
   20315         [ +  - ]:          13 :         ereport(ERROR,
   20316                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   20317                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot alter conflict log table \"%s\"",
   20318                 :             :                         rv->relname),
   20319                 :             :                  errdetail("Conflict log tables are system-managed tables for logical replication conflicts.")));
   20320                 :             : 
   20321                 :             :     /* No system table modifications unless explicitly allowed. */
   20322   [ +  +  +  + ]:       21834 :     if (!allowSystemTableMods && IsSystemClass(relid, classform))
   20323         [ +  - ]:          18 :         ereport(ERROR,
   20324                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INSUFFICIENT_PRIVILEGE),
   20325                 :             :                  errmsg("permission denied: \"%s\" is a system catalog",
   20326                 :             :                         rv->relname)));
   20327                 :             : 
   20328                 :             :     /*
   20329                 :             :      * Extract the specified relation type from the statement parse tree.
   20330                 :             :      *
   20331                 :             :      * Also, for ALTER .. RENAME, check permissions: the user must (still)
   20332                 :             :      * have CREATE rights on the containing namespace.
   20333                 :             :      */
   20334         [ +  + ]:       21816 :     if (IsA(stmt, RenameStmt))
   20335                 :             :     {
   20336                 :         298 :         aclresult = object_aclcheck(NamespaceRelationId, classform->relnamespace,
   20337                 :             :                                     GetUserId(), ACL_CREATE);
   20338         [ -  + ]:         298 :         if (aclresult != ACLCHECK_OK)
   20339                 :           0 :             aclcheck_error(aclresult, OBJECT_SCHEMA,
   20340                 :           0 :                            get_namespace_name(classform->relnamespace));
   20341                 :         298 :         reltype = ((RenameStmt *) stmt)->renameType;
   20342                 :             :     }
   20343         [ +  + ]:       21518 :     else if (IsA(stmt, AlterObjectSchemaStmt))
   20344                 :          64 :         reltype = ((AlterObjectSchemaStmt *) stmt)->objectType;
   20345                 :             : 
   20346         [ +  - ]:       21454 :     else if (IsA(stmt, AlterTableStmt))
   20347                 :       21454 :         reltype = ((AlterTableStmt *) stmt)->objtype;
   20348                 :             :     else
   20349                 :             :     {
   20350         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d", (int) nodeTag(stmt));
   20351                 :             :         reltype = OBJECT_TABLE; /* placate compiler */
   20352                 :             :     }
   20353                 :             : 
   20354                 :             :     /*
   20355                 :             :      * For compatibility with prior releases, we allow ALTER TABLE to be used
   20356                 :             :      * with most other types of relations (but not composite types). We allow
   20357                 :             :      * similar flexibility for ALTER INDEX in the case of RENAME, but not
   20358                 :             :      * otherwise.  Otherwise, the user must select the correct form of the
   20359                 :             :      * command for the relation at issue.
   20360                 :             :      */
   20361   [ +  +  -  + ]:       21816 :     if (reltype == OBJECT_SEQUENCE && relkind != RELKIND_SEQUENCE)
   20362         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   20363                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   20364                 :             :                  errmsg("\"%s\" is not a sequence", rv->relname)));
   20365                 :             : 
   20366   [ +  +  -  + ]:       21816 :     if (reltype == OBJECT_VIEW && relkind != RELKIND_VIEW)
   20367         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   20368                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   20369                 :             :                  errmsg("\"%s\" is not a view", rv->relname)));
   20370                 :             : 
   20371   [ +  +  -  + ]:       21816 :     if (reltype == OBJECT_MATVIEW && relkind != RELKIND_MATVIEW)
   20372         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   20373                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   20374                 :             :                  errmsg("\"%s\" is not a materialized view", rv->relname)));
   20375                 :             : 
   20376   [ +  +  -  + ]:       21816 :     if (reltype == OBJECT_FOREIGN_TABLE && relkind != RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
   20377         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   20378                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   20379                 :             :                  errmsg("\"%s\" is not a foreign table", rv->relname)));
   20380                 :             : 
   20381   [ +  +  -  + ]:       21816 :     if (reltype == OBJECT_TYPE && relkind != RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE)
   20382         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   20383                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   20384                 :             :                  errmsg("\"%s\" is not a composite type", rv->relname)));
   20385                 :             : 
   20386   [ +  +  +  +  :       21816 :     if (reltype == OBJECT_INDEX && relkind != RELKIND_INDEX &&
                   +  + ]
   20387                 :             :         relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX
   20388         [ +  + ]:          23 :         && !IsA(stmt, RenameStmt))
   20389         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   20390                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   20391                 :             :                  errmsg("\"%s\" is not an index", rv->relname)));
   20392                 :             : 
   20393                 :             :     /*
   20394                 :             :      * Don't allow ALTER TABLE on composite types. We want people to use ALTER
   20395                 :             :      * TYPE for that.
   20396                 :             :      */
   20397   [ +  +  -  + ]:       21812 :     if (reltype != OBJECT_TYPE && relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE)
   20398         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   20399                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   20400                 :             :                  errmsg("\"%s\" is a composite type", rv->relname),
   20401                 :             :         /* translator: %s is an SQL ALTER command */
   20402                 :             :                  errhint("Use %s instead.",
   20403                 :             :                          "ALTER TYPE")));
   20404                 :             : 
   20405                 :             :     /*
   20406                 :             :      * Don't allow ALTER TABLE .. SET SCHEMA on relations that can't be moved
   20407                 :             :      * to a different schema, such as indexes and TOAST tables.
   20408                 :             :      */
   20409         [ +  + ]:       21812 :     if (IsA(stmt, AlterObjectSchemaStmt))
   20410                 :             :     {
   20411   [ +  -  -  + ]:          64 :         if (relkind == RELKIND_INDEX || relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
   20412         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   20413                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   20414                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot change schema of index \"%s\"",
   20415                 :             :                             rv->relname),
   20416                 :             :                      errhint("Change the schema of the table instead.")));
   20417         [ -  + ]:          64 :         else if (relkind == RELKIND_COMPOSITE_TYPE)
   20418         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   20419                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   20420                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot change schema of composite type \"%s\"",
   20421                 :             :                             rv->relname),
   20422                 :             :             /* translator: %s is an SQL ALTER command */
   20423                 :             :                      errhint("Use %s instead.",
   20424                 :             :                              "ALTER TYPE")));
   20425         [ -  + ]:          64 :         else if (relkind == RELKIND_TOASTVALUE)
   20426         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   20427                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   20428                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot change schema of TOAST table \"%s\"",
   20429                 :             :                             rv->relname),
   20430                 :             :                      errhint("Change the schema of the table instead.")));
   20431                 :             :     }
   20432                 :             : 
   20433                 :       21812 :     ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
   20434                 :             : }
   20435                 :             : 
   20436                 :             : /*
   20437                 :             :  * Transform any expressions present in the partition key
   20438                 :             :  *
   20439                 :             :  * Returns a transformed PartitionSpec.
   20440                 :             :  */
   20441                 :             : static PartitionSpec *
   20442                 :        3384 : transformPartitionSpec(Relation rel, PartitionSpec *partspec)
   20443                 :             : {
   20444                 :             :     PartitionSpec *newspec;
   20445                 :             :     ParseState *pstate;
   20446                 :             :     ParseNamespaceItem *nsitem;
   20447                 :             :     ListCell   *l;
   20448                 :             : 
   20449                 :        3384 :     newspec = makeNode(PartitionSpec);
   20450                 :             : 
   20451                 :        3384 :     newspec->strategy = partspec->strategy;
   20452                 :        3384 :     newspec->partParams = NIL;
   20453                 :        3384 :     newspec->location = partspec->location;
   20454                 :             : 
   20455                 :             :     /* Check valid number of columns for strategy */
   20456   [ +  +  +  + ]:        4978 :     if (partspec->strategy == PARTITION_STRATEGY_LIST &&
   20457                 :        1594 :         list_length(partspec->partParams) != 1)
   20458         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   20459                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
   20460                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot use \"list\" partition strategy with more than one column")));
   20461                 :             : 
   20462                 :             :     /*
   20463                 :             :      * Create a dummy ParseState and insert the target relation as its sole
   20464                 :             :      * rangetable entry.  We need a ParseState for transformExpr.
   20465                 :             :      */
   20466                 :        3380 :     pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
   20467                 :        3380 :     nsitem = addRangeTableEntryForRelation(pstate, rel, AccessShareLock,
   20468                 :             :                                            NULL, false, true);
   20469                 :        3380 :     addNSItemToQuery(pstate, nsitem, true, true, true);
   20470                 :             : 
   20471                 :             :     /* take care of any partition expressions */
   20472   [ +  -  +  +  :        7062 :     foreach(l, partspec->partParams)
                   +  + ]
   20473                 :             :     {
   20474                 :        3698 :         PartitionElem *pelem = lfirst_node(PartitionElem, l);
   20475                 :             : 
   20476         [ +  + ]:        3698 :         if (pelem->expr)
   20477                 :             :         {
   20478                 :             :             /* Copy, to avoid scribbling on the input */
   20479                 :         232 :             pelem = copyObject(pelem);
   20480                 :             : 
   20481                 :             :             /* Now do parse transformation of the expression */
   20482                 :         232 :             pelem->expr = transformExpr(pstate, pelem->expr,
   20483                 :             :                                         EXPR_KIND_PARTITION_EXPRESSION);
   20484                 :             : 
   20485                 :             :             /* we have to fix its collations too */
   20486                 :         216 :             assign_expr_collations(pstate, pelem->expr);
   20487                 :             :         }
   20488                 :             : 
   20489                 :        3682 :         newspec->partParams = lappend(newspec->partParams, pelem);
   20490                 :             :     }
   20491                 :             : 
   20492                 :        3364 :     return newspec;
   20493                 :             : }
   20494                 :             : 
   20495                 :             : /*
   20496                 :             :  * Compute per-partition-column information from a list of PartitionElems.
   20497                 :             :  * Expressions in the PartitionElems must be parse-analyzed already.
   20498                 :             :  */
   20499                 :             : static void
   20500                 :        3364 : ComputePartitionAttrs(ParseState *pstate, Relation rel, List *partParams, AttrNumber *partattrs,
   20501                 :             :                       List **partexprs, Oid *partopclass, Oid *partcollation,
   20502                 :             :                       PartitionStrategy strategy)
   20503                 :             : {
   20504                 :             :     int         attn;
   20505                 :             :     ListCell   *lc;
   20506                 :             :     Oid         am_oid;
   20507                 :             : 
   20508                 :        3364 :     attn = 0;
   20509   [ +  -  +  +  :        6958 :     foreach(lc, partParams)
                   +  + ]
   20510                 :             :     {
   20511                 :        3682 :         PartitionElem *pelem = lfirst_node(PartitionElem, lc);
   20512                 :             :         Oid         atttype;
   20513                 :             :         Oid         attcollation;
   20514                 :             : 
   20515         [ +  + ]:        3682 :         if (pelem->name != NULL)
   20516                 :             :         {
   20517                 :             :             /* Simple attribute reference */
   20518                 :             :             HeapTuple   atttuple;
   20519                 :             :             Form_pg_attribute attform;
   20520                 :             : 
   20521                 :        3466 :             atttuple = SearchSysCacheAttName(RelationGetRelid(rel),
   20522                 :        3466 :                                              pelem->name);
   20523         [ +  + ]:        3466 :             if (!HeapTupleIsValid(atttuple))
   20524         [ +  - ]:           8 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   20525                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_COLUMN),
   20526                 :             :                          errmsg("column \"%s\" named in partition key does not exist",
   20527                 :             :                                 pelem->name),
   20528                 :             :                          parser_errposition(pstate, pelem->location)));
   20529                 :        3458 :             attform = (Form_pg_attribute) GETSTRUCT(atttuple);
   20530                 :             : 
   20531         [ +  + ]:        3458 :             if (attform->attnum <= 0)
   20532         [ +  - ]:           4 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   20533                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
   20534                 :             :                          errmsg("cannot use system column \"%s\" in partition key",
   20535                 :             :                                 pelem->name),
   20536                 :             :                          parser_errposition(pstate, pelem->location)));
   20537                 :             : 
   20538                 :             :             /*
   20539                 :             :              * Stored generated columns cannot work: They are computed after
   20540                 :             :              * BEFORE triggers, but partition routing is done before all
   20541                 :             :              * triggers.  Maybe virtual generated columns could be made to
   20542                 :             :              * work, but then they would need to be handled as an expression
   20543                 :             :              * below.
   20544                 :             :              */
   20545         [ +  + ]:        3454 :             if (attform->attgenerated)
   20546         [ +  - ]:           8 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   20547                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
   20548                 :             :                          errmsg("cannot use generated column in partition key"),
   20549                 :             :                          errdetail("Column \"%s\" is a generated column.",
   20550                 :             :                                    pelem->name),
   20551                 :             :                          parser_errposition(pstate, pelem->location)));
   20552                 :             : 
   20553                 :        3446 :             partattrs[attn] = attform->attnum;
   20554                 :        3446 :             atttype = attform->atttypid;
   20555                 :        3446 :             attcollation = attform->attcollation;
   20556                 :        3446 :             ReleaseSysCache(atttuple);
   20557                 :             :         }
   20558                 :             :         else
   20559                 :             :         {
   20560                 :             :             /* Expression */
   20561                 :         216 :             Node       *expr = pelem->expr;
   20562                 :             :             char        partattname[16];
   20563                 :         216 :             Bitmapset  *expr_attrs = NULL;
   20564                 :             :             int         i;
   20565                 :             : 
   20566                 :             :             Assert(expr != NULL);
   20567                 :         216 :             atttype = exprType(expr);
   20568                 :         216 :             attcollation = exprCollation(expr);
   20569                 :             : 
   20570                 :             :             /*
   20571                 :             :              * The expression must be of a storable type (e.g., not RECORD).
   20572                 :             :              * The test is the same as for whether a table column is of a safe
   20573                 :             :              * type (which is why we needn't check for the non-expression
   20574                 :             :              * case).
   20575                 :             :              */
   20576                 :         216 :             snprintf(partattname, sizeof(partattname), "%d", attn + 1);
   20577                 :         216 :             CheckAttributeType(partattname,
   20578                 :             :                                atttype, attcollation,
   20579                 :             :                                NIL, CHKATYPE_IS_PARTKEY);
   20580                 :             : 
   20581                 :             :             /*
   20582                 :             :              * Strip any top-level COLLATE clause.  This ensures that we treat
   20583                 :             :              * "x COLLATE y" and "(x COLLATE y)" alike.
   20584                 :             :              */
   20585         [ -  + ]:         208 :             while (IsA(expr, CollateExpr))
   20586                 :           0 :                 expr = (Node *) ((CollateExpr *) expr)->arg;
   20587                 :             : 
   20588                 :             :             /*
   20589                 :             :              * Examine all the columns in the partition key expression. When
   20590                 :             :              * the whole-row reference is present, examine all the columns of
   20591                 :             :              * the partitioned table.
   20592                 :             :              */
   20593                 :         208 :             pull_varattnos(expr, 1, &expr_attrs);
   20594         [ +  + ]:         208 :             if (bms_is_member(0 - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber, expr_attrs))
   20595                 :             :             {
   20596                 :          40 :                 expr_attrs = bms_add_range(expr_attrs,
   20597                 :             :                                            1 - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber,
   20598                 :          20 :                                            RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(rel) - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber);
   20599                 :          20 :                 expr_attrs = bms_del_member(expr_attrs, 0 - FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber);
   20600                 :             :             }
   20601                 :             : 
   20602                 :         208 :             i = -1;
   20603         [ +  + ]:         457 :             while ((i = bms_next_member(expr_attrs, i)) >= 0)
   20604                 :             :             {
   20605                 :         281 :                 AttrNumber  attno = i + FirstLowInvalidHeapAttributeNumber;
   20606                 :             : 
   20607                 :             :                 Assert(attno != 0);
   20608                 :             : 
   20609                 :             :                 /*
   20610                 :             :                  * Cannot allow system column references, since that would
   20611                 :             :                  * make partition routing impossible: their values won't be
   20612                 :             :                  * known yet when we need to do that.
   20613                 :             :                  */
   20614         [ -  + ]:         281 :                 if (attno < 0)
   20615         [ #  # ]:           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
   20616                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
   20617                 :             :                              errmsg("partition key expressions cannot contain system column references")));
   20618                 :             : 
   20619                 :             :                 /*
   20620                 :             :                  * Stored generated columns cannot work: They are computed
   20621                 :             :                  * after BEFORE triggers, but partition routing is done before
   20622                 :             :                  * all triggers.  Virtual generated columns could probably
   20623                 :             :                  * work, but it would require more work elsewhere (for example
   20624                 :             :                  * SET EXPRESSION would need to check whether the column is
   20625                 :             :                  * used in partition keys).  Seems safer to prohibit for now.
   20626                 :             :                  */
   20627         [ +  + ]:         281 :                 if (TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(rel), attno - 1)->attgenerated)
   20628         [ +  - ]:          32 :                     ereport(ERROR,
   20629                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
   20630                 :             :                              errmsg("cannot use generated column in partition key"),
   20631                 :             :                              errdetail("Column \"%s\" is a generated column.",
   20632                 :             :                                        get_attname(RelationGetRelid(rel), attno, false)),
   20633                 :             :                              parser_errposition(pstate, pelem->location)));
   20634                 :             :             }
   20635                 :             : 
   20636         [ +  + ]:         176 :             if (IsA(expr, Var) &&
   20637         [ +  + ]:           8 :                 ((Var *) expr)->varattno > 0)
   20638                 :             :             {
   20639                 :             : 
   20640                 :             :                 /*
   20641                 :             :                  * User wrote "(column)" or "(column COLLATE something)".
   20642                 :             :                  * Treat it like simple attribute anyway.
   20643                 :             :                  */
   20644                 :           4 :                 partattrs[attn] = ((Var *) expr)->varattno;
   20645                 :             :             }
   20646                 :             :             else
   20647                 :             :             {
   20648                 :         172 :                 partattrs[attn] = 0;    /* marks the column as expression */
   20649                 :         172 :                 *partexprs = lappend(*partexprs, expr);
   20650                 :             : 
   20651                 :             :                 /*
   20652                 :             :                  * transformPartitionSpec() should have already rejected
   20653                 :             :                  * subqueries, aggregates, window functions, and SRFs, based
   20654                 :             :                  * on the EXPR_KIND_ for partition expressions.
   20655                 :             :                  */
   20656                 :             : 
   20657                 :             :                 /*
   20658                 :             :                  * Preprocess the expression before checking for mutability.
   20659                 :             :                  * This is essential for the reasons described in
   20660                 :             :                  * contain_mutable_functions_after_planning.  However, we call
   20661                 :             :                  * expression_planner for ourselves rather than using that
   20662                 :             :                  * function, because if constant-folding reduces the
   20663                 :             :                  * expression to a constant, we'd like to know that so we can
   20664                 :             :                  * complain below.
   20665                 :             :                  *
   20666                 :             :                  * Like contain_mutable_functions_after_planning, assume that
   20667                 :             :                  * expression_planner won't scribble on its input, so this
   20668                 :             :                  * won't affect the partexprs entry we saved above.
   20669                 :             :                  */
   20670                 :         172 :                 expr = (Node *) expression_planner((Expr *) expr);
   20671                 :             : 
   20672                 :             :                 /*
   20673                 :             :                  * Partition expressions cannot contain mutable functions,
   20674                 :             :                  * because a given row must always map to the same partition
   20675                 :             :                  * as long as there is no change in the partition boundary
   20676                 :             :                  * structure.
   20677                 :             :                  */
   20678         [ +  + ]:         172 :                 if (contain_mutable_functions(expr))
   20679         [ +  - ]:           4 :                     ereport(ERROR,
   20680                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
   20681                 :             :                              errmsg("functions in partition key expression must be marked IMMUTABLE")));
   20682                 :             : 
   20683                 :             :                 /*
   20684                 :             :                  * While it is not exactly *wrong* for a partition expression
   20685                 :             :                  * to be a constant, it seems better to reject such keys.
   20686                 :             :                  */
   20687         [ +  + ]:         168 :                 if (IsA(expr, Const))
   20688         [ +  - ]:           8 :                     ereport(ERROR,
   20689                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
   20690                 :             :                              errmsg("cannot use constant expression as partition key")));
   20691                 :             :             }
   20692                 :             :         }
   20693                 :             : 
   20694                 :             :         /*
   20695                 :             :          * Apply collation override if any
   20696                 :             :          */
   20697         [ +  + ]:        3610 :         if (pelem->collation)
   20698                 :          36 :             attcollation = get_collation_oid(pelem->collation, false);
   20699                 :             : 
   20700                 :             :         /*
   20701                 :             :          * Check we have a collation iff it's a collatable type.  The only
   20702                 :             :          * expected failures here are (1) COLLATE applied to a noncollatable
   20703                 :             :          * type, or (2) partition expression had an unresolved collation. But
   20704                 :             :          * we might as well code this to be a complete consistency check.
   20705                 :             :          */
   20706         [ +  + ]:        3610 :         if (type_is_collatable(atttype))
   20707                 :             :         {
   20708         [ -  + ]:         395 :             if (!OidIsValid(attcollation))
   20709         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   20710                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INDETERMINATE_COLLATION),
   20711                 :             :                          errmsg("could not determine which collation to use for partition expression"),
   20712                 :             :                          errhint("Use the COLLATE clause to set the collation explicitly.")));
   20713                 :             :         }
   20714                 :             :         else
   20715                 :             :         {
   20716         [ -  + ]:        3215 :             if (OidIsValid(attcollation))
   20717         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   20718                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
   20719                 :             :                          errmsg("collations are not supported by type %s",
   20720                 :             :                                 format_type_be(atttype))));
   20721                 :             :         }
   20722                 :             : 
   20723                 :        3610 :         partcollation[attn] = attcollation;
   20724                 :             : 
   20725                 :             :         /*
   20726                 :             :          * Identify the appropriate operator class.  For list and range
   20727                 :             :          * partitioning, we use a btree operator class; hash partitioning uses
   20728                 :             :          * a hash operator class.
   20729                 :             :          */
   20730         [ +  + ]:        3610 :         if (strategy == PARTITION_STRATEGY_HASH)
   20731                 :         207 :             am_oid = HASH_AM_OID;
   20732                 :             :         else
   20733                 :        3403 :             am_oid = BTREE_AM_OID;
   20734                 :             : 
   20735         [ +  + ]:        3610 :         if (!pelem->opclass)
   20736                 :             :         {
   20737                 :        3514 :             partopclass[attn] = GetDefaultOpClass(atttype, am_oid);
   20738                 :             : 
   20739         [ +  + ]:        3514 :             if (!OidIsValid(partopclass[attn]))
   20740                 :             :             {
   20741         [ -  + ]:           8 :                 if (strategy == PARTITION_STRATEGY_HASH)
   20742         [ #  # ]:           0 :                     ereport(ERROR,
   20743                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
   20744                 :             :                              errmsg("data type %s has no default operator class for access method \"%s\"",
   20745                 :             :                                     format_type_be(atttype), "hash"),
   20746                 :             :                              errhint("You must specify a hash operator class or define a default hash operator class for the data type.")));
   20747                 :             :                 else
   20748         [ +  - ]:           8 :                     ereport(ERROR,
   20749                 :             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
   20750                 :             :                              errmsg("data type %s has no default operator class for access method \"%s\"",
   20751                 :             :                                     format_type_be(atttype), "btree"),
   20752                 :             :                              errhint("You must specify a btree operator class or define a default btree operator class for the data type.")));
   20753                 :             :             }
   20754                 :             :         }
   20755                 :             :         else
   20756         [ +  + ]:          96 :             partopclass[attn] = ResolveOpClass(pelem->opclass,
   20757                 :             :                                                atttype,
   20758                 :             :                                                am_oid == HASH_AM_OID ? "hash" : "btree",
   20759                 :             :                                                am_oid);
   20760                 :             : 
   20761                 :        3594 :         attn++;
   20762                 :             :     }
   20763                 :        3276 : }
   20764                 :             : 
   20765                 :             : /*
   20766                 :             :  * PartConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint
   20767                 :             :  *      Do scanrel's existing constraints imply the partition constraint?
   20768                 :             :  *
   20769                 :             :  * "Existing constraints" include its check constraints and column-level
   20770                 :             :  * not-null constraints.  partConstraint describes the partition constraint,
   20771                 :             :  * in implicit-AND form.
   20772                 :             :  */
   20773                 :             : bool
   20774                 :        1979 : PartConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(Relation scanrel,
   20775                 :             :                                      List *partConstraint)
   20776                 :             : {
   20777                 :        1979 :     List       *existConstraint = NIL;
   20778                 :        1979 :     TupleConstr *constr = RelationGetDescr(scanrel)->constr;
   20779                 :             :     int         i;
   20780                 :             : 
   20781   [ +  +  +  + ]:        1979 :     if (constr && constr->has_not_null)
   20782                 :             :     {
   20783                 :         500 :         int         natts = scanrel->rd_att->natts;
   20784                 :             : 
   20785         [ +  + ]:        1662 :         for (i = 1; i <= natts; i++)
   20786                 :             :         {
   20787                 :        1162 :             CompactAttribute *att = TupleDescCompactAttr(scanrel->rd_att, i - 1);
   20788                 :             : 
   20789                 :             :             /* invalid not-null constraint must be ignored here */
   20790   [ +  +  +  - ]:        1162 :             if (att->attnullability == ATTNULLABLE_VALID && !att->attisdropped)
   20791                 :             :             {
   20792                 :         695 :                 Form_pg_attribute wholeatt = TupleDescAttr(scanrel->rd_att, i - 1);
   20793                 :         695 :                 NullTest   *ntest = makeNode(NullTest);
   20794                 :             : 
   20795                 :         695 :                 ntest->arg = (Expr *) makeVar(1,
   20796                 :             :                                               i,
   20797                 :             :                                               wholeatt->atttypid,
   20798                 :             :                                               wholeatt->atttypmod,
   20799                 :             :                                               wholeatt->attcollation,
   20800                 :             :                                               0);
   20801                 :         695 :                 ntest->nulltesttype = IS_NOT_NULL;
   20802                 :             : 
   20803                 :             :                 /*
   20804                 :             :                  * argisrow=false is correct even for a composite column,
   20805                 :             :                  * because attnotnull does not represent a SQL-spec IS NOT
   20806                 :             :                  * NULL test in such a case, just IS DISTINCT FROM NULL.
   20807                 :             :                  */
   20808                 :         695 :                 ntest->argisrow = false;
   20809                 :         695 :                 ntest->location = -1;
   20810                 :         695 :                 existConstraint = lappend(existConstraint, ntest);
   20811                 :             :             }
   20812                 :             :         }
   20813                 :             :     }
   20814                 :             : 
   20815                 :        1979 :     return ConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(scanrel, partConstraint, existConstraint);
   20816                 :             : }
   20817                 :             : 
   20818                 :             : /*
   20819                 :             :  * ConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint
   20820                 :             :  *      Do scanrel's existing constraints imply the given constraint?
   20821                 :             :  *
   20822                 :             :  * testConstraint is the constraint to validate. provenConstraint is a
   20823                 :             :  * caller-provided list of conditions which this function may assume
   20824                 :             :  * to be true. Both provenConstraint and testConstraint must be in
   20825                 :             :  * implicit-AND form, must only contain immutable clauses, and must
   20826                 :             :  * contain only Vars with varno = 1.
   20827                 :             :  */
   20828                 :             : bool
   20829                 :        2794 : ConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(Relation scanrel, List *testConstraint, List *provenConstraint)
   20830                 :             : {
   20831                 :        2794 :     List       *existConstraint = list_copy(provenConstraint);
   20832                 :        2794 :     TupleConstr *constr = RelationGetDescr(scanrel)->constr;
   20833                 :             :     int         num_check,
   20834                 :             :                 i;
   20835                 :             : 
   20836         [ +  + ]:        2794 :     num_check = (constr != NULL) ? constr->num_check : 0;
   20837         [ +  + ]:        3130 :     for (i = 0; i < num_check; i++)
   20838                 :             :     {
   20839                 :             :         Node       *cexpr;
   20840                 :             : 
   20841                 :             :         /*
   20842                 :             :          * If this constraint hasn't been fully validated yet, we must ignore
   20843                 :             :          * it here.
   20844                 :             :          */
   20845         [ +  + ]:         336 :         if (!constr->check[i].ccvalid)
   20846                 :          12 :             continue;
   20847                 :             : 
   20848                 :             :         /*
   20849                 :             :          * NOT ENFORCED constraints are always marked as invalid, which should
   20850                 :             :          * have been ignored.
   20851                 :             :          */
   20852                 :             :         Assert(constr->check[i].ccenforced);
   20853                 :             : 
   20854                 :         324 :         cexpr = stringToNode(constr->check[i].ccbin);
   20855                 :             : 
   20856                 :             :         /*
   20857                 :             :          * Run each expression through const-simplification and
   20858                 :             :          * canonicalization.  It is necessary, because we will be comparing it
   20859                 :             :          * to similarly-processed partition constraint expressions, and may
   20860                 :             :          * fail to detect valid matches without this.
   20861                 :             :          */
   20862                 :         324 :         cexpr = eval_const_expressions(NULL, cexpr);
   20863                 :         324 :         cexpr = (Node *) canonicalize_qual((Expr *) cexpr, true);
   20864                 :             : 
   20865                 :         324 :         existConstraint = list_concat(existConstraint,
   20866                 :         324 :                                       make_ands_implicit((Expr *) cexpr));
   20867                 :             :     }
   20868                 :             : 
   20869                 :             :     /*
   20870                 :             :      * Try to make the proof.  Since we are comparing CHECK constraints, we
   20871                 :             :      * need to use weak implication, i.e., we assume existConstraint is
   20872                 :             :      * not-false and try to prove the same for testConstraint.
   20873                 :             :      *
   20874                 :             :      * Note that predicate_implied_by assumes its first argument is known
   20875                 :             :      * immutable.  That should always be true for both NOT NULL and partition
   20876                 :             :      * constraints, so we don't test it here.
   20877                 :             :      */
   20878                 :        2794 :     return predicate_implied_by(testConstraint, existConstraint, true);
   20879                 :             : }
   20880                 :             : 
   20881                 :             : /*
   20882                 :             :  * QueuePartitionConstraintValidation
   20883                 :             :  *
   20884                 :             :  * Add an entry to wqueue to have the given partition constraint validated by
   20885                 :             :  * Phase 3, for the given relation, and all its children.
   20886                 :             :  *
   20887                 :             :  * We first verify whether the given constraint is implied by pre-existing
   20888                 :             :  * relation constraints; if it is, there's no need to scan the table to
   20889                 :             :  * validate, so don't queue in that case.
   20890                 :             :  */
   20891                 :             : static void
   20892                 :        1638 : QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(List **wqueue, Relation scanrel,
   20893                 :             :                                    List *partConstraint,
   20894                 :             :                                    bool validate_default)
   20895                 :             : {
   20896                 :             :     /*
   20897                 :             :      * Based on the table's existing constraints, determine whether or not we
   20898                 :             :      * may skip scanning the table.
   20899                 :             :      */
   20900         [ +  + ]:        1638 :     if (PartConstraintImpliedByRelConstraint(scanrel, partConstraint))
   20901                 :             :     {
   20902         [ +  + ]:          55 :         if (!validate_default)
   20903         [ +  + ]:          41 :             ereport(DEBUG1,
   20904                 :             :                     (errmsg_internal("partition constraint for table \"%s\" is implied by existing constraints",
   20905                 :             :                                      RelationGetRelationName(scanrel))));
   20906                 :             :         else
   20907         [ +  + ]:          14 :             ereport(DEBUG1,
   20908                 :             :                     (errmsg_internal("updated partition constraint for default partition \"%s\" is implied by existing constraints",
   20909                 :             :                                      RelationGetRelationName(scanrel))));
   20910                 :          55 :         return;
   20911                 :             :     }
   20912                 :             : 
   20913                 :             :     /*
   20914                 :             :      * Constraints proved insufficient. For plain relations, queue a
   20915                 :             :      * validation item now; for partitioned tables, recurse to process each
   20916                 :             :      * partition.
   20917                 :             :      */
   20918         [ +  + ]:        1583 :     if (scanrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION)
   20919                 :             :     {
   20920                 :             :         AlteredTableInfo *tab;
   20921                 :             : 
   20922                 :             :         /* Grab a work queue entry. */
   20923                 :        1320 :         tab = ATGetQueueEntry(wqueue, scanrel);
   20924                 :             :         Assert(tab->partition_constraint == NULL);
   20925                 :        1320 :         tab->partition_constraint = (Expr *) linitial(partConstraint);
   20926                 :        1320 :         tab->validate_default = validate_default;
   20927                 :             :     }
   20928         [ +  + ]:         263 :     else if (scanrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   20929                 :             :     {
   20930                 :         232 :         PartitionDesc partdesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(scanrel, true);
   20931                 :             :         int         i;
   20932                 :             : 
   20933         [ +  + ]:         488 :         for (i = 0; i < partdesc->nparts; i++)
   20934                 :             :         {
   20935                 :             :             Relation    part_rel;
   20936                 :             :             List       *thisPartConstraint;
   20937                 :             : 
   20938                 :             :             /*
   20939                 :             :              * This is the minimum lock we need to prevent deadlocks.
   20940                 :             :              */
   20941                 :         256 :             part_rel = table_open(partdesc->oids[i], AccessExclusiveLock);
   20942                 :             : 
   20943                 :             :             /*
   20944                 :             :              * Adjust the constraint for scanrel so that it matches this
   20945                 :             :              * partition's attribute numbers.
   20946                 :             :              */
   20947                 :             :             thisPartConstraint =
   20948                 :         256 :                 map_partition_varattnos(partConstraint, 1,
   20949                 :             :                                         part_rel, scanrel);
   20950                 :             : 
   20951                 :         256 :             QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(wqueue, part_rel,
   20952                 :             :                                                thisPartConstraint,
   20953                 :             :                                                validate_default);
   20954                 :         256 :             table_close(part_rel, NoLock);  /* keep lock till commit */
   20955                 :             :         }
   20956                 :             :     }
   20957                 :             : }
   20958                 :             : 
   20959                 :             : /*
   20960                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE <name> ATTACH PARTITION <partition-name> FOR VALUES
   20961                 :             :  *
   20962                 :             :  * Return the address of the newly attached partition.
   20963                 :             :  */
   20964                 :             : static ObjectAddress
   20965                 :        1533 : ATExecAttachPartition(List **wqueue, Relation rel, PartitionCmd *cmd,
   20966                 :             :                       AlterTableUtilityContext *context)
   20967                 :             : {
   20968                 :             :     Relation    attachrel,
   20969                 :             :                 catalog;
   20970                 :             :     List       *attachrel_children;
   20971                 :             :     List       *partConstraint;
   20972                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   20973                 :             :     ScanKeyData skey;
   20974                 :             :     AttrNumber  attno;
   20975                 :             :     int         natts;
   20976                 :             :     TupleDesc   tupleDesc;
   20977                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
   20978                 :             :     const char *trigger_name;
   20979                 :             :     Oid         defaultPartOid;
   20980                 :             :     List       *partBoundConstraint;
   20981                 :        1533 :     List       *exceptpuboids = NIL;
   20982                 :        1533 :     ParseState *pstate = make_parsestate(NULL);
   20983                 :             : 
   20984                 :        1533 :     pstate->p_sourcetext = context->queryString;
   20985                 :             : 
   20986                 :             :     /*
   20987                 :             :      * We must lock the default partition if one exists, because attaching a
   20988                 :             :      * new partition will change its partition constraint.
   20989                 :             :      */
   20990                 :             :     defaultPartOid =
   20991                 :        1533 :         get_default_oid_from_partdesc(RelationGetPartitionDesc(rel, true));
   20992         [ +  + ]:        1533 :     if (OidIsValid(defaultPartOid))
   20993                 :         117 :         LockRelationOid(defaultPartOid, AccessExclusiveLock);
   20994                 :             : 
   20995                 :        1533 :     attachrel = table_openrv(cmd->name, AccessExclusiveLock);
   20996                 :             : 
   20997                 :             :     /*
   20998                 :             :      * XXX I think it'd be a good idea to grab locks on all tables referenced
   20999                 :             :      * by FKs at this point also.
   21000                 :             :      */
   21001                 :             : 
   21002                 :             :     /*
   21003                 :             :      * Must be owner of both parent and source table -- parent was checked by
   21004                 :             :      * ATSimplePermissions call in ATPrepCmd
   21005                 :             :      */
   21006                 :        1529 :     ATSimplePermissions(AT_AttachPartition, attachrel,
   21007                 :             :                         ATT_TABLE | ATT_PARTITIONED_TABLE | ATT_FOREIGN_TABLE);
   21008                 :             : 
   21009                 :             :     /* A partition can only have one parent */
   21010         [ +  + ]:        1525 :     if (attachrel->rd_rel->relispartition)
   21011         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   21012                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   21013                 :             :                  errmsg("\"%s\" is already a partition",
   21014                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(attachrel))));
   21015                 :             : 
   21016         [ +  + ]:        1521 :     if (OidIsValid(attachrel->rd_rel->reloftype))
   21017         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   21018                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   21019                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot attach a typed table as partition")));
   21020                 :             : 
   21021                 :             :     /*
   21022                 :             :      * Disallow attaching a partition if the table is referenced in a
   21023                 :             :      * publication EXCEPT clause. Changing the partition hierarchy could alter
   21024                 :             :      * the effective publication membership.
   21025                 :             :      */
   21026                 :        1517 :     exceptpuboids = GetRelationExcludedPublications(RelationGetRelid(attachrel));
   21027         [ +  + ]:        1517 :     if (exceptpuboids != NIL)
   21028                 :             :     {
   21029                 :           4 :         bool        first = true;
   21030                 :             :         StringInfoData pubnames;
   21031                 :             : 
   21032                 :           4 :         initStringInfo(&pubnames);
   21033                 :             : 
   21034   [ +  -  +  +  :          12 :         foreach_oid(pubid, exceptpuboids)
                   +  + ]
   21035                 :             :         {
   21036                 :           4 :             char       *pubname = get_publication_name(pubid, false);
   21037                 :             : 
   21038         [ +  - ]:           4 :             if (first)
   21039                 :           4 :                 appendStringInfo(&pubnames, _("\"%s\""), pubname);
   21040                 :             :             else
   21041                 :           0 :                 appendStringInfo(&pubnames, _(", \"%s\""), pubname);
   21042                 :           4 :             first = false;
   21043                 :             :         }
   21044                 :             : 
   21045         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   21046                 :             :                 errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
   21047                 :             :                 errmsg_plural("cannot attach table \"%s\" as partition because it is referenced in publication %s EXCEPT clause",
   21048                 :             :                               "cannot attach table \"%s\" as partition because it is referenced in publications %s EXCEPT clause",
   21049                 :             :                               list_length(exceptpuboids),
   21050                 :             :                               RelationGetRelationName(attachrel),
   21051                 :             :                               pubnames.data),
   21052                 :             :                 errdetail("The publication EXCEPT clause cannot contain tables that are partitions."),
   21053                 :             :                 errhint("Change the publication's EXCEPT clause using ALTER PUBLICATION ... SET ALL TABLES."));
   21054                 :             :     }
   21055                 :             : 
   21056                 :        1513 :     list_free(exceptpuboids);
   21057                 :             : 
   21058                 :             :     /*
   21059                 :             :      * Table being attached should not already be part of inheritance; either
   21060                 :             :      * as a child table...
   21061                 :             :      */
   21062                 :        1513 :     catalog = table_open(InheritsRelationId, AccessShareLock);
   21063                 :        1513 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey,
   21064                 :             :                 Anum_pg_inherits_inhrelid,
   21065                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   21066                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(attachrel)));
   21067                 :        1513 :     scan = systable_beginscan(catalog, InheritsRelidSeqnoIndexId, true,
   21068                 :             :                               NULL, 1, &skey);
   21069         [ +  + ]:        1513 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(systable_getnext(scan)))
   21070         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   21071                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   21072                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot attach inheritance child as partition")));
   21073                 :        1509 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   21074                 :             : 
   21075                 :             :     /* ...or as a parent table (except the case when it is partitioned) */
   21076                 :        1509 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey,
   21077                 :             :                 Anum_pg_inherits_inhparent,
   21078                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   21079                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(attachrel)));
   21080                 :        1509 :     scan = systable_beginscan(catalog, InheritsParentIndexId, true, NULL,
   21081                 :             :                               1, &skey);
   21082         [ +  + ]:        1509 :     if (HeapTupleIsValid(systable_getnext(scan)) &&
   21083         [ +  + ]:         172 :         attachrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_RELATION)
   21084         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   21085                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   21086                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot attach inheritance parent as partition")));
   21087                 :        1505 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   21088                 :        1505 :     table_close(catalog, AccessShareLock);
   21089                 :             : 
   21090                 :             :     /*
   21091                 :             :      * Prevent circularity by seeing if rel is a partition of attachrel. (In
   21092                 :             :      * particular, this disallows making a rel a partition of itself.)
   21093                 :             :      *
   21094                 :             :      * We do that by checking if rel is a member of the list of attachrel's
   21095                 :             :      * partitions provided the latter is partitioned at all.  We want to avoid
   21096                 :             :      * having to construct this list again, so we request the strongest lock
   21097                 :             :      * on all partitions.  We need the strongest lock, because we may decide
   21098                 :             :      * to scan them if we find out that the table being attached (or its leaf
   21099                 :             :      * partitions) may contain rows that violate the partition constraint. If
   21100                 :             :      * the table has a constraint that would prevent such rows, which by
   21101                 :             :      * definition is present in all the partitions, we need not scan the
   21102                 :             :      * table, nor its partitions.  But we cannot risk a deadlock by taking a
   21103                 :             :      * weaker lock now and the stronger one only when needed.
   21104                 :             :      */
   21105                 :        1505 :     attachrel_children = find_all_inheritors(RelationGetRelid(attachrel),
   21106                 :             :                                              AccessExclusiveLock, NULL);
   21107         [ +  + ]:        1505 :     if (list_member_oid(attachrel_children, RelationGetRelid(rel)))
   21108         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
   21109                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_DUPLICATE_TABLE),
   21110                 :             :                  errmsg("circular inheritance not allowed"),
   21111                 :             :                  errdetail("\"%s\" is already a child of \"%s\".",
   21112                 :             :                            RelationGetRelationName(rel),
   21113                 :             :                            RelationGetRelationName(attachrel))));
   21114                 :             : 
   21115                 :             :     /* If the parent is permanent, so must be all of its partitions. */
   21116         [ +  + ]:        1497 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP &&
   21117         [ +  + ]:        1469 :         attachrel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
   21118         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   21119                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   21120                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot attach a temporary relation as partition of permanent relation \"%s\"",
   21121                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
   21122                 :             : 
   21123                 :             :     /* Temp parent cannot have a partition that is itself not a temp */
   21124         [ +  + ]:        1493 :     if (rel->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP &&
   21125         [ +  + ]:          28 :         attachrel->rd_rel->relpersistence != RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP)
   21126         [ +  - ]:          12 :         ereport(ERROR,
   21127                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   21128                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot attach a permanent relation as partition of temporary relation \"%s\"",
   21129                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
   21130                 :             : 
   21131                 :             :     /* If the parent is temp, it must belong to this session */
   21132   [ +  +  -  + ]:        1481 :     if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(rel))
   21133         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   21134                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   21135                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot attach as partition of temporary relation of another session")));
   21136                 :             : 
   21137                 :             :     /* Ditto for the partition */
   21138   [ +  +  -  + ]:        1481 :     if (RELATION_IS_OTHER_TEMP(attachrel))
   21139         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   21140                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   21141                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot attach temporary relation of another session as partition")));
   21142                 :             : 
   21143                 :             :     /*
   21144                 :             :      * Check if attachrel has any identity columns or any columns that aren't
   21145                 :             :      * in the parent.
   21146                 :             :      */
   21147                 :        1481 :     tupleDesc = RelationGetDescr(attachrel);
   21148                 :        1481 :     natts = tupleDesc->natts;
   21149         [ +  + ]:        5051 :     for (attno = 1; attno <= natts; attno++)
   21150                 :             :     {
   21151                 :        3598 :         Form_pg_attribute attribute = TupleDescAttr(tupleDesc, attno - 1);
   21152                 :        3598 :         char       *attributeName = NameStr(attribute->attname);
   21153                 :             : 
   21154                 :             :         /* Ignore dropped */
   21155         [ +  + ]:        3598 :         if (attribute->attisdropped)
   21156                 :         368 :             continue;
   21157                 :             : 
   21158         [ +  + ]:        3230 :         if (attribute->attidentity)
   21159         [ +  - ]:          16 :             ereport(ERROR,
   21160                 :             :                     errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
   21161                 :             :                     errmsg("table \"%s\" being attached contains an identity column \"%s\"",
   21162                 :             :                            RelationGetRelationName(attachrel), attributeName),
   21163                 :             :                     errdetail("The new partition may not contain an identity column."));
   21164                 :             : 
   21165                 :             :         /* Try to find the column in parent (matching on column name) */
   21166         [ +  + ]:        3214 :         if (!SearchSysCacheExists2(ATTNAME,
   21167                 :             :                                    ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(rel)),
   21168                 :             :                                    CStringGetDatum(attributeName)))
   21169         [ +  - ]:          12 :             ereport(ERROR,
   21170                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_DATATYPE_MISMATCH),
   21171                 :             :                      errmsg("table \"%s\" contains column \"%s\" not found in parent \"%s\"",
   21172                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(attachrel), attributeName,
   21173                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
   21174                 :             :                      errdetail("The new partition may contain only the columns present in parent.")));
   21175                 :             :     }
   21176                 :             : 
   21177                 :             :     /*
   21178                 :             :      * If child_rel has row-level triggers with transition tables, we
   21179                 :             :      * currently don't allow it to become a partition.  See also prohibitions
   21180                 :             :      * in ATExecAddInherit() and CreateTrigger().
   21181                 :             :      */
   21182                 :        1453 :     trigger_name = FindTriggerIncompatibleWithInheritance(attachrel->trigdesc);
   21183         [ +  + ]:        1453 :     if (trigger_name != NULL)
   21184         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   21185                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   21186                 :             :                  errmsg("trigger \"%s\" prevents table \"%s\" from becoming a partition",
   21187                 :             :                         trigger_name, RelationGetRelationName(attachrel)),
   21188                 :             :                  errdetail("ROW triggers with transition tables are not supported on partitions.")));
   21189                 :             : 
   21190                 :             :     /*
   21191                 :             :      * Check that the new partition's bound is valid and does not overlap any
   21192                 :             :      * of existing partitions of the parent - note that it does not return on
   21193                 :             :      * error.
   21194                 :             :      */
   21195                 :        1449 :     check_new_partition_bound(RelationGetRelationName(attachrel), rel,
   21196                 :             :                               cmd->bound, pstate);
   21197                 :             : 
   21198                 :             :     /* OK to create inheritance.  Rest of the checks performed there */
   21199                 :        1425 :     CreateInheritance(attachrel, rel, true);
   21200                 :             : 
   21201                 :             :     /* Update the pg_class entry. */
   21202                 :        1353 :     StorePartitionBound(attachrel, rel, cmd->bound);
   21203                 :             : 
   21204                 :             :     /* Ensure there exists a correct set of indexes in the partition. */
   21205                 :        1353 :     AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes(wqueue, rel, attachrel);
   21206                 :             : 
   21207                 :             :     /* and triggers */
   21208                 :        1333 :     CloneRowTriggersToPartition(rel, attachrel);
   21209                 :             : 
   21210                 :             :     /*
   21211                 :             :      * Clone foreign key constraints.  Callee is responsible for setting up
   21212                 :             :      * for phase 3 constraint verification.
   21213                 :             :      */
   21214                 :        1329 :     CloneForeignKeyConstraints(wqueue, rel, attachrel);
   21215                 :             : 
   21216                 :             :     /*
   21217                 :             :      * Generate partition constraint from the partition bound specification.
   21218                 :             :      * If the parent itself is a partition, make sure to include its
   21219                 :             :      * constraint as well.
   21220                 :             :      */
   21221                 :        1317 :     partBoundConstraint = get_qual_from_partbound(rel, cmd->bound);
   21222                 :             : 
   21223                 :             :     /*
   21224                 :             :      * Use list_concat_copy() to avoid modifying partBoundConstraint in place,
   21225                 :             :      * since it's needed later to construct the constraint expression for
   21226                 :             :      * validating against the default partition, if any.
   21227                 :             :      */
   21228                 :        1317 :     partConstraint = list_concat_copy(partBoundConstraint,
   21229                 :        1317 :                                       RelationGetPartitionQual(rel));
   21230                 :             : 
   21231                 :             :     /* Skip validation if there are no constraints to validate. */
   21232         [ +  + ]:        1317 :     if (partConstraint)
   21233                 :             :     {
   21234                 :             :         /*
   21235                 :             :          * Run the partition quals through const-simplification similar to
   21236                 :             :          * check constraints.  We skip canonicalize_qual, though, because
   21237                 :             :          * partition quals should be in canonical form already.
   21238                 :             :          */
   21239                 :             :         partConstraint =
   21240                 :        1289 :             (List *) eval_const_expressions(NULL,
   21241                 :             :                                             (Node *) partConstraint);
   21242                 :             : 
   21243                 :             :         /* XXX this sure looks wrong */
   21244                 :        1289 :         partConstraint = list_make1(make_ands_explicit(partConstraint));
   21245                 :             : 
   21246                 :             :         /*
   21247                 :             :          * Adjust the generated constraint to match this partition's attribute
   21248                 :             :          * numbers.
   21249                 :             :          */
   21250                 :        1289 :         partConstraint = map_partition_varattnos(partConstraint, 1, attachrel,
   21251                 :             :                                                  rel);
   21252                 :             : 
   21253                 :             :         /* Validate partition constraints against the table being attached. */
   21254                 :        1289 :         QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(wqueue, attachrel, partConstraint,
   21255                 :             :                                            false);
   21256                 :             :     }
   21257                 :             : 
   21258                 :             :     /*
   21259                 :             :      * If we're attaching a partition other than the default partition and a
   21260                 :             :      * default one exists, then that partition's partition constraint changes,
   21261                 :             :      * so add an entry to the work queue to validate it, too.  (We must not do
   21262                 :             :      * this when the partition being attached is the default one; we already
   21263                 :             :      * did it above!)
   21264                 :             :      */
   21265         [ +  + ]:        1317 :     if (OidIsValid(defaultPartOid))
   21266                 :             :     {
   21267                 :             :         Relation    defaultrel;
   21268                 :             :         List       *defPartConstraint;
   21269                 :             : 
   21270                 :             :         Assert(!cmd->bound->is_default);
   21271                 :             : 
   21272                 :             :         /* we already hold a lock on the default partition */
   21273                 :          93 :         defaultrel = table_open(defaultPartOid, NoLock);
   21274                 :             :         defPartConstraint =
   21275                 :          93 :             get_proposed_default_constraint(partBoundConstraint);
   21276                 :             : 
   21277                 :             :         /*
   21278                 :             :          * Map the Vars in the constraint expression from rel's attnos to
   21279                 :             :          * defaultrel's.
   21280                 :             :          */
   21281                 :             :         defPartConstraint =
   21282                 :          93 :             map_partition_varattnos(defPartConstraint,
   21283                 :             :                                     1, defaultrel, rel);
   21284                 :          93 :         QueuePartitionConstraintValidation(wqueue, defaultrel,
   21285                 :             :                                            defPartConstraint, true);
   21286                 :             : 
   21287                 :             :         /* keep our lock until commit. */
   21288                 :          93 :         table_close(defaultrel, NoLock);
   21289                 :             :     }
   21290                 :             : 
   21291                 :        1317 :     ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(attachrel));
   21292                 :             : 
   21293                 :             :     /*
   21294                 :             :      * If the partition we just attached is partitioned itself, invalidate
   21295                 :             :      * relcache for all descendent partitions too to ensure that their
   21296                 :             :      * rd_partcheck expression trees are rebuilt; partitions already locked at
   21297                 :             :      * the beginning of this function.
   21298                 :             :      */
   21299         [ +  + ]:        1317 :     if (attachrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   21300                 :             :     {
   21301                 :             :         ListCell   *l;
   21302                 :             : 
   21303   [ +  -  +  +  :         663 :         foreach(l, attachrel_children)
                   +  + ]
   21304                 :             :         {
   21305                 :         446 :             CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(lfirst_oid(l));
   21306                 :             :         }
   21307                 :             :     }
   21308                 :             : 
   21309                 :             :     /* keep our lock until commit */
   21310                 :        1317 :     table_close(attachrel, NoLock);
   21311                 :             : 
   21312                 :        1317 :     return address;
   21313                 :             : }
   21314                 :             : 
   21315                 :             : /*
   21316                 :             :  * AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes
   21317                 :             :  *      subroutine for ATExecAttachPartition to create/match indexes
   21318                 :             :  *
   21319                 :             :  * Enforce the indexing rule for partitioned tables during ALTER TABLE / ATTACH
   21320                 :             :  * PARTITION: every partition must have an index attached to each index on the
   21321                 :             :  * partitioned table.
   21322                 :             :  */
   21323                 :             : static void
   21324                 :        1353 : AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes(List **wqueue, Relation rel, Relation attachrel)
   21325                 :             : {
   21326                 :             :     List       *idxes;
   21327                 :             :     List       *attachRelIdxs;
   21328                 :             :     Relation   *attachrelIdxRels;
   21329                 :             :     IndexInfo **attachInfos;
   21330                 :             :     ListCell   *cell;
   21331                 :             :     MemoryContext cxt;
   21332                 :             :     MemoryContext oldcxt;
   21333                 :             : 
   21334                 :        1353 :     cxt = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
   21335                 :             :                                 "AttachPartitionEnsureIndexes",
   21336                 :             :                                 ALLOCSET_DEFAULT_SIZES);
   21337                 :        1353 :     oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(cxt);
   21338                 :             : 
   21339                 :        1353 :     idxes = RelationGetIndexList(rel);
   21340                 :        1353 :     attachRelIdxs = RelationGetIndexList(attachrel);
   21341                 :        1353 :     attachrelIdxRels = palloc_array(Relation, list_length(attachRelIdxs));
   21342                 :        1353 :     attachInfos = palloc_array(IndexInfo *, list_length(attachRelIdxs));
   21343                 :             : 
   21344                 :             :     /* Build arrays of all existing indexes and their IndexInfos */
   21345   [ +  +  +  +  :        2959 :     foreach_oid(cldIdxId, attachRelIdxs)
                   +  + ]
   21346                 :             :     {
   21347                 :         253 :         int         i = foreach_current_index(cldIdxId);
   21348                 :             : 
   21349                 :         253 :         attachrelIdxRels[i] = index_open(cldIdxId, AccessShareLock);
   21350                 :         253 :         attachInfos[i] = BuildIndexInfo(attachrelIdxRels[i]);
   21351                 :             :     }
   21352                 :             : 
   21353                 :             :     /*
   21354                 :             :      * If we're attaching a foreign table, we must fail if any of the indexes
   21355                 :             :      * is a constraint index; otherwise, there's nothing to do here.  Do this
   21356                 :             :      * before starting work, to avoid wasting the effort of building a few
   21357                 :             :      * non-unique indexes before coming across a unique one.
   21358                 :             :      */
   21359         [ +  + ]:        1353 :     if (attachrel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
   21360                 :             :     {
   21361   [ +  +  +  +  :          55 :         foreach(cell, idxes)
                   +  + ]
   21362                 :             :         {
   21363                 :          24 :             Oid         idx = lfirst_oid(cell);
   21364                 :          24 :             Relation    idxRel = index_open(idx, AccessShareLock);
   21365                 :             : 
   21366         [ +  + ]:          24 :             if (idxRel->rd_index->indisunique ||
   21367         [ -  + ]:          16 :                 idxRel->rd_index->indisprimary)
   21368         [ +  - ]:           8 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   21369                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_WRONG_OBJECT_TYPE),
   21370                 :             :                          errmsg("cannot attach foreign table \"%s\" as partition of partitioned table \"%s\"",
   21371                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(attachrel),
   21372                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(rel)),
   21373                 :             :                          errdetail("Partitioned table \"%s\" contains unique indexes.",
   21374                 :             :                                    RelationGetRelationName(rel))));
   21375                 :          16 :             index_close(idxRel, AccessShareLock);
   21376                 :             :         }
   21377                 :             : 
   21378                 :          31 :         goto out;
   21379                 :             :     }
   21380                 :             : 
   21381                 :             :     /*
   21382                 :             :      * For each index on the partitioned table, find a matching one in the
   21383                 :             :      * partition-to-be; if one is not found, create one.
   21384                 :             :      */
   21385   [ +  +  +  +  :        1595 :     foreach(cell, idxes)
                   +  + ]
   21386                 :             :     {
   21387                 :         293 :         Oid         idx = lfirst_oid(cell);
   21388                 :         293 :         Relation    idxRel = index_open(idx, AccessShareLock);
   21389                 :             :         IndexInfo  *info;
   21390                 :             :         AttrMap    *attmap;
   21391                 :         293 :         bool        found = false;
   21392                 :             :         Oid         constraintOid;
   21393                 :             : 
   21394                 :             :         /*
   21395                 :             :          * Ignore indexes in the partitioned table other than partitioned
   21396                 :             :          * indexes.
   21397                 :             :          */
   21398         [ -  + ]:         293 :         if (idxRel->rd_rel->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX)
   21399                 :             :         {
   21400                 :           0 :             index_close(idxRel, AccessShareLock);
   21401                 :           0 :             continue;
   21402                 :             :         }
   21403                 :             : 
   21404                 :             :         /* construct an indexinfo to compare existing indexes against */
   21405                 :         293 :         info = BuildIndexInfo(idxRel);
   21406                 :         293 :         attmap = build_attrmap_by_name(RelationGetDescr(attachrel),
   21407                 :             :                                        RelationGetDescr(rel),
   21408                 :             :                                        false);
   21409                 :         293 :         constraintOid = get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(RelationGetRelid(rel), idx);
   21410                 :             : 
   21411                 :             :         /*
   21412                 :             :          * Scan the list of existing indexes in the partition-to-be, and mark
   21413                 :             :          * the first matching, valid, unattached one we find, if any, as
   21414                 :             :          * partition of the parent index.  If we find one, we're done.
   21415                 :             :          */
   21416         [ +  + ]:         333 :         for (int i = 0; i < list_length(attachRelIdxs); i++)
   21417                 :             :         {
   21418                 :         181 :             Oid         cldIdxId = RelationGetRelid(attachrelIdxRels[i]);
   21419                 :         181 :             Oid         cldConstrOid = InvalidOid;
   21420                 :             : 
   21421                 :             :             /* does this index have a parent?  if so, can't use it */
   21422         [ +  + ]:         181 :             if (attachrelIdxRels[i]->rd_rel->relispartition)
   21423                 :           8 :                 continue;
   21424                 :             : 
   21425                 :             :             /* If this index is invalid, can't use it */
   21426         [ +  + ]:         173 :             if (!attachrelIdxRels[i]->rd_index->indisvalid)
   21427                 :           4 :                 continue;
   21428                 :             : 
   21429         [ +  + ]:         169 :             if (CompareIndexInfo(attachInfos[i], info,
   21430                 :         169 :                                  attachrelIdxRels[i]->rd_indcollation,
   21431                 :         169 :                                  idxRel->rd_indcollation,
   21432                 :         169 :                                  attachrelIdxRels[i]->rd_opfamily,
   21433                 :         169 :                                  idxRel->rd_opfamily,
   21434                 :             :                                  attmap))
   21435                 :             :             {
   21436                 :             :                 /*
   21437                 :             :                  * If this index is being created in the parent because of a
   21438                 :             :                  * constraint, then the child needs to have a constraint also,
   21439                 :             :                  * so look for one.  If there is no such constraint, this
   21440                 :             :                  * index is no good, so keep looking.
   21441                 :             :                  */
   21442         [ +  + ]:         145 :                 if (OidIsValid(constraintOid))
   21443                 :             :                 {
   21444                 :             :                     cldConstrOid =
   21445                 :          80 :                         get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(RelationGetRelid(attachrel),
   21446                 :             :                                                         cldIdxId);
   21447                 :             :                     /* no dice */
   21448         [ +  + ]:          80 :                     if (!OidIsValid(cldConstrOid))
   21449                 :           4 :                         continue;
   21450                 :             : 
   21451                 :             :                     /* Ensure they're both the same type of constraint */
   21452         [ -  + ]:         152 :                     if (get_constraint_type(constraintOid) !=
   21453                 :          76 :                         get_constraint_type(cldConstrOid))
   21454                 :           0 :                         continue;
   21455                 :             :                 }
   21456                 :             : 
   21457                 :             :                 /* bingo. */
   21458                 :         141 :                 IndexSetParentIndex(attachrelIdxRels[i], idx);
   21459         [ +  + ]:         141 :                 if (OidIsValid(constraintOid))
   21460                 :          76 :                     ConstraintSetParentConstraint(cldConstrOid, constraintOid,
   21461                 :             :                                                   RelationGetRelid(attachrel));
   21462                 :         141 :                 found = true;
   21463                 :             : 
   21464                 :         141 :                 CommandCounterIncrement();
   21465                 :         141 :                 break;
   21466                 :             :             }
   21467                 :             :         }
   21468                 :             : 
   21469                 :             :         /*
   21470                 :             :          * If no suitable index was found in the partition-to-be, create one
   21471                 :             :          * now.  Note that if this is a PK, not-null constraints must already
   21472                 :             :          * exist.
   21473                 :             :          */
   21474         [ +  + ]:         293 :         if (!found)
   21475                 :             :         {
   21476                 :             :             IndexStmt  *stmt;
   21477                 :             :             Oid         conOid;
   21478                 :             : 
   21479                 :         152 :             stmt = generateClonedIndexStmt(NULL,
   21480                 :             :                                            idxRel, attmap,
   21481                 :             :                                            &conOid);
   21482                 :         152 :             DefineIndex(NULL,
   21483                 :             :                         RelationGetRelid(attachrel), stmt, InvalidOid,
   21484                 :             :                         RelationGetRelid(idxRel),
   21485                 :             :                         conOid,
   21486                 :             :                         -1,
   21487                 :             :                         true, false, false, false, false);
   21488                 :             :         }
   21489                 :             : 
   21490                 :         281 :         index_close(idxRel, AccessShareLock);
   21491                 :             :     }
   21492                 :             : 
   21493                 :        1333 : out:
   21494                 :             :     /* Clean up. */
   21495         [ +  + ]:        1578 :     for (int i = 0; i < list_length(attachRelIdxs); i++)
   21496                 :         245 :         index_close(attachrelIdxRels[i], AccessShareLock);
   21497                 :        1333 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
   21498                 :        1333 :     MemoryContextDelete(cxt);
   21499                 :        1333 : }
   21500                 :             : 
   21501                 :             : /*
   21502                 :             :  * CloneRowTriggersToPartition
   21503                 :             :  *      subroutine for ATExecAttachPartition/DefineRelation to create row
   21504                 :             :  *      triggers on partitions
   21505                 :             :  */
   21506                 :             : static void
   21507                 :        1565 : CloneRowTriggersToPartition(Relation parent, Relation partition)
   21508                 :             : {
   21509                 :             :     Relation    pg_trigger;
   21510                 :             :     ScanKeyData key;
   21511                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   21512                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   21513                 :             :     MemoryContext perTupCxt;
   21514                 :             : 
   21515                 :        1565 :     ScanKeyInit(&key, Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber,
   21516                 :             :                 F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(parent)));
   21517                 :        1565 :     pg_trigger = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   21518                 :        1565 :     scan = systable_beginscan(pg_trigger, TriggerRelidNameIndexId,
   21519                 :             :                               true, NULL, 1, &key);
   21520                 :             : 
   21521                 :        1565 :     perTupCxt = AllocSetContextCreate(CurrentMemoryContext,
   21522                 :             :                                       "clone trig", ALLOCSET_SMALL_SIZES);
   21523                 :             : 
   21524         [ +  + ]:        2622 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(tuple = systable_getnext(scan)))
   21525                 :             :     {
   21526                 :        1061 :         Form_pg_trigger trigForm = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
   21527                 :             :         CreateTrigStmt *trigStmt;
   21528                 :        1061 :         Node       *qual = NULL;
   21529                 :             :         Datum       value;
   21530                 :             :         bool        isnull;
   21531                 :        1061 :         List       *cols = NIL;
   21532                 :        1061 :         List       *trigargs = NIL;
   21533                 :             :         MemoryContext oldcxt;
   21534                 :             : 
   21535                 :             :         /*
   21536                 :             :          * Ignore statement-level triggers; those are not cloned.
   21537                 :             :          */
   21538         [ +  + ]:        1061 :         if (!TRIGGER_FOR_ROW(trigForm->tgtype))
   21539                 :         958 :             continue;
   21540                 :             : 
   21541                 :             :         /*
   21542                 :             :          * Don't clone internal triggers, because the constraint cloning code
   21543                 :             :          * will.
   21544                 :             :          */
   21545         [ +  + ]:        1049 :         if (trigForm->tgisinternal)
   21546                 :         946 :             continue;
   21547                 :             : 
   21548                 :             :         /*
   21549                 :             :          * Complain if we find an unexpected trigger type.
   21550                 :             :          */
   21551         [ +  + ]:         103 :         if (!TRIGGER_FOR_BEFORE(trigForm->tgtype) &&
   21552         [ -  + ]:          91 :             !TRIGGER_FOR_AFTER(trigForm->tgtype))
   21553         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "unexpected trigger \"%s\" found",
   21554                 :             :                  NameStr(trigForm->tgname));
   21555                 :             : 
   21556                 :             :         /* Use short-lived context for CREATE TRIGGER */
   21557                 :         103 :         oldcxt = MemoryContextSwitchTo(perTupCxt);
   21558                 :             : 
   21559                 :             :         /*
   21560                 :             :          * If there is a WHEN clause, generate a 'cooked' version of it that's
   21561                 :             :          * appropriate for the partition.
   21562                 :             :          */
   21563                 :         103 :         value = heap_getattr(tuple, Anum_pg_trigger_tgqual,
   21564                 :             :                              RelationGetDescr(pg_trigger), &isnull);
   21565         [ +  + ]:         103 :         if (!isnull)
   21566                 :             :         {
   21567                 :           4 :             qual = stringToNode(TextDatumGetCString(value));
   21568                 :           4 :             qual = (Node *) map_partition_varattnos((List *) qual, PRS2_OLD_VARNO,
   21569                 :             :                                                     partition, parent);
   21570                 :           4 :             qual = (Node *) map_partition_varattnos((List *) qual, PRS2_NEW_VARNO,
   21571                 :             :                                                     partition, parent);
   21572                 :             :         }
   21573                 :             : 
   21574                 :             :         /*
   21575                 :             :          * If there is a column list, transform it to a list of column names.
   21576                 :             :          * Note we don't need to map this list in any way ...
   21577                 :             :          */
   21578         [ +  + ]:         103 :         if (trigForm->tgattr.dim1 > 0)
   21579                 :             :         {
   21580                 :             :             int         i;
   21581                 :             : 
   21582         [ +  + ]:           8 :             for (i = 0; i < trigForm->tgattr.dim1; i++)
   21583                 :             :             {
   21584                 :             :                 Form_pg_attribute col;
   21585                 :             : 
   21586                 :           4 :                 col = TupleDescAttr(parent->rd_att,
   21587                 :           4 :                                     trigForm->tgattr.values[i] - 1);
   21588                 :           4 :                 cols = lappend(cols,
   21589                 :           4 :                                makeString(pstrdup(NameStr(col->attname))));
   21590                 :             :             }
   21591                 :             :         }
   21592                 :             : 
   21593                 :             :         /* Reconstruct trigger arguments list. */
   21594         [ +  + ]:         103 :         if (trigForm->tgnargs > 0)
   21595                 :             :         {
   21596                 :             :             char       *p;
   21597                 :             : 
   21598                 :           8 :             value = heap_getattr(tuple, Anum_pg_trigger_tgargs,
   21599                 :             :                                  RelationGetDescr(pg_trigger), &isnull);
   21600         [ -  + ]:           8 :             if (isnull)
   21601         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "tgargs is null for trigger \"%s\" in partition \"%s\"",
   21602                 :             :                      NameStr(trigForm->tgname), RelationGetRelationName(partition));
   21603                 :             : 
   21604                 :           8 :             p = (char *) VARDATA_ANY(DatumGetByteaPP(value));
   21605                 :             : 
   21606         [ +  + ]:          24 :             for (int i = 0; i < trigForm->tgnargs; i++)
   21607                 :             :             {
   21608                 :          16 :                 trigargs = lappend(trigargs, makeString(pstrdup(p)));
   21609                 :          16 :                 p += strlen(p) + 1;
   21610                 :             :             }
   21611                 :             :         }
   21612                 :             : 
   21613                 :         103 :         trigStmt = makeNode(CreateTrigStmt);
   21614                 :         103 :         trigStmt->replace = false;
   21615                 :         103 :         trigStmt->isconstraint = OidIsValid(trigForm->tgconstraint);
   21616                 :         103 :         trigStmt->trigname = NameStr(trigForm->tgname);
   21617                 :         103 :         trigStmt->relation = NULL;
   21618                 :         103 :         trigStmt->funcname = NULL;   /* passed separately */
   21619                 :         103 :         trigStmt->args = trigargs;
   21620                 :         103 :         trigStmt->row = true;
   21621                 :         103 :         trigStmt->timing = trigForm->tgtype & TRIGGER_TYPE_TIMING_MASK;
   21622                 :         103 :         trigStmt->events = trigForm->tgtype & TRIGGER_TYPE_EVENT_MASK;
   21623                 :         103 :         trigStmt->columns = cols;
   21624                 :         103 :         trigStmt->whenClause = NULL; /* passed separately */
   21625                 :         103 :         trigStmt->transitionRels = NIL; /* not supported at present */
   21626                 :         103 :         trigStmt->deferrable = trigForm->tgdeferrable;
   21627                 :         103 :         trigStmt->initdeferred = trigForm->tginitdeferred;
   21628                 :         103 :         trigStmt->constrrel = NULL; /* passed separately */
   21629                 :             : 
   21630                 :         103 :         CreateTriggerFiringOn(trigStmt, NULL, RelationGetRelid(partition),
   21631                 :             :                               trigForm->tgconstrrelid, InvalidOid, InvalidOid,
   21632                 :             :                               trigForm->tgfoid, trigForm->oid, qual,
   21633                 :         103 :                               false, true, trigForm->tgenabled);
   21634                 :             : 
   21635                 :          99 :         MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcxt);
   21636                 :          99 :         MemoryContextReset(perTupCxt);
   21637                 :             :     }
   21638                 :             : 
   21639                 :        1561 :     MemoryContextDelete(perTupCxt);
   21640                 :             : 
   21641                 :        1561 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   21642                 :        1561 :     table_close(pg_trigger, RowExclusiveLock);
   21643                 :        1561 : }
   21644                 :             : 
   21645                 :             : /*
   21646                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE DETACH PARTITION
   21647                 :             :  *
   21648                 :             :  * Return the address of the relation that is no longer a partition of rel.
   21649                 :             :  *
   21650                 :             :  * If concurrent mode is requested, we run in two transactions.  A side-
   21651                 :             :  * effect is that this command cannot run in a multi-part ALTER TABLE.
   21652                 :             :  * Currently, that's enforced by the grammar.
   21653                 :             :  *
   21654                 :             :  * The strategy for concurrency is to first modify the partition's
   21655                 :             :  * pg_inherit catalog row to make it visible to everyone that the
   21656                 :             :  * partition is detached, lock the partition against writes, and commit
   21657                 :             :  * the transaction; anyone who requests the partition descriptor from
   21658                 :             :  * that point onwards has to ignore such a partition.  In a second
   21659                 :             :  * transaction, we wait until all transactions that could have seen the
   21660                 :             :  * partition as attached are gone, then we remove the rest of partition
   21661                 :             :  * metadata (pg_inherits and pg_class.relpartbounds).
   21662                 :             :  */
   21663                 :             : static ObjectAddress
   21664                 :         362 : ATExecDetachPartition(List **wqueue, AlteredTableInfo *tab, Relation rel,
   21665                 :             :                       RangeVar *name, bool concurrent)
   21666                 :             : {
   21667                 :             :     Relation    partRel;
   21668                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
   21669                 :             :     Oid         defaultPartOid;
   21670                 :             : 
   21671                 :             :     /*
   21672                 :             :      * We must lock the default partition, because detaching this partition
   21673                 :             :      * will change its partition constraint.
   21674                 :             :      */
   21675                 :             :     defaultPartOid =
   21676                 :         362 :         get_default_oid_from_partdesc(RelationGetPartitionDesc(rel, true));
   21677         [ +  + ]:         362 :     if (OidIsValid(defaultPartOid))
   21678                 :             :     {
   21679                 :             :         /*
   21680                 :             :          * Concurrent detaching when a default partition exists is not
   21681                 :             :          * supported. The main problem is that the default partition
   21682                 :             :          * constraint would change.  And there's a definitional problem: what
   21683                 :             :          * should happen to the tuples that are being inserted that belong to
   21684                 :             :          * the partition being detached?  Putting them on the partition being
   21685                 :             :          * detached would be wrong, since they'd become "lost" after the
   21686                 :             :          * detaching completes but we cannot put them in the default partition
   21687                 :             :          * either until we alter its partition constraint.
   21688                 :             :          *
   21689                 :             :          * I think we could solve this problem if we effected the constraint
   21690                 :             :          * change before committing the first transaction.  But the lock would
   21691                 :             :          * have to remain AEL and it would cause concurrent query planning to
   21692                 :             :          * be blocked, so changing it that way would be even worse.
   21693                 :             :          */
   21694         [ +  + ]:          70 :         if (concurrent)
   21695         [ +  - ]:           8 :             ereport(ERROR,
   21696                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
   21697                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot detach partitions concurrently when a default partition exists")));
   21698                 :          62 :         LockRelationOid(defaultPartOid, AccessExclusiveLock);
   21699                 :             :     }
   21700                 :             : 
   21701                 :             :     /*
   21702                 :             :      * In concurrent mode, the partition is locked with share-update-exclusive
   21703                 :             :      * in the first transaction.  This allows concurrent transactions to be
   21704                 :             :      * doing DML to the partition.
   21705                 :             :      */
   21706         [ +  + ]:         354 :     partRel = table_openrv(name, concurrent ? ShareUpdateExclusiveLock :
   21707                 :             :                            AccessExclusiveLock);
   21708                 :             : 
   21709                 :             :     /*
   21710                 :             :      * Check inheritance conditions and either delete the pg_inherits row (in
   21711                 :             :      * non-concurrent mode) or just set the inhdetachpending flag.
   21712                 :             :      */
   21713         [ +  + ]:         346 :     if (!concurrent)
   21714                 :         270 :         RemoveInheritance(partRel, rel, false);
   21715                 :             :     else
   21716                 :          76 :         MarkInheritDetached(partRel, rel);
   21717                 :             : 
   21718                 :             :     /*
   21719                 :             :      * Ensure that foreign keys still hold after this detach.  This keeps
   21720                 :             :      * locks on the referencing tables, which prevents concurrent transactions
   21721                 :             :      * from adding rows that we wouldn't see.  For this to work in concurrent
   21722                 :             :      * mode, it is critical that the partition appears as no longer attached
   21723                 :             :      * for the RI queries as soon as the first transaction commits.
   21724                 :             :      */
   21725                 :         333 :     ATDetachCheckNoForeignKeyRefs(partRel);
   21726                 :             : 
   21727                 :             :     /*
   21728                 :             :      * Concurrent mode has to work harder; first we add a new constraint to
   21729                 :             :      * the partition that matches the partition constraint.  Then we close our
   21730                 :             :      * existing transaction, and in a new one wait for all processes to catch
   21731                 :             :      * up on the catalog updates we've done so far; at that point we can
   21732                 :             :      * complete the operation.
   21733                 :             :      */
   21734         [ +  + ]:         311 :     if (concurrent)
   21735                 :             :     {
   21736                 :             :         Oid         partrelid,
   21737                 :             :                     parentrelid;
   21738                 :             :         LOCKTAG     tag;
   21739                 :             :         char       *parentrelname;
   21740                 :             :         char       *partrelname;
   21741                 :             : 
   21742                 :             :         /*
   21743                 :             :          * We're almost done now; the only traces that remain are the
   21744                 :             :          * pg_inherits tuple and the partition's relpartbounds.  Before we can
   21745                 :             :          * remove those, we need to wait until all transactions that know that
   21746                 :             :          * this is a partition are gone.
   21747                 :             :          */
   21748                 :             : 
   21749                 :             :         /*
   21750                 :             :          * Remember relation OIDs to re-acquire them later; and relation names
   21751                 :             :          * too, for error messages if something is dropped in between.
   21752                 :             :          */
   21753                 :          73 :         partrelid = RelationGetRelid(partRel);
   21754                 :          73 :         parentrelid = RelationGetRelid(rel);
   21755                 :          73 :         parentrelname = MemoryContextStrdup(PortalContext,
   21756                 :          73 :                                             RelationGetRelationName(rel));
   21757                 :          73 :         partrelname = MemoryContextStrdup(PortalContext,
   21758                 :          73 :                                           RelationGetRelationName(partRel));
   21759                 :             : 
   21760                 :             :         /* Invalidate relcache entries for the parent -- must be before close */
   21761                 :          73 :         CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
   21762                 :             : 
   21763                 :          73 :         table_close(partRel, NoLock);
   21764                 :          73 :         table_close(rel, NoLock);
   21765                 :          73 :         tab->rel = NULL;
   21766                 :             : 
   21767                 :             :         /* Make updated catalog entry visible */
   21768                 :          73 :         PopActiveSnapshot();
   21769                 :          73 :         CommitTransactionCommand();
   21770                 :             : 
   21771                 :          73 :         StartTransactionCommand();
   21772                 :             : 
   21773                 :             :         /*
   21774                 :             :          * Now wait.  This ensures that all queries that were planned
   21775                 :             :          * including the partition are finished before we remove the rest of
   21776                 :             :          * catalog entries.  We don't need or indeed want to acquire this
   21777                 :             :          * lock, though -- that would block later queries.
   21778                 :             :          *
   21779                 :             :          * We don't need to concern ourselves with waiting for a lock on the
   21780                 :             :          * partition itself, since we will acquire AccessExclusiveLock below.
   21781                 :             :          */
   21782                 :          73 :         SET_LOCKTAG_RELATION(tag, MyDatabaseId, parentrelid);
   21783                 :          73 :         WaitForLockersMultiple(list_make1(&tag), AccessExclusiveLock, false);
   21784                 :             : 
   21785                 :             :         /*
   21786                 :             :          * Now acquire locks in both relations again.  Note they may have been
   21787                 :             :          * removed in the meantime, so care is required.
   21788                 :             :          */
   21789                 :          47 :         rel = try_relation_open(parentrelid, ShareUpdateExclusiveLock);
   21790                 :          47 :         partRel = try_relation_open(partrelid, AccessExclusiveLock);
   21791                 :             : 
   21792                 :             :         /* If the relations aren't there, something bad happened; bail out */
   21793         [ -  + ]:          47 :         if (rel == NULL)
   21794                 :             :         {
   21795         [ #  # ]:           0 :             if (partRel != NULL)    /* shouldn't happen */
   21796         [ #  # ]:           0 :                 elog(WARNING, "dangling partition \"%s\" remains, can't fix",
   21797                 :             :                      partrelname);
   21798         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   21799                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
   21800                 :             :                      errmsg("partitioned table \"%s\" was removed concurrently",
   21801                 :             :                             parentrelname)));
   21802                 :             :         }
   21803         [ -  + ]:          47 :         if (partRel == NULL)
   21804         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   21805                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
   21806                 :             :                      errmsg("partition \"%s\" was removed concurrently", partrelname)));
   21807                 :             : 
   21808                 :          47 :         tab->rel = rel;
   21809                 :             :     }
   21810                 :             : 
   21811                 :             :     /*
   21812                 :             :      * Detaching the partition might involve TOAST table access, so ensure we
   21813                 :             :      * have a valid snapshot.
   21814                 :             :      */
   21815                 :         285 :     PushActiveSnapshot(GetTransactionSnapshot());
   21816                 :             : 
   21817                 :             :     /* Do the final part of detaching */
   21818                 :         285 :     DetachPartitionFinalize(rel, partRel, concurrent, defaultPartOid);
   21819                 :             : 
   21820                 :         284 :     PopActiveSnapshot();
   21821                 :             : 
   21822                 :         284 :     ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(partRel));
   21823                 :             : 
   21824                 :             :     /* keep our lock until commit */
   21825                 :         284 :     table_close(partRel, NoLock);
   21826                 :             : 
   21827                 :         284 :     return address;
   21828                 :             : }
   21829                 :             : 
   21830                 :             : /*
   21831                 :             :  * Second part of ALTER TABLE .. DETACH.
   21832                 :             :  *
   21833                 :             :  * This is separate so that it can be run independently when the second
   21834                 :             :  * transaction of the concurrent algorithm fails (crash or abort).
   21835                 :             :  */
   21836                 :             : static void
   21837                 :         292 : DetachPartitionFinalize(Relation rel, Relation partRel, bool concurrent,
   21838                 :             :                         Oid defaultPartOid)
   21839                 :             : {
   21840                 :             :     Relation    classRel;
   21841                 :             :     List       *fks;
   21842                 :             :     ListCell   *cell;
   21843                 :             :     List       *indexes;
   21844                 :             :     Datum       new_val[Natts_pg_class];
   21845                 :             :     bool        new_null[Natts_pg_class],
   21846                 :             :                 new_repl[Natts_pg_class];
   21847                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple,
   21848                 :             :                 newtuple;
   21849                 :         292 :     Relation    trigrel = NULL;
   21850                 :         292 :     List       *fkoids = NIL;
   21851                 :             : 
   21852         [ +  + ]:         292 :     if (concurrent)
   21853                 :             :     {
   21854                 :             :         /*
   21855                 :             :          * We can remove the pg_inherits row now. (In the non-concurrent case,
   21856                 :             :          * this was already done).
   21857                 :             :          */
   21858                 :          54 :         RemoveInheritance(partRel, rel, true);
   21859                 :             :     }
   21860                 :             : 
   21861                 :             :     /* Drop any triggers that were cloned on creation/attach. */
   21862                 :         292 :     DropClonedTriggersFromPartition(RelationGetRelid(partRel));
   21863                 :             : 
   21864                 :             :     /*
   21865                 :             :      * Detach any foreign keys that are inherited.  This includes creating
   21866                 :             :      * additional action triggers.
   21867                 :             :      */
   21868                 :         292 :     fks = copyObject(RelationGetFKeyList(partRel));
   21869         [ +  + ]:         292 :     if (fks != NIL)
   21870                 :          56 :         trigrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   21871                 :             : 
   21872                 :             :     /*
   21873                 :             :      * It's possible that the partition being detached has a foreign key that
   21874                 :             :      * references a partitioned table.  When that happens, there are multiple
   21875                 :             :      * pg_constraint rows for the partition: one points to the partitioned
   21876                 :             :      * table itself, while the others point to each of its partitions.  Only
   21877                 :             :      * the topmost one is to be considered here; the child constraints must be
   21878                 :             :      * left alone, because conceptually those aren't coming from our parent
   21879                 :             :      * partitioned table, but from this partition itself.
   21880                 :             :      *
   21881                 :             :      * We implement this by collecting all the constraint OIDs in a first scan
   21882                 :             :      * of the FK array, and skipping in the loop below those constraints whose
   21883                 :             :      * parents are listed here.
   21884                 :             :      */
   21885   [ +  +  +  +  :         696 :     foreach_node(ForeignKeyCacheInfo, fk, fks)
                   +  + ]
   21886                 :         112 :         fkoids = lappend_oid(fkoids, fk->conoid);
   21887                 :             : 
   21888   [ +  +  +  +  :         404 :     foreach(cell, fks)
                   +  + ]
   21889                 :             :     {
   21890                 :         112 :         ForeignKeyCacheInfo *fk = lfirst(cell);
   21891                 :             :         HeapTuple   contup;
   21892                 :             :         Form_pg_constraint conform;
   21893                 :             : 
   21894                 :         112 :         contup = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(fk->conoid));
   21895         [ -  + ]:         112 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(contup))
   21896         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", fk->conoid);
   21897                 :         112 :         conform = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(contup);
   21898                 :             : 
   21899                 :             :         /*
   21900                 :             :          * Consider only inherited foreign keys, and only if their parents
   21901                 :             :          * aren't in the list.
   21902                 :             :          */
   21903         [ +  - ]:         112 :         if (conform->contype != CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN ||
   21904   [ +  +  +  + ]:         208 :             !OidIsValid(conform->conparentid) ||
   21905                 :          96 :             list_member_oid(fkoids, conform->conparentid))
   21906                 :             :         {
   21907                 :          44 :             ReleaseSysCache(contup);
   21908                 :          44 :             continue;
   21909                 :             :         }
   21910                 :             : 
   21911                 :             :         /*
   21912                 :             :          * The constraint on this table must be marked no longer a child of
   21913                 :             :          * the parent's constraint, as do its check triggers.
   21914                 :             :          */
   21915                 :          68 :         ConstraintSetParentConstraint(fk->conoid, InvalidOid, InvalidOid);
   21916                 :             : 
   21917                 :             :         /*
   21918                 :             :          * Also, look up the partition's "check" triggers corresponding to the
   21919                 :             :          * ENFORCED constraint being detached and detach them from the parent
   21920                 :             :          * triggers. NOT ENFORCED constraints do not have these triggers;
   21921                 :             :          * therefore, this step is not needed.
   21922                 :             :          */
   21923         [ +  - ]:          68 :         if (fk->conenforced)
   21924                 :             :         {
   21925                 :             :             Oid         insertTriggerOid,
   21926                 :             :                         updateTriggerOid;
   21927                 :             : 
   21928                 :          68 :             GetForeignKeyCheckTriggers(trigrel,
   21929                 :             :                                        fk->conoid, fk->confrelid, fk->conrelid,
   21930                 :             :                                        &insertTriggerOid, &updateTriggerOid);
   21931                 :             :             Assert(OidIsValid(insertTriggerOid));
   21932                 :          68 :             TriggerSetParentTrigger(trigrel, insertTriggerOid, InvalidOid,
   21933                 :             :                                     RelationGetRelid(partRel));
   21934                 :             :             Assert(OidIsValid(updateTriggerOid));
   21935                 :          68 :             TriggerSetParentTrigger(trigrel, updateTriggerOid, InvalidOid,
   21936                 :             :                                     RelationGetRelid(partRel));
   21937                 :             :         }
   21938                 :             : 
   21939                 :             :         /*
   21940                 :             :          * Lastly, create the action triggers on the referenced table, using
   21941                 :             :          * addFkRecurseReferenced, which requires some elaborate setup (so put
   21942                 :             :          * it in a separate block).  While at it, if the table is partitioned,
   21943                 :             :          * that function will recurse to create the pg_constraint rows and
   21944                 :             :          * action triggers for each partition.
   21945                 :             :          *
   21946                 :             :          * Note there's no need to do addFkConstraint() here, because the
   21947                 :             :          * pg_constraint row already exists.
   21948                 :             :          */
   21949                 :             :         {
   21950                 :             :             Constraint *fkconstraint;
   21951                 :             :             int         numfks;
   21952                 :             :             AttrNumber  conkey[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   21953                 :             :             AttrNumber  confkey[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   21954                 :             :             Oid         conpfeqop[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   21955                 :             :             Oid         conppeqop[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   21956                 :             :             Oid         conffeqop[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   21957                 :             :             int         numfkdelsetcols;
   21958                 :             :             AttrNumber  confdelsetcols[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
   21959                 :             :             Relation    refdRel;
   21960                 :             : 
   21961                 :          68 :             DeconstructFkConstraintRow(contup,
   21962                 :             :                                        &numfks,
   21963                 :             :                                        conkey,
   21964                 :             :                                        confkey,
   21965                 :             :                                        conpfeqop,
   21966                 :             :                                        conppeqop,
   21967                 :             :                                        conffeqop,
   21968                 :             :                                        &numfkdelsetcols,
   21969                 :             :                                        confdelsetcols);
   21970                 :             : 
   21971                 :             :             /* Create a synthetic node we'll use throughout */
   21972                 :          68 :             fkconstraint = makeNode(Constraint);
   21973                 :          68 :             fkconstraint->contype = CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN;
   21974                 :          68 :             fkconstraint->conname = pstrdup(NameStr(conform->conname));
   21975                 :          68 :             fkconstraint->deferrable = conform->condeferrable;
   21976                 :          68 :             fkconstraint->initdeferred = conform->condeferred;
   21977                 :          68 :             fkconstraint->is_enforced = conform->conenforced;
   21978                 :          68 :             fkconstraint->skip_validation = true;
   21979                 :          68 :             fkconstraint->initially_valid = conform->convalidated;
   21980                 :             :             /* a few irrelevant fields omitted here */
   21981                 :          68 :             fkconstraint->pktable = NULL;
   21982                 :          68 :             fkconstraint->fk_attrs = NIL;
   21983                 :          68 :             fkconstraint->pk_attrs = NIL;
   21984                 :          68 :             fkconstraint->fk_matchtype = conform->confmatchtype;
   21985                 :          68 :             fkconstraint->fk_upd_action = conform->confupdtype;
   21986                 :          68 :             fkconstraint->fk_del_action = conform->confdeltype;
   21987                 :          68 :             fkconstraint->fk_del_set_cols = NIL;
   21988                 :          68 :             fkconstraint->old_conpfeqop = NIL;
   21989                 :          68 :             fkconstraint->old_pktable_oid = InvalidOid;
   21990                 :          68 :             fkconstraint->location = -1;
   21991                 :             : 
   21992                 :             :             /* set up colnames, used to generate the constraint name */
   21993         [ +  + ]:         168 :             for (int i = 0; i < numfks; i++)
   21994                 :             :             {
   21995                 :             :                 Form_pg_attribute att;
   21996                 :             : 
   21997                 :         100 :                 att = TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(partRel),
   21998                 :         100 :                                     conkey[i] - 1);
   21999                 :             : 
   22000                 :         100 :                 fkconstraint->fk_attrs = lappend(fkconstraint->fk_attrs,
   22001                 :         100 :                                                  makeString(NameStr(att->attname)));
   22002                 :             :             }
   22003                 :             : 
   22004                 :          68 :             refdRel = table_open(fk->confrelid, ShareRowExclusiveLock);
   22005                 :             : 
   22006                 :          68 :             addFkRecurseReferenced(fkconstraint, partRel,
   22007                 :             :                                    refdRel,
   22008                 :             :                                    conform->conindid,
   22009                 :             :                                    fk->conoid,
   22010                 :             :                                    numfks,
   22011                 :             :                                    confkey,
   22012                 :             :                                    conkey,
   22013                 :             :                                    conpfeqop,
   22014                 :             :                                    conppeqop,
   22015                 :             :                                    conffeqop,
   22016                 :             :                                    numfkdelsetcols,
   22017                 :             :                                    confdelsetcols,
   22018                 :             :                                    true,
   22019                 :             :                                    InvalidOid, InvalidOid,
   22020                 :          68 :                                    conform->conperiod);
   22021                 :          68 :             table_close(refdRel, NoLock);   /* keep lock till end of xact */
   22022                 :             :         }
   22023                 :             : 
   22024                 :          68 :         ReleaseSysCache(contup);
   22025                 :             :     }
   22026                 :         292 :     list_free_deep(fks);
   22027         [ +  + ]:         292 :     if (trigrel)
   22028                 :          56 :         table_close(trigrel, RowExclusiveLock);
   22029                 :             : 
   22030                 :             :     /*
   22031                 :             :      * Any sub-constraints that are in the referenced-side of a larger
   22032                 :             :      * constraint have to be removed.  This partition is no longer part of the
   22033                 :             :      * key space of the constraint.
   22034                 :             :      */
   22035   [ +  +  +  +  :         327 :     foreach(cell, GetParentedForeignKeyRefs(partRel))
                   +  + ]
   22036                 :             :     {
   22037                 :          36 :         Oid         constrOid = lfirst_oid(cell);
   22038                 :             :         ObjectAddress constraint;
   22039                 :             : 
   22040                 :          36 :         ConstraintSetParentConstraint(constrOid, InvalidOid, InvalidOid);
   22041                 :          36 :         deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(ConstraintRelationId,
   22042                 :             :                                         constrOid,
   22043                 :             :                                         ConstraintRelationId,
   22044                 :             :                                         DEPENDENCY_INTERNAL);
   22045                 :          36 :         CommandCounterIncrement();
   22046                 :             : 
   22047                 :          36 :         ObjectAddressSet(constraint, ConstraintRelationId, constrOid);
   22048                 :          36 :         performDeletion(&constraint, DROP_RESTRICT, 0);
   22049                 :             :     }
   22050                 :             : 
   22051                 :             :     /* Now we can detach indexes */
   22052                 :         291 :     indexes = RelationGetIndexList(partRel);
   22053   [ +  +  +  +  :         415 :     foreach(cell, indexes)
                   +  + ]
   22054                 :             :     {
   22055                 :         124 :         Oid         idxid = lfirst_oid(cell);
   22056                 :             :         Oid         parentidx;
   22057                 :             :         Relation    idx;
   22058                 :             :         Oid         constrOid;
   22059                 :             :         Oid         parentConstrOid;
   22060                 :             : 
   22061         [ +  + ]:         124 :         if (!has_superclass(idxid))
   22062                 :           8 :             continue;
   22063                 :             : 
   22064                 :         116 :         parentidx = get_partition_parent(idxid, false);
   22065                 :             :         Assert((IndexGetRelation(parentidx, false) == RelationGetRelid(rel)));
   22066                 :             : 
   22067                 :         116 :         idx = index_open(idxid, AccessExclusiveLock);
   22068                 :         116 :         IndexSetParentIndex(idx, InvalidOid);
   22069                 :             : 
   22070                 :             :         /*
   22071                 :             :          * If there's a constraint associated with the index, detach it too.
   22072                 :             :          * Careful: it is possible for a constraint index in a partition to be
   22073                 :             :          * the child of a non-constraint index, so verify whether the parent
   22074                 :             :          * index does actually have a constraint.
   22075                 :             :          */
   22076                 :         116 :         constrOid = get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(RelationGetRelid(partRel),
   22077                 :             :                                                     idxid);
   22078                 :         116 :         parentConstrOid = get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(RelationGetRelid(rel),
   22079                 :             :                                                           parentidx);
   22080   [ +  +  +  - ]:         116 :         if (OidIsValid(parentConstrOid) && OidIsValid(constrOid))
   22081                 :          51 :             ConstraintSetParentConstraint(constrOid, InvalidOid, InvalidOid);
   22082                 :             : 
   22083                 :         116 :         index_close(idx, NoLock);
   22084                 :             :     }
   22085                 :             : 
   22086                 :             :     /* Update pg_class tuple */
   22087                 :         291 :     classRel = table_open(RelationRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   22088                 :         291 :     tuple = SearchSysCacheCopy1(RELOID,
   22089                 :             :                                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(partRel)));
   22090         [ -  + ]:         291 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   22091         [ #  # ]:           0 :         elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for relation %u",
   22092                 :             :              RelationGetRelid(partRel));
   22093                 :             :     Assert(((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple))->relispartition);
   22094                 :             : 
   22095                 :             :     /* Clear relpartbound and reset relispartition */
   22096                 :         291 :     memset(new_val, 0, sizeof(new_val));
   22097                 :         291 :     memset(new_null, false, sizeof(new_null));
   22098                 :         291 :     memset(new_repl, false, sizeof(new_repl));
   22099                 :         291 :     new_val[Anum_pg_class_relpartbound - 1] = (Datum) 0;
   22100                 :         291 :     new_null[Anum_pg_class_relpartbound - 1] = true;
   22101                 :         291 :     new_repl[Anum_pg_class_relpartbound - 1] = true;
   22102                 :         291 :     newtuple = heap_modify_tuple(tuple, RelationGetDescr(classRel),
   22103                 :             :                                  new_val, new_null, new_repl);
   22104                 :             : 
   22105                 :         291 :     ((Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(newtuple))->relispartition = false;
   22106                 :         291 :     CatalogTupleUpdate(classRel, &newtuple->t_self, newtuple);
   22107                 :         291 :     heap_freetuple(newtuple);
   22108                 :         291 :     table_close(classRel, RowExclusiveLock);
   22109                 :             : 
   22110                 :             :     /*
   22111                 :             :      * Drop identity property from all identity columns of partition.
   22112                 :             :      */
   22113         [ +  + ]:         840 :     for (int attno = 0; attno < RelationGetNumberOfAttributes(partRel); attno++)
   22114                 :             :     {
   22115                 :         549 :         Form_pg_attribute attr = TupleDescAttr(partRel->rd_att, attno);
   22116                 :             : 
   22117   [ +  +  +  + ]:         549 :         if (!attr->attisdropped && attr->attidentity)
   22118                 :           4 :             ATExecDropIdentity(partRel, NameStr(attr->attname), false,
   22119                 :             :                                AccessExclusiveLock, true, true);
   22120                 :             :     }
   22121                 :             : 
   22122         [ +  + ]:         291 :     if (OidIsValid(defaultPartOid))
   22123                 :             :     {
   22124                 :             :         /*
   22125                 :             :          * If the relation being detached is the default partition itself,
   22126                 :             :          * remove it from the parent's pg_partitioned_table entry.
   22127                 :             :          *
   22128                 :             :          * If not, we must invalidate default partition's relcache entry, as
   22129                 :             :          * in StorePartitionBound: its partition constraint depends on every
   22130                 :             :          * other partition's partition constraint.
   22131                 :             :          */
   22132         [ +  + ]:          30 :         if (RelationGetRelid(partRel) == defaultPartOid)
   22133                 :           1 :             update_default_partition_oid(RelationGetRelid(rel), InvalidOid);
   22134                 :             :         else
   22135                 :          29 :             CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(defaultPartOid);
   22136                 :             :     }
   22137                 :             : 
   22138                 :             :     /*
   22139                 :             :      * Invalidate the parent's relcache so that the partition is no longer
   22140                 :             :      * included in its partition descriptor.
   22141                 :             :      */
   22142                 :         291 :     CacheInvalidateRelcache(rel);
   22143                 :             : 
   22144                 :             :     /*
   22145                 :             :      * If the partition we just detached is partitioned itself, invalidate
   22146                 :             :      * relcache for all descendent partitions too to ensure that their
   22147                 :             :      * rd_partcheck expression trees are rebuilt; must lock partitions before
   22148                 :             :      * doing so, using the same lockmode as what partRel has been locked with
   22149                 :             :      * by the caller.
   22150                 :             :      */
   22151         [ +  + ]:         291 :     if (partRel->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_TABLE)
   22152                 :             :     {
   22153                 :             :         List       *children;
   22154                 :             : 
   22155                 :          41 :         children = find_all_inheritors(RelationGetRelid(partRel),
   22156                 :             :                                        AccessExclusiveLock, NULL);
   22157   [ +  -  +  +  :         135 :         foreach(cell, children)
                   +  + ]
   22158                 :             :         {
   22159                 :          94 :             CacheInvalidateRelcacheByRelid(lfirst_oid(cell));
   22160                 :             :         }
   22161                 :             :     }
   22162                 :         291 : }
   22163                 :             : 
   22164                 :             : /*
   22165                 :             :  * ALTER TABLE ... DETACH PARTITION ... FINALIZE
   22166                 :             :  *
   22167                 :             :  * To use when a DETACH PARTITION command previously did not run to
   22168                 :             :  * completion; this completes the detaching process.
   22169                 :             :  */
   22170                 :             : static ObjectAddress
   22171                 :           7 : ATExecDetachPartitionFinalize(Relation rel, RangeVar *name)
   22172                 :             : {
   22173                 :             :     Relation    partRel;
   22174                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
   22175                 :           7 :     Snapshot    snap = GetActiveSnapshot();
   22176                 :             : 
   22177                 :           7 :     partRel = table_openrv(name, AccessExclusiveLock);
   22178                 :             : 
   22179                 :             :     /*
   22180                 :             :      * Wait until existing snapshots are gone.  This is important if the
   22181                 :             :      * second transaction of DETACH PARTITION CONCURRENTLY is canceled: the
   22182                 :             :      * user could immediately run DETACH FINALIZE without actually waiting for
   22183                 :             :      * existing transactions.  We must not complete the detach action until
   22184                 :             :      * all such queries are complete (otherwise we would present them with an
   22185                 :             :      * inconsistent view of catalogs).
   22186                 :             :      */
   22187                 :           7 :     WaitForOlderSnapshots(snap->xmin, false);
   22188                 :             : 
   22189                 :           7 :     DetachPartitionFinalize(rel, partRel, true, InvalidOid);
   22190                 :             : 
   22191                 :           7 :     ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(partRel));
   22192                 :             : 
   22193                 :           7 :     table_close(partRel, NoLock);
   22194                 :             : 
   22195                 :           7 :     return address;
   22196                 :             : }
   22197                 :             : 
   22198                 :             : /*
   22199                 :             :  * DropClonedTriggersFromPartition
   22200                 :             :  *      subroutine for ATExecDetachPartition to remove any triggers that were
   22201                 :             :  *      cloned to the partition when it was created-as-partition or attached.
   22202                 :             :  *      This undoes what CloneRowTriggersToPartition did.
   22203                 :             :  */
   22204                 :             : static void
   22205                 :         292 : DropClonedTriggersFromPartition(Oid partitionId)
   22206                 :             : {
   22207                 :             :     ScanKeyData skey;
   22208                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   22209                 :             :     HeapTuple   trigtup;
   22210                 :             :     Relation    tgrel;
   22211                 :             :     ObjectAddresses *objects;
   22212                 :             : 
   22213                 :         292 :     objects = new_object_addresses();
   22214                 :             : 
   22215                 :             :     /*
   22216                 :             :      * Scan pg_trigger to search for all triggers on this rel.
   22217                 :             :      */
   22218                 :         292 :     ScanKeyInit(&skey, Anum_pg_trigger_tgrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber,
   22219                 :             :                 F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(partitionId));
   22220                 :         292 :     tgrel = table_open(TriggerRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   22221                 :         292 :     scan = systable_beginscan(tgrel, TriggerRelidNameIndexId,
   22222                 :             :                               true, NULL, 1, &skey);
   22223         [ +  + ]:         556 :     while (HeapTupleIsValid(trigtup = systable_getnext(scan)))
   22224                 :             :     {
   22225                 :         264 :         Form_pg_trigger pg_trigger = (Form_pg_trigger) GETSTRUCT(trigtup);
   22226                 :             :         ObjectAddress trig;
   22227                 :             : 
   22228                 :             :         /* Ignore triggers that weren't cloned */
   22229         [ +  + ]:         264 :         if (!OidIsValid(pg_trigger->tgparentid))
   22230                 :         252 :             continue;
   22231                 :             : 
   22232                 :             :         /*
   22233                 :             :          * Ignore internal triggers that are implementation objects of foreign
   22234                 :             :          * keys, because these will be detached when the foreign keys
   22235                 :             :          * themselves are.
   22236                 :             :          */
   22237         [ +  + ]:         220 :         if (OidIsValid(pg_trigger->tgconstrrelid))
   22238                 :         208 :             continue;
   22239                 :             : 
   22240                 :             :         /*
   22241                 :             :          * This is ugly, but necessary: remove the dependency markings on the
   22242                 :             :          * trigger so that it can be removed.
   22243                 :             :          */
   22244                 :          12 :         deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(TriggerRelationId, pg_trigger->oid,
   22245                 :             :                                         TriggerRelationId,
   22246                 :             :                                         DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_PRI);
   22247                 :          12 :         deleteDependencyRecordsForClass(TriggerRelationId, pg_trigger->oid,
   22248                 :             :                                         RelationRelationId,
   22249                 :             :                                         DEPENDENCY_PARTITION_SEC);
   22250                 :             : 
   22251                 :             :         /* remember this trigger to remove it below */
   22252                 :          12 :         ObjectAddressSet(trig, TriggerRelationId, pg_trigger->oid);
   22253                 :          12 :         add_exact_object_address(&trig, objects);
   22254                 :             :     }
   22255                 :             : 
   22256                 :             :     /* make the dependency removal visible to the deletion below */
   22257                 :         292 :     CommandCounterIncrement();
   22258                 :         292 :     performMultipleDeletions(objects, DROP_RESTRICT, PERFORM_DELETION_INTERNAL);
   22259                 :             : 
   22260                 :             :     /* done */
   22261                 :         292 :     free_object_addresses(objects);
   22262                 :         292 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   22263                 :         292 :     table_close(tgrel, RowExclusiveLock);
   22264                 :         292 : }
   22265                 :             : 
   22266                 :             : /*
   22267                 :             :  * Before acquiring lock on an index, acquire the same lock on the owning
   22268                 :             :  * table.
   22269                 :             :  */
   22270                 :             : struct AttachIndexCallbackState
   22271                 :             : {
   22272                 :             :     Oid         partitionOid;
   22273                 :             :     Oid         parentTblOid;
   22274                 :             :     bool        lockedParentTbl;
   22275                 :             : };
   22276                 :             : 
   22277                 :             : static void
   22278                 :         295 : RangeVarCallbackForAttachIndex(const RangeVar *rv, Oid relOid, Oid oldRelOid,
   22279                 :             :                                void *arg)
   22280                 :             : {
   22281                 :             :     struct AttachIndexCallbackState *state;
   22282                 :             :     Form_pg_class classform;
   22283                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   22284                 :             : 
   22285                 :         295 :     state = (struct AttachIndexCallbackState *) arg;
   22286                 :             : 
   22287         [ +  + ]:         295 :     if (!state->lockedParentTbl)
   22288                 :             :     {
   22289                 :         286 :         LockRelationOid(state->parentTblOid, AccessShareLock);
   22290                 :         286 :         state->lockedParentTbl = true;
   22291                 :             :     }
   22292                 :             : 
   22293                 :             :     /*
   22294                 :             :      * If we previously locked some other heap, and the name we're looking up
   22295                 :             :      * no longer refers to an index on that relation, release the now-useless
   22296                 :             :      * lock.  XXX maybe we should do *after* we verify whether the index does
   22297                 :             :      * not actually belong to the same relation ...
   22298                 :             :      */
   22299   [ +  +  -  + ]:         295 :     if (relOid != oldRelOid && OidIsValid(state->partitionOid))
   22300                 :             :     {
   22301                 :           0 :         UnlockRelationOid(state->partitionOid, AccessShareLock);
   22302                 :           0 :         state->partitionOid = InvalidOid;
   22303                 :             :     }
   22304                 :             : 
   22305                 :             :     /* Didn't find a relation, so no need for locking or permission checks. */
   22306         [ +  + ]:         295 :     if (!OidIsValid(relOid))
   22307                 :           4 :         return;
   22308                 :             : 
   22309                 :         291 :     tuple = SearchSysCache1(RELOID, ObjectIdGetDatum(relOid));
   22310         [ -  + ]:         291 :     if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   22311                 :           0 :         return;                 /* concurrently dropped, so nothing to do */
   22312                 :         291 :     classform = (Form_pg_class) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
   22313         [ +  + ]:         291 :     if (classform->relkind != RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX &&
   22314         [ +  + ]:         225 :         classform->relkind != RELKIND_INDEX)
   22315         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   22316                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
   22317                 :             :                  errmsg("\"%s\" is not an index", rv->relname)));
   22318                 :         287 :     ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
   22319                 :             : 
   22320                 :             :     /*
   22321                 :             :      * Since we need only examine the heap's tupledesc, an access share lock
   22322                 :             :      * on it (preventing any DDL) is sufficient.
   22323                 :             :      */
   22324                 :         287 :     state->partitionOid = IndexGetRelation(relOid, false);
   22325                 :         287 :     LockRelationOid(state->partitionOid, AccessShareLock);
   22326                 :             : }
   22327                 :             : 
   22328                 :             : /*
   22329                 :             :  * ALTER INDEX i1 ATTACH PARTITION i2
   22330                 :             :  */
   22331                 :             : static ObjectAddress
   22332                 :         286 : ATExecAttachPartitionIdx(List **wqueue, Relation parentIdx, RangeVar *name)
   22333                 :             : {
   22334                 :             :     Relation    partIdx;
   22335                 :             :     Relation    partTbl;
   22336                 :             :     Relation    parentTbl;
   22337                 :             :     ObjectAddress address;
   22338                 :             :     Oid         partIdxId;
   22339                 :             :     Oid         currParent;
   22340                 :             :     struct AttachIndexCallbackState state;
   22341                 :             : 
   22342                 :             :     /*
   22343                 :             :      * We need to obtain lock on the index 'name' to modify it, but we also
   22344                 :             :      * need to read its owning table's tuple descriptor -- so we need to lock
   22345                 :             :      * both.  To avoid deadlocks, obtain lock on the table before doing so on
   22346                 :             :      * the index.  Furthermore, we need to examine the parent table of the
   22347                 :             :      * partition, so lock that one too.
   22348                 :             :      */
   22349                 :         286 :     state.partitionOid = InvalidOid;
   22350                 :         286 :     state.parentTblOid = parentIdx->rd_index->indrelid;
   22351                 :         286 :     state.lockedParentTbl = false;
   22352                 :             :     partIdxId =
   22353                 :         286 :         RangeVarGetRelidExtended(name, AccessExclusiveLock, 0,
   22354                 :             :                                  RangeVarCallbackForAttachIndex,
   22355                 :             :                                  &state);
   22356                 :             :     /* Not there? */
   22357         [ -  + ]:         278 :     if (!OidIsValid(partIdxId))
   22358         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   22359                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_UNDEFINED_OBJECT),
   22360                 :             :                  errmsg("index \"%s\" does not exist", name->relname)));
   22361                 :             : 
   22362                 :             :     /* no deadlock risk: RangeVarGetRelidExtended already acquired the lock */
   22363                 :         278 :     partIdx = relation_open(partIdxId, AccessExclusiveLock);
   22364                 :             : 
   22365                 :             :     /* we already hold locks on both tables, so this is safe: */
   22366                 :         278 :     parentTbl = relation_open(parentIdx->rd_index->indrelid, AccessShareLock);
   22367                 :         278 :     partTbl = relation_open(partIdx->rd_index->indrelid, NoLock);
   22368                 :             : 
   22369                 :         278 :     ObjectAddressSet(address, RelationRelationId, RelationGetRelid(partIdx));
   22370                 :             : 
   22371                 :             :     /*
   22372                 :             :      * Check if the index is already attached to the correct parent,
   22373                 :             :      * ultimately attempting one round of validation if already the case.
   22374                 :             :      */
   22375                 :         556 :     currParent = partIdx->rd_rel->relispartition ?
   22376         [ +  + ]:         278 :         get_partition_parent(partIdxId, false) : InvalidOid;
   22377         [ +  + ]:         278 :     if (currParent != RelationGetRelid(parentIdx))
   22378                 :             :     {
   22379                 :             :         IndexInfo  *childInfo;
   22380                 :             :         IndexInfo  *parentInfo;
   22381                 :             :         AttrMap    *attmap;
   22382                 :             :         bool        found;
   22383                 :             :         int         i;
   22384                 :             :         PartitionDesc partDesc;
   22385                 :             :         Oid         constraintOid,
   22386                 :         254 :                     cldConstrId = InvalidOid;
   22387                 :             : 
   22388                 :             :         /*
   22389                 :             :          * If this partition already has an index attached, refuse the
   22390                 :             :          * operation.
   22391                 :             :          */
   22392                 :         254 :         refuseDupeIndexAttach(parentIdx, partIdx, partTbl);
   22393                 :             : 
   22394         [ -  + ]:         250 :         if (OidIsValid(currParent))
   22395         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   22396                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
   22397                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot attach index \"%s\" as a partition of index \"%s\"",
   22398                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(partIdx),
   22399                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx)),
   22400                 :             :                      errdetail("Index \"%s\" is already attached to another index.",
   22401                 :             :                                RelationGetRelationName(partIdx))));
   22402                 :             : 
   22403                 :             :         /* Make sure it indexes a partition of the other index's table */
   22404                 :         250 :         partDesc = RelationGetPartitionDesc(parentTbl, true);
   22405                 :         250 :         found = false;
   22406         [ +  + ]:         379 :         for (i = 0; i < partDesc->nparts; i++)
   22407                 :             :         {
   22408         [ +  + ]:         375 :             if (partDesc->oids[i] == state.partitionOid)
   22409                 :             :             {
   22410                 :         246 :                 found = true;
   22411                 :         246 :                 break;
   22412                 :             :             }
   22413                 :             :         }
   22414         [ +  + ]:         250 :         if (!found)
   22415         [ +  - ]:           4 :             ereport(ERROR,
   22416                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
   22417                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot attach index \"%s\" as a partition of index \"%s\"",
   22418                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(partIdx),
   22419                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx)),
   22420                 :             :                      errdetail("Index \"%s\" is not an index on any partition of table \"%s\".",
   22421                 :             :                                RelationGetRelationName(partIdx),
   22422                 :             :                                RelationGetRelationName(parentTbl))));
   22423                 :             : 
   22424                 :             :         /* Ensure the indexes are compatible */
   22425                 :         246 :         childInfo = BuildIndexInfo(partIdx);
   22426                 :         246 :         parentInfo = BuildIndexInfo(parentIdx);
   22427                 :         246 :         attmap = build_attrmap_by_name(RelationGetDescr(partTbl),
   22428                 :             :                                        RelationGetDescr(parentTbl),
   22429                 :             :                                        false);
   22430         [ +  + ]:         246 :         if (!CompareIndexInfo(childInfo, parentInfo,
   22431                 :         246 :                               partIdx->rd_indcollation,
   22432                 :         246 :                               parentIdx->rd_indcollation,
   22433                 :         246 :                               partIdx->rd_opfamily,
   22434                 :         246 :                               parentIdx->rd_opfamily,
   22435                 :             :                               attmap))
   22436         [ +  - ]:          32 :             ereport(ERROR,
   22437                 :             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
   22438                 :             :                      errmsg("cannot attach index \"%s\" as a partition of index \"%s\"",
   22439                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(partIdx),
   22440                 :             :                             RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx)),
   22441                 :             :                      errdetail("The index definitions do not match.")));
   22442                 :             : 
   22443                 :             :         /*
   22444                 :             :          * If there is a constraint in the parent, make sure there is one in
   22445                 :             :          * the child too.
   22446                 :             :          */
   22447                 :         214 :         constraintOid = get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(RelationGetRelid(parentTbl),
   22448                 :             :                                                         RelationGetRelid(parentIdx));
   22449                 :             : 
   22450         [ +  + ]:         214 :         if (OidIsValid(constraintOid))
   22451                 :             :         {
   22452                 :          72 :             cldConstrId = get_relation_idx_constraint_oid(RelationGetRelid(partTbl),
   22453                 :             :                                                           partIdxId);
   22454         [ +  + ]:          72 :             if (!OidIsValid(cldConstrId))
   22455         [ +  - ]:           4 :                 ereport(ERROR,
   22456                 :             :                         (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_OBJECT_DEFINITION),
   22457                 :             :                          errmsg("cannot attach index \"%s\" as a partition of index \"%s\"",
   22458                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(partIdx),
   22459                 :             :                                 RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx)),
   22460                 :             :                          errdetail("The index \"%s\" belongs to a constraint in table \"%s\" but no constraint exists for index \"%s\".",
   22461                 :             :                                    RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx),
   22462                 :             :                                    RelationGetRelationName(parentTbl),
   22463                 :             :                                    RelationGetRelationName(partIdx))));
   22464                 :             :         }
   22465                 :             : 
   22466                 :             :         /*
   22467                 :             :          * If it's a primary key, make sure the columns in the partition are
   22468                 :             :          * NOT NULL.
   22469                 :             :          */
   22470         [ +  + ]:         210 :         if (parentIdx->rd_index->indisprimary)
   22471                 :          51 :             verifyPartitionIndexNotNull(childInfo, partTbl);
   22472                 :             : 
   22473                 :             :         /* All good -- do it */
   22474                 :         210 :         IndexSetParentIndex(partIdx, RelationGetRelid(parentIdx));
   22475         [ +  + ]:         210 :         if (OidIsValid(constraintOid))
   22476                 :          68 :             ConstraintSetParentConstraint(cldConstrId, constraintOid,
   22477                 :             :                                           RelationGetRelid(partTbl));
   22478                 :             : 
   22479                 :         210 :         free_attrmap(attmap);
   22480                 :             : 
   22481                 :         210 :         validatePartitionedIndex(parentIdx, parentTbl);
   22482                 :             :     }
   22483         [ +  + ]:          24 :     else if (!parentIdx->rd_index->indisvalid)
   22484                 :             :     {
   22485                 :             :         /*
   22486                 :             :          * The index is attached, but the parent is still invalid; see if it
   22487                 :             :          * can be validated now.
   22488                 :             :          */
   22489                 :          12 :         validatePartitionedIndex(parentIdx, parentTbl);
   22490                 :             :     }
   22491                 :             : 
   22492                 :         234 :     relation_close(parentTbl, AccessShareLock);
   22493                 :             :     /* keep these locks till commit */
   22494                 :         234 :     relation_close(partTbl, NoLock);
   22495                 :         234 :     relation_close(partIdx, NoLock);
   22496                 :             : 
   22497                 :         234 :     return address;
   22498                 :             : }
   22499                 :             : 
   22500                 :             : /*
   22501                 :             :  * Verify whether the given partition already contains an index attached
   22502                 :             :  * to the given partitioned index.  If so, raise an error.
   22503                 :             :  */
   22504                 :             : static void
   22505                 :         254 : refuseDupeIndexAttach(Relation parentIdx, Relation partIdx, Relation partitionTbl)
   22506                 :             : {
   22507                 :             :     Oid         existingIdx;
   22508                 :             : 
   22509                 :         254 :     existingIdx = index_get_partition(partitionTbl,
   22510                 :             :                                       RelationGetRelid(parentIdx));
   22511         [ +  + ]:         254 :     if (OidIsValid(existingIdx))
   22512         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   22513                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_OBJECT_NOT_IN_PREREQUISITE_STATE),
   22514                 :             :                  errmsg("cannot attach index \"%s\" as a partition of index \"%s\"",
   22515                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(partIdx),
   22516                 :             :                         RelationGetRelationName(parentIdx)),
   22517                 :             :                  errdetail("Another index \"%s\" is already attached for partition \"%s\".",
   22518                 :             :                            get_rel_name(existingIdx),
   22519                 :             :                            RelationGetRelationName(partitionTbl))));
   22520                 :         250 : }
   22521                 :             : 
   22522                 :             : /*
   22523                 :             :  * Verify whether the set of attached partition indexes to a parent index on
   22524                 :             :  * a partitioned table is complete.  If it is, mark the parent index valid.
   22525                 :             :  *
   22526                 :             :  * This should be called each time a partition index is attached.
   22527                 :             :  */
   22528                 :             : static void
   22529                 :         254 : validatePartitionedIndex(Relation partedIdx, Relation partedTbl)
   22530                 :             : {
   22531                 :             :     Relation    inheritsRel;
   22532                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   22533                 :             :     ScanKeyData key;
   22534                 :         254 :     int         tuples = 0;
   22535                 :             :     HeapTuple   inhTup;
   22536                 :         254 :     bool        updated = false;
   22537                 :             : 
   22538                 :             :     Assert(partedIdx->rd_rel->relkind == RELKIND_PARTITIONED_INDEX);
   22539                 :             : 
   22540                 :             :     /*
   22541                 :             :      * Scan pg_inherits for this parent index.  Count each valid index we find
   22542                 :             :      * (verifying the pg_index entry for each), and if we reach the total
   22543                 :             :      * amount we expect, we can mark this parent index as valid.
   22544                 :             :      */
   22545                 :         254 :     inheritsRel = table_open(InheritsRelationId, AccessShareLock);
   22546                 :         254 :     ScanKeyInit(&key, Anum_pg_inherits_inhparent,
   22547                 :             :                 BTEqualStrategyNumber, F_OIDEQ,
   22548                 :             :                 ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(partedIdx)));
   22549                 :         254 :     scan = systable_beginscan(inheritsRel, InheritsParentIndexId, true,
   22550                 :             :                               NULL, 1, &key);
   22551         [ +  + ]:         647 :     while ((inhTup = systable_getnext(scan)) != NULL)
   22552                 :             :     {
   22553                 :         393 :         Form_pg_inherits inhForm = (Form_pg_inherits) GETSTRUCT(inhTup);
   22554                 :             :         HeapTuple   indTup;
   22555                 :             :         Form_pg_index indexForm;
   22556                 :             : 
   22557                 :         393 :         indTup = SearchSysCache1(INDEXRELID,
   22558                 :             :                                  ObjectIdGetDatum(inhForm->inhrelid));
   22559         [ -  + ]:         393 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(indTup))
   22560         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for index %u", inhForm->inhrelid);
   22561                 :         393 :         indexForm = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(indTup);
   22562         [ +  + ]:         393 :         if (indexForm->indisvalid)
   22563                 :         327 :             tuples += 1;
   22564                 :         393 :         ReleaseSysCache(indTup);
   22565                 :             :     }
   22566                 :             : 
   22567                 :             :     /* Done with pg_inherits */
   22568                 :         254 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   22569                 :         254 :     table_close(inheritsRel, AccessShareLock);
   22570                 :             : 
   22571                 :             :     /*
   22572                 :             :      * If we found as many inherited indexes as the partitioned table has
   22573                 :             :      * partitions, we're good; update pg_index to set indisvalid.
   22574                 :             :      */
   22575         [ +  + ]:         254 :     if (tuples == RelationGetPartitionDesc(partedTbl, true)->nparts)
   22576                 :             :     {
   22577                 :             :         Relation    idxRel;
   22578                 :             :         HeapTuple   indTup;
   22579                 :             :         Form_pg_index indexForm;
   22580                 :             : 
   22581                 :         121 :         idxRel = table_open(IndexRelationId, RowExclusiveLock);
   22582                 :         121 :         indTup = SearchSysCacheCopy1(INDEXRELID,
   22583                 :             :                                      ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(partedIdx)));
   22584         [ -  + ]:         121 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(indTup))
   22585         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for index %u",
   22586                 :             :                  RelationGetRelid(partedIdx));
   22587                 :         121 :         indexForm = (Form_pg_index) GETSTRUCT(indTup);
   22588                 :             : 
   22589                 :         121 :         indexForm->indisvalid = true;
   22590                 :         121 :         updated = true;
   22591                 :             : 
   22592                 :         121 :         CatalogTupleUpdate(idxRel, &indTup->t_self, indTup);
   22593                 :             : 
   22594                 :         121 :         table_close(idxRel, RowExclusiveLock);
   22595                 :         121 :         heap_freetuple(indTup);
   22596                 :             :     }
   22597                 :             : 
   22598                 :             :     /*
   22599                 :             :      * If this index is in turn a partition of a larger index, validating it
   22600                 :             :      * might cause the parent to become valid also.  Try that.
   22601                 :             :      */
   22602   [ +  +  +  + ]:         254 :     if (updated && partedIdx->rd_rel->relispartition)
   22603                 :             :     {
   22604                 :             :         Oid         parentIdxId,
   22605                 :             :                     parentTblId;
   22606                 :             :         Relation    parentIdx,
   22607                 :             :                     parentTbl;
   22608                 :             : 
   22609                 :             :         /* make sure we see the validation we just did */
   22610                 :          32 :         CommandCounterIncrement();
   22611                 :             : 
   22612                 :          32 :         parentIdxId = get_partition_parent(RelationGetRelid(partedIdx), false);
   22613                 :          32 :         parentTblId = get_partition_parent(RelationGetRelid(partedTbl), false);
   22614                 :          32 :         parentIdx = relation_open(parentIdxId, AccessExclusiveLock);
   22615                 :          32 :         parentTbl = relation_open(parentTblId, AccessExclusiveLock);
   22616                 :             :         Assert(!parentIdx->rd_index->indisvalid);
   22617                 :             : 
   22618                 :          32 :         validatePartitionedIndex(parentIdx, parentTbl);
   22619                 :             : 
   22620                 :          32 :         relation_close(parentIdx, AccessExclusiveLock);
   22621                 :          32 :         relation_close(parentTbl, AccessExclusiveLock);
   22622                 :             :     }
   22623                 :         254 : }
   22624                 :             : 
   22625                 :             : /*
   22626                 :             :  * When attaching an index as a partition of a partitioned index which is a
   22627                 :             :  * primary key, verify that all the columns in the partition are marked NOT
   22628                 :             :  * NULL.
   22629                 :             :  */
   22630                 :             : static void
   22631                 :          51 : verifyPartitionIndexNotNull(IndexInfo *iinfo, Relation partition)
   22632                 :             : {
   22633         [ +  + ]:         103 :     for (int i = 0; i < iinfo->ii_NumIndexKeyAttrs; i++)
   22634                 :             :     {
   22635                 :          52 :         Form_pg_attribute att = TupleDescAttr(RelationGetDescr(partition),
   22636                 :          52 :                                               iinfo->ii_IndexAttrNumbers[i] - 1);
   22637                 :             : 
   22638         [ -  + ]:          52 :         if (!att->attnotnull)
   22639         [ #  # ]:           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
   22640                 :             :                     errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_TABLE_DEFINITION),
   22641                 :             :                     errmsg("invalid primary key definition"),
   22642                 :             :                     errdetail("Column \"%s\" of relation \"%s\" is not marked NOT NULL.",
   22643                 :             :                               NameStr(att->attname),
   22644                 :             :                               RelationGetRelationName(partition)));
   22645                 :             :     }
   22646                 :          51 : }
   22647                 :             : 
   22648                 :             : /*
   22649                 :             :  * Return an OID list of constraints that reference the given relation
   22650                 :             :  * that are marked as having a parent constraints.
   22651                 :             :  */
   22652                 :             : static List *
   22653                 :         625 : GetParentedForeignKeyRefs(Relation partition)
   22654                 :             : {
   22655                 :             :     Relation    pg_constraint;
   22656                 :             :     HeapTuple   tuple;
   22657                 :             :     SysScanDesc scan;
   22658                 :             :     ScanKeyData key[2];
   22659                 :         625 :     List       *constraints = NIL;
   22660                 :             : 
   22661                 :             :     /*
   22662                 :             :      * If no indexes, or no columns are referenceable by FKs, we can avoid the
   22663                 :             :      * scan.
   22664                 :             :      */
   22665   [ +  +  +  + ]:         896 :     if (RelationGetIndexList(partition) == NIL ||
   22666                 :         271 :         bms_is_empty(RelationGetIndexAttrBitmap(partition,
   22667                 :             :                                                 INDEX_ATTR_BITMAP_KEY)))
   22668                 :         458 :         return NIL;
   22669                 :             : 
   22670                 :             :     /* Search for constraints referencing this table */
   22671                 :         167 :     pg_constraint = table_open(ConstraintRelationId, AccessShareLock);
   22672                 :         167 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[0],
   22673                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_confrelid, BTEqualStrategyNumber,
   22674                 :             :                 F_OIDEQ, ObjectIdGetDatum(RelationGetRelid(partition)));
   22675                 :         167 :     ScanKeyInit(&key[1],
   22676                 :             :                 Anum_pg_constraint_contype, BTEqualStrategyNumber,
   22677                 :             :                 F_CHAREQ, CharGetDatum(CONSTRAINT_FOREIGN));
   22678                 :             : 
   22679                 :             :     /* XXX This is a seqscan, as we don't have a usable index */
   22680                 :         167 :     scan = systable_beginscan(pg_constraint, InvalidOid, true, NULL, 2, key);
   22681         [ +  + ]:         268 :     while ((tuple = systable_getnext(scan)) != NULL)
   22682                 :             :     {
   22683                 :         101 :         Form_pg_constraint constrForm = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
   22684                 :             : 
   22685                 :             :         /*
   22686                 :             :          * We only need to process constraints that are part of larger ones.
   22687                 :             :          */
   22688         [ -  + ]:         101 :         if (!OidIsValid(constrForm->conparentid))
   22689                 :           0 :             continue;
   22690                 :             : 
   22691                 :         101 :         constraints = lappend_oid(constraints, constrForm->oid);
   22692                 :             :     }
   22693                 :             : 
   22694                 :         167 :     systable_endscan(scan);
   22695                 :         167 :     table_close(pg_constraint, AccessShareLock);
   22696                 :             : 
   22697                 :         167 :     return constraints;
   22698                 :             : }
   22699                 :             : 
   22700                 :             : /*
   22701                 :             :  * During DETACH PARTITION, verify that any foreign keys pointing to the
   22702                 :             :  * partitioned table would not become invalid.  An error is raised if any
   22703                 :             :  * referenced values exist.
   22704                 :             :  */
   22705                 :             : static void
   22706                 :         333 : ATDetachCheckNoForeignKeyRefs(Relation partition)
   22707                 :             : {
   22708                 :             :     List       *constraints;
   22709                 :             :     ListCell   *cell;
   22710                 :             : 
   22711                 :         333 :     constraints = GetParentedForeignKeyRefs(partition);
   22712                 :             : 
   22713   [ +  +  +  +  :         376 :     foreach(cell, constraints)
                   +  + ]
   22714                 :             :     {
   22715                 :          65 :         Oid         constrOid = lfirst_oid(cell);
   22716                 :             :         HeapTuple   tuple;
   22717                 :             :         Form_pg_constraint constrForm;
   22718                 :             :         Relation    rel;
   22719                 :          65 :         Trigger     trig = {0};
   22720                 :             : 
   22721                 :          65 :         tuple = SearchSysCache1(CONSTROID, ObjectIdGetDatum(constrOid));
   22722         [ -  + ]:          65 :         if (!HeapTupleIsValid(tuple))
   22723         [ #  # ]:           0 :             elog(ERROR, "cache lookup failed for constraint %u", constrOid);
   22724                 :          65 :         constrForm = (Form_pg_constraint) GETSTRUCT(tuple);
   22725                 :             : 
   22726                 :             :         Assert(OidIsValid(constrForm->conparentid));
   22727                 :             :         Assert(constrForm->confrelid == RelationGetRelid(partition));
   22728                 :             : 
   22729                 :             :         /* prevent data changes into the referencing table until commit */
   22730                 :          65 :         rel = table_open(constrForm->conrelid, ShareLock);
   22731                 :             : 
   22732                 :          65 :         trig.tgoid = InvalidOid;
   22733                 :          65 :         trig.tgname = NameStr(constrForm->conname);
   22734                 :          65 :         trig.tgenabled = TRIGGER_FIRES_ON_ORIGIN;
   22735                 :          65 :         trig.tgisinternal = true;
   22736                 :          65 :         trig.tgconstrrelid = RelationGetRelid(partition);
   22737                 :          65 :         trig.tgconstrindid = constrForm->conindid;
   22738                 :          65 :         trig.tgconstraint = constrForm->oid;
   22739                 :          65 :         trig.tgdeferrable = false;
   22740                 :          65 :         trig.tginitdeferred = false;
   22741                 :             :         /* we needn't fill in remaining fields */
   22742                 :             : 
   22743                 :          65 :         RI_PartitionRemove_Check(&trig, rel, partition);
   22744                 :             : 
   22745                 :          43 :         ReleaseSysCache(tuple);
   22746                 :             : 
   22747                 :          43 :         table_close(rel, NoLock);
   22748                 :             :     }
   22749                 :         311 : }
   22750                 :             : 
   22751                 :             : /*
   22752                 :             :  * resolve column compression specification to compression method.
   22753                 :             :  */
   22754                 :             : static char
   22755                 :      165443 : GetAttributeCompression(Oid atttypid, const char *compression)
   22756                 :             : {
   22757                 :             :     char        cmethod;
   22758                 :             : 
   22759   [ +  +  +  + ]:      165443 :     if (compression == NULL || strcmp(compression, "default") == 0)
   22760                 :      165324 :         return InvalidCompressionMethod;
   22761                 :             : 
   22762                 :             :     /*
   22763                 :             :      * To specify a nondefault method, the column data type must be toastable.
   22764                 :             :      * Note this says nothing about whether the column's attstorage setting
   22765                 :             :      * permits compression; we intentionally allow attstorage and
   22766                 :             :      * attcompression to be independent.  But with a non-toastable type,
   22767                 :             :      * attstorage could not be set to a value that would permit compression.
   22768                 :             :      *
   22769                 :             :      * We don't actually need to enforce this, since nothing bad would happen
   22770                 :             :      * if attcompression were non-default; it would never be consulted.  But
   22771                 :             :      * it seems more user-friendly to complain about a certainly-useless
   22772                 :             :      * attempt to set the property.
   22773                 :             :      */
   22774         [ +  + ]:         119 :     if (!TypeIsToastable(atttypid))
   22775         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   22776                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   22777                 :             :                  errmsg("column data type %s does not support compression",
   22778                 :             :                         format_type_be(atttypid))));
   22779                 :             : 
   22780                 :         115 :     cmethod = CompressionNameToMethod(compression);
   22781         [ +  + ]:         115 :     if (!CompressionMethodIsValid(cmethod))
   22782         [ +  - ]:           8 :         ereport(ERROR,
   22783                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
   22784                 :             :                  errmsg("invalid compression method \"%s\"", compression)));
   22785                 :             : 
   22786                 :         107 :     return cmethod;
   22787                 :             : }
   22788                 :             : 
   22789                 :             : /*
   22790                 :             :  * resolve column storage specification
   22791                 :             :  */
   22792                 :             : static char
   22793                 :         249 : GetAttributeStorage(Oid atttypid, const char *storagemode)
   22794                 :             : {
   22795                 :         249 :     char        cstorage = 0;
   22796                 :             : 
   22797         [ +  + ]:         249 :     if (pg_strcasecmp(storagemode, "plain") == 0)
   22798                 :          38 :         cstorage = TYPSTORAGE_PLAIN;
   22799         [ +  + ]:         211 :     else if (pg_strcasecmp(storagemode, "external") == 0)
   22800                 :         145 :         cstorage = TYPSTORAGE_EXTERNAL;
   22801         [ +  + ]:          66 :     else if (pg_strcasecmp(storagemode, "extended") == 0)
   22802                 :          41 :         cstorage = TYPSTORAGE_EXTENDED;
   22803         [ +  + ]:          25 :     else if (pg_strcasecmp(storagemode, "main") == 0)
   22804                 :          21 :         cstorage = TYPSTORAGE_MAIN;
   22805         [ +  - ]:           4 :     else if (pg_strcasecmp(storagemode, "default") == 0)
   22806                 :           4 :         cstorage = get_typstorage(atttypid);
   22807                 :             :     else
   22808         [ #  # ]:           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
   22809                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_INVALID_PARAMETER_VALUE),
   22810                 :             :                  errmsg("invalid storage type \"%s\"",
   22811                 :             :                         storagemode)));
   22812                 :             : 
   22813                 :             :     /*
   22814                 :             :      * safety check: do not allow toasted storage modes unless column datatype
   22815                 :             :      * is TOAST-aware.
   22816                 :             :      */
   22817   [ +  +  +  + ]:         249 :     if (!(cstorage == TYPSTORAGE_PLAIN || TypeIsToastable(atttypid)))
   22818         [ +  - ]:           4 :         ereport(ERROR,
   22819                 :             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
   22820                 :             :                  errmsg("column data type %s can only have storage PLAIN",
   22821                 :             :                         format_type_be(atttypid))));
   22822                 :             : 
   22823                 :         245 :     return cstorage;
   22824                 :             : }
        

Generated by: LCOV version 2.0-1